Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 Tableau Certified Desktop Specialist Set 1

Question 1: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you change the default color properties for a specific data field?

  • Navigate to “Map” -> “Edit Colors” and select the color scheme.
  • Right-click on the data field on the “Data” pane and select “Default Properties” -> “Color”
  • (Correct)
  • Navigate to “Format” -> “Color” and select the color scheme
  • Right-click on the chart, select “Format” -> “Color” and choose the color scheme

Explanation

Tableau allows you to change the default color for a specific data field. To do this, you need to locate the data field in the “Data” pane on the left side of the screen. Right-clicking on the field will open a context menu. Select “Default Properties”, then “Color”, and you will be able to choose a new default color for that field. This will affect how that field is displayed in all visualizations where it is used. The other options (A, C, D) are not the correct pathways to change the default color for a specific data field.

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of join supported by Tableau?

  • Inner join
  • Right join
  • Full Outer join
  • Upper join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Upper join is not a type of join supported by Tableau. There are four types of joins you can use in Tableau: inner, left, right, and full outer. An inner join combines tables and only includes values that have matches in both tables. A left join includes all values from the left table and corresponding matches from the right table. A right join includes all values from the right table and corresponding matches from the left table. A full outer join includes all values from both tables.

Question 3: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true about live connections and data security in Tableau Desktop?

  • Live connections are less secure than extract connections because they allow direct access to the data source
  • (Correct)
  • Live connections are more secure than extract connections because they do not store data in Tableau Desktop
  • Live connections and extract connections offer the same level of data security
  • None of the above

Explanation

Because live connections query data sources in real time, they can allow direct access to sensitive data. In contrast, extract connections store data in Tableau Desktop, which can provide an additional layer of security. However, it’s important to note that both live connections and extract connections offer a range of security options in Tableau Desktop.

Question 4: Skipped

How do you connect to multiple data sources without joining or blending in Tableau?

  • Go to the top menu bar, select “File” -> “Connect to Data”, and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Use the “Data Source” tab, and go to the top menu bar, select “File” -> “Add New Data Source” and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Right-click an existing data source on your worksheet and choose “Add New Data Source” and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Go to the top menu bar, select “Data” -> “New Data Source”, and choose the new data sources to connect
  • (Correct)

Explanation

To connect to Multiple Data Sources Without Joining or Blending, you can do the following: Go to the top menu bar and select “Data” -> “New Data Source”, and choose the new data sources to connect.

Question 5: Skipped

How do you save metadata properties in a .TDS file in Tableau?

  • Select “Save As” from the “File” menu and choose the .TDS file format
  • Select “Export As” from the “Data” menu and choose the .TDS file format
  • At the top of the Data pane, right-click the name of the data source, and then select “Add to Saved Data Sources”, and choose .TDS file type, and then click “Save”
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

To save metadata properties in a .TDS file in Tableau, you can do the following: At the top of the Data pane, right-click the name of the data source, and then select “Add to Saved Data Sources”. Enter a file name, select the file type (. tds or . tdsx), and then click “Save”.

Question 6: Skipped

What does the term “Dimension” refer to in Tableau?

  • A continuous field used to measure something
  • A discrete field used to categorize data
  • (Correct)
  • A field that represents a date or time value
  • A field that represents a numeric value

Explanation

In Tableau, a dimension is a discrete field used to categorize data. Dimensions typically represent qualitative data, such as names, categories, or labels, and are used to segment and organize your data for analysis.

Question 7: Skipped

How can you change the default aggregation for a numeric field?

  • Right-click the field and select “Default Properties” -> “Number Format” -> “Change Aggregation”
  • Right click on the data field on the “Column” or “Row” shelf and select “Change Aggregation Measures”
  • Navigate to “Format” -> “Aggregate Measures” and select from the dialog box
  • None of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

None of the above is the correct answer. The default aggregation is automatically used when you drag a measure to a view. To change the default aggregation: Right-click on a measure in the Data pane and select “Default Properties” -> “Aggregation”, and then select one of the aggregation options.

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT how to view the underlying data for a specific data point in a Tableau visualization?

  • Right-click the data point and select “View Data”
  • Click the data point in the view and click on the “View Data” icon
  • Select the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Data” menu
  • (Correct)
  • Select the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Analysis” menu

Explanation

In Tableau, you can Not view the underlying data for a specific data point by selecting the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Data” menu. All the other options will let you view the underlying data for a specific data point in a Tableau visualization.

Question 9: Skipped

How can you split a single field containing multiple values into separate fields?

  • Right-click the field in the Data pane and select “Split”
  • Right-click the field in the Data pane and select “Transform” -> “Split”
  • (Correct)
  • Click on the field in the Data pane, then select the “Custom Split” option from the “Analysis” menu
  • Both B and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can split a single field containing multiple values into separate fields by right-clicking the field in the Data pane and select “Transform” -> “Split”.

Question 10: Skipped

What function would you use in a calculated field to find the difference in days between two dates?

  • DATEDIFF
  • (Correct)
  • DATEADD
  • DAYDIFF
  • DATEPART

Explanation

The DATEDIFF function is used to find the difference between two dates, based on a specified date part (e.g., day, month, year). The syntax for the function is DATEDIFF(date_part, start_date, end_date,[start_of_week]).

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for visualizing hierarchical data in Tableau?

  • Heat map
  • Tree map
  • (Correct)
  • Highlight table
  • Density map

Explanation

Tree maps are best suited for visualizing hierarchical data in Tableau. They use nested rectangles to represent different levels of hierarchy, with the size of each rectangle representing a quantitative value.

Question 12: Skipped

What is the primary function of the Tableau Data Interpreter?

  • To automatically clean and reshape data for analysis
  • (Correct)
  • To interpret data types and assign appropriate roles to fields
  • To provide suggestions for data visualizations based on the data set
  • To enable natural language processing for data queries

Explanation

The Tableau Data Interpreter automatically cleans and reshapes data for analysis, making it easier to work with messy or unstructured data sources.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an Aggregate function for the Calculated Field in Tableau?

  • COLLECT
  • STDEVP
  • VARAVG
  • (Correct)
  • CORR

Explanation

VARAVG is NOT a valid Aggregate function for the Calculated Field in Tableau. The following functions COLLECT, STDEVP, and CORR are some examples of the Aggregate functions that can be used in a Calculated Field.

Question 14: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a story, what happens when you add a sheet to a story point?

  • The sheet is disconnected from the original sheet and any changes to the original sheet will not be reflected in the story point
  • The sheet is copied into the story point and any changes to the original sheet will not be reflected in the story point
  • The sheet is linked to the original sheet and any changes to the original sheet will automatically be reflected in the story point
  • (Correct)
  • The sheet is moved from the original location to the story point and will no longer exist outside the story point

Explanation

When you add a sheet to a story point in Tableau, the sheet remains connected to the original sheet. This means that if you make modifications to the original sheet, those changes will automatically be reflected in the story points that use it. This feature allows for dynamic updates in the story as the original sheet changes.

Question 15: Skipped

How can you display the top N members of a dimension in Tableau?

  • Use a table calculation
  • Use a context filter
  • Use a Top N filter
  • (Correct)
  • Use a parameter

Explanation

To display the top N members of a dimension in Tableau, you can use a Top N filter. This allows you to limit the view to only the top N members based on a specific measure, making it easier to focus on the most important or significant data points.

Question 16: Skipped

What is the purpose of using the INDEX() function in Tableau?

  • To retrieve the value of a specific row in a data source
  • To return the index of the current row in the partition
  • (Correct)
  • To return the index of a specific member within a dimension
  • To return the position of the nth occurrence within the column

Explanation

In Tableau, the INDEX() function is a type of calculated field. It returns the index of the current row in the partition. It basically numbers each row in the table from 1 to N, where N is the total number of rows in your table (or partition of the table).

Question 17: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the term “granularity” refer to?

  • The level of detail or depth of data in a dataset or a view
  • (Correct)
  • The process of breaking down a dimension into smaller parts
  • The size of the marks in a visualization
  • The data is aggregated or summarized by using Table Calculation

Explanation

In Tableau, the term “granularity” refers to the level of detail or depth of data in a dataset or a view. It’s essentially about the ‘fineness’ or ‘coarseness’ of your data. In other words, granularity determines how detailed the data is. A higher granularity means more detail, because the data is divided into smaller parts. A lower granularity means less detail because the data is aggregated into larger parts. The chosen granularity can significantly affect the interpretation of the data. It can also impact performance in Tableau, as working with more granular data can be more resource-intensive.

Question 18: Skipped

In Tableau, which chart type is best suited for showing the distribution of a single measure across different categories?

  • Gantt chart
  • Bar chart
  • (Correct)
  • Line chart
  • Area chart

Explanation

Bar charts are best suited for showing the distribution of a single measure across different categories. They provide an easy way to compare the measure values across categories and quickly identify trends or patterns in the data. This type of chart is very intuitive and easy to read, making it a good choice for many situations.

Question 19: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of using a table calculation in Tableau?

  • To apply transformations on data based on what is currently in the visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To create a complex formulas in a calculated field based on user input
  • To create new dimensions based on existing measures
  • To create relationships between multiple measures

Explanation

Table calculations are transformations applied directly to visualization data in Tableau. Tableau utilizes table calculations, which are unique calculated fields that perform computations based on the data present within the local table. They don’t change your original data, just how you see it in your visualization. In essence, they are computations on the data you see, not on the underlying dataset.

Question 20: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT on the drop-down list of the Marks card?

  • Gantt Bar
  • Rectangle
  • (Correct)
  • Map
  • Density

Explanation

On the Marks card, click the Mark Type drop-down and select an option from the list. In Tableau, Rectangle is not a mark type you can select from the Marks card’s drop-down list. Gantt Bar, Map, and Density are among the mark types you can select from the Marks card’s drop-down list.

Question 21: Skipped

Which of the following is a file type that can be used as a data source in Tableau?

  • Spatial file
  • JSON file
  • Statistical file
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Tableau supports a wide variety of file types as data sources, including Spatial files, JSON files, and Statistical files, among others.

Question 22: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of the “Rank” table calculation in Tableau?

  • To determine the order of values by using an Aggregate function
  • To calculate the difference between the highest and lowest values in a range
  • To order your data based on a particular measure or dimension
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate the percentage of total values within a specific dimension

Explanation

The “Rank” table calculation in Tableau helps to order your data based on a particular measure or dimension. By using the Rank function, you can assign a unique rank to each row in your data set. This rank is based on the value of a specific measure, allowing you to easily identify and visualize the highest or lowest values in your data.

Question 23: Skipped

How can you display a reference line in a Tableau visualization?

  • Drag the measure onto the Reference Line shelf on the Marks card
  • Right-click the axis in the view and choose “Add Reference Line”
  • (Correct)
  • Choose “Add Reference Line” from the Analysis menu
  • Both B and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can display a reference line in a visualization by right-clicking the axis in the view and choosing “Add Reference Line”. Reference lines provide a way to highlight important values, averages, or benchmarks within a visualization.

Question 24: Skipped

In Tableau, which function returns the number of rows in the partition?

  • TOTAL
  • SIZE
  • (Correct)
  • LAST
  • LOOKUP

Explanation

The SIZE() function in Tableau is a type of table calculation that returns the number of rows in the partition. This function is often used in scenarios where you want to understand the scale or count of a particular category or partition of data within your visualization.

Question 25: Skipped

Which of the following is an option for customizing the “Map Layers” in Tableau?

  • Water Labels
  • Terrain
  • Points of Interest
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

On the toolbar menu, navigate to “Map” > “Map Layers”, and the “Map Layers” pane will open. Water Labels, Terrain, and Points of Interest are some of the options for customizing “Map Layers” in Tableau. These can be turned on or off by checking or unchecking the boxes next to each layer.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following best describes the difference between the Relationship layer and the Join layer?

  • The Relationship layer is for blending data sources, whereas the Join layer is for joining tables from the same data source.
  • The Relationship layer allows for flexible interactivity between tables, preserving each table’s level of detail. The Join layer combines tables based on common fields.
  • (Correct)
  • The Join layer allows for flexible interaction between tables, whereas the Relationship layer combines tables based on common fields.
  • The Relationship layer and the Join layer perform the same function; there is no difference between the two.

Explanation

The Relationship layer allows for flexible interactivity between tables, preserving each table’s level of detail. The Join layer combines tables based on common fields, creating a new table with a single level of detail. Also, the Join layer physically combines tables based on common fields, creating a new table with a single, unified level of detail. This can be useful when you want to unify your data into a single table for analysis.

Question 27: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the purpose of the “Show Me” panel?

  • To display recommended visualizations based on the data fields currently in use
  • (Correct)
  • To show an overview of all the worksheets in a workbook
  • To reveal hidden worksheets or dashboards
  • To preview the data source before connecting to it

Explanation

The “Show Me” panel in Tableau displays recommended visualizations based on the data fields currently in use, helping users choose the most suitable chart type for their data.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, if you have two measures of different scales and you wish to create a Dual Axis chart, which of the following steps should you follow?

  • Drag the first measure to Rows, then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf to automatically create a combined axis chart.
  • Drag the first measure to Rows, and then drag the second measure directly onto the axis of the first measure in the view.
  • Drag the first measure to the Rows shelf, and then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Dual Axis’.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the first measure to Rows, then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Edit Axis’ – > ‘Combine Axis’.

Explanation

In Tableau, if you have two measures of different scales and you wish to create a Dual Axis chart, you can do the following: Drag the first measure to the Rows shelf, and then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Dual Axis’.

Question 29: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of a parameter in Tableau?

  • To store a single value that can be referenced in calculations
  • To allow users to interactively change the data being displayed in a visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To define the fixed format and appearance of a visualization
  • To create a reusable filter that can be applied to multiple worksheets

Explanation

In Tableau, a parameter is a dynamic user-input control that allows users to interactively change the data being displayed to create interactive and flexible visualizations. A parameter represents a value that can be modified by the user. It can be used to change various aspects of your analysis or visualization, such as filtering data, adjusting calculations, or altering the appearance of the view.

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following is true about blending data in Tableau?

  • It combines data from multiple data sources at the row level
  • It combines data from multiple data sources at the field level
  • It requires a common dimension to link the data sources
  • Both B and C
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Blending data in Tableau combines data from multiple data sources at the field level and requires a common dimension to link the data sources. It allows you to work with data that is stored in separate tables or data sources, and blend them together based on common fields or dimensions.

Question 31: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following functions can be used to create a calculated field that determines the day of the week for a given date?

  • DAY(date)
  • DATEPART(‘weekday’, date)
  • (Correct)
  • WEEKDAY(date)
  • DAYPART(‘weekday’, date)

Explanation

The DATEPART function in Tableau can be used to extract a specific part of a date. In this case, ‘weekday’ is the part you are looking for, so the correct usage is DATEPART(‘weekday’, date). This will return a number from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) representing the day of the week.

Question 32: Skipped

What is the purpose of a dashboard Action in Tableau?

  • To create a dynamic link between multiple worksheets
  • To perform an action, such as filtering or highlighting, when a user interacts with a visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To apply a specific format or style to multiple visualizations at once
  • To define a custom calculation that updates automatically when the data source changes

Explanation

A dashboard Action in Tableau is used to perform an action, such as filtering or highlighting, when a user interacts with a visualization. It allows users to interact with one part of the dashboard (the source) and see an effect in another part of the dashboard (the target). This enables more interactive and dynamic dashboards, allowing users to explore and analyze data more effectively.

Question 33: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for displaying the distribution of a single continuous variable?

  • Bar chart
  • Line chart
  • Histogram
  • (Correct)
  • Pie chart

Explanation

Histograms are best suited for displaying the distribution of a single continuous variable, as they show the frequency of data points within specific intervals or bins. Bar charts, line charts, and pie charts are used for different types of data visualization, such as comparing categorical or time-based data.

Question 34: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is TRUE regarding the difference between continuous and discrete dates?

  • Discrete dates can’t be used to create time series charts
  • Discrete dates create headers while continuous dates create an axis
  • (Correct)
  • Continuous dates are always displayed as blue pills
  • Continuous dates can’t be part of a hierarchy

Explanation

Discrete dates create headers while continuous dates create an axis. In Tableau, you can classify date fields as either discrete or continuous, and this classification impacts how the data is displayed in your visualization. Discrete dates are essentially categorical and are used to group data into distinct chunks based on time periods, like months, quarters, or years. On the other hand, continuous dates treat time as a continuous progression and are used when you want to analyze a measure over a continuous timeline.

Question 35: Skipped

When dealing with a large data source in Tableau, which type of filter would you use to improve performance?

  • Dimension Filter
  • Extract Filter
  • Data Source Filter
  • (Correct)
  • Top N Filter

Explanation

A Data Source Filter filters the data before it is brought into Tableau’s data engine, reducing the size of the data source and hence, improving performance. The other filter types listed – Dimension Filter, Extract Filter, and Top N Filter – all operate after the data is loaded into Tableau, which doesn’t offer the same performance improvement for large data sources.

Question 36: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of “Legend” in Tableau?

  • Color legend
  • Size legend
  • Map legend
  • Shading legend
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Shading legend is NOT a type of legend in Tableau. Color, Shape, Size, and Map are the types of Legends in Tableau. In Tableau, a legend is a visual component used to provide context and explain the meaning of different elements or values represented in a chart or visualization. The legend helps users understand the various categories or groups in a chart, such as different data series, dimensions, or measures. It associates specific colors, symbols, or patterns with their corresponding data elements, making it easier to identify and differentiate between them.

Question 37: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following steps should be taken when creating a device-specific dashboard for smaller screens, such as phones or tablets?

  • Remove unnecessary views, filters, titles, and legends to limit the number of objects on the dashboard
  • Use a “peek” to indicate when more content is available by scrolling on a scrollable dashboard
  • For scrollable dashboards, pin your maps and disable pan and zoom
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When creating a device-specific dashboard in Tableau, it is important to limit the number of objects on the dashboard for smaller screens such as phones or tablets. This can be done by removing unnecessary views, filters, titles, and legends. If the dashboard is designed to be scrollable, using a “peek” is a good way to indicate to the user that more content is available by scrolling. A “peek” is content that disappears off the bottom of the dashboard. For scrollable dashboards with map views, it is recommended to pin your map and disable pan and zoom. This prevents accidental map interactions while navigating on a tablet or phone.

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following is the correct sequence of steps to publish a Tableau dashboard to a Tableau server?

  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish
  • (Correct)
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Configure variable publishing options > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Click Publish
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Edit data sources if needed > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish

Explanation

Option A is the correct answer. This is the sequence of steps for publishing a Tableau dashboard to a Tableau server: Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish. The other options (B, C, D) do not reflect this correct sequence of steps.

Question 39: Skipped

Which is an option (or options) to export a visualization to an external application format from the File menu?

  • Export As PowerPoint
  • Print to PDF
  • (Correct)
  • Export As MS Word
  • Both A and B
  • Both A and C

Explanation

The correct answer is both A and B. From the File menu, you can select “Export As PowerPoint” and “Print to PDF”. However, you cannot select “Export As MS Word”.

Question 40: Skipped

What is a default Duration for Animations on a Tableau worksheet?

  • 0.20 seconds
  • 0.10 seconds
  • 0.30 seconds
  • (Correct)
  • 0.40 seconds

Explanation

0.30 seconds is the default Duration in Tableau for the Animations in a worksheet.

Question 41: Skipped

In Tableau, when using a measure in the ‘Size’ shelf of the Marks card in a scatter plot, which of the following settings is NOT an available option to customize the size of marks?

  • Sizes vary From zero
  • Sizes vary Automatically
  • Sizes vary By range
  • Sizes vary From Negative range to Positive range
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when using a measure in the ‘Size’ shelf of the Marks card in a scatter plot, “Sizes vary From Negative range to Positive range” is NOT an available option to customize the size of Marks. To edit the size of Marks, or change how size is being applied to Marks in the view: On the Size legend card (which appears when you add a field to Size on the Marks card), click the drop-down arrow in the right-hand corner and select Edit Sizes. In the Edit Sizes dialog box that appears, you can make your changes. Sizes vary From zero, Sizes vary Automatically, and Sizes vary By range are available options from the “Sizes vary” drop box.

Question 42: Skipped

What is the difference between a join and a union in Tableau?

  • A join combines two or more tables based on a common field, while a union combines two or more tables with the same structure
  • (Correct)
  • A join combines two or more tables with the same structure, while a union combines two or more tables based on a common field
  • A join and a union are the same thing in Tableau
  • A join creates a hierarchy between tables, while a union creates a flat structure

Explanation

In Tableau, a join combines two or more tables based on a common field, while a union combines two or more tables with the same structure into a single table.

Question 43: Skipped

When you rename a field in Tableau, which of the following is true?

  • The new name will be applied only to the current worksheet
  • The new name will be applied to all worksheets that use the field
  • (Correct)
  • The new name will be applied to the underlying data source
  • The new name will be applied to all worksheets that use the field and the underlying data source

Explanation

When you rename a field in Tableau, the new name will be applied to all worksheets and dashboards that use the field. Renaming a field in Tableau does not change the field name in the data source. Instead, it creates an alias for that field within Tableau. This is handy if you want to give the field a more descriptive or user-friendly name in your visualizations, without altering your original data.

Question 44: Skipped

When customizing the Worksheet Summary Card in Tableau, which of the following is NOT an available option that you can select to show on the Summary Card?

  • Standard deviation
  • Third quartile
  • Totals
  • (Correct)
  • Skewness

Explanation

Totals is NOT an available option that you can select to show on the Summary Card. Standard deviation, Third quartile, and Skewness are some of the options you can select to show on the Summary Card.

Question 45: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you assign a geographic role to a data field?

  • In the Data pane, right-click on the field, select ‘Default Properties’ -> ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role
  • In the Data pane, right-click on the field, select ‘Geographic Role’ from the ‘Map’ dropdown menu , and then select the desired geographic role
  • In the toolbar, click on ‘Geographic Role’, and select the field and the desired geographic role
  • In the Data pane, click the data type icon next to the field, select ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can assign a geographic role to a field in Tableau by doing the following: In the Data pane, click the data type icon next to the field, select ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role. Assigning a geographic role to a field associates each value in the field with a latitude and longitude value, enabling Tableau to create map views based on the data in that field.

Question 1: Skipped

What is the purpose of the FIXED Level of Detail (LOD) expression in Tableau?

  • To calculate an aggregation based on the dimensions specified in the expression, regardless of other dimensions in the view
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate an aggregation only for the dimensions included in the view
  • To eliminate a specific dimension in the view
  • To create a constant value that can be used as a reference line or benchmark

Explanation

The purpose of the FIXED Level of Detail (LOD) expression in Tableau is to calculate an aggregation based on the dimensions specified in the expression, regardless of other dimensions in the view. FIXED LOD expressions allow you to perform complex calculations or comparisons that might not be possible using standard aggregations or table calculations.

Question 2: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is NOT a Table Calculation

  • MODEL_PERCENTILE()
  • PREVIOUS_VALUE()
  • SCRIPT_REAL()
  • STDEVP()
  • (Correct)

Explanation

STDEVP() is Not a Table Calculation in Tableau. STDEVP() is an Aggregate Calculation that returns the population standard deviation of the expression.

Question 3: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options allows you to create a group from multiple members of a dimension?

  • Right-click the dimension and select “Create Group”
  • Drag the members to the Rows or Columns shelf and choose “Group”
  • Right-click the members in the view and select “Group”
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the dimension to the Group shelf on the Marks card

Explanation

In the visualization pane, you can select the dimension members that you want to include in the group. You can do this by clicking and dragging over the members, or by holding the Ctrl key and clicking each member individually. After making your selection, right-click one of the selected members. In the context menu that appears, select “Group”. This will create a new field in the “Dimensions” area of the Data pane. This field combines the selected members into a single group.

Question 4: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for visualizing the relationship between two continuous measures?

  • Scatter plot
  • (Correct)
  • Bar chart
  • Line chart
  • Pie chart

Explanation

Scatter plots are best suited for visualizing the relationship between two continuous measures. Each point on the scatter plot represents a data point and its position on the X and Y axes corresponds to the values of the two measures.

Question 5: Skipped

In Tableau, when sorting data in a visualization, what is the difference between a nested sort and a non-nested (or comparative) sort?

  • A nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows per pane, while a non-nested sort considers the value across panes and has the same order of values per pane
  • (Correct)
  • A nested sort considers the value across panes and has the same order of values per pane, while a non-nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows per pane
  • A nested sort only sorts data alphabetically, while a non-nested sort sorts data based on numerical values
  • A nested sort only sorts data based on numerical values, while a non-nested sort sorts data alphabetically

Explanation

In Tableau, a nested sort and a non-nested sort handle data differently. A nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows within each pane. This means that the same value can appear in different positions in different panes. On the other hand, a non-nested sort considers the value across all panes and maintains the same order of values in each pane. This means that the same value will appear in the same position in all panes, regardless of the other values in the pane.

Question 6: Skipped

What type of join should you use if you want to keep all the records from both tables, with null values for non-matching records?

  • Inner join
  • Left join
  • Right join
  • Full outer join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, a full outer join returns all the records from both tables being joined, including any unmatched records in either table. If there are no matching records in the joined table, the fields will contain null values. This is useful when you want to include all the data from both tables, even if there is no matching data between them. On the other hand, an inner join would only return the matching records between the two tables, while a left or right outer join would only return the matching records from one table and all the records from the other table. So, a full outer join is the correct choice if you want to keep all the records from both tables, with null values for non-matching records.

Question 7: Skipped

Which of the following is a method for improving the interactivity of a Tableau dashboard?

  • Creating dashboard actions
  • (Correct)
  • Extracting data instead of using a live connection
  • Adding a hierarchy to a dimension
  • Using a table calculation

Explanation

Creating dashboard actions in Tableau allows you to improve the interactivity of a dashboard by connecting different sheets and providing additional ways for users to explore and interact with the data. Examples of dashboard actions include filter actions, highlight actions, and URL actions.

Question 8: Skipped

In Tableau, when showing grand totals in a visualization, which of the following conditions must be met?

  • The view must have at least one header
  • Measures must be aggregated
  • Grand totals can be applied to continuous dimensions
  • All of the above
  • A and B only
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, to show grand totals in a visualization, the view must have at least one header and measures must be aggregated. Headers are displayed whenever a dimension is placed on the Columns shelf or the Rows shelf. If column headers are displayed, grand totals for columns can be calculated. If row headers are displayed, grand totals for rows can be calculated. Measures must be aggregated as the aggregation determines the values displayed for the totals. However, grand totals cannot be applied to continuous dimensions, so option C is incorrect. Therefore, the correct answer is E) A and B only.

Question 9: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of geographic role that can be assigned to a dimension in Tableau?

  • Airport
  • NUTS Europe
  • Congressional District
  • Continent
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Airport, NUTS Europe, and Congressional District are examples of geographic roles that can be assigned to dimensions in Tableau, but Continent is not a geographic role.

Question 10: Skipped

How can you display data labels for a specific measure in a Tableau visualization?

  • Drag the measure to the Rows or Columns shelf
  • Drag the measure to the Label shelf on the Marks card
  • (Correct)
  • Right-click the axis and select “Show Data Labels”
  • Use the “Show Me” panel to add data labels

Explanation

To display data labels for a specific measure in a Tableau visualization, you can drag the measure to the Label shelf on the Marks card. This will display the values of the measure as text labels within the visualization.

Question 11: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of Tableau Accelerators?

  • To create custom visualizations using programming languages
  • To speed up the performance of Tableau Server
  • To provide pre-built solutions for common business use cases
  • (Correct)
  • To automate the creation of Tableau dashboards for complex business use cases

Explanation

Tableau Accelerators are pre-built solutions designed to address common business use cases and help users jump-start their analytics projects. They provide a starting point for users to build upon and customize according to their specific needs, significantly reducing the time and effort required to create visualizations and dashboards from scratch. Tableau Accelerators are not primarily meant for speeding up Tableau Server performance, creating custom visualizations with programming languages, or automating dashboard creation for complex business use cases.

Question 12: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, which of the following statements is true?

  • You can bin data for both relational and non-relational data sources
  • Binned fields can be used in calculations
  • When you create bins from a measure, you create a new dimension
  • (Correct)
  • Once a dimension is created from bins, it cannot be converted to a continuous dimension

Explanation

In Tableau, when you create bins from a continuous measure, you are essentially creating a new dimension. This is because you are creating a field with a limited and discrete set of possible values out of a field with an unlimited, continuous range of values.

Options A, B, and D are incorrect because you can only bin data for relational data sources, binned fields cannot be used in calculations, and a dimension created from bins can be converted to a continuous dimension.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an option from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under the Worksheet menu

  • Automatic
  • Unhide
  • (Correct)
  • Show on Hover
  • Hide

Explanation

In Tableau , ‘Automatic’, ‘Show on Hover’, and ‘Hide’ are the options you can choose from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under Worksheet menu. But ‘Unhide’ is not an option from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under the Worksheet menu.

Question 14: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a density map, which of the following steps is NOT part of the process?

  • Assigning a geographic role to your latitude and longitude fields
  • Adding distinct marks to the view
  • Changing the mark type to density
  • Adjusting the color, intensity, and size of your marks
  • Assigning a numeric role to your latitude and longitude fields
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when creating a density map, you need to assign a geographic role to your latitude and longitude fields, not a numeric role. This is because the latitude and longitude fields are used to plot the data points on the map. You also need to add distinct marks to the view, change the mark type to density, and adjust the color, intensity, and size of your marks to create a density map.

Question 15: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating maps from spatial files, which of the following statements is NOT correct?

  • Tableau can connect to Shapefiles, MapInfo tables, KML files, GeoJSON files, TopoJSON files, and Esri File Geodatabases
  • To connect to spatial files, you must include all of the necessary files in the same directory
  • When you connect to spatial data, Tableau creates a Geometry field for your point geometries or your polygons
  • You can connect to mixed geometry types
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can connect to various spatial file types including Shapefiles, MapInfo tables, KML files, GeoJSON files, TopoJSON files, and Esri File Geodatabases. When connecting to these spatial files, it’s necessary to include all of the required files in the same directory. Upon connecting to the spatial data, Tableau creates a Geometry field for your point geometries or polygons. However, in current versions of Tableau, you ‘cannot’ connect to mixed geometry types.

Question 16: Skipped

What is the purpose of blending data in Tableau?

  • To create a new data source by combining data from two or more data sources
  • To perform real-time analysis on a data source
  • To improve workbook performance
  • To visualize data from multiple data sources in a single view
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau allows you to visualize data from multiple data sources in a single view, enabling you to analyze and compare data from different sources without having to create a new combined data source.

Question 17: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of using a diverging color palette in Tableau?

  • To highlight data points that are equidistant from a central value
  • (Correct)
  • To group data points based on their categorical values
  • To create a sequential color scheme for ordinal data
  • To use a single color to represent all data points in a view

Explanation

The primary purpose of using a diverging color palette in Tableau is to highlight data points that are equidistant from a central value. A diverging color palette in Tableau is designed to emphasize data points that are equidistant from a central value, typically zero or a midpoint. This type of color palette uses two contrasting colors on either end of the spectrum, with a neutral color in the middle to represent the central value. The color gradient transitions smoothly from one extreme color to the neutral color and then to the other extreme color. This color scheme is particularly useful for visualizing data with both positive and negative values, or for showing deviations from a specific value. It is not primarily used for grouping categorical data, creating a sequential color scheme for ordinal data, or representing all data points with a single color.

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of dashboard action in Tableau?

  • Go to URL
  • Change Set Values
  • Change Parameter
  • Change Group Values
  • (Correct)

Explanation

‘Go to URL’, ‘Change Set Values’, and ‘Change Parameter’ are types of dashboard actions in Tableau. There is no ‘Change Group Values’ dashboard action in Tableau.

Question 19: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you merge two sets together to create a combined set?

  • Select both sets, right-click and choose “Create Merged Set”
  • Use the UNION function in a calculated field
  • Select both sets, right-click and choose “Create Combined Set”
  • (Correct)
  • Create a combined set by dragging one set onto another in the Data pane

Explanation

In Tableau, to merge two sets together to create a combined set, you select both sets in the Data pane, then right-click and choose “Create Combined Set.” This will open the Create Combined Set dialog, where you can specify how the two sets should be combined. The other options mentioned do not provide the correct steps for merging two sets together in Tableau.

Question 20: Skipped

In Tableau, when using custom fonts, which of the following statements is true?

  • Custom fonts are downloaded with the workbook when it is downloaded from Tableau Server
  • Custom fonts do not need to be installed on the computers running Tableau Desktop or Tableau Server
  • If a custom font is not installed on Tableau Server, the font will be replaced with a default font upon publishing
  • (Correct)
  • Custom fonts can be used in Tableau without appearing in the formatting pane in Tableau Desktop

Explanation

In Tableau, to use a custom font, it must first be installed on the computers that are running Tableau. This includes Tableau Desktop and, if you’re publishing to Tableau Server, any computers running Tableau Server. If a font specified in Tableau Desktop isn’t also installed on all nodes of Tableau Server, Tableau Server substitutes a default font.

Other options A, B, and D are incorrect. Custom fonts are not downloaded with the workbook when it is downloaded from Tableau Server. Custom fonts need to be installed on the computers running Tableau. After installing the font, it appears in the formatting pane in Tableau Desktop where it can be used to change fonts at the workbook or worksheet levels.

Question 21: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, which of the following is NOT a step in the process?

  • Right-click a measure in the Data pane and select Create > Bins
  • Specify a name for the new field in the Create Bins dialog box
  • Enter a value in the Size of bins field or have Tableau calculate a value for you
  • Use the new binned field to create an area chart
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, you would right-click a measure in the Data pane and select Create > Bins, specify a name for the new field in the Create Bins dialog box, and enter a value in the Size of bins field or have Tableau calculate a value for you. However, using the new binned field to create an area chart is not one of the steps involved in creating bins from a continuous measure.

Question 22: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the whisker in a box plot represent?

  • The median of the data
  • The interquartile range (IQR)
  • The minimum and maximum data points within 1.5 * IQR
  • (Correct)
  • Outliers in the data

Explanation

In Tableau, the whisker in a box plot represents the minimum and maximum data points within 1.5 times the interquartile range (IQR) from the first quartile (Q1) and the third quartile (Q3), respectively. The IQR is the range between the first quartile (Q1) and the third quartile (Q3) of the data. Data points outside of this range are considered outliers and are displayed as individual marks in the box plot. The median and interquartile range are represented by the line inside the box and the length of the box itself, respectively, in a box plot.

Question 23: Skipped

In Tableau, when converting Date fields between discrete and continuous, which of the following statements is true?

  • Discrete dates act as labels and continuous dates will have an axis similar to a measure
  • (Correct)
  • Date fields cannot be converted between discrete and continuous
  • The color of the field does not change when it is converted from discrete to continuous or vice versa
  • Both A and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can convert Date fields between discrete and continuous. Discrete dates act as labels, while continuous dates will have an axis similar to a measure.

Options B, C, and D are incorrect. Date fields can be converted between discrete and continuous. The color of the field does change when it is converted (it is green when it is continuous, and blue when it is discrete).

Question 24: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a pie chart, which of the following statements is true?

  • Pie charts work well for comparing exact numbers
  • Pie charts should be used when your dimension has a very large number of categories
  • Pie charts should be used to show the relationship of different parts to the whole
  • (Correct)
  • Three-dimensional pie charts are recommended for better visual perception of slices

Explanation

In Tableau, pie charts should be used to show the relationship of different parts to the whole.

Options A, B, and D are incorrect. Pie charts work best when you have dimensions with a limited number of categories. However, pie charts do not work well for comparing exact numbers. Also, three-dimensional pie charts are not recommended as they can skew the visual perception of slices.

Question 25: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau?

  • To create a new data source by combining data from two or more data sources
  • To perform real-time analysis on a data source
  • To define a custom level of aggregation for a measure
  • To filter data across multiple worksheets
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The primary purpose of an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau is to define a custom level of aggregation for a measure. This allows you to perform calculations at a different level of granularity than what is displayed in the view, enabling more complex and nuanced analysis.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the Pages shelf, which of the following statements is true?

  • The Pages shelf does not allow you to break a view into a series of pages
  • When you place a measure on the Pages shelf, Tableau does not convert the measure into a discrete measure
  • The Pages shelf creates a set of pages, with a different view on each page based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf
  • (Correct)
  • When you add a field to the Pages shelf, a page control is not added to the right of your view

Explanation

The Pages shelf in Tableau creates a set of pages, with a different view on each page based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf. It is a powerful tool that allows you to break down your view into a series of pages, each presenting a unique view based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf. This means that for each member of the field, a different page is created, allowing you to analyze how that specific field affects the rest of the data in your view. When you add a field to the Pages shelf, a page control is automatically added to the right of your view, allowing you to easily navigate through the pages. If you place a measure on the Pages shelf, Tableau automatically converts it into a discrete measure.

Question 27: Skipped

In Tableau, when sorting specific fields in a visualization, which of the following statements is true?

  • You cannot customize sorting by using the Sort menu for specific fields
  • The Sort menu is available for continuous measures
  • When sorting, Tableau uses the current International Components for Unicode (ICU) library to determine sort order.
  • (Correct)
  • Manual sorting does not allow you to select a value and move it to the desired position

Explanation

In Tableau, the sorting of specific fields in a visualization is determined by the current International Components for Unicode (ICU) library. This means that the order in which data is sorted in Tableau is based on the standards set by the ICU library.

On the other hand, you can indeed customize sorting by using the Sort menu for specific fields, but this menu is not available for continuous measures. Also, manual sorting does allow you to select a value and move it to the desired position, either by dragging it in the list or using the arrows to the right.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, when working with table calculations, which of the following statements is true?

  • Addressing fields define how to group the calculation
  • Partitioning fields determine the direction of the calculation
  • Table calculations are computed on the data source and not on the data in the view
  • Table calculations are computed on the data in the view and not on the data source
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, table calculations are a special type of calculation that are computed on the data in the view and not on the data source. This means that they are calculated based on what is currently in the view, rather than on the underlying data. They are useful for when you want to perform computations on aggregated data or want to compare rows, rank items, calculate running totals, or perform other computations that are based on the entire data set.

The other options are incorrect because of the following reasons. ‘Addressing fields’ determine the direction of the calculation. It’s actually the ‘partitioning fields’ that define how to group the calculation such as they break the view up into multiple sub-views, or partitions, and the table calculation is applied separately within each partition. Table calculations are computed on the data in the view, not on the data source.

Question 29: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when you perform a full refresh of a data extract?

  • It replaces all of the contents in the extract
  • (Correct)
  • It only adds rows that are new since the previous refresh
  • It removes all data from the extract
  • It updates only the rows that have changed since the last refresh

Explanation

When you perform a full refresh of a data extract in Tableau, it replaces all of the contents in the extract. This means that the entire data set is reloaded into the extract from the original data source, ensuring that the extract contains the most current data. This is different from an incremental refresh, which only adds rows that are new since the previous refresh.

Question 30: Skipped

In Tableau, how many visualizations can you include within a single tooltip using the Viz in Tooltip feature?

  • 1
  • 3
  • 4
  • More than 4
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Viz in Tooltip feature in Tableau is not restricted to just one visualization. You can include many visualizations within a single tooltip using the Viz in Tooltip feature. Therefore it is possible to include more than 4 visualizations.

Question 31: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a calculation using the DATEPARSE function, what is an important consideration?

  • The DATEPARSE function does not require a specific format to interpret the string as a date
  • The DATEPARSE function can only be used with a string data type.
  • (Correct)
  • The DATEPARSE function can be used with all connectors without any exceptions.
  • The DATEPARSE function does not need to include all spaces, hyphens, and other non-alphanumeric symbols in the format

Explanation

The DATEPARSE function in Tableau is used to convert a string into a date field. This function requires two parts: the format and the string. The string is the field you wish to convert, which must be a string data type. Therefore, the correct answer is B) The DATEPARSE function can only be used with a string data type. The other options are incorrect as they do not accurately represent the usage and requirements of the DATEPARSE function in Tableau.

Question 32: Skipped

In Tableau, when assigning colors to marks in the view, what happens if you drag a continuous field, such as SUM(sales), to Color on the Marks card?

  • Each mark in the view is colored based on its sales value
  • (Correct)
  • All marks in the view are updated to the color you choose
  • The marks in the view are broken out by category, and each category is assigned a color
  • The color of the marks does not change

Explanation

When you drag a continuous field to Color on the Marks card in Tableau, each mark in the view is colored based on its value for that field. In the case of a field like SUM(sales), this means that each mark’s color will reflect its sales value. This allows you to visually distinguish between marks with higher and lower sales values.

Question 33: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a parameter, which of the following options can you specify for how the parameter will accept values?

  • All, List, Range
  • (Correct)
  • All, List, Set
  • All, Range, Set
  • List, Range, Set

Explanation

When you create a parameter in Tableau, you have the option to specify how the parameter will accept values. The options available are ‘All’, ‘List’, and ‘Range’. ‘All’ means the parameter control is a simple text field. ‘List’ provides a list of possible values to select from. ‘Range’ lets you select values within a specified range.

Question 34: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true about Aggregate Measures in Tableau?

  • Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on individual records in a dataset
  • Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on groups of records in a dataset
  • (Correct)
  • Aggregate Measures are only used for date/time calculations
  • Aggregate Measures cannot be used in calculations or visualizations

Explanation

Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on groups of records in a dataset, such as the sum, average, minimum, or maximum value of a particular field. They are applied to entire groups of records, rather than individual records. This makes them useful for creating summary statistics or analyzing trends in large datasets.

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following is a way to create a calculated field in Tableau?

  • Right-click the dimension or measure in the data pane and choose “Create > Calculated Field”
  • In the Data pane, click the drop down menu and select “Create Calculated field”
  • Select “Analysis > Create Calculated Field”
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can create a calculated field by right-clicking the dimension or measure in the data pane and choosing “Create Calculated Field,” clicking the drop down menu in the data pan and selecting “Create Calculated Field”, or choosing “Create Calculated Field” from the Analysis menu. Calculated fields allow you to create new data fields. This includes the ability to create new data fields by combining or transforming existing fields using calculations or expressions.

Question 36: Skipped

In Tableau, what is one of the benefits of using a context filter?

  • It allows you to filter data independently of other filters
  • (Correct)
  • It allows you to filter data based on the results of other filters
  • It allows you to filter data without any impact on performance
  • All other filters does not depend on the data passing through from the context filter

Explanation

In Tableau, when a filter is added to the context, it becomes an independent filter. This means that it is applied first, before any other filters. All other filters then become dependent on the context filter and only process the data that passes through the context filter. This can be useful when you want to create a dependent numerical or top N filter, as the context filter can be used to include only the data of interest. For optimal performance with context filters, particularly when dealing with large data sources, it is more efficient to utilize one context filter that greatly decreases the data set size rather than applying multiple context filters.

Question 37: Skipped

When blending two data sets together, what is one of the impacts of data blending on performance in Tableau?

  • It decreases the time to query and render when blending two data sets together
  • It increases the time to query and render due to an extra step in the queries
  • (Correct)
  • It has no impact on the time to query and render
  • It reduces the number of queries needed, thus improving performance

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau involves querying multiple datasets. When two datasets are blended together, there is an increase in the time to query and render because of an additional step in the queries. This extra step involves matching the linking fields between the two queries. While this extra step may not significantly impact performance on a smaller scale, it can add up and cause a dip in performance when applied to larger datasets.

Question 38: Skipped

In Tableau, how can you drill up or down in a hierarchy in a visualization?

  • By clicking the + or – icon on the hierarchy field in the visualization
  • (Correct)
  • By right-clicking the hierarchy field and selecting ‘Drill Up’ or ‘Drill Down’
  • By double-clicking the hierarchy field in the visualization and the hierarchy menu will display
  • By dragging the hierarchy field to a new position in the visualization

Explanation

In Tableau, you can drill up or down in a hierarchy. Simply use the ‘+’ or ‘-‘ signs next to the hierarchy field to increase or decrease the level of detail. This provides an efficient method to add or remove complexity in your visualization.

Question 39: Skipped

In Tableau, when you create a relative date filter, what happens to the view when you open it?

  • The view remains static and shows the data as of the date when the filter was created
  • The view updates to show a time period relative to when you open the view
  • (Correct)
  • The view updates to show the most recent data, regardless of the time period specified in the filter
  • The view does not display any data until you manually update the filter

Explanation

When you create a relative date filter in Tableau, it is designed to dynamically update to show a time period relative to when you open the view. For example, if you set the filter to show the past 10 days, each time you open the view, it will automatically adjust to show the most recent 10 days. This makes it easy to create views that always show the most recent data for the specified time period.

Question 40: Skipped

What is the purpose of the ATTR function in Tableau?

  • Returns a string composed of the specified number of repeated spaces
  • Returns <expression> if it is not null, otherwise returns zero
  • Returns the value of the given expression if it only has a single value for all rows, otherwise it displays an asterisk.
  • (Correct)
  • Returns the number of rows from the current row to the last row

Explanation

The ATTR function in Tableau is used to return the value of an attribute if it is the same for all rows in the view, and return an asterisk (*) otherwise. This function can be useful when working with data that has been aggregated at a higher level, as it helps to identify situations where there is only one distinct value for an attribute in the view.

Question 41: Skipped

How can you create a hierarchy in Tableau?

  • Drag a dimension onto another dimension in the Data pane
  • Right-click a dimension in the Data pane and choose ‘Hierarchy’ > ‘Create Hierarchy’
  • Choose “Create Hierarchy” from the Analysis menu
  • Both A and B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can create a hierarchy by dragging a dimension onto another dimension in the Data pane or by right-clicking a dimension in the Data pane and choosing ‘Hierarchy’ > ‘Create Hierarchy’. Hierarchies allow you to organize dimensions into groups or levels, making it easier to navigate and explore data at different levels of granularity.

Question 42: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT stored in a ‘.TDS’ file?

  • Connection information
  • Calculated fields
  • Default properties
  • Actual data records
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A .TDS file contains metadata properties related to a data source in Tableau, including connection information, calculated fields, and default properties, among others. However, it does not store the actual data records from the data source. The .TDS file stores information about the data source structure and characteristics but not the data itself.

Question 43: Skipped

Which of the following is a way to share a Tableau workbook with others?

  • Save the workbook as a packaged workbook (.twbx) and share the file
  • Publish the workbook to Tableau Server
  • Export As PowerPoint
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can share a workbook with others by saving it as a packaged workbook (.twbx) and sharing the file, publishing the workbook to Tableau Server, or exporting it as PowerPoint. Each method has its advantages depending on the intended audience and their access to Tableau software.

Question 44: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the Highlighter feature, what happens when you enter a keyword?

  • The view filters to only show marks that match the keyword
  • The view dims all marks that match the keyword
  • The view immediately highlights the marks that match or partially match your keyword search
  • (Correct)
  • The view highlights the marks that match the keyword and removes all marks that do not match the keyword

Explanation

In Tableau, the Highlighter feature allows you to interactively explore your data and highlight specific marks in your view. When you enter a keyword in the Highlighter, Tableau immediately highlights the marks that match or partially match your keyword search. This allows you to easily identify and focus on specific data points while still maintaining the overall context of your view.

Question 45: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is NOT a Background Maps option?

  • Outdoors
  • Satellite
  • Terrain
  • (Correct)
  • Streets

Explanation

In Tableau, the “Background Maps” does not have “Terrain” as an option. The valid options include Light, Normal, Dark, Outdoors, Satellite, and Streets.

Question 1: Skipped

Which of the following chart type is best suited for displaying a time series?

  • Bar
  • Line
  • (Correct)
  • Circle
  • Square

Explanation

The line chart is best suited for displaying time series data. A line chart in Tableau is a type of visualization that is used to display continuous data over time. It is an effective way to visualize trends or patterns in data over a period of time. In a line chart, data points are plotted on a chart and then connected by lines to visually represent the changes in the data over time. The x-axis typically represents the time dimension, such as days, months, years, etc., while the y-axis represents the measure or quantitative variable you’re interested in tracking, such as sales, revenue, temperature, etc.

Question 2: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a story, how can you add a new story point?

  • By clicking ‘Blank’ to use a fresh sheet for the next story point
  • By start customizing a story point and click ‘Save as New’ on the toolbar
  • By clicking ‘Duplicate’ to use the current story point as the basis for a new one
  • All of the Above
  • (Correct)
  • A and B only

Explanation

All of the Above is the correct answer. In Tableau, when creating a story, you can add a new story point by doing the following: One way is to click ‘Blank’ to use a fresh sheet for the next story point. You can also start customizing a story point and click ‘Save as New’ on the toolbar. If you’d like to duplicate and use the current story point as the basis for a new one, you can click ‘Duplicate’.

Question 3: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the correct order of operations for applying filters?

  • Context filters, Data source filters, Extract filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures
  • Extract filters, Data source filters, Context filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures
  • (Correct)
  • Data source filters, Context filters, Extract filters, Filters on measures, Filters on dimensions
  • Extract filters, Context filters, Data source filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures

Explanation

The order of operations in Tableau specifies how different filters and actions are applied when generating a visualization. The correct order of operations for applying filters is as the following: Extract filters, Data source filters, Context filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures

Question 4: Skipped

In Tableau, what is included in a packaged workbook (.twbx)?

  • Background images
  • Custom geocoding
  • Local cube files
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

A Tableau packaged workbook (.twbx) is a portable file that contains a Tableau workbook (.twb), along with any associated local data sources and external files, such as Background images, custom geocoding, and Local cube files that the workbook uses. By packaging everything into a .twbx file, Tableau creates a single, self-contained file that can be shared with others who may not have the same data sources or files on their system. When they open the .twbx file in Tableau, they can interact with the workbook and see the data as it existed when the .twbx file was created.

Question 5: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the “View Underlying Data” option, what is the maximum number of rows that can be viewed on Tableau Server?

  • 100 rows
  • 200 rows
  • (Correct)
  • 500 rows
  • 1000 rows

Explanation

In Tableau, when using the “View Underlying Data” option on Tableau Server, the maximum number of rows that can be viewed is 200. If users need to view all underlying data, they would need to use the “Drilling to detail using actions” feature or download the underlying data to a .CSV file.

Question 6: Skipped

In Tableau, what is one of the reasons you might create a context filter?

  • To force a filter to be carried out last
  • To create a dependent numerical or top N filter
  • (Correct)
  • To exclude data of interest from a filter
  • To make all other filters independent of the context filter

Explanation

In Tableau, one of the reasons to create a context filter is to create a dependent numerical or top N filter. This means that you can set a context filter to include only the data of interest, and then set a numerical or a top N filter that processes only the data that passes through the context filter. This can be particularly useful when you want to focus on a specific subset of your data.

Question 7: Skipped

What is the best use case for a stacked bar chart?

  • Useful for analyzing two measures with different scales
  • Showing the distribution of a single measure
  • Comparing the proportions of different categories
  • (Correct)
  • Showing trends over time

Explanation

Comparing the proportions of different categories is the best use case for a stacked bar chart. A stacked bar chart in Tableau is a type of visual representation where bars are split into colored segments. Each bar corresponds to a particular category, and each segment within that bar represents a sub-category or a different value of that category. The overall length or height of the bar shows the total value for the category, while the segments show how that total is divided among the sub-categories. This kind of chart is especially useful when you want to illustrate not just the overall totals of different categories, but also the composition of those totals.

Question 8: Skipped

In Tableau, when there are multiple dimensions in the view, what type of sort can be created?

  • Nested Sort
  • (Correct)
  • Alphabetical Sort
  • Numerical Sort
  • Comparative sort

Explanation

In Tableau, when there are multiple dimensions in the view, a Nested Sort can be created. A Nested Sort is when the second column sorts within the first column. The column sort is restricted to its “nest”; i.e., it sorts the second (the sorted) column separately within each first column value. This is particularly useful when you want to focus on a specific subset of your data.

Question 9: Skipped

In Tableau, when filtering categorical data (dimensions), which tab in the Filter dialog box allows you to define a pattern to filter on?

  • General
  • Wildcard
  • (Correct)
  • Condition
  • Top

Explanation

When filtering categorical data (dimensions) in Tableau, the Wildcard tab in the Filter dialog box allows you to define a pattern to filter on. This feature allows you to designate a specific pattern as your filter criteria, which is quite helpful when you aim to either include or exclude data following certain patterns. For example, suppose your data involves email addresses and you want to select only those associated with a particular domain. In this case, you could establish a wildcard filter that concludes with “@yahoo.com”, which would then only display Yahoo’s email addresses in your dataset.

Question 10: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following statements about using the Top tab in the Filter dialog box is INCORRECT?

  • The Top filter allows you to include a specified number of data points in the view, such as the top 15 products
  • The Top filter can only be used to display the highest values; it can’t show the lowest values
  • (Correct)
  • The Top filter eliminates the need to set specific range criteria by enabling a relative comparison within the field
  • The Top filter can be used to display views such as the top 10 Cities by average Sales

Explanation

In Tableau, the Top tab in the Filter dialog box can be used to display the highest values, and it can also be used to display the lowest values, such as the bottom 15 products by Sales. In Tableau, the ‘Top’ tab in the filter dialog box is a powerful tool that helps you select a specific subset of your data for your view. This feature is particularly useful when you want to analyze high-performing or low-performing subsets without needing to specify a precise threshold value. The ‘Top’ filter dynamically identifies and displays this subset based on the limit you’ve set, providing a flexible and efficient way to highlight key portions of your data.

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an Aggregate function in Tableau?

  • COUNT
  • MODE
  • (Correct)
  • MEDIAN
  • STDEV

Explanation

In Tableau, COUNT, MEDIAN, and STDEV are valid Aggregate functions. MODE, which represents the most frequently occurring value, is not a built-in Aggregate function in Tableau. However, it can be calculated using other functions and techniques.

Question 12: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the default color for most marks when there are no fields on Color on the Marks card?

  • Red
  • Green
  • Blue
  • (Correct)
  • Yellow

Explanation

In Tableau, when there are no fields on Color on the Marks card, the default color for most marks is blue. This means that if no specific color is assigned to the marks, they will appear as blue in the view. This is a default setting in Tableau and applies to most types of marks.

Question 13: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a table calculation, which of the following options is NOT available in the “Compute Using” selection?

  • Table (across)
  • Pane (down)
  • Cell
  • Column (down)
  • (Correct)
  • Specific Dimensions

Explanation

In Tableau, when you’re creating a table calculation, you have several options for how the calculation is computed. These options, known as “Compute Using” selections, include “Table (across)”, “Pane (down)”, “Cell”, “Table (down then across)”, “Table (across then down)”, “Pane (across then down)”, “Pane (down then across)”, and “Specific Dimensions”.

However, “Column (down)” is not one of the available options in Tableau for computing a table calculation.

Question 14: Skipped

What is not an available option for exporting when we select ‘Worksheet > Export’ ?

  • Image
  • Data
  • Crosstab to Excel
  • MS PowerPoint
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you have the ability to export data or views for use in other applications, such as for presentations or documents. This can be done in more than one way: exporting the data from a workbook or exporting an image that represents a view. When we select ‘Worksheet > Export’, you will see the following options to choose from: Image, Data, Crosstab to Excel, but you will not see ‘MS PowerPoint’ as an option.

Question 15: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options allows you to create bins for a continuous measure?

  • Right-click the measure field on the Data pane and choose “Create > Bins”
  • (Correct)
  • Select the measure field from the Data pane, and then go to “Analysis” menu and select “Create Bins”
  • From the Data pane, drag the measure field to “Shape” on the Marks card.
  • Select the measure in the view, and use the Histogram option in the Show Me panel to create bins

Explanation

To create bins for a continuous measure in Tableau, you can right-click the measure in the Data pane and choose “Create > Bins”. This will allow you to define the bin size and create a new dimension with the binned values.

Question 16: Skipped

In Tableau, when configuring a Viz in Tooltip, what is the ‘default’ filter setting?

  • Filtered on Selected Fields
  • Filtered on All Fields
  • (Correct)
  • No filter applied
  • Filter option is not available

Explanation

In its default setting, a Viz in Tooltip applies a filter to ‘All Fields’. This implies that the filter is applied to every dimension present in the current view, excluding any fields that are on the Filters shelf, and it does so at the highest level of detail.

Question 17: Skipped

What is the purpose of a dashboard in Tableau?

  • To connect to data sources and prepare data for analysis
  • To create and save individual visualizations
  • To display multiple visualizations in a single view
  • (Correct)
  • To create calculated fields and hierarchies

Explanation

The purpose of a dashboard in Tableau is to display multiple visualizations in a single view, allowing users to see and interact with related data in a cohesive manner. Dashboards can include charts, tables, maps, and other visual elements, as well as filters, parameters, and actions.

Question 18: Skipped

What is the purpose of using an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau?

  • To define a custom level of aggregation for a measure
  • (Correct)
  • To blend data from multiple data sources
  • To create a hierarchical drill-down in a visualization
  • To apply a filter across multiple worksheets

Explanation

LOD (Level of Detail) expressions in Tableau allow you to define a custom level of aggregation for a measure, independent of the dimensions in the view. This feature enables complex calculations and comparisons at different levels of detail within a single visualization.

Question 19: Skipped

Which of the following is a technique used to optimize Tableau workbooks for improved performance?

  • Using context filters
  • Reducing the number of calculated fields
  • Extracting data instead of using live connections
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

All the mentioned techniques using context filters, reducing the number of calculated fields, and extracting data instead of using live connections can be used to optimize Tableau workbooks for improved performance. These approaches help to minimize processing time, decrease the amount of data loaded into memory, and simplify complex calculations.

Question 20: Skipped

What is the result of blending data from two different data sources in Tableau?

  • A new data source is created with the combined data
  • The data from the secondary data source is added to the primary data source as additional columns
  • The data from the secondary data source is displayed in the view based on a common field in the primary data source
  • (Correct)
  • The data from both data sources is combined into a single flat file

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau allows you to display data from a secondary data source in the view based on a common field in the primary data source. Data blending in Tableau is a method of combining data from multiple sources into a single visualization or dashboard. Unlike a traditional join operation, data blending leaves your original data sources intact, instead pulling the data together on the fly when needed for analysis. Data blending is particularly useful when your data is spread across multiple databases, file formats, or when you want to combine a small dataset with a very large one, something that could be inefficient with traditional join operations.

Remember, data blending does require that there is at least one common field between your data sources to serve as a link or anchor to combine your data correctly.

Question 21: Skipped

How do we convert a measure to a dimension in the Data pane?

  • Click and drag the measure field from a measures area in the Data pane and drop it into a dimensions area
  • Right-click the measure field in the Data pane and select ‘Convert to Dimension’
  • Select the measure field in the Data pane and then go to the ‘Analysis’ menu and select ‘Convert to Dimension’
  • A and B
  • (Correct)
  • B and C

Explanation

Here are two ways that you can convert a measure to a dimension in the Data pane. One way is that you can click and drag the measure field from a measures area in the Data pane and drop it into a dimensions area. Another way is that you can right-click the measure field in the Data pane and select ‘Convert to Dimension’.

Question 22: Skipped

In Tableau, what can you do to view all individual rows of your data source and analyze the distribution of individual transactions, rather than summarized data?

  • Aggregate all measures in the view from the Analysis menu
  • Apply a filter on the view to show only certain transactions
  • Navigate to the Analysis menu and select ‘Reveal Data’ option
  • Navigate to the Analysis menu and deselect the ‘Aggregate Measures’ option
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When data are disaggregated in Tableau, all individual rows from the underlying data source can be viewed. This is useful when you want to analyze the distribution of individual transactions rather than just seeing summarized data. This disaggregation is done by navigating to the Analysis menu and deselecting the ‘Aggregate Measures’ option, thereby removing the check mark.

Question 23: Skipped

In Tableau, when using a parameter in a reference line, how can you dynamically modify the position of the reference line?

  • By manually editing the reference line in the view
  • By adjusting the parameter value in the parameter control
  • (Correct)
  • By changing the data type of the parameter.
  • By modifying the underlying data source

Explanation

When a parameter is used in a reference line in Tableau, the position of the reference line corresponds to the current value of the parameter. To change the position of the reference line, you need to adjust the parameter value in the parameter control. This allows for dynamic modification of the reference line without having to manually edit it in the view or change the underlying data.

Question 24: Skipped

What is the purpose of using map layers in Tableau?

  • To create a 3D effect on the map
  • To layer multiple sources of spatial data on maps for a more detailed view
  • (Correct)
  • To add a decorative background to the map
  • To hide certain parts of the map

Explanation

Map layers in Tableau are used to overlay multiple sources of spatial data on a single map. This allows for a more detailed geographical view. For instance, you could have a map that shows population density, rail lines, and parks all in one view. This feature was introduced in Tableau version 2020.4 and has been enhanced in version 2021.4 to allow a different data source for each map layer, making it easier to create maps from multiple sources of data without needing to create relationships or joins between those data sources.

Question 25: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the purpose of the Pages shelf?

  • To create a series of views that display different subsets of the data, based on a selected dimension or measure
  • (Correct)
  • To create a multi-page PDF or printed report
  • To organize multiple worksheets or dashboards in a workbook
  • To create a slideshow or animation that shows how data changes over time

Explanation

The purpose of the Pages shelf in Tableau is to create a series of views that display different subsets of the data, based on a selected dimension or measure. By placing a field on the Pages shelf, you can quickly explore how a view changes as you “page” through the different members of the field. This can be particularly useful for understanding trends or patterns in your data over time or across different categories.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the ZN function do when applied to a numeric field or measure?

  • It converts all numeric values to zero
  • It replaces all null values with zero
  • (Correct)
  • It converts all zero values to null
  • It replaces all null values with the average of the non-null values

Explanation

In Tableau, the ZN function is used with numeric fields or measures. When applied, it returns the original value if it is not null; otherwise, it returns zero. This means that it effectively replaces all null values in the field or measure with zero. This can be particularly useful when you want to perform calculations on a field that contains null values, as it allows you to treat those null values as zero instead.

Question 27: Skipped

What is the purpose of a tooltip in Tableau?

  • To display additional information about a data point when the user hovers over it
  • (Correct)
  • To show the relationship between two measures in a visualization
  • To provide context for the visualization using labels or annotations
  • To customize the appearance of a visualization

Explanation

The purpose of a tooltip in Tableau is to display additional information about a data point when the user hovers over it. Tooltips can help users understand the data more easily by providing supplementary details or context without cluttering the visualization.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when you join tables and the fields you join on are not of the same data type?

  • The join will still work, but the data might be inconsistent
  • The join will break and you will need to make the data types the same
  • (Correct)
  • Tableau will automatically convert the data types to match
  • The join will work, but you will not be able to remove fields used in the join clause

Explanation

Correct Answer: B) The join will break and you will need to make the data types the same.

When joining tables in Tableau, it’s crucial that the fields you’re joining on must have the same data type. If they don’t, the join operation will fail. This is because Tableau needs to match data accurately and consistently, and having differing data types can lead to mismatches or errors. Therefore, before performing a join, you should ensure that the fields you plan to join on have the same data type. If they don’t, you’ll need to convert them to the same data type before proceeding with the join.

Question 29: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of the LOOKUP function in Tableau?

  • To return the value of the expression at a specific position in a partition
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate the average of a set of numbers
  • To return the absolute value of a number
  • To return the character encoded by the ASCII code number

Explanation

The LOOKUP function in Tableau is primarily used to return the value of an expression at a specific position in a partition. This function is particularly useful when you want to compare current row values with values of a previous or next row. It’s important to note that the position is relative to the current position. For instance, LOOKUP([Sales], -1) would return the Sales value of the previous row.

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following aggregation functions returns the number of items in a group of non-null values in a given field?

  • COUNT
  • (Correct)
  • COUNTD
  • SUM
  • AVG

Explanation

The COUNT aggregation function returns the number of items in a group of non-null values in a given field. COUNTD is used for counting distinct values, SUM for adding values, and AVG for calculating the average.

Question 31: Skipped

What happens to members that are removed from an existing group in Tableau?

  • They are deleted from the dataset
  • They are added to the ‘Other’ group, if it exists
  • (Correct)
  • They are automatically added to a new group
  • They are hidden from the view

Explanation

When members are removed from an existing group in Tableau, they are not deleted from the dataset. Instead, if an ‘Other’ group exists, these members are added to it. This allows for flexibility in managing and categorizing data within Tableau, ensuring that no data is lost in the process of reorganizing groups.

Question 32: Skipped

How can you display interactive filters in a Tableau view?

  • By selecting ‘Show Filter’ from the field drop-down menu in the view
  • (Correct)
  • By dragging the field to the Filters shelf
  • By selecting ‘Interactive Filter’ from the field drop-down menu in the view
  • By right-clicking on the field in the view and selecting ‘Interactive Filter’

Explanation

In Tableau, you can display interactive filters in the view by clicking the field drop-down menu in the view and selecting ‘Show Filter’. This action automatically adds the field to the Filters shelf (if it is not already being filtered), and a filter card appears in the view. You can then interact with the card to filter your data. This feature allows you to quickly include or exclude data in the view.

Question 33: Skipped

What type of chart is best suited for comparing individual data points across categories?

  • Bar chart
  • (Correct)
  • Line chart
  • Pie chart
  • Scatter plot

Explanation

Bar charts are best suited for comparing individual data points across categories. Line charts are used for time series, pie charts for part-to-whole comparisons, and scatter plots for examining relationships between two continuous variables.

Question 34: Skipped

In Tableau, how can multiple views be used to filter other views in a dashboard?

  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ from the shortcut menu
  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu
  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ and ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

Correct Answer: C) By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ and ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu

In Tableau, you can use multiple views to filter other views in a dashboard. The process involves selecting each view that you want to use as a filter and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ from the shortcut menu. This allows the selected view to control the filter action. However, to prevent these controlling views from being filtered themselves, you need to select ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu. This way, selecting marks in these controlling views filters data in one or more detail views without affecting any other controlling views.

Question 35: Skipped

What is the purpose of a hierarchy in Tableau?

  • To filter data based on multiple levels
  • To organize dimensions into a logical order for drill-down analysis
  • (Correct)
  • To create calculated fields for complex calculations
  • To group dimensions and measures together

Explanation

Hierarchies in Tableau are used to organize dimensions into a logical order, allowing users to drill down from higher levels to more detailed levels of data.

In Tableau, hierarchies refer to a structure in which fields are organized in a specific, predefined order, offering a way to categorize and group data based on a set of related fields. These fields often go from a larger category to a more specific one. For instance, a geographical hierarchy might consist of fields like Country, State, and City.

Hierarchies are useful for drilling down data to explore it at various levels of granularity. For example, you might start looking at your data at the Country level, and then drill down to see details at the State level, then further down to the City level. This kind of detailed, step-by-step exploration is made possible by Tableau’s hierarchy structure.

Question 36: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when a floating object is hidden in a dashboard?

  • It reveals any objects beneath it
  • (Correct)
  • It leaves a blank space behind
  • It moves to the bottom of the dashboard
  • It deletes itself from the dashboard

Explanation

In Tableau, when a floating object is hidden in a dashboard, it simply reveals any objects that are beneath it. This feature can be particularly useful when you want to temporarily hide a floating group of filters to reveal more of a visualization. The other options listed do not accurately describe what happens when a floating object is hidden in a Tableau dashboard.

Question 37: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options is available when formatting text alignment?

  • Horizontal
  • Vertical Alignment
  • Direction
  • Wrap
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)
  • A and B

Explanation

The correct answer is All of the above.

In Tableau, when formatting text alignment, you have several options. You can control the horizontal alignment, which determines whether text aligns to the left, right, or center. Vertical alignment controls whether text aligns at the top, middle, or bottom. The direction option allows you to rotate text so that it runs horizontally (default), top-to-bottom (up), or bottom-to-top (down). The wrap option controls whether long headers wrap to the next line or are abbreviated.

Question 38: Skipped

What does the presence of all table colors next to a field in the union profile indicate in Tableau?

  • The field is irrelevant to the union operation
  • The field has mismatched data
  • The union operation was performed correctly for that field
  • (Correct)
  • The field was excluded from the union operation

Explanation

In Tableau, when you perform a union operation, each table involved in the union is associated with a specific color. These colors are displayed next to each field in the union profile. If all the table colors are present next to a field, it signifies that the union operation was executed correctly for that field. In other words, the field has consistent data across all the tables involved in the union.

Question 39: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the delta symbol indicate when applying a quick table calculation to a field in a visualization?

  • It indicates that the field is being used as a filter
  • It indicates that the field is being used in a calculated field
  • It indicates that a quick table calculation is being applied to the field
  • (Correct)
  • It indicates that the field is being used in a parameter

Explanation

In Tableau, when you apply a quick table calculation to a field in a visualization, a delta symbol appears on the field. This symbol is an indication that a quick table calculation is being applied to that particular field. This allows users to quickly identify which fields have calculations applied to them in the visualization.

Question 40: Skipped

Which type of join in Tableau combines all rows from both tables, filling in NULL values for non-matching rows?

  • Inner join
  • Left join
  • Right join
  • Full outer join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A full outer join in Tableau combines all rows from both tables, filling in NULL values for non-matching rows. Inner joins return only the matching rows from both tables, left joins return all rows from the left table and matching rows from the right table, and right joins return all rows from the right table and matching rows from the left table.

Question 41: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options can you use to sort a bar chart by the values of a measure?

  • Right-click the dimension in the view and choose “Sort”
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the measure onto the Sort shelf on the Marks card
  • Click the “Sort” button in the toolbar
  • Right-click the measure in the Data pane and choose “Sort by Field”

Explanation

To sort a bar chart by the values of a measure in Tableau, you can right-click the dimension in the view and choose “Sort.” This will open a dialog box where you can select the measure to sort by and choose the sorting order (ascending or descending).

Question 42: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of logical and physical tables in Tableau’s data model?

  • To create a backup of the original data
  • To improve performance and take advantage of Tableau functionality not available in the original data
  • To better describe how extracts will be stored
  • (Correct)
  • To convert the data into a different format

Explanation

In Tableau’s data model, logical and physical tables are used to better describe how data extracts will be stored. This change was introduced in version 2020.2, replacing the previous Single Table and Multiple Tables storage options. The choice between logical and physical tables affects the structure of the extract and can have implications for how the data can be used within Tableau.

Question 43: Skipped

In Tableau, when defining a Percent Difference From table calculation, which option calculates the difference between the current value and the first value in the partition?

  • Previous
  • Next
  • First
  • (Correct)
  • Last

Explanation

In Tableau, when setting up a Percent Difference From table calculation, there are several options to specify from which value the difference should be calculated. These options include ‘Previous’, ‘Next’, ‘First’, and ‘Last’. If you select ‘First’, the calculation will compute the difference between the current value and the first value in the partition. This can be useful in scenarios where you want to compare each value in a data set to the initial value.

Question 44: Skipped

In Tableau, what are the two types of sets that can be created and how do they differ?

  • Dynamic sets and Static sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Static sets do not change even if the underlying data changes and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • Dynamic sets and Fixed sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Fixed sets do not change even if the underlying data changes and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamic sets and Variable sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Variable sets change depending on user interaction and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • Dynamic sets and Interactive sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Interactive sets change depending on user interaction and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions

Explanation

In Tableau, sets are custom fields that define a subset of data based on some conditions. There are two types of sets: Dynamic sets and Fixed sets.

Dynamic sets are those whose members change when the underlying data changes. These sets can only be based on a single dimension. On the other hand, Fixed sets are those whose members do not change, even if the underlying data changes. A fixed set can be based on a single dimension or multiple dimensions. This allows for flexibility in defining and working with subsets of data in Tableau.

Question 45: Skipped

When you need to relate tables across different databases, what should you do?

  • Add them as new data sources from the Data menu
  • Create a new data source from the drop-down menu next to the Data Source’s name
  • Use the Add link in the Left pane to add them as data connections within the same data source
  • (Correct)
  • Relating tables across different databases is not possible in Tableau

Explanation

If your task involves relating tables that reside in different databases, the correct approach would be to include these tables within a single data source. This can be achieved by using the “Add” link found in the Left pane of Tableau’s interface. This process enables you to establish connections among these tables.

Question 1: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you change the default color properties for a specific data field?

  • Navigate to “Map” -> “Edit Colors” and select the color scheme.
  • Right-click on the data field on the “Data” pane and select “Default Properties” -> “Color”
  • (Correct)
  • Navigate to “Format” -> “Color” and select the color scheme
  • Right-click on the chart, select “Format” -> “Color” and choose the color scheme

Explanation

Tableau allows you to change the default color for a specific data field. To do this, you need to locate the data field in the “Data” pane on the left side of the screen. Right-clicking on the field will open a context menu. Select “Default Properties”, then “Color”, and you will be able to choose a new default color for that field. This will affect how that field is displayed in all visualizations where it is used. The other options (A, C, D) are not the correct pathways to change the default color for a specific data field.

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of join supported by Tableau?

  • Inner join
  • Right join
  • Full Outer join
  • Upper join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Upper join is not a type of join supported by Tableau. There are four types of joins you can use in Tableau: inner, left, right, and full outer. An inner join combines tables and only includes values that have matches in both tables. A left join includes all values from the left table and corresponding matches from the right table. A right join includes all values from the right table and corresponding matches from the left table. A full outer join includes all values from both tables.

Question 3: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true about live connections and data security in Tableau Desktop?

  • Live connections are less secure than extract connections because they allow direct access to the data source
  • (Correct)
  • Live connections are more secure than extract connections because they do not store data in Tableau Desktop
  • Live connections and extract connections offer the same level of data security
  • None of the above

Explanation

Because live connections query data sources in real time, they can allow direct access to sensitive data. In contrast, extract connections store data in Tableau Desktop, which can provide an additional layer of security. However, it’s important to note that both live connections and extract connections offer a range of security options in Tableau Desktop.

Question 4: Skipped

How do you connect to multiple data sources without joining or blending in Tableau?

  • Go to the top menu bar, select “File” -> “Connect to Data”, and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Use the “Data Source” tab, and go to the top menu bar, select “File” -> “Add New Data Source” and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Right-click an existing data source on your worksheet and choose “Add New Data Source” and choose the new data sources to connect
  • Go to the top menu bar, select “Data” -> “New Data Source”, and choose the new data sources to connect
  • (Correct)

Explanation

To connect to Multiple Data Sources Without Joining or Blending, you can do the following: Go to the top menu bar and select “Data” -> “New Data Source”, and choose the new data sources to connect.

Question 5: Skipped

How do you save metadata properties in a .TDS file in Tableau?

  • Select “Save As” from the “File” menu and choose the .TDS file format
  • Select “Export As” from the “Data” menu and choose the .TDS file format
  • At the top of the Data pane, right-click the name of the data source, and then select “Add to Saved Data Sources”, and choose .TDS file type, and then click “Save”
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

To save metadata properties in a .TDS file in Tableau, you can do the following: At the top of the Data pane, right-click the name of the data source, and then select “Add to Saved Data Sources”. Enter a file name, select the file type (. tds or . tdsx), and then click “Save”.

Question 6: Skipped

What does the term “Dimension” refer to in Tableau?

  • A continuous field used to measure something
  • A discrete field used to categorize data
  • (Correct)
  • A field that represents a date or time value
  • A field that represents a numeric value

Explanation

In Tableau, a dimension is a discrete field used to categorize data. Dimensions typically represent qualitative data, such as names, categories, or labels, and are used to segment and organize your data for analysis.

Question 7: Skipped

How can you change the default aggregation for a numeric field?

  • Right-click the field and select “Default Properties” -> “Number Format” -> “Change Aggregation”
  • Right click on the data field on the “Column” or “Row” shelf and select “Change Aggregation Measures”
  • Navigate to “Format” -> “Aggregate Measures” and select from the dialog box
  • None of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

None of the above is the correct answer. The default aggregation is automatically used when you drag a measure to a view. To change the default aggregation: Right-click on a measure in the Data pane and select “Default Properties” -> “Aggregation”, and then select one of the aggregation options.

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT how to view the underlying data for a specific data point in a Tableau visualization?

  • Right-click the data point and select “View Data”
  • Click the data point in the view and click on the “View Data” icon
  • Select the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Data” menu
  • (Correct)
  • Select the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Analysis” menu

Explanation

In Tableau, you can Not view the underlying data for a specific data point by selecting the data point and choose “View Data” from the “Data” menu. All the other options will let you view the underlying data for a specific data point in a Tableau visualization.

Question 9: Skipped

How can you split a single field containing multiple values into separate fields?

  • Right-click the field in the Data pane and select “Split”
  • Right-click the field in the Data pane and select “Transform” -> “Split”
  • (Correct)
  • Click on the field in the Data pane, then select the “Custom Split” option from the “Analysis” menu
  • Both B and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can split a single field containing multiple values into separate fields by right-clicking the field in the Data pane and select “Transform” -> “Split”.

Question 10: Skipped

What function would you use in a calculated field to find the difference in days between two dates?

  • DATEDIFF
  • (Correct)
  • DATEADD
  • DAYDIFF
  • DATEPART

Explanation

The DATEDIFF function is used to find the difference between two dates, based on a specified date part (e.g., day, month, year). The syntax for the function is DATEDIFF(date_part, start_date, end_date,[start_of_week]).

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for visualizing hierarchical data in Tableau?

  • Heat map
  • Tree map
  • (Correct)
  • Highlight table
  • Density map

Explanation

Tree maps are best suited for visualizing hierarchical data in Tableau. They use nested rectangles to represent different levels of hierarchy, with the size of each rectangle representing a quantitative value.

Question 12: Skipped

What is the primary function of the Tableau Data Interpreter?

  • To automatically clean and reshape data for analysis
  • (Correct)
  • To interpret data types and assign appropriate roles to fields
  • To provide suggestions for data visualizations based on the data set
  • To enable natural language processing for data queries

Explanation

The Tableau Data Interpreter automatically cleans and reshapes data for analysis, making it easier to work with messy or unstructured data sources.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an Aggregate function for the Calculated Field in Tableau?

  • COLLECT
  • STDEVP
  • VARAVG
  • (Correct)
  • CORR

Explanation

VARAVG is NOT a valid Aggregate function for the Calculated Field in Tableau. The following functions COLLECT, STDEVP, and CORR are some examples of the Aggregate functions that can be used in a Calculated Field.

Question 14: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a story, what happens when you add a sheet to a story point?

  • The sheet is disconnected from the original sheet and any changes to the original sheet will not be reflected in the story point
  • The sheet is copied into the story point and any changes to the original sheet will not be reflected in the story point
  • The sheet is linked to the original sheet and any changes to the original sheet will automatically be reflected in the story point
  • (Correct)
  • The sheet is moved from the original location to the story point and will no longer exist outside the story point

Explanation

When you add a sheet to a story point in Tableau, the sheet remains connected to the original sheet. This means that if you make modifications to the original sheet, those changes will automatically be reflected in the story points that use it. This feature allows for dynamic updates in the story as the original sheet changes.

Question 15: Skipped

How can you display the top N members of a dimension in Tableau?

  • Use a table calculation
  • Use a context filter
  • Use a Top N filter
  • (Correct)
  • Use a parameter

Explanation

To display the top N members of a dimension in Tableau, you can use a Top N filter. This allows you to limit the view to only the top N members based on a specific measure, making it easier to focus on the most important or significant data points.

Question 16: Skipped

What is the purpose of using the INDEX() function in Tableau?

  • To retrieve the value of a specific row in a data source
  • To return the index of the current row in the partition
  • (Correct)
  • To return the index of a specific member within a dimension
  • To return the position of the nth occurrence within the column

Explanation

In Tableau, the INDEX() function is a type of calculated field. It returns the index of the current row in the partition. It basically numbers each row in the table from 1 to N, where N is the total number of rows in your table (or partition of the table).

Question 17: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the term “granularity” refer to?

  • The level of detail or depth of data in a dataset or a view
  • (Correct)
  • The process of breaking down a dimension into smaller parts
  • The size of the marks in a visualization
  • The data is aggregated or summarized by using Table Calculation

Explanation

In Tableau, the term “granularity” refers to the level of detail or depth of data in a dataset or a view. It’s essentially about the ‘fineness’ or ‘coarseness’ of your data. In other words, granularity determines how detailed the data is. A higher granularity means more detail, because the data is divided into smaller parts. A lower granularity means less detail because the data is aggregated into larger parts. The chosen granularity can significantly affect the interpretation of the data. It can also impact performance in Tableau, as working with more granular data can be more resource-intensive.

Question 18: Skipped

In Tableau, which chart type is best suited for showing the distribution of a single measure across different categories?

  • Gantt chart
  • Bar chart
  • (Correct)
  • Line chart
  • Area chart

Explanation

Bar charts are best suited for showing the distribution of a single measure across different categories. They provide an easy way to compare the measure values across categories and quickly identify trends or patterns in the data. This type of chart is very intuitive and easy to read, making it a good choice for many situations.

Question 19: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of using a table calculation in Tableau?

  • To apply transformations on data based on what is currently in the visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To create a complex formulas in a calculated field based on user input
  • To create new dimensions based on existing measures
  • To create relationships between multiple measures

Explanation

Table calculations are transformations applied directly to visualization data in Tableau. Tableau utilizes table calculations, which are unique calculated fields that perform computations based on the data present within the local table. They don’t change your original data, just how you see it in your visualization. In essence, they are computations on the data you see, not on the underlying dataset.

Question 20: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT on the drop-down list of the Marks card?

  • Gantt Bar
  • Rectangle
  • (Correct)
  • Map
  • Density

Explanation

On the Marks card, click the Mark Type drop-down and select an option from the list. In Tableau, Rectangle is not a mark type you can select from the Marks card’s drop-down list. Gantt Bar, Map, and Density are among the mark types you can select from the Marks card’s drop-down list.

Question 21: Skipped

Which of the following is a file type that can be used as a data source in Tableau?

  • Spatial file
  • JSON file
  • Statistical file
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Tableau supports a wide variety of file types as data sources, including Spatial files, JSON files, and Statistical files, among others.

Question 22: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of the “Rank” table calculation in Tableau?

  • To determine the order of values by using an Aggregate function
  • To calculate the difference between the highest and lowest values in a range
  • To order your data based on a particular measure or dimension
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate the percentage of total values within a specific dimension

Explanation

The “Rank” table calculation in Tableau helps to order your data based on a particular measure or dimension. By using the Rank function, you can assign a unique rank to each row in your data set. This rank is based on the value of a specific measure, allowing you to easily identify and visualize the highest or lowest values in your data.

Question 23: Skipped

How can you display a reference line in a Tableau visualization?

  • Drag the measure onto the Reference Line shelf on the Marks card
  • Right-click the axis in the view and choose “Add Reference Line”
  • (Correct)
  • Choose “Add Reference Line” from the Analysis menu
  • Both B and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can display a reference line in a visualization by right-clicking the axis in the view and choosing “Add Reference Line”. Reference lines provide a way to highlight important values, averages, or benchmarks within a visualization.

Question 24: Skipped

In Tableau, which function returns the number of rows in the partition?

  • TOTAL
  • SIZE
  • (Correct)
  • LAST
  • LOOKUP

Explanation

The SIZE() function in Tableau is a type of table calculation that returns the number of rows in the partition. This function is often used in scenarios where you want to understand the scale or count of a particular category or partition of data within your visualization.

Question 25: Skipped

Which of the following is an option for customizing the “Map Layers” in Tableau?

  • Water Labels
  • Terrain
  • Points of Interest
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

On the toolbar menu, navigate to “Map” > “Map Layers”, and the “Map Layers” pane will open. Water Labels, Terrain, and Points of Interest are some of the options for customizing “Map Layers” in Tableau. These can be turned on or off by checking or unchecking the boxes next to each layer.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following best describes the difference between the Relationship layer and the Join layer?

  • The Relationship layer is for blending data sources, whereas the Join layer is for joining tables from the same data source.
  • The Relationship layer allows for flexible interactivity between tables, preserving each table’s level of detail. The Join layer combines tables based on common fields.
  • (Correct)
  • The Join layer allows for flexible interaction between tables, whereas the Relationship layer combines tables based on common fields.
  • The Relationship layer and the Join layer perform the same function; there is no difference between the two.

Explanation

The Relationship layer allows for flexible interactivity between tables, preserving each table’s level of detail. The Join layer combines tables based on common fields, creating a new table with a single level of detail. Also, the Join layer physically combines tables based on common fields, creating a new table with a single, unified level of detail. This can be useful when you want to unify your data into a single table for analysis.

Question 27: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the purpose of the “Show Me” panel?

  • To display recommended visualizations based on the data fields currently in use
  • (Correct)
  • To show an overview of all the worksheets in a workbook
  • To reveal hidden worksheets or dashboards
  • To preview the data source before connecting to it

Explanation

The “Show Me” panel in Tableau displays recommended visualizations based on the data fields currently in use, helping users choose the most suitable chart type for their data.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, if you have two measures of different scales and you wish to create a Dual Axis chart, which of the following steps should you follow?

  • Drag the first measure to Rows, then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf to automatically create a combined axis chart.
  • Drag the first measure to Rows, and then drag the second measure directly onto the axis of the first measure in the view.
  • Drag the first measure to the Rows shelf, and then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Dual Axis’.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the first measure to Rows, then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Edit Axis’ – > ‘Combine Axis’.

Explanation

In Tableau, if you have two measures of different scales and you wish to create a Dual Axis chart, you can do the following: Drag the first measure to the Rows shelf, and then drag the second measure to the right of the first in the Rows shelf, and then right-click the axis of the second measure and choose ‘Dual Axis’.

Question 29: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of a parameter in Tableau?

  • To store a single value that can be referenced in calculations
  • To allow users to interactively change the data being displayed in a visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To define the fixed format and appearance of a visualization
  • To create a reusable filter that can be applied to multiple worksheets

Explanation

In Tableau, a parameter is a dynamic user-input control that allows users to interactively change the data being displayed to create interactive and flexible visualizations. A parameter represents a value that can be modified by the user. It can be used to change various aspects of your analysis or visualization, such as filtering data, adjusting calculations, or altering the appearance of the view.

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following is true about blending data in Tableau?

  • It combines data from multiple data sources at the row level
  • It combines data from multiple data sources at the field level
  • It requires a common dimension to link the data sources
  • Both B and C
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Blending data in Tableau combines data from multiple data sources at the field level and requires a common dimension to link the data sources. It allows you to work with data that is stored in separate tables or data sources, and blend them together based on common fields or dimensions.

Question 31: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following functions can be used to create a calculated field that determines the day of the week for a given date?

  • DAY(date)
  • DATEPART(‘weekday’, date)
  • (Correct)
  • WEEKDAY(date)
  • DAYPART(‘weekday’, date)

Explanation

The DATEPART function in Tableau can be used to extract a specific part of a date. In this case, ‘weekday’ is the part you are looking for, so the correct usage is DATEPART(‘weekday’, date). This will return a number from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) representing the day of the week.

Question 32: Skipped

What is the purpose of a dashboard Action in Tableau?

  • To create a dynamic link between multiple worksheets
  • To perform an action, such as filtering or highlighting, when a user interacts with a visualization
  • (Correct)
  • To apply a specific format or style to multiple visualizations at once
  • To define a custom calculation that updates automatically when the data source changes

Explanation

A dashboard Action in Tableau is used to perform an action, such as filtering or highlighting, when a user interacts with a visualization. It allows users to interact with one part of the dashboard (the source) and see an effect in another part of the dashboard (the target). This enables more interactive and dynamic dashboards, allowing users to explore and analyze data more effectively.

Question 33: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for displaying the distribution of a single continuous variable?

  • Bar chart
  • Line chart
  • Histogram
  • (Correct)
  • Pie chart

Explanation

Histograms are best suited for displaying the distribution of a single continuous variable, as they show the frequency of data points within specific intervals or bins. Bar charts, line charts, and pie charts are used for different types of data visualization, such as comparing categorical or time-based data.

Question 34: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is TRUE regarding the difference between continuous and discrete dates?

  • Discrete dates can’t be used to create time series charts
  • Discrete dates create headers while continuous dates create an axis
  • (Correct)
  • Continuous dates are always displayed as blue pills
  • Continuous dates can’t be part of a hierarchy

Explanation

Discrete dates create headers while continuous dates create an axis. In Tableau, you can classify date fields as either discrete or continuous, and this classification impacts how the data is displayed in your visualization. Discrete dates are essentially categorical and are used to group data into distinct chunks based on time periods, like months, quarters, or years. On the other hand, continuous dates treat time as a continuous progression and are used when you want to analyze a measure over a continuous timeline.

Question 35: Skipped

When dealing with a large data source in Tableau, which type of filter would you use to improve performance?

  • Dimension Filter
  • Extract Filter
  • Data Source Filter
  • (Correct)
  • Top N Filter

Explanation

A Data Source Filter filters the data before it is brought into Tableau’s data engine, reducing the size of the data source and hence, improving performance. The other filter types listed – Dimension Filter, Extract Filter, and Top N Filter – all operate after the data is loaded into Tableau, which doesn’t offer the same performance improvement for large data sources.

Question 36: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of “Legend” in Tableau?

  • Color legend
  • Size legend
  • Map legend
  • Shading legend
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Shading legend is NOT a type of legend in Tableau. Color, Shape, Size, and Map are the types of Legends in Tableau. In Tableau, a legend is a visual component used to provide context and explain the meaning of different elements or values represented in a chart or visualization. The legend helps users understand the various categories or groups in a chart, such as different data series, dimensions, or measures. It associates specific colors, symbols, or patterns with their corresponding data elements, making it easier to identify and differentiate between them.

Question 37: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following steps should be taken when creating a device-specific dashboard for smaller screens, such as phones or tablets?

  • Remove unnecessary views, filters, titles, and legends to limit the number of objects on the dashboard
  • Use a “peek” to indicate when more content is available by scrolling on a scrollable dashboard
  • For scrollable dashboards, pin your maps and disable pan and zoom
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When creating a device-specific dashboard in Tableau, it is important to limit the number of objects on the dashboard for smaller screens such as phones or tablets. This can be done by removing unnecessary views, filters, titles, and legends. If the dashboard is designed to be scrollable, using a “peek” is a good way to indicate to the user that more content is available by scrolling. A “peek” is content that disappears off the bottom of the dashboard. For scrollable dashboards with map views, it is recommended to pin your map and disable pan and zoom. This prevents accidental map interactions while navigating on a tablet or phone.

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following is the correct sequence of steps to publish a Tableau dashboard to a Tableau server?

  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish
  • (Correct)
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Configure variable publishing options > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Click Publish
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish
  • Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Edit data sources if needed > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish

Explanation

Option A is the correct answer. This is the sequence of steps for publishing a Tableau dashboard to a Tableau server: Open workbook in Tableau Desktop > Select Server > Publish Workbook > Select the project, enter a workbook name, and add search tags > Accept the default project settings for permissions > Edit data sources if needed > Configure variable publishing options > Click Publish. The other options (B, C, D) do not reflect this correct sequence of steps.

Question 39: Skipped

Which is an option (or options) to export a visualization to an external application format from the File menu?

  • Export As PowerPoint
  • Print to PDF
  • (Correct)
  • Export As MS Word
  • Both A and B
  • Both A and C

Explanation

The correct answer is both A and B. From the File menu, you can select “Export As PowerPoint” and “Print to PDF”. However, you cannot select “Export As MS Word”.

Question 40: Skipped

What is a default Duration for Animations on a Tableau worksheet?

  • 0.20 seconds
  • 0.10 seconds
  • 0.30 seconds
  • (Correct)
  • 0.40 seconds

Explanation

0.30 seconds is the default Duration in Tableau for the Animations in a worksheet.

Question 41: Skipped

In Tableau, when using a measure in the ‘Size’ shelf of the Marks card in a scatter plot, which of the following settings is NOT an available option to customize the size of marks?

  • Sizes vary From zero
  • Sizes vary Automatically
  • Sizes vary By range
  • Sizes vary From Negative range to Positive range
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when using a measure in the ‘Size’ shelf of the Marks card in a scatter plot, “Sizes vary From Negative range to Positive range” is NOT an available option to customize the size of Marks. To edit the size of Marks, or change how size is being applied to Marks in the view: On the Size legend card (which appears when you add a field to Size on the Marks card), click the drop-down arrow in the right-hand corner and select Edit Sizes. In the Edit Sizes dialog box that appears, you can make your changes. Sizes vary From zero, Sizes vary Automatically, and Sizes vary By range are available options from the “Sizes vary” drop box.

Question 42: Skipped

What is the difference between a join and a union in Tableau?

  • A join combines two or more tables based on a common field, while a union combines two or more tables with the same structure
  • (Correct)
  • A join combines two or more tables with the same structure, while a union combines two or more tables based on a common field
  • A join and a union are the same thing in Tableau
  • A join creates a hierarchy between tables, while a union creates a flat structure

Explanation

In Tableau, a join combines two or more tables based on a common field, while a union combines two or more tables with the same structure into a single table.

Question 43: Skipped

When you rename a field in Tableau, which of the following is true?

  • The new name will be applied only to the current worksheet
  • The new name will be applied to all worksheets that use the field
  • (Correct)
  • The new name will be applied to the underlying data source
  • The new name will be applied to all worksheets that use the field and the underlying data source

Explanation

When you rename a field in Tableau, the new name will be applied to all worksheets and dashboards that use the field. Renaming a field in Tableau does not change the field name in the data source. Instead, it creates an alias for that field within Tableau. This is handy if you want to give the field a more descriptive or user-friendly name in your visualizations, without altering your original data.

Question 44: Skipped

When customizing the Worksheet Summary Card in Tableau, which of the following is NOT an available option that you can select to show on the Summary Card?

  • Standard deviation
  • Third quartile
  • Totals
  • (Correct)
  • Skewness

Explanation

Totals is NOT an available option that you can select to show on the Summary Card. Standard deviation, Third quartile, and Skewness are some of the options you can select to show on the Summary Card.

Question 45: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you assign a geographic role to a data field?

  • In the Data pane, right-click on the field, select ‘Default Properties’ -> ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role
  • In the Data pane, right-click on the field, select ‘Geographic Role’ from the ‘Map’ dropdown menu , and then select the desired geographic role
  • In the toolbar, click on ‘Geographic Role’, and select the field and the desired geographic role
  • In the Data pane, click the data type icon next to the field, select ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can assign a geographic role to a field in Tableau by doing the following: In the Data pane, click the data type icon next to the field, select ‘Geographic Role’, and then select the desired geographic role. Assigning a geographic role to a field associates each value in the field with a latitude and longitude value, enabling Tableau to create map views based on the data in that field.

Question 1: Skipped

What is the purpose of the FIXED Level of Detail (LOD) expression in Tableau?

  • To calculate an aggregation based on the dimensions specified in the expression, regardless of other dimensions in the view
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate an aggregation only for the dimensions included in the view
  • To eliminate a specific dimension in the view
  • To create a constant value that can be used as a reference line or benchmark

Explanation

The purpose of the FIXED Level of Detail (LOD) expression in Tableau is to calculate an aggregation based on the dimensions specified in the expression, regardless of other dimensions in the view. FIXED LOD expressions allow you to perform complex calculations or comparisons that might not be possible using standard aggregations or table calculations.

Question 2: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is NOT a Table Calculation

  • MODEL_PERCENTILE()
  • PREVIOUS_VALUE()
  • SCRIPT_REAL()
  • STDEVP()
  • (Correct)

Explanation

STDEVP() is Not a Table Calculation in Tableau. STDEVP() is an Aggregate Calculation that returns the population standard deviation of the expression.

Question 3: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options allows you to create a group from multiple members of a dimension?

  • Right-click the dimension and select “Create Group”
  • Drag the members to the Rows or Columns shelf and choose “Group”
  • Right-click the members in the view and select “Group”
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the dimension to the Group shelf on the Marks card

Explanation

In the visualization pane, you can select the dimension members that you want to include in the group. You can do this by clicking and dragging over the members, or by holding the Ctrl key and clicking each member individually. After making your selection, right-click one of the selected members. In the context menu that appears, select “Group”. This will create a new field in the “Dimensions” area of the Data pane. This field combines the selected members into a single group.

Question 4: Skipped

Which of the following chart types is best suited for visualizing the relationship between two continuous measures?

  • Scatter plot
  • (Correct)
  • Bar chart
  • Line chart
  • Pie chart

Explanation

Scatter plots are best suited for visualizing the relationship between two continuous measures. Each point on the scatter plot represents a data point and its position on the X and Y axes corresponds to the values of the two measures.

Question 5: Skipped

In Tableau, when sorting data in a visualization, what is the difference between a nested sort and a non-nested (or comparative) sort?

  • A nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows per pane, while a non-nested sort considers the value across panes and has the same order of values per pane
  • (Correct)
  • A nested sort considers the value across panes and has the same order of values per pane, while a non-nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows per pane
  • A nested sort only sorts data alphabetically, while a non-nested sort sorts data based on numerical values
  • A nested sort only sorts data based on numerical values, while a non-nested sort sorts data alphabetically

Explanation

In Tableau, a nested sort and a non-nested sort handle data differently. A nested sort considers each pane independently and sorts the rows within each pane. This means that the same value can appear in different positions in different panes. On the other hand, a non-nested sort considers the value across all panes and maintains the same order of values in each pane. This means that the same value will appear in the same position in all panes, regardless of the other values in the pane.

Question 6: Skipped

What type of join should you use if you want to keep all the records from both tables, with null values for non-matching records?

  • Inner join
  • Left join
  • Right join
  • Full outer join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, a full outer join returns all the records from both tables being joined, including any unmatched records in either table. If there are no matching records in the joined table, the fields will contain null values. This is useful when you want to include all the data from both tables, even if there is no matching data between them. On the other hand, an inner join would only return the matching records between the two tables, while a left or right outer join would only return the matching records from one table and all the records from the other table. So, a full outer join is the correct choice if you want to keep all the records from both tables, with null values for non-matching records.

Question 7: Skipped

Which of the following is a method for improving the interactivity of a Tableau dashboard?

  • Creating dashboard actions
  • (Correct)
  • Extracting data instead of using a live connection
  • Adding a hierarchy to a dimension
  • Using a table calculation

Explanation

Creating dashboard actions in Tableau allows you to improve the interactivity of a dashboard by connecting different sheets and providing additional ways for users to explore and interact with the data. Examples of dashboard actions include filter actions, highlight actions, and URL actions.

Question 8: Skipped

In Tableau, when showing grand totals in a visualization, which of the following conditions must be met?

  • The view must have at least one header
  • Measures must be aggregated
  • Grand totals can be applied to continuous dimensions
  • All of the above
  • A and B only
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, to show grand totals in a visualization, the view must have at least one header and measures must be aggregated. Headers are displayed whenever a dimension is placed on the Columns shelf or the Rows shelf. If column headers are displayed, grand totals for columns can be calculated. If row headers are displayed, grand totals for rows can be calculated. Measures must be aggregated as the aggregation determines the values displayed for the totals. However, grand totals cannot be applied to continuous dimensions, so option C is incorrect. Therefore, the correct answer is E) A and B only.

Question 9: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of geographic role that can be assigned to a dimension in Tableau?

  • Airport
  • NUTS Europe
  • Congressional District
  • Continent
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Airport, NUTS Europe, and Congressional District are examples of geographic roles that can be assigned to dimensions in Tableau, but Continent is not a geographic role.

Question 10: Skipped

How can you display data labels for a specific measure in a Tableau visualization?

  • Drag the measure to the Rows or Columns shelf
  • Drag the measure to the Label shelf on the Marks card
  • (Correct)
  • Right-click the axis and select “Show Data Labels”
  • Use the “Show Me” panel to add data labels

Explanation

To display data labels for a specific measure in a Tableau visualization, you can drag the measure to the Label shelf on the Marks card. This will display the values of the measure as text labels within the visualization.

Question 11: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of Tableau Accelerators?

  • To create custom visualizations using programming languages
  • To speed up the performance of Tableau Server
  • To provide pre-built solutions for common business use cases
  • (Correct)
  • To automate the creation of Tableau dashboards for complex business use cases

Explanation

Tableau Accelerators are pre-built solutions designed to address common business use cases and help users jump-start their analytics projects. They provide a starting point for users to build upon and customize according to their specific needs, significantly reducing the time and effort required to create visualizations and dashboards from scratch. Tableau Accelerators are not primarily meant for speeding up Tableau Server performance, creating custom visualizations with programming languages, or automating dashboard creation for complex business use cases.

Question 12: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, which of the following statements is true?

  • You can bin data for both relational and non-relational data sources
  • Binned fields can be used in calculations
  • When you create bins from a measure, you create a new dimension
  • (Correct)
  • Once a dimension is created from bins, it cannot be converted to a continuous dimension

Explanation

In Tableau, when you create bins from a continuous measure, you are essentially creating a new dimension. This is because you are creating a field with a limited and discrete set of possible values out of a field with an unlimited, continuous range of values.

Options A, B, and D are incorrect because you can only bin data for relational data sources, binned fields cannot be used in calculations, and a dimension created from bins can be converted to a continuous dimension.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an option from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under the Worksheet menu

  • Automatic
  • Unhide
  • (Correct)
  • Show on Hover
  • Hide

Explanation

In Tableau , ‘Automatic’, ‘Show on Hover’, and ‘Hide’ are the options you can choose from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under Worksheet menu. But ‘Unhide’ is not an option from the ‘Show View Toolbar’ under the Worksheet menu.

Question 14: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a density map, which of the following steps is NOT part of the process?

  • Assigning a geographic role to your latitude and longitude fields
  • Adding distinct marks to the view
  • Changing the mark type to density
  • Adjusting the color, intensity, and size of your marks
  • Assigning a numeric role to your latitude and longitude fields
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when creating a density map, you need to assign a geographic role to your latitude and longitude fields, not a numeric role. This is because the latitude and longitude fields are used to plot the data points on the map. You also need to add distinct marks to the view, change the mark type to density, and adjust the color, intensity, and size of your marks to create a density map.

Question 15: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating maps from spatial files, which of the following statements is NOT correct?

  • Tableau can connect to Shapefiles, MapInfo tables, KML files, GeoJSON files, TopoJSON files, and Esri File Geodatabases
  • To connect to spatial files, you must include all of the necessary files in the same directory
  • When you connect to spatial data, Tableau creates a Geometry field for your point geometries or your polygons
  • You can connect to mixed geometry types
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can connect to various spatial file types including Shapefiles, MapInfo tables, KML files, GeoJSON files, TopoJSON files, and Esri File Geodatabases. When connecting to these spatial files, it’s necessary to include all of the required files in the same directory. Upon connecting to the spatial data, Tableau creates a Geometry field for your point geometries or polygons. However, in current versions of Tableau, you ‘cannot’ connect to mixed geometry types.

Question 16: Skipped

What is the purpose of blending data in Tableau?

  • To create a new data source by combining data from two or more data sources
  • To perform real-time analysis on a data source
  • To improve workbook performance
  • To visualize data from multiple data sources in a single view
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau allows you to visualize data from multiple data sources in a single view, enabling you to analyze and compare data from different sources without having to create a new combined data source.

Question 17: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of using a diverging color palette in Tableau?

  • To highlight data points that are equidistant from a central value
  • (Correct)
  • To group data points based on their categorical values
  • To create a sequential color scheme for ordinal data
  • To use a single color to represent all data points in a view

Explanation

The primary purpose of using a diverging color palette in Tableau is to highlight data points that are equidistant from a central value. A diverging color palette in Tableau is designed to emphasize data points that are equidistant from a central value, typically zero or a midpoint. This type of color palette uses two contrasting colors on either end of the spectrum, with a neutral color in the middle to represent the central value. The color gradient transitions smoothly from one extreme color to the neutral color and then to the other extreme color. This color scheme is particularly useful for visualizing data with both positive and negative values, or for showing deviations from a specific value. It is not primarily used for grouping categorical data, creating a sequential color scheme for ordinal data, or representing all data points with a single color.

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of dashboard action in Tableau?

  • Go to URL
  • Change Set Values
  • Change Parameter
  • Change Group Values
  • (Correct)

Explanation

‘Go to URL’, ‘Change Set Values’, and ‘Change Parameter’ are types of dashboard actions in Tableau. There is no ‘Change Group Values’ dashboard action in Tableau.

Question 19: Skipped

In Tableau, how do you merge two sets together to create a combined set?

  • Select both sets, right-click and choose “Create Merged Set”
  • Use the UNION function in a calculated field
  • Select both sets, right-click and choose “Create Combined Set”
  • (Correct)
  • Create a combined set by dragging one set onto another in the Data pane

Explanation

In Tableau, to merge two sets together to create a combined set, you select both sets in the Data pane, then right-click and choose “Create Combined Set.” This will open the Create Combined Set dialog, where you can specify how the two sets should be combined. The other options mentioned do not provide the correct steps for merging two sets together in Tableau.

Question 20: Skipped

In Tableau, when using custom fonts, which of the following statements is true?

  • Custom fonts are downloaded with the workbook when it is downloaded from Tableau Server
  • Custom fonts do not need to be installed on the computers running Tableau Desktop or Tableau Server
  • If a custom font is not installed on Tableau Server, the font will be replaced with a default font upon publishing
  • (Correct)
  • Custom fonts can be used in Tableau without appearing in the formatting pane in Tableau Desktop

Explanation

In Tableau, to use a custom font, it must first be installed on the computers that are running Tableau. This includes Tableau Desktop and, if you’re publishing to Tableau Server, any computers running Tableau Server. If a font specified in Tableau Desktop isn’t also installed on all nodes of Tableau Server, Tableau Server substitutes a default font.

Other options A, B, and D are incorrect. Custom fonts are not downloaded with the workbook when it is downloaded from Tableau Server. Custom fonts need to be installed on the computers running Tableau. After installing the font, it appears in the formatting pane in Tableau Desktop where it can be used to change fonts at the workbook or worksheet levels.

Question 21: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, which of the following is NOT a step in the process?

  • Right-click a measure in the Data pane and select Create > Bins
  • Specify a name for the new field in the Create Bins dialog box
  • Enter a value in the Size of bins field or have Tableau calculate a value for you
  • Use the new binned field to create an area chart
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, when creating bins from a continuous measure, you would right-click a measure in the Data pane and select Create > Bins, specify a name for the new field in the Create Bins dialog box, and enter a value in the Size of bins field or have Tableau calculate a value for you. However, using the new binned field to create an area chart is not one of the steps involved in creating bins from a continuous measure.

Question 22: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the whisker in a box plot represent?

  • The median of the data
  • The interquartile range (IQR)
  • The minimum and maximum data points within 1.5 * IQR
  • (Correct)
  • Outliers in the data

Explanation

In Tableau, the whisker in a box plot represents the minimum and maximum data points within 1.5 times the interquartile range (IQR) from the first quartile (Q1) and the third quartile (Q3), respectively. The IQR is the range between the first quartile (Q1) and the third quartile (Q3) of the data. Data points outside of this range are considered outliers and are displayed as individual marks in the box plot. The median and interquartile range are represented by the line inside the box and the length of the box itself, respectively, in a box plot.

Question 23: Skipped

In Tableau, when converting Date fields between discrete and continuous, which of the following statements is true?

  • Discrete dates act as labels and continuous dates will have an axis similar to a measure
  • (Correct)
  • Date fields cannot be converted between discrete and continuous
  • The color of the field does not change when it is converted from discrete to continuous or vice versa
  • Both A and C

Explanation

In Tableau, you can convert Date fields between discrete and continuous. Discrete dates act as labels, while continuous dates will have an axis similar to a measure.

Options B, C, and D are incorrect. Date fields can be converted between discrete and continuous. The color of the field does change when it is converted (it is green when it is continuous, and blue when it is discrete).

Question 24: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a pie chart, which of the following statements is true?

  • Pie charts work well for comparing exact numbers
  • Pie charts should be used when your dimension has a very large number of categories
  • Pie charts should be used to show the relationship of different parts to the whole
  • (Correct)
  • Three-dimensional pie charts are recommended for better visual perception of slices

Explanation

In Tableau, pie charts should be used to show the relationship of different parts to the whole.

Options A, B, and D are incorrect. Pie charts work best when you have dimensions with a limited number of categories. However, pie charts do not work well for comparing exact numbers. Also, three-dimensional pie charts are not recommended as they can skew the visual perception of slices.

Question 25: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau?

  • To create a new data source by combining data from two or more data sources
  • To perform real-time analysis on a data source
  • To define a custom level of aggregation for a measure
  • To filter data across multiple worksheets
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The primary purpose of an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau is to define a custom level of aggregation for a measure. This allows you to perform calculations at a different level of granularity than what is displayed in the view, enabling more complex and nuanced analysis.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the Pages shelf, which of the following statements is true?

  • The Pages shelf does not allow you to break a view into a series of pages
  • When you place a measure on the Pages shelf, Tableau does not convert the measure into a discrete measure
  • The Pages shelf creates a set of pages, with a different view on each page based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf
  • (Correct)
  • When you add a field to the Pages shelf, a page control is not added to the right of your view

Explanation

The Pages shelf in Tableau creates a set of pages, with a different view on each page based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf. It is a powerful tool that allows you to break down your view into a series of pages, each presenting a unique view based on a member of the field you placed on the Pages shelf. This means that for each member of the field, a different page is created, allowing you to analyze how that specific field affects the rest of the data in your view. When you add a field to the Pages shelf, a page control is automatically added to the right of your view, allowing you to easily navigate through the pages. If you place a measure on the Pages shelf, Tableau automatically converts it into a discrete measure.

Question 27: Skipped

In Tableau, when sorting specific fields in a visualization, which of the following statements is true?

  • You cannot customize sorting by using the Sort menu for specific fields
  • The Sort menu is available for continuous measures
  • When sorting, Tableau uses the current International Components for Unicode (ICU) library to determine sort order.
  • (Correct)
  • Manual sorting does not allow you to select a value and move it to the desired position

Explanation

In Tableau, the sorting of specific fields in a visualization is determined by the current International Components for Unicode (ICU) library. This means that the order in which data is sorted in Tableau is based on the standards set by the ICU library.

On the other hand, you can indeed customize sorting by using the Sort menu for specific fields, but this menu is not available for continuous measures. Also, manual sorting does allow you to select a value and move it to the desired position, either by dragging it in the list or using the arrows to the right.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, when working with table calculations, which of the following statements is true?

  • Addressing fields define how to group the calculation
  • Partitioning fields determine the direction of the calculation
  • Table calculations are computed on the data source and not on the data in the view
  • Table calculations are computed on the data in the view and not on the data source
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, table calculations are a special type of calculation that are computed on the data in the view and not on the data source. This means that they are calculated based on what is currently in the view, rather than on the underlying data. They are useful for when you want to perform computations on aggregated data or want to compare rows, rank items, calculate running totals, or perform other computations that are based on the entire data set.

The other options are incorrect because of the following reasons. ‘Addressing fields’ determine the direction of the calculation. It’s actually the ‘partitioning fields’ that define how to group the calculation such as they break the view up into multiple sub-views, or partitions, and the table calculation is applied separately within each partition. Table calculations are computed on the data in the view, not on the data source.

Question 29: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when you perform a full refresh of a data extract?

  • It replaces all of the contents in the extract
  • (Correct)
  • It only adds rows that are new since the previous refresh
  • It removes all data from the extract
  • It updates only the rows that have changed since the last refresh

Explanation

When you perform a full refresh of a data extract in Tableau, it replaces all of the contents in the extract. This means that the entire data set is reloaded into the extract from the original data source, ensuring that the extract contains the most current data. This is different from an incremental refresh, which only adds rows that are new since the previous refresh.

Question 30: Skipped

In Tableau, how many visualizations can you include within a single tooltip using the Viz in Tooltip feature?

  • 1
  • 3
  • 4
  • More than 4
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Viz in Tooltip feature in Tableau is not restricted to just one visualization. You can include many visualizations within a single tooltip using the Viz in Tooltip feature. Therefore it is possible to include more than 4 visualizations.

Question 31: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a calculation using the DATEPARSE function, what is an important consideration?

  • The DATEPARSE function does not require a specific format to interpret the string as a date
  • The DATEPARSE function can only be used with a string data type.
  • (Correct)
  • The DATEPARSE function can be used with all connectors without any exceptions.
  • The DATEPARSE function does not need to include all spaces, hyphens, and other non-alphanumeric symbols in the format

Explanation

The DATEPARSE function in Tableau is used to convert a string into a date field. This function requires two parts: the format and the string. The string is the field you wish to convert, which must be a string data type. Therefore, the correct answer is B) The DATEPARSE function can only be used with a string data type. The other options are incorrect as they do not accurately represent the usage and requirements of the DATEPARSE function in Tableau.

Question 32: Skipped

In Tableau, when assigning colors to marks in the view, what happens if you drag a continuous field, such as SUM(sales), to Color on the Marks card?

  • Each mark in the view is colored based on its sales value
  • (Correct)
  • All marks in the view are updated to the color you choose
  • The marks in the view are broken out by category, and each category is assigned a color
  • The color of the marks does not change

Explanation

When you drag a continuous field to Color on the Marks card in Tableau, each mark in the view is colored based on its value for that field. In the case of a field like SUM(sales), this means that each mark’s color will reflect its sales value. This allows you to visually distinguish between marks with higher and lower sales values.

Question 33: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a parameter, which of the following options can you specify for how the parameter will accept values?

  • All, List, Range
  • (Correct)
  • All, List, Set
  • All, Range, Set
  • List, Range, Set

Explanation

When you create a parameter in Tableau, you have the option to specify how the parameter will accept values. The options available are ‘All’, ‘List’, and ‘Range’. ‘All’ means the parameter control is a simple text field. ‘List’ provides a list of possible values to select from. ‘Range’ lets you select values within a specified range.

Question 34: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true about Aggregate Measures in Tableau?

  • Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on individual records in a dataset
  • Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on groups of records in a dataset
  • (Correct)
  • Aggregate Measures are only used for date/time calculations
  • Aggregate Measures cannot be used in calculations or visualizations

Explanation

Aggregate Measures are used to perform calculations on groups of records in a dataset, such as the sum, average, minimum, or maximum value of a particular field. They are applied to entire groups of records, rather than individual records. This makes them useful for creating summary statistics or analyzing trends in large datasets.

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following is a way to create a calculated field in Tableau?

  • Right-click the dimension or measure in the data pane and choose “Create > Calculated Field”
  • In the Data pane, click the drop down menu and select “Create Calculated field”
  • Select “Analysis > Create Calculated Field”
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can create a calculated field by right-clicking the dimension or measure in the data pane and choosing “Create Calculated Field,” clicking the drop down menu in the data pan and selecting “Create Calculated Field”, or choosing “Create Calculated Field” from the Analysis menu. Calculated fields allow you to create new data fields. This includes the ability to create new data fields by combining or transforming existing fields using calculations or expressions.

Question 36: Skipped

In Tableau, what is one of the benefits of using a context filter?

  • It allows you to filter data independently of other filters
  • (Correct)
  • It allows you to filter data based on the results of other filters
  • It allows you to filter data without any impact on performance
  • All other filters does not depend on the data passing through from the context filter

Explanation

In Tableau, when a filter is added to the context, it becomes an independent filter. This means that it is applied first, before any other filters. All other filters then become dependent on the context filter and only process the data that passes through the context filter. This can be useful when you want to create a dependent numerical or top N filter, as the context filter can be used to include only the data of interest. For optimal performance with context filters, particularly when dealing with large data sources, it is more efficient to utilize one context filter that greatly decreases the data set size rather than applying multiple context filters.

Question 37: Skipped

When blending two data sets together, what is one of the impacts of data blending on performance in Tableau?

  • It decreases the time to query and render when blending two data sets together
  • It increases the time to query and render due to an extra step in the queries
  • (Correct)
  • It has no impact on the time to query and render
  • It reduces the number of queries needed, thus improving performance

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau involves querying multiple datasets. When two datasets are blended together, there is an increase in the time to query and render because of an additional step in the queries. This extra step involves matching the linking fields between the two queries. While this extra step may not significantly impact performance on a smaller scale, it can add up and cause a dip in performance when applied to larger datasets.

Question 38: Skipped

In Tableau, how can you drill up or down in a hierarchy in a visualization?

  • By clicking the + or – icon on the hierarchy field in the visualization
  • (Correct)
  • By right-clicking the hierarchy field and selecting ‘Drill Up’ or ‘Drill Down’
  • By double-clicking the hierarchy field in the visualization and the hierarchy menu will display
  • By dragging the hierarchy field to a new position in the visualization

Explanation

In Tableau, you can drill up or down in a hierarchy. Simply use the ‘+’ or ‘-‘ signs next to the hierarchy field to increase or decrease the level of detail. This provides an efficient method to add or remove complexity in your visualization.

Question 39: Skipped

In Tableau, when you create a relative date filter, what happens to the view when you open it?

  • The view remains static and shows the data as of the date when the filter was created
  • The view updates to show a time period relative to when you open the view
  • (Correct)
  • The view updates to show the most recent data, regardless of the time period specified in the filter
  • The view does not display any data until you manually update the filter

Explanation

When you create a relative date filter in Tableau, it is designed to dynamically update to show a time period relative to when you open the view. For example, if you set the filter to show the past 10 days, each time you open the view, it will automatically adjust to show the most recent 10 days. This makes it easy to create views that always show the most recent data for the specified time period.

Question 40: Skipped

What is the purpose of the ATTR function in Tableau?

  • Returns a string composed of the specified number of repeated spaces
  • Returns <expression> if it is not null, otherwise returns zero
  • Returns the value of the given expression if it only has a single value for all rows, otherwise it displays an asterisk.
  • (Correct)
  • Returns the number of rows from the current row to the last row

Explanation

The ATTR function in Tableau is used to return the value of an attribute if it is the same for all rows in the view, and return an asterisk (*) otherwise. This function can be useful when working with data that has been aggregated at a higher level, as it helps to identify situations where there is only one distinct value for an attribute in the view.

Question 41: Skipped

How can you create a hierarchy in Tableau?

  • Drag a dimension onto another dimension in the Data pane
  • Right-click a dimension in the Data pane and choose ‘Hierarchy’ > ‘Create Hierarchy’
  • Choose “Create Hierarchy” from the Analysis menu
  • Both A and B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can create a hierarchy by dragging a dimension onto another dimension in the Data pane or by right-clicking a dimension in the Data pane and choosing ‘Hierarchy’ > ‘Create Hierarchy’. Hierarchies allow you to organize dimensions into groups or levels, making it easier to navigate and explore data at different levels of granularity.

Question 42: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT stored in a ‘.TDS’ file?

  • Connection information
  • Calculated fields
  • Default properties
  • Actual data records
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A .TDS file contains metadata properties related to a data source in Tableau, including connection information, calculated fields, and default properties, among others. However, it does not store the actual data records from the data source. The .TDS file stores information about the data source structure and characteristics but not the data itself.

Question 43: Skipped

Which of the following is a way to share a Tableau workbook with others?

  • Save the workbook as a packaged workbook (.twbx) and share the file
  • Publish the workbook to Tableau Server
  • Export As PowerPoint
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you can share a workbook with others by saving it as a packaged workbook (.twbx) and sharing the file, publishing the workbook to Tableau Server, or exporting it as PowerPoint. Each method has its advantages depending on the intended audience and their access to Tableau software.

Question 44: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the Highlighter feature, what happens when you enter a keyword?

  • The view filters to only show marks that match the keyword
  • The view dims all marks that match the keyword
  • The view immediately highlights the marks that match or partially match your keyword search
  • (Correct)
  • The view highlights the marks that match the keyword and removes all marks that do not match the keyword

Explanation

In Tableau, the Highlighter feature allows you to interactively explore your data and highlight specific marks in your view. When you enter a keyword in the Highlighter, Tableau immediately highlights the marks that match or partially match your keyword search. This allows you to easily identify and focus on specific data points while still maintaining the overall context of your view.

Question 45: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following is NOT a Background Maps option?

  • Outdoors
  • Satellite
  • Terrain
  • (Correct)
  • Streets

Explanation

In Tableau, the “Background Maps” does not have “Terrain” as an option. The valid options include Light, Normal, Dark, Outdoors, Satellite, and Streets.

Question 1: Skipped

Which of the following chart type is best suited for displaying a time series?

  • Bar
  • Line
  • (Correct)
  • Circle
  • Square

Explanation

The line chart is best suited for displaying time series data. A line chart in Tableau is a type of visualization that is used to display continuous data over time. It is an effective way to visualize trends or patterns in data over a period of time. In a line chart, data points are plotted on a chart and then connected by lines to visually represent the changes in the data over time. The x-axis typically represents the time dimension, such as days, months, years, etc., while the y-axis represents the measure or quantitative variable you’re interested in tracking, such as sales, revenue, temperature, etc.

Question 2: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a story, how can you add a new story point?

  • By clicking ‘Blank’ to use a fresh sheet for the next story point
  • By start customizing a story point and click ‘Save as New’ on the toolbar
  • By clicking ‘Duplicate’ to use the current story point as the basis for a new one
  • All of the Above
  • (Correct)
  • A and B only

Explanation

All of the Above is the correct answer. In Tableau, when creating a story, you can add a new story point by doing the following: One way is to click ‘Blank’ to use a fresh sheet for the next story point. You can also start customizing a story point and click ‘Save as New’ on the toolbar. If you’d like to duplicate and use the current story point as the basis for a new one, you can click ‘Duplicate’.

Question 3: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the correct order of operations for applying filters?

  • Context filters, Data source filters, Extract filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures
  • Extract filters, Data source filters, Context filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures
  • (Correct)
  • Data source filters, Context filters, Extract filters, Filters on measures, Filters on dimensions
  • Extract filters, Context filters, Data source filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures

Explanation

The order of operations in Tableau specifies how different filters and actions are applied when generating a visualization. The correct order of operations for applying filters is as the following: Extract filters, Data source filters, Context filters, Filters on dimensions, Filters on measures

Question 4: Skipped

In Tableau, what is included in a packaged workbook (.twbx)?

  • Background images
  • Custom geocoding
  • Local cube files
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

A Tableau packaged workbook (.twbx) is a portable file that contains a Tableau workbook (.twb), along with any associated local data sources and external files, such as Background images, custom geocoding, and Local cube files that the workbook uses. By packaging everything into a .twbx file, Tableau creates a single, self-contained file that can be shared with others who may not have the same data sources or files on their system. When they open the .twbx file in Tableau, they can interact with the workbook and see the data as it existed when the .twbx file was created.

Question 5: Skipped

In Tableau, when using the “View Underlying Data” option, what is the maximum number of rows that can be viewed on Tableau Server?

  • 100 rows
  • 200 rows
  • (Correct)
  • 500 rows
  • 1000 rows

Explanation

In Tableau, when using the “View Underlying Data” option on Tableau Server, the maximum number of rows that can be viewed is 200. If users need to view all underlying data, they would need to use the “Drilling to detail using actions” feature or download the underlying data to a .CSV file.

Question 6: Skipped

In Tableau, what is one of the reasons you might create a context filter?

  • To force a filter to be carried out last
  • To create a dependent numerical or top N filter
  • (Correct)
  • To exclude data of interest from a filter
  • To make all other filters independent of the context filter

Explanation

In Tableau, one of the reasons to create a context filter is to create a dependent numerical or top N filter. This means that you can set a context filter to include only the data of interest, and then set a numerical or a top N filter that processes only the data that passes through the context filter. This can be particularly useful when you want to focus on a specific subset of your data.

Question 7: Skipped

What is the best use case for a stacked bar chart?

  • Useful for analyzing two measures with different scales
  • Showing the distribution of a single measure
  • Comparing the proportions of different categories
  • (Correct)
  • Showing trends over time

Explanation

Comparing the proportions of different categories is the best use case for a stacked bar chart. A stacked bar chart in Tableau is a type of visual representation where bars are split into colored segments. Each bar corresponds to a particular category, and each segment within that bar represents a sub-category or a different value of that category. The overall length or height of the bar shows the total value for the category, while the segments show how that total is divided among the sub-categories. This kind of chart is especially useful when you want to illustrate not just the overall totals of different categories, but also the composition of those totals.

Question 8: Skipped

In Tableau, when there are multiple dimensions in the view, what type of sort can be created?

  • Nested Sort
  • (Correct)
  • Alphabetical Sort
  • Numerical Sort
  • Comparative sort

Explanation

In Tableau, when there are multiple dimensions in the view, a Nested Sort can be created. A Nested Sort is when the second column sorts within the first column. The column sort is restricted to its “nest”; i.e., it sorts the second (the sorted) column separately within each first column value. This is particularly useful when you want to focus on a specific subset of your data.

Question 9: Skipped

In Tableau, when filtering categorical data (dimensions), which tab in the Filter dialog box allows you to define a pattern to filter on?

  • General
  • Wildcard
  • (Correct)
  • Condition
  • Top

Explanation

When filtering categorical data (dimensions) in Tableau, the Wildcard tab in the Filter dialog box allows you to define a pattern to filter on. This feature allows you to designate a specific pattern as your filter criteria, which is quite helpful when you aim to either include or exclude data following certain patterns. For example, suppose your data involves email addresses and you want to select only those associated with a particular domain. In this case, you could establish a wildcard filter that concludes with “@yahoo.com”, which would then only display Yahoo’s email addresses in your dataset.

Question 10: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following statements about using the Top tab in the Filter dialog box is INCORRECT?

  • The Top filter allows you to include a specified number of data points in the view, such as the top 15 products
  • The Top filter can only be used to display the highest values; it can’t show the lowest values
  • (Correct)
  • The Top filter eliminates the need to set specific range criteria by enabling a relative comparison within the field
  • The Top filter can be used to display views such as the top 10 Cities by average Sales

Explanation

In Tableau, the Top tab in the Filter dialog box can be used to display the highest values, and it can also be used to display the lowest values, such as the bottom 15 products by Sales. In Tableau, the ‘Top’ tab in the filter dialog box is a powerful tool that helps you select a specific subset of your data for your view. This feature is particularly useful when you want to analyze high-performing or low-performing subsets without needing to specify a precise threshold value. The ‘Top’ filter dynamically identifies and displays this subset based on the limit you’ve set, providing a flexible and efficient way to highlight key portions of your data.

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an Aggregate function in Tableau?

  • COUNT
  • MODE
  • (Correct)
  • MEDIAN
  • STDEV

Explanation

In Tableau, COUNT, MEDIAN, and STDEV are valid Aggregate functions. MODE, which represents the most frequently occurring value, is not a built-in Aggregate function in Tableau. However, it can be calculated using other functions and techniques.

Question 12: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the default color for most marks when there are no fields on Color on the Marks card?

  • Red
  • Green
  • Blue
  • (Correct)
  • Yellow

Explanation

In Tableau, when there are no fields on Color on the Marks card, the default color for most marks is blue. This means that if no specific color is assigned to the marks, they will appear as blue in the view. This is a default setting in Tableau and applies to most types of marks.

Question 13: Skipped

In Tableau, when creating a table calculation, which of the following options is NOT available in the “Compute Using” selection?

  • Table (across)
  • Pane (down)
  • Cell
  • Column (down)
  • (Correct)
  • Specific Dimensions

Explanation

In Tableau, when you’re creating a table calculation, you have several options for how the calculation is computed. These options, known as “Compute Using” selections, include “Table (across)”, “Pane (down)”, “Cell”, “Table (down then across)”, “Table (across then down)”, “Pane (across then down)”, “Pane (down then across)”, and “Specific Dimensions”.

However, “Column (down)” is not one of the available options in Tableau for computing a table calculation.

Question 14: Skipped

What is not an available option for exporting when we select ‘Worksheet > Export’ ?

  • Image
  • Data
  • Crosstab to Excel
  • MS PowerPoint
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In Tableau, you have the ability to export data or views for use in other applications, such as for presentations or documents. This can be done in more than one way: exporting the data from a workbook or exporting an image that represents a view. When we select ‘Worksheet > Export’, you will see the following options to choose from: Image, Data, Crosstab to Excel, but you will not see ‘MS PowerPoint’ as an option.

Question 15: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options allows you to create bins for a continuous measure?

  • Right-click the measure field on the Data pane and choose “Create > Bins”
  • (Correct)
  • Select the measure field from the Data pane, and then go to “Analysis” menu and select “Create Bins”
  • From the Data pane, drag the measure field to “Shape” on the Marks card.
  • Select the measure in the view, and use the Histogram option in the Show Me panel to create bins

Explanation

To create bins for a continuous measure in Tableau, you can right-click the measure in the Data pane and choose “Create > Bins”. This will allow you to define the bin size and create a new dimension with the binned values.

Question 16: Skipped

In Tableau, when configuring a Viz in Tooltip, what is the ‘default’ filter setting?

  • Filtered on Selected Fields
  • Filtered on All Fields
  • (Correct)
  • No filter applied
  • Filter option is not available

Explanation

In its default setting, a Viz in Tooltip applies a filter to ‘All Fields’. This implies that the filter is applied to every dimension present in the current view, excluding any fields that are on the Filters shelf, and it does so at the highest level of detail.

Question 17: Skipped

What is the purpose of a dashboard in Tableau?

  • To connect to data sources and prepare data for analysis
  • To create and save individual visualizations
  • To display multiple visualizations in a single view
  • (Correct)
  • To create calculated fields and hierarchies

Explanation

The purpose of a dashboard in Tableau is to display multiple visualizations in a single view, allowing users to see and interact with related data in a cohesive manner. Dashboards can include charts, tables, maps, and other visual elements, as well as filters, parameters, and actions.

Question 18: Skipped

What is the purpose of using an LOD (Level of Detail) expression in Tableau?

  • To define a custom level of aggregation for a measure
  • (Correct)
  • To blend data from multiple data sources
  • To create a hierarchical drill-down in a visualization
  • To apply a filter across multiple worksheets

Explanation

LOD (Level of Detail) expressions in Tableau allow you to define a custom level of aggregation for a measure, independent of the dimensions in the view. This feature enables complex calculations and comparisons at different levels of detail within a single visualization.

Question 19: Skipped

Which of the following is a technique used to optimize Tableau workbooks for improved performance?

  • Using context filters
  • Reducing the number of calculated fields
  • Extracting data instead of using live connections
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)

Explanation

All the mentioned techniques using context filters, reducing the number of calculated fields, and extracting data instead of using live connections can be used to optimize Tableau workbooks for improved performance. These approaches help to minimize processing time, decrease the amount of data loaded into memory, and simplify complex calculations.

Question 20: Skipped

What is the result of blending data from two different data sources in Tableau?

  • A new data source is created with the combined data
  • The data from the secondary data source is added to the primary data source as additional columns
  • The data from the secondary data source is displayed in the view based on a common field in the primary data source
  • (Correct)
  • The data from both data sources is combined into a single flat file

Explanation

Data blending in Tableau allows you to display data from a secondary data source in the view based on a common field in the primary data source. Data blending in Tableau is a method of combining data from multiple sources into a single visualization or dashboard. Unlike a traditional join operation, data blending leaves your original data sources intact, instead pulling the data together on the fly when needed for analysis. Data blending is particularly useful when your data is spread across multiple databases, file formats, or when you want to combine a small dataset with a very large one, something that could be inefficient with traditional join operations.

Remember, data blending does require that there is at least one common field between your data sources to serve as a link or anchor to combine your data correctly.

Question 21: Skipped

How do we convert a measure to a dimension in the Data pane?

  • Click and drag the measure field from a measures area in the Data pane and drop it into a dimensions area
  • Right-click the measure field in the Data pane and select ‘Convert to Dimension’
  • Select the measure field in the Data pane and then go to the ‘Analysis’ menu and select ‘Convert to Dimension’
  • A and B
  • (Correct)
  • B and C

Explanation

Here are two ways that you can convert a measure to a dimension in the Data pane. One way is that you can click and drag the measure field from a measures area in the Data pane and drop it into a dimensions area. Another way is that you can right-click the measure field in the Data pane and select ‘Convert to Dimension’.

Question 22: Skipped

In Tableau, what can you do to view all individual rows of your data source and analyze the distribution of individual transactions, rather than summarized data?

  • Aggregate all measures in the view from the Analysis menu
  • Apply a filter on the view to show only certain transactions
  • Navigate to the Analysis menu and select ‘Reveal Data’ option
  • Navigate to the Analysis menu and deselect the ‘Aggregate Measures’ option
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When data are disaggregated in Tableau, all individual rows from the underlying data source can be viewed. This is useful when you want to analyze the distribution of individual transactions rather than just seeing summarized data. This disaggregation is done by navigating to the Analysis menu and deselecting the ‘Aggregate Measures’ option, thereby removing the check mark.

Question 23: Skipped

In Tableau, when using a parameter in a reference line, how can you dynamically modify the position of the reference line?

  • By manually editing the reference line in the view
  • By adjusting the parameter value in the parameter control
  • (Correct)
  • By changing the data type of the parameter.
  • By modifying the underlying data source

Explanation

When a parameter is used in a reference line in Tableau, the position of the reference line corresponds to the current value of the parameter. To change the position of the reference line, you need to adjust the parameter value in the parameter control. This allows for dynamic modification of the reference line without having to manually edit it in the view or change the underlying data.

Question 24: Skipped

What is the purpose of using map layers in Tableau?

  • To create a 3D effect on the map
  • To layer multiple sources of spatial data on maps for a more detailed view
  • (Correct)
  • To add a decorative background to the map
  • To hide certain parts of the map

Explanation

Map layers in Tableau are used to overlay multiple sources of spatial data on a single map. This allows for a more detailed geographical view. For instance, you could have a map that shows population density, rail lines, and parks all in one view. This feature was introduced in Tableau version 2020.4 and has been enhanced in version 2021.4 to allow a different data source for each map layer, making it easier to create maps from multiple sources of data without needing to create relationships or joins between those data sources.

Question 25: Skipped

In Tableau, what is the purpose of the Pages shelf?

  • To create a series of views that display different subsets of the data, based on a selected dimension or measure
  • (Correct)
  • To create a multi-page PDF or printed report
  • To organize multiple worksheets or dashboards in a workbook
  • To create a slideshow or animation that shows how data changes over time

Explanation

The purpose of the Pages shelf in Tableau is to create a series of views that display different subsets of the data, based on a selected dimension or measure. By placing a field on the Pages shelf, you can quickly explore how a view changes as you “page” through the different members of the field. This can be particularly useful for understanding trends or patterns in your data over time or across different categories.

Question 26: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the ZN function do when applied to a numeric field or measure?

  • It converts all numeric values to zero
  • It replaces all null values with zero
  • (Correct)
  • It converts all zero values to null
  • It replaces all null values with the average of the non-null values

Explanation

In Tableau, the ZN function is used with numeric fields or measures. When applied, it returns the original value if it is not null; otherwise, it returns zero. This means that it effectively replaces all null values in the field or measure with zero. This can be particularly useful when you want to perform calculations on a field that contains null values, as it allows you to treat those null values as zero instead.

Question 27: Skipped

What is the purpose of a tooltip in Tableau?

  • To display additional information about a data point when the user hovers over it
  • (Correct)
  • To show the relationship between two measures in a visualization
  • To provide context for the visualization using labels or annotations
  • To customize the appearance of a visualization

Explanation

The purpose of a tooltip in Tableau is to display additional information about a data point when the user hovers over it. Tooltips can help users understand the data more easily by providing supplementary details or context without cluttering the visualization.

Question 28: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when you join tables and the fields you join on are not of the same data type?

  • The join will still work, but the data might be inconsistent
  • The join will break and you will need to make the data types the same
  • (Correct)
  • Tableau will automatically convert the data types to match
  • The join will work, but you will not be able to remove fields used in the join clause

Explanation

Correct Answer: B) The join will break and you will need to make the data types the same.

When joining tables in Tableau, it’s crucial that the fields you’re joining on must have the same data type. If they don’t, the join operation will fail. This is because Tableau needs to match data accurately and consistently, and having differing data types can lead to mismatches or errors. Therefore, before performing a join, you should ensure that the fields you plan to join on have the same data type. If they don’t, you’ll need to convert them to the same data type before proceeding with the join.

Question 29: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of the LOOKUP function in Tableau?

  • To return the value of the expression at a specific position in a partition
  • (Correct)
  • To calculate the average of a set of numbers
  • To return the absolute value of a number
  • To return the character encoded by the ASCII code number

Explanation

The LOOKUP function in Tableau is primarily used to return the value of an expression at a specific position in a partition. This function is particularly useful when you want to compare current row values with values of a previous or next row. It’s important to note that the position is relative to the current position. For instance, LOOKUP([Sales], -1) would return the Sales value of the previous row.

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following aggregation functions returns the number of items in a group of non-null values in a given field?

  • COUNT
  • (Correct)
  • COUNTD
  • SUM
  • AVG

Explanation

The COUNT aggregation function returns the number of items in a group of non-null values in a given field. COUNTD is used for counting distinct values, SUM for adding values, and AVG for calculating the average.

Question 31: Skipped

What happens to members that are removed from an existing group in Tableau?

  • They are deleted from the dataset
  • They are added to the ‘Other’ group, if it exists
  • (Correct)
  • They are automatically added to a new group
  • They are hidden from the view

Explanation

When members are removed from an existing group in Tableau, they are not deleted from the dataset. Instead, if an ‘Other’ group exists, these members are added to it. This allows for flexibility in managing and categorizing data within Tableau, ensuring that no data is lost in the process of reorganizing groups.

Question 32: Skipped

How can you display interactive filters in a Tableau view?

  • By selecting ‘Show Filter’ from the field drop-down menu in the view
  • (Correct)
  • By dragging the field to the Filters shelf
  • By selecting ‘Interactive Filter’ from the field drop-down menu in the view
  • By right-clicking on the field in the view and selecting ‘Interactive Filter’

Explanation

In Tableau, you can display interactive filters in the view by clicking the field drop-down menu in the view and selecting ‘Show Filter’. This action automatically adds the field to the Filters shelf (if it is not already being filtered), and a filter card appears in the view. You can then interact with the card to filter your data. This feature allows you to quickly include or exclude data in the view.

Question 33: Skipped

What type of chart is best suited for comparing individual data points across categories?

  • Bar chart
  • (Correct)
  • Line chart
  • Pie chart
  • Scatter plot

Explanation

Bar charts are best suited for comparing individual data points across categories. Line charts are used for time series, pie charts for part-to-whole comparisons, and scatter plots for examining relationships between two continuous variables.

Question 34: Skipped

In Tableau, how can multiple views be used to filter other views in a dashboard?

  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ from the shortcut menu
  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu
  • By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ and ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above

Explanation

Correct Answer: C) By selecting each view and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ and ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu

In Tableau, you can use multiple views to filter other views in a dashboard. The process involves selecting each view that you want to use as a filter and choosing ‘Use as Filter’ from the shortcut menu. This allows the selected view to control the filter action. However, to prevent these controlling views from being filtered themselves, you need to select ‘Ignore Actions’ from the shortcut menu. This way, selecting marks in these controlling views filters data in one or more detail views without affecting any other controlling views.

Question 35: Skipped

What is the purpose of a hierarchy in Tableau?

  • To filter data based on multiple levels
  • To organize dimensions into a logical order for drill-down analysis
  • (Correct)
  • To create calculated fields for complex calculations
  • To group dimensions and measures together

Explanation

Hierarchies in Tableau are used to organize dimensions into a logical order, allowing users to drill down from higher levels to more detailed levels of data.

In Tableau, hierarchies refer to a structure in which fields are organized in a specific, predefined order, offering a way to categorize and group data based on a set of related fields. These fields often go from a larger category to a more specific one. For instance, a geographical hierarchy might consist of fields like Country, State, and City.

Hierarchies are useful for drilling down data to explore it at various levels of granularity. For example, you might start looking at your data at the Country level, and then drill down to see details at the State level, then further down to the City level. This kind of detailed, step-by-step exploration is made possible by Tableau’s hierarchy structure.

Question 36: Skipped

In Tableau, what happens when a floating object is hidden in a dashboard?

  • It reveals any objects beneath it
  • (Correct)
  • It leaves a blank space behind
  • It moves to the bottom of the dashboard
  • It deletes itself from the dashboard

Explanation

In Tableau, when a floating object is hidden in a dashboard, it simply reveals any objects that are beneath it. This feature can be particularly useful when you want to temporarily hide a floating group of filters to reveal more of a visualization. The other options listed do not accurately describe what happens when a floating object is hidden in a Tableau dashboard.

Question 37: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options is available when formatting text alignment?

  • Horizontal
  • Vertical Alignment
  • Direction
  • Wrap
  • All of the above
  • (Correct)
  • A and B

Explanation

The correct answer is All of the above.

In Tableau, when formatting text alignment, you have several options. You can control the horizontal alignment, which determines whether text aligns to the left, right, or center. Vertical alignment controls whether text aligns at the top, middle, or bottom. The direction option allows you to rotate text so that it runs horizontally (default), top-to-bottom (up), or bottom-to-top (down). The wrap option controls whether long headers wrap to the next line or are abbreviated.

Question 38: Skipped

What does the presence of all table colors next to a field in the union profile indicate in Tableau?

  • The field is irrelevant to the union operation
  • The field has mismatched data
  • The union operation was performed correctly for that field
  • (Correct)
  • The field was excluded from the union operation

Explanation

In Tableau, when you perform a union operation, each table involved in the union is associated with a specific color. These colors are displayed next to each field in the union profile. If all the table colors are present next to a field, it signifies that the union operation was executed correctly for that field. In other words, the field has consistent data across all the tables involved in the union.

Question 39: Skipped

In Tableau, what does the delta symbol indicate when applying a quick table calculation to a field in a visualization?

  • It indicates that the field is being used as a filter
  • It indicates that the field is being used in a calculated field
  • It indicates that a quick table calculation is being applied to the field
  • (Correct)
  • It indicates that the field is being used in a parameter

Explanation

In Tableau, when you apply a quick table calculation to a field in a visualization, a delta symbol appears on the field. This symbol is an indication that a quick table calculation is being applied to that particular field. This allows users to quickly identify which fields have calculations applied to them in the visualization.

Question 40: Skipped

Which type of join in Tableau combines all rows from both tables, filling in NULL values for non-matching rows?

  • Inner join
  • Left join
  • Right join
  • Full outer join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A full outer join in Tableau combines all rows from both tables, filling in NULL values for non-matching rows. Inner joins return only the matching rows from both tables, left joins return all rows from the left table and matching rows from the right table, and right joins return all rows from the right table and matching rows from the left table.

Question 41: Skipped

In Tableau, which of the following options can you use to sort a bar chart by the values of a measure?

  • Right-click the dimension in the view and choose “Sort”
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the measure onto the Sort shelf on the Marks card
  • Click the “Sort” button in the toolbar
  • Right-click the measure in the Data pane and choose “Sort by Field”

Explanation

To sort a bar chart by the values of a measure in Tableau, you can right-click the dimension in the view and choose “Sort.” This will open a dialog box where you can select the measure to sort by and choose the sorting order (ascending or descending).

Question 42: Skipped

What is the primary purpose of logical and physical tables in Tableau’s data model?

  • To create a backup of the original data
  • To improve performance and take advantage of Tableau functionality not available in the original data
  • To better describe how extracts will be stored
  • (Correct)
  • To convert the data into a different format

Explanation

In Tableau’s data model, logical and physical tables are used to better describe how data extracts will be stored. This change was introduced in version 2020.2, replacing the previous Single Table and Multiple Tables storage options. The choice between logical and physical tables affects the structure of the extract and can have implications for how the data can be used within Tableau.

Question 43: Skipped

In Tableau, when defining a Percent Difference From table calculation, which option calculates the difference between the current value and the first value in the partition?

  • Previous
  • Next
  • First
  • (Correct)
  • Last

Explanation

In Tableau, when setting up a Percent Difference From table calculation, there are several options to specify from which value the difference should be calculated. These options include ‘Previous’, ‘Next’, ‘First’, and ‘Last’. If you select ‘First’, the calculation will compute the difference between the current value and the first value in the partition. This can be useful in scenarios where you want to compare each value in a data set to the initial value.

Question 44: Skipped

In Tableau, what are the two types of sets that can be created and how do they differ?

  • Dynamic sets and Static sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Static sets do not change even if the underlying data changes and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • Dynamic sets and Fixed sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Fixed sets do not change even if the underlying data changes and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamic sets and Variable sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Variable sets change depending on user interaction and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions
  • Dynamic sets and Interactive sets – Dynamic sets change when the underlying data changes and can be based on a single dimension, while Interactive sets change depending on user interaction and can be based on a single or multiple dimensions

Explanation

In Tableau, sets are custom fields that define a subset of data based on some conditions. There are two types of sets: Dynamic sets and Fixed sets.

Dynamic sets are those whose members change when the underlying data changes. These sets can only be based on a single dimension. On the other hand, Fixed sets are those whose members do not change, even if the underlying data changes. A fixed set can be based on a single dimension or multiple dimensions. This allows for flexibility in defining and working with subsets of data in Tableau.

Question 45: Skipped

When you need to relate tables across different databases, what should you do?

  • Add them as new data sources from the Data menu
  • Create a new data source from the drop-down menu next to the Data Source’s name
  • Use the Add link in the Left pane to add them as data connections within the same data source
  • (Correct)
  • Relating tables across different databases is not possible in Tableau

Explanation

If your task involves relating tables that reside in different databases, the correct approach would be to include these tables within a single data source. This can be achieved by using the “Add” link found in the Left pane of Tableau’s interface. This process enables you to establish connections among these tables.

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 ServiceNow CAD Set 2

Question 1: Skipped

When creating new application files in a scoped application, cross scope access is turned on by default in which of the following ?

  • Table
  • (Correct)
  • Script Include
  • Workflow
  • REST messages

Question 2: Skipped

To see what scripts, reports, and other application artifacts will be in a published application:

  • Examine the Application Files Related List in the application to be published
  • (Correct)
  • Open the artifact records individually to verify the value in the Application field
  • Enter the name of the Application in the Global search field
  • Open the list of Update Sets for the instance

Question 3: Skipped

For Application Access there is a configuration option called Allow access to this table via web services. Which one of the following statements is true when this option is selected ?

  • This option restricts access only to SOAP web services but does not apply to REST
  • This option restricts the ability to delete records via web services but records can always be read
  • Even when not selected, users with the correct permissions can use web services to access the table’s records
  • The user performing the query via web services must have the correct permissions to access the table’s records
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/rome/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_rome_application_access_web_services

Question 4: Skipped

Why create Application in ServiceNow ?

a. To replace outdated, inadequate, custom business applications and processes

b. To extend service delivery and management to all entreprise departments

c. To allow users full access to all ServiceNow tables, records, and fields

d. To extend the value of ServiceNow

  • a,b, and c
  • a,b,c, and d
  • b,c, and d
  • a,b, and d
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/tokyo-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_CreatingApplications.html

Question 5: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT required to link a ServiceNow application to a Git repository ?

  • Password
  • URL
  • User name
  • Application name
  • (Correct)

Question 6: Skipped

Application developers can specify which ServiceNow page a user sees after submitting a new record using the Record Producer UI. How is the page specified ?

  • Create an application property to store the URL
  • Write an after Business Rule script for the Record Producer’s table: window.redirect = “<URL>”;
  • Write a script in the Record Producer’s Script field: producer.redirect = “<URL>”;
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the page in the Module that opens the Record Producer UI

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-servicenow-platform/page/product/service-catalog-management/concept/c_PopulatingRecordData.html

Question 7: Skipped

A scoped application containing Flow Designer content dedicated to a particular application is called a(n):

  • Spoke
  • (Correct)
  • Action
  • Bundle
  • Flow

Question 8: Skipped

One of the uses of the ServiceNow REST API Explorer is:

  • Find resources on the web for learning about REST
  • Create sample code for sending REST requests to ServiceNow
  • (Correct)
  • Convert SOAP Message functions to REST methods
  • Practice using REST to interact with public data providers

Question 9: Skipped

What is the best UX format to use for lists and forms ?

  • Lists
  • Standard
  • Classic
  • (Correct)
  • Forms

Explanation

User Experience (UX) Options :

Mobile: User-friendly experiences for people on-the-go on the ServiceNow Agent mobile app.

Classic: The standard experienceforlists and forms on the Now Platform. When in doubt, start with Classic and add another UX later.

Question 10: Skipped

What is the ServiceNow store ?

  • The source for ServiceNow Community created developer content
  • Alternate name for the ServiceNow Developer Share site
  • Marketplace for free and paid certified Servicenow applications and integrations
  • (Correct)
  • Downloadable content ServiceNow script archive

Explanation

https://www.servicenow.com/content/dam/servicenow-assets/public/en-us/doc-type/resource-center/data-sheet/ds-servicenow-store.pdf

Question 11: Skipped

When configuring a module, what does the Override application menu roles configuration option do ?

  • Users with access to the application menu can see the module even if they don’t have the module role
  • Admin is given access to the module even if Access Controls would ordinarily prevent access
  • Self-Service users can access the module even though they do not have roles
  • Users with the module role but without access to the application menu access the module
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Override application menu roles option allows users without access to the Application Menu to access a Module for which they are authorized. When selected, a User without permission to see the Application Menu will see it in addition to the specifically authorized Module(s).

Question 12: Skipped

Identify characteristic(s) of a Record Producer. (Choose three.)

  • They must be scripted.
  • You can script behaviors of fields in the user interface.
  • (Correct)
  • Each field prompts the user with a question rather than a field label.
  • (Correct)
  • Graphics can be included on the user interface.
  • (Correct)
  • All records created using this strategy are inserted into the Requested Item [sc_req_item] table.

Explanation

Whatare Record Producers ?

  • Special type of Service Catalog iem that create new records in a database table.
  • Users answers questions to create a new record.
  • Form can include graphics, html, and help.

Both Record Producers and forms write new records to a table in the database.

The Service Catalog is a listing to of all products and services a user can order.

Record producers add records to a database table using the Service Catalog UI rather than a form.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following methods are useful in Access Control scripts ?

  • gs.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()
  • (Correct)
  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()
  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNew()
  • gs.hasRole() and current.isNew()

Explanation

gs.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord() : both are valid Servicer-Side.

g_user.hasRole() : this is Client-Side.

current.isNew() : does not exist in SerivceNow.

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/rome/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_rome_scripting_security

Question 14: Skipped

When evaluating Access Controls, ServiceNow searches and evaluates:

  • From the most specific match to the most generic match
  • (Correct)
  • Only for matches on the current field
  • Only for matches on the current table
  • From the most generic match to the most specific match

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/rome/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_rome_access_controls_evaluation_order

Question 15: Skipped

When creating an application through the Guided Application Creator, which of the following is a user experience option ?

  • Mobile
  • (Correct)
  • Workspace
  • Self-service
  • Portal

Explanation

Once you have created an application record anddefined roles in Guided ApplicationCreator, it is time to select user experiences. You can choose up to two:

Mobile: User-friendly experiences for people on-the-go on the ServiceNow Agent mobile app.

Classic: The standard experienceforlists and forms on the Now Platform. Whenindoubt, start with Classic and add another UX later.

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following statements must evaluate to true for a user to pass an Access Control ? (Choose three.)

  • Other matching Access Controls for the records evaluate to true.
  • The user must be granted access through a business rule.
  • Scripts configured in the Access Control must evaluate to true.
  • (Correct)
  • Conditions configured in the Access Control must evaluate to true.
  • (Correct)
  • The user has one of the roles specified in the Required roles related list.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-platform-security/page/administer/contextual-security/concept/access-control-rules.html

Question 17: Skipped

Which one of the following is the baseline behavior of a table in a privately-scoped application ?

  • Any Business Rule can read, write, delete, and update from the table
  • Only artifacts in the table’s application can read from the table
  • All application scopes can read from the table
  • (Correct)
  • The table and its data are not accessible using web services

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/utah-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_DefaultRuntimeAccessPermissions.html

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the following are configured in an Email Notification ?

a) Who will receive the notification.

b) What content will be in the notification.

c) When to send the notification.

d) How to send the notification.

  • a, b and c
  • (Correct)
  • a, c and d
  • b, c and d
  • a, b, and d

Question 19: Skipped

What are Application Files in a ServiceNow application ?

  • XML exports of an application’s Update Set
  • An XML export of an application’s table records
  • CSV files containing data imported into an application
  • ServiceNow artifacts comprising an application
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/utah-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_ApplicationFiles.html

Question 20: Skipped

Server side scripts manage what ?

  • Database and backend
  • (Correct)
  • Playbook access
  • Forms and fields
  • User access

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/utah-api-reference/page/script/server-scripting/concept/c_ServerScripting.html

Question 21: Skipped

Tables that extend a table do what ?

  • Do not inherits the parent’s fields
  • Sometimes inherit the parent’s fields
  • Inherit the parent’s fields
  • (Correct)
  • Automatically update the application scope

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-platform-administration/page/administer/table-administration/concept/table-extension-and-classes.html

Question 22: Skipped

Which one of the following objects CANNOT be used in Script Action Script ?

  • GlideRecord
  • event
  • current
  • previous
  • (Correct)

Question 23: Skipped

How many applications menus can an application have ?

  • 2, one for an application’s user modules and one for an application’s administrator modules
  • As many as the application design requires
  • (Correct)
  • 3, one for an application’s user modules, one for an application’s administrator modules, and one for the ServiceNow administrator’s modules
  • 1, which is used for all application modules

Question 24: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for GlideUser (g_user) methods ?

  • Can be used in Client Scripts, UI Policies, and UI Actions
  • (Correct)
  • Can be used in Client Scripts and UI Policies only
  • Can be used in Business Rules only
  • Can be used in Business Rules, and Scripts Includes

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/courses/utah/app_store_learnv2_scripting_utah_scripting_in_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_scripting_utah_client_side_scripting/app_store_learnv2_scripting_utah_the_glideuser_g_user_class

Question 25: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for a Script Include with a Protection Policy value of Protected ?

  • The Protection Policy is applied only if the application is downloaded from the ServiceNow App Store
  • (Correct)
  • The Protection Policy is applied only if the glide.app.apply_protection system property value is true
  • The Protection policy option can only be enabled by a user with the admin role
  • Any user with the protected_edit role can see and edit the Script Include

Explanation

Protection policies can be appliedto:

  • Ul Actions
  • Script Includes

Protection policies are not applied when applications are published and migrated to an instance using an Update Set.

Only Applies when applications are installed from the ServiceNow App Store.

The Protection Policy options are:

–None– : logic is viewable and editable.

Read-only: logics viewable but not editable.

Protected: logic is not viewable.

For the instance on which an application is developed, use Access Controls and/or rolesto restrict Userability to see and edit artifacts; protection policies do not applyin this case.

Question 26: Skipped

When configuring the content of an Email Notification, which syntax should be used to reference the properties of an event triggering the Notification ?

  • ${current.<property name>}
  • ${event.<property name>}
  • (Correct)
  • {gs.<property name>}
  • ${<property name>.getDisplayValue()}

Question 27: Skipped

Which objects can be used in Inbound Action scripts ?

  • current and producer
  • current and event
  • current and previous
  • current and email
  • (Correct)

Question 28: Skipped

Which roles grant access to source control repository operations such as importing applications from source control, or linking an application to source control ? (Choose two)

  • source_control
  • (Correct)
  • admin
  • (Correct)
  • git_admin
  • source_control_admin

Question 29: Skipped

Which Application Access configuration field(s) are NOT available if the Can read configuration field is NOT selected ?

  • All access to this table via web services
  • Allow configuration
  • Can create, Can update, and Can delete
  • (Correct)
  • Can read does not affect the availability of other Application Access fields

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following methods is NOT part of the ServiceNow REST API ?

  • COPY
  • (Correct)
  • DELETE
  • GET
  • POST

Question 31: Skipped

Which of the following statements does NOT apply when extending an existing table ?

  • The new table inherits all of the fields from the parent table
  • You must script and configure all required behaviors
  • (Correct)
  • The parent table’s Access Controls are evaluated when determining access to the new table’s records and fields
  • The new table inherits the functionality built into the parent table

Explanation

Deciding whether to base your application on an existing ServiceNow table or not is one of the most important decisions to make for an application. If you extend an existing table you inherit the functionality built into ServiceNow for the base table. If you start from a “blankslate”(brand new table), you have theopportunity to script and configure all behaviors of your application.

Question 32: Skipped

Which server-side API debug log method is available for scoped applications ?

  • gs.log()
  • gs.info()
  • (Correct)
  • gs.debug()
  • gs.print()

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/guides/tokyo/now-platform/tpb-guide/debugging_best_practices

Question 33: Skipped

Which one of the following database operations cannot be controlled with Application Access ?

  • Delete
  • Create
  • Update
  • Query
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/courses/utah/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_utah_securing_applications/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_utah_securing_applications_against_access_from_other_applications/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_utah_application_access_database_settings

Question 34: Skipped

Which Report Type(s) can be created by right-clicking on a column header in a table’s list ?

  • Bar Chart, Pie Chart, Histogram, and Line
  • Bar Chart, Pie Chart, and Histogram
  • Bar Chart
  • Bar Chart and Pie Chart
  • (Correct)

Question 35: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a debugging strategy for client-side scripts ?

  • g_form.addInfoMessage()
  • Field Watcher
  • gs.log()
  • (Correct)
  • jslog()

Explanation

Debugging Client Scripts :

There are several strategies for debugging client-side scripts:

  • JavaScript Log and jslog()
  • Field Watcher
  • try/catch
  • Debugging tools built into web browsers (browser dependent)

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/rome/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_scripting_rome_debugging_client_scripts

Question 36: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for a table with the “Allow configuration” Application Access option selected ?

  • Any user with the application’s user role can modify the application’s scripts
  • Out of scope applications can create Business Rules for the table
  • (Correct)
  • Only the in scope application’s scripts can create Business Rules for the table
  • Out of scope applications can add new tables to the scoped application

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/tokyo-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_ExampleGrantingAccessToConfigRecs.html

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/tokyo/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_securingapps_tokyo_allow_configuration

Question 37: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a way to install an application on a ServiceNow instance ?

  • Download and install an application from the ServiceNow Share web site
  • Download and install a third-party application from the ServiceNow Store
  • Select the Copy button on the application record
  • (Correct)
  • Install an application from the Application Repository

Question 38: Skipped

Which actions can a Business Rule take without scripting ?

  • Set field values and add message
  • (Correct)
  • Set field values and query the database
  • Set field values and write to the system log
  • Set field values and generate an event

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/utah/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_scripting_utah_business_rule_actions

Question 39: Skipped

It is best practice to define the business requirements and the process(es) an application will manage as part of the application development plan. What are some of the considerations to document as part of the business process ?

  • Business problem, users/stakeholders, available licenses, and database capacity
  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and database capacity
  • Business problem, data input/output, project schedule, and process steps
  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and process steps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Business problem : If you are not solving a business problem, you do not need an application.
  • Stakeholders : Requestor and Fulfiller, Application Administrator , Management
  • Users : Personas largely equate to Roles in ServiceNow.Generally speaking, security is applied to applications and their records using roles. It is recommended that every application have at least a User and an Admin Role.
  • Inputs : can take many forms such as Users, spreadsheets, and web services.
  • Outputs : can also take many forms such as dashboards, reports, and email.
  • Process Steps : There are many strategies for defining a process, such as SIPOC(Six Sigma), ASME Standard for Process Charts, and others. Choose a strategy that works well for you. The more detailed understanding you have of a process,the easier it is to create an application. If possible, create a flowchart for each process as this will be useful when it is time to create workflows.

Question 40: Skipped

How does ServiceNow match inbound email to existing records ?

  • Subject line
  • sys_id
  • Record link
  • Watermark
  • (Correct)

Question 41: Skipped

When working in the Form Designer, configuring the label of a field in a child table changes the label on which table(s) ?

  • parent table
  • child table
  • (Correct)
  • all tables
  • base table

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-platform-administration/page/administer/form-administration/concept/c_FormDesign.html

Question 42: Skipped

Which objects can you use in a Scheduled Script Execution (Scheduled Job) script ?

  • GlideRecord and current
  • (Correct)
  • GlideSystem and GlideRecord
  • GlideUser and GlideRecord
  • GlideSystem and current

Question 43: Skipped

If the Create module field is selected when creating a table, what is the new module’s default behavior ?

  • Display a list of all records from the table
  • (Correct)
  • Open a link to a wiki article with instructions on how to customize the behavior of the new module
  • Display an empty homepage for the application
  • Open an empty form so new records can be created

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-platform-administration/page/administer/table-administration/task/t_CreateATable.html

Question 44: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a UI Action type ?

  • List banner button
  • List choice
  • Form choice
  • (Correct)
  • Form button

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-platform-administration/page/administer/list-administration/concept/c_UIActions.html

Question 45: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for this script fragment ?

g_user.hasRole(‘x_my_app_user‘);

  • The method returns true if the currently logged in user has the x_my_app_user role or the admin role
  • (Correct)
  • The method returns false only if the currently logged in user has the x_my_app_user role
  • The method returns true only if the currently logged in user has the x_my_app_user role
  • There is no g_user.hasRole() method

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/rome/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_scripting_rome_the_glideuser_g_user_class

Question 46: Skipped

What is a workflow context ?

  • It is generated from a workflow version,executes activities, and follows transitions
  • (Correct)
  • The table for which a workflow is defined plus any conditions such as “Active is true”
  • The business reason or process for which a workflow is designed
  • It is a checked out workflow which is being edited

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/utah-build-workflows/page/administer/workflow-administration/reference/r_AdministeringWorkflowContexts.html

Question 47: Skipped

Which of the following CANNOT be debugged using the Field Watcher ?

  • Business Rules
  • Script Includes
  • (Correct)
  • Client Scripts
  • Access Controls

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-api-reference/page/script/debugging/concept/c_FieldWatcher.html

Question 48: Skipped

When writing a Client Script to provide feedback targeted at a specific field, which method should be used ?

  • g_form.showFieldMsg()
  • (Correct)
  • g_form.addFieldMsg()
  • g_form.showInfoMessage()
  • g_form.addInfoMessage()

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/utah-application-development/page/script/useful-scripts/reference/r_DisplayFieldMessages.html

Question 49: Skipped

Which one of the following is a benefit of creating an application Properties page for each application you develop ?

  • An application properties page is a good landing page for an application
  • Application properties allow a developer to override the application properties inherited from servicenow
  • Application users know to go to the application properties page to change the appearance of an application
  • Application properties allow a developer or admin to make changes to an application’s behaviour without modifying application artifacts
  • (Correct)

Question 50: Skipped

Which of the following objects does a Display Business Rule NOT have access to ?

  • g_scratchpad
  • previous
  • (Correct)
  • current
  • GlideSystem

Question 51: Skipped

Which platform feature can be used to determine the relationships between field in an Import Set table to field in an existing ServiceNow table ?

  • Data Sources
  • Business Service Management Map
  • Cl Relationship Builder
  • Transform Map
  • (Correct)

Question 52: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT true for Modules ?

  • Every Module must be part of an Application Menu
  • Modules open content pages
  • Access to Modules is controlled with roles
  • Every Module must be associated with a table
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/rome-platform-user-interface/page/administer/navigation-and-ui/task/t_CreateAModule.html

Question 53: Skipped

The source control operation used to store local changes on an instance for later application is called a(n) <blank>

  • Tag
  • Stash
  • (Correct)
  • Branch
  • Update set

Question 54: Skipped

When configuring a REST Message, the Endpoint is:

  • The response from the provider indicating there is no data to send back
  • The commands to the REST script to stop execution
  • Information about the format of the returned data
  • The URI of the data to be accessed, queried, or modified
  • (Correct)

Question 55: Skipped

When creating an application through the Guided Application Creator, which of the following is NOT an option for creating a table ?

  • Upload spreadsheet
  • Create table from template
  • (Correct)
  • Create table from template
  • Extend a table

Explanation

Guided Application Creator (GAC) : guides users throughth eapplication creation process by stepping through the basic application contents.

Application Configuration: Define theapplication. Note: If the system property

sn_g_app_creator.allow_global : is setit to true, any developer or user with the sn_g_app_creator.app_creator role has the option to create a global app in GAC. If the property is false, only admins and users with the sn_g_app_creator.global role can create global apps.

User Role : Assign existing roles, or create one or more rolesfor the new application.It is best practice to create at least one scopedrole for the scoped application.

User Experience: Create one or more user experience. UX format optionsinclude Mobile, and Classic.

Table: Create one or more data tables via upload spreadsheet,extend a table,or create a table from scratch.

Field Inputs: Continue defining the table with field inputs.

Table Configurations: Define the table.

Next Steps: Once the application’s basic contentis created, the user can add additional application artifacts via Studio or Flow Designer, or the user can set up another application.

Question 56: Skipped

What is the purpose of the Application Picker ?

  • Select an application as a favorite in the Application Navigator
  • Select an application to run
  • Choose an application to edit and set the Application Scope
  • (Correct)
  • Choose an application to download and install

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/tokyo-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_ApplicationPicker.html

Question 57: Skipped

Which one of the following is the fastest way to create and configure a Record Producer ?

  • Use the Record Producer module then add and configure all variables manually
  • Open the table’s form, right-click on the form header, and select the Create Record Producer menu item
  • Create a Catalog Category, open the category, and select the Add New Record Producer button
  • Open the table in the Table records and select the Add to Service Catalog Related Link
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/bundle/utah-servicenow-platform/page/product/service-catalog-management/task/t_CreatingRecordProducersFromTables.html

Question 58: Skipped

You are developing the MyApp application that has a table, Table A. When the MyApp application is installed on an instance, you want Table A’s records to be installed as part of the application.

Table A’s records will be installed when:

  • Table A is not included in the System Clone > Exclude Tables list
  • Table A is active and extends the Task table
  • Table A has an automatic number counter for new records and table property includes_data is set to True.
  • Table A’s records are added to the application record using the Create Application Files feature
  • (Correct)

Question 59: Skipped

Which ATF Test step allows you to create a user with speeded roles and groups for the test ?

  • Create a user
  • (Correct)
  • Impersonation
  • Create a role
  • Create a group

Question 60: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a method used for logging messages in a server-side script for a privately-scoped application ?

  • gs.error()
  • gs.debug()
  • gs.log()
  • (Correct)
  • gs.warn()

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/guides/tokyo/now-platform/tpb-guide/debugging_best_practices

Question 1: Skipped

What is a module ?

  • The functionality within an application menu such as opening a page in the content frame or a separate tab or window
  • A web-based way of providing software to users
  • A group of menus, or pages, providing related information and functionality to end-users
  • A way of helping users quickly access information and services by filtering the items in the Application Navigator
  • (Correct)

Question 2: Skipped

Which one of the following describes how to select the Credential record to use for a REST step ?

  • Select the Credential on the Connection an& Credential alias
  • The REST step tries every available credential until one works
  • Select the Credential on the Connection record
  • (Correct)
  • Select the Credential on the REST step

Question 3: Skipped

Which one of the following is not a method for logging messages in a server-side script for a privately scoped application ?

  • Gs.warn()
  • Gs.debug()
  • Gs.log()
  • (Correct)
  • Gs.error()

Question 4: Skipped

Which objects can you use in a Scheduled Script Execution (Scheduled Job) script ?

  • GlideUser and GlideRecord
  • GlideRecord and current
  • GlideSystem and current
  • GlideSystem and GlideRecord
  • (Correct)

Question 5: Skipped

True or False ? Developers can assert the expected result from a test step so that when a record fails to insert, the test step is successful.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

Developers can configure test steps with assertions based on the intended result.

Question 6: Skipped

Which of the following are useful in Access Control Scripts? Works on SS Only ?

  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNew()
  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNew()
  • gs.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()
  • (Correct)
  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()

Question 7: Skipped

If a custom Embedded Help record is not restricted by role, who sees the custom embedded help ?

  • Only ITIL users
  • Anyone
  • Nobody
  • Only admins
  • Anyone who is authorized for the application
  • (Correct)

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following cannot be debugged using the Field Watcher ?

  • Business Rules
  • Script Includes
  • (Correct)
  • Access Controls
  • Client Scripts

Explanation

Field watcher (servicenow.com)

Question 9: Skipped

One of the uses of the ServiceNow REST API Explorer is :

  • Create sample code for sending REST requests to ServiceNow
  • (Correct)
  • Find resources on the web for learning about REST
  • Practice using REST to interact with public data providers
  • Convert SOAP Message functions to REST methods

Explanation

Introduction to the REST API Explorer | ServiceNow Developer

Question 10: Skipped

Which of the following statements does NOT apply when extending an existing table ?

  • The new table (child incident) inherits all of the fields from the parent table (task)
  • The new table (child incident) inherits the functionality built into the parent table (task)
  • You must script and configure all required behaviors
  • (Correct)
  • The parent table’s Access Controls are evaluated when determining access to the new table’s records and fields

Question 11: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for a custom Embedded Help page created by a developer for a custom application ?

  • Can be marked as created by ServiceNow
  • Can include images
  • Can be used for both a list and a form
  • Can require a role
  • (Correct)
  • Can be displayed is a separate browser window

Question 12: Skipped

When configuring an Access Control which has no condition or script, which one of the following statements is not true ?

  • Table.id will grant access to a specific record on a table
  • (Correct)
  • Table.field will grant access to a specific field on a record
  • Table.none will grant access to every record on the table
  • Table.* will grant access to every field on a record

Question 13: Skipped

How can a developer extract data from the response body after calling a REST web service ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Click the Convert Response Body button to convert the response
  • Use the Convert Response Body wizard to translate the response into an object
  • Use the XMLDocument2 API to extract data from XML formatted responses
  • (Correct)
  • Use the JSON API to convert JSON formatted responses to a JavaScript object
  • (Correct)
  • Use the XMLDocument2 Script Include to parse the XML

Question 14: Skipped

How do you run a test as a different user ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Log in as the user before running the test
  • Use the Create and Impersonate User test step
  • Use the Create a User test step
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Impersonate test step
  • (Correct)
  • Impersonate the user before running the test

Question 15: Skipped

Which one of the following is part of the client-side scripting API ?

  • GlideSystem object (gs)
  • Workflow.scratchpad
  • Current and previous objects
  • GlideUser object (g_user)
  • (Correct)

Question 16: Skipped

How can a developer create test run data sets for parameterized tests ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Import a spreadsheet with the data
  • (Correct)
  • Link to a table and run the test for every record in a table
  • Manually create parameter value sets
  • (Correct)
  • Write a REST web service call to a data source
  • Write a JavaScript to generate random data

Question 17: Skipped

What are some of the benefits of extending an existing table such as the Task table when creating a new application :

a) You can repurpose existing fields by simply changing the label

b) Use existing fields with no modifications

c) Existing logic from the parent table will automatically be applied to the new table

d) All of the parent table records are copied to the new table

  • B and c
  • (Correct)
  • A and b
  • A, b, and c
  • A, b, and c

Question 18: Skipped

Which one of the following is the correct way to insert a video into custom Embedded Help content ?

  • Use the Link button to paste the HTML for embedding a video into the custom Embedded Help content
  • Use the Video button to paste the html for embedding a video into the into the custom Embedded Help content
  • (Correct)
  • Use the video button to paste the video link into the custom Embedded Help content
  • Use the Link button to paste the video link into the custom Embedded Help content
  • You cannot include videos in custom Embedded Help

Question 19: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an IntegrationHub subscription level ?

  • Professional
  • Enterprise
  • Starter
  • Standard
  • Basic
  • (Correct)

Question 20: Skipped

When a ServiceNow instance requests information from a web service, ServiceNow is the web service:

  • Provider
  • Specialist
  • Publisher
  • Consumer
  • (Correct)

Question 21: Skipped

Which one of the following is the fastest way to create and configure a Record Producer ?

  • Open the table in the Table Records and select add to the Service Catalog Related link
  • (Correct)
  • Create a catalog Category, open the category, and select the Add New Record Producer button
  • Use the Record Producer module then add and configure all variables manually
  • Open the table’s form, right-click on the form header, and select the Create Record Producer menu item

Question 22: Skipped

How can you access data about the user in a conversation ? More than one response may be correct.

  • vaSystem.user
  • vaInputs.user
  • (Correct)
  • vaUser.user
  • (Script Variables – > User)
  • vaVars.user
  • (Correct)

Question 23: Skipped

What is the purpose of Embedded Help ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Provide help in languages other than English
  • (Correct)
  • Display content based on user role
  • (Correct)
  • Coach users on using a custom application
  • (Correct)
  • Provide specific written or video based instructions for a custom application
  • (Correct)
  • Display content based on query parameter values
  • (Correct)

Question 24: Skipped

How can you test a topic ? More than one response may be correct

  • Click the Run Active Topics button on the topic record
  • Click the Preview Active Topics button on the topic list
  • (Correct)
  • Click the Preview button on the topic list
  • Click the Preview button on the topic record
  • (Correct)

Question 25: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT allowed in Embedded Help content ?

  • Bulleted lists
  • Images
  • (Correct)
  • Videos
  • Notes
  • Tables

Question 26: Skipped

How many application menus can an application have ?

  • 1, which is used for all application modules
  • 3, one for an application’s user modules, one for an application’s administrator modules, and one for the ServiceNow administrator’s rules.
  • 2, one for an application’s user modules and one for an application’s administrator modules
  • As many as the application design requires
  • (Correct)

Question 27: Skipped

Which of the following features and spokes use IntegrationHub ? More than one response may be correct

  • Powershell step
  • (Correct)
  • Slack spoke
  • (Correct)
  • Make a decision flow logic
  • (Correct)
  • Customer Service Spoke

Question 28: Skipped

Custom Application Developers are required to create custom embedded help for every role in a custom application ?

  • True
  • False
  • (Correct)

Question 29: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of credential used by REST API’s ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Basic Auth
  • API Key
  • JDBC
  • (Correct)
  • CIM
  • (Correct)
  • OAuth 2.0

Question 30: Skipped

Application developers configure ServiceNow using industry standard JavaScript to

  • Extend and add functionality
  • (Correct)
  • Customize the organization’s company logo and banner text
  • Enable the right-click to edit the context menus on applications in the navigator
  • Configure the outgoing email display name

Question 31: Skipped

Which of the following are true about scheduling in ATF ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Schedules can be configured to test specific operating systems
  • Schedules run at a configured frequency
  • (Correct)
  • Schedules can be configured to test specific browsers and browser versions
  • Scheduling allows tests to be scheduled to run at a specific date and time
  • Schedules send results to a watch list of users after completion

Question 32: Skipped

Which one of the following client-side scripts apply to Record Producers ?

  • Client Scripts and UI Policies
  • Catalog Client Scripts and Catalog UI Policies
  • (Correct)
  • UI Scripts and Record Producer Scripts
  • UI Scripts and UI Actions

Question 33: Skipped

It is best practice to define the business requirements and the processes an application will manage as part of the application development plan. What are some of the considerations to document as part of the business process ?

  • Business problem, users/stakeholders, available licenses, and database capacity
  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and database capacity
  • Business problem, data input/output, project schedule, and process steps
  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and process steps
  • (Correct)

Question 34: Skipped

If the create module field is selected when creating a table, what is the new module’s default behavior ?

  • Display a list of all records from the table
  • (Correct)
  • Open a link to a wiki article with instructions on how to customize the behavior of the new module
  • Open a new form so new records can be created
  • Display an empty homepage for the application

Question 35: Skipped

Which one of the following is not required to link a ServiceNow application to a Git repository ?

  • Application Name
  • (Correct)
  • URL
  • User Name
  • Password

Question 36: Skipped

What objects can be used in Inbound Action scripts ?

  • Current and previous
  • Current and event
  • Current and email
  • (Correct)
  • Current and producer

Question 37: Skipped

Where do you configure the conditions for a decision ?

  • On the Decision branches
  • (Correct)
  • On a Decision branch node
  • In a script before the Decision node
  • On the Decision node
  • In the Choice List Settings for a Decision mode

Question 38: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a purpose of application scoping ?

  • Provide a relationship between application artifacts
  • Provide a way of tracking the user who developed an application
  • Provide controls for how scripts from another scope can alter tables in a scoped application
  • (Correct)
  • Provide a namespace (prefix and scope name) to prevent cross application name collisions

Question 39: Skipped

The source control operation used to store local changes on an instance for later application is called a :

  • Stash
  • (Correct)
  • Tag
  • Update Set
  • Branch

Question 40: Skipped

Which plugin activates Virtual Agent related plugins ?

  • Virtual Agent Designer
  • ServiceNow Virtual Agent
  • Glide Virtual Agent
  • (Correct)
  • Virtual Agent
  • Virtual Agent web client

Question 41: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT an available HTTP method ?

  • PUT
  • DELETE
  • POST
  • GET
  • UPDATE
  • (Correct)

Question 42: Skipped

Query parameters are name/value pairs appended to the endpoint value at runtime. For example, a query parameter with the Name last and the Value 2 is appended to the earnings endpoint as https://cloud.iexapis.com/stable/stock/$\{symbol\}/earnings?last=2

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Question 43: Skipped

Inline connections should only be used in REST steps for testing ?

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Question 44: Skipped

Which of the following methods prints a message on a blue background to the top of the current form by default ?

  • g_form.showFieldMessage()
  • g_form.showFieldMsg()
  • g_form.addInfoMsg()
  • g_form.addInfoMessage()
  • (Correct)

Question 45: Skipped

Which one of the following is true regarding Application Scope ?

  • All applications are automatically part of the Global Scope
  • Developer can choose the prefix for a scope’s namespace
  • Applications downloaded from 3rd party ServiceNow application developers cannot have naming conflicts
  • (Correct)
  • Any developer can edit any application

Question 46: Skipped

REST Message records are required to interact with external REST web services ?

  • False
  • (Correct)
  • True

Explanation

Developers can script the entire integration without a REST Message record with the RESTMessageV2 API

Question 47: Skipped

A scoped application containing Flow Designer content dedicated to a particular application is called a

  • Flow
  • Action
  • Spoke
  • (Correct)
  • Bundle

Explanation

Whatis a Spoke ?

Scoped Application containing Flow Designer content for an application or record type

— Bundledset of relatedactio

Spokes are activated when the parent application is activated. For example,the activation of the Visual Task Board application activates the Visual Task Board Spoke.

There are multiple default spokes available, such as:

+ Benchmarks Spoke

+ Connect Spoke

+ Customer Service Spoke

+ Field Service Spoke

+ ITSM spoke + Security Operations Spoke

+ Visual Task Board (VTB)Spo

Question 48: Skipped

What source control operation is available from both Studio and the Git Repository ?

  • Stash local changes
  • Apply remote changes
  • Create Branch
  • Edit repository configuration
  • (Correct)

Question 49: Skipped

Which one of the following is the baseline behavior of a table in a privately-scoped application ?

  • Any Business Rule can read, write, delete, and update from the table
  • Any Business Rule can read, write, delete, and update from the table
  • The table and its data are not accessible using web services
  • All application scopes can read from the table
  • (Correct)

Question 50: Skipped

Which topic configuration field does Virtual Agent use to start a converstion on a topic ?

  • Tags
  • Keywords
  • (Correct)
  • Conversation starters
  • Description
  • Conditions

Question 51: Skipped

Which report type can be created by right-clicking on a column header in a table’s list ?

  • Bar chart, Pie Chart and Histogram
  • Bar chart and Pie chart
  • (Correct)
  • Bar chart, pie chart Histogram and Line
  • Bar chart

Question 52: Skipped

How must Application Access be configured to prevent all other private application scopes from creating configuration records on an application’s data tables ?

  • Set the Accessible from field value to This application only
  • (Correct)
  • You must create Access Controls to prevent all other application scopes from creating configuration records on an application’s data tables rather than using application access
  • Set the Accessible from field value to This application scope only and de-select the Allow Access to this table via web services option
  • Set the Accessible from field value to all application scopes and de-select the Can create option

Question 53: Skipped

What happens if no Embedded Help is available for a page ?

  • The No Help Available dialog appears
  • The web browser crashes
  • A default Embedded Help page is displayed
  • (Correct)
  • The toggle Help Sidebar button is grayed out
  • The requestor is redirected to the ServiceNow docs site

Question 54: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT information used to configure a REST Message record ?

  • HTTP Method
  • (Correct)
  • Authentication
  • HTTP Headers
  • Endpoint
  • Name

Question 55: Skipped

Which of the following are authentication methods supported in a REST Message record ? More than one response may be correct

  • Basic
  • (Correct)
  • Username and Password
  • No authentication
  • (Correct)
  • OAuth 2.0
  • (Correct)
  • Query parameters

Question 56: Skipped

Which of the following are options for how the response is formatted ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Text/csv
  • Application/JSON
  • (Correct)
  • Application/xml
  • (Correct)
  • Text/xml
  • (Correct)
  • Test/json

Question 57: Skipped

What syntax is used in a Record Producer script to access values from Record Producer form fields ?

  • current.variable_name
  • producer.variablename
  • (Correct)
  • producer.field_name
  • current.field_name

Question 58: Skipped

Which of the following best describe ways to make a REST step dynamic ? More than one response may be correct.

  • Set the HTTP Method to POST and the user will be prompted for any values required by the API
  • Use a data pill in the Resource Path for any variable information described in the external API’s documentation
  • (Correct)
  • Write a script to build the endpoint
  • Use a data pill in the Query Parameter value for any query parameters described in the external API’s documentation
  • (Correct)

Question 59: Skipped

Which of the following is the purpose of a test runner ?

  • Execute tests in a specific browser
  • Execute with different data
  • Execute server-side test steps
  • Execute client-side test steps
  • (Correct)
  • Execute tests on a schedule

Question 60: Skipped

Identify the incorrect statement about Delegated Development in ServiceNow ?

  • Administrators can grant the developer access to security records
  • Administrators can grant non-admin users the ability to develop global applications
  • (Correct)
  • Administrators can grant the developer access to script fields
  • Administrators can specify which application file types the developer can access

Explanation

Delegated development and deployment (servicenow.com)

 

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 ServiceNow CAD Set 1

Question 1: Skipped

When creating new application files in a scoped application, cross scope access is turned on by default in which of the following?

  • Workflow
  • REST messages
  • Script Include
  • Table
  • (Correct)

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following writes a message to the system log but NOT to the syslog table unless debug has been activated?

  • gs.print(“Hello World”);
  • (Correct)
  • gs.info(“Hello World”);
  • gs.log(“Hello World”);

Explanation

Question 3: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT required to link a ServiceNow application to a Git repository?

  • Application name
  • (Correct)
  • Password
  • URL
  • Username

Explanation

Question 4: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a trigger type in Flow Designer?

  • Schedule/Dates
  • Outbound Email
  • (Correct)
  • Record
  • Application

Explanation

Question 5: Skipped

How should Application Access be configured to prevent all other private application scopes from creating configuration records on an application’s data tables?

  • Set the Accessible from field value to All application scopes and de-select the Can create option
  • You must create Access Controls to prevent all other application scopes from creating configuration records on an application’s data tables rather than using Application Access
  • Set the Accessible from field value to This application scope only and de-select the Allow access to this table via web services option
  • Set the Accessible from field value to This application scope only
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 6: Skipped

What syntax is used in a Record Producer script to access values from Record Producer form fields?

  • producer.field_name
  • producer.variablename
  • (Correct)
  • current.variable_name
  • current.field_name

Explanation

For record producers it should be producer.variablename. For catalog items it will be current.variablename.

Question 7: Skipped

What is a Module?

  • A group of menus, or pages, providing related information and functionality to end-users
  • A web-based way of providing software to end-users
  • A way of helping users quickly access information and services by filtering the items in the Application Navigator
  • The functionality within an application menu such as opening a page in the content frame or a separate tab or window
  • (Correct)

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following CANNOT be debugged using the Field Watcher?

  • Client Scripts
  • Access Controls
  • Script Includes
  • (Correct)
  • Business Rules

Explanation

Question 9: Skipped

Which roles grant access to source control repository operations such as importing applications from source control, or linking an application to source control?

  • source_control_admin
  • git_admin
  • source_control
  • (Correct)
  • admin
  • (Correct)

Explanation

PLEASE NOTE!!! Since Tokyo release the correct answer will be only admin, but on the exam the question is outdated and it requires two answers which are admin and source control.

Question 10: Skipped

Which source control operation is available from BOTH Studio and the Git Repository?

  • Commit Changes
  • Create Branch
  • (Correct)
  • Switch Branch
  • Stash Local Changes

Explanation

Question 11: Skipped

The source control operation used to store local changes on an instance for later application is called a(n).

  • Branch
  • Tag
  • Stash
  • (Correct)
  • Update set

Explanation

Question 12: Skipped

Here is the Business Rule script template: (function executeRule (current, previous */null when async*/){ }) (current, previous); This type of JavaScript function is known as:

  • Scoped
  • Anonymous
  • Self-invoking
  • (Correct)
  • Constructor

Explanation

Question 13: Skipped

A scoped application containing Flow Designer content dedicated to a particular application is called a(n):

  • Action
  • Bundle
  • Spoke
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 14: Skipped

One of the uses of the ServiceNow REST API Explorer is:

  • Convert SOAP Message functions to REST methods
  • Create sample code for sending REST requests to ServiceNow
  • (Correct)
  • Find resources on the web for learning about REST
  • Practice using REST to interact with public data providers

Question 15: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a UI Action type?

  • List choice
  • Form button
  • Form choice
  • (Correct)
  • List banner button

Explanation

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following features are available to Global applications?

  • Delegated Development
  • Source Control
  • (Correct)
  • Flow Designer
  • (Correct)
  • Automated Test Framework
  • (Correct)

Question 17: Skipped

Which of the following methods prints a message on a blue background to the top of the current form by default?

  • g_form.addInfoMessage()
  • (Correct)
  • g_form.showFieldMessage()
  • g_form.showFieldMsg()
  • g_form.addInfoMsg()

Explanation

Question 18: Skipped

When configuring a module, what does the Override application menu roles configuration option do?

  • Users with access to the application menu can see the module even if they don’t have the module role
  • Users with the module role but without access to the application menu access the module
  • (Correct)
  • Admin is given access to the module even if Access Controls would ordinarily prevent access
  • Self-Service users can access the module even though they do not have roles

Explanation

Question 19: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true for the Form Designer? (3 options)

  • To add a field to the form layout, drag the field from the Fields tab to the desired destination on the form.
  • (Correct)
  • To remove a field from the form layout, hover over the field to enable the Action buttons, and select the Delete (X) button.
  • (Correct)
  • To add a section to the form layout, drag it from the Field Types tab to the desired destination on the form.
  • To create a new field on a form’s table, drag the appropriate data type from the Field Types tab to the form and then configure the new field
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/tokyo-platform-administration/page/administer/form-administration/concept/c_FormDesign.html

Question 20: Skipped

Which one of the following is part of the client-side scripting API?

  • GlideUser object (g_user)
  • (Correct)
  • workflow.scratchpad
  • current and previous objects
  • GlideSystem object (gs)

Explanation

Question 21: Skipped

Which one of the following returns true if the currently logged in user has the admin role in a server side script?

  • gs.hasRoleExactly(‘admin’)
  • gs.hasRole(‘admin’)
  • (Correct)
  • g_form.hasRole(‘admin’)
  • g_form.hasRoleExactly(‘admin’)

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/reference/api/rome/server/no-namespace/c_GlideSystemScopedAPI#r_ScopedGlideSystemHasRole_Object

Question 22: Skipped

Which one of the following is true?

  • A UI Policy’s Actions and Scripts execute at the same time
  • The execution order for a UI Policy’s Scripts and Actions is determined at runtime
  • A UI Policy’s Scripts execute before the UI Policy’s Actions
  • A UI Policy’s Actions execute before the UI Policy’s Scripts
  • (Correct)

Explanation

General Order:

-UI Scripts

-Client Scripts

-UI Policy Action

-UI Policy Scripts

Question 23: Skipped

When configuring a REST Message, the Endpoint is:

  • Information about the format of the returned data
  • The commands to the REST script to stop execution
  • The URI of the data to be accessed, queried, or modified
  • (Correct)
  • The response from the provider indicating there is no data to send back

Explanation

Question 24: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT true for the Weight field?

  • Only Notifications with the highest weight for the same record and recipients are sent
  • A Weight value of zero means the Notification is always sent when the Notification’s When to send criteria is met
  • The Weight value defaults to zero
  • A Weight value of zero means that no email should be sent
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 25: Skipped

Which Application Access configuration field(s) are NOT available if the Can read configuration field is NOT selected?

  • All access to this table via web services
  • Allow configuration
  • Can read does not affect the availability of other Application Access fields
  • Can create, Can update, and Can delete
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 26: Skipped

Which one of the following is the baseline behavior of a table in a privately-scoped application?

  • All application scopes can read from the table
  • (Correct)
  • Any Business Rule can read, write, delete, and update from the table
  • The table and its data are not accessible using web services
  • Only artifacts in the table’s application can read from the table

Explanation

When you create new or extend the table in private scope, table is accessible from All Application Scopes with following Application Access option checked:

– Can Read

Question 27: Skipped

Which objects can be used in Inbound Action scripts?

  • previous
  • email
  • (Correct)
  • event
  • (Correct)
  • current
  • (Correct)
  • producer

Explanation

Question 28: Skipped

Which of the following are true for reports in ServiceNow? (3 options)

  • Can be a graphical representation of data.
  • (Correct)
  • Any user can see any report shared with them
  • Can be scheduled to be run and distributed by email.
  • (Correct)
  • Can be run on demand by authorized users.
  • (Correct)
  • All users can generate reports on any table.

Question 29: Skipped

Which one of the following is the fastest way to create and configure a Record Producer?

  • Open the table in the Table records and select the Add to Service Catalog Related Link
  • (Correct)
  • Create a Catalog Category, open the category, and select the Add New Record Producer button
  • Open the table’s form, right-click on the form header, and select the Create Record Producer menu item
  • Use the Record Producer module then add and configure all variables manually

Explanation

Question 30: Skipped

What is the maximum number of test cases that can be added to a suite in ATF ?

  • The limit depends on the ServiceNow instance version
  • The limit depends on the ServiceNow instance version
  • The limit depends on the type of application – whether it is in global scope or custom scope and ServiceNow instance version
  • There is no such limit. You can have one suite with many test cases.
  • (Correct)
  • The limit depends on the type of application – whether it is in global scope or custom scope

Question 31: Skipped

Which platform feature can be used to determine the relationships between field in an Import Set table to field in an existing ServiceNow table?

  • Cl Relationship Builder
  • Data Sources
  • Transform Map
  • (Correct)
  • Business Service Management Map

Explanation

Question 32: Skipped

If the Create module field is selected when creating a table, what is the new module’s default behavior?

  • Open a link to a wiki article with instructions on how to customize the behavior of the new module
  • Display a list of all records from the table
  • (Correct)
  • Open an empty form so new records can be created
  • Display an empty homepage for the application

Explanation

Question 33: Skipped

Which Report Type(s) can be created by right-clicking on a column header in a table’s list?

  • Bar Chart
  • Bar Chart, Pie Chart, and Histogram
  • Bar Chart, Pie Chart, Histogram, and Line
  • Bar Chart and Pie Chart
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 34: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT supported by Flow Designer?

  • Call a subflow from a flow
  • Test a flow with rollback
  • (Correct)
  • Use Delegated Developer
  • Run a flow from a MetricBase Trigger

Explanation

Question 35: Skipped

From the list below, identify one reason an application might NOT be a good fit with ServiceNow.

  • Needs workflow to manage processes
  • Requires “as-is” use of low-level programming libraries
  • (Correct)
  • Uses forms extensively to interact with data
  • Requires reporting capabilities

Question 36: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for GlideUser (g_user) methods?

  • Can be used in Business Rules, and Scripts Includes
  • Can be used in Business Rules only
  • Can be used in Client Scripts and UI Policies only
  • Can be used in Client Scripts, UI Policies, and UI Actions
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 37: Skipped

When creating a Utilities Script Include. Identify the step that does not belong.

  • Create a class
  • Create a prototype object from the new class
  • Script the function(s)
  • Identify the table
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 38: Skipped

Identify the incorrect statement about Delegated Development in ServiceNow.

  • Administrators can grant non-admin users the ability to develop global applications.
  • (Correct)
  • Administrators can grant the developer access to security records.
  • Administrators can grant the developer access to script fields.
  • Administrators can specify which application file types the developer can access.

Question 39: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for a Script Include with a Protection Policy value of Protected?

  • The Protection Policy is applied only if the application is downloaded from the ServiceNow App Store
  • (Correct)
  • The Protection policy option can only be enabled by a user with the admin role
  • Any user with the protected_edit role can see and edit the Script Include
  • The Protection Policy is applied only if the glide.app.apply_protection system property value is true

Explanation

  • None: Allows anyone to read and edit this downloaded or installed script include.
  • Read-only: Allows anyone to read values from this downloaded or installed script include. No one can change script values on the instance on which they download or install it.
  • Protected: Provides intellectual property protection for application developers. Customers who download the script include cannot see the contents of the script field. The script is encrypted in memory to prevent unauthorized users from seeing it in plain text.

Question 40: Skipped

How do I make my accept solution widget conditional on page load in Service Portal ?

  • Use ng-if
  • (Correct)
  • Use ngShow
  • Use ngApp

Explanation

Question 41: Skipped

In what order are ServiceNow Access Controls evaluated?

  • field, table
  • table, field
  • (Correct)
  • table, record
  • record, field

Explanation

The ACL is executed in the below order:

  • The condition must evaluate to true.
  • The script must evaluate to true or return an answer variable with the value of true.
  • The user must have one of the roles in the required roles list. If the list is empty, this condition evaluates to true.
  • [Record ACL rules only] The matching table-level and then field-level ACL rules must evaluate to true.

Question 42: Skipped

Which one of the following is true regarding Application Scope?

  • Applications downloaded from 3rd party ServiceNow application developers cannot have naming conflicts
  • (Correct)
  • Any developer can edit any application
  • All applications are automatically part of the Global scope
  • Developers can choose the prefix for a scope’s namespace

Question 43: Skipped

When configuring an Access Control rule which has no condition or script, which one of the following statements is NOT true?

  • table.field will grant access to a specific field in a record
  • table.id will grant access to a specific record on the table
  • (Correct)
  • table.*will grant access to every field in a record
  • table.None will grant access to every record on the table

Explanation

Question 44: Skipped

What are some of the benefits of extending an existing table such as the Task table when creating a new application?

  • All of the parent table records are copied to the new table.
  • Use existing fields with no modifications
  • (Correct)
  • You can repurpose existing fields by simply changing the label
  • (Correct)
  • Existing logic from the parent table will be automatically applied to the new table.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Extending an existing ServiceNow table means the table you create will inherit the parent table’s columns as well as the table’s business logic.

Question 45: Skipped

When working in the Form Designer, configuring the label of a field in a child table changes the label on which table(s)?

  • child table
  • (Correct)
  • base table
  • parent table
  • all tables

Explanation

The label will be changed at the nearest base table level.

For example:

  • Parent: u_table_a
    • Child: u_table_ab
      • Child: u_table_abd
        • insert Label: ‘my label’
        • Child: u_table_abdc
          • Child: u_table_abdce

Child: u_table_etc

Modify: ‘my label’

    • Child: u_table_c

In this case, modifying “my label’ at u_table_etc is actually modifying the label at u_table_abd; which is the nearest base table of that dictionary.

Question 46: Skipped

When a ServiceNow instance requests information from a web service, ServiceNow is the web service:

  • Provider
  • Consumer
  • (Correct)
  • Publisher
  • Specialist

Explanation

Question 47: Skipped

Application developers configure ServiceNow using industry standard JavaScript to…

  • Enable the right-click to edit the context menus on applications in the navigator
  • Extend and add functionality
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the outgoing email display name
  • Customize the organization’s company logo and banner text

Question 48: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a purpose of application scoping?

  • Provide a way of tracking the user who developed an application
  • (Correct)
  • Provide a relationship between application artifacts
  • Provide controls for how scripts from another scope can alter tables in a scoped application
  • Provide a namespace (prefix and scope name) to prevent cross application name collisions

Question 49: Skipped

Which of the following methods are useful in Access Control scripts?

  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNew()
  • g_user.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()
  • gs.hasRole() and current.isNewRecord()
  • (Correct)
  • gs.hasRole() and current.isNew()

Explanation

Question 50: Skipped

How to see what scripts, reports, and other application artifacts will be present in a published application:

  • Enter the name of the Application in the Global search field
  • Open the list of Update Sets for the instance
  • Examine the Application Files Related List in the application to be published
  • (Correct)
  • Open the artifact records individually to verify the value in the Application field

Explanation

Question 51: Skipped

How many applications menus can an application have?

  • 1, which is used for all application modules
  • 3, one for an application’s user modules, one for an application’s administrator modules, and one for the ServiceNow administrator’s modules
  • As many as the application design requires
  • (Correct)
  • 2, one for an application’s user modules and one for an application’s administrator modules

Question 52: Skipped

Which of the following statements does NOT apply when extending an existing table?

  • The parent table’s Access Controls are evaluated when determining access to the new table’s records and fields
  • The new table inherits all of the fields from the parent table
  • You must script and configure all required behaviors
  • (Correct)
  • The new table inherits the functionality built into the parent table

Explanation

Extending an existing ServiceNow table means the table you create will inherit the parent table’s columns as well as the table’s business logic.

Question 53: Skipped

Which objects can you use in a Scheduled Script Execution (Scheduled Job) script?

  • GlideSystem and current
  • GlideUser and GlideRecord
  • GlideRecord and current
  • GlideSystem and GlideRecord
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 54: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a debugging strategy for client-side scripts?

  • gs.log()
  • (Correct)
  • Field Watcher
  • jslog()
  • g_form.addInfoMessage()

Explanation

Question 55: Skipped

Which method call in client side returns true only if the currently logged in user has the catalog_admin role and in no other case?

  • g_user.hasRole(‘catalog_admin’)
  • g_user.hasRoleFromList(‘catalog_admin’)
  • g_user.hasRoleExactly(‘catalog_admin’)
  • (Correct)
  • g_user.hasRoleOnly(‘catalog_admin’)

Explanation

Question 56: Skipped

Which one of the following client-side scripts apply to Record Producers?

  • Client Scripts and UI Policies
  • Catalog Client Scripts and Catalog UI Policies
  • (Correct)
  • UI Scripts and UI Actions
  • UI Scripts and Record Producer Scripts

Explanation

Question 57: Skipped

Which one of the following is a list of Link types?

  • Assessment, List of Records, Separator, Timeline Page
  • (Correct)
  • List of Records, Content Page, Order, URL (from arguments)
  • Assessment, List of Records, Content Page, Roles
  • List of Records, Separator, Catalog Type, Roles

Explanation

Question 58: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a method used for logging messages in a server-side script for a privately-scoped application?

  • gs.log()
  • (Correct)
  • gs.error()
  • gs.debug()
  • gs.warn()

Explanation

Question 59: Skipped

Which of the following objects does a Display Business Rule NOT have access to?

  • g_scratchpad
  • current
  • GlideSystem
  • previous
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 60: Skipped

Which one of the following is true for a table with the “Allow configuration” Application Access option selected?

  • Only the in scope application’s scripts can create Business Rules for the table
  • Out of scope applications can add new tables to the scoped application
  • Out of scope applications can create Business Rules for the table
  • (Correct)
  • Any user with the application’s user role can modify the application’s scripts

Explanation

Question 61: Skipped

Which of the following are configured in an Email Notification?

  • Who will receive the notification
  • (Correct)
  • What content will be in the notification
  • (Correct)
  • How to send the notification
  • When to send the notification
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 62: Skipped

What is the output of below code snippet ?

var count = new GlideAggregate(‘incident’);

count.addAggregate(‘MIN’,’sys_mod_count’);

count.addAggregate(‘MAX’,’sys_mod_count’);

count.addAggregate(‘AVG’,’sys_mod_count’);

count.groupBy(‘category’);

count.query();

while(count.next()){

var min = count.getAggregate(‘MIN’,’sys_mod_count’);

var max = count.getAggregate(‘MAX’,’sys_mod_count’);

var avg = count.getAggregate(‘AVG’,’sys_mod_count’);

var category = count.category.getDisplayValue();

gs.log(category +” Update counts: MIN = “+ min +” MAX = “+ max +” AVG = “+ avg);

}

  • Result is total number of times records have been modified using the MIN, MAX, and AVG values.
  • (Correct)
  • Result is total number of times records have been created using the MIN, MAX, and AVG values.

Question 63: Skipped

What are some of the considerations to document as part of the business process?

  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and database capacity
  • Business problem, data input/output, project schedule, and process steps
  • Business problem, data input/output, users/stakeholders, and process steps
  • (Correct)
  • Business problem, users/stakeholders, available licenses, and database capacity

Explanation

-The business process describes everything that happens once the development phase is over and we are in production mode.It is helpful to note what the original problem was.

-Data input/output of the process is also very important.

-Users/stakeholders are “Who can trigger the process?”, “Who is approving it?”, “Who are the implementers?”, etc.

-Process stepts can be anything. Usually it has approval, implementation, test. But it could also be “create a virtual machine on citrix”.

Question 1: Skipped

Application files in a ServiceNow application are:

  • An xml export of the applications table records
  • XML exports of an application export set
  • Artifacts comprising the ServiceNow application
  • (Correct)
  • csv files containing data imported into an application

Explanation

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of authentication used by REST APIs?

  • JDBC
  • (Correct)
  • OAuth 2.0
  • CIM
  • (Correct)
  • Basic Auth
  • Mutual authentication using protocol profiles

Explanation

Question 3: Skipped

What is the name of the intuitive development interface for building applications?

  • Guided Application Creator
  • (Correct)
  • App Engine Studio
  • ServiceNow Creator
  • ServiceNow Studio

Explanation

Question 4: Skipped

Which of the following API methods are used when working with datetime in a privately scoped application?

  • GlideDateTime
  • (Correct)
  • GlideRecord
  • gs.nowDateTime()
  • GlideSystem

Question 5: Skipped

Which of the following variables are NOT available in all Business Rules? (Select All That Apply)

  • current
  • previous
  • (Correct)
  • GlideSystem
  • g_scratchpad
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Display business rules do not have access to previous, before after and async do not have access to g_scratchpad.

Question 6: Skipped

Which Script Debugger feature helps filter debugging searches to quickly narrow down script problems?

  • Script Tracer
  • (Correct)
  • Script Search
  • Session Tracer
  • Script Filter

Explanation

Question 7: Skipped

When creating an application via Guided Application Creator, which of the following is NOT a user experience options?

  • Workplace
  • (Correct)
  • Mobile
  • Classic
  • Portal
  • (Correct)

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following objects does a before business rule have access to?

  • previous
  • current
  • All the above
  • (Correct)
  • GlideRecord

Explanation

Question 9: Skipped

What are the 2 core base tables from which all other tables are extended in ServiceNow?

  • task and cmdb
  • (Correct)
  • task and cmdb_model
  • incident and cmdb_ci
  • incident and cmdb_rel_ci

Question 10: Skipped

In a business rule which of the following returns the sys_id of the current logged in user?

  • gs.getUserID()
  • (Correct)
  • gs.getUserSysID()
  • g_form.getUserID()
  • g_form.getUserSysID()

Explanation

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following modules enables security rule debugging?

  • System Diagnostics > Debugging > Debug Security Rules
  • System Security > Debugging > Debug Security Rules
  • (Correct)
  • Access Control > Debugging > Debug Security Rule
  • System Diagnostics > Session Debug > Debug Security Rules
  • System Security > Session Debug > Debug Security Rules

Explanation

Question 12: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT report type in ServiceNow reports?

  • Trend
  • Line
  • List
  • Chart
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following can be used to place a report on a Homepage?

  • Gauge
  • (Correct)
  • Catalog
  • Tag
  • Gadget

Question 14: Skipped

Which utility is used to determine if field names in an Import Set match the field names on the target table when importing data into ServiceNow?

  • Auto Map Matching Fields
  • (Correct)
  • Transform Maps
  • Business Service Management Map
  • CI Relationship Builder

Explanation

Question 15: Skipped

Which of the following pops out a special field messages?

  • g_form.showFieldMsg()
  • (Correct)
  • g_form.addFieldMessage()
  • g_form.showFieldMessage()
  • g_form.addErrorMessage()
  • g_form.addInfoMessage()

Explanation

Question 16: Skipped

What debugging method you use in the server side scripting in a scoped application?

  • gs.addInfoMessage()
  • gs.log()
  • gs.debuglog()
  • gs.info()
  • (Correct)

Question 17: Skipped

Which role is required to access Guide Application Creator?

  • sn_gac.app_creator
  • sn_developer.app_creator
  • sn_app_creator.app_creator
  • sn_g_app_creator.app_creator
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the below is not a valid state for a scheduled job in ServiceNow instance?

  • Ready
  • Waiting for approval
  • (Correct)
  • Error
  • Queued
  • Running

Explanation

Question 19: Skipped

If the Create module field is selected when creating a table, what is the new module’s default behavior?

  • Open a link to wiki article with instructions on how to customize the behavior of the new module
  • Display an empty homepage for the application
  • Open an empty form so new record can be created
  • Display a list of all records from the table
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 20: Skipped

When managing global application files, you can NOT:

  • Move an application file between global applications
  • Add files from global scope to a global application
  • Remove files from a global application
  • Move application files into or out of scoped application
  • (Correct)

Question 21: Skipped

What is the main purpose of Integration Hub in ServiceNow?

  • Enables execution of third-party APIs as part of a flow when a specific event occurs in ServiceNow
  • (Correct)
  • Custom application from ServiceNow store used for importing data into ServiceNow
  • Activity in workflow designer to integrate 3rd party applications

Explanation

Question 22: Skipped

Which one of the following is NOT a GlideUser (g_user) method?

  • hasRole()
  • hasRoleExactly()
  • userName
  • (Correct)
  • getFullName()

Question 23: Skipped

Which of the following function is NOT available in the ServiceNow REST API?

  • POST
  • COPY
  • (Correct)
  • GET
  • PATCH
  • PUT
  • DELETE

Explanation

Question 24: Skipped

What one of the following is the correct syntax for adding dynamic content to a notification’s HTML message field?

  • $current.short_description
  • ${current.short_description}
  • current.short_description
  • $short_description
  • ${short_description}
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 25: Skipped

In Form Designer, when you edit the label of a field on a child table, the label is updated on?

  • All tables
  • Child table
  • (Correct)
  • Parent table
  • Base table

Question 26: Skipped

When ServiceNow receives an inbound email it attempts to match the sender to a user record. Which one of the following is NOT true?

  • Inbound Action scripts can reference the user using methods such as gs.getUserName()
  • If automatic user creation is disabled, the Guest user is impersonated
  • If no match is found the email is sent to the Inbox Junk folder
  • (Correct)
  • If a match is found, the user is impersonated for the execution of the Inbound Actions

Explanation

Cause

If an email is ignored it will be sent to the junk folder. The reasons for an email to be ignored can vary.

  1. The email is not in the Trusted Domains in the email properties.
    • Go to Email Properties and check if the domain is added in the trusted domain fields.
  2. The message is ignored by an inbound email action.
  3. SPAM protection: If the email headers have “X-ServiceNow-Spam-Flag:YES“, it indicates the email may be spam.
  4. Email Filters: Enabling the email filter plugin brings the filter like;
    • Ignore header: Ignores the message if the mentioned headers are present.
    • Ignore sender: Ignores the message received from the mentioned sender.
    • Ignore subject: Ignores the message when it’s received with a specified subject.
    • Move to Junk: Sends the message to the junk on a specified condition.
  5. The email sender passed all the above and the user is locked out or inactive.

Question 27: Skipped

How are flow variables access in the flow designer data panel?

  • New tabs
  • Scratchpad variables
  • Data pills
  • (Correct)
  • Newly generated icons

Explanation

The visual representation of a variable in the Flow Designer user interface is a data pill. Each variable has its own data pill that developers can use to add the variable to action inputs.

Question 28: Skipped

An application has a table named MyTable with the following three fields: field1, field2, field3. Table.none is set for READ for the Admin and Itil roles. Table.field3 is set for the READ by the Admin role only. What with the Itil role be able to read? (select one)

  • field2, field3
  • field1, field2
  • (Correct)
  • field1, field3
  • field1, field2, field3

Question 29: Skipped

What is the name of the guided application creator plugin?

  • com.glide.guided-app-creator
  • com.glide.sn-guided-creator-app
  • glide.sn-guided-app-creator
  • com.glide.sn-guided-app-creator
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following statements is true for managing applications purchased from the Store?

  • Customizations cannot revert back to the base system application.
  • (Correct)
  • Applications that belong to other organizations can be customized.
  • There are separate entitlements for application-customizations.
  • Applications that belong to other organizations can be changed.

Question 31: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an example of when an application might use a Scheduled Script Execution(Scheduled Job)?

  • The application needs to query the database every day to look for a unassigned records
  • The application needs to run a clean up script on the last day of every month
  • The application needs to send weekly email remainders
  • The application needs to run a client-side script at the same time every day
  • (Correct)

Question 32: Skipped

Which of the following are NOT methods from the GlideRecord API?

  • addOrQuery()
  • (Correct)
  • addEncodedQuery()
  • addAndQuery()
  • (Correct)
  • addQuery()
  • query()

Explanation

https://developer.servicenow.com/dev.do#!/learn/learning-plans/quebec/new_to_servicenow/app_store_learnv2_scripting_quebec_gliderecord

Question 33: Skipped

Which of the below is the best practice for adding instructions to a form?

  • Related links to wiki pages
  • Populated read only field
  • Form Annotations
  • (Correct)
  • Context menu or UI Action

Explanation

Question 34: Skipped

What is not true about email notifications? (select one)

  • Who
  • What
  • How
  • (Correct)
  • When

Explanation

Question 35: Skipped

While debugging security rules, what does the blue color code indicate?

  • Failed
  • Access denied
  • Passed
  • Indicates the ACL is already in the cache and does not need to be re-evaluated
  • (Correct)
  • Access granted

Explanation

Question 36: Skipped

Which one of the following is true about the Client side scripted security?

  • Client side scripts have access to the GlideSystem(gs) user methods
  • Client side scripts have access to both GlideSystem(gs) and GlideUser(g_user) methods
  • Client side scripts have access to the GlideUser(g_user) user methods
  • (Correct)

Question 37: Skipped

Which of the following scripts do not always run on the server side?

  • Script Includes
  • Script Action
  • Business Rule
  • UI Action
  • (Correct)

Explanation

For using UI Action as server and client both, there is a check box named as client, tick that one and then in your script you can write client side code and a function named as gsftSubmit() is used to call server end and after that you can put server side code.

Below link will help you to understand more!!

https://www.servicenowguru.com/system-ui/ui-actions-system-ui/client-server-code-ui-action/

Also there is one out of the box UI Action named as ‘Reopen Incident’ used as both client and server side, you can go through it.

Question 38: Skipped

The getCurrentDomainID() method is part of which scoped class?

  • ScopedDCManager
  • Scoped Domain
  • Scoped GlideSession
  • (Correct)
  • GlideRecord

Explanation

Question 39: Skipped

Which of the following actions is not supported by Studio?

  • Download only the required session logs.
  • Enable context menu options to modify data
  • (Correct)
  • Format code indentation with JS Beautify
  • Integrate with source control

Explanation

https://docs.servicenow.com/en-US/bundle/tokyo-application-development/page/build/applications/concept/c_ServiceNowStudio.html

Question 40: Skipped

As it relates ServiceNow reporting, which of the following statements describes what a metric can do?

  • A metric is a report gauge used on homepages to display real-time data
  • A metric is used to measure and evaluate the effectiveness of IT service management processes
  • (Correct)
  • A metric is a time measurement used to report the effectiveness of workflows and SLAs
  • A metric is a comparative measurement used to report the effectiveness of workflows and SLAs

Explanation

Question 41: Skipped

Which API provides methods to translate text into multiple languages in real life?

  • Dynamic Translation
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamic Result Answer
  • Genius Translation
  • Genius Result Answer

Explanation

Question 42: Skipped

Identify the way(s) an application can respond to an Event:

  • Scheduled Job
  • UI Policy
  • Email Notification
  • (Correct)
  • Script Action
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 43: Skipped

Which of the following would not be good fit for an application to run on the ServiceNow instance?

  • A meeting room scheduling application
  • Facilities Management application
  • Billing & Cost Management application
  • Virtual Reality Gaming application
  • (Correct)

Question 44: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT a type of annotation?

  • Text
  • Section Separator
  • Line Separator
  • Info Box Blue
  • Section Details
  • Info Box Red
  • Info Box Yellow
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 45: Skipped

Which method is used in emulating mobile for testing?

  • $t.do
  • $m.do
  • (Correct)
  • $mobile.do
  • $tablet.do

Question 46: Skipped

What is true about homepages on mobile?

  • Same as desktop homepages without the delete option
  • There are no homepages on mobile
  • (Correct)
  • Same as desktop homepages with the delete option
  • Same as desktop homepages in every way

Question 47: Skipped

How does ServiceNow match inbound email to existing records?

  • Subject Line
  • Watermark
  • (Correct)
  • sys_id
  • Record link

Explanation

Question 48: Skipped

When evaluating Access Controls, ServiceNow searches and evaluates:

  • From the most specific match to the most generic match
  • (Correct)
  • Only for matches on the current table
  • Only for matches on the current field
  • From the most generic match to the most specific match

Explanation

Question 49: Skipped

Which one of the following best describes what a flow is?

  • A sequence of activities to automate processes on the platform
  • A sequence of actions to automate processes on the platform
  • (Correct)
  • A script that defines the steps to automate processes on the platform
  • A sequence of steps to automate processes on the platform

Question 50: Skipped

Which of the following statements must evaluate to true to grant a user access to application table’s record?

a) Conditions configured in the access controls must evaluate to true

b) Scripts configured in the access control must evaluate to true

c) The user has one of the roles specified in the required roles related list

d) Оther matching access controls for the records evaluate to true

  • a and b
  • a and c
  • a, b, c
  • a, b, c and d
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 51: Skipped

What does the code search feature do in the studio?

  • Search from a list of applications
  • Searching in a business rule
  • (Correct)
  • Searching in all applications
  • (Correct)
  • Searching in your application
  • (Correct)

Question 52: Skipped

When debugging a script a developer can log breakpoints or conditional log points to log messages to the console at specific lines, and remove log points when they are done debugging them. which system property must be set to true to enable log points?

  • com.glide.index_suggestion.debug
  • glide.ui.js_can_debug
  • glide.debugger.log.ui
  • glide.debug.log_point
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 53: Skipped

How can a developer extract data from the response body after calling a REST web service?

  • Use the JSON API to convert JSON formatted responses to a JavaScript object
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Convert Response Body wizard to translate the response into an object.
  • Use the XMLDocument2 API to extract data from XML formatted responses.
  • (Correct)
  • Click the Convert Response Body button to convert the response.
  • Use the XMLDocument2 Script Include to parse the XML.

Question 54: Skipped

What are the UX (user experience) options available in Guided Application Creator?

  • Tablet
  • Classic
  • (Correct)
  • Workspace
  • Mobile
  • (Correct)
  • Desktop

Explanation

Question 55: Skipped

The option in Table configuration that allows this table to be extended from?

  • Can be Extended
  • Extensible
  • (Correct)
  • Extended By

Explanation

Question 56: Skipped

How is access to Application menus and modules controlled?

  • Application Rules
  • Client Scripts
  • Access controls
  • Roles
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 57: Skipped

You are writing an Async Business Rule for a table in a different scope than the Business Rule record. Which one of the following database operations CANNOT be part of the Async Business Rule’s configuration?

  • Query
  • (Correct)
  • Insert
  • Update
  • Delete

Question 58: Skipped

Which protects applications by identifying and restricting access to application files and data?

  • Roles
  • ACLs
  • Application Scope
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 59: Skipped

Which module creates a user for a Automated Test Framework?

  • User Creation
  • Create Role
  • Create Group
  • Create a User
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Question 60: Skipped

Which method is used to retrieve system property?

  • gs.getProperty()
  • (Correct)
  • g_form.getProperty()
  • g_form.getAppProperty()
  • gs.getAppProperty()

Explanation

Question 61: Skipped

Which of the following are steps in the generalized process for working with events?

  • Create a Scheduled Script Execution
  • Write a Business Rule
  • Generate the event
  • (Correct)
  • Respond to the event
  • (Correct)
  • Add an event to the Event Registry
  • (Correct)

Question 62: Skipped

What are the core activities of a Workflow?

  • Subflows
  • (Correct)
  • Notifications
  • (Correct)
  • Service Catalog
  • (Correct)
  • Test
  • Approvals
  • (Correct)
  • Conditions
  • (Correct)
  • Timers
  • (Correct)
  • Utilities
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 PL-900_ MS Power Platform Fundamentals Set 2

Question 1: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The Tivan Group uses Microsoft Excel workbooks to store consolidated sales data which are stored on OneDrive for Business.

Which of the following Power BI features will fit the requirement to permit natural language to query and aggregate data?

  • Mobile apps
  • Q&A
  • (Correct)
  • Get data from files
  • Export to Excel

Explanation

  • Q&A will fit the requirement to permit natural language to query and aggregate data.

Use Power BI Q&A to explore your data and create visuals

Sometimes the fastest way to get an answer from your data is to ask a question using natural language. The Q&A feature in Power BI lets you explore your data in your own words. The first part of this article shows how you use Q&A in dashboards in the Power BI service. The second part shows what you can do with Q&A when creating reports in either the Power BI service or Power BI Desktop.

Q&A is interactive, even fun. Often, one question leads to others as the visualizations reveal interesting paths to pursue. Watch Amanda demonstrate using Q&A to create visualizations, dig into those visuals, and pin them to dashboards.

https://youtu.be/qMf7OLJfCz8?list=PL1N57mwBHtN0JFoKSR0n-tBkUJHeMP2cP

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-tutorial-q-and-a#:~:text=Sometimes%20the%20fastest%20way%20to,data%20in%20your%20own%20words.&text=The%20second%20part%20shows%20what,service%20or%20Power%20BI%20Desktop.

Question 2: Skipped

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to quickly and easily create powerful bots using a guided no-code graphical experience – all without the need for data scientists or developers. Power Virtual Agents has an app-level home page that isn’t specific to any bot. On this page you can create a new bot, view recent bots, and access learning resources like videos, documentation, and learning paths.

In the navigation menu, select Chatbots to open the Chatbots page and view all the bots you have access to in this environment.

On the page, you can see metadata about these bots, including the owner, when it was last published, and when it was last modified.

When you add a topic to the bot, the bot must be trained to understand how someone might ask for a topic.

What should you add to the bot for training?

  • Call an action
  • Ask a question
  • Trigger phrases
  • (Correct)
  • Show a message

Explanation

  • Trigger phrases teach the bot different ways that someone might ask for a topic.
  • The Ask a question node will allow the bot to ask a question of the user and then receive a response.
  • The Call an action node allows calling a Power Automate flow or insert an authentication node from the bot.
  • The Show a message node allows specifying a message that the bot can return to the user.
  • Ask a question, Call an action, and Show a message do not help train the bot to understand phrases provided by users to the bot.

Working with topics

Each topic consists of two primary elements:

  • Trigger phrases – Phrases, keywords, or questions that are entered by users and relate to a specific issue.
  • Conversation nodes – Define how a bot should respond and what it should do.

You can design topics by customizing provided templates, creating a new one, or using a topic that has been suggested from existing sites. Your bot can have up to 1,000 topics.

Get started with topics

Each created bot will include several predefined topics to help you get started. These predefined topics are separated into two types:

  • Lesson – Pre-created user topics that can help you understand simple and complex ways of using nodes to create bot conversations.
  • System – Prepopulated topics that represent common use cases that can occur during a bot conversation.

Work with lesson topics

The intent of lesson topics is to provide examples of how to use topics to solve specific scenarios and to help you become more comfortable as you create bots. Lesson topics range from simple, such as providing a user with store hours, to more complex scenarios, where the bot assists online shoppers with items in their cart.

The following table describes the four included lesson topics.

System Topics

System Topics represent scenarios that customers are likely to encounter while interacting with your bot, such as initiating and ending a conversation or escalating a conversation to a live agent. System topics will have a basic structure already in place, based on what the scenario is. For example, the greeting topic will already have predefined triggers and a basic conversation path that you can begin to modify based on your needs.

Create topics

You will define any additional topics by selecting Topics in the side navigation pane and then selecting New topic at the top of the page. Each topic that you define should include some trigger phrases. Trigger phrases are examples of text such as questions or utterances that teach the bot when to respond with this dialog. For example, the following image contains a topic called Store Hours, which will be used to provide customers with store location hours based on different scenarios.

Six trigger phrases have been added, such as What are your hours? and When are you open? These phrases will be used to determine when the Store Hours topic should be initiated. The more trigger phrases you add, the more likely it is that the topic will be appropriately used. Trigger phrases should be unique to each topic. If you have the same trigger in multiple topics, the bot will not be able to identify which topic to load. After you have added the initial triggers, select Save topic to add the topic to the Topics list. Additional triggers can be added later as needed.

After you have saved your topic, you can define how customers are guided through their conversational interaction with the topic. You can define the path by selecting Go to authoring canvas. The authoring canvas is a graphical dialog tree editor that allows you to define bot responses and the overall bot conversation. When the canvas loads, the conversation will consist of two nodes:

  • The trigger phrases that will initiate the topic.
  • The initial message that will be provided to the user.

The trigger phrases will be prepopulated with the items that are defined in the previous step. You will need to provide the initial message to the user such as “Hello, I’m happy to assist with store hours.”

Conversation nodes help define the path that the conversation will take. Conversation nodes can display messages, ask questions, or run actions. You can add these nodes by selecting the plus sign (+) below the node. For example, if you want to provide store hours based on where the customer lives, you would add an Ask a question node to identify which store location that they want the hours for.

The following image shows the Ask a question node being used to ask the customer which store location they want the hours for. In addition, the customers are provided with two multiple-choice options to choose from: Seattle and Bellevue.

Separate conversation paths are created based on the customer’s response. In the forked conversation path, each node has automatically checked for Seattle in one path and Bellevue in the other path to take the appropriate next step. Additional nodes can be added for each path based on what you want it to do.

The following image shows that for each path, a Message node is added that provides the store hours for that specific location.

You now have a simple branching dialog tree and can begin to create more complex versions of this tree by incorporating variables, entities, and Power Automate flows.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-virtual-agents/authoring-create-edit-topics

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working to implement Power Apps. The lead developer is concerned that they must select from the premade app templates to create an app.

Is this a valid concern?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Select from the premade app templates to create an app is not necessary. There are plenty of options for building apps including building custom apps.

Creating apps in Power Apps

Power Apps is a high-productivity development platform for business apps, and has four major components:

  • Canvas apps
  • Model-driven apps
  • Portals
  • Microsoft Dataverse

Let’s learn more about each of these.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps start with your user experience, crafting a highly tailored interface with the power of a blank canvas and connecting it to your choice of more than 200 data sources. You can build canvas apps for web, mobile, and tablet applications.

Canvas apps give you the flexibility to arrange the user experience and interface the way you want it. Allow your creativity and business sense to guide how you want your apps to look and feel.

You can start to build your app from Microsoft tools where your data lives, such as:

Creating a canvas app is easy; with Power Apps, you can find or create your app in several ways:

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps start with your data model – building up from the shape of your core business data and processes in the Dataverse to model forms, views, and other components. Model-driven apps automatically generate great UI that is responsive across devices.

When you create a model-driven app, you can use all of the power of the Dataverse to rapidly configure your forms, business rules, and process flows. You create a model-driven app from the Power Apps site.

Getting started with model-driven apps is simple, and you can begin with these topics:

Portals

Portals help you create external-facing websites that allow users outside your organization to sign in with a wide variety of identities, create and view data in Dataverse, or even browse content anonymously.

Use these topics to quickly get started with portals:

Dataverse

Dataverse is the data platform that comes with Power Apps and allows you to store and model business data. It’s the platform on which Dynamics 365 apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales, Customer Service, Field Service, Marketing, and Project Service Automation) are built. If you’re a Dynamics 365 customer, your data is already in Dataverse.

Dataverse allows you to securely store and manage data within a set of standard and custom tables, and you can add columns to those tables when you need them.

Getting started with Dataverse is easy. For example, you can start with these items:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/

Question 4: Skipped

Power Virtual Agents lets you create powerful AI-powered chatbots for a range of requests—from providing simple answers to common questions to resolving issues requiring complex conversations. Engage with customers and employees in multiple languages across websites, mobile apps, Facebook, Microsoft Teams, or any channel supported by the Azure Bot Framework.

These bots can be created easily without the need for data scientists or developers. Some of the ways that Power Virtual Agents bots have been used include:

  • COVID-19 infection rate and tracking information
  • Sales help and support issues
  • Opening hours and store information
  • Employee health and vacation benefits
  • Common employee questions for businesses

Power Virtual Agents is available as both a standalone web app, and as a discrete app within Microsoft Teams.

Which of the following should you use when you need to perform actions in Microsoft Dataverse by using a chatbot?

  • Entity
  • Connector
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Topic

Explanation

  • Power Automate cloud flows can be called from a Power Virtual Agents chatbot.
  • The cloud flow can connect to Microsoft Dataverse to perform actions.
  • Connections cannot be added to Power Virtual Agents chatbots.
  • Entities are used in Power Virtual Agents chatbots to assist in natural language understanding.
  • Topics are the conversations handled by a Power Virtual Agents chatbot.

Components of Power Virtual Agents

When you create chatbots with Power Virtual Agents, you author and edit topics. Topics are discrete conversation paths that, when used together within a single chatbot, allow for users to have a conversation with a chatbot that feels natural and flows appropriately. Creating a chatbot with Power Virtual Agents is easy to do with the no-code authoring canvas, and there are a number of ways you can manage how topics interact, how you want the conversation to flow, and what it should feel like. It is also easy to test the chatbot without having to fully deploy the chatbot whenever you make a small change. There are also lesson topics that guide you through topic authoring – from simple to complex scenarios, as well as default system topics. You can also choose what language you want your chatbot to use.

Topics

In Power Virtual Agents, a topic defines how a chatbot conversation plays out. You can author topics by customizing provided templates, create new topics from scratch, or get suggestions from existing help sites.

A topic has trigger phrases—these are phrases, keywords, or questions that a user is likely to type that is related to a specific issue—and conversation nodes—these are what you use to define how a chatbot should respond and what it should do.

The AI uses natural language understanding to parse what a customer actually types and find the most appropriate trigger phrase or node.

For example, a user might type “Open hours” into your chatbot—the AI will be able to match that to the Store hours topic and begin a conversation that asks which store the customer is interested in, and then display the hours the store is open.

You can see how the chatbot conversation works in practice by testing it in the Test chatbot pane. This lets you fine-tune the topic until you are ready to deploy it without having to exit the Power Virtual Agents portal.

Use system and sample topics

When you create a chatbot, a number of topics will be automatically created for you.

These are:

  • Four prepopulated User Topics that are titled as lessons. These lesson topics can be used to help understand simple to complex ways of using nodes to create chatbot conversations.
  • A number of System Topics. These are prepopulated topics that you are likely to need during a chatbot conversation. We recommend you keep these and use them until you are comfortable with creating an end-to-end chatbot conversation.

You can edit both of these topic types in the same manner as for topics you create; however, you cannot delete them.

Entities

A big part of chatbot conversations in Power Virtual Agents is natural language understanding, which is the ability for the AI to understand a user’s intent. For example, natural language understanding is involved when a user might say “I tried to use my gift card but it doesn’t work” and the chatbot is able to route the user to the topic related to gift cards not working—even if that exact phrase isn’t listed as a trigger phrase.

One fundamental aspect of natural language understanding is to identify entities in a user dialog. An entity can be viewed as an information unit that represents a certain type of a real-world subject, like a phone number, zip code, city, or even a person’s name.

Prebuilt entities

Out of the box, Power Virtual Agents comes with a set of prebuilt entities, which represent the most commonly used information in real-world dialogs, such as age, colors, numbers, and names.

With the knowledge granted by entities, a chatbot can smartly recognize the relevant information from a user input and save it for later use.

Custom entities

The prebuilt entities cover commonly used information types, but on some occasions, such as when building a chatbot that serves a specific purpose, you will need to teach the chatbot’s language understanding model some domain-specific knowledge.

Actions

You can enable your chatbot to perform an action by calling a Microsoft Power Automate flow. Flows can help you automate activities or call backend systems. For example, you can use flows with end-user authentication to retrieve information about a user after they sign in.

You can call flows from within topics, as a discrete Call an action node. You can utilize flows that have already been created in your Power Apps environment, or you can create a flow from within the Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Important: A flow can only be called from a topic located in the same Microsoft Dataverse environment as your chatbot. Flows must also be in a solution in Power Automate. You can move flows into solutions, so they are listed in the authoring canvas.

Flows typically use variables to input and output information. The variables can then be used in other nodes within the topic.

Publishing

With Power Virtual Agents, you can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on multiple platforms or channels. These include live websites, mobile apps, and messaging platforms like Microsoft Teams and Facebook.

After you have published at least once, you can connect your chatbot to additional channels.

Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you’ve inserted or connected your chatbot.

You can also configure a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to provide authentication capabilities, so users can sign in with any OAuth2 identity provider, such as Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), a Microsoft account, or Facebook.

Add actions to a bot using Power Automate in Teams

Power Automate is a service that you can use to build automated processes using low-code, drag-and-drop tools. By using cloud flows in Power Virtual Agents, you can extend the capabilities of your bot to automate complex activities or query back-end systems.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-virtual-agents/advanced-flow

Question 5: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to use the Power Platform to create tools that help travel agents book field agent’s travel.

As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate tool to use for the case where Brand needs to send a confirmation email to field agents after the reservations are complete.

Which of the following tools should you recommend?

  • Power BI
  • Business rule
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Business process flow

Explanation

  • The best tool option to use for the case where Brand needs to send a confirmation email to field agents after the reservations are complete is Power Automate.

Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.

  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Who is Power Automate for?

What skills do you need to have? Anyone from a basic business user to an IT professional can create automated processes using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

What industries can benefit from Power Automate? Check out how some companies implemented Microsoft Power Platform solutions using Power Automate in:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/getting-started

Question 6: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the topic is the Business Card Reader and Sentiment Analysis prebuilt AI models to build solutions. Teresa requires the team to use the Business Card Reader with both Power Automate and Power Apps.

Can this be done?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, the Business Card Reader works with both Power Automate and Power Apps.

Use the business card reader component in model-driven apps in Power Apps

Use the AI Builder business card reader component to detect business cards and extract their information. You can take photos directly in the component or load images that you’ve taken. Data is extracted and identified by using the properties listed below.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-overview

Use the business card reader prebuilt model in Power Automate

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select My flows in the left pane, and then select New flow > Instant cloud flow.
  3. Name your flow, select Manually trigger a flow under Choose how to trigger this flow, and then select Create.
  4. Expand Manually trigger a flow, and then select +Add an input > File as the input type.
  5. Replace File Content with My image (also known as the title).
  6. Select + New step > AI Builder, and then select Read business card information in the list of actions.
  7. Specify My Image from the trigger in the Business card input for your flow.
  8. Select Show advanced options and verify that Detect automatically is in the Image type input.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/flow-business-card-reader

Question 7: Skipped

Microsoft Dataverse lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Dataverse is stored within a set of tables.

A table is a set of rows (formerly referred to as records) and columns (formerly referred to as fields/attributes). Each column in the table is designed to store a certain type of data, for example, name, age, salary, and so on. Dataverse includes a base set of standard tables that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom tables specific to your organization and populate them with data by using Power Query.

App makers can then use Power Apps to build rich applications that use this data.

When an enterprise has multiple branch offices across the world, Toronto, Paris, Bogota, and Madrid for example; where they have a need to create Microsoft Dataverse environments and Microsoft Dataverse instances, which of the following should be done?

  • Create one environment with four instances
  • Create two environments; each with two instances
  • Create four environments, each with one instance
  • (Correct)
  • Create four instances with no environments

Explanation

  • An environment has only one Microsoft Dataverse instance. An environment is required to host a Microsoft Dataverse instance.

Microsoft Dataverse is a cloud-based solution that easily structures various data and business logic to support interconnected applications and processes in a secure and compliant manner. Managed and maintained by Microsoft, Dataverse is available globally but deployed geographically to comply with your potential data residency. It isn’t designed for stand-alone use on your servers, so you need an internet connection to access and use it.

Dataverse is different from traditional databases in that it is more than just tables. It incorporates security, logic, data, and storage into a central point. It’s designed to be your central data repository for business data, and you might even be using it already. Behind the scenes, it powers many Microsoft Dynamics 365 solutions such as Field Service, Marketing, Customer Service, and Sales. It’s also available as part of Power Apps and Power Automate with native connectivity built right in. The AI Builder and Portals features of Microsoft Power Platform also utilize Dataverse.

The image shows a visualization that brings together the many offerings of Microsoft Dataverse.

Here’s a brief explanation of each category of features.

  • Security: Dataverse handles authentication with Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to allow for conditional access and multi-factor authentication. It supports authorization down to the row and column level and provides rich auditing capabilities.
  • Logic: Dataverse allows you to easily apply business logic at the data level. Regardless of how a user interacts with the data, the same rules apply. These rules could be related to duplicate detection, business rules, workflows, or more.
  • Data: Dataverse offers you the control to shape your data, allowing you to discover, model, validate, and report on your data. This control ensures your data looks the way you want regardless of how it is used.
  • Storage: Dataverse stores your physical data in the Azure cloud. This cloud-based storage removes the burden of worrying about where your data lives or how it scales. These concerns are all handled for you.
  • Integration: Dataverse connects in different ways to support your business needs. APIs, webhooks, eventing, and data exports give you flexibility to get data in and out.

As you can see, Microsoft Dataverse is a powerful cloud-based solution for storing and working with your business data. In the following sections, you look at Microsoft Dataverse from the lens of data storage for Microsoft Power Platform, where you start your journey. Keep in mind the other rich capabilities discussed which you can explore further as your usage increases.

To get started, Microsoft Dataverse lets you create one or many cloud-based instances of a standardized database. The database includes predefined tables and columns that store data commonly found across nearly all organizations and businesses. You can customize and extend what’s stored by adding new columns or tables. The ease of setting up a Microsoft Dataverse database and standardized data model under it simplifies your ability to concentrate your efforts on building solutions without worrying about infrastructure, storage, and data integration. With your data stored in Microsoft Dataverse, there are many ways to access it. You can work with the data natively with tools such as Power Apps or Power Automate. Any business solution can connect to Dataverse using connectors APIs. With the power of features such as role-based security and business rules you can trust your data is safe no matter how it is accessed.

Scalability

A Dataverse database supports large data sets and complex data models. Tables can hold millions of items, and you can extend the storage in each instance of a Microsoft Dataverse database to four terabytes per instance. The amount of data that is available in your instance of Microsoft Dataverse is based upon the number and type of licenses that are associated with it. Data storage is pooled between all licensed users, so you can allocate storage as needed for each solution that you build. Incremental storage can be purchased if you need more storage than what is offered within standard licensing.

Microsoft Dataverse structure and benefits

The structure of a Microsoft Dataverse database is based upon the definitions and schema in the Common Data Model. The key benefit of using the Common Data Model as the basis of a Microsoft Dataverse database is that it simplifies the integration of solutions that use a Common Data Model schema. The standard tables of the solution are the same. You can take advantage of a rich ecosystem of solutions that vendors have built from using the Common Data Model. Best of all, there is practically no limit to how far you can extend a Microsoft Dataverse database.

Describe tables, columns, and relationships

A table is a logical structure containing rows and columns that represents a set of data. In the screenshot, you see the standard account table and various elements that can be managed as part of it.

Types of tables

The three types of tables are:

  • Standard – Several standard tables, also known as out-of-box tables, are included with a Dataverse environment. Account, business unit, contact, task, and user tables are examples of standard tables in Dataverse. Most of the standard tables included with Dataverse can be customized.
  • Managed – Tables that are not customizable and have been imported into the environment as part of a managed solution.
  • Custom – Custom tables are unmanaged tables that are either imported from an unmanaged solution or are new tables created directly in the Dataverse environment.

Columns

Columns store a discrete piece of information within a row in a table. You might think of them as a column in Excel. Columns have data types, meaning that you can store data of a certain type in a column that matches that data type. For example, if you have a solution that requires dates, such as capturing the date of an event or when something occurred, then you store the date in a column with the type Date. Similarly, if you want to store a number, then you store the number in a column with the type of Number.

The number of columns within a table varies from a few columns to a hundred or more. Every database in Microsoft Dataverse starts with a standard set of tables, and each standard table has a standard set of columns.

Understand relationships

To make an efficient and scalable solution for most of the solutions that you build, you’ll need to split up data into different containers (tables). Trying to store everything in a single container would likely be inefficient and difficult to understand.

The following example helps illustrate this concept.

Imagine that you need to create a system to manage sales orders. You’ll need a product list along with the inventory on hand, the cost of the item, and the selling price. You also need a master list of customers with their addresses and credit ratings. Finally, you will need to manage sales invoices as well to store invoice data. The invoice should include information such as date, invoice number, salesperson, customer information including address and credit rating, and a line item for each item on the invoice. Line items should include a reference to the product that you sold and be able to provide the proper cost and price for each product and decrease the quantity on hand based upon the quantity that you sold in that line item.

Creating a single table to support the functionality in the above example would be inefficient. A better way to approach this business scenario is to create the following four tables:

  • Customers
  • Products
  • Invoices
  • Line items

Creating a table for each of these items and relating them to one another will allow you to build an efficient solution that can scale, while maintaining high performance. Splitting the data into multiple tables also means that you will not have to store repetitive data or support huge rows with large amounts of blank data. Additionally, reporting will be much easier if you split the data into separate tables.

Tables that relate to one another have a relational connection. Relationships between tables exist in many forms, but the two most common are one-to-many and many-to-many, both of which are supported by Microsoft Dataverse.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/create-edit-entity-relationships

Business logic in Microsoft Dataverse

Many organizations have business logic that impacts how they work with data. For example, an organization who is using Dataverse to store customer information might want to make a field such as and Identification number field required based on the type of customer they are. In Microsoft Dataverse, you build this logic using business rules. Business rules allow you to apply and maintain business logic at the data layer instead of the app layer. Basically, when you create business rules in Microsoft Dataverse, those rules are in effect regardless of where users interact with the data.

For example, business rules can be used in canvas and model-driven apps to set or clear values in one or many columns in a table. They can also be used to validate stored data or show error messages. Model-driven apps can use business rules to show or hide columns, enable, or disable columns, as well as create recommendations based on business intelligence.

Business rules give you a powerful way to enforce rules, set values, or validate data regardless of the form that is used to input data. Additionally, business rules are effective in helping to increase the accuracy of data, simplify application development, and streamline the forms presented to end users.

Below is an example of a simple, yet powerful use of business rules. The business rule is configured to change the field Credit Limit VP Approver to be a required field if the Credit Limit is set to greater than $1,000,000. If the credit limit is less than $1,000,000 then the field is optional.

By applying this business rule at the data level instead of the app level, you have better control of your data. This can ensure your business logic is followed whether it is being accessed directly from Power Apps, Power Automate, or even via an API. The rule is tied to the data, not the app.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule

Working with dataflows

Dataflows are self-service, cloud-based, data preparation technology. Dataflows are used to ingest, transform, and load data into Microsoft Dataverse environments, Power BI workspaces, or your organization’s Azure Data Lake Storage account. Dataflows are authored by using Power Query, a unified data connectivity and preparation experience already featured in many Microsoft products, including Excel and Power BI. Customers can trigger dataflows to run either on demand or automatically on a schedule, data is always kept up to date.

Because a dataflow stores the resulting entities in cloud-based storage, other services can interact with the data produced by dataflows.

For example, Power BI, Power Apps, Power Automate, Power Virtual Agents, and Dynamics 365 applications can get the data produced by the dataflow by connecting to Dataverse, a Power Platform dataflow connector, or directly through the lake, depending on the destination configured at dataflow creation time.

The following list highlights some of the benefits of using dataflows:

  • A dataflow decouples the data transformation layer from the modeling and visualization layer in a Power BI solution.
  • The data transformation code can reside in a central location, a dataflow, rather than be spread out among multiple artifacts.
  • A dataflow creator only needs Power Query skills. In an environment with multiple creators, the dataflow creator can be part of a team that together builds the entire BI solution or operational application.
  • A dataflow is product agnostic. It’s not a component of Power BI only, as you can get its data in other tools and services.
  • Dataflows take advantage of Power Query, a powerful, graphical, self-service data transformation experience.
  • Dataflows run entirely in the cloud. No additional infrastructure is required.
  • You have multiple options for starting to work with dataflows, using licenses for Power Apps, Power BI, and Customer Insights.
  • Although dataflows are capable of advanced transformations, they are designed for self-service scenarios and require no IT or developer background.

Environments overview

A Power Platform environment is a space to store, manage, and share your organization’s business data, apps, chatbots, and flows. It also serves as a container to separate apps that might have different roles, security requirements, or target audiences. How you choose to use environments depends on your organization and the apps you’re trying to build. For example:

  • You can choose to only build your apps or chatbots in a single environment.
  • You might create separate environments that group the test and production versions of your apps or chatbots.
  • You might create separate environments that correspond to specific teams or departments in your company, each containing the relevant data and apps for each audience.
  • You might also create separate environments for different global branches of your company.

Environment scope

Each environment is created under an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant, and its resources can only be accessed by users within that tenant. An environment is also bound to a geographic location, like the United States. When you create an app in an environment, that app is routed only to datacenters in that geographic location. Any items that you create in that environment (including chatbots, connections, gateways, flows using Microsoft Power Automate, and more) are also bound to their environment’s location.

Every environment can have zero or one Microsoft Dataverse database, which provides storage for your apps and chatbots. Whether you can create a database for your environment depends on the license you purchase for Power Apps and your permissions within that environment.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-platform/admin/pricing-billing-skus

When you create an app in an environment, that app is only permitted to connect to the data sources that are also deployed in that same environment, including connections, gateways, flows, and Dataverse databases. For example, consider a scenario where you’ve created two environments named Test and Dev, and created a Dataverse database in each of the environments. If you create an app in the Test environment, it will only be permitted to connect to the Test database; it won’t be able to connect to the ‘Dev’ database.

You can also move resources between environments.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/export-solutions

Environment permissions

Environments have two built-in roles that provide access to permissions within an environment:

  • The Environment Admin role can perform all administrative actions on an environment, including the following:
    • Add or remove a user or group from either the Environment Admin or Environment Maker role.
    • Provision a Dataverse database for the environment.
    • View and manage all resources created within the environment.
    • Set data loss prevention policies. More information: Manage data loss prevention policies
      After creating the database in the environment, you can use the System Administrator role instead of the Environment Admin role.
  • The Environment Maker role can create resources within an environment including apps, connections, custom connectors, gateways, and flows using Power Automate.

Environment makers can also distribute the apps they build in an environment to other users in your organization by sharing the app with individual users, security groups, or all users in the organization.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/share-app

Users or groups assigned to these environment roles aren’t automatically given access to the environment’s database (if it exists) and must be given access separately.

Users or security groups can be assigned to either of these two roles by an environment admin by following the steps described in Configure user security to resources in an environment.

Types of environments

There are multiple types of environments. The type indicates the purpose of the environment and determines its characteristics. The following table summarizes the current types of environments that you might encounter.

1Users licensed for Power Apps, Power Automate, Microsoft 365, and Dynamics 365, standalone licenses, and free and trial licenses.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Anvil uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and Dynamics 365 Finance.

Required:

  • User account data must be synchronized between the two systems.
  • The synchronized data is stored in one place.

Which of the following should you recommend Billy to use?

  • Azure Active Directory
  • Azure IoT Central
  • SQL Server
  • Common Data Service / Dataverse
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • You should recommend Billy to use Common Data Service / Dataverse as it meets the requirements. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Integrate data into Microsoft Dataverse

The Data Integrator (for Admins) is a point-to-point integration service used to integrate data into Dataverse. It supports integrating data between Finance and Operations apps and Dataverse. It also supports integrating data into Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales.

The Data Integrator (for Admins) also supports process-based integration scenarios like Prospect to Cash that provide direct synchronization between Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales. The Prospect to Cash templates that are available with the data integration feature enable the flow of data for accounts, contacts, products, sales quotations, sales orders, and sales invoices between Finance and Operations and Sales. While data is flowing between Finance and Operations and Sales, you can perform sales and marketing activities in Sales, and you can handle order fulfillment by using inventory management in Finance and Operations.

The Prospect to Cash integration enables sellers to handle and monitor their sales processes with the strengths from Dynamics 365 Sales, while all aspects of fulfillment and invoicing happen using the rich functionality in Finance and Operations. With Microsoft Dynamics 365 Prospect to Cash integration, you get the combined power from both systems.

Data Integrator Platform

The Data Integrator (for Admins) consists of the Data Integration platform, out-of-the-box templates provided by our application teams (for example, Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales) and custom templates created by our customers and partners. We have built an application-agnostic platform that can scale across various sources. At the very core of it, you create connections (to integration end points), choose one of the customizable templates with predefined mappings (that you can further customize), and create and execute the data integration project.

Integration templates serve as a blueprint with predefined entities and field mappings to enable flow of data from source to destination. It also provides the ability to transform the data before importing it. Many times, the schema between the source and destinations apps can be very different and a template with predefined entities and field mappings serves as a great starting point for an integration project.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/data-integrator

Question 9: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Hikaru Kato Sulu, the IT team leader, to create a Power Apps app that allows the definition of a custom Sitemap. Sulu has chosen to use a model-driven app to do this.

Is this the correct method?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, a model-driven app is the correct method to allow the definition of a custom Sitemap.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Model-driven apps in Power Apps

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

Model-driven app design provides the following benefits:

  • Rich component-focused no-code design environments
  • Create complex responsive apps with a similar UI across a variety of devices from desktop to mobile
  • Rich design capability
  • Your app can be distributed as a solution

The approach to model-driven app making

At a fundamental level, model-driven app making consists of three key focus areas.

  • Modelling business data
  • Defining business processes
  • Composing the app

Modelling business data

To model business data you determine what data your app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Model-driven design uses a metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize the application without writing code. Metadata means “data about data” and it defines the structure of the data stored in the system.

Composing the model-driven app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and configuring the components you need using the app designer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/guidance/planning/introduction

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

When testing chatbot, what would best help the team find and fix unexpected behaviour?

  • Enabling tracking between topics
  • (Correct)
  • Selecting the same response
  • Creating new topics
  • Turn on auto-troubleshooting

Explanation

  • As you fine-tune your chatbot, it can be useful to enable tracking between topics so you can follow through the conversation path step by step.

As you design your chatbot in Power Virtual Agents for Customer Service, you can use the Test bot pane to see how the chatbot leads a customer through the chatbot conversation.

To help you find and fix unexpected behaviour, you can enable tracking between topics to take you through the chatbot conversation step-by-step, and go to the corresponding node in the authoring canvas.

Test a topic in the Test bot pane

  1. If the Test bot pane is hidden, open it by selecting Test your bot.

2. It’s a good idea to select Reset at the top of the Test bot pane to clear previous conversations. Clearing previous conversations makes it easier to see the flow of the topic you want to see without getting confused by previous conversations.

3. At the Type your message prompt at the bottom of the Test bot pane, enter a trigger phrase for the topic.

The trigger phrase starts the topic’s conversation and the Test bot pane displays the chatbot responses and user response choices you specified.

4. Continue the conversation, testing that it flows as designed in the topic.

5. Select a response in the Test bot pane, which will take you to the response in the conversation editor for that topic. The authoring canvas displays highlighted nodes in green.

You can return to the authoring canvas for the topic at any time to revise its conversation path. The Test chat pane will automatically refresh itself when you save changes to a topic.

Track through the topic’s conversation path

As you fine-tune your bot, it can be useful to enable tracking between topics so you can follow through the conversation path step by step.

  1. If the Test bot pane is hidden, open it by selecting Test your bot.

2. At the top of the Test bot pane, set Track between topics to On.

3.Enter a trigger phrase for the topic you want to check, and then continue testing the conversation.

4. As you move through the conversation in the Test bot pane, the authoring canvas highlights the current place in the conversation path. The authoring canvas displays highlighted nodes in green.

5. To navigate to an earlier place in the conversation path in the authoring canvas, select it in the Test bot pane.

If the conversation path in the Test your bot pane moves from one topic to another topic, the authoring canvas refreshes and moves between topics to the appropriate highlighted nodes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 11: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Advanced Idea Mechanics (A.I.M.) who is a privately funded think tank organized of a group of brilliant scientists whose sole dedication is to acquire and develop power through technological means. Their goal is to use this power to overthrow the governments of the world. They supply arms and technology to radicals and subversive organizations in order to foster a violent technological revolution of society while making a profit.

The company has 10,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports teams worldwide.

AIM has two main locations: the main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany.

At the moment, you are leading a Workgroup meeting with the IT Team where the topic of discussion is building a mobile app that allows complete control over the user experience and design.

Which of the following types of Power Apps app should be built?

  • A Model-driven app
  • A Canvas app
  • (Correct)
  • A Portal app
  • A Power Central app

Explanation

  • With Canvas apps, you start with a blank canvas choosing your type of mobile or tablet. Then you can design the app to meet your “pixel perfect” design.

Power Apps is used to build apps that allow you to take action on your data. Power Apps is great for replacing paper forms, legacy solutions, or just that spreadsheet that you and a few coworkers pass around. Using the skills and knowledge you already possess, you can build apps to interact with existing data by using more than 275 connectors. Once built on the web native Power Apps platform, these apps live in the cloud and can be easily shared and run on a variety of platforms including PCs, laptops, tablets, and mobile phones.

Do you have inefficient or legacy business processes that you would like to modernize? Are you still moving information around using paper or even a shared Excel workbook? Do you want to be able to perform these business processes from different devices like PCs or mobile phones? Then you need Power Apps.

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Different types of Power Apps for different scenarios

Power Apps can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portals. Each is suited to different scenarios and end users.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps are a great option when you want to build an app from a blank canvas. You start by choosing the screen size: tablet or mobile, then you have a blank screen from which to build. You can interact with data in your app by adding data sources. Drag and drop various controls and add the desired functionality by writing Excel style formulas. Canvas apps provide you complete flexibility when building your apps.

Below are a couple of examples of a mobile canvas app built by Heathrow Airport.

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps build from data in Microsoft Dataverse. Power Apps will build you a great looking, fully functional app to act upon and interact with this data. With model-driven apps, there is no need to worry about choosing the app size; it is responsive, meaning it works on mobile or tablet with no extra work by you. You define the relationships, forms, views, business rules, and more at the data layer, inside of the Dataverse, giving you enough control to get your business result without writing all of the formulas yourself.

Below is an example of a fundraiser donations tracking model-driven app.

Portals

Portals bring the power of no-code solutions to building externally facing websites. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that allows users to interact with data held in Dataverse. The same drag and drop experience you enjoy when building apps is available to build these rich, interactive websites.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is creating an app in Power Apps and needs to automatically synchronize data from an external source. Oswald Cobblepot is the team lead and is unable to locate a suitable Microsoft approved connector template in AppSource. Bruce has asked you to assist Oswald to find a solution.

Which of the following should you recommend?

  • Create a custom connector.
  • (Correct)
  • Open a ticket with Microsoft and request a new connector.
  • Ask the outside source to send you the data once a week.
  • Use Microsoft Flow to connect to the database.
  • Use Microsoft Azure Service Bus.

Explanation

  • You should recommend Oswald to create a custom connector. Microsoft Azure Service Bus requires that you deactivate first, change and then activate to be completed solution.

Setting up a Custom Connector from an OpenAPI file and utilizing it in PowerApps and Flow | Connectors and Custom Connectors

There are 250 + predefined connectors that you can use in your PowerApps and in your Microsoft Flows. If you do not find any that suits your needs you have the possibility to create a Custom Connector.

A Custom Connector is a wrapper around a REST API (Logic Apps also supports SOAP APIs) that allows Logic Apps, Microsoft Flow, or PowerApps to communicate with that REST or SOAP API.

An API (Application Programming Interface) basically tells us how to interact with another application. It is like a specification of how you can access and exchange information with a certain application/data source. I think that Chris Hoffman made an excellent description of what an API is here.

Setting up a Custom Connector includes describing things related to the API, i.e. the API which we want to use in order to be able to connect to a certain application/data source. For instance to be able to get some information from another system into a Canvas App, embedded on a form in a Model-Driven App or not.

Custom Connectors in combination with the possibility to embed Canvas Apps in Model-Driven Apps gives us new perspectives on how to display information from other systems on a form in Dynamics 365 CE or in our own Model-Driven Apps.

https://carinaclaesson.com/2019/09/06/setting-up-a-custom-connector-from-an-openapi-file-and-utilizing-it-in-powerapps-and-flow/

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is Power Platform APIs.

Tony likes the idea of implementing a Microsoft Power Platform solution, but is concerned about the ability to interact with a custom API.

Which is the best response for Tony?

  • Microsoft Power Platform uses connectors that hold a series of functions available for developers.
  • Microsoft Power Platform has over 270 connectors to use in these situations.
  • Microsoft Power Platform uses the Mulesoft api integration tool to connect third-party and custom apis which will work for any type of api.
  • Microsoft Power Platform offers the ability to create custom connectors for this purpose which allow you to connect to Power Apps and Power Automate.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can build out a custom connector to bridge your app or workflow to the API.

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

Data Sources

In order to understand the types of connectors and what you can do with them, you must first understand the types of data sources to which they connect. The two types of data sources are tabular and function-based.

Tabular data – A tabular data source is one that returns data in a structured table format. Power Apps can directly read and display these tables through galleries, forms, and other controls. Additionally, if the data source supports it, Power Apps can create, edit, and delete data from these data sources. Examples include Microsoft Dataverse, SharePoint, and SQL Server.

Function-based data – A function-based data source is one that uses functions to interact with the data source. These functions can be used to return a table of data but offer more extensive action such as the ability to send an email, update permissions, or create a calendar event. Examples include Office 365 Users, Project Online, and Azure Blob Storage.

Both of these data source types are commonly used to bring data and additional functionality to your solutions.

As you can see, connecting to data sources allows you to integrate disparate parts of your business solutions to build them out cohesively.

Connectors

Now that you understand more about data sources, you are ready to learn about connectors.

Connectors are the bridges from your data source to your app, workflow, or dashboard. Microsoft Power Platform has more than 275 connectors available to common data sources. Connectors are divided into standard and premium. Some popular standard connectors are SharePoint, Outlook, and YouTube. Premium connectors require additional licensing for your app and/or users. A few premium connectors are SQL Server, Survey Monkey, and Mail Chimp. The connector reference in the summary and resources unit lists all connectors and whether they are considered standard or premium. You can also use AppSource to source and install apps and use the connectors to non-Microsoft services.

Connectors can provide input and output between the data source and Power Platform, which can accelerate the delivery of Microsoft Power Platform business solutions. For instance, using Dynamics 365 apps such as Customer Service, you can set up Power Automate to notify users when specific customer types are added. Or you can use a SharePoint document library to store files that are fed into Power Apps to manage and distribute. Microsoft also provides connectors to their Azure services, providing advanced AI techniques to do tasks such as reading text off images or cognitive services like recognizing faces in images.

All Microsoft Power Platform business solutions can be used and implemented into Microsoft 365 apps such as Teams. This allows users to play Power Apps within Teams or run Power Automate from actions and events within Teams.

Triggers and Actions

Once you have established a data source and configured your connector, there are two types of operations you can use, triggers or actions.

Triggers are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Triggers can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a trigger to tell your workflow when to run.

Actions are used in Power Automate and Power Apps. Actions are prompted by the user or a trigger and allow interaction with your data source by some function. For example, an action would be sending an email in your workflow or app or writing a new line to a data source.

Now that you understand what connectors are and how to use them, let’s look at what to do when there isn’t a connector already built for your data source.

Custom Connectors

While Microsoft Power Platform offers more than 200 connectors, you also have the option to build a custom connector. This will allow you to extend your app by calling a publicly available API, or a custom API you are hosting in a cloud provider, such as Azure. API stands for Application Programming Interface and holds a series of functions available for developers. Connectors work by sending information back and forth across these APIs and gathering available functions into Power Apps or Power Automate. Because these connectors are function-based, they will call specific functions in the underlying service of the API to return the corresponding data.

An advantage of building custom connectors is that they can be used in different platforms, such as Power Apps, Power Automate, and Azure Logic Apps.

Creating Custom Connectors

You can create custom connectors using 3 different approaches:

While the requirements for each approach will vary, they all require a Power Apps per app or per user plan. Each link above points to the instructions for each approach.

https://www.skylinetechnologies.com/Blog/Skyline-Blog/January_2020/power-platform-guide-what-it-is-how-to-use-it

Question 14: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Eddie wants to deploy a service using building model-driven apps.

When Eddie shares his model-driven app, which of the following statements is true?

  • Users just need to be added to a predefined security role
  • Model-driven apps do not need to be shared, they are accessible to anyone with the app link.
  • Users need to be added to a predefined or custom security role and one or more security roles need to be associated with the app.
  • (Correct)
  • Users can be added to a predefined or custom security role or use RBAC to be associated with the app.

Explanation

  • Users must have a security role that grants them the right to access the app for you to successfully share the app.

Microsoft Power Apps use role-based security for sharing. A security role includes privileges that define a set of actions that can be performed in the app. All app users must be assigned to one or more predefined or custom security roles.

Roles can be assigned to individual users or to teams. When a user or a team is assigned to a role, that user or all members of that team are granted the set of privileges associated with the role.

To share an app, you must have the Environment Admin or System Admin role.

Create or set up a security role

The Power Apps environment includes predefined security roles. These roles reflect common user tasks, and the access levels that are defined follow the security best practice of providing access to the minimum amount of business data that is required to use the app.

Apps can be based on a custom table. Because the table is custom, privileges must be explicitly specified before users can work in it. To do this, you can use either of the following approaches:

  • Expand an existing predefined security role so that it includes privileges for rows that are in the custom table.
  • Create a custom security role to manage privileges for users of the app.

Security roles control a user’s access to data through a set of access levels and permissions. The combination of access levels and permissions that are included in a specific security role sets limits on the user’s view of data and interactions with that data.

One or more security roles must be assigned to the app. The apps that users can use depend on the security roles they are assigned to.

The following predefined roles are available with a Power Apps environment. Unless otherwise noted, all the privileges have global scope.

PREDEFINED SECURITY ROLES

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/create-users-assign-online-security-roles

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: Big Belly Foods, Inc. (BBF) owns and operates 300 convenience stores across LatAm. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas. The company has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

BBF uses Microsoft Exchange Online and wants to determine whether customers are happy, satisfied, or upset based on the email messages received, and then route those messages to the proper representative based on sentiment.

Which of the following actions should be performed to create a flow in Power Automate that can read and route the messages per the requirement?

  • Connect to AI Builder and use the prebuilt sentiment analysis model.
  • (Correct)
  • Connect to Azure Cognitive Service for Language and use the Sentiment action.
  • (Correct)
  • Connect to Microsoft Exchange Server by using an on-premises data gateway.
  • Connect to LUIS and use the Get prediction action.

Explanation

  • Using the Azure Cognitive Service for Language connector with the Sentiment action can be used to analyze sentiment.
  • Connecting to AI Builder and using the Analyze positive or negative sentiment action can be used to analyze sentiment.
  • Azure Cognitive Services Language Understanding Intelligent Service (LUIS) provides the ability to analyze natural language according to a trained model, but it does not allow the evaluation of sentiment.
  • This scenario uses Microsoft Exchange Online so there is no need to connect to a Microsoft Exchange Server hosted on-premises.

Microsoft Exchange Online is a cloud based messaging platform that delivers email, calendar, contacts, and tasks. Users with an Exchange Online license connect to Exchange Online through email and calendar clients like, Outlook desktop, Outlook on the web and Outlook mobile app to access email and collaboration functionality, including shared mailboxes, shared calendars and global address lists.

Use the sentiment analysis prebuilt model in Power Automate

Create a flow that uses the AI Builder sentiment analysis prebuilt model.

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select My flows in the left pane, and then select New flow > Instant cloud flow.
  3. Name your flow, select Manually trigger a flow under Choose how to trigger this flow, and then select Create.
  4. Expand Manually trigger a flow, and then select +Add an input > Text.
  5. Replace Input with My Text (also known as the title).
  6. Select + New step > AI Builder, and then select Analyze positive or negative sentiment in the list of actions.
  7. In the Language input, select or enter your language.
  8. In the Text input, select My Text from the Dynamic content list:
  9. In the successive actions, you can use any columns extracted by the AI Builder model. For example, you can add lines to an Excel file for each sentence using Sentence sentiment, Probability sentence is positive and Probability sentence is negative:

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/ai-builder/flow-sentiment-analysis

Analyze the sentiment of text with AI Builder

AI Builder Sentiment analysis is a prebuilt AI model that identifies that the sentiment of the entered text is positive, negative, or neutral. AI models usually require that you provide samples of data to train before being able to perform predictions. Prebuilt models are pre-trained with a set of samples from Microsoft, so they are ready to use right away.

AI Builder Sentiment analysis identifies the sentiment of the text by using Azure Cognitive Services Text analytics technology. Refer to the Language and region support for the Text Analytics API documentation for supported languages.

You can choose from many possible business applications for sentiment analysis for your business. These applications are covered later in this module.

After the sentiment has been analyzed, a Power Apps and Power Automate maker can use this data in Power Apps and flows to inform and automate business processes.

Business problems solved with AI Builder Sentiment analysis

AI Builder Sentiment analysis provides insight into the sentiment of the text that it analyzes. Being fully integrated with Microsoft Power Platform allows you to automate a wide range of scenarios that you might be otherwise performing manually.

Sentiment Analysis has many possible applications for your business, including:

  • Analyze sentiment of your brand by using data from social media and trigger an alert for negative customer entries.
  • Send an automatic response to negative customer feedback from surveys.
  • Analyze trends on user sentiment for each product, geography, customer representative, and so on.
  • Check the sentiment of your email before sending it to an important customer.

Analyze email sentiment

Frequently, when communicating with customers, you want to maintain a positive or neutral voice in emails. Sentiment analysis could confirm if your email has been written in the sentiment that you intended.

Example:

A product manager wants to engage through email with customers outside their company and is unsure if their email seems appropriate.

After the manager runs the email text through the prebuilt AI Builder Sentiment analysis model, the results show that the email contains negative sentiment.

The product manager adjusts a few sentences to appear more neutral. Rerunning the email through the prebuilt AI Builder Sentiment analysis model shows the email’s sentiment as positive and therefore ready to be sent.

https://learn.microsoft.com/connectors/cognitiveservicestextanalytics/#sentiment-(v4)-(preview)

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/connectors/cognitiveservicestextanalytics/#sentiment-(v4)-(preview)

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward is implementing PowerApps to help manage business processes. His IT team is trying to understand the purposes and benefits of PowerApps components.

Which of the following is geared towards low code / no code across applications?

  • Portals
  • Connectors
  • AI Builder
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas Apps
  • Power Automate

Explanation

  • When you take a look at AI builder, it is for every PowerApp and PowerAutomate Flow. Its impact across applications is much higher.

What is AI Builder?

AI Builder is a Microsoft Power Platform capability that provides AI models that are designed to optimize your business processes. AI Builder enables your business to use AI to automate processes and glean insights from your data in Power Apps and Power Automate. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that brings the power of AI through a point-and-click experience, so you don’t need coding or data science skills to access the power of AI. With AI Builder, you can build custom models tailored to your needs, or choose a prebuilt model that is ready to use for many common business scenarios.

How can I add intelligence to my business?

Using AI is easy thanks to integration with Power Apps and Power Automate. Adding intelligence to your business is simple:

  1. Choose an AI model type: Use the model type that suits your business need. Choose from a growing set of AI solutions.
  2. Connect data: Select your business-specific data from the available options.
  3. Tailor your AI model: Depending on the type of model, you can tweak custom models to optimize how your AI performs.
  4. Train your AI model: Training is an automatic process, where AI Builder “teaches” your AI model how to resolve your business problem (for example, how to recognize your products on an image) thanks to your business data and tailoring. When trained, your AI model can generate insights such as the result of a prediction, or the list and number of objects detected in an image.
  5. Use insights from your AI model: Use the results from your AI model across Microsoft Power Platform to create solutions that meet your business needs, even if you have no coding skills. For example, you can create a flow that automates document processing in Power Automate or an app in Power Apps that predicts whether a supplier will be out of compliance.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/overview

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: The British East India Company (EIC), was a British joint-stock company, formed in the 17th century trade with the East Indies, India, and China. It helped expand British interests around the globe forming the British Empire.

EIC is truly a modernized organization as they use Microsoft Power Platform to build Power Apps canvas apps, Power BI dashboards, and Power Virtual Agents chatbots.

You are a developer at EIC and you have been tasked with identifying the Microsoft Power Platform component which can be used directly with these three components.

Which of the following fits the need?

  • AI Builder
  • Model-driven apps
  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A canvas app can call a Power Automate cloud flow, alerts in Power BI dashboards can trigger a Power Automate cloud flow, and Power Virtual Agents chatbots can call a Power Automate cloud flow to perform actions on behalf of the chatbot.
  • AI Builder can be used with canvas apps but cannot be used directly by Power BI or Power Virtual Agents. Model-driven apps can embed Power BI dashboards and canvas apps and but cannot link to Power Virtual Agents chatbots.
  • Canvas apps and Power BI dashboards can connect to data in Microsoft Dataverse but Power Virtual Agents chatbots cannot access Microsoft Dataverse directly and must use Power Automate to access data in Microsoft Dataverse.

Microsoft Power Platform can add value to any business by helping you to analyze, act, and automate. Act by building custom apps in Power Apps, automate processes based on the data you collect in Power Automate, and analyze the data you have collected in Power BI.

Create a canvas app that can trigger a Power Automate flow

Power Automate can be used to create logic that performs one or more tasks when an event occurs in a canvas app. For example, a button can be configured so that, when a user selects it, an item is created in a list, an email, or meeting request is sent, a file is added to the cloud, or all of these. Any control in the app can be configured to start the flow, that continues to run even if you close the app.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RWLvLE?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Integrate Power BI data alerts with Power Automate

Use Power Automate to integrate Power BI with your favourite apps and services. With Power Automate, you create automated workflows to get notifications, synchronize files, collect data, and more.

Create a flow from a template

In this task, we use a template to create a flow that’s triggered by a Power BI data alert (notification).

  1. Sign in to Power Automate (https://flow.microsoft.com).
  2. Select Templates, search for Power BI > Send an e-mail to any audience when a Power BI data alert is triggered.

Build the flow

This template has one trigger, a Power BI data alert, and one action, to send an email. As you select a field, Power Automate displays dynamic content that you can include. In this example, we include the tile value and the tile URL in the message body.

  1. Select Continue.
  2. In the Alert ID box, select a Power BI data alert. To learn how to create an alert, see Data alerts in Power BI.
  3. Enter one or more valid email addresses.
  4. Power Automate automatically generates a Subject and Body for you, which you can keep or modify. The body text uses HTML for formatting.
  5. When you’re done with the message, select New step or Save. Power Automate creates and evaluates the flow.
    If Power Automate finds errors, it lets you know.
  6. Select Edit flow to fix the errors. Otherwise, select Done to run the new flow.
  7. When a change triggers a data alert, Power Automate sends an email to the addresses you indicated.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-flow-integration

Use Power Automate flows in Power Virtual Agents

Extend the capabilities of your bot with cloud flows that you build in Power Automate using low-code, drag-and-drop tools. You can use flows that already exist in your Power Apps environment or create a flow from the Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas. Call bot-ready flows from bot topics as a discrete Call an action node.

To use flows within Power Virtual Agents, they must meet the following requirements:

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-virtual-agents/advanced-flow

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team are exploring the components of the Common Data Model (CDM) and their functions.

Which of the following is a set of rows used to store data?

  • Data connectors
  • Workflows
  • Dataverse
  • Entities
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • An entity is a set of rows (records) used to store data, similar to how a table stores data within a database.

Common Data Model is built upon a rich and extensible metadata definition system that enables you to describe and share your own semantically enhanced data types and structured tags, capturing valuable business insight which can be integrated and enriched with heterogeneous data to deliver actionable intelligence.

With Common Data Model, you can structure your data to represent concepts and activities that are commonly used and well understood. You can query and analyze that data, reuse it, and interoperate with other businesses and apps that use the same format. Common data model can be used to define thousands of entities such as Customer, Product, Opportunity, Sale, Purchase Order, etc. as well as identifying data for regulatory and compliance purposes. Discover and explore up-to-date Common Data Model Entity Reference

Learn more about Common Data Model definable objects.

Microsoft provided Common Data Model reference entities are categorized into subject areas for easy discoverability and published to public GitHub repo with supporting documentation. These entities have matured over tens of years with thousands of hours of investment from within Microsoft as well as the partner eco-system.

As opposed to building a new data model for your app, you can simply re-use the entity definitions available to you. Common Data Model can be used by various applications and services including Microsoft Dataverse, Dynamics 365, Microsoft Power Platform, and Azure ensuring that all of your services can access the same data. Common Data Model is already available to many customers a great example of how Common Data Model can be leveraged is with the data-preparation capabilities in Power BI dataflows that creates data files which follow the Common Data Model definition, which is stored in Azure Data Lake. The Common Data Model definitions are open and available to any service or application that wants to use them.

Data described using Common Data Model can be used with Azure services to build scalable analytical solutions as well as being a source of semantically rich data for applications driving actionable insights like Dynamics 365 Customer Insights. that reason over data using machine-readable semantic metadata. Common Data Model is used to define entities for Dynamics 365 applications in Sales, Finance, Supply Chain and Commerce can be readily available in Azure Data Lake.

Microsoft continues to extend the Common Data Model in collaboration with many partners and subject-matter experts so that more industries, building Industry Accelerators such as Automotive, Banking, Healthcare, Higher Education, Not for profit can benefit from the Common Data Model and the platforms that support it.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/common-data-model/use

Terminology updates

Responding to customer feedback and data from user research, effective November 2020, MS updated some terminology in Dataverse to be more intuitive and make its usage more productive. The terminology updates are listed below, and we’re in the process of rolling them out across Microsoft Power Platform.

Please note that Microsoft Updated the Terms on Power Platform:

  • Entity = Table
  • Field = Column
  • Record = Row

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-intro#:~:text=An%20entity%20is%20a%20set,with%20data%20using%20Power%20Query

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is trying to understand the differences between the various ways apps can be built by using Power Apps.

On one of the projects they are working on, they are concerned that they must only use Power BI to create reports in model-driven apps.

Is this a valid concern?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, this is not correct. You can use Power BI or use the report feature in Power App without Power BI.

Options for creating new reports

You can create a new report in one of two ways:

  • Use the Report Wizard. Open a model-driven app that has been enabled for reporting and run the Report Wizard to create a new report. The Report Wizard can create table and chart reports, including drill-through reports and top N reports. More information: Create a report using the Report Wizard
  • Use the Report Authoring Extension. You can write new or customize existing fetch-based Reporting Services reports with Visual Studio, SQL Server Data Tools, and the Report Authoring Extension. More information: Create a new report using SQL Server Data Tools

Report visibility

Standard table reports, such as the Accounts Summary report for the account table, are available to all app users. Users who own reports can share them with specific colleagues or teams. System administrators and system customizers can make reports available with organization-wide visibility, so that all users can use them. For information about how to share a report, see Share a report with other users and teams.

Reports in solutions

Reports are solution aware. Adding a report as a component to a solution makes it become a single unit of software that extends Power Apps functionality and the user interface. Only reports that are visible to the organization can be added to solutions.

To find if a report is viewable to the organization: In the list of reports, open a model-driven app, select a report, and then select Edit. On the Administration tab, see if Viewable By is set to Organization.

You can add, import, or export snapshots of reports as part of a solution. In model-driven apps, reports, sub reports, report category, report display area, and report-related row type are considered as components of a report set. When you import a solution update in non-overwrite mode, any updates by the solution to a report will be ignored if any component of the report set has been customized.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/add-reporting-to-app#options-for-creating-new-reports

Question 20: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Azure into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is looking to secure and administer Power Automate.

Which of the following are resources that can be used to do this?

  • Power Automate is only administered via the web portal.
  • Power Automate can be administered on the web, via PowerShell, or even by building flows.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate is only administered via the web portal and Azure CLI.
  • Download the Power Automate administrator application.

Explanation

  • Power Automate provides PowerShell cmdlets, and flow actions for managing Power Automate. This give you complete flexibility for your Microsoft Power Platform administration.

https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com

Power Automate is used to automate repetitive business processes. Beyond simple workflows, Power Automate can send reminders on past due tasks, move business data between systems on a schedule, talk to more than 275 data sources or any publicly available API, and can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel. All of this can be done by all skill levels from typical business users to IT using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERh?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 275 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  1. Event driven flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available, thanks to the existing connectors. You will see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you are the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  2. Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  3. Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models available to build:

  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an uploaded image or taken photo.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number objects present.
  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict a yes or no outcome based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data which includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will your customer be satisfied with the project outcome?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

Once you have a trained model, then you can interact with the model in your flow to send and receive information to the AI system. Unlocking business value previously out of grasp without complex code.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The Admin Centre gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/introduction

Question 21: Skipped

Scenario: Dr. Karl Malus works for the Power Broker Corporation founded by Curtiss Jackson, using technology to service various countries and their military efforts. You have been contracted by the company to assist Dr. Malus with their Microsoft Power App implementation.

Dr. Malus has asked you to assist the IT team with creating a Power App that can scan barcodes that will display the scanned item’s information on the screen.

Out of the following control options, which one would the barcode scanner fall under?

  • Media
  • (Correct)
  • Distinct
  • Galleries
  • Forms

Explanation

  • The barcode scanner control is a part of the Media category of controls. This control can be used to scan barcodes of various types and pass information about the barcode to the Power App. Then, additional Functions can use that barcode information to perform additional tasks.

When using Microsoft Power Apps, you don’t have to write complicated application code the way that a traditional developer does. However, you must express logic in an app and control its navigation, filtering, sorting, and other functionality. This is where formulas come in.

If you’ve used Microsoft Excel functions, you’ll be comfortable building apps in Power Apps. To create a formula, you will combine one or more formulas with the required and optional parameters. Here are some common functions and an explanation of what they do:

  • Filter – This function is often used with galleries or tables of data to narrow down the rows returned from your data source. You do this by specifying one or more columns in your data set to perform a logic test on, which will allow you to return data that falls in a certain date range, has a set value, or was created by the user for example.
  • Match – This function allows you to check a value to see if it follows a given pattern. You can use this to check if the user entered a properly formatted email address and, if they did not, show them a warning that a valid email is required. This function serves well for conditional formatting.
  • Distinct – This function allows you to return the unique values from a list of data, making it easier to build dynamic dropdowns that show users only the valid values for the given column.
  • Math functions – Power Apps includes a range of math formulas for working with your data from the simple such as Sum or Average to the complex such as Atan and Sin to work with radians.

This is a small sampling of the large library of Power Apps functions that are available. Also, remember you can combine functions into one formula to solve complex problems. This is the power of the platform. You start with simple formulas and then as your comfort grows you learn to combine them.

For a complete list of all of the functions available in Power Apps, check out the documentation here.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/paths/use-basic-formulas-powerapps-canvas-app/

The barcode control is available under Insert → Media. Once added there is a key step in a successful application/
The scanner is feeding the live image from the camera stream and it is key to size the barcode control to the optimal value for your targeted devices.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/make-barcode-scanning-apps-in-minutes/

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Azure.

Oswald wants to use Internet of Things (IoT) devices to monitor the temperature in different parts of the warehouse. To do this, the IT team needs to view near-real time information from the IoT devices in Power BI Service dashboards.

Which of the following tools should they use?

  • Streaming dataset
  • (Correct)
  • Content Pack dataset
  • Quick Insights
  • Power BI dataflows
  • Scheduled refresh dataset

Explanation

  • The IT team should use Real-time streaming in Power BI.

https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/using-power-bi-real-time-dashboards-to-display-iot-sensor-data-a-step-by-step-tutorial/

Real-time streaming in Power BI

Power BI with real-time streaming lets you stream data and update dashboards in real time. Any visual or dashboard created in Power BI can display and update real-time data and visuals. The devices and sources of streaming data can be factory sensors, social media sources, service usage metrics, or many other time-sensitive data collectors or transmitters.

Types of real-time datasets

There are three types of real-time datasets, which are designed for display on real-time dashboards:

  • Push dataset
  • Streaming dataset
  • PubNub streaming dataset

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-real-time-streaming

Question 23: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building a model-driven app and they need to create and configure the objects needed for the app.

Which of the following components categories should they use for views to review similar information?

  • Data
  • Visualization
  • UI
  • (Correct)
  • Logic

Explanation

  • The best component category use for views to review similar information is UI. View is a component of “UI“.

Understand model-driven app components

A well designed model-driven app consists of several components you select using the designer to build the appearance and functionality of the finished app. The components and component properties that designers use to make up an app become the metadata.

To understand how each of these components relates to app design, they’re separated here into data, UI, logic, and visualization categories.

Data

These components determine what data the app will be based upon and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

UI

These components determine how users interact with the app.

Logic

Determines the business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to build apps which address specific business challenges. As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate types of Power Apps to use.

Which of the following should you recommend where a field technician needs a mobile app to capture the location and the image of defective products?

  • Canvas app
  • (Correct)
  • Model-driven app
  • Power BI
  • CDS / Dataverse
  • Power Apps portals
  • AI Builder

Explanation

  • The best option is to use a Canvas app for a field technician needs a mobile app to capture the location and the image of defective products.

Design and build a business app from a canvas in Microsoft Power Apps without writing code in a traditional programming language such as C#. Design the app by dragging and dropping elements onto a canvas, just as you would design a slide in PowerPoint. Create Excel-like expressions for specifying logic and working with data. Build apps that integrate business data from a wide variety of Microsoft and third-party sources. Share your app so that users can run it in a browser or on a mobile device, and embed your app so that users can run it in SharePoint, Power BI, or Teams.

If you don’t need a custom design and your data is in Microsoft Dataverse, you can automatically generate a model-driven app from your business data and processes. This type of app can model forms, views, and other components, and the default UI automatically adjusts to phones, laptops, and other devices.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/getting-started

Why not Power Apps portals? Because portals are generally meant to be used for external users and Canvas App for internal for users with very few functionalities.

Question 25: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on. The sales teams are focusing on a wholesale division which sells their premade fast-food to gas stations and convenience stores.

At the moment, the topic is Dynamics 365 Sales.

The process for entering wholesale customer information during onsite sales calls is very complicated. Teresa wants a simplified screen that allows salespeople to capture the customer name, phone number, and other information while speaking to the customer.

Teresa has asked you to recommend a solution that works on various types of mobile devices since the sales reps use their own devices on the BYOD program.

Which of the following should you recommend?

  • Power BI
  • AI Builder
  • Canvas app
  • (Correct)
  • Common Data Service / Dataverse
  • Power Automate

Explanation

  • The best option is to use a Canvas app to create a simplified screen that allows salespeople to capture the customer name, phone number, and other information while speaking to the customer.

Empower everyone to build apps

Building apps with Power Apps helps everyone from business analysts to professional developers work more efficiently together. Solve business problems with intuitive visual tools that don’t require code, work faster with a platform that enables data integration and distribution, and extend the platform with building blocks for professional developers. Easily build and share apps on any device.

Power Apps enables a broad range of app scenarios to be created that infuse digital transformation into manual and outdated processes. Use both canvas and model-driven apps to build Power Apps that solve business problems for task and role-specific scenarios like inspections, field sales enablement, prospect to cash, and integrated marketing views.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/build-powerapps/

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Azure Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI visuals. The team is reading documentation in AppSource to learn about the nuances of the offered visuals.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • Filtering only applies to both reports and dashboards.
  • Power BI visuals created with the MS SDK, you may be importing data from, or sending data to, third party or other services located outside of your Power BI tenant’s geographic area, compliance boundary, or national cloud instance.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI certified visuals are visuals in the AppSource that were additionally tested to check that the visual does not access external services or resources.
  • (Correct)
  • Once Power BI visuals from AppSource are imported, visuals may be updated automatically without any additional notice.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

True statements:

  • Power BI visuals created with the MS SDK, you may be importing data from, or sending data to, third party or other services located outside of your Power BI tenant’s geographic area, compliance boundary, or national cloud instance.
  • Power BI certified visuals are visuals in the AppSource that were additionally tested to check that the visual does not access external services or resources.
  • Once Power BI visuals from AppSource are imported, visuals may be updated automatically without any additional notice.

Microsoft and community members contribute Power BI visuals for public benefit, and publish them to the AppSource. You can download these visuals and add them to your Power BI reports. Microsoft has tested and approved these Power BI visuals for functionality and quality.

Note: By using Power BI visuals created with the MS SDK, you may be importing data from, or sending data to, third party or other services located outside of your Power BI tenant’s geographic area, compliance boundary, or national cloud instance.

  • Power BI certified visuals are visuals in the AppSource that were additionally tested to check that the visual does not access external services or resources.
  • Once Power BI visuals from AppSource are imported, visuals may be updated automatically without any additional notice.

What is AppSource?

AppSource is the place for apps, add-ins, and extensions for your Microsoft software. AppSource connects millions of users of products such as Microsoft 365, Azure, Dynamics 365, Cortana, and Power BI, to solutions that help them get work done more efficiently and insightfully than before.

Certified Power BI visuals

Certified Power BI visuals are visuals in AppSource that meet certain specified code requirements that the Microsoft Power BI team has tested and approved. The tests are designed to check that the visual doesn’t access external services or resources.

Filter data with Power BI

Data is the core of Power BI. As you explore reports, each visual draws its underlying data from sources that often contain far more data than you need. Power BI offers several ways to filter and highlight reports. Knowing how to filter data is the key to finding the right information.

Note: Filtering only applies to reports, not to dashboards.

Note: When you filter a visual like a bar chart, you are just changing the view of the data in that visual. You are not modifying the source data in any way.

Slicers

A simple type of filtering that you can use directly on the report page is called a slicer. Slicers provide cues to ways you can filter the results in the visuals on a report page. There are several different types of slicers: numeric, categorical, and date. Slicers make it easy to filter all the visuals on the page at once.

If you want to select more than one field, hold the Ctrl key and click additional fields.

Explore the Filters pane

Another way to filter data is by opening and modifying filters in the Filters pane. The Filters pane contains filters that were added to the report by the report designer. As a consumer, you can interact with the filters and save your changes but cannot add new filters.

The four types of filters are:

  • Report – Applies to all pages in the report.
  • Page – Applies to all the visuals on the current report page.
  • Visual – Applies to a single visual on a report page. You only see visual level filters if you have selected a visual on the report canvas.
  • Drillthrough – Allows you to explore successively more detailed views within a single visual.

Use buttons in Power BI

Using buttons in Power BI lets you create reports that behave like apps, and thereby, create an engaging environment so users can hover, click, and further interact with Power BI content. You can add buttons to reports in Power BI Desktop and in the Power BI service. When you share your reports in the Power BI service, they provide an app-like experience for your users.

To create a button in Power BI Desktop, on the Insert ribbon, select Buttons and a drop-down menu appears, where you can select the button you want from a collection of options, as shown in the following image.

Transform data

Sometimes, your data might contain extra data or have data in the wrong format. Power BI Desktop includes the Power Query Editor tool, which can help you shape and transform data so that it’s ready for your models and visualizations.

Launch Power Query Editor

To begin, select Edit from the Navigator window to launch Power Query Editor. You can also launch Power Query Editor directly from Power BI Desktop by using the Transform Data button on the Home ribbon.

After loading your data into Power Query Editor, you’ll see the following screen:

  1. In the ribbon, the active buttons enable you to interact with the data in the query.
  2. On the left pane, queries (one for each table, or entity) are listed and available for selecting, viewing, and shaping.
  3. On the centre pane, data from the selected query is displayed and available for shaping.
  4. The Query Settings window lists the query’s properties and applied steps.

How to transform data

On the centre pane, right-clicking a column displays the available transformations. Examples of the available transformations include removing a column from the table, duplicating the column under a new name, or replacing values. From this menu, you can also split text columns into multiples by common delimiters.

The Power Query Editor ribbon contains additional tools that can help you change the data type of columns, add scientific notation, or extract elements from dates, such as day of the week.

Tip: If you make a mistake, you can undo any step from the Applied Steps list.

As you apply transformations, each step appears in the Applied Steps list on the Query Settings pane. You can use this list to undo or review specific changes, or even change the name of a step. To save your transformations, select Close & Apply on the Home tab.

After you select Close & Apply, Power Query Editor applies the query changes and applies them to Power BI Desktop.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-quickstart-using-power-bi/

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on Power BI reporting.

The lead developer, Bruce Wayne, is trying to determine if he can show the data behind a visual report on his screen without exporting the data and is stumped.

Alfred asked you to help Bruce by providing him guidance. Is it possible to export data from a visualization in a Power BI report?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Underlying data: Select this option if you want to see the data in the visual and additional data from the model (see chart below for details). If your visualization has an aggregate, selecting Underlying data removes the aggregate. When you select Export, Power BI exports the data to an .xlsx file and your browser prompts you to save the file. Once saved, open the file in Excel.
  • The answer is No because you’ll have to select underlying data when exporting, which removes any aggregations. Therefore, the answer is No.

Export the data that was used to create a visualization

Who can export data

If you have permissions to the data, you can see and export the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization. Often, data is confidential or limited to specific users. In those cases, you will not be able to see or export that data. For details, see the Limitations and considerations section at the end of this document.

Viewing and exporting data

If you’d like to see the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization, you can display that data in Power BI. You can also export that data to Excel as an .xlsx or .csv file. The option to export the data requires a Pro or Premium license as well as edit permissions to the dataset and report. If you have access to the dashboard or report but the data is classified as highly confidential, Power BI will not allow you to export the data.

https://youtu.be/KjheMTGjDXw

Watch Will export the data from one of the visualizations in his report, save it as an .xlsx file, and open it in Excel. Then follow the step-by-step instructions below the video to try it out yourself. Note that this video uses an older version of Power BI.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data

Question 28: Skipped

The Microsoft Power Platform is more than the sum of its parts. Connect them together—and to Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, Azure, and hundreds of other apps—and build end-to-end business solutions. Power BI can be used to make informed, confident business decisions by putting data-driven insights into everyone’s hands.

One of Microsoft Power Platform’s uses is to manage support activities. Support technicians may wish to be notified by email when a new support request is created.

Which of the following is the appropriate tool to meet this application?

  • Power Pages
  • AI Builder
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Power Automate is a service that helps create automated workflows between apps and services to synchronize files, get notifications, and collect data. Power Automate has built-in connectors to send emails. For example, the Office 365 Outlook connector can be used to send email notifications by using Outlook.
  • Power Pages is a SaaS platform for creating, hosting, and administering external-facing business websites with data from Dataverse. This platform cannot be used to send automated email notifications.
  • Power BI is an analytical platform for visualizations that uses data from multiple sources. This platform cannot be used to configure email automations.
  • AI Builder is used to create and train models to analyze data by using AI. Microsoft Power Platform has prebuilt AI Builder models. There is also the option to create custom models. AI Builder cannot be used to configure email automations.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based and website processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 600 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 600 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  • Cloud flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available such as the arrival of an email from a specific person, or a mention of your company in social media, thanks to the existing connectors. You’ll see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you’re the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  • Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  • Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform admin center you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The admin center gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

Trigger a cloud flow based on email properties

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/email-triggers

Question 29: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge, and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there, and the IT team would like to post information about SharePoint items that have been approved to Twitter.

Oswald wants to know if this is possible? If so, how would the team do it?

  • Yes, it’s possible. Create an instant cloud flow and set the trigger to be “When a Tweet is received then add an action for creating the SharePoint item for the Tweet details.
  • Yes, it’s possible. They can create a flow to monitor his SharePoint list for approved items, then Tweet the details.
  • (Correct)
  • No, it’s not possible. SharePoint lists don’t connect to Twitter directly, so there’s no way to Tweet about approved items.
  • Yes, it’s possible. They can create a flow to monitor his SharePoint list for approved items, then notify him so he can Tweet the details manually.

Explanation

  • Yes, it’s possible. He can create a flow to monitor his SharePoint list for approved items, then Tweet the details.

You can create a flow that performs one or more tasks (for example, sending a report by email) on a specific schedule:

  • Once a day, an hour, or a minute
  • On a date that you specify
  • After a number of days, hours, or minutes that you specify

Create the flow

  1. Launch Power Automate and sign in using your organizational account.
  2. In the left pane, select + Create.
  3. Select Scheduled cloud flow under Start from blank.
  4. In the dialog box, specify the flow’s name and how often the flow should run.
    For example, if you want the flow to run every two weeks, enter 2 in the Interval field, and select Week in the Frequency field. You can also specify the day of the week your flow should run. The text at the bottom of the dialog box explains your inputs in plain language.

5. Once you are satisfied with your inputs, select Create.

Specify advanced options

  1. Once your flow is created, select the title of the Recurrence card to expand it. Select Edit and then Show advanced options.Note: The advanced options vary, depending on the value of the Interval and Frequency fields. If the dialog box that you see does not match the graphic that follows, make sure that the Interval and Frequency fields are set to the same values that are shown in the graphic.
  2. Here you can specify a time zone to reflect the local time zone, Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), or another time zone.
  3. Specify the day or days of the week when the flow should run, and the time or times of day when the flow should run.
  4. For example, set up the flow as shown in the following graphic to start it no earlier than noon (Pacific time) on Monday, January 1, 2018, and to run it every two weeks, at 5:30 PM (Pacific time) on Tuesday.

Use the compose action

Use the Compose action to save yourself from entering identical data multiple times when you are designing a flow. For example, if you need to enter an array of digits: [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9] several times while you design your flow, you could use the compose action to save the array like this:

  1. Search for Compose, and then select the Compose (Data Operation) action.

2. Enter the array into the Inputs box you want to reference later:

3. Continue adding steps to your flow to perform the actions desired.

4. Rename your flow by selecting “Untitled” at the top left and entering your flow name.

5. Next Save the flow in the top right corner

6. Select the back arrow in the top left corner next to the name of the flow

7. Finally, you can Run the flow from the command bar at the top

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/create-business-process-flow

Question 30: Skipped

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists.

Which of the following is described as: Reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. This allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content. These can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content.

  • Content snippets
  • (Correct)
  • Mobile Header
  • Webpages
  • Toolbelt
  • Canvas
  • Page templates

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 31: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to use Power BI to visualize data from Wayne business systems.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he plans to display data aggregates and abstract data in a Power BI report.

Is this feasible?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, Jack will be able to display data aggregates, abstract data or transformed data in a Power BI report.

The following list provides advantages to using aggregations:

  • Query performance over big data – as users interact with visuals on Power BI reports, DAX queries are submitted to the dataset.
  • Boost query speeds by caching data at the aggregated level, using a fraction of the resources required at the detail level.
  • Unlock big data in a way that would otherwise be impossible.

Aggregations in Power BI let you reduce table sizes so you can focus on important data and improve query performance. Aggregations enable interactive analysis over big data in ways that aren’t possible otherwise, and can dramatically reduce the cost of unlocking large datasets for decision making.

Some advantages of using aggregations include:

  • Better query performance over big data. Every interaction with Power BI visuals submits DAX queries to the dataset. Cached aggregated data uses a fraction of the resources required for detail data, so you can unlock big data that would otherwise be inaccessible.
  • Optimized data refresh. Smaller cache sizes reduce refresh times, so data gets to users faster.
  • Balanced architectures. The Power BI in-memory cache can handle aggregated queries, limiting queries sent in DirectQuery mode and helping you meet concurrency limits. The remaining detail-level queries tend to be filtered, transactional-level queries, which data warehouses and big-data systems normally handle well.

Dimensional data sources, like data warehouses and data marts, can use relationship-based aggregations. Hadoop-based big-data sources often base aggregations on GroupBy columns. This article describes typical Power BI modelling differences for each type of data source.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-aggregations

Shape and combine data in Power BI Desktop

With Power BI Desktop, you can connect to many different types of data sources, then shape the data to meet your needs, enabling you to create visual reports to share with others. Shaping data means transforming the data: renaming columns or tables, changing text to numbers, removing rows, setting the first row as headers, and so on. Combining data means connecting to two or more data sources, shaping them as needed, then consolidating them into a useful query.

In this tutorial, you’ll learn how to:

  • Shape data by using Power Query Editor.
  • Connect to different data sources.
  • Combine those data sources, and create a data model to use in reports.

This tutorial demonstrates how to shape a query by using Power BI Desktop, highlighting the most common tasks. The query used here is described in more detail, including how to create the query from scratch, in Getting Started with Power BI Desktop.

Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop makes ample use of right-click menus, as well as the Transform ribbon. Most of what you can select in the ribbon is also available by right-clicking an item, such as a column, and choosing from the menu that appears.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

Question 32: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating Power Platform and has questions about the role that Dataverse plays in using Power Apps and Power Automate.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “Model-driven apps require a Common Data Service / Dataverse database”.

Is Jack correct?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Jack is correct. To create a model driven app you will need to select a database. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

PowerApps is Microsoft’s service for building “apps” that can run on mobile and web platforms, especially those targeting businesses and enterprises. In PowerApps, there are 2 different types of apps that we can create – “canvas apps” and “model-driven apps”. Both are managed from the PowerApps web page, and each has a different design mode that is selected from the bottom left of the screen.

Common Data Model and Common Data Service

Before we discuss Model-Driven Apps, we need to understand the Common Data Model and Service. The Common Data Model is a secure business database implemented by Microsoft as a service as the Common Data Service. The model holds typical business entities such as Accounts, Contacts, Opportunities, Products, etc, and those entities hold typical fields such as addresses, phone numbers etc. A business can then take this model and extend it as needed – you can add fields, create your own entities etc. The idea is that having a common data model as a service allows for out of the box integrations to many other products and services, such as PowerApps, Flow etc.

The Common Data Service was previously implemented as a database/schema service separated from Dynamics 365, but is now tightly coupled with Dynamics 365.

Model-Driven Apps and Common Data Service for Apps

The Common Data Service for Applications, shortened to Common Data Service for Apps, is the framework that allows you to build applications on the Common Data Model. However, it’s not just building apps on the Common Data Model, it’s the whole platform that comes with it – the D365 platform. These apps are built as Model-Driven apps in PowerApps, and are called so because when you provision a new app, you are provisioning a Dynamics 365 instance where everything revolves around the model, or entities, and driven by business processes.

https://carldesouza.com/powerapps-canvas-apps-model-driven-common-data-dynamics-explained/

Question 33: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Power Platform apps and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is looking at using Power Platform apps and flows to support additional business processes.
The bank would like to use historical client data to predict whether a client’s loan application is likely to be approved or rejected.

Required: Use AI Builder to implement the solution.

May Parker is the IT team lead and the group has put together a list of activities they believe need to be implemented to meet the requirement.

a. Train the model.

b. Use the model in PowerApps or Power Automate.

c. Export the data into AI Builder.

d. Publish the model.

e. Import the data into Dataverse / Common Data Service

Some of the actions are correct, but not all of them. To make things more challenging, they are not sure which order to execute the actions so Felix asked you to step in an get the team on track.

Which of the following lists the correct actions to perform in the correct sequence?

  • e → a → d → c → b
  • c → a → d → b
  • c → e → a → d → b
  • e → a → d → b
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The correct actions in sequence are e → a → d → b. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.
  1. Import the data into Dataverse / Common Data Service
    AI Builder requires the use of Common Data Service, which is the data platform for PowerApps and allows you to store and manage business data. Common Data
    Service is the platform on which Dynamics 365 apps are built so if you are a Dynamics 365 customer, your data is already in Common Data Service / Dataverse.
  2. Train the model.
  3. Publish the model.
    The last step is to publish your model.
  4. Use the model in PowerApps or Power Automate.
    In AI Builder, MS guides you through each step to create your AI model.

Get started

  1. Sign in to Power Apps.
  2. In the left pane, select AI Builder > Build.
  3. Under Make your own AI model, select an AI model type.
  4. Type a model name, and then select Create.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/build-model

Question 34: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team plan to create a Power Apps portal that allows customers to submit cases.

Which type of data source should be used?

  • Microsoft SharePoint
  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure Storage
  • Dynamics 365 Connector

Explanation

  • The best option is to use Microsoft Dataverse (previously known as Common Data Service) for PowerApps Portals. PowerApps portal app has a CDS/Dataverse data structure.
  • While SharePoint can be set up to setup for customer feedback, it has its limitations and the best choice is Dataverse.

PowerApps Portals have the ability to build low-code, responsive websites which allow external users to interact with the data stored in the Common Data Service.

PowerApps Portals allow organizations to create websites which can be shared with users external to their organization either anonymously or through the login provider of their choice like LinkedIn, Microsoft Account, other commercial login providers. You can also integrate enterprise login providers using a variety of industry standard protocols like SAML2, OpenId Connect and WS-Fed . Websites can also be created for Employees who can connect using their corporate Azure Active Directory account.

Also use familiar CDS components like model-driven forms, views, and dashboards to surface data stored in Common Data Service on your website in a few clicks.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-powerapps-portals-powerful-low-code-websites-for-external-users/

Question 35: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is using Power BI to build visualizations. Alfred’s IT support team needs to know when to install Power BI Desktop on users’ computers and where the Power BI Service will suffice to perform tasks.

Since Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to configure security?

  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Desktop only
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Service only

Explanation

  • The best option for them to use to configure security is Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 36: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is creating an information portal that managers can use to view critical information about their teams. Bruce Wayne is the IT team lead and he does not know which type of Power BI components to use.

Alfred has asked you to recommend the appropriate type of Power BI components to use.

Which of the following should you recommend to display data from a Microsoft Excel workbook that has multiple worksheets into a single chart?

  • Filter
  • Data-driven app
  • Canvas app
  • Dashboard
  • Report
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Use a Report to display data from a Microsoft Excel workbook that has multiple worksheets into a single chart. Reports are more detailed data displayed in many formats like chart, graphs list and in tabular, etc.

A Power BI dashboard is a single page, often called a canvas, that tells a story through visualizations. Because it’s limited to one page, a well-designed dashboard contains only the highlights of that story. Readers can view related reports for the details.

Dashboards are a feature of the Power BI service only. They’re not available in Power BI Desktop. Although you can’t create dashboards on mobile devices, you can view and share them there.

Dashboard basics

The visualizations you see on the dashboard are called tiles. You pin tiles to a dashboard from reports. If you’re new to Power BI, you can get a good foundation by reading Basic concepts for designers in the Power BI service.

The visualizations on a dashboard originate from reports and each report is based on a dataset. One way to think of a dashboard is as an entryway to the underlying reports and datasets. Selecting a visualization takes you to the report (and dataset) that it’s based on.

Difference Between Power BI Dashboard vs Report

Power BI dashboards are one placeholder to display the most important decision-making facts to run a business. But reports are more detailed data displayed in many formats like chart, graphs list and in tabular, etc. Dashboards are a business key performance indicator view where it displays key values that can change business profits and can be glanced at one screen. Reports are based on one dataset or one business unit data for example reports of a store belonging to California. Reports and dashboards are dependent on each other because of any operational value or from a metric value Power BI report has a feature that they can be drilled down to report level detail granularity.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboards

Question 37: Skipped

You can create chatbots in the Power Virtual Agents app in Teams and then share them with other people in your team, company, or organization.

The very first step is to add the Power Virtual Agents app. Then you can create bots.

Which of the following should you use when you need to configure the chatbot to identify when an email address is included in a user’s response to the chatbot?

  • Prebuilt entities
  • (Correct)
  • Custom entities
  • Topics
  • Variables

Explanation

  • Entities in Power Virtual Agents represent a certain type of real-world subjects, like a phone number, postal code, city, or even a person’s name.
  • Power Virtual Agents has prebuilt entities to capture common information like name, age, phone number, etc. including email addresses.
  • Custom entities are not required since there are prebuilt entities which capture email addresses.
  • Variables in Power Virtual Agents store customer responses that can be later used in the conversation.
  • Topics in Power Virtual Agents are used to configure trigger phases that decide the flow of conversation. They cannot be used to capture a user’s response.

Add the Power Virtual Agents app in Microsoft Teams

  1. Select Apps at the bottom of the side pane in Microsoft Teams
  2. In the search box, type power virtual agents and then select the tile that appears. Select Add for me in the description window that pops up. This adds the app to the side pane.
  3. To make it easier to get back to, select and hold (or right-click) the Power Virtual Agents icon and select Pin.

Create a bot

When you create a bot, it has to go into a team – everyone in that team will be able to see and use the bot (but you can share it with people in other teams later on). If you want other people to have access to edit the bot, you need to add them to your team.

All bots have to belong to a team. You can create a new team if necessary, before you add a bot to it.

Important: You can’t create a bot in a hidden membership team (a team where members can’t see the details of other members). If you try to do so, you’ll see an error message, and you’ll need to create your bot in another team that doesn’t have the hiddenmembership setting.

The first time you create a bot in a team, it will take 1 to 10 minutes to build the necessary systems in the backend, but every bot after that will take much less time (around 1 or 2 minutes).

  1. Select the Power Virtual Agents icon to open the app.
  2. You can create a new bot two ways:
    • Select Start now and then choose the team you want to use.
    • Go to the Chatbots tab, select the team you want to use, and then New chatbot.
  3. If this is the first time a bot is being created in your team, you’ll see a notice explaining that it will take some time (this could take from 1 to 10 minutes):

    Note: If you were just recently added to a team that already has a bot, you may still see this message as Microsoft Teams is still adding you to the team. You should wait 15 minutes and then create your bot. You should also wait for 15 minutes before finding the team in the Chatbots tab.

  4. Select Create to begin the initial bot-building process for your team, which can take a few minutes.
    You can close the loading window, the bot creation process will continue in the background.
  5. After the building process is finished, you can create a bot in your team. In the list of teams, select your team and then New chatbot to make your bot.

Delete a bot

You can delete bots to remove them from your team. In the navigation menu, under Settings, select Details. Then select Delete.

You’ll be asked to confirm the deletion of the bot by entering the bot’s name, after which all bot content is immediately deleted.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/teams/authoring-first-bot-teams

Components of Power Virtual Agents

When you create chatbots with Power Virtual Agents, you author and edit topics. Topics are discrete conversation paths that, when used together within a single chatbot, allow for users to have a conversation with a chatbot that feels natural and flows appropriately. Creating a chatbot with Power Virtual Agents is easy to do with the no-code authoring canvas, and there are a number of ways you can manage how topics interact, how you want the conversation to flow, and what it should feel like. It is also easy to test the chatbot without having to fully deploy the chatbot whenever you make a small change. There are also lesson topics that guide you through topic authoring – from simple to complex scenarios, as well as default system topics. You can also choose what language you want your chatbot to use.

Topics

In Power Virtual Agents, a topic defines how a chatbot conversation plays out. You can author topics by customizing provided templates, create new topics from scratch, or get suggestions from existing help sites.

A topic has trigger phrases—these are phrases, keywords, or questions that a user is likely to type that is related to a specific issue—and conversation nodes—these are what you use to define how a chatbot should respond and what it should do.

The AI uses natural language understanding to parse what a customer actually types and find the most appropriate trigger phrase or node.

For example, a user might type “Open hours” into your chatbot—the AI will be able to match that to the Store hours topic and begin a conversation that asks which store the customer is interested in, and then display the hours the store is open.

You can see how the chatbot conversation works in practice by testing it in the Test chatbot pane. This lets you fine-tune the topic until you are ready to deploy it without having to exit the Power Virtual Agents portal.

Use system and sample topics

When you create a chatbot, a number of topics will be automatically created for you.

These are:

  • Four prepopulated User Topics that are titled as lessons. These lesson topics can be used to help understand simple to complex ways of using nodes to create chatbot conversations.
  • A number of System Topics. These are prepopulated topics that you are likely to need during a chatbot conversation. We recommend you keep these and use them until you are comfortable with creating an end-to-end chatbot conversation.

You can edit both of these topic types in the same manner as for topics you create; however, you cannot delete them.

Entities

A big part of chatbot conversations in Power Virtual Agents is natural language understanding, which is the ability for the AI to understand a user’s intent. For example, natural language understanding is involved when a user might say “I tried to use my gift card but it doesn’t work” and the chatbot is able to route the user to the topic related to gift cards not working—even if that exact phrase isn’t listed as a trigger phrase.

One fundamental aspect of natural language understanding is to identify entities in a user dialog. An entity can be viewed as an information unit that represents a certain type of a real-world subject, like a phone number, zip code, city, or even a person’s name.

Prebuilt entities

Out of the box, Power Virtual Agents comes with a set of prebuilt entities, which represent the most commonly used information in real-world dialogs, such as age, colors, numbers, and names.

With the knowledge granted by entities, a chatbot can smartly recognize the relevant information from a user input and save it for later use.

Custom entities

The prebuilt entities cover commonly used information types, but on some occasions, such as when building a chatbot that serves a specific purpose, you will need to teach the chatbot’s language understanding model some domain-specific knowledge.

Actions

You can enable your chatbot to perform an action by calling a Microsoft Power Automate flow. Flows can help you automate activities or call backend systems. For example, you can use flows with end-user authentication to retrieve information about a user after they sign in.

You can call flows from within topics, as a discrete Call an action node. You can utilize flows that have already been created in your Power Apps environment, or you can create a flow from within the Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Important: A flow can only be called from a topic located in the same Microsoft Dataverse environment as your chatbot. Flows must also be in a solution in Power Automate. You can move flows into solutions, so they are listed in the authoring canvas.

Flows typically use variables to input and output information. The variables can then be used in other nodes within the topic.

Publishing

With Power Virtual Agents, you can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on multiple platforms or channels. These include live websites, mobile apps, and messaging platforms like Microsoft Teams and Facebook.

After you have published at least once, you can connect your chatbot to additional channels.

Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you’ve inserted or connected your chatbot.

You can also configure a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to provide authentication capabilities, so users can sign in with any OAuth2 identity provider, such as Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), a Microsoft account, or Facebook.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-virtual-agents/advanced-entities-slot-filling

Question 38: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following is a benefit to using Power Virtual Agents?

  • Requires more time than regular customer chat
  • Improve customer satisfaction
  • (Correct)
  • Doesn’t use AI to understand user’s intent
  • Virtual Agent scripts are written in plain html

Explanation

  • Power Virtual Agents can improve customer satisfaction by allowing customers to self-help and resolve issues quickly, 24/7 using rich personalized chatbot conversations.

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to easily create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface without the need for data scientists or developers. It eliminates the gap between the subject matter experts and the development teams building the chatbots, and the long latency between teams recognizing an issue and updating the chatbot to address it. It removes the complexity of exposing teams to the nuances of conversational AI and the need to write complex code. And, it minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom conversational solution.

Power Virtual Agents are adaptable Artificial Intelligence (AI) chatbots, at your service. They can solve common customer and internal-facing issues automatically, freeing up staff to focus on complex requests and high-value interactions. You can easily create your own virtual agents, powerful chatbots, without the need for developers or data scientists, by using a guided, no-code graphical interface. Integrate Power Virtual Agents with the products and services you use every day using hundreds of prebuilt connectors, by building custom workflows using Power Automate, or creating complex scenarios with Microsoft Bot Framework. Monitor and continuously improve chatbot performance using AI- and data-driven insights available in an easy-to-read dashboard.

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to easily create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface without the need for data scientists or developers. Power Virtual Agents addresses many of the major issues with bot building in the industry today. It eliminates the gap between the subject matter experts and the development teams building the bots, and the long latency between teams recognizing an issue and updating the bot to address it. It removes the complexity of exposing teams to the nuances of conversational AI and the need to write complex code. Also, it minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom conversational solution.

Check out this video for a brief overview of Power Virtual Agents: https://youtu.be/J5i7h4Uzju4

Using Power Virtual Agents, you can:

  • Empower your teams by allowing them to easily build chatbots themselves without needing intermediaries, coding, or AI expertise.
  • Reduce costs by easily automating common inquiries and freeing human agent time to deal with more complex issues.
  • Improve customer satisfaction by allowing customers to self-help and resolve issues quickly, 24/7 using rich personalized bot conversations.

Highlights of Power Virtual Agents

  1. Get started in seconds. Power Virtual Agents is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) offering. It allows you to easily sign up, create your chatbot, and embed it into your website with just a few clicks. There is no infrastructure to maintain or complex systems to deploy.
  2. Empower your subject matter experts. Using Power Virtual Agents, you are in the driver’s seat. Your SMEs can create chatbots quickly and easily using a novel, intuitive, code-free graphical interface, eliminating the need for AI expertise or teams of developers.

3. Enable rich, natural conversations. Microsoft’s powerful conversational AI capabilities enable your end users to have rich multi-turn conversations that quickly guide them to the right solution. And, unlike most products on the market, there is no need to retrain AI models. Simply provide a few short examples of the topic you want the chatbot to handle, build the conversation using the graphical editor, and your chatbot is ready to handle customer requests. You can even try out your changes in real-time in the test pane!

4. Enable chatbots to take action. Chatbots that can chat with your users are great, but chatbots that can act on their behalf are even better. With Power Virtual Agents, you can easily integrate with services and back-end systems out-of-the-box or through hundreds of easy-to-add custom connectors using Power Automate. This makes it simple to create a chatbot that not only responds to the user, but also acts on their behalf.

5. Monitor and improve chatbot performance. Power Virtual Agents lets you keep an eye on how your chatbots are performing using powerful metrics and AI-driven dashboards. Easily see which topics are doing well and where the chatbot can improve, and quickly make adjustments to improve performance.

6. Better together. Power Virtual Agents works hand-in-hand with Dynamics 365 Customer Service Insights to provide a holistic view of your customer service operations. You can use Customer Service Insights and Power Virtual Agents together to determine which topics are trending or consuming support resources, and then easily automate them.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 39: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The IT team has been busy learning about Power Apps since they have never used it before. Tanleer is trying to determine which of the following use actions and triggers.

Which of the following offers actions and triggers?

  • Gateway
  • Connector
  • (Correct)
  • Solution
  • Flow

Explanation

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/connectors#connector-components

Question 40: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

Wade has decided to let freelancer mercenaries publish e-books on the Mercs for Money website in exchange for commissions on the sales. The plan is to implement a Power Apps portal solution to make announcements about upcoming books to the general public. Wade wants to be sure that book authors can securely access their data.

Which of the following should he employ?

  • Authenticate external users
  • (Correct)
  • Customize layouts
  • Access data in Dataverse / CDS
  • Browse content anonymously

Explanation

  • The independent authors have to be authenticated in order to be authorized to participate in the CDS / Dataverse data.

What is the Power Apps Portal?

When you need to build custom business applications that connect to your data across the web and mobile devices, Power Apps is the solution. Built on Microsoft’s Azure framework, Power Apps allows you to create the functionality you need throughout your company with little to no coding experience required. It reduces the cost of custom development and makes tailored tools more accessible with templates and an intuitive user interface.

https://youtu.be/5JRHxh48tTc

Power Apps Portals is a capability of the Power Platform where you can build responsive customer portals that allow external users from your organization to interact with the data stored in the Common Data Service. Customized portals fueled by the Common Data Service open the door to a new level of data access, security, productivity, and customer service.

With your data easily accessible to anyone inside and outside of your organization, you control the narrative. Here are some of the major features that the new Power Apps Portal offers:

  • Anonymous Browsing
    Power Apps Portals allows you to give any user secure access to the data you make available anonymously. You set the authentication requirements, customize the data you want to make public, and control the experience.
  • Simplified Login Options
    If you don’t want to take the anonymous route, you can provide secure access to internal and external users through commercial authentication providers like LinkedIn or Google. This gives users the option to sign in with a Power Apps account or use an external account.
  • Enterprise-Grade Security
    The Common Data Service supports the underlying data platform for Power Apps and Power Apps Portals. Security can be implemented as a simple security model with broad data access to a more complex, advanced security model, where users have specific record and field level access.
  • Intuitive Portal Designer
    Microsoft’s new no-code portal designer was built for ease of use. With a simplified drag-and-drop feature, custom branding, and bootstrap theme options, in addition to Dataverse / Common Data Services components (i.e. forms, views, and dashboards), anyone can create and manage content like pages and templates to build better customer experiences.
  • Fast Data Access Without Additional Users
    Power Apps are created for employees who can connect using their corporate Azure Active Directory account. With Power Apps Portals, you don’t have to set up external users with their own accounts, which eliminates the licensing and admin time required to give external partners, vendors, and customers access to your website.
  • Data Integration
    The Common Data Service allows you to bring data from all the apps you use, from Power BI to Microsoft Automate (formerly Flow). You can enhance your portals with forms, views, lists, charts, and dashboards to improve the customer experience.

https://www.onactuate.com/upgrades/what-is-the-new-powerapps-portal/

Question 41: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables users and organizations to analyze, act on, and automate the data to digitally transform their businesses. Microsoft Power Platform today comprises four products:

  • Power BI
  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Power Virtual Agents

It also has two add-ins: AI Builder and Power Pages.

In order to prevent external leakage of corporate data, which of the following should be employed?

  • Enable auditing in Microsoft Dataverse
  • Configure conditional access
  • Implement the Microsoft Power Platform Centre of Excellence (CoE) Starter Kit
  • Create data policies
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Data policies prevent an app or a flow from connecting to two different data sources that may allow data to be accessed or copied outside of the organization. For example, a cloud that that connects to both Azure SQL Server and Dropbox could copy the data from Azure SQL Server to an external Dropbox folder.
  • Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) conditional access can control when a user can access a Power Apps app using various signals such as location and device. It will not prevent data from being leaked externally.
  • The Microsoft Power Platform CoE toolkit will enable monitoring of the apps, flows, and connectors used within your organization. It will not prevent data leakage on its own.
  • The CoE toolkit enables the managing of data policies. Auditing in Microsoft Dataverse captures changes to data in Microsoft Dataverse tables. Auditing does not prevent data leakage.

Data loss prevention policies

You can use Power Apps and Power Automate for rapid build and rollout of these high-value apps so that users can measure and act on the data in real time. Apps and automation are becoming increasingly connected across multiple data sources and multiple services. Some of these might be external, third-party services and might even include some social networks. Users generally have good intentions, but they can easily overlook the potential for exposure from data leakage to services and audiences that shouldn’t have access to the data.

You can create data loss prevention (DLP) policies that can act as guardrails to help prevent users from unintentionally exposing organizational data. DLP policies can be scoped at the environment level or tenant level, offering flexibility to craft sensible policies that strike the right balance between protection and productivity. For tenant-level policies you can define the scope to be all environments, selected environments, or all environments except ones you specifically exclude. Environment-level policies can be defined for one environment at a time.

DLP policies enforce rules for which connectors can be used together by classifying connectors as either Business or Non-Business. If you put a connector in the Business group, it can only be used with other connectors from that group in any given app or flow. Sometimes you might want to block the usage of certain connectors altogether by classifying them as Blocked.

DLP policies are created in the Power Platform admin centre. They affect Power Platform canvas apps and Power Automate flows. To create a DLP policy, you need to be a tenant admin or have the Environment Admin role.

Compliance and data privacy

Microsoft is committed to the highest levels of trust, transparency, standards conformance, and regulatory compliance. Microsoft’s broad suite of cloud products and services are all built from the ground up to address the most rigorous security and privacy demands of our customers.

To help your organization comply with national, regional, and industry-specific requirements governing the collection and use of individuals’ data, Microsoft provides the most comprehensive set of compliance offerings (including certifications and attestations) of any cloud service provider. There are also tools for administrators to support your organization’s efforts. In this part of the document we will cover in more detail the resources available to help you determine and achieve your own organization requirements.

Data Protection

Data as it is in transit between user devices and the Microsoft datacentres are secured. Connections established between customers and Microsoft datacentres are encrypted, and all public endpoints are secured using industry-standard TLS. TLS effectively establishes a security-enhanced browser to server connection to help ensure data confidentiality and integrity between desktops and datacentres. API access from the customer endpoint to the server is also similarly protected. Currently, TLS 1.2 (or higher) is required for accessing the server endpoints.

Accessibility in Microsoft Power Platform

One of the things that Microsoft values the most is making sure that Power Platform is accessible and inclusive to all kinds of users all over the world. An accessible canvas app will allow users with vision, hearing, and other impairments to successfully use the app. In addition to being a requirement for many governments and organizations, following the below guidelines increases usability for all users, regardless of their abilities. You can use the Accessibility Checker to help review potential accessibility issues in your app.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-platform/admin/wp-data-loss-prevention

Conditional Access policies in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) at their simplest are if-then statements: if a user wants to access a resource, then they must complete an action.

Example: A payroll manager wants to access the payroll app that has been built with Power Apps and is required to perform multifactor authentication to access it.

Administrators are faced with two primary goals:

  • Empower users to be productive wherever and whenever.
  • Protect the organization’s assets.

By using Conditional Access policies, you can apply the right access controls when needed to keep your organization secure, and stay out of your user’s way when they’re not needed. Conditional Access policies are enforced after the first-factor authentication has been completed.

Only Global Admins can configure Conditional Access policies. This isn’t available for Microsoft Power Platform or Dynamics 365 admins.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-platform/guidance/adoption/conditional-access

Question 42: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment.

Harvey Dent is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Harvey said “It is possible to control security roles and privileges in a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment from the Power Platform Admin Centre”.

Is Harvey correct?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, Harvey is correct. “Power Apps Admin Centre” does not exists anymore but has been renamed “Power Platform Admin Centre” and hosts the security settings. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Configure user security to resources in an environment

Microsoft Dataverse uses a role-based security model to help secure access to the database. This article explains how to create the security artifacts that you must have to help secure resources in an environment. Security roles can be used to configure environment-wide access to all resources in the environment, or to configure access to specific apps and data in the environment. Security roles control a user’s access to an environment’s resources through a set of access levels and permissions. The combination of access levels and permissions that are included in a specific security role governs the limitations on the user’s view of apps and data, and on the user’s interactions with that data.

An environment can have zero or one Dataverse database. The process for assigning security roles for environments that have no Dataverse database differs from that for an environment that does have a Dataverse database.

Predefined security roles

Environments include predefined security roles that reflect common user tasks with access levels defined to match the security best-practice goal of providing access to the minimum amount of business data required to use the app.

These security roles can be assigned to the user, owner team and group team.

There is another set of security roles that is assigned to application users. Those security roles are installed by our services and cannot be updated.

Which predefined security roles are available in your environment depends on the environment type.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/database-security

The customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), use standard SQL Server cell level encryption for a set of default table attributes that contain sensitive information, such as user names and email passwords. This feature can help organizations meet FIPS 140-2 compliance.

All new and upgraded organizations use data encryption by default. Data encryption can’t be turned off.

Users who have the system administrator security role can change the encryption key at any time.

Change an organization encryption key

These settings can be found in the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre by going to Environments → [select an environment] → SettingsEncryptionData encryption.

Make sure you have the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions to update the setting.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/data-encryption

Manage Microsoft Dataverse settings

You can view and manage the settings for your environments by signing in to the Microsoft Power Platform Admin centre, going to the Environments page, selecting an environment, and then selecting Settings.

Settings for the selected environment can be managed here.

Environment settings are moving

Across organization admin settings are gradually moving from the web client to the Power Platform Admin centre. Until the move to the Power Platform Admin Centre is complete, you’ll still be able to manage settings in customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), as usual.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/admin-settings

Question 43: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team needs to implement Power Platform apps. Phil does not plan to use any development tools or plug-ins.

Will Brand be able to create invoices from orders and then send the invoices to the customer by using a Power Automate flow?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Brand will be able to create invoices from orders and then send the invoices to the customer by using a Power Automate flow.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1

Synchronize Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data with external systems

Sometimes you’ll need to synchronize and integrate Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data with data that is stored in other systems. The common data integration patterns include taking data from an external system and pushing it into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), taking data from Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and synchronizing it to some external data store, or updating Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) with external data. You can now use several new capabilities to make it easier to write code to achieve these scenarios.

These new features can be used separately as needed in any situation, but together they address common issues related to synchronizing and integrating data with external data.

Feature: Removing specialized messages

Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) has a number of specialized messages for specific operations that update records. These messages are deprecated in this release and you should now simply use Update to perform the same operations. The deprecated messages are:

  • Assign
  • SetParentSystemUser
  • SetParentTeam
  • SetParentBusinessUnit
  • SetBusinessEquipment
  • SetBusinessUnit
  • SetState

Simply updating the record is much simpler than using these messages and should streamline your development for data integration and synchronization scenarios.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/special-update-operation-behavior

Feature: Alternate Keys

In enterprise deployments of Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), it’s common for data from external enterprise systems to be loaded into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) so that it can be presented to users. These external systems often can’t be extended to store the Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record identifiers, known as GUIDs, required for system synchronization. A common solution is to add a custom attribute to an entity in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) that can be used to store the identifier of the related record in the external system.
When you build data load processes that update records in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and assign references to related records in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), you first have to make an extra Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) web service call to retrieve the target Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record based on this external identifier. This lookup can be slow if an appropriate index is not in place for the custom attribute, and in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) scenarios, each of these lookups requires a costly round-trip across the Internet. These extra round trips can increase by an order of magnitude the time it takes to update each Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record and can reduce overall throughput drastically.
Now, web service operations can target a Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record using one or more alternate keys instead of a GUID. In addition, entity references to related records can be specified using one or more alternate keys. Because alternate keys are indexed, lookup operations show increased performance as compared to adding a custom attribute as an identifier. If something goes wrong, the system will throw an error and roll back all the changes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/define-alternate-keys-entity?view=op-9-1

Feature: Change tracking

When organizations need to maintain Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data in external storage there is now a way to keep that data synchronized in a performant way by detecting what data has changed since the data was initially extracted or last synchronized. The RetrieveEntityChangesRequest message is used to retrieve the changes for an entity.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1#synchronize-data-with-external-systems-using-change-tracking

Feature: Upsert

When loading data into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) from an external system, you may not know if a record already exists in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and should be updated, or whether you must create a new record. Use the new UpsertRequest message to update the record if it exists, or create a new record if it doesn’t exist, in one API call.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1#using-upsert

Question 44: Skipped

Scenario: The Life Foundation believed that the conclusion of the Cold War would bring about a nuclear holocaust that would result in the mutually assured destruction of modern civilization. To that end, under the leadership of Carlton Drake they constructed a large fallout shelter to provide a place for their wealthy clients to live comfortably.

Life has a Power Apps portal and needs to send a notification each week by using a third-party service. The notification must contain a summary of the records created inside the Power Apps portal.

Which Microsoft Power Platform component should Life use?

  • Power BI
  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power Virtual Agents

Explanation

  • Power Automate can use the standard connector or custom connectors to connect to third-party services.
  • Power BI is a business analytics service.
  • Power Virtual Agents is used to create chatbots, not to consume third-party services.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a data platform.

The business value of Microsoft Power Platform

Many organizations struggle building solutions that help their users be successful. Not only do they struggle trying to modernize their systems, but they simply don’t have the resources required to meet the ever-changing needs of businesses today. With demands for targeted applications at an all-time high and labor shortages, it isn’t uncommon to see application demand up to five times what departments can realistically deliver.

This is not the only challenge facing enterprises today. As the business climate changes, new factors are impacting businesses. These impacts include:

  • Changing workforce expectations: As millennials and Gen Z come to represent most of the workforce, organizations need to adapt to fit the way they work. They have grown up in a world of tailored experiences and collaborating through social media. To best apply their abilities, organizations need to be able to deliver more custom, streamlined, and collaborative digital experiences.
  • Increased costs for custom application development: Building custom applications is time consuming and expensive. Not only do you need to factor in the costs to initially custom develop an application, but you need to factor in the costs to maintain it.
  • Need to become more agile: Historically, solutions can take months to build and roll out. Once deployed, it can take weeks to implement every minor change. We no longer have that luxury. Business strategies and needs change rapidly, so organizations need to be able to quickly build solutions based on those changing needs.
  • Need to scale development efficiently: To meet ever changing needs, organizations need to change how they develop solutions. By responsibly enabling citizens developers (Power Users) as part of development processes, we can create hybrid development teams that empower the entire organization to grow.

The Power Platform makes it easy for organizations to address all the challenges mentioned above. The combination of low code tools, along with the ability to leverage enterprise level application development tools, provide a collaborative solution where citizen developers and professional developers work together to build targeted solutions based on needs of the people who will be using these applications every day.

For example, technicians in the field may encounter scenarios in which they need a part to execute a job. Ideally if that part is in inventory, they can easily request the part so they can continue to work. However, many times, there’s a bottleneck in this process. They need to submit a request to the parts person first. This means that they can be potentially spending time waiting for the parts person to get back to them only to find out later that the part isn’t in stock. This could be easily solved by building a dedicated Power App. By being able to check inventory levels while onsite, technicians do not have to spend time onsite waiting to determine if the part is available. Not only can they see if the part is available, but they can easily request the part as needed. Since they best understand what they would need, they can use their first-hand knowledge of what would be required, to build out a prototype of the application using Power Apps that reflects the best user interface and overall experience. This is something that would have to be done by a developer in the past. Once prototyped, the organizations’ developers can be used to fill in the gaps that go beyond the technician’s ability, such as developing the APIs that will do the checking in the company’s inventory system. Once created, the APIs can be easily added to the Power App and to any Power Automate Flows that may be needed. This collaborative approach to creating solutions is often referred to as Fusion development and allows organizations to use the best resources for the required task.

The image below provides an example the Fusion development approach.

Leveraging a low code/no code approach minimizes the amount of time that development resources spend working on items like screens, automations, and more. This frees them up to focus on the more advanced portions of the solution where their skills are more appropriately used. Over 600 pre-built connectors help simplify integration with both internal and external systems. These connectors mean that organizations do not need to custom build integration solutions from the ground up, which can be costly both initially and to maintain.

In addition to the cost benefits provided by using Microsoft Power Platform, the Power Platform helps to increase performance and efficiency. The flexibility of the platform lets you build applications and solutions that meet your business initiatives and goals. For example, a dedicated time management Power App could be quickly created to ensure that everyone is capturing their time on projects the same way. This means that the potential for data entry errors would be dramatically reduced. Integrated approvals built on Power Automate ensures that items like time off requests and other items are being automatically routed to the right person, so they can approve or reject items as quickly as possible.

Microsoft Power Platform helps organizations build solutions that meet their ever-changing needs. Microsoft Power Platform gives organizations the ability to increase their business agility, by allowing them to quickly build application prototypes in hours or days, as opposed to weeks or months. This ensures by the time the solutions are created, it will still be something that provides value. The business value provided by Microsoft Power Platform extends beyond the value of the platform to the value of the apps themselves that are being built. These applications typically help improve one or more value drivers, such as performance improvement, direct or indirect cost savings, risk mitigation or business transformation. This allows organizations to have a library of applications to facilitate day to day operations. These apps might include solutions for facilities management, solutions to assist with employee onboarding, solutions for streamlining process, and more.

Build with Power Automate

Here are some of the ways you can extend your application with Power Automate:

  • Create and connect to a custom connector.
  • Share your custom connector with all Power Automate users.
  • Embed the flow experience within an app.
  • Highlight all custom connectors so that users can interact with Power Automate in the best way for them.

Create a custom connector

If you have a web service to which you want to connect from Power Automate, you’ll first need to create a custom connector. When you register a custom connector, you teach Power Automate about the characteristics of your web service, including the authentication it requires, the triggers and actions that it supports, and the parameters and outputs for each of those actions.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/get-started-flow-dev

Question 45: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward plans to implement Power Apps in a Power Platform environment which will send data to Microsoft OneNote in the same tenant.

Given: SharePoint integration has been previously set up and UCWF has a Microsoft 365 subscription.

Which of the following can be used to do this?

  • Custom connector
  • Microsoft Flow
  • (Correct)
  • Model-driven app
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas app
  • App Orchestrator

Explanation

  • To send data to a Microsoft OneNote notebook in the same tenant, you can use both Microsoft Flow aka Power Automate and Model-driven app. Model-driven app is native integration with OneNote (provided you already set up SharePoint integration).

Set up OneNote integration

Gather your thoughts, ideas, plans and research in one single place with OneNote in model-driven Power Apps and customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation).

When you turn on OneNote integration, you have the benefits of using OneNote to take or review customer notes from within your records.

You can configure OneNote integration when you’re also using SharePoint Online. You must have a subscription to Microsoft 365 to use OneNote in model-driven and customer engagement apps.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/set-up-onenote-integration-in-dynamics-365

Question 46: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Eddie wants to deploy a service using building model-driven apps.

When Eddie is building model-driven apps, which designer does he use to define the navigation of his app?

  • App Orchestrator
  • App designer
  • Site map designer
  • (Correct)
  • View designer

Explanation

  • The site map designer is used to define the navigation of your app by dragging components onto the design canvas, previewing your work, and instantly publishing the site map. Administrators and any user with the required privileges can quickly create site maps for apps.

Model-driven app design is an approach that focuses on adding dashboards, forms, views, and charts to your apps. With little or no code, you can build apps that are simple or very complex.

In canvas apps, the app maker has total control over the app layout. In model-driven apps, on the other hand, much of the layout is determined by the components you add. The emphasis is more on quickly viewing your business data and making decisions instead of on intricate app design.

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design does not require code, and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development, where the designer has complete control over app layout, much of the layout is determined for you with model-driven apps and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

The approach to making model-driven apps

Model-driven apps have three design phases:

  1. Model your business data
  2. Define your business processes
  3. Build the app

Model your business data

Model-driven design uses metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize apps without writing code. To model business data, you determine what data the app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Metadata means data about data and defines the structure of the data stored in Microsoft Dataverse.

Define your business processes

Defining and enforcing consistent business processes is a key aspect of model-driven app design. Consistent processes help ensure that your app users can focus on their work and not worry about having to remember to perform a set of manual steps. Processes can be simple or complex, and they often change over time.

Build the app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and setting up the components you need in the App Designer.

A model-driven app consists of several components that you select by using the App Designer. The components and component properties become the metadata. Let’s look more closely at these components.

Data

The table below shows the different data components that can make up a model-driven app which can determine what data the app will be based upon. It also shows what designer is used to create or edit the data component.

User interface

The table below shows the user interface components which determine how users will interact with the app and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

Logic

The logic components determine what business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Microsoft Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule they are needing.

Visualization

The visualization components determine what type of data and reporting the app will show and have available and which designer is used to create or edit that component.

Some examples of visualizations in a model-driven app:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 47: Skipped

Business process flows are used to guide a user through the steps of your business process when working with which of the following? (Select all that apply)

  • Azure Cosmos
  • Canvas-driven apps
  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • (Correct)
  • Model-driven apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Business process flows are used to guide a user through the steps of your business process when working with Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. The example below will guide you through the process and decisions you need to make when building a business process flow.

Create a business process flow

  1. Launch Power Automate and sign in using your organizational account.
  2. In the left pane, select My flows.
  3. On the top bar, select Business process flows.
  4. Select + New at the top.
  5. In the Build a business process flow pane, fill in the required fields:
    • Flow Name: The display name of the process doesn’t have to be unique, but it should be meaningful for people who must choose a process. You can change this name later.
    • Name: A unique name that’s based on the display name. You can change the name when you create the process, but you can’t change it after the process has been created.
    • Choose a table: Select the table to base the process on. You can choose Account for this example.
    • he table that you select affects the columns that are available for steps in the business process flow. You can’t change the table after creating the business process flow.
  6. Select Create.
    The new process is created, and the business process flow designer is started. The designer page has three sections:

    • On the left, a single stage named Account New Stage has already been created for you.
    • Beneath this stage is the mini map, which lets you see the whole process or quickly go to a part of the process.
    • On the right are components that you can drag to the designer. You can also set properties to create a business process flow.

7. Add stages, so that users can proceed from one business stage to another in the process:

a. Drag the Stage component from the Components tab to the plus sign (+) in the designer.

b. Select the stage, and then, on the Properties tab on the right, set the properties:

  • Enter a display name.
  • Optional: Select a category for the stage (for example, Identify or Research). This category will display on the business process flow stage.

  • When you’ve finished setting the properties, select Apply.

8. Add steps to each stage:

a. Select Details on a stage to view the steps and processes in that stage.

b. Select Data Step #1 to edit the Properties of that step.

c. Populate Identify Primary Contact for the Step Name and select Primary Contact for the Data Field.

d. Select the Component tab and drag the Data Step component to the stage, under the previous step.

e. Repeat the previous steps to populate the Data Steps as desired.

9. Add a branch (condition) to the process:

a. Drag the Condition component from the Components tab to the plus sign (+) between two stages.

b. Select the condition, and then, on the Properties tab, set the properties. When you’ve finished, select Apply.

10. Add a workflow to the process:

a. Drag the Workflow component from the Components tab to either a specific stage or the Global Workflow item:

  • Drag the Workflow component to a specific stage if the workflow should be triggered when the process enters or exits that stage. The Workflow component must be based on the same primary entity as the stage.
  • Drag the Workflow component to the Global Workflow item if the workflow should be triggered when the process is activated or archived (that is, when the status changes to Completed or Abandoned). The Workflow component must be based on the same primary entity as the process.

b. Select the condition, and then, on the Properties tab, set the properties:

  • Enter a display name.
  • Select when the workflow should be triggered.
  • Search for an existing on-demand active workflow that matches the stage entity, or create a workflow by selecting New.
  • When you’ve finished, select Apply.

11. To validate the business process flow, select Validate on the action bar.

12. To save the process as a draft while you continue to work on it, select Save on the action bar.

13. To activate the process and make it available to your team, select Activate on the action bar.

14. To define who has privileges to create, read, update, or delete the business process flow instance, select Edit Security Roles on the action bar. For example, for service-related processes, you might give customer service reps full access to change the business process flow instance. But you might give sales reps just read-only access to the instance, so that they can monitor post-sales activities for their customers.

a. In the Security Roles pane, select the name of a role to open the details page for that role.

b. On the Business Process Flows tab, select options to assign the role appropriate privileges for the business process flow.

c. Select Save.

Edit a business process flow

You can edit the business process flow after it has been created.

1. In the Power Apps portal, select Flows in the left pane.

2. In the list of processes, select the business process flow that you created, and then select the Edit button.

Keep the following points in mind when you edit the stages of a business process flow:

  • Business process flows can have up to 30 stages.
  • You can add or change the following properties of a stage:
    • Stage Name: You can change the stage name after you create the stage.
    • Table: You can change the table for any stage except the first one.
    • Stage Category: A category lets you group stages by the type of action. It’s useful for reports that will group rows by the stage that they’re in. The options for the stage category come from the Stage Category global choice. You can add more options to this global choice and change the labels of existing options. You can also delete options, but we recommend that you keep the existing options. If you delete an option, you won’t be able to add it back later. If you don’t want an option to be used, change the label to Do not use.
    • Relationship: Enter a relationship when the preceding stage in the process is based on a different table than the current stage. For the current stage, select Select relationships, and then specify the relationship that should be used when the flow moves between the two stages. We recommend that you specify relationships, because they provide the following benefits:
    • Attribute maps are often defined for relationships. These attribute maps automatically carry over data between rows. Therefore, they help minimize the amount data entry that’s required.
    • When you select Next Stage on the process bar for a row, any rows that use the relationship are listed in the process flow. Therefore, the reuse of rows in the process is promoted. In addition, you can use workflows to automate the creation of rows. Users then just have to select the workflow instead of creating a row. Therefore, the process is streamlined.
    • Set Process Flow Order: If you have more than one business process flow for a table, you must specify which process is automatically assigned to new rows. On the action bar, select Order Process Flow. For new rows or rows that don’t already have a process flow associated with them, the first business process flow that a user has access to will be used.
    • Enable Security Roles: A user’s access to a business process flow depends on the privileges that are defined for the business process flow in the security role that’s assigned to the user. By default, only the System Administrator and System Customizer security roles can view a new business process flow.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 48: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is considering implementing Power Platform and Wade must minimize development costs.

Which of the following cases should Wade consider implementing Power Apps Portals? (Select three)

  • A customer support website that includes knowledgebase search and support for document uploads
  • (Correct)
  • A secure website for vendors accessing data stored in Dataverse
  • An internal website for employees with limited access to Dynamics 365 Finance data
  • (Correct)
  • A public website that supports multilingual communities with forums and blogs support
  • (Correct)
  • A secure website for mobile users that is available only by using a VPN into the corporate network

Explanation

  • The key question here is the “Secure” part of website as the layers offered out of the box by portals are just public domain.

Portal templates

Based on the selected environment in Power Apps, you can create a Dataverse starter portal or a portal in an environment containing customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation).

Environment with Dataverse

If you select an environment that contains Microsoft Dataverse, you can create a Dataverse starter portal. The Dataverse starter portal comes with the sample data for you to quickly get started. It also has the following built-in sample pages:

  • Default studio template
  • Page with title
  • Page with child links

To create a portal in an environment with Dataverse, go to Create a Dataverse starter portal.

Environment with customer engagement apps

If you select an environment that contains customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, or Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), you can create the following portals:

  • Customer self-service portal: A customer self-service portal enables customers to access self-service knowledge, support resources, view the progress of their cases, and provide feedback.
  • Partner portal: A partner portal allows every organization with resellers, distributors, suppliers, or partners to have real-time access to every stage of shared activities.
  • Employee self-service portal: An employee self-service portal creates an efficient and well-informed workforce by streamlining common tasks and empowering every employee with a definitive source of knowledge.
  • Community portal: A community portal leverages peer-to-peer interactions between customers and experts to organically grow the catalogue of available knowledge from knowledge base articles, forums, and blogs as well as providing feedback through comments and ratings.
  • Portal from blank: Create a website to share data with external and internal users. This template comes with sample pages to get you quickly started.
  • Customer Portal (Preview): A Supply Chain Management Customer Portal template provisions an externally facing B2B order placing website. This template allows external users to create and view orders to the associated Dynamics 365 for Supply Chain Management environment.

Portal templates features

The table below summarizes the features associated with each portal template:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-templates

Question 49: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

UCWF is using Microsoft 365, Power Platform, and Dynamics 365. Edward does not assign permissions to any licensed users and users are able to create and edit Power Apps canvas apps.

Which environment are users creating and editing the apps in?

  • Sandbox
  • Personal
  • Default
  • (Correct)
  • Production

Explanation

  • Whenever a new user signs up for Power Apps, they’re automatically added to the Maker role of the default environment.

Environments overview

An environment is a space to store, manage, and share your organization’s business data, apps, chatbots, and flows. It also serves as a container to separate apps that might have different roles, security requirements, or target audiences. How you choose to use environments depends on your organization and the apps you’re trying to build. For example:

  • You can choose to only build your apps or chatbots in a single environment.
  • You might create separate environments that group the test and production versions of your apps or chatbots.
  • You might create separate environments that correspond to specific teams or departments in your company, each containing the relevant data and apps for each audience.
  • You might also create separate environments for different global branches of your company.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

The default environment

A single default environment is automatically created by Power Apps for each tenant and shared by all users in that tenant. Whenever a new user signs up for Power Apps, they’re automatically added to the Maker role of the default environment. The default environment is created in the region closest to the default region of the Azure AD tenant.

Note

  • No users will be added to the Environment Admin role of the default environment automatically. More information: Administer environments in Power Apps
  • You can’t delete the default environment.
  • You can’t backup and restore the default environment.
  • The default environment is limited to 32 GB of storage capacity. In case you need to store more data, you can create a production environment.

The default environment is named as follows: “{Azure AD tenant name} (default)”

Production and trial environments

You can create environments for different purposes. A trial environment is for trying out the environment and the experience of using a database with Dataverse. It expires after a certain period.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview#the-default-environment

Question 50: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Azure.

Oswald has created a series of Power BI reports and dashboards to help sales associates be more productive and increase sales however sales are not increasing as expected.

Before any drastic measures are taken, Oswald asked you to determine if the new reports are being used and if the system is sending emails to sales associates to provide guidance on how to use the reports and dashboards.

Which of the following features should Oswald be using to send emails to the sales associates on a predetermined schedule?

  • Performance inspector
  • Explore
  • Favourites
  • Usage metrics
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Oswald be using Usage metrics to send emails to the sales associates on a predetermined schedule.

Monitor usage metrics in classic workspaces

Usage metrics help you understand the impact of your dashboards and reports. When you run either dashboard usage metrics or report usage metrics, you discover how those dashboards and reports are being used throughout your organization, who’s using them, and for what purpose. This article outlines usage metrics reports for classic workspaces. If your reports are in on of the new workspaces, see the article Monitor usage metrics in the new workspace experience

Usage metrics reports are read-only. However, you can copy a usage metrics report. Copying creates a standard Power BI report that you can edit. You can also build your own reports in Power BI Desktop based on the underlying dataset, which contains usage metrics for all dashboards or all reports in a workspace. To begin with, the copied report shows metrics just for the selected dashboard or report. You can remove the default filter and have access to the underlying dataset, with all the usage metrics of the selected workspace. You may even see the names of specific users, if your admin has allowed that.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-usage-metrics

Question 51: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

Teresa has created a Power BI dashboard and wants to ensure that coworkers can see the dashboard.

Which of the following should be used to ensure this is possible?

  • Get Data
  • Embed
  • Share
  • (Correct)
  • Pin

Explanation

  • To provide access of Power BI dashboard to coworkers so they can see the dashboard, use Share.

Share Power BI reports and dashboards with coworkers and others

Sharing is the easiest way to give people access to your reports and dashboards in the Power BI service. You can share with people inside or outside your organization.

When you share a report or dashboard, the people you share it with can view it and interact with it but can’t edit it. They see the same data that you see in the reports and dashboards and get access to the entire underlying dataset unless row-level security (RLS) is applied to the underlying dataset. The coworkers you share with can also share with their coworkers if you allow them to.

You can share reports and dashboards from many places in the Power BI service: Favorites, Recent, My Workspace. You can share from other workspaces, too, if you have the Admin, Member, or Contributor role in the workspace. And you can share reports and dashboards in Shared with me if the owner allows it.

The Power BI service offers other ways to collaborate and distribute reports and dashboards, too. Read Ways to collaborate and share in Power BI to see which way works best for your circumstances.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Question 52: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Bruce Wayne is a district manager for a Pennyworth’s and he trains each store manager to use Power BI to track sales and daily sales targets.

One of the store managers, Oswald Cobblepot, remembers learning about the Analyze in Excel option but cannot find the option in their Power BI dashboard. You as the hired Power Platform expert, have been requested by Alfred to help Oswald with his issue.

Which of the following should you advise Oswald to do?

  • Install the Power BI Desktop app.
  • Subscribe to the dashboard and follow the email link.
  • Select the Spotlight button on the dashboard tile.
  • Navigate to the report used by the dashboard.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Analyze in Excel is a feature on Power BI datasets and reports published to the service. You can find it right in front of every report’s name as an action.

Analyze in Excel

With Analyze in Excel, you can bring Power BI datasets into Excel, and then view and interact with them using PivotTables, charts, slicers, and other Excel features. To use Analyze in Excel you must first download the feature from Power BI, install it, and then select one or more datasets to use in Excel.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-analyze-in-excel

Question 53: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is building a Power Apps portal and their directive is to select out-of-the-box portal types to meet the bank’s requirements.

Which of the following portal types should they use to collaboratively onboard new suppliers and distributors?

  • Customer self-service portal
  • Community portal
  • Bank portal
  • Portal from blank
  • Partner portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A Partner portal allows every organization with resellers, distributors, suppliers, or partners to have real-time access to every stage of shared activities.

Portal templates

Based on the selected environment in Power Apps, you can create a Dataverse starter portal or a portal in an environment containing customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation).

Environment with Dataverse

If you select an environment that contains Microsoft Dataverse, you can create a Dataverse starter portal. The Dataverse starter portal comes with the sample data for you to quickly get started. It also has the following built-in sample pages:

  • Default studio template
  • Page with title
  • Page with child links

To create a portal in an environment with Dataverse, go to Create a Dataverse starter portal.

Environment with customer engagement apps

If you select an environment that contains customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, or Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), you can create the following portals:

  • Customer self-service portal: A customer self-service portal enables customers to access self-service knowledge, support resources, view the progress of their cases, and provide feedback.
  • Partner portal: A partner portal allows every organization with resellers, distributors, suppliers, or partners to have real-time access to every stage of shared activities.
  • Employee self-service portal: An employee self-service portal creates an efficient and well-informed workforce by streamlining common tasks and empowering every employee with a definitive source of knowledge.
  • Community portal: A community portal leverages peer-to-peer interactions between customers and experts to organically grow the catalogue of available knowledge from knowledge base articles, forums, and blogs as well as providing feedback through comments and ratings.
  • Portal from blank: Create a website to share data with external and internal users. This template comes with sample pages to get you quickly started.
  • Customer Portal: A Supply Chain Management Customer Portal template provisions an externally facing B2B order placing website. This template allows external users to create and view orders to the associated Dynamics 365 for Supply Chain Management environment. Customer Portal template is in Preview. For more information about preview features, see Understand preview features in Power Apps.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-templates

Question 54: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Spock, his IT team leader, to come up with a plan to help support technicians with a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Specifically, customer data must be stored and synchronized with Dynamics 365 Finance. Spock has asked to assist him in recommending tools to help the Duncan + Dotter’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you and Spock recommend?

  • Power BI
  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Common Data Service / Dataverse
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Where customer data must be stored and synchronized with Dynamics 365 Finance, Common Data Service / Dataverse would be the best choice. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Integrate data into Microsoft Dataverse

The Data Integrator (for Admins) is a point-to-point integration service used to integrate data into Dataverse. It supports integrating data between Finance and Operations apps and Dataverse. It also supports integrating data into Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales.

The Data Integrator (for Admins) also supports process-based integration scenarios like Prospect to Cash that provide direct synchronization between Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales. The Prospect to Cash templates that are available with the data integration feature enable the flow of data for accounts, contacts, products, sales quotations, sales orders, and sales invoices between Finance and Operations and Sales. While data is flowing between Finance and Operations and Sales, you can perform sales and marketing activities in Sales, and you can handle order fulfillment by using inventory management in Finance and Operations.

The Prospect to Cash integration enables sellers to handle and monitor their sales processes with the strengths from Dynamics 365 Sales, while all aspects of fulfillment and invoicing happen using the rich functionality in Finance and Operations. With Microsoft Dynamics 365 Prospect to Cash integration, you get the combined power from both systems.

Data Integrator Platform

The Data Integrator (for Admins) consists of the Data Integration platform, out-of-the-box templates provided by our application teams (for example, Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales) and custom templates created by our customers and partners. We have built an application-agnostic platform that can scale across various sources. At the very core of it, you create connections (to integration end points), choose one of the customizable templates with predefined mappings (that you can further customize), and create and execute the data integration project.

Integration templates serve as a blueprint with predefined entities and field mappings to enable flow of data from source to destination. It also provides the ability to transform the data before importing it. Many times, the schema between the source and destinations apps can be very different and a template with predefined entities and field mappings serves as a great starting point for an integration project.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/data-integrator

Question 55: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to automate a series of workflows. Jean-Luc in turn passed the assignment along to Geordi La Forge to carry out the task.

Geordi is new to the team and is not sure which tool he should be using to carry out the task.

Which of the below is the tool Geordi should be using?

  • Power Orchestrator
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Geordi should be using Power Automate to automate a series of workflows.

Get started with Power Automate

  • Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.
  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Who is Power Automate for?

What skills do you need to have? Anyone from a basic business user to an IT professional can create automated processes using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

What industries can benefit from Power Automate? Check out how some companies implemented Microsoft Power Platform solutions using Power Automate in:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/getting-started

Question 56: Skipped

Scenario: The law offices of Goodman, Lieber, Kurtzberg & Holliway are a Manhattan-based legal firm specializing in superhuman law. As a law firm specializing in superhuman law, GLK&H represent superhumans in various legal capacities including cases that can run from libel to defending against personal damages. Their legal cases also run into the outer-worldly territory such as across time, space, and the mortal plane.

Kurtzberg has commissioned a Power Apps app project with the following requirements:

  • App must be developed and tested in a non-production environment
  • App makers must be able to share the app with any user in the tenant
  • App will be updated twice a year
  • Ability to restore the environment from a backup

You are leading the project and need to determine which type of Microsoft Power Platform environment to use for the app.

Which of the following should be used?

  • Trial
  • Microsoft Dataverse for Teams
  • Default
  • Sandbox
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A sandbox environment can be used for development and testing and is separate from a production environment.
  • A Power Apps app in a sandbox environment can be shared with any user in the Azure AD tenant to which the environment is associated.
  • A trial environment is limited to a single user and expires after 30 days.
  • A Microsoft Dataverse for Teams environment is restricted to users who are a member of the associated team.
  • The default environment cannot be backed up.

Environments in Microsoft Dataverse

An environment is a way to create and manage an instance of a Dataverse database. It also lets you manage user access, security settings, and the storage that is associated with the Dataverse database within that environment. Additionally, an environment allows you to install applications that you build with Power Apps or flows that you create with Power Automate into that environment. You can create one or many environments, depending on your needs.

Each environment is created under a Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant, and its resources can only be accessed by users within that tenant. An environment is also bound to a geographic location, like the United States. When you create a Dataverse database in an environment, that database is created within datacentres in that geographic location. Any items that you create in that environment (including connections, gateways, flows that are using Microsoft Flow, and more) are also bound to their environment’s location.

You can create more than one environment to manage solution development and data storage by setting up one environment for development, another for testing, and another for production use. Also, you can set up an environment based on a geographical location. For example, you might set up an environment for Europe and another for Asia. Each of these environments will have zero or only one instance of Microsoft Dataverse.

Types of environments

There are multiple types of environments. The type indicates the purpose of the environment and determines its characteristics. The following table summarizes the current types of environments that you might encounter.

1Users licensed for Power Apps, Power Automate, Microsoft 365, and Dynamics 365, standalone licenses, and free and trial licenses.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

Question 57: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie plans to use Power Apps portals Studio to create his company website.

#1 of the image is referred to as which of the following?

  • Footer
  • Canvas
  • Command bar
  • (Correct)
  • Toolbelt
  • Properties pane

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 58: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps and D365 as an operational system for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team is building Power Apps apps that uses both Dynamics 365 Sales and Microsoft 365.

Does Dynamics 365 Sales and Microsoft 365 need to be in the same tenant to allow SSO?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • When you offer your application for use by other companies through a purchase or subscription, you make your application available to customers within their own Azure tenants. This is known as creating a multi-tenant application.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/single-and-multi-tenant-apps

You can publish your app in the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) app gallery. When your app is published, it will show up as an option for customers when they are adding apps to their tenant.

The steps to publishing your app in the Azure AD app gallery are:

  1. Prerequisites
  2. Choose the right single sign-on standard for your app.
  3. Implement single sign-on in your app.
  4. Implement SCIM user provisioning in your app (optional)
  5. Create your Azure tenant and test your app.
  6. Create and publish documentation.
  7. Submit your app.
  8. Join the Microsoft partner network.

What is the Azure AD application gallery?

The Azure AD app gallery is a catalogue of thousands of apps that make it easy to deploy and configure single sign-on (SSO) and automated user provisioning.

Some of the benefits of adding your app to the Azure AD gallery include:

  • Customers find the best possible single sign-on experience for your app.
  • Configuration of the application is simple and minimal.
  • A quick search finds your application in the gallery.
  • Free, Basic, and Premium Azure AD customers can all use this integration.
  • Mutual customers get a step-by-step configuration tutorial.
  • Customers who use the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM) can use provisioning for the same app.

In addition, there are many benefits when your customers use Azure AD as an identity provider for your app. Some of these include:

  • Provide single sign-on for your users. With SSO you reduce support costs by making it easier for your customers with single sign-on. If one-click SSO is enabled, your customers’ IT Administrators don’t have to learn how to configure your application for use in their organization. To learn more about single sign-on, see What is single sign-on?.
  • Your app can be discoverable in the Microsoft 365 App Gallery, the Microsoft 365 App Launcher, and within Microsoft Search on Office.com.
  • Integrated app management. To learn more about app management in Azure AD, see What is application management?.
  • Your app can use the Graph API to access the data that drives user productivity in the Microsoft ecosystem.
  • Application-specific documentation co-produced with the Azure AD team for our mutual customers eases adoption.
  • You provide your customers the ability to completely manage their employee and guest identities’ authentication and authorization.
  • Placing all account management and compliance responsibility with the customer owner of those identities.
  • Providing ability to enable or disable SSO for specific identity providers, groups, or users to meet their business needs.
  • You increase your marketability and adoptability. Many large organizations require that (or aspire to) their employees have seamless SSO experiences across all applications. Making SSO easy is important.
  • You reduce end-user friction, which may increase end-user usage and increase your revenue.
  • Customers who use the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM) can use provisioning for the same app.
  • Add security and convenience when users sign on to applications by using Azure AD SSO and removing the need for separate credentials.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/v2-howto-app-gallery-listing

Question 59: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The IT team has created a Power BI dashboard that displays Dataverse / Common Data Model data and they need to share the Power BI dashboard with coworkers in order to enable them to collaborate.

Which of the following is the best way to achieve this?

  • Publish the dashboard as an app to your coworkers.
  • Create a Power BI workspace and grant coworkers permissions.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a Power Automate flow to export the data into a SQL Server database.
  • Export the data to Microsoft Excel. Make required changes and then re-import the data.

Explanation

  • Creating a Power BI workspace and grant coworkers permissions is the only answer which will fit the requirement.

Publishing the dashboard as an app to your coworkers cannot be correct – Apps are published form of Workspaces. You cannot collaborate on them – the data is not live.

Create the new workspaces in Power BI

Create one of the new workspaces instead of a classic workspace. Both kinds of workspaces are places to collaborate with colleagues. In them, you create collections of dashboards, reports, and paginated reports. If you want, you can also bundle that collection into an app and distribute it to a broader audience.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-the-new-workspaces

Question 60: Skipped

Microsoft Power BI helps business analyze existing data to receive insights and make better decisions. With the power of security backed by Azure and an intuitive interface, any skill level of user can make powerful reports and dashboards to use across the organization.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • Users sign in with their credentials held in Azure Vault.
  • Power BI is designed for centralized business intelligence.
  • Microsoft Power BI is a collection of software services, apps, and connectors that work together to turn your unrelated sources of data into coherent, visually immersive, and interactive insights.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI is built on Azure, Microsoft’s cloud computing infrastructure and platform, ensuring your data is secure and only accessible by authenticated users.
  • (Correct)
  • Leveraging Power BI and other Microsoft technologies can lead to significant returns in terms of not only revenue, but your business users’ ability to make beneficial decisions.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

True statements:

  • Microsoft Power BI is a collection of software services, apps, and connectors that work together to turn your unrelated sources of data into coherent, visually immersive, and interactive insights.

https://app.powerbi.com/getdata/services

  • Leveraging Power BI and other Microsoft technologies can lead to significant returns in terms of not only revenue, but your business users’ ability to make beneficial decisions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-quickstart-using-power-bi/

  • Power BI is built on Azure, Microsoft’s cloud computing infrastructure and platform, ensuring your data is secure and only accessible by authenticated users.
  • Similar to many Microsoft services, Power BI is built on Azure.
  • Power BI is designed for self-service business intelligence.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-power-bi-security

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERi?postJsllMsg=true

Question 1: Skipped

From local, family-run businesses to global enterprises, companies of all sizes are benefiting from a new way to grow their support teams without increasing headcount. How? By adopting chatbots—apps that engage in human-like conversations—to offer always-on support to customers and employees alike.

Once you have created a Power Virtual Agents chatbot, you need to ensure that the chatbot understands natural language phrases.

Which of the following should you add to the chatbot?

  • Custom entities
  • (Correct)
  • User topics
  • Power Automate action
  • Service channel

Explanation

  • A Power Virtual Agents entity allows a chatbot to map natural language to a general subject.
  • Topics are used to determine the general category of the conversation.
  • A channel allows a bot to be available to a particular platform, such as Microsoft Teams.
  • However, a channel does not handle natural language processing in a chatbot.
  • While it is possible to call a Power Automate action from a chatbot, this is not intended for handling natural language processing in a chatbot.

Create and deploy a Power Virtual Agents bot online

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to quickly and easily create powerful bots using a guided no-code graphical experience – all without the need for data scientists or developers.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4mLcX?postJsllMsg=true

Power Virtual Agents has an app-level home page that isn’t specific to any bot. On this page you can create a new bot, view recent bots, and access learning resources like videos, documentation, and learning paths.

In the navigation menu, select Chatbots to open the Chatbots page and view all the bots you have access to in this environment. On the page, you can see metadata about these bots, including the owner, when it was last published, and when it was last modified. Use this page to navigate to another bot that you have access to.

Choose a bot type

Important: In this section, you’ll make a choice on the type of bot you want to create. This decision affects which documentation to follow next.

  1. Go to the Power Virtual Agents introduction website. Supported browsers include Microsoft Edge, Chrome, and Firefox.
  2. On the website, select Start free, and then sign in with your work email address. Note that personal Microsoft accounts are currently not supported.
  3. When you first sign up, a default Power Apps environment is made for you. For most users, this is sufficient. However, if you want to specify a custom Power Apps environment, select a different environment from the environment picker.

    Note: Power Virtual Agents is supported only in the locations listed in the supported data locations article, with data stored in respective data centres. If your company is located outside of the supported data locations, you’ll need to create a custom environment with Region set to a supported data location before you create your bot.
    https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/environments-first-run-experience

  4. In the navigation menu, select Create. You can also select Home then select Create a bot.
  5. Choose one of the following options:
    • Use Build for production to create production bots that are intended to be deployed to your customers. If you choose this option, continue to Create a bot.
    • Use Try the unified canvas (preview) to test out the new authoring features in preview. These preview bots are supported in English only and aren’t recommended for deploying for customer use. If you choose this option, refer to the quickstart for preview bots to continue creating your bot.

Create a bot

  1. For Name your bot, enter a name for your bot. This can be something generic to your company or specific to the scenario you are tailoring your bot to.
  2. For What language will your bot speak, select the language you want your bot to speak.
  3. Select Create. The process of creating your first bot in a new environment can take up to 15 minutes; subsequent bots will be created much faster.
  4. After a few minutes, you’ll be redirected to the bot’s overview page. You’ll see a banner at the top of the Power Virtual Agents portal indicating that the bot is still being built. While your bot is building, you can’t save any edits during this time, but you can:
    • explore the overall user interface
    • look at topics
    • experiment with the preloaded user topics and system topics
    • interact with your bot using the Test Canvas
    • review additional documentation on authoring topics in your bot
  5. When the bot creation process completes, the banner changes. You now have full functionality in the bot and can modify any User or System topic, test out your content changes, or deploy your bot.

Tip: To navigate back to the app-level home page from your bot, in the navigation menu, select Chatbots.

Create a topic

Now that you have full functionality within your bot, you can create your own topic, which is a dialogue tree that describes how your bot responds to a user’s question.

  1. In the navigation menu, select Topics, then select New topic at the top of the page.
  2. Name your topic and include some trigger phrases for this topic. Trigger phrases are examples of the type of user questions or utterances that help teach the bot when to respond with this dialogue.
    As an example, let’s create a topic called ‘Personal Hello World’ and add ‘hello world’ as a trigger phrase.
  3. Select Save topic to add the topic to the topics list.
  4. Select Go to authoring canvas. This is the graphical dialogue tree editor that allows you to define bot responses and the overall bot conversation.
    Enter ‘Hello! I’ll create a personalized greeting for you.’ into the first Message node.
  5. Select Add node (+) below the node, and add an Ask a question node.
    Enter the question text, ‘Where do you live?’, in the Ask a question box. To give the customer a choice between different responses, select Multiple choice options under Identify.
  6. Add two options for the user, by selecting + New option.
    Enter ‘Seattle’ and ‘Bellevue’ in the text boxes called ‘Options for user’. Each option is presented as a multiple choice button to the user.
    The authoring canvas creates separate paths in the conversation, depending on the customer’s response. The conversation path leads the customer to the appropriate resolution for each user response.
  7. In the forked conversation path, each node automatically checks for ‘Seattle’ in one path, and ‘Bellevue’ in the other to take the appropriate next step.
  8. Finally, select Add node (+) below each of the Condition nodes to add a Message node in each branch.
    Add a simple message like ‘Hello Seattle!’ in the Seattle branch, and ‘Hello Bellevue!’ in the Bellevue branch.
  9. Select Save at the top.

You now have a very simple branching dialogue tree, congratulations! You can begin to create more complex versions of this tree by incorporating variables, entities, and Power Automate flows.

Test your content in real time

Now that you have some content authored into a dialogue tree, it’s time to test this out in real time to see if it’s working as you expected. For this, you’ll use the test bot pane.

  1. If the test bot pane is not showing on your screen, in the navigation menu, select Test your bot.
  2. Try out your newly authored dialogue tree by typing into the test bot pane.
  3. Turn on Track between topics at the top, which enables you to follow along with the bot as it executes your dialogue. You’ll start to see parts of your dialogue tree highlighted as the bot gets to that portion of the dialogue.
  4. Type “hello world” in the chat window, and send the message to the bot. You’ll see the top portion of your dialogue tree highlighted in green, and you’ll see Seattle and Bellevue presented as user options in the test bot pane.
    The bot is now waiting for you to respond and has provided suggestions on how to respond. These suggestion buttons reflect what you authored within your dialogue tree in the ‘Ask a question’ node.
    In the test bot, you can either select these suggestion buttons to continue, or you can enter your response into the chat window.
  5. Continue the dialogue by selecting the Seattle branch.
    You’ll see the chat stop once you’ve reached the bottom of this branch. If you author more content, the dialogue will continue, but since we’ve only created a very simple and small dialogue tree, we can reach the end of the content very quickly.

This test experience empowers you to quickly create and test a conversation to ensure that the conversation will flow as anticipated. If the dialogue does not reflect your intention, you can change the dialogue, and save it. The latest content will be pushed into the test bot, and you can try it out again. None of this changes the published version of the bot, so feel free to play around with your content until you are happy with it.

Publish your bot

Once you’re fine with the content authored in your bot, you can publish your bot to a website.

  1. In the navigation menu, select the Publish.
  2. Select Publish to activate your bot with a single click. If the publish is successful, you’ll see a green banner on the top of the page.
  3. Select the demo website link under Share your bot to see it in action on a demo website.
    This will open a new window in your browser. If this doesn’t happen automatically, check if a pop-up blocker has been activated and, if so, allow the window to be opened. Usually, you can allow pop-ups from the URL field directly.
    The webpage demonstrates what your bot looks like to an end-user who comes to your webpage. The bot canvas is at the bottom. You can interact with it by typing into the window or by selecting a starter phrase from the provided options.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/publication-fundamentals-publish-channels

Analyze the performance of your bot

When your bot completes interactions with users, the statistics are recorded in your bot’s analytics. To view analytics, in the navigation menu select Analytics. Here, you can find key performance indicators (KPIs) showing:

  • the volume of sessions your bot has handled
  • how effectively your bot was able to engage end-users and resolve issues
  • escalation rates to human agents
  • abandonment rates during conversations

You’ll also find customer satisfaction information at the KPI level as well as in the Customer Satisfaction tab.

Note: There is up to a 1-hour delay between when the conversations occur and when the statistics for those conversations appear in the analytics views. Also, all interactions with the bot are logged in analytics, including interactions from your demo website, custom website, or test bot.

You can also view detailed session history and transcripts by selecting Analytics > Sessions. Here, you can download a CSV file with the full session transcript. This can be a helpful way for you to tune the performance of your bot and change the content in your topics to improve your bot’s efficiency.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/fundamentals-get-started

Question 2: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Azure service.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents. The team has updated a chatbot and wants to make it available to users.

Which of the following must they do?

  • Save
  • Publish
  • (Correct)
  • Generate
  • Launch

Explanation

  • Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you have inserted or connected your chatbot.

With Power Virtual Agents, you can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on multiple platforms or channels. These include live websites, mobile apps, and messaging platforms like Microsoft Teams and Facebook.

After you have published at least once, you can connect your chatbot to additional channels.

Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you have inserted or connected your chatbot.

Publish the latest chatbot content

You need to publish the chatbot at least once before your customers can interact with it or you can share it with your teammates.

After the first publish, you can do subsequent publishes whenever you would like your customers to engage with the latest chatbot content.

  1. Go to the Publish tab on the side navigation pane.
  2. Select Publish to make the latest chatbot content available to your customers. The publishing process will check for errors in the latest chatbot content.

Publication should take less than a few minutes and, when successful, you can view the bot in action and share it with your team by selecting the demo website link. This is useful to gather feedback from stakeholders involved in the bot. The link will open a new tab and display a prebuilt demo website where you and your team can interact with the bot.

Tip: What’s the difference between the test chat and the demo website? The demo website lets you share a URL with other members of your team, or other stakeholders who want to try out the bot. It’s not intended for production uses (for example, you shouldn’t use it directly with customers). The test chat is intended for bot authors to test how conversation nodes flow and if there are errors when they are creating and testing their bot.

Configure channels

After publishing your bot at least once, you can add channels to make the bot reachable by your customers. You can see what channels we currently support by selecting Manage and going to the Channels tab in the side navigation pane.

Each channel requires different steps and configurations.

Channel experience reference table

Different channels have different end-user experiences. The following table shows a high-level overview of the experiences for each channel. You can take the channel experiences into account when optimizing your bot content for specific channels.

CHANNEL EXPERIENCE REFERENCE TABLE

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Advanced Idea Mechanics (A.I.M.) who is a privately funded think tank organized of a group of brilliant scientists whose sole dedication is to acquire and develop power through technological means. Their goal is to use this power to overthrow the governments of the world. They supply arms and technology to radicals and subversive organizations in order to foster a violent technological revolution of society while making a profit.

The company has 10,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports teams worldwide.

AIM has two main locations: the main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany.

At the moment, you are leading a Workgroup meeting with the IT Team where the topic of discussion is a project requirement which calls for the ability to take a picture of a part and identify which model it is.

The person working on the task is not a data scientist or developer.

How can they add this to the app?

  • This is not possible.
  • Add a camera control to your app.
  • Add a computer vision IoT Orchestrator control to your app.
  • Train and use an Object Detection model in your app with AI Builder.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power Apps makes available to you the ability to use artificial intelligence without writing code. This allows you to do Form Processing, Object Detection, Prediction, and Text Classification all powered by Azure services.

Power Apps is used to build apps that allow you to take action on your data. Power Apps is great for replacing paper forms, legacy solutions, or just that spreadsheet that you and a few coworkers pass around. Using the skills and knowledge you already possess, you can build apps to interact with existing data by using more than 275 connectors. Once built on the web native Power Apps platform, these apps live in the cloud and can be easily shared and run on a variety of platforms including PCs, laptops, tablets, and mobile phones.

Do you have inefficient or legacy business processes that you would like to modernize? Are you still moving information around using paper or even a shared Excel workbook? Do you want to be able to perform these business processes from different devices like PCs or mobile phones? Then you need Power Apps.

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Add artificial intelligence to your app with no code

Prior to Power Apps, adding functionality such as image recognition or prediction models required advanced computer knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a whole lot of complicated logic. Power Apps has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code or creating complex machine learning models.

A ready to use AI component is the Business card reader. This component reviews an uploaded photo or picture taken to determine if it is a business card and subsequently extracts the relevant information. No configuration required.

The business card reader is simply one ready-made example which builds off of the underlying AI components which you can deploy in other ways by first building a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com, a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models in Power Apps:

  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an image like the business card reader.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number of objects present.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict yes or no outcomes based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data that includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will a lead become a customer?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

As you can see, AI can help you answer powerful business questions without writing a single line of code.

Security and Administration

There are many tools for those in IT or otherwise responsible for governance. Power Apps has a multitude of security, governance, and reporting capabilities to let you manage Power Apps. Also, Power Apps doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build apps to bypass current access permissions. To manage security for Power Apps, you can access https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com/. Here you will find options for creating and managing environments, monitoring licenses, working with Data Loss Prevention policies and managing Dataverse Data Integration projects. This allows you to manage the Power Apps throughout your tenant from one single place.

Power Apps also has its own set of PowerShell cmdlets for app creators, administrators, and developers that allow you to automate many of your administrative duties. A common use case of the PowerShell cmdlets is to automate the discovery and permission management of all apps in your tenant, allowing you to better understand and manage apps as they are created and spread throughout your company.

In addition, in the Power Automate learn module, you will see that Power Automate has the ability to automate these tasks. You can download the Centre of Excellence starter kit, a collection of components or tools that are designed to help get started with developing a strategy for adopting and supporting Microsoft Power Platform, with a focus on Power Apps and Power Automate.

Driving business value

By now you understand that Power Apps does not require traditional “code” like C#, making a low technology barrier to entry. If you know your business process, you can get started writing your first app. For many businesses, this means apps are not coming from IT but instead directly from frontline business users. The same way Finance builds their own Excel workbooks today, they can build their own Power Apps.

Power Apps allows even the most entry level users to reduce paperwork, increase process efficiency, and ensure a single source of truth by combining multiple data sources into one app. Users can build apps with ease, while staying within the guardrails set by IT. This allows for an unprecedented amount of innovation and digitization, eliminating the app backlog, cumbersome paper-based processes and more.

https://devblogs.microsoft.com/premier-developer/theres-more-to-power-platform-than-low-code-no-code-development/

Question 4: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The Tivan Group is are using Dynamics 365 Sales and Tanleer asked the IT team to create a Power BI report that includes customer office locations. The City and Province columns are separated but must be combined to form one column on a special report Tanleer has requested.

Which of the following should the IT team do?

  • Export data to Microsoft Excel
  • Use Power Query Editor to merge columns
  • (Correct)
  • Create a view
  • Import the data

Explanation

  • The proper choice is to use Power Query Editor to merge columns.

Merge columns (Power Query)

In Power Query, you can merge two or more columns in your query. You can merge columns to replace them with one merged column, or create a new merged column alongside the columns that are merged. You can only merge columns of a Text data type. The following data is used in the examples.

Tip: It’s a good idea to create a new column and keep the original columns so you can better prevent refresh errors that might happen down the road.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/merge-columns-power-query-80ec9e1e-1eb6-4048-b500-d5d42d9f0a8d

Question 5: Skipped

Microsoft Power Pages is a secure, enterprise-grade, low-code software as a service (SaaS) platform for creating, hosting, and administering modern external-facing business websites. Whether you’re a low-code maker or a professional developer, Power Pages enables you to rapidly design, configure, and publish websites that seamlessly work across web browsers and devices.

When you create a Power Pages site, you may need to share Dataverse data with external users.

Which two components in Power Pages can you use to display data?

  • List
  • (Correct)
  • Text
  • Form
  • (Correct)
  • iframe

Explanation

  • Form and list components can be added to a web page in a Power Pages site to expose data from Dataverse to external customers.
  • A form component displays rows from a table and can also be used to create and edit rows in the table.
  • A list component displays a read-only view of the data in a Dataverse table.
  • A text component displays static text and cannot display data from Dataverse.
  • An iframe component is used to embed a web page from another website by using a URL, and it cannot display data from Dataverse.

Core tools and components of Power Pages

Power Pages store all information in Microsoft Dataverse including structure, layout, content, and functionality of the site.

The most common questions about the business sites are:

  • How do I add and manage content?
  • How do I use business data on the site?

Power Pages have several tools and core components that enable these scenarios.

Tools

Power Pages design studio is the primary maker’s tool that allows to quickly create and customize a website. To launch Power Pages design studio, sign in to Power Pages Home, select a site and then select Edit.

Pages, Styling, Data, and Set up workspaces allow customization of many aspects of a website within a single interface.

Power Pages is evolution of Power Apps portals and for advanced configurations that aren’t available in the Power Pages design studio, the Portal Management app is accessible from the overflow menu.

Administrators can use Power Pages admin center to perform advanced administrative actions such as network configuration, logging and troubleshooting, SharePoint and Power BI integration set-up, and more. Admin center can be accessed from Power Pages design studio by selecting Set up, then Site details, then Open admin centre.

Core components

Power Pages inherits the richness and extensibility of Dataverse and includes a few components to hold the site content and access business data.

Web Pages

Most of a site content is stored as web pages each representing a particular URL. Through parent and child relationships, web pages form the hierarchy of a website.

Web pages can be added and edited by using the Pages workspace in Power Pages design studio or directly in Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-pages/introduction

Working with data

The strength of Power Pages is the ability to connect to data stored in Dataverse. With the Data workspace in Power Pages design studio, you can easily create, manage, and visualize business data for the site with tables, forms, and lists.

When a web page is edited in Power Pages design studio, lists and forms can be added to the page content as site components. Inserted list or form will be used to render the page layout by using data from Dataverse. The list and form definitions can include interactivity, for example, providing read-write access to Dataverse table rows.

Tables

Data workspace provides site makers with access to all tables in the environment. Tables in this site displays only the tables that are used on the site pages by a list or a form. You can also create a new table or modify an existing one. Table designer allows you to add new columns and rows to the selected table, much like a spreadsheet.

Lists

Lists define how a list of Dataverse rows is displayed on the site pages. They’re defined by one or more table views and include functionality like pagination, filtering, and sorting.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-pages/getting-started/add-list

Forms

Forms add ability to interact with Dataverse data by using table form definitions as layout templates. Examples of the types of capabilities that are enabled by Forms include:

  • Informational pages about employees, products, or any other Dataverse table.
  • Data capture from either anonymous or authenticated users, for example, using a Contact us page to record leads in Dynamics 365 Sales or using a survey page to collect product feedback from the customers.
  • Support pages that provide read-write access to the customers’ cases.
  • Any other scenario where Dataverse data needs to be accessed, displayed, captured, and processed by using Power Pages.

There are two types of forms supported in Power Pages, Forms, and Multistep forms. Forms are used to generate a layout, capture the data, provide read-only access or full editing capabilities for a Dataverse table row. Multistep forms extend forms by allowing data collection or update process to be broken up over multiple steps.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-pages/getting-started/add-form

Question 6: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables users and organizations to analyze, act on, and automate the data to digitally transform their businesses. Microsoft Power Platform today comprises four products:

  • Power BI
  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Power Virtual Agents

It also has two add-ins: AI Builder and Power Pages.

Which of the following solutions would enable a company who has created an app by using Microsoft Power Platform, the ability to automate the process of email sales quotes to customers?

  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • Power Virtual Agents
  • Power Apps

Explanation

  • With Power Automate, email notifications can be sent with attachments.
  • Power Apps allows creating complex user interfaces with cross-browser and cross-device compatibility.
  • Power BI is used for analytics and provides insights with interactive visualizations.
  • Power Virtual Agents allow users to build chatbots for support scenarios.
  • Power Apps, Power BI, and Power Virtual Agents cannot be used to send automated emails.

Microsoft Power Platform

Microsoft Power Platform is composed of four key products:

Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/powerapps-for-pros-develop-faster-with-low-code/

Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/

Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/consumer/end-user-q-and-a

Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/fundamentals-what-is-power-virtual-agents

Features

Among the programs listed above, there are cross cutting features which enable Microsoft Power Platform to be leveraged to its full potential. Some of these are:

  • AI Builder lets users and developers add AI capabilities to the workflows and Power Apps they create and use. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that allows you to easily add intelligence to your workflows and apps and predict outcomes to help improve business performance without writing code.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a scalable data service and app platform which lets users securely store and manage data from multiple sources and integrate that data in business applications using a common data model to ensure ease and consistency to users. Microsoft Dataverse is the common currency that enables the components of Microsoft Power Platform to work together. It’s the foundation that enables the consolidation, display, and manipulation of data.
  • Connectors enable you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Consider connectors the bridge across which information and commands travel. There are more than 600 connectors for Microsoft Power Platform, enabling all of your data and actions to connect cohesively. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/training/modules/introduction-power-platform/2-what-is-power-platform

Question 7: Skipped

Scenario: Big Belly Foods, Inc. (BBF) owns and operates 300 convenience stores across LatAm. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas. The company has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

BBF uses Microsoft Dataverse and you plan to create a one-to-many relationship between two tables named TableA and TableB in Microsoft Dataverse.

Which of the following is the column data type that is created for the relationship in TableB?

  • Alternate key
  • Lookup
  • (Correct)
  • Customer
  • Not enough information is provided to determine the answer
  • Primary key

Explanation

  • When a one-to-many relationship is created between two tables, a lookup column is created on the related table on the many sides of the relationship. This column links the parent record with the child record. A lookup column is also known as the foreign key.
  • Alternate keys are created for integrations with other systems.
  • Customer is a special lookup column that represents an account or a contact. You cannot create a customer column by creating a one-to-many relationship.
  • In Microsoft Dataverse, every table has a primary key that uniquely identifies each row in the table. The primary key column is created when the table is created.

Table relationships

Table relationships define how rows can be related to each other in the database. At the simplest level, adding a lookup column to a table creates a new 1:N (one-to-many) relationship between the two tables and lets you put that lookup column in a form. With the lookup column, users can associate multiple child rows of that table to a single parent table row.

Beyond simply defining how rows can be related to other rows, 1:N table relationships also provide data to address the following questions:

  • When I delete a row should any rows related to that row also be deleted?
  • When I assign a row, do I also need to assign all rows related to that row to the new owner?
  • How can I streamline the data entry process when I create a new related row in the context of an existing row?
  • How should people viewing a row be able to view the associated rows?

Tables can also participate in a N:N (many-to-many) relationship where any number of rows for two tables can be associated with each other.

Decide whether to use table relationships or connections

Table relationships are metadata that make changes to the database. These relationships allow for queries to retrieve related data very efficiently. Use table relationships to define formal relationships that define the table or that most rows can use. For example, an opportunity without a potential customer wouldn’t be very useful. The Opportunity table also has a N:N relationship with the Competitor table. This allows for multiple competitors to be added to the opportunity. You may want to capture this data and create a report that shows the competitors.

There are other less formal kinds of relationships between rows that are called connections. For example, it may be useful to know if two contacts are married, or perhaps they are friends outside of work, or perhaps a contact used to work for another account. Most businesses won’t generate reports using this kind of information or require that it is entered, so it’s probably not worthwhile to create table relationships. More information: Configure connection roles

Types of table relationships

When you look at the solution explorer you might think that there are three types of table relationships. Actually there are only two, as shown in the following table.

The N:1 (many-to-one) relationship type exists in the user interface because the designer shows you a view grouped by tables. 1:N relationships actually exist between tables and refer to each table as either a Primary/Current table or Related table. The related table, sometimes called the child table, has a lookup column that allows storing a reference to a row from the primary table, sometimes called the parent table. A N:1 relationship is just a 1:N relationship viewed from the related table.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/data-platform/create-edit-entity-relationships

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is using Power BI to build visualizations.

Alfred’s IT support team needs to know when to install Power BI Desktop on users’ computers and where the Power BI Service will suffice to perform tasks. Since Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to configure sharing?

  • Power BI Desktop only
  • Power BI Service only
  • (Correct)
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service

Explanation

  • The best option for them to use to configure sharing is Power BI Service only.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 9: Skipped

Power Pages is a member of the Microsoft Power Platform family. With Power Pages, you can build sites by using the same shared business data stored in Microsoft Dataverse that you use for building apps, workflows, intelligent virtual agents, reports, and analytics with other Microsoft Power Platform components in your organization.

If you wish to accelerate the creation of the websites when creating with Power Pages websites on a new Microsoft Power Platform environment, which of the following templates can be used to meet the need?

  • Scenario-based
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamics 365
  • Site design
  • (Correct)
  • Blank page

Explanation

  • When you create a Power Pages website, you must select a template.
  • Scenario-based templates are complete sites that meet common needs such as registering for afterschool classes, applying for permits, and booking meetings.
  • Site design templates create websites with a set of premade pages with different layouts, images, and colours.
  • The blank page template creates a site consisting of a single home page to which you must then add pages and other content.
  • Dynamics 365 templates require the corresponding Dynamics 365 app to be installed in the environment.

Microsoft Power Pages is a secure, enterprise-grade, low-code software as a service (SaaS) platform for creating, hosting, and administering modern external-facing business websites. Whether you’re a low-code maker or a professional developer, Power Pages enables you to rapidly design, configure, and publish websites that seamlessly work across web browsers and devices.

Power Pages provides you with rich, customizable templates, a fluid visual experience through a reimagined design studio, and a new, integrated learning hub to quickly build sites that suit your unique business needs.

Power Pages is the newest member of the Microsoft Power Platform family. With Power Pages, you can build sites by using the same shared business data stored in Microsoft Dataverse that you use for building apps, workflows, intelligent virtual agents, reports, and analytics with other Microsoft Power Platform components in your organization.

Power Apps portals and Dynamics 365 portals

Power Apps portals and Dynamics 365 portals are now referred to as Power Pages. There is no migration or upgrade process. You can use the new Power Pages design studio to edit sites created in Power Apps. Existing tools such as the Portals Management app and Power Platform CLI will continue to work with Power Pages.

Simplified authoring experience for makers

Quickly create new sites directly from the Power Pages home page by using the default template, or choose existing industry-based starter templates.

Design studio

Makers can build powerful and engaging sites without writing a single line of code.

The new and enhanced design studio provides the following workspaces:

Responsive rendering

Power Pages is based on Bootstrap, which natively provides support for building websites that are responsive, mobile-friendly, and available in various form factors.

Advanced development capabilities for pro developers

Makers can work with pro developers in fusion teams to extend the functionality using Visual Studio Code and the Microsoft Power Platform CLI to create powerful business application websites.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-pages/capabilities

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team needs to perform administrative tasks.

Which of the following admin centres should they use to assign the Environment Maker role to a user?

  • Power Platform Admin
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Admin portal
  • Azure AD
  • Dynamics 365 Admin Centre

Explanation

  • Environment management is now done in the Power Platform Admin centre, previously known as Power App Admin centre. Creating the Environment Maker role to a user is done in Power Platform Admin

Environment permissions

Environments have two built-in roles that provide access to permissions within an environment:

  • The Environment Admin role can perform all administrative actions on an environment, including the following:
  • Add or remove a user or group from either the Environment Admin or Environment Maker role.
  • Provision a Dataverse database for the environment.
  • View and manage all resources created within the environment.
  • Set data loss prevention policies. More information: Manage data loss prevention policies
  • After creating the database in the environment, you can use the System Administrator role instead of the Environment Admin role.
  • The Environment Maker role can create resources within an environment including apps, connections, custom connectors, gateways, and flows using Power Automate.

Environment makers can also distribute the apps they build in an environment to other users in your organization by sharing the app with individual users, security groups, or all users in the organization. More information: Share an app in Power Apps

Users or groups assigned to these environment roles aren’t automatically given access to the environment’s database (if it exists) and must be given access separately.

Users or security groups can be assigned to either of these two roles by an environment admin.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/database-security

Question 11: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to use Power BI to visualize data from Wayne business systems.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he plans to display related data from multiple sources in the same Power BI report.

Is this feasible?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, Jack will be able to display related data from multiple sources in the same Power BI report.

With Power BI Desktop, you can connect to many different types of data sources, then shape the data to meet your needs, enabling you to create visual reports to share with others. Shaping data means transforming the data: renaming columns or tables, changing text to numbers, removing rows, setting the first row as headers, and so on. Combining data means connecting to two or more data sources, shaping them as needed, then consolidating them into a useful query.
Aggregations in Power BI let you reduce table sizes so you can focus on important data and improve query performance. Aggregations enable interactive analysis over big data in ways that aren’t possible otherwise, and can dramatically reduce the cost of unlocking large datasets for decision making.

Some advantages of using aggregations include:

  • Better query performance over big data. Every interaction with Power BI visuals submits DAX queries to the dataset. Cached aggregated data uses a fraction of the resources required for detail data, so you can unlock big data that would otherwise be inaccessible.
  • Optimized data refresh. Smaller cache sizes reduce refresh times, so data gets to users faster.
  • Balanced architectures. The Power BI in-memory cache can handle aggregated queries, limiting queries sent in DirectQuery mode and helping you meet concurrency limits. The remaining detail-level queries tend to be filtered, transactional-level queries, which data warehouses and big-data systems normally handle well.

Dimensional data sources, like data warehouses and data marts, can use relationship-based aggregations. Hadoop-based big-data sources often base aggregations on GroupBy columns. This article describes typical Power BI modelling differences for each type of data source.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-aggregations

Shape and combine data in Power BI Desktop

With Power BI Desktop, you can connect to many different types of data sources, then shape the data to meet your needs, enabling you to create visual reports to share with others. Shaping data means transforming the data: renaming columns or tables, changing text to numbers, removing rows, setting the first row as headers, and so on. Combining data means connecting to two or more data sources, shaping them as needed, then consolidating them into a useful query.

In this tutorial, you’ll learn how to:

  • Shape data by using Power Query Editor.
  • Connect to different data sources.
  • Combine those data sources, and create a data model to use in reports.

This tutorial demonstrates how to shape a query by using Power BI Desktop, highlighting the most common tasks. The query used here is described in more detail, including how to create the query from scratch, in Getting Started with Power BI Desktop.

Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop makes ample use of right-click menus, as well as the Transform ribbon. Most of what you can select in the ribbon is also available by right-clicking an item, such as a column, and choosing from the menu that appears.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is Power Platform connectors.

Many of the team members have different ideas about what a connector is. The various ideas about connectors the team has are listed below. Tony has asked you to set the record straight.

Which of the following is the best description of a connector?

  • Connectors are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Connectors can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a connector to tell your workflow when to run.
  • Connectors hold a series of functions available for developers.
  • Connectors connect your data source to your app, workflow, or dashboard.
  • (Correct)
  • Connectors are a cloud-based service that makes it practical and simple for line-of-business users to build workflows that automate time-consuming business tasks and processes across applications and services.

Explanation

  • Connectors allow functions and information to pass from your data source to your app or workflow.

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

Data Sources

In order to understand the types of connectors and what you can do with them, you must first understand the types of data sources to which they connect. The two types of data sources are tabular and function-based.

  • Tabular data – A tabular data source is one that returns data in a structured table format. Power Apps can directly read and display these tables through galleries, forms, and other controls. Additionally, if the data source supports it, Power Apps can create, edit, and delete data from these data sources. Examples include Microsoft Dataverse, SharePoint, and SQL Server.
  • Function-based data – A function-based data source is one that uses functions to interact with the data source. These functions can be used to return a table of data but offer more extensive action such as the ability to send an email, update permissions, or create a calendar event. Examples include Office 365 Users, Project Online, and Azure Blob Storage.

Both of these data source types are commonly used to bring data and additional functionality to your solutions.

As you can see, connecting to data sources allows you to integrate disparate parts of your business solutions to build them out cohesively.

Connectors

Now that you understand more about data sources, you are ready to learn about connectors.

Connectors are the bridges from your data source to your app, workflow, or dashboard. Microsoft Power Platform has more than 275 connectors available to common data sources. Connectors are divided into standard and premium. Some popular standard connectors are SharePoint, Outlook, and YouTube. Premium connectors require additional licensing for your app and/or users. A few premium connectors are SQL Server, Survey Monkey, and Mail Chimp. The connector reference in the summary and resources unit lists all connectors and whether they are considered standard or premium. You can also use AppSource to source and install apps and use the connectors to non-Microsoft services.

Connectors can provide input and output between the data source and Power Platform, which can accelerate the delivery of Microsoft Power Platform business solutions. For instance, using Dynamics 365 apps such as Customer Service, you can set up Power Automate to notify users when specific customer types are added. Or you can use a SharePoint document library to store files that are fed into Power Apps to manage and distribute. Microsoft also provides connectors to their Azure services, providing advanced AI techniques to do tasks such as reading text off images or cognitive services like recognizing faces in images.

All Microsoft Power Platform business solutions can be used and implemented into Microsoft 365 apps such as Teams. This allows users to play Power Apps within Teams or run Power Automate from actions and events within Teams.

Triggers and Actions

Once you have established a data source and configured your connector, there are two types of operations you can use, triggers or actions.

  • Triggers are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Triggers can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a trigger to tell your workflow when to run.
  • Actions are used in Power Automate and Power Apps. Actions are prompted by the user or a trigger and allow interaction with your data source by some function. For example, an action would be sending an email in your workflow or app or writing a new line to a data source.

Now that you understand what connectors are and how to use them, let’s look at what to do when there isn’t a connector already built for your data source.

Custom Connectors

While Microsoft Power Platform offers more than 200 connectors, you also have the option to build a custom connector. This will allow you to extend your app by calling a publicly available API, or a custom API you are hosting in a cloud provider, such as Azure. API stands for Application Programming Interface and holds a series of functions available for developers. Connectors work by sending information back and forth across these APIs and gathering available functions into Power Apps or Power Automate. Because these connectors are function-based, they will call specific functions in the underlying service of the API to return the corresponding data.

An advantage of building custom connectors is that they can be used in different platforms, such as Power Apps, Power Automate, and Azure Logic Apps.

Creating Custom Connectors

You can create custom connectors using 3 different approaches:

While the requirements for each approach will vary, they all require a Power Apps per app or per user plan. Each link above points to the instructions for each approach.

https://www.skylinetechnologies.com/Blog/Skyline-Blog/January_2020/power-platform-guide-what-it-is-how-to-use-it

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge, and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there, and the IT team has started using lots of Approval flows. Users are complaining that they have too many approvals to keep track of. They don’t know which is approved and which is still pending their approval.

Which of the following is the easiest way for them to check?

  • Have the users set up Outlook rules to catch approvals so they are more visible.
  • Have the users navigate to the Approval Centre in Power Automate.
  • (Correct)
  • Send the users to the SharePoint list, which holds the records being approved to review which ones are approved and which ones are not.
  • Generate an approval flow from the built-in SharePoint Approvals functionality on your SharePoint list.

Explanation

  • In the Approval Centre, users will be able to view their outstanding approvals as well as their approval history in a much easier-to-read platform. All of the approvals that require that user’s interaction will be available through the Approval Centre.

You can create a flow that performs one or more tasks (for example, sending a report by email) on a specific schedule:

  • Once a day, an hour, or a minute
  • On a date that you specify
  • After a number of days, hours, or minutes that you specify

Create the flow

  1. Launch Power Automate and sign in using your organizational account.
  2. In the left pane, select + Create.
  3. Select Scheduled cloud flow under Start from blank.
  4. In the dialog box, specify the flow’s name and how often the flow should run.
    For example, if you want the flow to run every two weeks, enter 2 in the Interval field, and select Week in the Frequency field. You can also specify the day of the week your flow should run. The text at the bottom of the dialog box explains your inputs in plain language.

5. Once you are satisfied with your inputs, select Create.

Specify advanced options

  1. Once your flow is created, select the title of the Recurrence card to expand it. Select Edit and then Show advanced options.Note: The advanced options vary, depending on the value of the Interval and Frequency fields. If the dialog box that you see does not match the graphic that follows, make sure that the Interval and Frequency fields are set to the same values that are shown in the graphic.
  2. Here you can specify a time zone to reflect the local time zone, Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), or another time zone.
  3. Specify the day or days of the week when the flow should run, and the time or times of day when the flow should run.
    For example, set up the flow as shown in the following graphic to start it no earlier than noon (Pacific time) on Monday, January 1, 2018, and to run it every two weeks, at 5:30 PM (Pacific time) on Tuesday.

Use the compose action

Use the Compose action to save yourself from entering identical data multiple times when you are designing a flow. For example, if you need to enter an array of digits: [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9] several times while you design your flow, you could use the compose action to save the array like this:

  1. Search for Compose, and then select the Compose (Data Operation) action.

2. Enter the array into the Inputs box you want to reference later:

3. Continue adding steps to your flow to perform the actions desired.

4. Rename your flow by selecting “Untitled” at the top left and entering your flow name.

5. Next Save the flow in the top right corner

6. Select the back arrow in the top left corner next to the name of the flow

7. Finally, you can Run the flow from the command bar at the top

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/create-business-process-flow

Question 14: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Sometimes, garments have defects when they come out of manufacturing and Alfred has tasked the QA team to create a Power BI report to visually represent defect information.

You need to add a single visualization to the report to show the percentage of defects per part.

Which two visualizations should you use?

  • Shape map
  • Column combo chart
  • (Correct)
  • Doughnut chart
  • (Correct)
  • KPI visualization

Explanation

  • Each product can have a slice of the doughnut chart, with each slice showing the percentage of defects that product has in relation to other products.
  • A combo chart shows two different values in a single chart. In this case, using a combo bar chart, each product can have a bar. Each bar can stand for a single product, with different colours representing the percentage of parts made with and without defects.
  • Shape maps compare regions on a map using colour. In this case, regions are not being evaluated.
  • A KPI visualization communicates the amount of progress made toward a goal. In this case, there is no goal being measured. Additionally, this graph does not present a way of measuring all the products in comparison to each other.

Choose an effective visualization

Power BI Desktop offers a range of out-of-the-box visualization options that are available directly from the Visualizations pane. When you select the fields that you want to display in a visualization, you can experiment with all the different visualization types to find the one that best suits your needs. If you can’t find a visual that meets your needs, you can download other visuals from Microsoft AppSource or import your own custom visuals.

Depending on the type of data in your selected fields, one or more visualizations might not be suitable. For example, geographic data will not display well as a funnel chart or line chart visualization.

It is important that you choose an effective visualization to ensure that you display the data in the best way possible. The following sections outline the different types of visualizations that are available within Power BI Desktop, using the same data source for illustration purposes.

Table and Matrix visualizations

In the previous example, the Table visualization was selected by default. The table is a grid that contains related data in a logical series of rows and columns. The table supports two dimensions and it can also contain headers and a row for totals.

The Matrix visualization looks similar to the table visualization; however, it allows you to select one or more elements (rows, columns, values) in the matrix to cross-highlight other visuals on the report page. In the following image, notice that a new field called Product Colour was added to the columns, and the available colours are now spanning across the table, with the categories listed in rows.

Bar and column charts

Power BI Desktop has a variety of bar and column chart visualizations that present specific data across different categories in a stacked or clustered format. The stacked format will stack the information items on top of each other.

For example, the following clustered column chart shows a single column with total sales for each country, whereas the stacked column chart shows data for sales by country, by product name. All sales data is stacked into one column to show you the total sales by country, broken down by how much each product contributed to the overall total sales.

Line and area charts

The line chart and area chart visualizations are beneficial in helping you present trends over time. The basic area chart is based on the line chart, with the area between axis and line filled in. The main difference between these two chart types is that the area chart highlights the magnitude of change over time.

Pie chart, doughnut chart, and Treemaps

The pie chart, doughnut chart, and Treemap visualizations show you the relationship of parts to the whole by dividing the data into segments. From a data analysis perspective, these charts are not useful because interpreting the data that they present can be difficult. However, these charts are often used for aesthetic reasons due to the colourful segments that they display. These charts are best suited for illustrating percentages, such as the top five sales by product or country, or any other available categories.

The pie chart is a solid circle, whereas the doughnut chart has a centre that is blank and allows space for a label or icon.

When using pie charts, doughnut charts, and Treemaps, try to avoid presenting too many categories because it results in thin slices (or rectangles) that provide no added value to the user. If you do need to present all categories in your dataset, it’s better to use another type of visual, such as a column chart.

Pie charts and doughnut charts present data by dividing it into slices, while the Treemap visualization displays data as a set of nested rectangles. Each level of the hierarchy is represented by a coloured rectangle (branch) containing smaller rectangles (leaves). The space inside each rectangle is allocated based on the value that is being measured. The rectangles are arranged in size from top left (largest) to bottom right (smallest).

A Treemap is ideal to visualize:

  • Large amounts of hierarchical data when a bar chart can’t effectively handle the large number of values.
  • Proportions between each part and the whole.
  • The distribution pattern of the measure across each level of categories in the hierarchy.
  • Attributes, by using size and colour coding.
  • Spot patterns, outliers, most-important contributors, and exceptions.

Combo charts

The combo chart visualization is a combination of a column chart and a line chart that can have one or two Y axes. The combination of the two charts into one lets you:

  • Compare multiple measures with different value ranges.
  • Illustrate the correlation between two measures in one visual.
  • Identify whether one measure meets the target that is defined by another measure.
  • Conserve space on your report page.

Card visualization

The card visualization displays a single value: a single data point. This type of visualization is ideal for visualizing important statistics that you want to track on your Power BI dashboard or report, such as total value, YTD sales, or year-over-year change.

The multi-row card visualization displays one or more data points, with one data point for each row.

Funnel visualization

The funnel visualization displays a linear process that has sequential connected stages, where items flow sequentially from one stage to the next.

Funnel charts are most often seen in business or sales contexts. For example, they are useful for representing a workflow, such as moving from a sales lead to a prospect, through to a proposal and sale.

Funnel charts are great options in the following contexts:

  • When the data is sequential and moves through at least four stages.
  • When the number of items in the first stage is expected to be greater than the number of items in the final stage.
  • To calculate a potential outcome (revenue, sales, deals, and so on) by stages.
  • To calculate and track conversion and retention rates.
  • To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process.

Gauge chart

A radial gauge chart has a circular arc and displays a single value that measures progress toward a goal or target.

The value at the end of the arc represents the defaulted maximum value, which will always be double the actual value. To create a realistic visual, you should always specify each of the values. You can accomplish this task by dropping the correct field that contains an amount into the Target value, Minimum value, and Maximum value fields on the Visualization pane.

The shading in the arc represents the progress toward that target. The value inside the arc represents the progress value. Power BI spreads all possible values evenly along the arc, from the minimum (left-most value) to the maximum (right-most value).

Radial gauges can be used to show the progress that is being made toward a goal or target, or they can show the health of a single measure. However, radial gauges do take up a lot of space in comparison to the insights that they provide. It is more effective to use a pair of gauges with a spark line so users can see the trend and know what to do about it.

Waterfall visualization

The waterfall visualization (also known as a bridge chart) shows a running total as values are added or subtracted, which is useful in displaying a series of positive and negative changes. The chart consists of colour-coded columns, so you can quickly identify increases and decreases. The initial and the final value columns often start on the horizontal axis, while the intermediate values are floating columns.

Waterfall charts can be used to:

  • Visualize changes over time or across different categories.
  • Audit the major changes that contribute to the total value.
  • Plot your organization’s annual profit by showing various sources of revenue to help determine the total profit (or loss).
  • Illustrate the beginning and ending headcount for your organization in a year.
  • Visualize how much money you earn and spend each month and the running balance for your account.

Scatter chart

The scatter chart visualization is effective when you are comparing large numbers of data points without regard to time. The scatter chart has two value axes to show: one set of numerical data along a horizontal axis and another set of numerical values along a vertical axis. The chart displays points at the intersection of an X and Y numerical value, combining these values into single data points. These data points might be distributed evenly or unevenly across the horizontal axis, depending on the data. You can set the number of data points, up to a maximum of 10,000.

You might want to use a scatter chart instead of a line chart because it allows you to change the scale of the horizontal axis. Scatter charts also allow you to:

  • Show relationships between two numerical values.
  • Plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.
  • Turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.
  • Display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.
  • Show patterns in large sets of data, for example, by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
  • Compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a scatter chart, the better the comparisons that you can make.

The following example shows a scatter chart that displays outliers (anomalies) with a trendline going up. The chart clearly shows that most products were sold at the same quantity, and only some products were sold in larger quantities. By identifying those outliers, you can run further analysis and break them down by country and region, which can help to improve logistics, decrease costs, and increase customer satisfaction.

Maps

Power BI integrates with Bing Maps to provide default map coordinates (a process called geocoding), so you can create maps. Together, they use algorithms to identify the correct location; however, sometimes, it’s a best guess.

A basic map (bubble map) is used to associate categorical and quantitative information with spatial locations. This type of map visual displays precise geographical locations of data points on a map, as illustrated in the following image. A fill map uses shading, tinting, or patterns to display how a value differs in proportion across a geographical region. Similarly, shape maps use colours to display relative comparisons of geographical regions. You can also use an ArcGIS map to display graphical information in a more interactive way.

Slicer visualization

The slicer visualization is a standalone chart that can be used to filter the other visuals on the page. Slicers provide a more advanced and customized way of filtering, in comparison to the Filters pane, which is suited to more basic filtering operations. You can learn more about these two filtering options in another module.

Slicers come in many different formats, including list, drop-down, and buttons, and they can be formatted to allow the selection of only one, many, or all available values.

Slicers are ideal to:

  • Visualize commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.
  • Simplify your ability to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.
  • Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.
  • Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.

Tip: Using a slicer that is set to a drop-down format will defer the queries that are being sent to the dataset and can help improve performance.

Q&A visualization

The Q&A visualization allows you to ask natural language questions and get answers in the form of a visual. This ability to ask questions is valuable to consumers and to you, the report author. This visualization type can help you create visuals in the report, and it can also be used as a tool for consumers to get answers quickly.

The Q&A visualization consists of the following four core components:

  • The question box, where users enter their question and are shown suggestions to help them complete the question.
  • A pre-populated list of suggested questions.
  • An icon that users can select to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual.
  • An icon that users can select to open Q&A tooling, which allows designers to configure the underlying natural language engine. When entering natural language queries with Power BI Q&A, you can specify the visual type in your query. The following example illustrates how to implement Net sales by country.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward is implementing PowerApps to help manage business processes. His IT team is trying to understand the purposes and benefits of PowerApps components.

Which of the following are used to easily customize the front end? (Select two)

  • Connectors
  • Power Automate
  • Portals
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas Apps
  • (Correct)
  • AI Builder

Explanation

  • Canvas apps and Portals are easy front ends to customize.

What are canvas apps?

Design and build a business app from a canvas in Microsoft Power Apps without writing code in a traditional programming language such as C#. Design the app by dragging and dropping elements onto a canvas, just as you would design a slide in PowerPoint. Create Excel-like expressions for specifying logic and working with data. Build apps that integrate business data from a wide variety of Microsoft and third-party sources. Share your app so that users can run it in a browser or on a mobile device, and embed your app so that users can run it in SharePoint, Power BI, or Teams.

If you don’t need a custom design and your data is in Microsoft Dataverse, you can automatically generate a model-driven app from your business data and processes. This type of app can model forms, views, and other components, and the default UI automatically adjusts to phones, laptops, and other devices. For more information about this type of app, see Overview of building a model-driven app.

If you are new to Power Apps, and want to learn about how to convert your ideas into a fully working solution using Power Apps, start with Planning a Power Apps project.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/getting-started

What are Power Apps portals?

Power Apps makers can now create a powerful new type of experience: external-facing websites that allow users outside their organizations to sign in with a wide variety of identities, create and view data in Microsoft Dataverse, or even browse content anonymously. The full capabilities of Dynamics 365 Portals, previously offered only as an add-on to customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), are now available standalone in Power Apps.

These capabilities feature a revamped end-to-end experience for makers to quickly create a website and customize it with pages, layout, and content. Makers can reuse page designs through templates, add forms and views to display key data from Dataverse, and publish to users.

Power Apps portals, Dynamics 365 Portals, and add-on portals

After the launch of Power Apps portals on October 1, 2019, all Dynamics 365 Portals are now referred to as Power Apps portals.

One of the major changes introduced to portals after October 1, 2019 is the licensing model. Before this, portals were licensed add-ons to Dynamics 365 apps while certain Dynamics 365 licenses included a default portal add-on. As of October 1, 2019, portals are licensed based on usage, or capacity. All previously existing portals must become part of a transition period based on current customer contract, after which they’re required to be converted to a new licensing model.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/overview

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Zerks Medical Insurance (ZMI) on Morag which was founded by the sisters Gamora and Nebula, daughters of Thanos. ZMI has a customer self-service portal where customers can log complaints through the portal.

Gamora wants to be able to extract the city and product name from the complaints before routing them to a specific customer service center.

Which Microsoft Power Platform feature should she use?

  • AI Builder
  • (Correct)
  • Dataverse
  • Power Apps
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • You can use the AI Builder entity extraction model to extract entity information such as city, color, phone number, and location from text. The model can be used in a Power Apps app or in a Power Automate flow.
  • Dataverse is used to store and manage data. It cannot be used to extract information from text.
  • Power BI is a business intelligence platform that is used to create visualizations. It cannot be used to extract information from text.
  • The Power Apps framework is used to create a UI and does not have the feature on its own to extract information from text. To enable this feature in a Power Apps app, AI Builder needs to be used.

AI Builder offers several AI capabilities

AI capabilities are brought to your apps and flows by models. A model can be built and customized by you, or it can be a prebuilt model that is ready to be used right away. Before learning about the model creation process, you should be familiar with the various model types that are available.

Choose a model

AI Builder comes with a wide variety of models to enhance your apps and business processes.

  1. Sign in to Power Apps or Power Automate and select AI Builder > Explore on the left menu. Each tile represents a different AI capability that you can bring to your business.
  2. Select any tile.

Learn about the model

Each AI Builder model has an introductory experience where you can learn more about the model.

For those models that require customization, AI Builder provides a summary of the steps that you need to take and what you need to get started. The Extraction information tab also provides you with an overview of how you can use the model.

For prebuilt models, AI Builder includes best practices on how to use them and buttons that you can select to get started using them right away.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/ai-builder/prebuilt-entity-extraction

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Azure.

With the current Power BI reports, Iceberg Lounge has a page named RevReceived. The page shows gross revenue received by the company. Oswald wants the IT team to create an almost identical page that shows net revenue instead of gross revenue.

Which of the following is the best way to fulfill the ask?

  • Modify the RevReceived page
  • Copy the visuals from the RevReceived page to a new page
  • Duplicate the RecReceived page and update the duplicate copy
  • (Correct)
  • Import the RevReceived page

Explanation

  • The simplest way to fulfill the ask is to duplicate the RecReceived page and update the duplicate copy.

Power BI is a Data Visualization and Business Intelligence tool that converts data from different data sources to interactive dashboards and BI reports. Power BI suite provides multiple software, connector, and services – Power BI desktop, Power BI service based on Saas, and mobile Power BI apps available for different platforms. These set of services are used by business users to consume data and build BI reports.

Power BI desktop app is used to create reports, while Power BI Services (Software as a Service – SaaS) is used to publish the reports, and Power BI mobile app is used to view the reports and dashboards.

Duplicating Reports

In some scenarios, you may want to use the same layout and visuals for different pages. Power BI provides an option to create a copy of the page. When you use Duplicate Page option, a new page is added with similar layout and visuals.

To duplicate a page, right-click the Page and select Duplicate Page option. This will create a copy of the same page with the name – Duplicate of Page1.

Now, if you want to rename an existing page or delete a page, you can use other options as shown in the above screenshot.

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/power_bi/power_bi_quick_guide.htm

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

What defines how a chatbot conversation plays out?

  • Publishing
  • Phrases
  • Entities
  • Topics
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • In Power Virtual Agents, topics have trigger phrases and conversation nodes to define how a chatbot should respond and what it should do.

When you create chatbots with Power Virtual Agents, you author and edit topics. Topics are discrete conversation paths that, when used together within a single chatbot, allow for users to have a conversation with a chatbot that feels natural and flows appropriately. Creating a chatbot with Power Virtual Agents is easy to do with the no-code authoring canvas, and there are a number of ways you can manage how topics interact, how you want the conversation to flow, and what it should feel like. It is also easy to test the chatbot without having to fully deploy the chatbot whenever you make a small change. There are also lesson topics that guide you through topic authoring – from simple to complex scenarios, as well as default system topics. You can also choose what language you want your chatbot to use.

Topics

In Power Virtual Agents, a topic defines how a chatbot conversation plays out. You can author topics by customizing provided templates, create new topics from scratch, or get suggestions from existing help sites.

A topic has trigger phrases—these are phrases, keywords, or questions that a user is likely to type that is related to a specific issue—and conversation nodes—these are what you use to define how a chatbot should respond and what it should do.

The AI uses natural language understanding to parse what a customer actually types and find the most appropriate trigger phrase or node.

For example, a user might type “Open hours” into your chatbot—the AI will be able to match that to the Store hours topic and begin a conversation that asks which store the customer is interested in, and then display the hours the store is open.

You can see how the chatbot conversation works in practice by testing it in the Test chatbot pane. This lets you fine-tune the topic until you are ready to deploy it without having to exit the Power Virtual Agents portal.

Use system and sample topics

When you create a chatbot, a number of topics will be automatically created for you.

These are:

  • Four prepopulated User Topics that are titled as lessons. These lesson topics can be used to help understand simple to complex ways of using nodes to create chatbot conversations.
  • A number of System Topics. These are prepopulated topics that you are likely to need during a chatbot conversation. We recommend you keep these and use them until you are comfortable with creating an end-to-end chatbot conversation.

You can edit both of these topic types in the same manner as for topics you create; however, you cannot delete them.

Entities

A big part of chatbot conversations in Power Virtual Agents is natural language understanding, which is the ability for the AI to understand a user’s intent. For example, natural language understanding is involved when a user might say “I tried to use my gift card but it doesn’t work” and the chatbot is able to route the user to the topic related to gift cards not working—even if that exact phrase isn’t listed as a trigger phrase.

One fundamental aspect of natural language understanding is to identify entities in a user dialog. An entity can be viewed as an information unit that represents a certain type of a real-world subject, like a phone number, zip code, city, or even a person’s name.

Prebuilt entities

Out of the box, Power Virtual Agents comes with a set of prebuilt entities, which represent the most commonly used information in real-world dialogs, such as age, colours, numbers, and names.

With the knowledge granted by entities, a chatbot can smartly recognize the relevant information from a user input and save it for later use.

Custom entities

The prebuilt entities cover commonly used information types, but on some occasions, such as when building a chatbot that serves a specific purpose, you will need to teach the chatbot’s language understanding model some domain-specific knowledge.

Actions

You can enable your chatbot to perform an action by calling a Microsoft Power Automate flow. Flows can help you automate activities or call backend systems. For example, you can use flows with end-user authentication to retrieve information about a user after they sign in.

You can call flows from within topics, as a discrete Call an action node. You can utilize flows that have already been created in your Power Apps environment, or you can create a flow from within the Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Important

A flow can only be called from a topic located in the same Microsoft Dataverse environment as your chatbot. Flows must also be in a solution in Power Automate. You can move flows into solutions, so they are listed in the authoring canvas.

Flows typically use variables to input and output information. The variables can then be used in other nodes within the topic.

Publishing

With Power Virtual Agents, you can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on multiple platforms or channels. These include live websites, mobile apps, and messaging platforms like Microsoft Teams and Facebook.

After you have published at least once, you can connect your chatbot to additional channels.

Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you’ve inserted or connected your chatbot.

You can also configure a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to provide authentication capabilities, so users can sign in with any OAuth2 identity provider, such as Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), a Microsoft account, or Facebook.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie plans to use Power Apps portals Studio to create his company website.

#2 of the image is referred to as which of the following?

  • Command bar
  • Properties pane
  • Canvas
  • Toolbelt
  • (Correct)
  • Footer

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 20: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

Eat-More has a list of restaurant locations and numbers in one Power BI table. The company stores sales transaction data including a transaction ID in another table. The transaction ID includes the store number. You need to show the store location for all retail transactions in all Power BI reports.

Which tool should the team use?

  • Query editor
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Excel
  • Power BI Service
  • Data Connector

Explanation

  • Power BI Desktop comes with Query Editor, where you can connect to one or many data sources, shape and transform the data to meet your needs, then load that model into Power BI Desktop.

Query overview in Power BI Desktop

With Power BI Desktop you can connect to the world of data, create compelling and foundational reports, and share your efforts with others – who can then build on your work, and expand their business intelligence efforts.

Power BI Desktop has three views:

  • Report view – where you use queries you create to build compelling visualizations, arranged as you want them to appear, and with multiple pages, that you can share with others
  • Data view – see the data in your report in data model format, where you can add measures, create new columns, and manage relationships
  • Relationships view – get a graphical representation of the relationships that have been established in your data model, and manage or modify them as needed.

Access these views by selecting one of the three icons along the left side of Power BI Desktop. In the following image, Report view is selected, indicated by the yellow band beside the icon.

Power BI Desktop also comes with Power Query Editor. Use Power Query Editor to connect to one or many data sources, shape and transform the data to meet your needs, then load that model into Power BI Desktop.

Power Query Editor

To get to Power Query Editor, select Transform data from the Home tab of Power BI Desktop.

With no data connections, Power Query Editor appears as a blank pane, ready for data.

Once a query is loaded, Power Query Editor view becomes more interesting. If we connect to the following Web data source, Power Query Editor loads information about the data, which you can then begin to shape.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-query-overview

Question 21: Skipped

In a world of increasing distraction, it is more important than ever to alleviate repetitive or menial tasks to better focus on the important work at hand. Power Automate allows businesses to do just that by leveraging hundreds of connectors, templates, triggers and actions to allow beginners and advanced developers alike to craft powerful workflows and increase business efficiency.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • Buttons are flows that are started through a automated action.
  • Automation can save your business time and energy spent on repetitive tasks and make your business run more smoothly.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate has hundreds of connectors to ensure you can create useful solutions that integrate with all your business programs.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate’s approval centre allows users to easily see and manage approvals from a variety of flows to ensure ease of use and efficiency.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate has hundreds of templates that combine actions and triggers from connectors to create workflows useful for any business scenario.
  • (Correct)
  • You cannot edit the business process flow after it has been created.

Explanation

Create a button flow

Buttons are flows that are started through a manual action. For example, you can create a button to send a Working from home today email to your manager. If you live far from your workplace, you can then use this button on days when the traffic is a mess!

  • Select Buttons to use some of these flows.
  • Select Browse to check out templates for more button flows that you can add to your collection.

To show you how you can use buttons, we’ll use the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button template.

  1. Select Browse.
  2. Select the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button flow.

3. Select Use this template.

4. Select Create, and then select Done.

5. Select Buttons to see the new flow.

6. Select the flow. In 10 minutes, you will get a reminder.

https://flow.microsoft.com/en-us/mobile/download/

Edit a business process flow

You can edit the business process flow after it has been created.

  1. In the Power Apps portal, select Flows in the left pane.
  2. In the list of processes, select the business process flow that you created, and then select the Edit button.

Keep the following points in mind when you edit the stages of a business process flow:

  • Business process flows can have up to 30 stages.
  • You can add or change the following properties of a stage:
  • Stage Name: You can change the stage name after you create the stage.
  • Table: You can change the table for any stage except the first one.
  • Stage Category: A category lets you group stages by the type of action. It’s useful for reports that will group rows by the stage that they’re in. The options for the stage category come from the Stage Category global choice. You can add more options to this global choice and change the labels of existing options. You can also delete options, but we recommend that you keep the existing options. If you delete an option, you won’t be able to add it back later. If you don’t want an option to be used, change the label to Do not use.
  • Relationship: Enter a relationship when the preceding stage in the process is based on a different table than the current stage. For the current stage, select Select relationships, and then specify the relationship that should be used when the flow moves between the two stages. We recommend that you specify relationships, because they provide the following benefits:
  • Attribute maps are often defined for relationships. These attribute maps automatically carry over data between rows. Therefore, they help minimize the amount data entry that’s required.
  • When you select Next Stage on the process bar for a row, any rows that use the relationship are listed in the process flow. Therefore, the reuse of rows in the process is promoted. In addition, you can use workflows to automate the creation of rows. Users then just have to select the workflow instead of creating a row. Therefore, the process is streamlined.
  • Set Process Flow Order: If you have more than one business process flow for a table, you must specify which process is automatically assigned to new rows. On the action bar, select Order Process Flow. For new rows or rows that don’t already have a process flow associated with them, the first business process flow that a user has access to will be used.
  • Enable Security Roles: A user’s access to a business process flow depends on the privileges that are defined for the business process flow in the security role that’s assigned to the user. By default, only the System Administrator and System Customizer security roles can view a new business process flow.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team creates a text classification model in AI Builder to monitor customer feedback for specific key words on security equipment sold by a subsidiary of Wayne Enterprises.

When negative feedback is received for a product, the company wants to proactively perform engineering reviews for the product and schedule additional training sessions for workers who produce the device.

Oswald Cobblepot is a developer on the team and plans to implement the Virtual Agent as a solution.

Will this solution fit the requirement?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Implementing the Virtual Agent as a solution will not work. Oswald could should consider the following:

Create a canvas app.

  • A canvas app comes with the following:
  • A ready-to-use business card reader available in canvas as well as in model-driven apps.
  • Business card reader (Canvas)
  • Business card reader (Model-driven)
  • Additional canvas components to leverage your AI Builder form processing or object detection models canvas apps.

Build a Power Automate flow.

Use the results from your AI model across Power Platform to create end-to-end solutions that meet your business needs, even if you have no coding skills. For example, create a flow that automates document processing in Power Automate, or an app created with PowerApps that predicts whether a supplier will be out of compliance.

AI Builder in Power Apps

AI Builder provides two kinds of Power Apps components, depending on the models you want to use:

Components that use prebuilt AI models that are ready to use right away:

The AI Builder components for canvas apps are available in Power Apps Studio and appear on the Insert tab when you build your canvas app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/use-in-powerapps-overview

Question 23: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is using Power BI to build visualizations.

Alfred’s IT support team needs to know when to install Power BI Desktop on users’ computers and where the Power BI Service will suffice to perform tasks. Since Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to create dashboards?

  • Power BI Service only
  • (Correct)
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service
  • Power BI Desktop only

Explanation

  • The best option for them to use to create dashboards is Power BI Service only.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the topic is the Business Card Reader and Sentiment Analysis prebuilt AI models to build solutions. Teresa requires the team to use the Sentiment Analysis model in Power Automate only.

Is this correct?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Sentiment Analysis can be used in Power Automate and Power Apps.

Use the sentiment analysis prebuilt model in Power Automate

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select My flows in the left pane, and then select New flow > Instant cloud flow.
  3. Name your flow, select Manually trigger a flow under Choose how to trigger this flow, and then select Create.
  4. Expand Manually trigger a flow, and then select +Add an input > Text.
  5. Replace Input with My Text (also known as the title).
  6. Select + New step > AI Builder, and then select Analyze positive or negative sentiment in the list of actions.
  7. In the Language input, select or enter your language.
  8. In the Text input, select My Text from the Dynamic content list:

9. In the successive actions, you can use any columns extracted by the AI Builder model. For example, you can add lines to an Excel file for each sentence using Sentence sentiment, Probability sentence is positive and Probability sentence is negative:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/flow-sentiment-analysis

Sentiment analysis prebuilt model

The sentiment analysis prebuilt model detects positive or negative sentiment in text data. You can use it to analyze social media, customer reviews, or any text data you’re interested in. Sentiment analysis evaluates text input, and gives scores and labels at a sentence and document level. The scores and labels can be positive, negative, or neutral. At the document level, there can also be a “mixed” sentiment label, which has no score. The sentiment of the document is determined by aggregating the sentence scores.

Use in Power Apps

Explore sentiment analysis

  1. Sign in to Power Apps.
  2. In the left pane, select AI Builder > Build.
  3. Under Get straight to productivity, select Sentiment Analysis.
  4. In the Sentiment Analysis window, select Try it out.
  5. Select predefined text samples to analyze, or add your own text in the Add your own here box to see how the model analyzes your text.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/prebuilt-sentiment-analysis

Question 25: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Eddie wants to deploy a service using building model-driven apps.

When Eddie is ready to share his apps, which are the primary steps involved?

  • Model-driven apps do not need to be shared, they are accessible to anyone with the app link.
  • Users can be added to a predefined or custom security role or use RBAC to be associated with the app.
  • First, associate one or more security role(s) with the app, then assign the security role(s) to users.
  • (Correct)
  • Users just need to be added to a predefined security role

Explanation

Sharing a model-driven app involves two primary steps. First, associate one or more security role(s) with the app, then assign the security role(s) to users.

  1. Visit https://make.powerapps.com
  2. Select a model-driven app and click Share.
  3. Select the app then choose a security role from the list.

4. Search for a user

5. Select the user, then select a role from the list.

Note: Unlike sharing canvas apps, sharing model-driven apps does not currently send an email with a link to the app.

Get the direct link to an app:

  1. Edit the app and click the Properties tab
  2. Copy the Unified Interface URL.
  3. Paste the app URL in a location so that your users can access it, such as by posting it on a SharePoint site or sending via email.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/share-model-driven-app

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to use Power Apps and Power Automate and he needs an expert to steer the team in the right direction.

Wayne Enterprises has locations in multiple regions and Bruce needs you to recommend features to support the implementation.

Which of the following Power Platform features should you recommend to ensure the fastest response times for each company location?

  • SharePoint Library
  • Connector endpoint filtering
  • Security group
  • Environment
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Only Environment is a Power Platform feature, therefore it is the best feature to recommend to ensure the fastest response times for each company location.

An environment is a space to store, manage, and share your organization’s business data, apps, chatbots, and flows. It also serves as a container to separate apps that might have different roles, security requirements, or target audiences. How you choose to use environments depends on your organization and the apps you’re trying to build. For example:

  • You can choose to only build your apps or chatbots in a single environment.
  • You might create separate environments that group the test and production versions of your apps or chatbots.
  • You might create separate environments that correspond to specific teams or departments in your company, each containing the relevant data and apps for each audience.
  • You might also create separate environments for different global branches of your company.

Environment scope

Each environment is created under an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant, and its resources can only be accessed by users within that tenant. An environment is also bound to a geographic location, like the United States. When you create an app in an environment, that app is routed only to datacentres in that geographic location. Any items that you create in that environment (including chatbots, connections, gateways, flows using Microsoft Power Automate, and more) are also bound to their environment’s location.

Every environment can have zero or one Microsoft Dataverse database, which provides storage for your apps and chatbots. Whether you can create a database for your environment depends on the license you purchase for Power Apps and your permissions within that environment. More information: Pricing info

When you create an app in an environment, that app is only permitted to connect to the data sources that are also deployed in that same environment, including connections, gateways, flows, and Dataverse databases. For example, consider a scenario where you’ve created two environments named Test and Dev, and created a Dataverse database in each of the environments. If you create an app in the Test environment, it will only be permitted to connect to the Test database; it won’t be able to connect to the ‘Dev’ database.

You can also move resources between environments.

Types of environments

There are multiple types of environments. The type indicates the purpose of the environment and determines its characteristics. The following table summarizes the current types of environments that you might encounter.

The default environment

A single default environment is automatically created by Power Apps for each tenant and shared by all users in that tenant. Whenever a new user signs up for Power Apps, they’re automatically added to the Maker role of the default environment. The default environment is created in the region closest to the default region of the Azure AD tenant.

The default environment is named as follows: {Azure AD tenant name} (default)

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps and D365 as an operational system for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Brand distribution has multiple warehouses and tax rates charged on sales orders need to be calculated based on locality and region. Melinda and the IT team are looking for a cost-effective solution that can be implemented quickly.

Which of the following should be employed?

  • Write scripts and code tax updates.
  • Run a Power BI report.
  • Implement the Common Data Model / Dataverse.
  • Check AppSource for a tax add-on.
  • Create alerts in Dynamics 365 Finance for tax table changes.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • This is a question for D365 Finance and Operation. On the report you can indeed change the view but not the propagated changes in the amount registered once you make the sale. In order to have proper accountability the alert will indicate you to update the tax rates so calculations on the amounts charged are correctly managed. And hence your company won’t be overcharging or undercharging.

The sales tax framework supports many types of indirect taxes, such as sales tax, value-added tax (VAT), goods and services tax (GST), unit-based fees, and withholding tax. These taxes are calculated and documented during purchase and sales transactions. Periodically, they must be reported and paid to tax authorities.

The following diagram shows the entities of the tax setup and how they are related.

For every sales tax that a company must account for, a sales tax code must be defined. A sales tax code stores the tax rates and calculation rules for the sales tax.

Every sales tax code must be linked to a sales tax settlement period. Sales tax settlement periods define the intervals at which sales tax must be reported and paid to the sales tax authority. Every sales tax settlement period must be assigned to a sales tax authority. A sales tax authority represents the entity that sales tax is reported and paid to. It also defines the layout for the sales tax report. Sales tax authorities can be related to vendor accounts. For more information, see Set up sales tax settlement periods.

Every sales tax code must also be linked to a ledger posting group. A ledger posting group specifies the main accounts that amounts for the sales tax codes will be posted to.

Optional sales tax reporting codes can also be defined. These can be assigned on sales tax codes for the various amount types that are calculated for the sales tax code. The Sales tax payment by code report shows totals per sales tax reporting code for a given sales tax settlement period and interval.

Every transaction that sales tax needs to be calculated and posted for must have a sales tax group and an item sales tax group. Sales tax groups are related to the party (for example, customer or vendor) of the transaction, whereas item sales tax groups are related to the resource (for example, item or procurement category) of the transaction. Tax groups contain a list of tax codes. The tax codes that are present in both the sales tax group and item sales tax group for a transaction are the tax code that apply to that transaction.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/general-ledger/indirect-taxes-overview

Data Analysis Expressions (DAX) is a formula expression language used in Analysis Services, Power BI, and Power Pivot in Excel. DAX formulas include functions, operators, and values to perform advanced calculations and queries on data in related tables and columns in tabular data models.

Calculations

DAX formulas are used in measures, calculated columns, calculated tables, and row-level security.

Measures

Measures are dynamic calculation formulas where the results change depending on context. Measures are used in reporting that support combining and filtering model data by using multiple attributes such as a Power BI report or Excel PivotTable or PivotChart. Measures are created by using the DAX formula bar in the model designer.

A formula in a measure can use standard aggregation functions automatically created by using the Autosum feature, such as COUNT or SUM, or you can define your own formula by using the DAX formula bar. Named measures can be passed as an argument to other measures.

When you define a formula for a measure in the formula bar, a Tooltip feature shows a preview of what the results would be for the total in the current context, but otherwise the results are not immediately output anywhere. The reason you cannot see the (filtered) results of the calculation immediately is because the result of a measure cannot be determined without context. To evaluate a measure requires a reporting client application that can provide the context needed to retrieve the data relevant to each cell and then evaluate the expression for each cell. That client might be an Excel PivotTable or PivotChart, a Power BI report, or a table expression in a DAX query in SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS).

Regardless of the client, a separate query is run for each cell in the results. That is to say, each combination of row and column headers in a PivotTable, or each selection of slicers and filters in a Power BI report, generates a different subset of data over which the measure is calculated. For example, using this very simple measure formula:

  • DAX
  • Total Sales = SUM([Sales Amount])

When a user places the TotalSales measure in a report, and then places the Product Category column from a Product table into Filters, the sum of Sales Amount is calculated and displayed for each product category.

Unlike calculated columns, the syntax for a measure includes the measure’s name preceding the formula. In the example just provided, the name Total Sales appears preceding the formula. After you’ve created a measure, the name and its definition appear in the reporting client application Fields list, and depending on perspectives and roles is available to all users of the model.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/dax-overview

Question 28: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward plans to create canvas apps to synchronize data with three data sources that use different proprietary database formats.

What is the minimum number of connectors required?

  • 3
  • 0
  • 2
  • 1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The minimum number of connectors required is 1 because we can create 1 Custom connector to Sync data from all three sources (in 1 app).

A connector is a proxy or a wrapper around an API that allows the underlying service to talk to Microsoft Power Automate, Microsoft Power Apps, and Azure Logic Apps. It provides a way for users to connect their accounts and leverage a set of prebuilt actions and triggers to build their apps and workflows.

Our large ecosystem of software as a service (SaaS) connectors enables you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Architecture

Runtime flow

Architecture components

Here are the architecture components and what they do:

  • Credential and metadata store—A service to store connector metadata (swagger, connection, ACLs, etc.), and credentials associated with a connection.
  • Connector
  • Azure APIM (API Manager) to host all the swagger and policies. In addition to being the entry point for all calls that interact with the connector calls, Azure APIM verifies keys, tokens, certificates, and other credentials.
  • App Service Environment to host connector webapps.

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/connectors

Connectors for canvas apps

Data is at the core of most apps, including the data you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

Tables

If your connector provides tables, you add your data source and then select the table in the data source that you want to manage. Power Apps both retrieve table data into your app and updates data in your data source for you. For example, you can add a data source that contains a table named Lessons and then set the Items property of a control, such as a gallery or a form, to this value in the formula bar:

You can specify the data that your app retrieves by customizing the Items property of the control that shows your data. Continuing the previous example, you can sort or filter the data in the Lessons table by using that name as an argument for the Search and SortByColumn functions. In this graphic, the formula to which the Items property is set specifies that the data is sorted and filtered based on the text in TextSearchBox1.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

Question 29: Skipped

Microsoft Power Pages is a secure, enterprise-grade, low-code software as a service (SaaS) platform for creating, hosting, and administering modern external-facing business websites. Whether you’re a low-code maker or a professional developer, Power Pages enables you to rapidly design, configure, and publish websites that seamlessly work across web browsers and devices.

Which of the following are capabilities of Power Pages?

  • Exposing data in Dataverse to customers
  • (Correct)
  • Building sites by using low-code tools
  • (Correct)
  • Automating business processes
  • Creating documents from templates
  • Extracting data from documents

Explanation

  • Power Pages enables low-code makers to build and deploy websites without needing to write code.
  • Power Pages has tools to manage content, including the capability to expose data in Dataverse tables to external users such as customers.
  • Power Pages cannot automate business processes or create documents, but it can be integrated with the rest of Microsoft Power Platform.
  • Power Automate is used to automate business processes. AI Builder is used for extracting data from documents.

Power Pages provides you with rich, customizable templates, a fluid visual experience through a reimagined design studio, and a new, integrated learning hub to quickly build sites that suit your unique business needs.

Power Pages is the newest member of the Microsoft Power Platform family. With Power Pages, you can build sites by using the same shared business data stored in Microsoft Dataverse that you use for building apps, workflows, intelligent virtual agents, reports, and analytics with other Microsoft Power Platform components in your organization.

Power Apps portals and Dynamics 365 portals

Power Apps portals and Dynamics 365 portals are now referred to as Power Pages. There is no migration or upgrade process. You can use the new Power Pages design studio to edit sites created in Power Apps. Existing tools such as the Portals Management app and Power Platform CLI will continue to work with Power Pages.

Simplified authoring experience for makers

Quickly create new sites directly from the Power Pages home page by using the default template, or choose existing industry-based starter templates.

Design studio

Makers can build powerful and engaging sites without writing a single line of code.

The new and enhanced design studio provides the following workspaces:

Responsive rendering

Power Pages is based on Bootstrap, which natively provides support for building websites that are responsive, mobile-friendly, and available in various form factors.

Advanced development capabilities for pro developers

Makers can work with pro developers in fusion teams to extend the functionality using Visual Studio Code and the Microsoft Power Platform CLI to create powerful business application websites.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-pages/capabilities

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Currently, the IT team is planning to implement solutions that use Dataverse / Common Data Service as a data storage. As the hired expert, Billy asked you need to recommend features to meet Anvil’s needs.

Which feature should you recommend to validate across multiple fields and entities regardless of the app used to create data?

  • Business rules
  • (Correct)
  • Azure IoT
  • Business process flows
  • Dataverse / Common Data Model

Explanation

  • You should recommend to use business rules to validate across multiple fields and entities regardless of the app used to create data.

You can create business rules and recommendations to apply logic and validations without writing code or creating plug-ins. Business rules provide a simple interface to implement and maintain fast-changing and commonly used rules.

Apply custom business logic with business rules and flows in model-driven apps

Defining and enforcing consistent business processes is one of the main reasons people use model-driven apps. Consistent processes help make sure people using a model-driven app can focus on their work and not on remembering to perform a set of manual steps.

Business rules

Business rules provide a simple interface to implement and maintain fast-changing and commonly used rules. The scope of a business rule defines where the business rule will run:

Note: To define a business rule for a table so that it applies at the server level to both canvas apps and model-driven apps, see Create a business rule for a table.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-business-rules-recommendations-apply-logic-form

Question 31: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Hikaru Kato Sulu, the IT team leader, to create a Power Apps app that allows the definition of a custom Sitemap.

Which of the following should Sulu use to create a Power Apps app that allows the definition of a custom Sitemap?

  • Canvas app
  • Utilize a app template
  • Portal app
  • Model-driven app
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A model-driven app is the correct method to allow the definition of a custom Sitemap.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Model-driven apps in Power Apps

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

Model-driven app design provides the following benefits:

  • Rich component-focused no-code design environments
  • Create complex responsive apps with a similar UI across a variety of devices from desktop to mobile
  • Rich design capability
  • Your app can be distributed as a solution

The approach to model-driven app making

At a fundamental level, model-driven app making consists of three key focus areas.

  • Modelling business data
  • Defining business processes
  • Composing the app

Modelling business data

To model business data you determine what data your app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Model-driven design uses a metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize the application without writing code. Metadata means “data about data” and it defines the structure of the data stored in the system.

Composing the model-driven app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and configuring the components you need using the app designer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/guidance/planning/introduction

Question 32: Skipped

Scenario: Donahue Development is an Australian Research & Development company owned and directed by businessman Trevor Donahue. Part of the company’s business is involved in real estate where the company uses Microsoft Dataverse to track apartment availability as for rent, for sale, or both.

Required: Create a new column to store whether an apartment’s availability.

Which column type should be used?

  • Choice
  • Yes/No
  • Choices
  • (Correct)
  • Customer

Explanation

  • The Choices column type can select multiple options between multiple values.
  • The Choice column type can select only one option between multiple values.
  • The Yes/No column type can select only one option between two values.
  • Customer references to an Account or a Contact.

Types of columns

The names used for types depend on the designer used. Power Apps uses a convention that includes the way the data is formatted. The solution explorer type uses a name aligned with the database data type with a format modifier.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RWJ4Su?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

The following table includes the corresponding AttributeTypeDisplayName API type.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/data-platform/types-of-fields

Question 33: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward is creating a canvas app to display data from a legacy SQL Server database that is located on UCWF’s internal network. Edward needs to connect to the data.

Which of the following should he use?

  • Data gateway
  • (Correct)
  • Custom connector
  • Content pack
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Edward should use a Data gateway to connect to the data.

Manage an on-premises data gateway in Power Apps

Install an on-premises data gateway to transfer data quickly and securely between a canvas app that’s built in Power Apps and a data source that isn’t in the cloud, such as an on-premises SQL Server database or an on-premises SharePoint site. View all gateways for which you have administrative permissions, and manage permissions and connections for those gateways.

You can connect to on-premises data over the connectors that use data gateway.

Prerequisites

  1. The user name and password that you used to sign up for Power Apps.
  2. Administrative permissions on a gateway. (You have these permissions by default for each gateway that you install, and an administrator of another gateway can grant you these permissions for that gateway.)
  3. A license that supports accessing on-premises data using an on-premises gateway. For more information, see the pricing page.

Install a gateway

To install a gateway, follow the steps in Install an on-premises data gateway. Install the gateway in standard mode because the on-premises data gateway (personal mode) is available only for Power BI.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/gateway-management

Question 34: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is creating their first canvas app in Power Apps and are not sure of the types of controls they can include. Felix has asked you to advise the team and recommend solutions for them.

Which types of controls should you recommend using in Power Apps to view the date, time, and location of upcoming internal meetings?

  • Outlook plugin
  • Image
  • List box
  • Gallery
  • (Correct)
  • Meeting-screen template

Explanation

  • A Gallery control can show multiple records from a data source, and each record can contain multiple types of data. For example, a Gallery control can show multiple contacts with each item showing contact information that includes a name, an address, and a phone number for each contact.

Show, sort, and filter data in a canvas app gallery

Create a gallery to show images and text about several products, and sort and filter that information.

In Power Apps, you can use a gallery to show several related items, just as you see in a catalogue. Galleries are great for showing information about products, such as names and prices. In this topic, we create a gallery and sort and filter the information using Excel-like functions. Also, when an item is selected, a border is placed around the item.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/show-images-text-gallery-sort-filter

Meeting-screen template for canvas apps

In a canvas app, add a meeting screen that lets users create and send meeting requests from their Office 365 Outlook accounts. Users can search for attendees in their org and add external email addresses. If your tenant has meeting rooms built into Outlook, users can select a location as well.

You can also add other template-based screens that show different data from Office 365, such as email, people in an organization, and a user’s calendar.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/screen-templates/meeting-screen-overview

Understand SharePoint forms integration

You can now easily customize any SharePoint list form in Power Apps. In this article, we’ll walk through the details of how these forms work and how you can customize them further.

If you’ve customized a form for a SharePoint list, you’ve likely noticed that the default generated form works for all operations, like creating, showing, or editing an item. This is accomplished with the help of generated formulas and the SharePointIntegration control.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/sharepoint-form-integration

Question 35: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked S’chn T’gai Spock, his IT team leader, to come up with a plan to help support technicians with a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Specifically, support technicians must be notified when a new support request has been entered. Spock has asked you to assist him in recommending tools to support Duncan + Dotter’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you and Spock recommend?

  • Power Apps
  • Power BI
  • Common Data Service / Dataverse
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • To notify support technicians when a new support request has been entered the best option is Power Automate.

Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.

  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Who is Power Automate for?

What skills do you need to have? Anyone from a basic business user to an IT professional can create automated processes using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

What industries can benefit from Power Automate? Check out how some companies implemented Microsoft Power Platform solutions using Power Automate in:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/getting-started

Question 36: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Azure.

Right now, Oswald is looking into the benefit of deploying Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 apps in the same tenant?

Since Oswald is not sure if there is a benefit or what that benefit is, he asked you to provide advice on which of the following is a benefit of deploying Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 apps in the same tenant.

Which of the following should you tell him?

  • You can use Power BI to display data that comes from both environments.
  • (Correct)
  • Both will use the same time zone.
  • You can implement Single Sign-On (SSO).
  • You do not need to manually back up data.

Explanation

  • True benefit: You can use Power BI to display data that comes from both environments.

To solve this question, think from Microsoft perspective when you see two possible answers. The SSO answer option is not an ‘extra’ benefit from user point of view, it’s an expectation nowadays and this answer option is a distractor. The benefit is for using Power BI to display data that comes from both environments.

Power BI works with model-driven apps in Microsoft Dataverse to provide a self-service analytics solution. The Power BI service automatically refreshes the data displayed. With Power BI Desktop or Office Excel Power Query for authoring reports and Power BI for sharing dashboards and refreshing data from model-driven apps or Dynamics 365 apps, such as Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Customer Service. Integrating Power BI with Dataverse provides the personnel in your organization a powerful way to work with data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/use-power-bi

Question 37: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating Power Platform and has questions about the role that Dataverse plays in using Power Apps and Power Automate.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “Canvas apps require a Common Data Service / Dataverse database”.

Is Jack correct?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • No, Jack is not correct. When you create a canvas app you don’t need to have a database. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

PowerApps is Microsoft’s service for building “apps” that can run on mobile and web platforms, especially those targeting businesses and enterprises. In PowerApps, there are 2 different types of apps that we can create – “canvas apps” and “model-driven apps”. Both are managed from the PowerApps web page, and each has a different design mode that is selected from the bottom left of the screen.

Canvas Apps

With canvas apps, which we created here, you can control the design and layout of the app with a WYSIWYG design tool, connect it to different data sources (including the Common Data Service, SQL, SharePoint, Salesforce, Dropbox etc), and add Excel-type formula code. With canvas apps, you can access the app through both a web user interface, or as a mobile app. The mobile app is accessed through the PowerApps app – you simply install this app and you can then access your canvas PowerApps.

Canvas apps have a dark colour theme in the app designer:

Common Data Model and Common Data Service

Before we discuss Model-Driven Apps, we need to understand the Common Data Model and Service. The Common Data Model is a secure business database implemented by Microsoft as a service as the Common Data Service. The model holds typical business entities such as Accounts, Contacts, Opportunities, Products, etc, and those entities hold typical fields such as addresses, phone numbers etc. A business can then take this model and extend it as needed – you can add fields, create your own entities etc. The idea is that having a common data model as a service allows for out of the box integrations to many other products and services, such as PowerApps, Flow etc.

The Common Data Service was previously implemented as a database/schema service separated from Dynamics 365, but is now tightly coupled with Dynamics 365.

https://carldesouza.com/powerapps-canvas-apps-model-driven-common-data-dynamics-explained/

Question 38: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to trigger an action from an event. Jean-Luc in turn passed the assignment along to Geordi La Forge to carry out the task.

Geordi is new to the team and is not sure which tool he should be using to carry out the task.

Which of the below is the tool Geordi should be using?

  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power Orchestrator
  • Power BI
  • Power Apps

Explanation

  • Geordi should be using Power Automate to trigger an action from an event.

Get started with Power Automate

  • Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.
  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Who is Power Automate for?

What skills do you need to have? Anyone from a basic business user to an IT professional can create automated processes using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

What industries can benefit from Power Automate? Check out how some companies implemented Microsoft Power Platform solutions using Power Automate in:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/getting-started

Question 39: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on troubleshooting a ‘User not found’ error. A case was forwarded to the IT team to investigate where a user signs into the portal the following error displays: ‘User not found’. Front line confirmed that the user’s sign in information is correct and you have been assigned the task of determining the cause of the error.

Which of the following should you do?

  • Create a custom error message
  • Enable diagnostic tools in Lifecycle Services
  • Enable Maintenance mode
  • Disable custom error messages
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Tricky question, if you look at the link it states that disabling custom error messages should be a temporary measure. Below is states “The Disable custom errors action will replace the notification with detailed error information on the portal page that could provide additional information for an administrator to troubleshoot the issue.” So it could potentially help identify the issue.

Portal site issues

If a portal is completely inaccessible, an administrator can investigate numerous possibilities:

  • Whether the portal has been enabled or not
  • If other Microsoft Dataverse apps are accessible
  • Issues that might have occurred with the infrastructure services that portals depend on such as Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) or the Web Apps feature of Azure App Service (Web Apps)
  • If advisories exist on the Microsoft 365 admin centre

An administrator should also investigate whether some of the portal metadata has been recently modified, such as the website or website binding records that also might affect portal functionality.

Running the Portal Checker might also identify potential issues with the site.

Portal page and functionality issues

Occasionally, a portal administrator might be faced with having to resolve errors with specific Power Apps portal pages or functions.

Power Apps portals have several tools that will allow an administrator to quickly identify and resolve issues without needing to contact Microsoft support.

Disable custom errors

A typical error might begin when a portal visitor reports an issue when visiting a portal page. Often, the error message is brief and doesn’t describe the underlying issue.

In the Power Apps Portals admin centre, the Disable custom errors action will replace the notification with detailed error information on the portal page that could provide additional information for an administrator to troubleshoot the issue.

Note: Disabling custom errors should be a temporary setting because the detailed error message might convey an increased negative experience for portal visitors. We recommend that you only disable custom errors when you are in the development phase and enable custom errors after you go live.

Another option is to personalize the error message by adding a content snippet called Portal Generic Error that contains an appropriate message for portal users.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/view-portal-error-log

Diagnostic logging

Along with visual errors on portal pages, potential underlying issues could occur that are not quite as obvious to isolate and troubleshoot. Power Apps portals can be configured to log diagnostic information. The diagnostic logs will be stored in Azure Blob storage in a container named telemetry-logs. The administrator can configure the retention period of how long to keep the logs.

The logs can provide information of patterns, duration, and frequency of specific portal errors to assist in resolving potential errors and issues.

Additional troubleshooting steps

Because the portal might extend certain functionality of a model-driven app, one technique to eliminate potential portal errors is to attempt the same operation in the model-driven app. For example, if an error is generated when a record is added through the portal, try adding or updating the same data record that a portal user is attempting to create or update on a portal. After the error has been resolved in the model-driven app, it is quite often resolved on the portal.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/view-portal-error-log/

Question 40: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Eddie wants to deploy a service using building model-driven apps.

Eddie wants to create a standard procedure or process for handling service requests.

Which of the following logic types would be best to implement?

  • Business rule
  • Action flow
  • Business process flow
  • (Correct)
  • Workflow

Explanation

  • Business process flows can be used to define a set of steps for people to follow to take them to a desired outcome.

Model-driven app design is an approach that focuses on adding dashboards, forms, views, and charts to your apps. With little or no code, you can build apps that are simple or very complex.

In canvas apps, the app maker has total control over the app layout. In model-driven apps, on the other hand, much of the layout is determined by the components you add. The emphasis is more on quickly viewing your business data and making decisions instead of on intricate app design.

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design does not require code, and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development, where the designer has complete control over app layout, much of the layout is determined for you with model-driven apps and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

The approach to making model-driven apps

Model-driven apps have three design phases:

  1. Model your business data
  2. Define your business processes
  3. Build the app

Model your business data

Model-driven design uses metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize apps without writing code. To model business data, you determine what data the app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Metadata means data about data and defines the structure of the data stored in Microsoft Dataverse.

Define your business processes

Defining and enforcing consistent business processes is a key aspect of model-driven app design. Consistent processes help ensure that your app users can focus on their work and not worry about having to remember to perform a set of manual steps. Processes can be simple or complex, and they often change over time.

Build the app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and setting up the components you need in the App Designer.

A model-driven app consists of several components that you select by using the App Designer. The components and component properties become the metadata. Let’s look more closely at these components.

Data

The table below shows the different data components that can make up a model-driven app which can determine what data the app will be based upon. It also shows what designer is used to create or edit the data component.

User interface

The table below shows the user interface components which determine how users will interact with the app and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

Logic

The logic components determine what business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Microsoft Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule they are needing.

Visualization

The visualization components determine what type of data and reporting the app will show and have available and which designer is used to create or edit that component.

Some examples of visualizations in a model-driven app:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 41: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

The lead developer as Iceberg Lounge is Dianna Prince and she is creating Power BI reports. Right now, Dianne is trying to figure out which filters she can use for reports. Oswald has asked you to assist Dianna so she can learn more about Power Platform.

Which of the following types of filters are available able Dianna?

  • External
  • Database
  • Automatic
  • (Correct)
  • Drill-down
  • (Correct)
  • Manual
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The available filter types are:

  • Manual filters
  • Automatic filters
  • Include/Exclude filters
  • Drill-down
  • Cross Drill filters
  • Drillthrough filters (Invokes drillthrough)
  • Drillthrough filters (Transient)
  • URL filters – transient
  • Pass Through filters

Types of filters in Power BI reports

Filters don’t all behave the same way because they’re not created the same way. How you create them influences how they behave in the filter pane in editing mode. In this article, we describe the different kinds of filters: the different ways you create them and the different things they’re good for. Read about how to add filters to reports.

Automatic filters

Automatic filters are the filters that get automatically added to the visual level of the filter pane when you build a visual. These filters are based on the fields that make up your visual. Users with edit permission to the report can edit, clear, hide, lock, rename, or sort this filter in the pane. They can’t delete automatic filters, because the visual refers to those fields.

Manual filters

Manual filters are the filters that you drag and drop in any section of the filter pane when you’re editing a report. If you have edit permission to the report, you can edit, delete, clear, hide, lock, rename, or sort this filter in the pane.

Drill-down filters

Drill-down filters get automatically added to the filter pane when you use the drill-down functionality for a visual in your report. If you can edit a report, you can edit or clear the filter in the pane. You can’t delete, hide, lock, rename, or sort this filter because it’s associated with the drill-down functionality of visuals. To remove the drill-down filter, select the drill-up button for the visual.

Cross-drill filters

Cross-drill filters are automatically added to the pane when a drill-down filter is passed to another visual on the report page via the cross-filter or cross-highlight feature. Even if you can edit a report, you can’t delete, clear, hide, lock, rename, or sort this filter because it’s associated with the drill-down functionality of visuals. You also can’t edit this filter because it comes from drilling down in another visual. To remove the drill-down filter, select the drill-up button for the visual that’s passing the filter.

Drillthrough filters

Drillthrough filters get passed from one page to another via the drillthrough feature. They show up in the Drillthrough pane. There are two types of drillthrough filters. The first type is the one that invokes the drillthrough. If you can edit a report, you can edit, delete, clear, hide, or lock this type of filter. The second type is the drillthrough filter that gets passed to the target, based on the page-level filters of the source page. You can edit, delete, or clear this transient type of drillthrough filter. You can’t lock or hide this filter for end users.

URL filters

URL filters get added to the pane by adding a URL query parameter. If you can edit a report, you can edit, delete, or clear the filter in the pane. You can’t hide, lock, rename, or sort this filter because it’s associated with the URL parameter. To remove the filter, you remove the parameter from the URL. Here’s an example URL with a parameter:

app.powerbi.com/groups/me/apps/app-id/reports/report-id/ReportSection?filter=Stores~2FStatus%20eq%20’Off’

Pass-through filters

Pass-through filters are visual-level filters created through Q&A. If you can edit a report, you can delete, hide, or sort these filters in the pane. However, you can’t rename, edit, clear, or lock these filters.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-filter-types

Question 42: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on Power BI reporting.

The lead developer, Bruce Wayne, is trying to determine if he can export data to view supporting data for a KPI and is stumped. Alfred asked you to help Bruce by providing him guidance.

Is it possible to export data from a visualization in a Power BI report?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A KPI dataset needs to contain goal values for a KPI. If your dataset doesn’t contain goal values, you can create them by adding an Excel sheet with goals to your data model or PBIX file.
    Note: A Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a visual cue that communicates the amount of progress made toward a measurable goal.

Create key performance indicator (KPI) visualizations

A Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a visual cue that communicates the amount of progress made toward a measurable goal.

When to use a KPI

KPIs are a great choice:

  • To measure progress. Answers the question, “What am I ahead or behind on?”
  • To measure distance to a goal. Answers the question, “How far ahead or behind am I?”

KPI requirements

A designer bases a KPI visual on a specific measure. The intention of the KPI is to help you evaluate the current value and status of a metric against a defined target. A KPI visual requires a base measure that evaluates to a value, a target measure or value, and a threshold or goal.

A KPI dataset needs to contain goal values for a KPI. If your dataset doesn’t contain goal values, you can create them by adding an Excel sheet with goals to your data model or PBIX file.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-kpi

Question 43: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Billy is creating a model-driven Power Apps app and wants to ensure that the app can be used by individuals who have vision impairments.

Jim Kirk is one of the interns and has just finished getting his Microsoft PL-900 certification and is telling Billy about the many possibilities of Power Apps. Jim tells Billy that an app can be built with Power Apps with hot key support and designed so that a user is not required to use a touch screen or mouse.

Is this true?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Jim is correct. An app can be built with Power Apps with hot key support and designed so that a user is not required to use a touch screen or mouse. You can use keyboard shortcuts in PowerApps. Keyboard shortcuts give you an alternate way to do common tasks instead of using your mouse or tapping with your finger. They help in seamless navigation of the interface.

Note: AccChecker is a legacy tool. MS recommends using Accessibility Insights.

https://youtu.be/KuLVuv2yjHc

Screen readers make model-driven apps accessible to people who have low or no vision or might need extra support for a temporary scenario, such as eye fatigue. Commonly used screen readers such as Narrator, JAWS, and NVDA are supported.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/user/screen-reader

Accessibility tools – AccChecker (UI Accessibility Checker)

Users who have vision, hearing, or other impairments can use your canvas app more easily and successfully if you consider accessibility as you design how the app looks and behaves. If you’re not sure how to make your app more accessible, you can run the Accessibility checker in Power Apps Studio. This tool not only finds potential accessibility issues but also explains why each might be a potential problem for users who have a specific disability and offers suggestions on how to resolve each issue. The Accessibility checker detects screen-reader and keyboard issues for you, and you can find information about how to fix colour-contrast issues by using accessible colours.

The Accessibility checker helps you identify settings that you might want to change, but you should always consider the suggestions in the context of what your app needs to do. Many suggestions may be worthwhile, but you can ignore any that might do more harm than good.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/accessibility-checker

AccChecker (UI Accessibility Checker) verifies that key UI accessibility requirements are met in the design and implementation of UI Automation (UIA) or Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) regardless of the underlying UI framework. AccChecker also includes a set of web accessibility verifications.

AccChecker provides the following levels of functionality:

  • A Windows GUI application that supports manual testing, message logging, and suppression generation.
  • An API for use in automated testing frameworks.
  • A console application that supports unmanaged test automations for scenarios where the AccChecker managed API can’t be used.

All levels of AccChecker functionality provide routines for verifying Microsoft Active Accessibility programmatic access, programmatic event generation, control layout, and keyboard navigation. AccChecker also provides a basic screen reader transcription service.

AccChecker is installed with the Windows Software Development Kit (SDK). It is located in the \bin\<version>\<platform>\AccChecker folder of the SDK installation path.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/winauto/ui-accessibility-checker

Question 44: Skipped

Scenario: Dr. Karl Malus works for the Power Broker Corporation founded by Curtiss Jackson, using technology to service various countries and their military efforts. You have been contracted by the company to assist Dr. Malus with their Microsoft Power App implementation.

Dr. Malus has asked you to assist with an accounting related project. The team is working with a gallery control in their app for displaying all customer orders. The Accounting Manager wants to see orders from the last 90 days only.

How would you reduce the amount of data she sees?

  • Use the data filtering wizard.
  • Create a formula for your gallery that uses the Sort function.
  • Create a formula for your gallery that uses the Filter function.
  • (Correct)
  • You would modify the data source to purge out all orders older than 90 days.

Explanation

  • The Filter function allows you to apply logic tests to one or more columns in your data source. For this scenario you could filter out data where the Order Date is less than 90 days ago.

Distinct

When using Microsoft Power Apps, you don’t have to write complicated application code the way that a traditional developer does. However, you must express logic in an app and control its navigation, filtering, sorting, and other functionality. This is where formulas come in.

If you’ve used Microsoft Excel functions, you’ll be comfortable building apps in Power Apps. To create a formula, you will combine one or more formulas with the required and optional parameters. Here are some common functions and an explanation of what they do:

  • Filter – This function is often used with galleries or tables of data to narrow down the rows returned from your data source. You do this by specifying one or more columns in your data set to perform a logic test on, which will allow you to return data that falls in a certain date range, has a set value, or was created by the user for example.
  • Match – This function allows you to check a value to see if it follows a given pattern. You can use this to check if the user entered a properly formatted email address and, if they did not, show them a warning that a valid email is required. This function serves well for conditional formatting.
  • Distinct – This function allows you to return the unique values from a list of data, making it easier to build dynamic dropdowns that show users only the valid values for the given column.
  • Math functions – Power Apps includes a range of math formulas for working with your data from the simple such as Sum or Average to the complex such as Atan and Sin to work with radians.

This is a small sampling of the large library of Power Apps functions that are available. Also, remember you can combine functions into one formula to solve complex problems. This is the power of the platform. You start with simple formulas and then as your comfort grows you learn to combine them.

For a complete list of all of the functions available in Power Apps, check out the documentation here.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/paths/use-basic-formulas-powerapps-canvas-app/

The barcode control is available under Insert → Media. Once added there is a key step in a successful application/
The scanner is feeding the live image from the camera stream and it is key to size the barcode control to the optimal value for your targeted devices.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/make-barcode-scanning-apps-in-minutes/

Question 45: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team plan to create a user-owned custom entity by using Dataverse. Phil wants the team to change the entity ownership from User to Organization-owned.

Is this a valid request?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • No, it is not a valid request. Dataverse/Common Data Service supports two types of record ownership. Organization-owned, and User or Team owned. This is a choice that happens at the time the entity is created and can’t be changed. Once created the entity ownership is disabled. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Security concepts in Microsoft Dataverse

One of the key features of Dataverse is its rich security model that can adapt to many business usage scenarios. This security model is only in play when there is a Dataverse database in the environment. As an administrator, you likely won’t be building the entire security model yourself, but will often be involved in the process of managing users and making sure they have the proper configuration and troubleshooting security access related issues.

https://youtu.be/8UWSj-vvxzU

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/wp-security-cds

Question 46: Skipped

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists.

A webpage row can be linked to which of the following? (Select two)

  • Table list
  • (Correct)
  • Table form
  • (Correct)
  • Row cell
  • Column cell

Explanation

  • A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form.

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 47: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Billy plans to use AI Builder to help improve business performance. The IT team needs to determine which AI Models are available for use. Billy has asked you to work with the team to determine which types of models can be used.

Which of the following should be used? (Select three)

  • Anomaly detection
  • Text classification
  • (Correct)
  • Prediction
  • (Correct)
  • Object detection
  • (Correct)
  • Linear regression

Explanation

The available models from the available choices are:

  • Prediction
  • Object detection
  • Text classification

Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

AI Builder is a low code artificial intelligence platform that supports the Power Platform. It is available for consumption on data that already exists in the Common Data Service (CDS) / Dataverse, the enterprise-grade datastore included in the Power Platform. AI Builder is the platform for providing a low-code user experience for every developer to create and customize their PowerApps and Flows.

You can access AI Builder from the navigation pane within the PowerApps Studio or the Microsoft Flow website. The simple wizard like experience is tailored to empower every developer in keeping with the essence of the Power Platform. You can access all your AI models in a single pane under the AI Builder ‘Models’ tab, providing key information about each model upfront in a tabular format. Clicking a particular model takes you into its details page, where other key information and actions are made available to the user. You can perform actions like publish and test the model, view the model efficacy and weights of data contributing to it or view other recommended actions from the details page.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-ai-builder-for-powerplatform/

AI models and business scenarios

In AI Builder, you can choose from several model types that are suited to different business scenarios. For example, if you want to use AI to detect your products in images; you’d build, train, and publish a custom AI Builder object detection model. If you want to use AI to automate your expense reports by scanning and processing business receipts, you could use AI Builder’s prebuilt receipt scanning model, which is ready to use out of the box. To design a marketing campaign based on patterns in your historical data; you’d build, train, and publish a custom prediction model in AI Builder tailored to your business and using your own historical data. These are just a few of the ways you can use AI Builder to add intelligence to your business processes.

To build a model by using AI Builder, sign in to Power Apps and, in the left pane, select AI BuilderBuild. Select the model type that matches what you want to do, and you’re ready to get started.

Custom Model Types:

  • Prediction
  • Form processing
  • Object detection
  • Category classification
  • Entity extraction

Prebuilt Model Types:

  • Key phrase extraction
  • Language detection
  • Sentiment analysis
  • Text translation
  • Business card reader
  • Text recognition
  • Receipt processing

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/model-types

Question 48: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is creating a visual.

Which of the following is a valid method for creating a visual?

  • Drag a field from the Fields list onto the Model-driven canvas
  • Drag a field from the Fields list onto the Model view canvas.
  • Drag a field from the Fields list onto the Visualizations pane.
  • Drag a field from the Fields list onto the Report view canvas.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Dragging any field from the Fields list onto the open white space of the canvas (in Report view) will automatically create a default visual for that data type.

Visuals allow you to present data in a compelling and insightful way and help you to highlight the important components. Power BI has many compelling visuals and many more are released frequently.

  1. Navigate back to the Reports tab and click on the Key Influencers in the Visualizations pane.

2. Click and drag Profit from the Fields pane to Analyze By in the Visualizations pane.

3. Click on the box beside the following columns to add them to your visual: Product, Discounts, Segment, and Units Sold.

4. Drag the corner of your visual to make it larger and click on the first item “Discounts is more than 55387.5”

The visual you just built, key influencers, works to analyze a set of data to explain variations in a field against others. It automatically builds out charts and graphs to demonstrate these variations. You can see here what influences Profit to increase or decrease by changing the selection in the top of the visual. Take a moment to play around with the options in this visual and learn from the data.

Now let’s build a more classic visual.

5. Select the yellow + at the bottom of your report to create a new page.

6. Select the Line and clustered column chart visual from the Visualizations pane.

7. Click on the box beside the following columns in the following order to select them: Product, Manufacturing Price, Sale Price, Profit.

8. Note that Power BI automatically assigns each column to an appropriate field of the visual. In this case, however, we want to click and drag Profit from Column Values to Line Values.

9. Lastly, drag out the corner of your visual so you can better see the information being displayed.

Two ways to create a new visualization in Power BI Desktop are:

  • Drag field names from the Fields pane and then drop them on the report canvas. By default, your visualization appears as a table of data.
  • In the Visualizations pane, select the type of visualization that you want to create. With this method, the default visual is a blank placeholder that resembles the type of visual that you selected.

Now that we’ve learned how to craft simple visuals, go ahead and create a few more to test your new skills and better learn how Power BI works. Finally, save your report locally and select Publish on the Home tab. You can publish this to My Workspace, which is the default for all new accounts. This step is necessary in order to create a dashboard. Once you have published your report, you will have the option to open your report in Power BI, go ahead and do so.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Question 49: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is creating a canvas app that will be used in several countries/regions. Wade wants to be sure that the Canvas app authoring environment will adapt to the language setting of the author.

Does Canvas app authoring environment do this?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Canvas app authoring environment adapts to the language setting of author by default. The app itself is stored in a language AGNOSTIC manner, so that authors using different languages can edit the same app.

Build global support into canvas apps

Power Apps is a global product. You can build and use canvas apps in many different languages and regions.

Both while building and running apps, the text displayed by Power Apps has been translated into different kinds of languages. You’ll see menu items, dialog boxes, ribbon tabs, and other text in your native language. Typing in and displaying dates and numbers is also adapted for your particular language and region. For example, some regions of the world use a . (dot or period) as the decimal separator while others use a , (comma).

The apps you create can be globally aware as well. Use the Language, Text, Value, DateValue, and other functions to adapt what is displayed and used as input in different languages.

Language settings

When using the native studio or a native player, the language used is provided by the host operating system. For Windows, this setting can be controlled under “All Settings” and then “Time & language” settings. Windows also allows you to specify the characters to use for the decimal separator, overriding the language setting.

When using the web experiences, the language used is provided by the browser. Most browser default to the host operating system’s setting with some also providing a way to set the language manually.

Authoring environment

The authoring environment adapts to the language setting of the author. The app itself is stored in a language agnostic manner, so that authors using different languages can edit the same app.

Names in formulas

Most elements in formula are always in English:

  • Function names: If, Navigate, Collect, and so on.
  • Control property names: Screen.Fill, Button.OnSelect, Textbox.Font, and so on.
  • Enumeration names: colour.Aqua, DataSourceInfo.MaxValue, FontWeight.Bold, and so on.
  • Signal records: Compass.Heading, Location. Latitude, App.ActiveScreen, and so on.
  • Operators: Parent, in, exactIn, and so on.

As the authoring experience is localized, control and other object names will appear in the native language of the author.

In Spanish, some of the control names appear as:

When you insert one of these controls into your app, their name will default to English. This change is done for consistency with the control property names and the rest of the formula. For example, Casilla listed above is inserted as Checkbox1.

After a control is inserted, you can change the name to whatever you like. While selected, the far left-hand side of the “Content” ribbon displays the name of the control. Selecting this name drops down a text box where you can edit the name:

If you like, here you can rename the control to Casilla1. The red squiggly, in this case displayed by a browser, is because the name isn’t a Spanish word and is of no concern.

You can use whatever names you like for:

  • Control names
  • Collection names
  • Context variable names

Formula separators and chaining operator

Some separators and operators will shift based on the decimal separator of the author’s language:

The change in the Power Apps list separator is consistent with what happens to the Excel list separator. It impacts:

  • Arguments in function calls.
  • Fields in a record.
  • Records in a table.

For example, consider the following formula expressed in a language and region that uses dot or period as the decimal separator, such as Japan or the United Kingdom:

Now view this same formula in a language and region where a comma is used for the decimal separator, such as France or Spain:

The highlight shows the operators that change between the two versions. The property selection operator . (dot or period) in Slider1.Value is always the same, no matter what the decimal separator is.

Internally the formula doesn’t change, all that changes is how it’s displayed and edited by the author. Two different authors using two different languages can view and edit the same formula, with each seeing the appropriate separators and operators for their language.

Creating a global app

The app you create can adapt to different languages, providing a great user experience for your users around the world.

Language function

The Language function returns the language tag of the current user. For example, this function returns “en-GB” for users in Great Britain and “de-DE” for users in Germany.

Among other things, you can use Language to display translated text for your users. Your app can include a table of translated values in your app:

And then use a formula such as the following to pull translated strings from the table:

Power Apps

LookUp( Table1, TextID = “Hello” && (LanguageTag = Left( Language(), 2 ) || IsBlank( LanguageTag ))).LocalizedText

Translated strings in other languages could be longer than they are in your language. In many cases, the labels and other elements that display the strings in your user interface will need to be wider to accommodate.

For more information, see the documentation for the Language function.

Formatting numbers, dates, and times

Numbers, dates, and times are written in different formats in different parts of the world. The meaning of commas, decimals, and the order of month, date, and year vary from location to location.

The Text function formats numbers and dates using the language setting of the user.

Text requires a format string to know how you want to format the number or date. This format string can take one of two forms:

  • A global aware enumeration. For example, Text( Now(), DateTimeFormat.LongDate ). This formula will format the current date in a language appropriate format. This method is the preferred way to specify the format string.
  • A custom format string. For example, Text( Now(), “[$-en-US]dddd, mmmm dd, yyyy” ) displays the same text as the enumeration when used in the language “en-US”. The advantage of the custom format string is that you can specify exactly what you want.

The “[$-en-US]” on the front of the custom format string tells Text in which language to interpret the custom format string. This string is inserted for you and defaults to your authoring language. Normally you won’t need to change this string. It’s useful when authors from different languages are editing the same app.

The third argument to Text specifies which language to use for the result of the function. The default is the language setting of the current user.

For more information, see the documentation for the Text function.

Reading numbers, dates, and times

There are four functions for reading numbers, dates, and times provided by the user:

  • Value: Converts a number in a text string to a number value.
  • DateValue: Converts a date value in a text string to a date/time value. Anytime specified in the text string is ignored.
  • TimeValue: Converts a time value in a text string to a date/time value. Any date specified in the text string is ignored.
  • DateTimeValue: Converts a date and time value in a text string to a date/time value.
  • If you have used Excel, all of these functions are combined in the single Value function. They’re broken out here since Power Apps has separate types for date/time values and numbers.

All of these functions have the same arguments:

  • String, required: A string from the user. For example, a string types into a Text input control and read from the control with the Text property.
  • Language, optional: The language in which to interpret the String. By default, the language setting of the user.

For example:

  • Value( “12,345.678”, “en-US” ) or Value( “12,345.678” ) when located where “en-US” is the user’s language returns the number 12345.678, ready for calculations.
  • DateValue( “1/2/01”, “es-ES” ) or DateValue( “1/2/01” ) when located where “es-ES” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at midnight.
  • TimeValue( “11:43:02”, “fr-FR” ) or TimeValue( “11:43:02” ) when located where “fr-FR” is the user’s language returns the date/time value January 1, 1970 at 11:43:02.
  • DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01”, “de-DE” ) or DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01” ) when located where “de-DE” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at 11:43:02.

For more information, see the documentation for the Value and DateValue, TimeValue, and DateTimeValue functions and working with dates and times.

Calendar and Clock information

The Calendar and Clock functions provide calendar and clock information for the user’s current language.

Among other things, use these functions to provide a Dropdown control with a list of choices.

For more information, see the documentation for the Calendar and Clock functions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/global-apps

Question 50: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps and D365 as an operational system for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team is building Power Apps apps that uses both Dynamics 365 Sales and Microsoft 365.

Is it necessary to download a product from AppSource to ensure that SSO works with Dynamics 365 Sales and Microsoft 365?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • Is it not necessary to download a product from AppSource to ensure that SSO works with Dynamics 365 Sales and Microsoft 365.

You can publish your app in the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) app gallery. When your app is published, it will show up as an option for customers when they are adding apps to their tenant.

The steps to publishing your app in the Azure AD app gallery are:

  1. Prerequisites
  2. Choose the right single sign-on standard for your app.
  3. Implement single sign-on in your app.
  4. Implement SCIM user provisioning in your app (optional)
  5. Create your Azure tenant and test your app.
  6. Create and publish documentation.
  7. Submit your app.
  8. Join the Microsoft partner network.

What is the Azure AD application gallery?

The Azure AD app gallery is a catalogue of thousands of apps that make it easy to deploy and configure single sign-on (SSO) and automated user provisioning.

Some of the benefits of adding your app to the Azure AD gallery include:

  • Customers find the best possible single sign-on experience for your app.
  • Configuration of the application is simple and minimal.
  • A quick search finds your application in the gallery.
  • Free, Basic, and Premium Azure AD customers can all use this integration.
  • Mutual customers get a step-by-step configuration tutorial.
  • Customers who use the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM) can use provisioning for the same app.

In addition, there are many benefits when your customers use Azure AD as an identity provider for your app. Some of these include:

  • Provide single sign-on for your users. With SSO you reduce support costs by making it easier for your customers with single sign-on. If one-click SSO is enabled, your customers’ IT Administrators don’t have to learn how to configure your application for use in their organization. To learn more about single sign-on, see What is single sign-on?.
  • Your app can be discoverable in the Microsoft 365 App Gallery, the Microsoft 365 App Launcher, and within Microsoft Search on Office.com.
  • Integrated app management. To learn more about app management in Azure AD, see What is application management?.
  • Your app can use the Graph API to access the data that drives user productivity in the Microsoft ecosystem.
  • Application-specific documentation co-produced with the Azure AD team for our mutual customers eases adoption.
  • You provide your customers the ability to completely manage their employee and guest identities’ authentication and authorization.
  • Placing all account management and compliance responsibility with the customer owner of those identities.
  • Providing ability to enable or disable SSO for specific identity providers, groups, or users to meet their business needs.
  • You increase your marketability and adoptability. Many large organizations require that (or aspire to) their employees have seamless SSO experiences across all applications. Making SSO easy is important.
  • You reduce end-user friction, which may increase end-user usage and increase your revenue.
  • Customers who use the System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM) can use provisioning for the same app.
  • Add security and convenience when users sign on to applications by using Azure AD SSO and removing the need for separate credentials.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/v2-howto-app-gallery-listing

Question 51: Skipped

Scenario: The Deterrence Research Corporation (DRC) was formed by Moses Magnum. He was able to make it into the world’s largest independent weapons manufacturer.

As part of the current project you are on, you use a custom table named ‘Problem’ to store information about problems reported by customers. Problems will be assigned a low, medium, or high severity.

Required: Capture the problem severity.

Which type of column should be used to satisfy the requirement?

  • Autonumber
  • Choices
  • Yes/No
  • Choice
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The Choice column type allows users to select only a single value from the list of values.
  • The Choices column type allows users to select more than one value.
  • The Yes/ No column type allows only two values: Yes and No. It cannot be used to display more than two options.
  • Autonumber is text column type that allows generating automated unique numbers to uniquely identify each record. It cannot be used to display options to the user.

Types of columns

The names used for types depend on the designer used. Power Apps uses a convention that includes the way the data is formatted. The solution explorer type uses a name aligned with the database data type with a format modifier.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RWJ4Su?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

The following table includes the corresponding AttributeTypeDisplayName API type.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/data-platform/types-of-fields

Question 52: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building a model-driven app and they need to create and configure the objects needed for the app.

Which of the following components categories should they use to create a relationship between applications?

  • UI
  • Visualization
  • Data
  • (Correct)
  • Logic

Explanation

  • The best component category to create a relationship between applications is Data. Relationship is a component of “DATA“.

Understand model-driven app components

A well designed model-driven app consists of several components you select using the designer to build the appearance and functionality of the finished app. The components and component properties that designers use to make up an app become the metadata.

To understand how each of these components relates to app design, they’re separated here into data, UI, logic, and visualization categories.

Data

These components determine what data the app will be based upon and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

UI

These components determine how users interact with the app.

Logic

Determines the business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 53: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The IT team plans to display support call metrics on a screen that is visible to all call centre staff.

Which of the following solutions should the IT team use to meet Taneleer’s requirement of displaying a chart with incoming calls versus wait time and pin the chart to a dashboard?

  • Alert
  • Tile
  • (Correct)
  • Treemap
  • Workspace
  • Page

Explanation

  • Using a Tile will meet the requirement of displaying a chart with incoming calls versus wait time and pin the chart to a dashboard.

Dashboard tiles for Power BI designers

A tile is a snapshot of your data, pinned to the dashboard. A tile can be created from a report, dataset, dashboard, the Q&A box, Excel, SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) reports, and more. This screenshot shows many different tiles pinned to a dashboard.

Dashboards and dashboard tiles are a feature of Power BI service, not Power BI Desktop. You can’t create dashboards on mobile devices but you can view and share them there.

Besides pinning tiles, you can create standalone tiles directly on the dashboard by using the Add tile control. Standalone tiles include: text boxes, images, videos, streaming data, and web content.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-tiles

Question 54: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to build apps which address specific business challenges. As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate types of Power Apps to use.

Which of the following should you recommend where a Sales representative need to see different views and dashboards in the sales app?

  • Power Apps portals
  • AI Builder
  • Model-driven app
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • CDS / Dataverse

Explanation

  • The best available option is to use a Model-driven app where a Sales representative need to see different views and dashboards in the sales app. This could be done with a canvas, it just comes down to what you are most comfortable working with, but that is not one of the available options in the question.

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

Model-driven app design provides the following benefits:

  • Rich component-focused no-code design environments
  • Create complex responsive apps with a similar UI across a variety of devices from desktop to mobile
  • Rich design capability
  • Your app can be distributed as a solution

The approach to model-driven app making

At a fundamental level, model-driven app making consists of three key focus areas.

  • Modelling business data
  • Defining business processes
  • Composing the app

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-overview

Modelling business data

To model business data you determine what data your app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Model-driven design uses a metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize the application without writing code. Metadata means “data about data” and it defines the structure of the data stored in the system.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/create-custom-entity

Defining business processes

Defining and enforcing consistent business processes is a key aspect of model-driven app design. Consistent processes help make sure your app users focus on their work and not on remembering to perform a set of manual steps. Processes can be simple or complex and often change over time. To create a process, from the PowerApps.com Model-driven area select Settings (gear icon) → Advanced customizations → Open solution explorer. Next, on the left navigation pane in solution explorer select Processes, and then select New.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/business-process-flows-overview

Composing the model-driven app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and configuring the components you need using the app designer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/guidance/planning/introduction

Question 55: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is building a Power Apps portal and their directive is to select out-of-the-box portal types to meet the bank’s requirements.

Which of the following portal types should they use to publish a blog post announcing new suppliers?

  • Customer self-service portal
  • Bank portal
  • Community portal
  • (Correct)
  • Partner portal
  • Portal from blank

Explanation

  • A Community portal leverages peer-to-peer interactions between customers and experts to organically grow the catalogue of available knowledge from knowledge base articles, forums, and blogs as well as providing feedback through comments and ratings.

Portal templates

Based on the selected environment in Power Apps, you can create a Dataverse starter portal or a portal in an environment containing customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation).

Environment with Dataverse

If you select an environment that contains Microsoft Dataverse, you can create a Dataverse starter portal. The Dataverse starter portal comes with the sample data for you to quickly get started. It also has the following built-in sample pages:

  • Default studio template
  • Page with title
  • Page with child links

To create a portal in an environment with Dataverse, go to Create a Dataverse starter portal.

Environment with customer engagement apps

If you select an environment that contains customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, or Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), you can create the following portals:

  • Customer self-service portal: A customer self-service portal enables customers to access self-service knowledge, support resources, view the progress of their cases, and provide feedback.
  • Partner portal: A partner portal allows every organization with resellers, distributors, suppliers, or partners to have real-time access to every stage of shared activities.
  • Employee self-service portal: An employee self-service portal creates an efficient and well-informed workforce by streamlining common tasks and empowering every employee with a definitive source of knowledge.
  • Community portal: A community portal leverages peer-to-peer interactions between customers and experts to organically grow the catalogue of available knowledge from knowledge base articles, forums, and blogs as well as providing feedback through comments and ratings.
  • Portal from blank: Create a website to share data with external and internal users. This template comes with sample pages to get you quickly started.
  • Customer Portal: A Supply Chain Management Customer Portal template provisions an externally facing B2B order placing website. This template allows external users to create and view orders to the associated Dynamics 365 for Supply Chain Management environment. Customer Portal template is in Preview. For more information about preview features, see Understand preview features in Power Apps.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-templates

Question 56: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Azure into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is using flow templates.

Where do you find flow templates?

  • They are available in the Power Automate administrator application download.
  • You have to build and save templates yourself; there are no pre-built templates.
  • Directly from the Power Automate builder website.
  • (Correct)
  • You need to download the template pack from the Microsoft Learn website.

Explanation

  • When you create a flow, you can choose to start from a template. There you can browse for templates or use search to find just the right template to begin your project.

Power Automate is used to automate repetitive business processes. Beyond simple workflows, Power Automate can send reminders on past due tasks, move business data between systems on a schedule, talk to more than 275 data sources or any publicly available API, and can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel. All of this can be done by all skill levels from typical business users to IT using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERh?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 275 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  • Event driven flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available, thanks to the existing connectors. You will see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you are the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  • Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  • Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models available to build:

  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an uploaded image or taken photo.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number objects present.
  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict a yes or no outcome based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data which includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will your customer be satisfied with the project outcome?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

Once you have a trained model, then you can interact with the model in your flow to send and receive information to the AI system. Unlocking business value previously out of grasp without complex code.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The Admin Centre gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/introduction

Question 57: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is creating an information portal that managers can use to view critical information about their teams. Bruce Wayne is the IT team lead and he does not know which type of Power BI components to use.

Alfred has asked you to recommend the appropriate type of Power BI components to use.

Which of the following should you recommend to display the top departmental goal metrics and alert users when specific threshold targets are met?

  • Dashboard
  • (Correct)
  • Data-driven app
  • Report
  • Filter
  • Canvas app

Explanation

  • Use the Dashboard to display the top departmental goal metrics and alert users when specific threshold targets are met. Dashboards are a business key performance indicator view where it displays key values that can change business profits and can be glanced at one screen.

A Power BI dashboard is a single page, often called a canvas, that tells a story through visualizations. Because it’s limited to one page, a well-designed dashboard contains only the highlights of that story. Readers can view related reports for the details.

Dashboards are a feature of the Power BI service only. They’re not available in Power BI Desktop. Although you can’t create dashboards on mobile devices, you can view and share them there.

Dashboard basics

The visualizations you see on the dashboard are called tiles. You pin tiles to a dashboard from reports. If you’re new to Power BI, you can get a good foundation by reading Basic concepts for designers in the Power BI service.

The visualizations on a dashboard originate from reports and each report is based on a dataset. One way to think of a dashboard is as an entryway to the underlying reports and datasets. Selecting a visualization takes you to the report (and dataset) that it’s based on.

Difference Between Power BI Dashboard vs Report

Power BI dashboards are one placeholder to display the most important decision-making facts to run a business. But reports are more detailed data displayed in many formats like chart, graphs list and in tabular, etc. Dashboards are a business key performance indicator view where it displays key values that can change business profits and can be glanced at one screen. Reports are based on one dataset or one business unit data for example reports of a store belonging to California. Reports and dashboards are dependent on each other because of any operational value or from a metric value Power BI report has a feature that they can be drilled down to report level detail granularity.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboards

Question 58: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

Wade has decided to let freelancer mercenaries publish e-books on the Mercs for Money website in exchange for commissions on the sales. The plan is to implement a Power Apps portal solution to make announcements about upcoming books to the general public. Wade wants to ensure consistent page design across the website.

Which of the following should he employ?

  • Authenticate external users
  • Use page templates
  • (Correct)
  • Access data in Dataverse / CDS
  • Browse content anonymously

Explanation

  • To ensure consistent page design across the website employing templates is the best option.

Intuitive Portal Designer
Microsoft’s new no-code portal designer was built for ease of use. With a simplified drag-and-drop feature, custom branding, and bootstrap theme options, in addition to Dataverse / Common Data Services components (i.e. forms, views, and dashboards), anyone can create and manage content

What is the Power Apps Portal?

When you need to build custom business applications that connect to your data across the web and mobile devices, Power Apps is the solution. Built on Microsoft’s Azure framework, Power Apps allows you to create the functionality you need throughout your company with little to no coding experience required. It reduces the cost of custom development and makes tailored tools more accessible with templates and an intuitive user interface.

https://youtu.be/5JRHxh48tTc

Power Apps Portals is a capability of the Power Platform where you can build responsive customer portals that allow external users from your organization to interact with the data stored in the Common Data Service. Customized portals fueled by the Common Data Service open the door to a new level of data access, security, productivity, and customer service.

With your data easily accessible to anyone inside and outside of your organization, you control the narrative. Here are some of the major features that the new Power Apps Portal offers:

  • Anonymous Browsing – Power Apps Portals allows you to give any user secure access to the data you make available anonymously. You set the authentication requirements, customize the data you want to make public, and control the experience.
  • Simplified Login Options – If you don’t want to take the anonymous route, you can provide secure access to internal and external users through commercial authentication providers like LinkedIn or Google. This gives users the option to sign in with a Power Apps account or use an external account.
  • Enterprise-Grade Security – The Common Data Service supports the underlying data platform for Power Apps and Power Apps Portals. Security can be implemented as a simple security model with broad data access to a more complex, advanced security model, where users have specific record and field level access.
  • Intuitive Portal Designer – Microsoft’s new no-code portal designer was built for ease of use. With a simplified drag-and-drop feature, custom branding, and bootstrap theme options, in addition to Dataverse / Common Data Services components (i.e. forms, views, and dashboards), anyone can create and manage content like pages and templates to build better customer experiences.
  • Fast Data Access Without Additional Users – Power Apps are created for employees who can connect using their corporate Azure Active Directory account. With Power Apps Portals, you don’t have to set up external users with their own accounts, which eliminates the licensing and admin time required to give external partners, vendors, and customers access to your website.
  • Data Integration – The Common Data Service allows you to bring data from all the apps you use, from Power BI to Microsoft Automate (formerly Flow). You can enhance your portals with forms, views, lists, charts, and dashboards to improve the customer experience.

https://www.onactuate.com/upgrades/what-is-the-new-powerapps-portal/

Question 59: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

Teresa has created a Power BI dashboard and wants to display data from Microsoft Excel in the dashboard.

Which of the following should be used to ensure this is possible?

  • Pin
  • (Correct)
  • Embed
  • Share
  • Get Data

Explanation

  • Get data is used to get data to Power BI. Use Pin to display something on the dashboard

Pin a range from Excel to your dashboard

You can use your existing Excel workbooks, with the features and formatting you have learned to use and love over the years, and create dashboard tiles from within an embedded Excel workbook in Power BI.

You can select ANY range from a workbook that you uploaded to Power BI, and pin it as a tile to a dashboard:

You can select ranges containing charts, tables, Pivot tables, Pivot charts, and many other Excel parts and pin them to your dashboard, to create beautiful dashboards like this:

The tiles are connected to the workbooks in OneDrive for Business, and are being refreshed automatically every few minutes.

Furthermore, dashboards containing Excel tiles, as well as Excel workbooks themselves, can be added to organizational content packs for easy sharing with your colleagues.

https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/pin-a-range-from-excel-to-your-dashboard/

Question 60: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Azure Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI data sources. The team is reading documentation to learn about the visualization and modelling tool nuances.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • Power Query Editor has tools to help you quickly transform any types of data into structured datasets.
  • Power BI’s visualization and modelling tools work best with unstructured data.
  • Power Query Editor has tools to help you quickly transform multi-column tables into datasets.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI’s visualization and modelling tools work best with columnar data.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

True statements:

  • Power BI’s visualization and modelling tools work best with columnar data.
  • Power Query Editor has tools to help you quickly transform multi-column tables into datasets.

While Power BI can import your data from almost any source, its visualization and modelling tools work best with columnar data. Sometimes, your data won’t be formatted in simple columns, which is often the case with Excel spreadsheets.

A table layout that looks good to the human eye might not be optimal for automated queries. For example, the following spreadsheet has headers that span multiple columns.

How to clean data

Fortunately, Power Query Editor has tools to help you quickly transform multi-column tables into datasets that you can use.

Transpose data

By using Transpose in Power Query Editor, you can swap rows into columns to better format the data.

Format data

You might need to format data so that Power BI can properly categorize and identify that data. With some transformations, you’ll cleanse data into a dataset that you can use in Power BI. Examples of powerful transformations include promoting rows into headers, using Fill to replace null values, and Unpivot Columns.

With Power BI, you can experiment with transformations and determine which will transform your data into the most usable columnar format. Remember, the Applied Steps section of Power Query Editor records all your actions. If a transformation doesn’t work the way that you intended, select the X next to the step, and then undo it.

After you’ve cleaned your data into a usable format, you can begin to create powerful visuals in Power BI.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/desktop-tutorial-analyzing-sales-data-from-excel-and-an-odata-feed/

Question 1: Skipped

Scenario: Momentum Alternative Energy Laboratories or Momentum Labs is a research company based in Pasadena, California. Its prominent scientists Lucy and Joseph Lu discovered an ancient tome known as the Darkhold and used its knowledge to create Quantum Batteries.

Lucy is new to Microsoft Power Platform and has created Power BI reports using Power BI Desktop. She wants to create a relationship between two tables.

Joseph has asked you to assist Lucy by recommending which sections to use to create the relationship.

Which two sections should you recommend?

  • Report
  • Model
  • (Correct)
  • Data
  • (Correct)
  • Filters

Explanation

  • From the data section, you can use the manage relationships option to create a relationship between two tables.
  • From the model section in Power BI Desktop, a relationship can be created by using the Manage relationship option.
  • The report section allows creating visualizations from the data source.
  • The filters section allows users to filter visuals based on data fields.
  • The report and filters sections cannot be used to create relationships between tables in designer.

Create and manage relationships in Power BI Desktop

When you have multiple tables, chances are you’ll do some analysis using data from all those tables. Relationships between those tables are necessary to accurately calculate results and display the correct information in your reports. In most cases you won’t have to do anything. The autodetect feature does it for you. However, sometimes you might have to create relationships yourself, or need to make changes to a relationship. Either way, it’s important to understand relationships in Power BI Desktop and how to create and edit them.

Autodetect during load

If you query two or more tables at the same time, when the data is loaded, Power BI Desktop attempts to find and create relationships for you. The relationship options Cardinality, Cross filter direction, and Make this relationship active are automatically set. Power BI Desktop looks at column names in the tables you’re querying to determine if there are any potential relationships. If there are, those relationships are created automatically. If Power BI Desktop can’t determine with a high level of confidence there’s a match, it doesn’t create the relationship. However, you can still use the Manage relationships dialog box to manually create or edit relationships.

Create a relationship with autodetect

On the Modelling tab, select Manage relationships > Autodetect.

Create a relationship manually

  1. On the Modelling tab, select Manage relationships > New.
  2. In the Create relationship dialog box, in the first table drop-down list, select a table. Select the column you want to use in the relationship.
  3. In the second table drop-down list, select the other table you want in the relationship. Select the other column you want to use, and then select OK.

By default, Power BI Desktop automatically configures the options Cardinality (direction), Cross filter direction, and Make this relationship active for your new relationship. However, you can change these settings if necessary.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships#understanding-additional-options

If none of the tables selected for the relationship has unique values, you’ll see the following error: One of the columns must have unique values. At least one table in a relationship must have a distinct, unique list of key values, which is a common requirement for all relational database technologies.

If you encounter that error, there are a couple ways to fix the issue:

  • Use Remove Duplicates to create a column with unique values. The drawback to this approach is that you might lose information when duplicate rows are removed. Often a key (row) is duplicated for good reason.
  • Add an intermediary table made of the list of distinct key values to the model, which will then be linked to both original columns in the relationship.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/archive/blogs/cansql/relationships-in-power-bi-fixing-one-of-the-columns-must-have-unique-values-error-message

Alternatively, in the Model view diagram layouts, you can drag and drop a column from one table to a column in another table to create a relationship.

Edit a relationship

There are two ways to edit a relationship in Power BI.

The first method to edit a relationship is using the Editing relationships in the Properties pane in Model view, where you can select any line between two tables to see the relationship options in the Properties pane. Be sure to expand the Properties pane to see the relationship options.

Properties pane demo

https://youtu.be/Vlo7dJgr4WM

The other method of editing a relationship is using the Relationship editor dialog, which you can open many ways from within Power BI Desktop. The following list shows different ways you can open the Relationship editor dialog:

From Report view do any of the following:

  • Select the Modelling ribbon > Manage relationships, then select the relationship and select Edit.
  • Select a table in the Fields list then select the Table tools ribbon > Manage relationships, then select the relationship and then select Edit.

From the Data view, select the Table tools ribbon > Manage relationships, then select the relationship and then choose Edit.

From the Model view do any of the following:

  • Select the Home ribbon > Manage relationships, then choose the relationship and then select Edit.
  • Double-click any line between two tables.
  • Right-click any line between two tables and then choose Properties.
  • Select any line between two tables, then choose Open relationship editor in the Properties pane.

Finally, you can also edit a relationship from any view, right-click or select the ellipsis to get to the context menu of any table, then select Manage relationships, select the relationship and then select Edit

The following image shows a screenshot of the Edit relationship window.

Editing relationships using different methods

Using the Edit relationships dialog is a more guided experience for editing relationships in Power BI, and is currently in preview. You can see a preview of the data in each table. As you select different columns, the window automatically validates the relationship and offers appropriate cardinality and cross filter selections.

Editing relationships in the Properties pane is a streamlined approach to editing relationships in Power BI. You only see the table names and columns from which you can choose, you aren’t presented with a data preview, and the relationship choices you make are only validated when you select Apply changes. Using the Properties pane and its streamlined approach reduces the number of queries generated when editing a relationship, which might be important for big data scenarios, especially when using DirectQuery connections. Relationships created using the Properties pane can also be more advanced than the relationships allowed to be created in the Edit relationships dialog.

You can also multi-select relationships in the Model view diagram layouts by pressing the Ctrl key and selecting more than one line to choose multiple relationships. Common properties can be edited in the Properties pane and Apply changes will process the changes in one transaction.

Single or multi-selected relationships can also be deleted by pressing Delete on your keyboard. You can’t undo the delete action, so a dialog prompts you to confirm deleting the relationships.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships

Question 2: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Billy is creating a model-driven Power Apps app and wants to ensure that the app can be used by individuals who have vision impairments.

Jim Kirk is one of the interns and has just finished getting his Microsoft PL-900 certification and is telling Billy about the many possibilities of Power Apps. Jim tells Billy that only model-driven Power Apps have support for using a screen reader without the need for a connector.

Is this true?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

No, Jim is not correct. The following software combinations are the supported recommendations for consuming PowerApps with a screen reader:

  • Windows: Microsoft Edge / Narrator
  • macOS: Safari / VoiceOver
  • Android: PowerApps app / Talkback
  • iOS: PowerApps app / VoiceOver

Screen readers make model-driven apps accessible to people who have low or no vision or might need extra support for a temporary scenario, such as eye fatigue. Commonly used screen readers such as Narrator, JAWS, and NVDA are supported.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/user/screen-reader

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is planning to build a series of Power Apps portals. Wade is giving instructions to the team and tells them they must use a standard template for building portals.

Is Wade correct?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Wade is correct. The team must use a standard template for building portals. MS considers a blank template a “template”, so the team must use a standard template to create a portal, even if it is blank.

Custom portal (Blank portal): Create a website to share data with external and internal users. This template comes with sample pages to get you quickly started. Blank is a template

Schema files are available for the following portal types:

Portals created in an environment with Dataverse

Portals created in an environment containing customer engagement apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Customer Service)

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/migrate-portal-configuration

What are Power Apps portals?

Power Apps makers can now create a powerful new type of experience: external-facing websites that allow users outside their organizations to sign in with a wide variety of identities, create and view data in Microsoft Dataverse, or even browse content anonymously. The full capabilities of Dynamics 365 Portals, previously offered only as an add-on to customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), are now available standalone in Power Apps.

These capabilities feature a revamped end-to-end experience for makers to quickly create a website and customize it with pages, layout, and content. Makers can reuse page designs through templates, add forms and views to display key data from Dataverse, and publish to users.

Power Apps portals, Dynamics 365 Portals, and add-on portals

After the launch of Power Apps portals on October 1, 2019, all Dynamics 365 Portals are now referred to as Power Apps portals.

One of the major changes introduced to portals after October 1, 2019 is the licensing model. Before this, portals were licensed add-ons to Dynamics 365 apps while certain Dynamics 365 licenses included a default portal add-on. As of October 1, 2019, portals are licensed based on usage, or capacity. All previously existing portals must become part of a transition period based on current customer contract, after which they’re required to be converted to a new licensing model.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/overview

Question 4: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward is creating a canvas app that uses one connector.

Which objects are provided by the connector? (Select two)

  • Data sources
  • Customizations
  • Actions
  • (Correct)
  • Triggers
  • Tables
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • We are talking about a CONNECTER and not a FLOW. If it was a FLOW the answer would be Trigger and Actions. But in this case, Tables and Actions are the correct choices.

Connectors for canvas apps

Data is at the core of most apps, including the data you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

Tables

If your connector provides tables, you add your data source and then select the table in the data source that you want to manage. Power Apps both retrieve table data into your app and updates data in your data source for you. For example, you can add a data source that contains a table named Lessons and then set the Items property of a control, such as a gallery or a form, to this value in the formula bar:

You can specify the data that your app retrieves by customizing the Items property of the control that shows your data. Continuing the previous example, you can sort or filter the data in the Lessons table by using that name as an argument for the Search and SortByColumn functions. In this graphic, the formula to which the Items property is set specifies that the data is sorted and filtered based on the text in TextSearchBox1.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

Question 5: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following is a valid reason for a chatbot session to end?

  • The session has more than 100 turns
  • (Correct)
  • The session is longer than 90 minutes
  • The session is longer than 120 minutes
  • The session has more than 50 turns

Explanation

  • Chatbot sessions can end if a session has more than 100 turns.

Power Virtual Agents has a comprehensive set of analytics that show you the key performance indicators for your bot.

Multiple charts show you trends and usage for your chatbot’s topics. These charts use AI to highlight the topics that have the greatest impact on your chatbot’s performance.

Analytics in Power Virtual Agents

The analytics section is divided into a number of pages to give you multiple ways to understand bot performance.

Note: Although transcripts are available immediately, the analytics dashboards are updated every hour, so there will be some delay before you see all data.

View analytics

  • In Power Virtual Agents, select Analytics on the side navigation pane.

The Summary page gives you a broad overview of your bot’s performance. It uses artificial intelligence (AI) technology to show you which topics are having the greatest impact on escalation rate, abandon rate, and resolution rate (see the table under Summary charts for more information on these metrics).

The Summary page includes a variety of charts with graphical views of your bot’s key performance indicators. For information about each chart, see:

The Engagement Rate Drivers, Abandon Rate Drivers, and Resolution Rate Drivers charts use natural language understanding to group issues as topics. These charts show you the topics that are having the most impact on the performance of your bot.

By default, the page shows you key performance indicators for the last seven days. To change the time period to the last 30 days, select Last 30 days from the drop-down list at the top of the page.

View billed sessions for Power Virtual Agents

When you purchase a Power Virtual Agents license, you gain capacity for the specified number of billed sessions. Power Virtual Agents pools this capacity across the entire tenant.

The consumption of the capacity isn’t reported at the tenant level, but can be seen for each individual bot.

Definition of a billed session

A billed session is an interaction between a customer and a bot, and represents one unit of consumption.

The billed session begins when a user topic is triggered. More information: Use system and sample topics section

A session ends for one of the following reasons:

  • The user ends the chat session. When the bot doesn’t receive a new message for more than 30 minutes, the session is considered closed.
  • The session is longer than 60 minutes. The first message that occurs after 60 minutes starts a new session.
  • The session has more than 100 turns. A turn is defined as one exchange between a user and the bot. The one-hundred-and-first turn starts a new session.

Find the number of billed sessions for your bot

  1. In Power Virtual Agents, select Analytics from the side navigation pane.
  2. Go to the Billing tab.

You can change the date range to filter the Total billed sessions over time chart. You can also see the total billed sessions and trend percentage next to the chart.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 6: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI and how it helps with business processes.

Which of the following should be a key discussion point?

  • Analyzing and displaying data
  • (Correct)
  • Robotic Process Automation
  • Generating an approval
  • Notifying users when a SharePoint list item has changed

Explanation

  • By analyzing and displaying your data, Power BI empowers business users to make beneficial decisions. Power BI does not do RPA, Power Apps does.

From customer and employee data, metrics for company goals, to sales and acquisitions, business are drowning in data, but this data is only as good as your ability to interpret and communicate its meaning. That’s where Power BI (Business Intelligence) comes into play.

Microsoft Power BI is a collection of software services, apps, and connectors that work together to turn your unrelated sources of data into coherent, visually immersive, and interactive insights. Whether your data is a simple Microsoft Excel workbook, or a collection of cloud-based and on-premises hybrid data warehouses, Power BI lets you easily connect to your data sources, clean, and model your data without affecting the underlying source, visualize (or discover) what’s important, and share that with anyone or everyone you want.

The parts of Power BI

Power BI consists of a Microsoft Windows desktop application called Power BI Desktop, an online SaaS (Software as a Service) service called the Power BI service, and mobile Power BI apps that are available on phones and tablets.

These three elements — Desktop, the service, and Mobile apps—are designed to let people create, share, and consume business insights in the way that serves them, or their role, most effectively.

Power BI concepts

The major building blocks of Power BI are: datasets, reports, and dashboards. They are all organized into workspaces, and they are created on capacities.

Capacities

Capacities are a core Power BI concept representing a set of resources used to host and deliver your Power BI content. Capacities are either shared or dedicated. A shared capacity is shared with other Microsoft customers, while a dedicated capacity is fully committed to a single customer. Dedicated capacities require a subscription. By default, workspaces are created on a shared capacity.

Workspaces

Workspaces are containers for dashboards, reports, datasets, and dataflows in Power BI. There are two types of workspaces: My workspace and workspaces.

  • My workspace is the personal workspace for any Power BI customer to work with your own content. Only you have access to your My workspace. You can share dashboards and reports from your My Workspace. If you want to collaborate on dashboards and reports, or create an app, then you want to work in a workspace.
  • Workspaces are used to collaborate and share content with colleagues. You can add colleagues to your workspaces and collaborate on dashboards, reports, and datasets. With one exception, all workspace members need Power BI Pro licenses.

Workspaces are also the places where you create, publish, and manage apps for your organization. Think of workspaces as staging areas and containers for the content that will make up a Power BI app. So what is an app? An app is a collection of dashboards and reports built to deliver key metrics to the Power BI consumers in your organization. Apps are interactive, but consumers cannot edit them. App consumers, the colleagues who have access to the apps, do not necessarily need Pro licenses.

Datasets

A dataset is a collection of data that you import or connect to. Power BI lets you connect to and import all sorts of datasets and bring all of it together in one place. Datasets can also source data from dataflows.

Datasets are associated with workspaces and a single dataset can be part of many workspaces. When you open a workspace, the associated datasets are listed under the Datasets tab. Each listed dataset represents a single source of data, for example, an Excel workbook on OneDrive, or an on-premises SSAS tabular dataset, or a Salesforce dataset. There are many different data sources supported. Datasets added by one workspace member are available to the other workspace members with an admin, member, or contributor role.

Shared Datasets

Business intelligence is a collaborative activity. It’s important to establish standardized datasets that can be the ‘one source of truth.’ Discovering and reusing those standardized datasets is key. When expert data modelers in your organization create and share optimized datasets, report creators can start with those datasets to build accurate reports. Your organization can have consistent data for making decisions, and a healthy data culture. To consume these shared datasets just choose Power BI datasets when creating your Power BI report.

Reports

A Power BI report is one or more pages of visualizations such as line charts, maps, and treemaps. Visualizations are also called visuals. You can create reports from scratch within Power BI, import them with dashboards that colleagues share with you, or Power BI can create them when you connect to datasets from Excel, Power BI Desktop, databases, and SaaS applications. For example, when you connect to an Excel workbook that contains Power View sheets, Power BI creates a report based on those sheets. And when you connect to a SaaS application, Power BI imports a pre-built report.

There are two modes to view and interact with reports: Reading view and Editing view. When you open a report, it opens in Reading view. If you have edit permissions, then you see Edit report in the upper-left corner, and you can view the report in Editing view. If a report is in a workspace, everyone with an admin, member, or contributor role can edit it. They have access to all the exploring, designing, building, and sharing capabilities of Editing view for that report. The people they share the report with can explore and interact with the report in Reading view.

When you open a workspace, the associated reports are listed under the Reports tab. Each listed report represents one or more pages of visualizations based on only one of the underlying datasets. To open a report, select it.

When you open an app, you are presented with a dashboard. To access an underlying report, select a dashboard tile (more on tiles later) that was pinned from a report. Keep in mind that not all tiles are pinned from reports, so you may have to click a few tiles to find a report.

By default, the report opens in Reading view. Just select Edit report to open it in Editing view (if you have the necessary permissions).

Dashboards

A dashboard is something you create in the Power BI service or something a colleague creates in the Power BI service and shares with you. It is a single canvas that contains zero or more tiles and widgets. Each tile pinned from a report or from Q&A displays a single visualization that was created from a dataset and pinned to the dashboard. Entire report pages can also be pinned to a dashboard as a single tile. There are many ways to add tiles to your dashboard; too many to be covered in this overview topic.

Why do people create dashboards? Here are just some of the reasons:

• to see, in one glance, all the information needed to make decisions.

• to monitor the most-important information about your business.

• to ensure all colleagues are on the same page, viewing and using the same information.

• to monitor the health of a business or product or business unit or marketing campaign, etc.

• to create a personalized view of a larger dashboard and show all the metrics that matter to them.

When you open a workspace, the associated dashboards are listed under the Dashboards tab. To open a dashboard, select it. When you open an app, you will be presented with a dashboard. If you own the dashboard, you will also have edit access to the underlying dataset(s) and reports. If the dashboard was shared with you, you will be able to interact with the dashboard and any underlying reports but will not be able to save any changes.

Template Apps

The new Power BI template apps enable Power BI partners to build Power BI apps with little or no coding and deploy them to any Power BI customer. As a Power BI partner, you create a set of out-of-the-box content for your customers and publish it yourself.

You can build template apps that allow your customers to connect within their own accounts. As domain experts, they can unlock the data in a way that is easy for their business users to consume.

https://app.powerbi.com/getdata/services

Question 7: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating ways that they can implement AI Builder.

Which of the following are cases where the team can use AI Builder? (Select all that apply)

  • Collect data from several data sources and display a dashboard that shows trending data.
  • (Correct)
  • Interpret images and perform an action on the image.
  • (Correct)
  • Send emails to all users who subscribe to a service.
  • Synchronize data from an external database.
  • Detect patterns in data and predict outcomes.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The correct cases where the team can use AI Builder are:

  • Collect data from several data sources and display a dashboard that shows trending data.
  • Interpret images and perform an action on the image.
  • Detect patterns in data and predict outcomes.

AI Builder is a low code artificial intelligence platform that supports the Power Platform. It is available for consumption on data that already exists in the Common Data Service (CDS) / Dataverse, the enterprise-grade datastore included in the Power Platform. AI Builder is the platform for providing a low-code user experience for every developer to create and customize their PowerApps and Flows.

You can access AI Builder from the navigation pane within the PowerApps Studio or the Microsoft Flow website. The simple wizard like experience is tailored to empower every developer in keeping with the essence of the Power Platform. You can access all your AI models in a single pane under the AI Builder ‘Models’ tab, providing key information about each model upfront in a tabular format. Clicking a particular model takes you into its details page, where other key information and actions are made available to the user. You can perform actions like publish and test the model, view the model efficacy and weights of data contributing to it or view other recommended actions from the details page.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-ai-builder-for-powerplatform/

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: Alchemax is an American multinational chemical corporation headquartered at Alchemax Tower, New York. Alchemax provides chemical, plastic, and agricultural products and services to consumer markets that include food, transportation, health and medicine, as well as personal care.

You are working on a Power BI project where the need is to create a Power BI report to display information about product sales using Power BI Desktop.

Given: There are two Excel spreadsheets named Data1.xlsx and Data2.xlsx.

  • Data1.xlsx has a table called Table 1. Table 1 has two columns of information:
    • Product name
    • Units sold
  • Data2.xlsx has a table called Table 2. Table 2 has two columns of information:
    • Chemical name
    • Quantity sold

Required: Combine the data into a single dataset that can be used in the report by using Power Query Editor. The data set must contain the headers Product name and Units sold.

Which two actions should be taken?

  • Rename the columns in Table 2 to Product name and Units sold
  • (Correct)
  • Transpose Table 2
  • Remove the columns Toy name and Number sold from Table 2
  • Pivot the Units sold column
  • Append the data from Table 1 to the data in Table 2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • You must rename the columns from Table 2 for the appended column data to appear in the same columns as the first set of data from Table 1. Otherwise, your combined data would have four columns (Product name, Units Sold, Toy name, and Number sold) instead of 2 (Product name and Units sold).
  • Appending the data from one table to the other will create a single dataset that can be used in the report.
  • Pivoting the Units Sold column will transform the table in a way that makes the data unmeaningful.
  • Transposing Table 2 will make the rows columns and the columns rows, which does not achieve the goal of combining data into a single dataset.
  • Removing the columns from Table 2 will remove all the data that needs to appear in the merged data set.

Power Query has an incredible amount of features that are dedicated to helping you clean and prepare your data for analysis.

Shape the initial data

Power Query Editor in Power BI Desktop allows you to shape (transform) your imported data. You can accomplish actions such as renaming columns or tables, changing text to numbers, removing rows, setting the first row as headers, and much more. It is important to shape your data to ensure that it meets your needs and is suitable for use in reports.

You have loaded raw sales data from two sources into a Power BI model. Some of the data came from a .csv file that was created manually in Microsoft Excel by the Sales team. The other data was loaded through a connection to your organization’s Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. Now, when you look at the data in Power BI Desktop, you notice that it’s in disarray; some data that you don’t need and some data that you do need are in the wrong format.

You need to use Power Query Editor to clean up and shape this data before you can start building reports.

Get started with Power Query Editor

To start shaping your data, open Power Query Editor by selecting the Transform data option on the Home tab of Power BI Desktop.

In Power Query Editor, the data in your selected query displays in the middle of the screen and, on the left side, the Queries pane lists the available queries (tables).

When you work in Power Query Editor, all steps that you take to shape your data are recorded. Then, each time the query connects to the data source, it automatically applies your steps, so your data is always shaped the way that you specified. Power Query Editor only makes changes to a particular view of your data, so you can feel confident about changes that are being made to your original data source. You can see a list of your steps on the right side of the screen, in the Query Settings pane, along with the query’s properties.

The Power Query Editor ribbon contains many buttons you can use to select, view, and shape your data.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-quickstart-using-power-bi#the-query-ribbon

Identify column headers and names

The first step in shaping your initial data is to identify the column headers and names within the data and then evaluate where they are located to ensure that they are in the right place.

In the following screenshot, the source data in the csv file for SalesTarget (sample not provided) had a target categorized by products and a subcategory split by months, both of which are organized into columns.

However, you notice that the data did not import as expected.

Consequently, the data is difficult to read. A problem has occurred with the data in its current state because column headers are in different rows (marked in red), and several columns have undescriptive names, such as Column1, Column2, and so on.

When you have identified where the column headers and names are located, you can make changes to reorganize the data.

Promote headers

When a table is created in Power BI Desktop, Power Query Editor assumes that all data belongs in table rows. However, a data source might have a first row that contains column names, which is what happened in the previous SalesTarget example. To correct this inaccuracy, you need to promote the first table row into column headers.

You can promote headers in two ways: by selecting the Use First Row as Headers option on the Home tab or by selecting the drop-down button next to Column1 and then selecting Use First Row as Headers.

The following image illustrates how the Use First Row as Headers feature impacts the data:

Rename columns

The next step in shaping your data is to examine the column headers. You might discover that one or more columns have the wrong headers, a header has a spelling error, or the header naming convention is not consistent or user-friendly.

Refer to the previous screenshot, which shows the impact of the Use First Row as Headers feature. Notice that the column that contains the subcategory Name data now has Month as its column header. This column header is incorrect, so it needs to be renamed.

You can rename column headers in two ways. One approach is to right-click the header, select Rename, edit the name, and then press Enter. Alternatively, you can double-click the column header and overwrite the name with the correct name.

You can also work around this issue by removing (skipping) the first two rows and then renaming the columns to the correct name.

Remove top rows

When shaping your data, you might need to remove some of the top rows, for example, if they are blank or if they contain data that you do not need in your reports.

Continuing with the SalesTarget example, notice that the first row is blank (it has no data) and the second row has data that is no longer required.

To remove these excess rows, select Remove Rows > Remove Top Rows on the Home tab.

Remove columns

A key step in the data shaping process is to remove unnecessary columns. It is much better to remove columns as early as possible. One way to remove columns would be to limit the column when you get data from data source. For instance, if you are extracting data from a relational database by using SQL, you would want to limit the column that you extract by using a column list in the SELECT statement.

Removing columns at an early stage in the process rather than later is best, especially when you have established relationships between your tables. Removing unnecessary columns will help you to focus on the data that you need and help improve the overall performance of your Power BI Desktop datasets and reports.

Examine each column and ask yourself if you really need the data that it contains. If you don’t plan on using that data in a report, the column adds no value to your data model. Therefore, the column should be removed. You can always add the column later, if your requirements change over time.

You can remove columns in two ways. The first method is to select the columns that you want to remove and then, on the Home tab, select Remove Columns.

Alternatively, you can select the columns that you want to keep and then, on the Home tab, select Remove Columns > Remove Other Columns.

Unpivot columns

Unpivoting is a useful feature of Power BI. You can use this feature with data from any data source, but you would most often use it when importing data from Excel. The following example shows a sample Excel document with sales data.

Though the data might initially make sense, it would be difficult to create a total of all sales combined from 2018 and 2019. Your goal would then be to use this data in Power BI with three columns: Month, Year, and SalesAmount.

When you import the data into Power Query, it will look like the following image.

Next, rename the first column to Month. This column was mislabeled because that header in Excel was labeling the 2018 and 2019 columns. Highlight the 2018 and 2019 columns, select the Transform tab in Power Query, and then select Unpivot.

You can rename the Attribute column to Year and the Value column to SalesAmount.

Unpivoting streamlines the process of creating DAX measures on the data later. By completing this process, you have now created a simpler way of slicing the data with the Year and Month columns.

Pivot columns

If the data that you are shaping is flat (in other words, it has lot of detail but is not organized or grouped in any way), the lack of structure can complicate your ability to identify patterns in the data.

You can use the Pivot Column feature to convert your flat data into a table that contains an aggregate value for each unique value in a column. For example, you might want to use this feature to summarize data by using different math functions such as Count, Minimum, Maximum, Median, Average, or Sum.

In the SalesTarget example, you can pivot the columns to get the quantity of product subcategories in each product category.

On the Transform tab, select Transform > Pivot Columns.

On the Pivot Column window that displays, select a column from the Values Column list, such as Subcategory name. Expand the advanced options and select an option from the Aggregate Value Function list, such as Count (All), and then select OK.

The following image illustrates how the Pivot Column feature changes the way that the data is organized.

Power Query Editor records all steps that you take to shape your data, and the list of steps are shown in the Query Settings pane. If you have made all the required changes, select Close & Apply to close Power Query Editor and apply your changes to your data model. However, before you select Close & Apply, you can take further steps to clean up and transform your data in Power Query Editor.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

Question 9: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

Iceberg Lounge has a callcentre to handle customer inquires and Oswald tracks metrics including the number of incoming calls, call resolution rates, and escalations.

The ask is to display the metrics on a shared screen that is visible to all call centre staff and Oswald has asked you to recommend a visualization solution for the company.

Which Power Platform feature should you recommend?

  • Power Apps
  • Power BI
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate
  • AI Builder

Explanation

  • Since the question is asking about Shared Screen, you should be thinking Power BI. Power BI can display the metrics on a shared screen that is visible to all call centre staff.

Add or edit Power BI visualizations on your dashboard

Create rich, interactive reports and real-time visualizations with Power BI dashboards and tiles that you add to your personal dashboards.

Share a personal dashboard that contains Power BI visualizations

To share your personal dashboard that contains Power BI visualizations you must configure sharing in both Dataverse and Power BI, and the user or group must have the same credentials and appropriate level of access in both services. To share your personal dashboard in your app go to, Dashboards. In the list of dashboards, select the personal dashboard you want, and then select SHARE DASHBOARD.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/user/add-powerbi-dashboards

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents. Which of the following browsers are supported with Power Virtual Agents? (Select all that apply)

  • Chrome
  • (Correct)
  • Maxthon
  • Microsoft Edge
  • (Correct)
  • Opera
  • Avast
  • Firefox
  • (Correct)
  • Brave
  • Safari
  • Tor
  • Vivaldi
  • IE
  • Avant

Explanation

  • Supported browsers include Microsoft Edge, Chrome, and Firefox.

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to quickly and easily create powerful bots using a guided, no-code graphical experience—all without the need for data scientists or developers.

Supported browsers include Microsoft Edge, Chrome, and Firefox. On the website, select Start Free, and then sign in with your work email address. Note that personal Microsoft accounts are not currently supported.

  1. Next, you’ll choose a name for your chatbot. This can be something generic to your company or specific to the scenario you are tailoring your chatbot to.
    Your chatbot is created in the default Power Apps environment that was created for you when you signed up. For most users, this is sufficient. However, if you want to specify a custom Power Apps environment for your Power Virtual Agents, you can do so by expanding the More options menu and selecting a different environment.

Note: Power Virtual Agents is supported only in the locations listed in the supported data locations topic, with data stored in respective data centres. If your company is located outside of the supported data locations, you need to create a custom environment with Region set to a supported data location before you can create your chatbot.

2. Once you select Create, the process of creating the first chatbot within a new environment can take up to 15 minutes. Subsequent bots will be created much faster.

3. After a few minutes, you’ll land on the home page and have an opportunity to play around with the chatbot in read-only mode. You can’t save any edits during this time, but you can explore the overall user interface, look at the topics, experiment with the preloaded User Topics and System Topics, and interact with your chatbot using the Test Canvas.

4. When the chatbot creation process completes, the banner changes. You now have full functionality in the chatbot and can modify any User or System topic, test out your content changes, or deploy your bot.

Create additional chatbots

If you have already created a chatbot, you can create a new chatbot by selecting the icon on the title bar to open the Bots pane and then selecting New bot.

Delete a chatbot

You can delete chatbots to remove them from your environment.

  1. Select the chatbot icon on the top menu bar, and then select the chatbot you want to delete.
  2. Select the Settings icon on the top menu bar, then select General settings.

3. Select Delete bot.

You’ll be asked to confirm the deletion of the bot, after which all chatbot content is immediately deleted.

If your license has expired, you can delete your chatbot(s) by selecting Permanently delete your bots.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 11: Skipped

Scenario: The law offices of Goodman, Lieber, Kurtzberg & Holliway are a Manhattan-based legal firm specializing in superhuman law. As a law firm specializing in superhuman law, GLK&H represent superhumans in various legal capacities including cases that can run from libel to defending against personal damages. Their legal cases also run into the outer-worldly territory such as across time, space, and the mortal plane.

In the current project you built a solution using Microsoft Power Platform and Microsoft Dataverse and are going to use the default Currency table that comes with your Microsoft Dataverse subscription.

Which table type is the Currency table?

  • Standard
  • (Correct)
  • Virtual
  • Custom
  • Activity

Explanation

  • Several standard tables, also known as out-of-the-box tables, are included with a Microsoft Dataverse environment. The Currency table is one of those tables.
  • An activity table holds the type of information for which an entry can be made on a calendar.
  • The Currency table is not an activity table.
  • Custom tables are unmanaged tables that were created directly in the Microsoft Dataverse environment. In this scenario, an out-of-the-box table is being used, so it is not custom.
  • A virtual table is a custom table that has columns containing data from an external data source. In this scenario, external data is not being accessed and a virtual table is not required.

Types of tables

A table defines information that you want to track in the form of records, which typically include properties such as company name, location, products, email, and phone.

Tables appear in Power Apps as one of three different types, which indicate how the table came into the environment, whether the table is managed or unmanaged, and whether it can be customized.

  • Standard: Several standard tables, also known as out-of-box tables, are included with a Power Platform environment, that includes Microsoft Dataverse. Account, business unit, contact, task, and user tables are examples of standard tables in Dataverse. Most of the standard tables included with Dataverse can be customized. Tables that are imported as part of a managed solution and set as customizable also appear as standard tables. Any user with appropriate privileges can customize these tables where the table property has customizable set to true.
  • Managed: Are tables that aren’t customizable and have been imported into the environment as part of a managed solution.
  • Custom: Custom tables are unmanaged tables that are either imported from an unmanaged solution or are new tables created directly in the environment. Any user with appropriate privileges can fully customize these tables.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/data-platform/types-of-entities

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Power Platform and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is creating their first canvas app in Power Apps and are not sure of the types of controls they can include. Felix has asked you to advise the team and recommend solutions for them.

Which types of controls should you recommend using in Power Apps to create a meeting request from within the app?

  • Outlook plugin
  • List box
  • Meeting-screen template
  • (Correct)
  • Image
  • Gallery

Explanation

  • In a canvas app, add a meeting screen that lets users create and send meeting requests from their Office 365 Outlook accounts. Users can search for attendees in their org and add external email addresses. If your tenant has meeting rooms built into Outlook, users can select a location as well.

Meeting-screen template for canvas apps

In a canvas app, add a meeting screen that lets users create and send meeting requests from their Office 365 Outlook accounts. Users can search for attendees in their org and add external email addresses. If your tenant has meeting rooms built into Outlook, users can select a location as well.

You can also add other template-based screens that show different data from Office 365, such as email, people in an organization, and a user’s calendar.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/screen-templates/meeting-screen-overview

Understand SharePoint forms integration

You can now easily customize any SharePoint list form in Power Apps. In this article, we’ll walk through the details of how these forms work and how you can customize them further.

If you’ve customized a form for a SharePoint list, you’ve likely noticed that the default generated form works for all operations, like creating, showing, or editing an item. This is accomplished with the help of generated formulas and the SharePointIntegration control.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/sharepoint-form-integration

Show, sort, and filter data in a canvas app gallery

Create a gallery to show images and text about several products, and sort and filter that information.

In Power Apps, you can use a gallery to show several related items, just as you see in a catalog. Galleries are great for showing information about products, such as names and prices. In this topic, we create a gallery and sort and filter the information using Excel-like functions. Also, when an item is selected, a border is placed around the item.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/show-images-text-gallery-sort-filter

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building new apps for the business to allow employees to work more efficiently. Wade has asked you to recommend the appropriate types of Power Apps to meet the company’s requirements.

Which of the following should you recommend to Wade to build mobile apps that can use cameras and location data?

  • Portals
  • AI Builder
  • Model-driven apps
  • Canvas apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Canvas apps are the best choice to build mobile apps that can use cameras and location data.

What are canvas apps?

Design and build a business app from a canvas in Microsoft Power Apps without writing code in a traditional programming language such as C#. Design the app by dragging and dropping elements onto a canvas, just as you would design a slide in PowerPoint. Create Excel-like expressions for specifying logic and working with data. Build apps that integrate business data from a wide variety of Microsoft and third-party sources. Share your app so that users can run it in a browser or on a mobile device, and embed your app so that users can run it in SharePoint, Power BI, or Teams.

If you don’t need a custom design and your data is in Microsoft Dataverse, you can automatically generate a model-driven app from your business data and processes. This type of app can model forms, views, and other components, and the default UI automatically adjusts to phones, laptops, and other devices. For more information about this type of app, see Overview of building a model-driven app.

If you are new to Power Apps, and want to learn about how to convert your ideas into a fully working solution using Power Apps, start with Planning a Power Apps project.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/getting-started

Question 14: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Power Platform into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is using data sources with Power Automate.

How can data sources be used with Power Automate?

  • Power Automate requires you to build custom connectors to access external data.
  • Power Automate can connect to data sources using one of the 275+ prebuilt connectors or by building your own custom connector.
  • (Correct)
  • They are available in the Power Automate administrator application download.
  • Power Automate can only connect to Microsoft data sources such as Office 365 and Azure.

Explanation

  • Power Automate allows you to automate business processes where your data lives.

Power Automate is used to automate repetitive business processes. Beyond simple workflows, Power Automate can send reminders on past due tasks, move business data between systems on a schedule, talk to more than 275 data sources or any publicly available API, and can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel. All of this can be done by all skill levels from typical business users to IT using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERh?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 275 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  • Event driven flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available, thanks to the existing connectors. You will see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you are the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  • Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  • Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models available to build:

  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an uploaded image or taken photo.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number objects present.
  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict a yes or no outcome based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data which includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will your customer be satisfied with the project outcome?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

Once you have a trained model, then you can interact with the model in your flow to send and receive information to the AI system. Unlocking business value previously out of grasp without complex code.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The Admin Centre gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/introduction

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Power Platform into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is to use Power Apps portals and the team needs to determine which of the following are valid target audiences.

Which of the following are correct selections? (Select all that apply)

  • Competitors
  • Sectors
  • Employees
  • (Correct)
  • Customers
  • (Correct)
  • Family members

Explanation

  • The target audience for Power Apps portals can be customers, employees, or donors.

Power Apps portals provide a great way to allow internal and external audiences to view and interact with data from Microsoft Dataverse or Dynamics 365. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that provides them with a branded, personalized, self-service experience.

Power Apps portals come with a variety of preconfigured portal solutions that target diverse audiences. Starter portals have many features that add value to the Microsoft Dynamics 365 service apps.

Power Apps portals and what they can do for you

Power Apps portals give internal and external users secure access to your data either anonymously or through commercial authentication providers like LinkedIn, Microsoft, Facebook, and Google, or enterprise providers such as Azure AD B2C and Okta. Portals also allow you to set authentication requirements, customize data for each user, and allow users to submit their information privately with straightforward admin controls.

Modern audience

Portal capabilities empower online consumers who prefer to find answers on their own through self-service and community options. By using Power Apps portals, you can provide them with a branded, personalized, self-service experience. Portals help you provide an organized, searchable knowledge base to deliver consistent, up-to-date answers and community experience for peer-to-peer support and direct interaction with your subject matter experts. Additionally, portals provide simple navigation with seamless transitions between self and assisted support.

Out-of-the-box mobile optimizations for portal and knowledge articles ensure that customers can get the help that they need, any time and from any device.

  • The majority of global consumers now expect brands and organizations to offer a self-service portal.
  • Nearly one-third of consumers keep in touch with brands they’ve done business with to make sure that they are getting the most out of their purchase.
  • Half of the consumers are using multiple channels to stay connected, including web, mobile, telephone, social, and self-service channels. Often, consumers use many channels for a single support experience.

Providing a web portal interface takes advantage of these user trends and brings any type of engagement, including partner, group, and employee scenarios, that directly accesses Microsoft Dataverse to create a modern connected experience for external users and internal business operations.

Modern business

Consider a scenario where your business is already using Power Apps. The following are additional capabilities that Power Apps portals can deliver:

  • Provide self-service support – When your business is growing, rather than having to employ extra staff in call centres, you could use Power Apps portals to add self-service capabilities to your website so that your customers can search knowledge articles, engage with other customers, find answers, and create support cases when needed (that go directly into Dynamics 365 Customer Service), all without a single interaction from your resources.
  • Build a sales pipeline – When a lead fills out a Contact Us form on your company website, this information is recorded in Dynamics 365 Sales where the record can become part of your sales pipeline automatically.
  • Empower employees – When an employee needs a new computer, they can fill out an online form, where the information will be recorded in Dataverse so the helpdesk staff can immediately access and process this information.
  • Engage mobile workforce – Empower agents on any device, wherever they work. Field technicians can process and complete work orders in the field, instantly updating Dynamics 365 Field Service.

Power Apps portals capabilities

Power Apps portals are built on top of Microsoft Dataverse. This architecture comes with a major benefit. All the differentiating features of model-driven Power Apps are the features of Power Apps portals as well, including:

  • Centralized management
  • Common Data Model
  • Roles and permissions
  • Forms and views
  • Business rules
  • Declarative workflows and actions
  • Plug-in architecture
  • Integration with other services
  • Microsoft Dataverse extensibility
  • Audit

Power Apps portals deliver a complete content management system out of the box, with all content stored in Microsoft Dataverse. As a result, content can be edited through the Portals Studio and also directly by using the Portal Management app. Additionally, the robust Microsoft Dataverse security model can help secure the content.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/portals/

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie has lent his company resources to a local charity to organize fundraising events. Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

Which of the items listed are the tables? (Select all that apply)

  • Views
  • Charts
  • Donation
  • (Correct)
  • Fundraiser
  • (Correct)
  • Dashboards
  • Forms

Explanation

  • Donation and Fundraiser are the tables.

Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

As you can see, there are two tables: Donation and Fundraiser. Each table also contains four assets:

  • Forms – Defining how users will see and interact with the data
  • Views – A list view of the rows for each table
  • Charts – Showing the data in a meaningful, visual representation
  • Dashboards – Providing an insightful, graphical overview of the data

By selecting the Play button in the top right, the app is put into Play mode. You can see it then looks completely different and shows the data based on the choices made in the design process.

Understand the needs of the user

With model-driven apps, the name says it all. Your primary design goal is to get your Microsoft Dataverse data model in order. With that in place, you can connect Power Apps, and a model-driven app will be created for you from that model.

Model-driven apps are created using the App Designer. You will choose the entities, dashboards, business process flows, forms, and other components that you want to make available in your app, and then the app will be created for you. This means you will need to spend more time understanding what your user needs than how it is going to look.

Data model

As you begin the data modelling process, there are a couple of important questions to ask yourself:

  • What type of data will your solution be storing and or collecting?
  • How will this data relate or coincide with the other data you are working with?

These questions are important when designing a model-driven application because of how model-driven applications function. Remember, model-driven applications use a metadata-driven architecture. This means a large portion of the model-driven app is based on how your data is modelled, and there is no need to write custom code to alter the app design.

You can view the app metadata by reviewing the Table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You can also view the app Play mode to see a preview of what the app will look like.

In the example above, for the Fundraiser table, there are several pieces of data being collected, such as:

  • Name
  • Fundraiser Goal
  • Owner
  • Total Donations
  • Created On

As you think about your data model, also think about data types. When adding columns to your table in Microsoft Dataverse, the data type you choose will determine how users enter and view that in your model-driven app. Choices show as dropdowns, currency shows with currency symbols, while decimal numbers don’t. These little changes in the table can have a profound effect on how your user experiences your app.

The screenshot below shows examples of columns and the different data types they could have using the Fundraiser example again.

Important

If a column needs to be changed to a different data type, (i.e. text column to a choice column), then you will need to delete that column and recreate with the correct data type. This will cause you to lose any data associated with that column.

Business Logic

When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available. You can set Business Rules on your Microsoft Dataverse tables or you can build Business Process Flows.

With Business Rules, you will define behaviours at the data layer. This is great for setting conditions for when a field is required, setting a default value, or even showing or hiding a field based on criteria. An example could be a table for tracking expenses. You could have a column for type of travel and then build a business rule that dictates that if a user chooses automobile then the mileage field is required, else it is optional. This gives you the power to make sure you maintain data consistency in all scenarios.

Business process flows are used to guide users through using your app. These workflows can provide visuals on next steps based on the status of the data and facilitate other actions that you want to occur as the user uses the app. Business Process Flows let you bring automation to your app and make it more of a guided experience than just a place to enter data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/learn/modules/work-with-business-process-flows-dynamics-365/

Dashboards

A common output need for apps is to visualize the data. For this requirement, you can implement dashboards with custom filters and visual graphics to tie all this data together right in your app. When creating your dashboards, make sure they are simple for your users to consume without overwhelming them with all the data. Provide high-level snapshots of your data and allow them to use filters to dive deeper into the data if needed.

Additional third-party solutions and app accelerators

It is also important to know about the different App accelerators and third-party solutions available to you. Depending on the industry you are in, Health, Financial, Banking, Education, Non- Profit, Automotive, or Media, Microsoft has released a number of accelerators or foundational components to assist you with quickly standing up your solution.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/common-data-model/industry-accelerators?azureportal=true

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Power Platform into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is authentication in Power Apps portals.

Which of the following is the recommended authentication mechanism in Power Apps portals?

  • Azure Vault
  • Local authentication with username and password
  • SAML
  • Azure Active Directory B2C
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft account

Explanation

  • Azure Active Directory B2C is the recommended identity provider for authentication.

Users of Power Apps portals are tracked in Microsoft Dataverse as contacts.

The Portal Management model-driven app provides access to the contact table and has forms to manage passwords, view portal-specific contact information, and provide registration and profile management forms for the portal.

All interactions and actions that a portal user takes (for example, leaving a comment on a page) are tied to their contact row in Microsoft Dataverse.

Authentication

Portal users can authenticate by using the following methods:

  • Local authentication – Basic authentication with usernames and passwords are stored in the Microsoft Dataverse contact row internally.
  • External authentication – Credentials and password management are handled by other identity providers. Supported authentication providers include:
  • OAuth2 (Microsoft, Twitter, Facebook, Google, LinkedIn, Yahoo)
  • Open ID (Azure Active Directory, Azure Active Directory B2C)
  • WS-Federation and SAML 2.0 (used for integration with on-premises Active Directory and other identity services)

Portal administrators can choose to enable or disable any combination of authentication options through portal Authentication Settings.

Important: Azure Active Directory B2C is the recommended identity provider for authentication. If another provider support is required, then it can be configured in Azure Active Directory B2C.

Authorization

After the user is authenticated and associated with a contact, Power Apps portals use numerous tables to define authorization, that is, what a user is allowed to do. Selecting Share from the portal app options will provide information on how to share the portal app with internal and external users.

Web roles allow an administrator to control user access to portal content and Microsoft Dataverse rows.

A web role can be associated with the following table rows:

  • Website permissions – Define what (if any) front-side editing permissions that a web role should have.
  • Webpage access rules – Define what pages are visible to a web role and what actions can be taken.
  • Table permissions – Define what access a web role has to individual Microsoft Dataverse tables.

A portal contact might be assigned to one or more web roles at a time. Access rules and permissions of individual roles are combined to determine the resulting permissions set.

One of the web roles in the portal can be marked as Anonymous and all of the others are Authenticated. These roles allow you to apply permissions and access rules to all portal users based on whether they are signed in. If a user is not signed in, they will view the portal with the Anonymous web role permissions, which should be the most restrictive permissions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/marketing/admin-users-licenses-roles

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is creating an information portal that managers can use to view critical information about their teams.

Bruce Wayne is the IT team lead and he does not know which type of Power BI components to use. Since Bruce is lost, Alfred has turned to you to recommend the appropriate type of Power BI components.

Which of the following should you recommend to display Sales charts that can be filtered by region?

  • Filter
  • Data-driven app
  • Canvas app
  • Report
  • (Correct)
  • Dashboard

Explanation

  • Power BI dashboards cannot slice and dice, but reports have many ways to filter and slice.

Note: Power BI dashboards are one placeholder to display the most important decision-making facts to run a business. But reports are more detailed data displayed in many formats like chart, graphs list and in tabular, etc. Reports are based on one dataset or one business unit data for example reports of a store belonging to California.

A Power BI dashboard is a single page, often called a canvas, that tells a story through visualizations. Because it’s limited to one page, a well-designed dashboard contains only the highlights of that story. Readers can view related reports for the details.

Dashboards are a feature of the Power BI service only. They’re not available in Power BI Desktop. Although you can’t create dashboards on mobile devices, you can view and share them there.

Dashboard basics

The visualizations you see on the dashboard are called tiles. You pin tiles to a dashboard from reports. If you’re new to Power BI, you can get a good foundation by reading Basic concepts for designers in the Power BI service.

The visualizations on a dashboard originate from reports and each report is based on a dataset. One way to think of a dashboard is as an entryway to the underlying reports and datasets. Selecting a visualization takes you to the report (and dataset) that it’s based on.

Difference Between Power BI Dashboard vs Report

Power BI dashboards are one placeholder to display the most important decision-making facts to run a business. But reports are more detailed data displayed in many formats like chart, graphs list and in tabular, etc. Dashboards are a business key performance indicator view where it displays key values that can change business profits and can be glanced at one screen. Reports are based on one dataset or one business unit data for example reports of a store belonging to California. Reports and dashboards are dependent on each other because of any operational value or from a metric value Power BI report has a feature that they can be drilled down to report level detail granularity.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboards

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to use Power Apps and Power Automate and he needs an expert to steer the team in the right direction.

Wayne Enterprises has locations in multiple regions and Bruce needs you to recommend features to support the implementation.

Which of the following Power Platform features should you recommend to create both test and production copies of the data and apps?

  • Environment
  • (Correct)
  • Connector endpoint filtering
  • SharePoint Library
  • Security group

Explanation

  • Only Environment is a Power Platform feature, therefore it is the best feature to recommend to create both test and production copies of the data and apps. They can create two different environments (test and production).

An environment is a space to store, manage, and share your organization’s business data, apps, chatbots, and flows. It also serves as a container to separate apps that might have different roles, security requirements, or target audiences. How you choose to use environments depends on your organization and the apps you’re trying to build. For example:

  • You can choose to only build your apps or chatbots in a single environment.
  • You might create separate environments that group the test and production versions of your apps or chatbots.
  • You might create separate environments that correspond to specific teams or departments in your company, each containing the relevant data and apps for each audience.
  • You might also create separate environments for different global branches of your company.

Environment scope

Each environment is created under an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant, and its resources can only be accessed by users within that tenant. An environment is also bound to a geographic location, like the United States. When you create an app in an environment, that app is routed only to datacentres in that geographic location. Any items that you create in that environment (including chatbots, connections, gateways, flows using Microsoft Power Automate, and more) are also bound to their environment’s location.

Every environment can have zero or one Microsoft Dataverse database, which provides storage for your apps and chatbots. Whether you can create a database for your environment depends on the license you purchase for Power Apps and your permissions within that environment. More information: Pricing info

When you create an app in an environment, that app is only permitted to connect to the data sources that are also deployed in that same environment, including connections, gateways, flows, and Dataverse databases. For example, consider a scenario where you’ve created two environments named Test and Dev, and created a Dataverse database in each of the environments. If you create an app in the Test environment, it will only be permitted to connect to the Test database; it won’t be able to connect to the ‘Dev’ database.

You can also move resources between environments.

Types of environments

There are multiple types of environments. The type indicates the purpose of the environment and determines its characteristics. The following table summarizes the current types of environments that you might encounter.

The default environment

A single default environment is automatically created by Power Apps for each tenant and shared by all users in that tenant. Whenever a new user signs up for Power Apps, they’re automatically added to the Maker role of the default environment. The default environment is created in the region closest to the default region of the Azure AD tenant.

The default environment is named as follows: {Azure AD tenant name} (default)

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

Question 20: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

So far, the IT team has built Power Apps app that are used by most employees. Oswald is expanding to other countries/regions and he needs a solution to translate text generated within the Power Apps app in near real-time.

Which of the following should the IT team use to do this?

  • Power BI
  • Microsoft Azure Cognitive Services
  • (Correct)
  • Dataverse / Common Data Service connector
  • Microsoft Azure Synapse Analytics

Explanation

  • The best option to use for near real-time translation is Microsoft Azure Cognitive Services. Translator provides machine-based text translation in near real-time.

What are Azure Cognitive Services?

Azure Cognitive Services are cloud-based services with REST APIs and client library SDKs available to help you build cognitive intelligence into your applications. You can add cognitive features to your applications without having artificial intelligence (AI) or data science skills. Azure Cognitive Services comprise various AI services that enable you to build cognitive solutions that can see, hear, speak, understand, and even make decisions.

Categories of Cognitive Services

The catalogue of cognitive services that provide cognitive understanding are categorized into five main pillars:

  • Vision
  • Speech
  • Language
  • Decision
  • Search

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-gb/azure/cognitive-services/what-are-cognitive-services?ocid=AID2339762_TWITTER_oo_spl100000827964250%20https%3A%2F%2Fpowerapps.microsoft.com%2Fen-us%2Fblog%2Fcognitive-services-with-powerapps-using-custom-connectors%2F

Question 21: Skipped

Scenario: Mys-Tech is a British multinational chemical corporation with worldwide interests. It is headquartered in London, UK. Mys-Tech employs thousands of people and has numerous facilities all over the world.

You work at Mys-Tech and have been tasked with building a report for a sales manager in Power BI. The report requirements are as follows.

Required:

  • A single-entry point to view data
  • A way to drill down into data from a single table, named Sales, in your company’s SQL Server database
  • One page that shows sales by date and another page that shows sales by region
  • Each page should allow users to view the raw data from the Sales table as well as view a bar graph representing the information

Which two of the following actions should you perform?

  • Create a Power BI dashboard tied to the Sales table
  • Create two reports: one for sales by date and one for sales by region
  • Create a Power BI report tied to the Sales table
  • (Correct)
  • Create one report with two pages for sales by date and sales by region
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A report can be tied to a single data set and have multiple pages.
  • A Power BI report tied to the Sales table must be created. The requirements state that two pages must be created.
  • Dashboards consist of a single page, but a report can contain more than one page, so one report must be created with multiple pages.

Dashboards for Power BI designers

A Power BI dashboard is a single page, often called a canvas, that tells a story through visualizations. Because it’s limited to one page, a well-designed dashboard contains only the highlights of that story. Readers can view related reports for the details.

Dashboards are a feature of the Power BI service. They’re not available in Power BI Desktop. You can’t create dashboards on mobile devices, but you can view and share them there.

Dashboard basics

The visualizations you see on the dashboard are called tiles. You pin tiles to a dashboard from reports, and each report is based on a dataset. A dashboard is an introduction to the underlying reports and datasets. Selecting a visualization takes you to the report and dataset that it’s based on.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/fundamentals/service-basic-concepts

You can pin many kinds of tiles to dashboards:

Advantages of dashboards

Dashboards are a way to monitor your business and see all your most important metrics at a glance. The visualizations on a dashboard can come from one underlying dataset or many, and from one underlying report or many. A dashboard combines on-premises and cloud data, providing a consolidated view of data.

A dashboard isn’t just a pretty picture. It’s highly interactive, and the tiles update as the underlying data changes.

Who can create a dashboard?

The ability to create a dashboard is considered a creator feature and requires edit permissions on the report. Edit permissions are available to report creators and to colleagues the creator grants access to. For example, if a coworker creates a report in workspace ABC and adds you as a member of that workspace, you and your coworker both have edit permissions. On the other hand, if a report has been shared with you directly or as part of a Power BI app, you’re consuming the report. You may not be able to pin tiles to a dashboard.

Dashboards versus reports

Reports and dashboards seem similar because they’re both canvases filled with visualizations, but there are major differences, as you can see in the following table.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboards

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the topic is implementation of Power BI to analyze Eat-More’s retail operations data. As the expert, you need to recommend solutions for Teresa.

Which of the following Power BI components should you recommend to Teresa to use to allow users to set and receive alerts when data changes beyond specified limits?

  • Datasets
  • Workspaces
  • Dashboards
  • (Correct)
  • Reports

Explanation

  • Dashboards will to allow users to set and receive alerts when data changes beyond specified limits.

Data alerts in the Power BI service

You can set alerts on tiles in your My Workspace. You can also set alerts if someone shares a dashboard that’s in a Premium capacity. If you have a Power BI Pro license, you can set alerts on tiles in any other workspace, too. Alerts can only be set on tiles pinned from report visuals, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards. Alerts can be set on visuals created from streaming datasets that you pin from a report to a dashboard. Alerts can’t be set on streaming tiles created directly on the dashboard using Add tileCustom streaming data.

Only you can see the alerts you set, even if you share your dashboard. Even the dashboard owner can’t see alerts you set on your view of their dashboard. Data alerts are fully synchronized across platforms; set and view data alerts in the Power BI mobile apps and in the Power BI service. They aren’t available for Power BI Desktop. You can even automate and integrate alerts with Power Automate.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JbL2-HJ8clE&feature=youtu.be

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

Question 23: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

The current project is to build Power BI visualizations for the Bar team and the IT team working on the project believes Power BI can only retrieve data from up to two different sources for each dashboard. Oswald is not sure if his team is correct or not so he comes to you to settle the matter.

Can Power BI only retrieve data from up to two different sources for each dashboard?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • The statement “Power BI can only retrieve data from up to two different sources for each dashboard” is incorrect. Multiple Data sources can be used in a dashboard.

Load Data from Multiple Data Sources in Power BI

Load Data from Multiple Data Sources in Power BI : In real-time, you might face a situation where data is present in different databases. However, you do not have to worry in these situations because Power BI support multiple data source in one chart. Let me show you the step by step approach to get or load data from multiple data sources in Power BI.

How to load data from Multiple Data Sources in Power BI

From the screenshot below, you can see that there are already a few tables inside the Power Bi desktop. We imported these tables in Connect to SQL article. If you are in the Power BI visualization page, under the Home tab, click the Get Data option and select the SQL Server, as we showed below. Or, select More and select the SQL Server option.

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Service/Workspace-dashboards-with-multiple-data-sources-Workspaces/m-p/1231679#M102872

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Power Platform into the company.

Peter Quill is a district manager for the Tivian Group and wants to provide the company’s sales managers with deeper sales insights to ensure that they can make more informed decisions for their locations. Peter wants the IT team to create and share a Power BI dashboard that can be used by the store managers with real-time data.

Which of the following tools should the IT use to create Power BI dashboards that contain a single location’s sales information?

  • Power BI Desktop only
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service
  • Power BI Service only
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The dashboard creation and sharing is available only in Power BI service.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 25: Skipped

A cloud flow that performs one or more tasks automatically after it’s triggered by an event. You can use the Retry policy of Power Automate to set up policies that will automatically retry an action if it fails.

If actions still fail, standard capabilities in Power Automate notify the owners of the automation with a message similar to the following image.

By default, how may times is the automatic Retry Policy set to?

  • 0
  • 3
  • 5
  • 2
  • 4
  • (Correct)
  • 1

Explanation

  • The Retry Policy feature of Power Automate is used to set up policies that will automatically retry an action if it fails. By default, this is set to retry four times, but you can change it if you need.

Always assume your automation can fail

No system is perfect. When you’re designing your first set of automated processes, it’s easy to forget the importance of designing for when things fail to work correctly.

You should always design your automation so that there’s a plan B—to make sure your business process can continue even if the automation doesn’t work. This isn’t to suggest that Power Automate is an unreliable system, but connecting with different systems increases the risk of failure, which can be caused by reasons unrelated to Power Automate.

In general, you should consider using connectors whenever possible because they’re more robust and aren’t as fragile or easily affected by screen design changes as web and desktop application automation. If no connectors are available, but you do have web APIs or other methods of system integration, you should consult your IT pro or development teams to help you set up custom connectors.

Possible failures with automation by using connectors

  • Shutdown of connecting systems due to maintenance
  • System unavailability due to software bugs
  • Changes to how systems are connected (API versions change)

Possible failures with web application automation

  • Screen design changes (so the bot can’t tell how to proceed)
  • System unavailability due to regression

Possible failures with desktop application automation

  • Screen design changes (so the bot can’t tell how to proceed)
  • Operating system updates
  • System unavailability due to regression

Possible failures common with any automation

  • Changes to passwords
  • Momentary network issues

Retry policy

You can use this feature of Power Automate to set up policies that will automatically retry an action if it fails. By default, this is set to retry four times, but you can change it if you need.

Set up custom failure notifications

If actions still fail, standard capabilities in Power Automate notify the owners of the automation with a message similar to the following image.

However, if you’d like to send a custom notification, you can set it up by adding actions that run only if the previous steps have failed.

Normally, by default, all actions that are set up will run only if the previous step was successful. You can change this behaviour by setting the action to run only when the previous step failed—so that, for example, an email is sent to a custom list of recipients after a failed action.

Assign multiple owners

Having a single owner for a particular automation can be a risk from an organizational and administrative perspective. If that owner is absent or away from the office when a problem occurs, no one else can fix the issue. You can prevent this by setting up multiple users or groups as owners, to make sure more than one person can edit the automation. More information: Share a flow

Reduce risk and increase throughput by setting up a cluster

For a business-critical automation, one of the ways to reduce failures and risks is by setting up a cluster. A cluster is a group of computers that you can use to run your automation. Power Automate provides clustering capabilities to run the automation concurrently. This is particularly useful for unattended scenarios, where you have more than a single computer available to run your automation.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/guidance/planning/reducing-risk

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Currently, the IT team is planning to implement solutions that use Dataverse / Common Data Service for data storage. As the hired expert, Billy asked you need to recommend features to meet Anvil’s needs.

Which feature should you recommend to accelerate development by using a standard set of entities for the most common scenarios?

  • Business rules
  • Business process flows
  • Dataverse / Common Data Model
  • (Correct)
  • Azure IoT

Explanation

  • You should recommend Dataverse / Common Data Model to accelerate development by using a standard set of entities for the most common scenarios. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

What are model-driven apps in Power Apps?

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

Model-driven app design provides the following benefits:

  • Rich component-focused no-code design environments
  • Create complex responsive apps with a similar UI across a variety of devices from desktop to mobile
  • Rich design capability
  • Your app can be distributed as a solution

The approach to model-driven app making

At a fundamental level, model-driven app making consists of three key focus areas.

  • Modelling business data
  • Defining business processes
  • Composing the app

Modelling business data

To model business data you determine what data your app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Model-driven design uses a metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize the application without writing code. Metadata means “data about data” and it defines the structure of the data stored in the system. Tutorial: Create a custom table that has components in Power Apps

Defining business processes

Defining and enforcing consistent business processes is a key aspect of model-driven app design. Consistent processes help make sure your app users focus on their work and not on remembering to perform a set of manual steps.

Processes can be simple or complex and often change over time. To create a process, from the PowerApps.com Model-driven area select Settings → Advanced customizations → Open solution explorer. Next, on the left navigation pane in solution explorer select Processes, and then select New.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/business-process-flows-overview

Composing the model-driven app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and configuring the components you need using the app designer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/guidance/planning/introduction

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is Data loss prevention.

During the current meeting you are explaining to the team that connectors can be classified as either Business or Non-Business in the context of your organization. Connectors that host business-use data should be classified as Business and connectors that host personal-use data should be classified as Non-Business.

Tony wants to know where he can manage connectors when you create or modify the properties of a DLP policy.

Which of the following should be your response?

  • From the Microsoft Power Platform admin centre
  • (Correct)
  • From the Microsoft DLP settings
  • From the Microsoft Subscription profile
  • From the Microsoft Power portal

Explanation

Data loss prevention policies

Your organization’s data is likely one of the most important assets you are responsible for safeguarding as an administrator. The ability to build apps and automation to use that data is a large part of your company’s success. You can use Power Apps and Power Automate for rapid build and rollout of these high-value apps so that users can measure and act on the data in real time. Apps and automation are becoming increasingly connected across multiple data sources and multiple services. Some of these might be external, third-party services and might even include some social networks. Users generally have good intentions, but they can easily overlook the potential for exposure from data leakage to services and audiences that should not have access to the data.

You can create data loss prevention (DLP) policies that can act as guardrails to help prevent users from unintentionally exposing organizational data. DLP policies can be scoped at the environment level or tenant level, offering flexibility to craft sensible policies that strike the right balance between protection and productivity. For tenant-level policies, you can define the scope to be all environments, selected environments, or all environments except ones you specifically exclude.

Connectors can be classified as either Business or Non-Business in the context of your organization. Connectors that host business-use data should be classified as Business and connectors that host personal-use data should be classified as Non-Business. Any connectors that you want to restrict usage of across one or more environments should be classified as Blocked. When a new policy is created, all connectors are defaulted to the Non-Business group. From there they can be moved to Business or Blocked based on your preference. You can manage connectors when you create or modify the properties of a DLP policy from the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre. These affect Microsoft Power Platform canvas apps and Power Automate flows. To create a DLP policy, you need to be a tenant admin or have the Environment Admin role.

Compliance and data privacy

Microsoft is committed to the highest levels of trust, transparency, standards conformance, and regulatory compliance. Microsoft’s broad suite of cloud products and services are all built from the ground up to address the most rigorous security and privacy demands of our customers.

To help your organization comply with national, regional, and industry-specific requirements governing the collection and use of individuals’ data, Microsoft provides the most comprehensive set of compliance offerings (including certifications and attestations) of any cloud service provider. There are also tools for administrators to support your organization’s efforts. In this part of the document we will cover in more detail the resources available to help you determine and achieve your own organization requirements.

Data Protection

Data as it is in transit between user devices and the Microsoft datacentres are secured. Connections established between customers and Microsoft datacentres are encrypted, and all public endpoints are secured using industry-standard TLS. TLS effectively establishes a security-enhanced browser to server connection to help ensure data confidentiality and integrity between desktops and datacentres. API access from the customer endpoint to the server is also similarly protected. Currently, TLS 1.2 (or higher) is required for accessing the server endpoints.

Resources to manage GDPR compliance

The European Union General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is one of the newest privacy regulations enacted that gives rights to people to manage their personal data. A complete discussion of GDPR is beyond the scope of this content, however Microsoft Power Platform does fully support the GDPR. For more GDPR resources and information, visit the Trust Centre at https://www.microsoft.com/TrustCenter/Privacy/gdpr/default.aspx.

Accessibility in Microsoft Power Platform

One of the things that Microsoft values the most is making sure that Power Platform is accessible and inclusive to all kinds of users all over the world. An accessible canvas app will allow users with vision, hearing, and other impairments to successfully use the app. In addition to being a requirement for many governments and organizations, following the below guidelines increases usability for all users, regardless of their abilities. You can use the Accessibility Checker to help review potential accessibility issues in your app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/wp-data-loss-prevention

Question 28: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team needs to implement Microsoft Business Applications along with the Microsoft Power platform.

Which three Microsoft products are part of the Power Platform?

  • Microsoft Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • PowerPoint
  • Azure Active Directory
  • Azure Machine Learning
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Power BI
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The Power Platform uses PowerApps, Power BI, and Power Automate (previously named Flow) to customize, extend, and build all the apps you need for your business and unlock the potential of Office 365 and Dynamics 365.

Power BI

Power BI is a unified self-service and enterprise analytics solution that lets you visualize your data and share insights across your organization or embed them in your app or website. Azure analytics services and Power BI together allow you to quickly unlock insights for your entire organization.

Power Apps

Power Apps provides a low-code approach to rapidly build apps for any device while seamlessly working with Azure services through a rich extensibility model for professional developers.

Power Automate

Power Automate is a no-code automation platform that allows you to leverage previously off-limits legacy systems. Quickly automate solutions through simple workflow automation or through robust process automation using RPA.

Power Virtual Agents

Power Virtual Agents enables you to create intelligent no-code chatbots and easily integrate with existing services by calling customer workflows using Power Automate and extending bots with custom capabilities using Bot Framework Skills.

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/services/developer-tools/power-platform/#features

Question 29: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Power Platform into the company.

Peter Quill is the IT lead and his team has been tasked with creating a series of mobile applications to empower their field engineers to accomplish several tasks with varying degrees of complexity.

Which of the following app types should be used to quickly create apps for very complex business processes from data in Dataverse / CDS with very little or no code?

  • Canvas apps
  • Model-driven apps
  • (Correct)
  • Dataset
  • Dashboard

Explanation

  • The best choice to quickly create apps for very complex business processes from data in Dataverse / CDS with very little or no code is Model-driven apps.

Model-driven apps run with the new Unified Interface client which provides a responsive accessible design running in browsers and on popular mobile devices. This app type composes multiple component types including dashboards, forms, views, charts, and business processes which together form a great UI. If you are familiar with the Dynamics 365 platform, you are already familiar with the PowerApps platform and Model-driven Apps.

Both model-driven and canvas apps allow you to easily build business apps. They both share access to the Common Data Service providing standard and custom entities. Canvas apps start with your user experience, crafting a highly tailored interface with the power of a blank canvas and connecting it to 200 data sources. Canvas apps can be built for web, mobile, and tablet applications. Model-driven apps start with your data model – building up from the shape of your core business data and processes in the Common Data Service to model forms, views, and other components. Model-driven apps automatically generate great UI that is responsive across devices.

Model-driven apps are built and managed from the PowerApps Portal similar to how canvas apps are built and managed. We have added a mode switch to the lower left corner which allows switching between the canvas and model-driven design modes.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/sv-se/blog/introducing-model-driven-apps/

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI aggregates. The team is reading documentation to learn about mathematically combining values in data.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select two)

  • The Power BI service can aggregate textual data.
  • (Correct)
  • The mathematical operations could be sum, average, maximum, count.
  • (Correct)
  • If you try to aggregate a categorical field by placing it in a numeric-only bucket, Power BI will sum category values by default.
  • When Power BI service and Power BI Desktop create visualizations, they always aggregate your data.

Explanation

True statements:

  • The mathematical operations could be sum, average, maximum, count.
  • The Power BI service can aggregate textual data.

Work with aggregates in the Power BI service

What is an aggregate?

Sometimes you want to mathematically combine values in your data. The mathematical operation could be sum, average, maximum, count, and so on. When you combine values in your data, it’s called aggregating. The result of that mathematical operation is an aggregate.

When Power BI service and Power BI Desktop create visualizations, they may aggregate your data. Often the aggregate is just what you need, but other times you may want to aggregate the values in a different way. For example, a sum versus an average. There are several different ways to manage and change the aggregate Power BI uses in a visualization.

First, let’s take a look at data types because the type of data determines how, and whether, Power BI can aggregate it.

Types of data

Most datasets have more than one type of data. At the most basic level, the data is either numeric or it isn’t. Power BI can aggregate numeric data using a sum, average, count, minimum, variance, and much more. The service can even aggregate textual data, often called categorical data. If you try to aggregate a categorical field by placing it in a numeric-only bucket like Values or Tooltips, Power BI will count the occurrences of each category or count the distinct occurrences of each category. Special types of data, like dates, have a few of their own aggregate options: earliest, latest, first, and last.

In the example below:

  • Units Sold and Manufacturing Price are columns that contain numeric data
  • Segment, Country, Product, Month, and Month Name contain categorical data

When creating a visualization in Power BI, the service will aggregate numeric fields (the default is sum) over some categorical field. For example, “Units Sold by Product“, “Units Sold by Month” and “Manufacturing Price by Segment“. Power BI refers to some numeric fields as measures. It’s easy to identify measures in the Power BI report editor — The Fields list shows measures with the ∑ symbol next to them. See The report editor… take a tour for more info.

Why don’t aggregates work the way I want them to?

Working with aggregates in Power BI service can be confusing. Maybe you have a numeric field and Power BI won’t let you change the aggregation. Or maybe you have a field, like a year, and you don’t want to aggregate it, you just want to count the number of occurrences.

Typically, the underlying issue is the field definition in the dataset. Maybe the dataset owner defined the field as text and that explains why Power BI can’t sum or average it. Unfortunately, only the dataset owner can change the way a field is categorized. So if you have owner permissions to the dataset, either in Desktop or the program used to create the dataset (for example, Excel), you can fix this problem. Otherwise, you’ll need to contact the dataset owner for help.

Change how a numeric field is aggregated

Say you have a chart that sums the units sold for different products, but you’d rather have the average.

  1. Create a Clustered column chart that uses a measure and a category. In this example, we’re using Units Sold by Product. By default, Power BI creates a chart that sums the units sold (drag the measure into the Value well) for each product (drag the category into the Axis well).

2. In the Visualizations pane, right-click the measure, and select the aggregate type you need. In this case, we’re selecting Average.

Note: The options available in the drop-down list will vary depending on 1) the field selected and 2) the way the dataset owner categorized that field.

3. Your visualization is now using aggregated by average.

Ways to aggregate your data

Some of the options that may be available for aggregating a field:

  • Do Not Summarize. With this option chosen, Power BI treats each value in that field separately and doesn’t summarize them. Use this option if you have a numeric ID column that the service shouldn’t sum.
  • Sum. Adds all the values in that field up.
  • Average. Takes an arithmetic mean of the values.
  • Minimum. Shows the smallest value.
  • Maximum. Shows the largest value.
  • Count (Not Blanks). Counts the number of values in that field that aren’t blank.
  • Count (Distinct). Counts the number of different values in that field.
  • Standard deviation.
  • Variance.
  • Median. Shows the median (middle) value. This value has the same number of items above and below. If there are two medians, Power BI averages them.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-aggregates

Question 31: Skipped

Scenario: Marchand Pharmaceutical is a medical research corporation, owned and administrated by Michael Marchand. Company resources were used in the studying and implementing the partial data belonging to Dr. Jonathan Drew. The company uses GitHub repositories for source code control.

Michael is preparing reports for repository usage to present to the board. He plans to create visualizations in Power BI to analyze repository usage including commits and pull requests.

Which of the following actions should be performed to proceed?

  • Install a template app in the Power BI service
  • (Correct)
  • Use Performance Analyzer in Power BI Desktop
  • Build a sample from the Power BI Developer Samples GitHub repository
  • Create a deployment pipeline in Power BI

Explanation

  • There is a template app available in the Power BI Apps marketplace for GitHub that contains prebuilt visualizations on repository usage including commits and pull requests.
  • GitHub repositories contain source code for building applications.
  • The Power BI Developer Samples repository contains example solutions for creating embedded Power BI solutions, not for creating Power BI reports that show GitHub usage.
  • Performance Analyzer captures the time taken when interacting with visualizations on a report. It does not examine GitHub repo usage.
  • Deployment pipelines are used to manage the lifecycle of Power BI content from development to test to production.

Install, share, and update template apps in your organization

Here you can learn more about template apps and how to connect to many of the services that you use to run your business, such as Salesforce, Microsoft Dynamics, and Google Analytics. You can then modify the template app’s pre-built dashboard and reports to suit the needs of your organization, and distribute them to your colleagues as apps.

If you’re interested in creating template apps yourself for distribution outside your organization, see Create a template app in Power BI. With little or no coding, Power BI partners can build Power BI apps and make them available to Power BI customers.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/connect-data/service-connect-to-github

Prerequisites

To install, customize, and distribute a template app, you need:

  • A Power BI pro license.
  • Permissions to install template apps on your tenant.
  • A valid installation link for the app, which you get either from AppSource or from the app creator.
  • A good familiarity with the basic concepts of Power BI.

Install a template app

  1. In the nav pane in the Power BI service, select Apps > Get apps.
  2. In the Power BI apps marketplace that appears, select Template apps. All the template apps available in AppSource are shown. Browse to find the template app you’re looking for, or get a filtered selection by using the search box. Type part of the name of the template app, or select a category such as finance, analytics, or marketing to find the item you’re looking for.
  3. When you find the template app you’re looking for, select it. The template app offer appears. Select Get It Now.
  4. In the dialog box that appears, select Install.

    The app is installed, along with a workspace of the same name that has all the artifacts needed for further customization.

    Note: If you use an installation link for an app that isn’t listed on AppSource, a validation dialog box will ask you to confirm your choice.

    To be able to install a template app that isn’t listed on AppSource, you can request the relevant permissions from your admin. See the template app settings in Power BI admin portal for details.
    When the installation finishes successfully, a notification tells you that your new app is ready.

Connect to data

  1. Select Go to app.
    The app opens, showing sample data.
  2. Select the Connect your data link on the banner at the top of the page.

    This link opens the parameters dialog, where you change the data source from the sample data to your own data source (see known limitations), followed by the authentication method dialog. You might have to redefine the values in these dialogues. See the documentation of the specific template app you’re installing for details.

    Once you’ve finished filling out the connection dialogues, the connection process starts. A banner informs you that the data is being refreshed, and that in the meantime you’re viewing sample data.

    Your report data will automatically refresh once a day, unless you disabled this setting during the sign-in process. You can also set up your own refresh schedule to keep the report data up to date if you so desire.

Customize and share the app

After you’ve connected to your data and data refresh is complete, you can customize any of the reports and dashboards the app includes, as well as share the app with your colleagues. Remember, however that any changes you make will be overwritten when you update the app with a new version, unless you save the items you changed under different names. See details about overwriting.

To customize and share your app, select the pencil icon at the top right corner of the page.

For information about editing artifacts in the workspace, see

When you’re done making changes to the artifacts in the workspace, you’re ready to publish and share the app. See Publish your app to learn how.

Update a template app

From time to time, template app creators release new improved versions of their template apps, via AppSource, a direct link, or both.

If you originally downloaded the app from AppSource, when a new version of the template app becomes available, you get notified in two ways:

  • An update banner appears in the Power BI service informing you that a new app version is available.
  • You receive a notification in Power BI’s notification pane.

Note: If you originally got the app via a direct link rather than through AppSource, the only way to know when a new version is available is to contact the template app creator.

To install the update, either select Get it on the notification banner or in the notification center, or find the app again in AppSource and choose Get it now. If you got a direct link for the update from the Template app creator, select the link.

You’re asked how you want the update to affect your currently installed app.

  • Update the workspace and the app: Updates both the workspace and the app, and republishes the app to your organization. Choose this option if you didn’t make any changes to the app or its content and want to overwrite the old app. Your connections will be re-established, and the new version of the app will include any updated app branding, such as app name, logo, and navigation, as well as the latest publisher improvements to content.
  • Update only workspace content without updating the app: Updates the reports, dashboards, and dataset in the workspace. After updating the workspace, you can choose what you want to include in the app, and then you need to update the app to republish it to your organization with the changes.
  • Install another copy of the app into a new workspace: Installs a fresh version of the workspace and app. Choose this option if you don’t want to change your current app.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/connect-data/service-template-apps-install-distribute

https://github.com/microsoft/PowerBI-Developer-Samples

Question 32: Skipped

Power BI Desktop is a free application you install on your local computer that lets you connect to, transform, and visualize your data. With Power BI Desktop, you can connect to multiple different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. This data model lets you build visuals, and collections of visuals you can share as reports, with other people inside your organization.

Most users who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create reports, and then use the Power BI service to share their reports with others.

When you need to create a Power BI visualization that displays month-by-month revenue comparisons for the current and previous years, which is the best chart type to use?

  • Cards
  • Pie
  • Bar
  • (Correct)
  • Funnel

Explanation

  • Using a bar chart, specific value across different categories can be displayed. Pie charts show the relationship of parts to the whole.
  • Cards whether single row or multiple rows, are used to display data points like total sales over a year, market share over a year or total opportunities.
  • Pie charts and cards cannot be used to display data comparisons on more than one category.
  • Funnels help visualize a process that has stages, and items flow sequentially from one stage to the next.

Choose an effective visualization

Power BI Desktop offers a range of out-of-the-box visualization options that are available directly from the Visualizations pane. When you select the fields that you want to display in a visualization, you can experiment with all the different visualization types to find the one that best suits your needs. If you can’t find a visual that meets your needs, you can download other visuals from Microsoft AppSource or import your own custom visuals.

Depending on the type of data in your selected fields, one or more visualizations might not be suitable. For example, geographic data will not display well as a funnel chart or line chart visualization.

It is important that you choose an effective visualization to ensure that you display the data in the best way possible. The following sections outline the different types of visualizations that are available within Power BI Desktop, using the same data source for illustration purposes.

Table and Matrix visualizations

In the previous example, the Table visualization was selected by default. The table is a grid that contains related data in a logical series of rows and columns. The table supports two dimensions and it can also contain headers and a row for totals.

The Matrix visualization looks similar to the table visualization; however, it allows you to select one or more elements (rows, columns, values) in the matrix to cross-highlight other visuals on the report page. In the following image, notice that a new field called Product Colour was added to the columns, and the available colours are now spanning across the table, with the categories listed in rows.

Bar and column charts

Power BI Desktop has a variety of bar and column chart visualizations that present specific data across different categories in a stacked or clustered format. The stacked format will stack the information items on top of each other.

For example, the following clustered column chart shows a single column with total sales for each country, whereas the stacked column chart shows data for sales by country, by product name. All sales data is stacked into one column to show you the total sales by country, broken down by how much each product contributed to the overall total sales.

Line and area charts

The line chart and area chart visualizations are beneficial in helping you present trends over time. The basic area chart is based on the line chart, with the area between axis and line filled in. The main difference between these two chart types is that the area chart highlights the magnitude of change over time.

Pie chart, doughnut chart, and Treemaps

The pie chart, doughnut chart, and Treemap visualizations show you the relationship of parts to the whole by dividing the data into segments. From a data analysis perspective, these charts are not useful because interpreting the data that they present can be difficult. However, these charts are often used for aesthetic reasons due to the colourful segments that they display. These charts are best suited for illustrating percentages, such as the top five sales by product or country, or any other available categories.

The pie chart is a solid circle, whereas the doughnut chart has a centre that is blank and allows space for a label or icon.

When using pie charts, doughnut charts, and Treemaps, try to avoid presenting too many categories because it results in thin slices (or rectangles) that provide no added value to the user. If you do need to present all categories in your dataset, it’s better to use another type of visual, such as a column chart.

Pie charts and doughnut charts present data by dividing it into slices, while the Treemap visualization displays data as a set of nested rectangles. Each level of the hierarchy is represented by a coloured rectangle (branch) containing smaller rectangles (leaves). The space inside each rectangle is allocated based on the value that is being measured. The rectangles are arranged in size from top left (largest) to bottom right (smallest).

A Treemap is ideal to visualize:

  • Large amounts of hierarchical data when a bar chart can’t effectively handle the large number of values.
  • Proportions between each part and the whole.
  • The distribution pattern of the measure across each level of categories in the hierarchy.
  • Attributes, by using size and colour coding.
  • Spot patterns, outliers, most-important contributors, and exceptions.

Combo charts

The combo chart visualization is a combination of a column chart and a line chart that can have one or two Y axes. The combination of the two charts into one lets you:

  • Compare multiple measures with different value ranges.
  • Illustrate the correlation between two measures in one visual.
  • Identify whether one measure meets the target that is defined by another measure.
  • Conserve space on your report page.

Card visualization

The card visualization displays a single value: a single data point. This type of visualization is ideal for visualizing important statistics that you want to track on your Power BI dashboard or report, such as total value, YTD sales, or year-over-year change.

The multi-row card visualization displays one or more data points, with one data point for each row.

Funnel visualization

The funnel visualization displays a linear process that has sequential connected stages, where items flow sequentially from one stage to the next.

Funnel charts are most often seen in business or sales contexts. For example, they are useful for representing a workflow, such as moving from a sales lead to a prospect, through to a proposal and sale.

Funnel charts are great options in the following contexts:

  • When the data is sequential and moves through at least four stages.
  • When the number of items in the first stage is expected to be greater than the number of items in the final stage.
  • To calculate a potential outcome (revenue, sales, deals, and so on) by stages.
  • To calculate and track conversion and retention rates.
  • To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process.

Gauge chart

A radial gauge chart has a circular arc and displays a single value that measures progress toward a goal or target.

The value at the end of the arc represents the defaulted maximum value, which will always be double the actual value. To create a realistic visual, you should always specify each of the values. You can accomplish this task by dropping the correct field that contains an amount into the Target value, Minimum value, and Maximum value fields on the Visualization pane.

The shading in the arc represents the progress toward that target. The value inside the arc represents the progress value. Power BI spreads all possible values evenly along the arc, from the minimum (left-most value) to the maximum (right-most value).

Radial gauges can be used to show the progress that is being made toward a goal or target, or they can show the health of a single measure. However, radial gauges do take up a lot of space in comparison to the insights that they provide. It is more effective to use a pair of gauges with a spark line so users can see the trend and know what to do about it.

Waterfall visualization

The waterfall visualization (also known as a bridge chart) shows a running total as values are added or subtracted, which is useful in displaying a series of positive and negative changes. The chart consists of colour-coded columns, so you can quickly identify increases and decreases. The initial and the final value columns often start on the horizontal axis, while the intermediate values are floating columns.

Waterfall charts can be used to:

  • Visualize changes over time or across different categories.
  • Audit the major changes that contribute to the total value.
  • Plot your organization’s annual profit by showing various sources of revenue to help determine the total profit (or loss).
  • Illustrate the beginning and ending headcount for your organization in a year.
  • Visualize how much money you earn and spend each month and the running balance for your account.

Scatter chart

The scatter chart visualization is effective when you are comparing large numbers of data points without regard to time. The scatter chart has two value axes to show: one set of numerical data along a horizontal axis and another set of numerical values along a vertical axis. The chart displays points at the intersection of an X and Y numerical value, combining these values into single data points. These data points might be distributed evenly or unevenly across the horizontal axis, depending on the data. You can set the number of data points, up to a maximum of 10,000.

You might want to use a scatter chart instead of a line chart because it allows you to change the scale of the horizontal axis. Scatter charts also allow you to:

  • Show relationships between two numerical values.
  • Plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.
  • Turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.
  • Display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.
  • Show patterns in large sets of data, for example, by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
  • Compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a scatter chart, the better the comparisons that you can make.

The following example shows a scatter chart that displays outliers (anomalies) with a trendline going up. The chart clearly shows that most products were sold at the same quantity, and only some products were sold in larger quantities. By identifying those outliers, you can run further analysis and break them down by country and region, which can help to improve logistics, decrease costs, and increase customer satisfaction.

Maps

Power BI integrates with Bing Maps to provide default map coordinates (a process called geocoding), so you can create maps. Together, they use algorithms to identify the correct location; however, sometimes, it’s a best guess.

A basic map (bubble map) is used to associate categorical and quantitative information with spatial locations. This type of map visual displays precise geographical locations of data points on a map, as illustrated in the following image. A fill map uses shading, tinting, or patterns to display how a value differs in proportion across a geographical region. Similarly, shape maps use colours to display relative comparisons of geographical regions. You can also use an ArcGIS map to display graphical information in a more interactive way.

Slicer visualization

The slicer visualization is a standalone chart that can be used to filter the other visuals on the page. Slicers provide a more advanced and customized way of filtering, in comparison to the Filters pane, which is suited to more basic filtering operations. You can learn more about these two filtering options in another module.

Slicers come in many different formats, including list, drop-down, and buttons, and they can be formatted to allow the selection of only one, many, or all available values.

Slicers are ideal to:

  • Visualize commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.
  • Simplify your ability to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.
  • Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.
  • Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.

Tip: Using a slicer that is set to a drop-down format will defer the queries that are being sent to the dataset and can help improve performance.

Q&A visualization

The Q&A visualization allows you to ask natural language questions and get answers in the form of a visual. This ability to ask questions is valuable to consumers and to you, the report author. This visualization type can help you create visuals in the report, and it can also be used as a tool for consumers to get answers quickly.

The Q&A visualization consists of the following four core components:

  • The question box, where users enter their question and are shown suggestions to help them complete the question.
  • A pre-populated list of suggested questions.
  • An icon that users can select to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual.
  • An icon that users can select to open Q&A tooling, which allows designers to configure the underlying natural language engine. When entering natural language queries with Power BI Q&A, you can specify the visual type in your query. The following example illustrates how to implement Net sales by country.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a

Question 33: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is creating a display to show sales orders greater than a specific threshold in a Power BI report.

Since Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to create a display to show sales orders greater than a specific threshold in a Power BI report?

  • Filter
  • (Correct)
  • Dataverse / CDS
  • Power Query
  • Connector

Explanation

  • Filtering is the best option for DISPLAY-ing a selection of data.

Filter data (Power Query)

In Power Query, you can include or exclude rows based on a column value. A filtered column contains a small filter icon in the column header. If you want to remove one or more column filters for a fresh start, for each column select the down arrow next to the column, and then select Clear filter.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/filter-data-power-query-b5610630-f5bf-4ba4-9217-a628f9b89353

Question 34: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is using Power BI to build visualizations. Alfred’s IT support team needs to know when to install Power BI Desktop on users’ computers and where the Power BI Service will suffice to perform tasks.

Since the Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to create reports?

  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Desktop only
  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Service only

Explanation

  • The best option for them to use to create reports is Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 35: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building a model-driven app and they need to create and configure the objects needed for the app.

Which of the following components categories should they use for Entry forms?

  • Data
  • Logic
  • Visualization
  • UI
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The best component category use for Entry forms is UI. Form is a component of “UI“.

Understand model-driven app components

A well designed model-driven app consists of several components you select using the designer to build the appearance and functionality of the finished app. The components and component properties that designers use to make up an app become the metadata.

To understand how each of these components relates to app design, they’re separated here into data, UI, logic, and visualization categories.

Data

These components determine what data the app will be based upon and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

UI

These components determine how users interact with the app.

Logic

Determines the business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 36: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie plans to use Power Apps portals Studio to create his company website.

#5 of the image is referred to as which of the following?

  • Toolbelt
  • Properties pane
  • (Correct)
  • Command bar
  • Footer
  • Canvas

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 37: Skipped

Power Automate mobile has many available features. Which of the following are features that can be accessed? (Select all that apply)

  • Buttons
  • (Correct)
  • Managing Flows
  • (Correct)
  • Activity
  • (Correct)
  • Browsing
  • (Correct)

Explanation

From Power Automate mobile, you can access these features:

  • Activity Feed
  • Browsing
  • Buttons
  • Managing Flows

First, you’ll need to download and install the Power Automate mobile app from your app store.

After it’s installed, start it and sign in.

When you first start the app, you’ll see the Activity Feed. The Activity Feed is the place to see what’s happening with your flows. It won’t be the full experience you’d expect from your PC, but it will show you useful details.

For example, you’ll see a flow’s last activity. You can see whether the flow succeeded or failed. If it failed, you’ll see which step it failed on.

Create a button flow

Buttons are flows that are started through a manual action. For example, you can create a button to send a Working from home today email to your manager. If you live far from your workplace, you can then use this button on days when the traffic is a mess!

  • Select Buttons to use some of these flows.
  • Select Browse to check out templates for more button flows that you can add to your collection.

To show you how you can use buttons, we’ll use the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button template.

  1. Select Browse.
  2. Select the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button flow.

3. Select Use this template.

4. Select Create, and then select Done.

5. Select Buttons to see the new flow.

6. Select the flow. In 10 minutes, you will get a reminder.

https://flow.microsoft.com/en-us/mobile/download/

Question 38: Skipped

Microsoft Dataverse is a cloud-based solution that easily structures various data and business logic to support interconnected applications and processes in a secure and compliant manner. Managed and maintained by Microsoft, Dataverse is available globally but deployed geographically to comply with your potential data residency.

Microsoft Dataverse for Teams is a built-in, low-code data platform for Microsoft Teams that lets users build custom apps, chatbots, and flows in Teams by using Microsoft Power Apps, Microsoft Power Virtual Agents, and Microsoft Power Automate. Dataverse for Teams provides relational data storage, rich data types, enterprise-grade governance, and one-click solution deployment to the Microsoft Teams app.

Which of the following are two unique features of Microsoft Dataverse compared to Microsoft Dataverse for Teams?

  • Multiple business units
  • (Correct)
  • File data type
  • Auditing
  • (Correct)
  • Integration with Power Automate

Explanation

  • Auditing is not available in Microsoft Dataverse for Teams.
  • There is only one business unit in Microsoft Dataverse for Teams. In Microsoft Dataverse, many business units can be configured.
  • Both Microsoft Dataverse and Microsoft Dataverse for Teams support the file data type and the integration with Power Automate cloud flows.

How are Dataverse for Teams and Dataverse different?

Applications within a team in Microsoft Teams have access to a Dataverse for Teams environment. Dataverse for Teams is a common platform that allows all these interfaces to have a unified understanding of how the data is modeled and consumed. Dataverse for Teams delivers a targeted set of the features commonly needed for creating apps, flows, and more within Teams. If your organization requires more capabilities, such as more granular control for security and governance, or capacity beyond the approximately 1 million rows a Dataverse for Teams environment can contain, Dataverse for Teams can be upgraded to Dataverse.

Table features

Following are the differences between a Dataverse for Teams and Dataverse table features.

Most of the standard tables that are provided with a Power Platform environment won’t be present as part of Dataverse for Teams.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/teams/data-platform-compare

Question 39: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the topic is building apps to support business operations which will use connectors to access data from several data sources and respond to a number of events generated by components.

The team is confused about which operations they can use for connectors so Teresa asked you to step in to lead the team.

Which operations should you advise them to use for connectors? (Select two)

  • Gateways
  • Actions
  • (Correct)
  • Triggers
  • (Correct)
  • Plug-ins

Explanation

  • You should advise the team to use Action and Triggers. Gateways are used for local access.

A connector is a proxy or a wrapper around an API that allows the underlying service to talk to Microsoft Power Automate, Microsoft Power Apps, and Azure Logic Apps. It provides a way for users to connect their accounts and leverage a set of prebuilt actions and triggers to build their apps and workflows.

Our large ecosystem of software as a service (SaaS) connectors enables you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Architecture

Architecture components

Here are the architecture components and what they do:

  • Credential and metadata store—A service to store connector metadata (swagger, connection, ACLs, etc.), and credentials associated with a connection.
  • Connector
  • Azure APIM (API Manager) to host all the swagger and policies. In addition to being the entry point for all calls that interact with the connector calls, Azure APIM verifies keys, tokens, certificates, and other credentials.
  • App Service Environment to host connector webapps.

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

Note: Triggers are not supported in Power Apps.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/connectors

Use connectors

Connectors are available for use in multiple products.

Power Automate

Work smarter by building workflows and automating processes across your apps and services. Streamline notifications, sync data between systems, automate approval, and more.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/add-manage-connections

Power Apps

Power Apps enables users to build cloud connected and cross platform business apps using clicks and minimal code. Create rich user experiences across the web, phones, and tablets. Assemble forms, add business logic, and take advantage of device capabilities with full creative freedom.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/tutorials/get-started-create-from-blank/

Logic Apps

Logic Apps is the workflow engine for Power Automate. It enables pro-developers to visually create or programmatically configure workflows in Azure. A connector in Logic Apps enables users to automate EAI, Business to business (B2B), and Business to consumer (B2C) scenarios while reaping the benefits of source control, testing, support, and operations.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/connectors/apis-list

Custom connectors

We offer a wide variety of connectors, but sometimes you might want to call APIs, services, and systems that aren’t available as prebuilt connectors. To support more tailored scenarios, you can build custom connectors with their own triggers and actions. These connectors are function-based—data is returned based on calling specific functions in the underlying service.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/

Question 40: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation, growing company managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success. Melinda is managing the support team.

Customers and support technicians need a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Melinda needs more visibility into what the support technicians are doing every week. As the Microsoft expert, the IT team is relying on you to recommend tools to help the company’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you recommend for creation and storage of support requests?

  • Power BI
  • Power Automate
  • CDS or Dataverse
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps Portal

Explanation

  • Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse. Dataverse / Common data service is where they can store data.

Dataverse lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Dataverse is stored within a set of tables. A table is a set of rows (formerly referred to as records) and columns (formerly referred to as fields/attributes). Each column in the table is designed to store a certain type of data, for example, name, age, salary, and so on. Dataverse includes a base set of standard tables that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom tables specific to your organization and populate them with data by using Power Query. App makers can then use Power Apps to build rich applications that use this data.

Microsoft and its partners have started with initiative called the Open Data Initiative, which consists of common tables, columns, relationship which form the basis of CDM. Dataverse/CDS is based on CDM, as a programmer we can customize or extend tables from CDM within CDS but all the business logic, security and integrations are defined on Dataverse/CDS.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-intro

Question 41: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to use the Power Platform to create tools that help travel agents book field agent’s travel.

As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate tool to use for the case where an agent is travelling with a person under 18 years old where a field must display and collect the date of birth of the travellers under 18.

Which of the following tools should you recommend?

  • Business process flow
  • Power Automate
  • Power BI
  • Business rule
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The best tool option to use for the case where an agent is travelling with a person under 18 years old where a field must display and collect the date of birth of the travellers under 18 is a Business rule.

You can create business rules and recommendations to apply logic and validations without writing code or creating plug-ins. Business rules provide a simple interface to implement and maintain fast-changing and commonly used rules.

Note:

  • Business rules defined for a table apply to both canvas apps and model-driven apps if the table is used in the app. Not all business rule actions are available on canvas apps.
  • Business rules don’t work with multi-select choices.

By combining conditions and actions, you can do any of the following with business rules:

  • Set column values
  • Clear column values
  • Set column requirement levels
  • Show or hide columns
  • Enable or disable columns
  • Validate data and show error messages
  • Create business recommendations based on business intelligence

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule#:~:text=Business%20rules%20provide%20a%

Question 42: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to create a custom mobile data entry screen. Jean-Luc in turn passed the assignment along to Geordi La Forge to carry out the task. Geordi is new to the team and is not sure which tool he should be using to carry out the task.

Which of the below is the tool Geordi should be using?

  • Power BI
  • Power Orchestrator
  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate

Explanation

  • Geordi should be using Power to create a custom mobile data entry screen.

After adding the required webpages and managing their hierarchy in the sitemap, you can add various components. The WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor allows you to add and edit the required components on the canvas easily. You can add and edit the following components on the canvas:

Sections

  • One column section
  • Two columns section
  • Three columns section

Components

Note: If you customize your portal using Power Apps portals Studio, the website users would notice a performance impact. We recommended you to do the changes during non-peak hours on a live portal.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/compose-page#add-form

Question 43: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Office 365 for all employees in the rapidly growing company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Melinda wants to empower users to build apps, automate business processes, and analyze data without requiring expertise or development skills and without increasing IT expenses and dependencies. Melinda asked you to recommend tools so that users can accomplish specific tasks such as building automatic workflows that access multiple data sources.

Which of the following should you recommend to Melinda?

  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps
  • Power BI
  • Azure Functions
  • AI Builder

Explanation

  • To build automatic workflows that access multiple data sources, the best choice is Power Automate.

Power Automate, formerly known as Microsoft Flow, is cloud-based software that allows employees to create and automate workflows and tasks across multiple applications and services without help from developers.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Question 44: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Power Platform into the company.

The IT team plans to display support call metrics on a screen that is visible to all call centre staff.

Which of the following solutions should the IT team use to meet Taneleer’s requirement of sending a specific user a notification when the number of customer support calls waiting is over 100?

  • Page
  • Treemap
  • Tile
  • Workspace
  • Alert
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • An Alert will meet Taneleer’s requirement of sending a specific user a notification when the number of customer support calls waiting is over 100.

Data alerts in the Power BI service

Set alerts to notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond limits you set.

You can set alerts on tiles in your My Workspace. You can also set alerts if someone shares a dashboard that’s in a Premium capacity. If you have a Power BI Pro license, you can set alerts on tiles in any other workspace, too. Alerts can only be set on tiles pinned from report visuals, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards. Alerts can be set on visuals created from streaming datasets that you pin from a report to a dashboard. Alerts can’t be set on streaming tiles created directly on the dashboard using Add tile > Custom streaming data.

Only you can see the alerts you set, even if you share your dashboard. Even the dashboard owner can’t see alerts you set on your view of their dashboard. Data alerts are fully synchronized across platforms; set and view data alerts in the Power BI mobile apps and in the Power BI service. They aren’t available for Power BI Desktop. You can even automate and integrate alerts with Power Automate.

https://youtu.be/JbL2-HJ8clE

Warning: Data-driven alert notifications provide information about your data. If you view your Power BI data on a mobile device and that device is lost or stolen, MS recommends using the Power BI service to turn off all data-driven alert rules.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

Question 45: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Power Platform and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is trying to understand the differences between the various ways apps can be built by using Power Apps.

On one of the projects they are working on, they need to embed Canvas apps within model-driven apps. Is this possible?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, you can create a canvas app and then embed that within a model driven app.

In PowerApps, there are 2 types of apps, Canvas Apps and Model Driven Apps. Canvas Apps are designed to build a flexible user interface that connects to various data sources easily, whereas model driven apps are designed with an out of the box business model that you can easily extend and integrate.

Let’s say you build a model driven app, because your business needed an enterprise foundation to store entities such as customers, vendors, orders etc. This app came included with security, ways to design business process flows, and can be accessed through the web, mobile etc. You take the built in forms, add new fields specific to your business, and change the layout.

Now, as you use this new business application, you would like to extend some forms even further to integrate to other systems and/or display the data in more creative ways. You could do this by writing custom code, or you can utilize the power of canvas apps to provide the infrastructure and do the heavy lifting.

https://carldesouza.com/how-to-embed-a-canvas-app-in-a-model-driven-app-in-powerapps

Question 46: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

Wade has decided to let freelancer mercenaries publish e-books on the Mercs for Money website in exchange for commissions on the sales. The plan is to implement a Power Apps portal solution to make announcements about upcoming books to the general public. Wade wants to ensure the public can access announcements about upcoming e-books.

Which of the following should he employ?

  • Use page templates
  • Browse content anonymously
  • (Correct)
  • Authenticate external users
  • Access data in Dataverse / CDS

Explanation

  • To ensure the public can access announcements about upcoming e-books, the best option is Browse content anonymously.

Intuitive Portal Designer
Microsoft’s new no-code portal designer was built for ease of use. With a simplified drag-and-drop feature, custom branding, and bootstrap theme options, in addition to Dataverse / Common Data Services components (i.e. forms, views, and dashboards), anyone can create and manage content

What is the Power Apps Portal?

When you need to build custom business applications that connect to your data across the web and mobile devices, Power Apps is the solution. Built on Microsoft’s Azure framework, Power Apps allows you to create the functionality you need throughout your company with little to no coding experience required. It reduces the cost of custom development and makes tailored tools more accessible with templates and an intuitive user interface.

https://youtu.be/5JRHxh48tTc

Power Apps Portals is a capability of the Power Platform where you can build responsive customer portals that allow external users from your organization to interact with the data stored in the Common Data Service. Customized portals fueled by the Common Data Service open the door to a new level of data access, security, productivity, and customer service.

With your data easily accessible to anyone inside and outside of your organization, you control the narrative. Here are some of the major features that the new Power Apps Portal offers:

  • Anonymous Browsing – Power Apps Portals allows you to give any user secure access to the data you make available anonymously. You set the authentication requirements, customize the data you want to make public, and control the experience.
  • Simplified Login Options – If you don’t want to take the anonymous route, you can provide secure access to internal and external users through commercial authentication providers like LinkedIn or Google. This gives users the option to sign in with a Power Apps account or use an external account.
  • Enterprise-Grade Security –The Common Data Service supports the underlying data platform for Power Apps and Power Apps Portals. Security can be implemented as a simple security model with broad data access to a more complex, advanced security model, where users have specific record and field level access.
  • Intuitive Portal Designer – Microsoft’s new no-code portal designer was built for ease of use. With a simplified drag-and-drop feature, custom branding, and bootstrap theme options, in addition to Dataverse / Common Data Services components (i.e. forms, views, and dashboards), anyone can create and manage content like pages and templates to build better customer experiences.
  • Fast Data Access Without Additional Users – Power Apps are created for employees who can connect using their corporate Azure Active Directory account. With Power Apps Portals, you don’t have to set up external users with their own accounts, which eliminates the licensing and admin time required to give external partners, vendors, and customers access to your website.
  • Data Integration – The Common Data Service allows you to bring data from all the apps you use, from Power BI to Microsoft Automate (formerly Flow). You can enhance your portals with forms, views, lists, charts, and dashboards to improve the customer experience.

https://www.onactuate.com/upgrades/what-is-the-new-powerapps-portal/

Question 47: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Anvil needs to create several workflows and applications to help streamline their sales operations. Billy asked you to advise which applications are appropriate for certain cases.

Which of the following should you recommend to Billy where he wants to create no-code workflows that use different systems?

  • Azure IoT
  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Logic Apps
  • Power Apps

Explanation

  • When Billy wants to create no-code workflows that use different systems, you should advise him to use Power Automate.

Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.

  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Who is Power Automate for?

What skills do you need to have? Anyone from a basic business user to an IT professional can create automated processes using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

What industries can benefit from Power Automate? Check out how some companies implemented Microsoft Power Platform solutions using Power Automate in:

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Question 48: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment.

Harvey Dent is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Harvey said “It is possible to create a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment in the Power Platform Admin Centre”.

Is Harvey correct?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Harvey is correct. “Power Apps Admin Centre” does not exists anymore but has been renamed “Power Platform Admin Centre” and hosts the security settings. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Add a Microsoft Dataverse database

You can create a database and build apps by using Dataverse as a data store. You can either create your own custom tables or use the predefined tables. To create a database, you first need to either create an environment, or be assigned to an existing environment as an Environment Admin. In addition, you must be assigned the appropriate license. For information on purchasing a plan for using Dataverse, see Pricing info.

There are various ways to add or create a database:

  • In the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre
  • In the Tables pane of powerapps.com

Add a database in the Admin Centre

  1. In the admin centre, in the left navigation pane, select Environments.
  2. Select the environment to which you want to add the database.
  3. Select + Add database.

Enter the following, and then select Add.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/create-database

Question 49: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is trying to use comments in a dashboard.

Which statement is true regarding adding comments to a dashboard?

  • You can use the “@” symbol to mention a colleague in a comment.
  • (Correct)
  • Before a comment is published, it must be approved by the dashboard designer unless it has been posted by a whitelisted user.
  • Comments can be added to an entire dashboard but not to individual visualizations on that dashboard.
  • Before a comment is published, it must be approved by the dashboard designer.

Explanation

  • Comments can be added to an entire dashboard or to individual visualizations on a dashboard. Add a general comment or a comment targeted at specific colleagues. Also, comments can be added to a dashboard using Power BI or Power BI Mobile apps.

Dashboards in Power BI are one-page collections of visualizations that are created from within the Power BI service (online). You can create dashboards by pinning visuals from reports.

If you clicked on the link from publishing your report, your report should now be open in your browser. Let’s use this report to create a dashboard.

  1. Visit Page 2 of your report. Hover over the clustered column chart and a small push pin will appear in the upper right corner of your visual.
  2. Press the pin.

3. In the dialogue box, make sure New Dashboard is selected. For the dashboard name, type “Contoso Manufacturing Sales”. Select PIN.

4. Go to the first page of your report.

5. You may notice that Key Influencers does not have the option to pin the visual when you hover over it. Instead, press the Pin to a dashboard button at the top of your report.

6. In the dialogue box, make sure Existing Dashboard is selected. Ensure the dropdown shows “Contoso Manufacturing Sales”. Select Pin Live.

7. A message will pop up with the option to Go to Dashboard. Click it.

8. You should now see the tile and live page you pinned. You can think of a dashboard like a cork board. All of your pinned visuals exist in a one-page scrollable platform from which you can collaborate. Hover over the column chart tile and select the ellipses in the upper right corner.

9. Select Add a Comment. From here you can type specific comments and even call out individuals in your company by using the @ symbol.

10. Type a comment and then close the comments pane. You will notice that a small text bubble symbol has appeared by the title of the visual. Press it to see your comment appear.

11. Close the comment pane again. Select Edit, then select Add Tile.

12. Select Text Box.

13. Select Next.

14. Scroll down and add text. You can increase the font size or format the style. Select Apply.

15. The tile you just added is at the bottom of the report. Click and drag it to the top beside the column chart.

16. Hover over the visual and you will see two small lines at the bottom right corner. Click and drag them to resize the tile to be smaller (About a quarter the size of the column chart tile).

17. Click on the section Ask a question about your data.

18. A new pane will open over your dashboard where you can ask questions in real language of your data. Type “What is the largest gross sale”. The resulting visual is known as a data card.

19. Select Pin Visual, and click Pin.

20. Exit Q&A.

21. The visual you created from the Q&A is at the bottom of your dashboard. Drag it up and resize it as you did with the text tile.

22. Select Web View in the top right and switch to Phone View.

23. Here you can change the size and order of tiles to view them better on mobile. Pin the text tile and data card tile to the mobile view and drag them to the top.

24. Unpin the live page tile and drag the column chart tile to be longer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboards

Question 50: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on creating a Power BI dashboard that displays data from Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement which must be shared the Power BI dashboard with coworkers.

Which of the following are possible ways to achieve the goal? (Select three)

  • Publish the dashboard as an app to your coworkers.
  • (Correct)
  • Export the data to Microsoft Excel for coworkers to import and view in Power BI.
  • Export the data into Common Data Service for others to manipulate in Power BI.
  • Embed reports in your company’s internal web portal.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a Power BI workspace and grant coworkers permissions.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Create a Power BI workspace and grant coworkers permissions.

Basic Sharing for Dashboards and Reports through a workspace is the most common way of sharing the Power BI content. Basic Sharing is very simple and easy to use method. You can simply click on the Share button in the dashboard or report, and then share it with other users.

Publish the dashboard as an app to your coworkers.

  • Apps are great sharing method for multiple environment, and best way of sharing for users in production environment.
  • Power BI App is the solution for multiple environment approach. With Power BI App, your development environment (workspace), and user environment (App) are isolated from each other.

Note: If you are using SharePoint online as a portal for document management and some other reasons already, then consider using Embed in SharePoint Online feature of Power BI reports. This method is secure and you can share the report only with Power BI users you want.

Embed reports in your company’s internal web portal.

  • Sometimes, you don’t need a secure way of sharing, you may search for an easy and free way of sharing, and your content is not confidential or sensitive.
  • Publish to web is your friend in such situation. This is the only free way of sharing in Power BI, but be aware that this method is not secure.
  • Publish to web method, gives you an embed code, which you can use in any web pages to embed the Power BI report in it.

https://radacad.com/power-bi-sharing-methods-comparison-all-in-one-review

Question 51: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team plan to create a user-owned custom entity by using Dataverse. Phil wants the team to create a business rule for a custom entity that can be used in a Flow.

Is this a valid request?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, it is a valid request. We can create Business rules that can be directly used in power apps.

Business process flows use the same underlying technology as other processes, but the capabilities that they provide are very different from other features that use processes. Business process flows integrate with other customizations. When you or your user enters data using business process flows, the data changes are also applied to form fields so that any automation provided by business rules or form scripts can be applied immediately.

Why use business process flows?

Business process flows provide a guide for people to get work done. They provide a streamlined user experience that leads people through the processes their organization has defined for interactions that need to be advanced to a conclusion of some kind. This user experience can be tailored so that people with different security roles can have an experience that best suits the work they do.

Use business process flows to define a set of steps for people to follow to take them to a desired outcome. These steps provide a visual indicator that tells people where they are in the business process. Business process flows reduce the need for training because new users don’t have to focus on which table they should be using. They can let the process guide them. You can configure business process flows to support common sales methodologies that can help your sales groups achieve better results. For service groups, business process flows can help new staff get up-to-speed more quickly and avoid mistakes that could result in unsatisfied customers.

What can business process flows do?

With business process flows, you define a set of stages and steps that are then displayed in a control at the top of the form.

Each stage contains a group of steps. Each step represents a column where data can be entered. You can advance to the next stage by using the Next Stage button. In the unified interface, you can work with a business process flow stage inside the stage flyout or you can pin it to the side pane. Business process flows doesn’t support expanding the stage flyout to the side pane on mobile devices.

You can make a step required so that people must enter data for a corresponding column before they can proceed to the next stage. This is commonly called ”stage-gating”. If you are adding a business-required or system-required column to a business process flow stage, we recommend that you add this column to your form as well.

Business process flows appear relatively simple compared to other types of processes because they do not provide any conditional business logic or automation beyond providing the streamlined experience for data entry and controlling entry into stages. However, when you combine them with other processes and customizations, they can play an important role in saving people time, reducing training costs, and increasing user adoption.

Business process flows integrated with other customizations

When you or your user enters data using business process flows, the data changes are also applied to form columns so that any automation provided by business rules or form scripts can be applied immediately. Steps can be added that set values for columns that are not present in the form and these columns will be added to the Xrm.Page object model used for form scripts. Any workflows that are initiated by changes to columns included in a business process flow will be applied when the data in the form is saved. If the automation is applied by a real-time workflow, the changes will be immediately visible to the user when the data in the form is refreshed after the row is saved.

Although the business process flow control in the form does not provide any direct client-side programmability, changes applied by business rules or form scripts are automatically applied to business process flow controls. If you hide a column in a form, that column will also be hidden in the business process flow control. If you set a value by using business rules or form scripts, that value will be set within the business process flow.

Concurrent process flows

Concurrent business process flows let customizers configure multiple business processes and associate them with the same starting row. Users can switch between multiple business processes running concurrently, and resume their work at the stage in the process that they were on.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 52: Skipped

Sharing your app is your final step as an app creator. You will want to share the app to test the full functionality with some stakeholders. This will give them a chance to provide feedback and help you become a better app creator.

If you share an app with a security group, existing members of that group and anyone who joins it will have the permission that you specify for that group.

True or False: Anyone who leaves the group loses that permission unless they belong to a different group that has access or if you give them permission as an individual.

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Sharing your app is your final step as an app creator. You will want to share the app to test the full functionality with some stakeholders. This will give them a chance to provide feedback and help you become a better app creator.

Prepare to share an app

To complete the following steps, open the app that you want to share in Edit mode.

  1. In Power Apps Studio, select the File menu and then select Save as and then select The cloud.
  2. Click Save in the bottom right corner.
  3. After the app is successfully saved click Share.
  4. On the Share tab, specify the users or groups with whom you want to share the app. To add everyone in your organization, type Everyone and select Everyone in Company Name. If you need to share with a large group of users, a best practice is to share through an Azure Active Directory Security Group.
  5. By default, the user receives the User permission. If you want the user to also be able to edit the app, then select the co-owner check box. The following is a description of both permissions:
    • Co-owner – Users can use, edit, and share the app, but can’t delete or change the owner.
    • User – Users can view and use the app, but they can’t change it.
  6. Consider security groups.
    • If you share an app with a security group, existing members of that group and anyone who joins it will have the permission that you specify for that group. Anyone who leaves the group loses that permission unless they belong to a different group that has access or if you give them permission as an individual.
    • Every member of a security group has the same permission for an app as the overall group does. However, you can specify greater permissions for one or more members of that group to allow them greater access. For example, you can give Security Group A permission to run an app, but you can also give User B, who belongs to that group, Co-owner permission. Every member of the security group can run the app, but only User B can edit it. If you give Security Group A Co-owner permission and User B permission to run the app, User B can still edit the app.
  7. To notify users by email, leave the Send an email invitation to new users check box selected.
  8. If you select to notify the users by email, everyone you shared the app with will receive an email message that has a link to the app. People whom you granted Co-owner permission for the app will also receive a link to Edit App in Power Apps Studio.
  9. Click Share.
  10. If you make and save changes to a shared app, the people whom you shared it with will see your changes as soon as you publish them. This can be useful if you improve the app, but it can also negatively affect users if you remove or significantly change features. Remember to create a notification plan for alerting your users of major updates.

Permissions and licensing

There is some basic information about permissions and licensing of which you should be aware:

  • Users and contributors need permissions to any data connections and gateways that a shared app uses.
  • Some permissions come implicitly with the app, but you must explicitly grant others.
  • If you create an app based on Microsoft Dataverse, you must also ensure that the users with whom you share the app have the appropriate permissions for the table or tables on which the app relies. Specifically, those users must belong to a security role that can perform tasks such as creating, reading, writing, and deleting relevant rows.
  • In many cases, you’ll want to create one or more custom security roles with the exact permissions that users need to run the app. You can then assign a role to each user as appropriate.

Sharing an app is simple, and it’s a great way to make an app that you find useful available to people across your organization.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/sharing-powerapps-with-multiple-users/

Question 53: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Advanced Idea Mechanics (A.I.M.) who is a privately funded think tank organized of a group of brilliant scientists whose sole dedication is to acquire and develop power through technological means. Their goal is to use this power to overthrow the governments of the world. They supply arms and technology to radicals and subversive organizations in order to foster a violent technological revolution of society while making a profit.

The company has 10,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports teams worldwide.

AIM has two main locations: the main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany.

At the moment, you are leading a Workgroup meeting with the IT Team where the topic of discussion is using data sources with Power Apps Canvas apps.

How can data sources be used with Power Apps Canvas apps?

  • Power Apps can only use its internal data sources.
  • Power Apps uses only external data sources and does not have an internal data source.
  • Power Apps can use multiple internal and external data sources in the same app.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps can use up to 3 internal and 3 external data sources in the same app.

Explanation

  • Power Apps allows you complete control of which data sources you use in your app. There are over 270 data connectors available, and the ability to build a customer connector if one does not exist.

Power Apps is used to build apps that allow you to take action on your data. Power Apps is great for replacing paper forms, legacy solutions, or just that spreadsheet that you and a few coworkers pass around. Using the skills and knowledge you already possess, you can build apps to interact with existing data by using more than 275 connectors. Once built on the web native Power Apps platform, these apps live in the cloud and can be easily shared and run on a variety of platforms including PCs, laptops, tablets, and mobile phones.

Do you have inefficient or legacy business processes that you would like to modernize? Are you still moving information around using paper or even a shared Excel workbook? Do you want to be able to perform these business processes from different devices like PCs or mobile phones? Then you need Power Apps.

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Different types of Power Apps for different scenarios

Power Apps can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portals. Each is suited to different scenarios and end users.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps are a great option when you want to build an app from a blank canvas. You start by choosing the screen size: tablet or mobile, then you have a blank screen from which to build. You can interact with data in your app by adding data sources. Drag and drop various controls and add the desired functionality by writing Excel style formulas. Canvas apps provide you complete flexibility when building your apps.

Below are a couple of examples of a mobile canvas app built by Heathrow Airport.

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps build from data in Microsoft Dataverse. Power Apps will build you a great looking, fully functional app to act upon and interact with this data. With model-driven apps, there is no need to worry about choosing the app size; it is responsive, meaning it works on mobile or tablet with no extra work by you. You define the relationships, forms, views, business rules, and more at the data layer, inside of the Dataverse, giving you enough control to get your business result without writing all of the formulas yourself.

Below is an example of a fundraiser donations tracking model-driven app.

Portals

Portals bring the power of no-code solutions to building externally facing websites. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that allows users to interact with data held in Dataverse. The same drag and drop experience you enjoy when building apps is available to build these rich, interactive websites.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/

Question 54: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

Two components are defined by the connector.

Which of the following are they?

  • Credentials
  • Postman collection
  • Actions
  • (Correct)
  • Triggers
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A connector defines the actions that can be performed in the service using the connector.
  • A connector defines how events in the service can trigger a Power Automate cloud flow.
  • The connector defines the operations that can be performed on the service the connector is defined for. When you add a connector to a flow, you supply the credentials required for the service.
  • A Postman collection can be used to create a custom connector, but it does not define the components for an out-of-the-box connector such as the Microsoft Teams connector.

Connectors overview

A connector is a proxy or a wrapper around an API that allows the underlying service to talk to Microsoft Power Automate, Microsoft Power Apps, and Azure Logic Apps. It provides a way for users to connect their accounts and leverage a set of prebuilt actions and triggers to build their apps and workflows.

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

Our large ecosystem of software as a service (SaaS) connectors enables you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Data Sources

In order to understand the types of connectors and what you can do with them, you must first understand the types of data sources to which they connect. The two types of data sources are tabular and function-based.

Tabular data – A tabular data source is one that returns data in a structured table format. Power Apps can directly read and display these tables through galleries, forms, and other controls. Additionally, if the data source supports it, Power Apps can create, edit, and delete data from these data sources. Examples include Microsoft Dataverse, SharePoint, and SQL Server.

Function-based data – A function-based data source is one that uses functions to interact with the data source. These functions can be used to return a table of data but offer more extensive action such as the ability to send an email, update permissions, or create a calendar event. Examples include Office 365 Users, Project Online, and Azure Blob Storage.

Both of these data source types are commonly used to bring data and additional functionality to your solutions.

As you can see, connecting to data sources allows you to integrate disparate parts of your business solutions to build them out cohesively.

Architecture

Runtime flow

Architecture components

Here are the architecture components and what they do:

  • Credential and metadata store—A service to store connector metadata (swagger, connection, ACLs, etc.), and credentials associated with a connection.
  • Connector
    • Azure APIM (API Manager) to host all the swagger and policies. In addition to being the entry point for all calls that interact with the connector calls, Azure APIM verifies keys, tokens, certificates, and other credentials.
    • App Service Environment to host connector webapps.

Connectors are the bridges from your data source to your app, workflow, or dashboard. Microsoft Power Platform has more than 600 connectors available to common data sources. Connectors are divided into standard and premium. Some popular standard connectors are SharePoint, Outlook, and YouTube. Premium connectors require additional licensing for your app and/or users. A few premium connectors are SQL Server, Survey Monkey, and Mail Chimp. The connector reference in the summary and resources unit lists all connectors and whether they are considered standard or premium. You can also use AppSource to source and install apps and use the connectors to non-Microsoft services.

Connectors can provide input and output between the data source and Power Platform, which can accelerate the delivery of Microsoft Power Platform business solutions. For instance, using Dynamics 365 apps such as Customer Service, you can set up Power Automate to notify users when specific customer types are added. Or you can use a SharePoint document library to store files that are fed into Power Apps to manage and distribute. Microsoft also provides connectors to their Azure services, providing advanced AI techniques to do tasks such as reading text off images or cognitive services like recognizing faces in images.

All Microsoft Power Platform business solutions can be used and implemented into Microsoft 365 apps such as Teams. This allows users to play Power Apps within Teams or run Power Automate from actions and events within Teams.

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are used in Power Automate and Power Apps. Actions are prompted by the user or a trigger and allow interaction with your data source by some function. For example, an action would be sending an email in your workflow or app or writing a new line to a data source.

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Triggers are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Triggers can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a trigger to tell your workflow when to run.

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

Use connectors

Connectors are available for use in multiple products.

Power Automate

Work smarter by building workflows and automating processes across your apps and services. Streamline notifications, sync data between systems, automate approval, and more.

Learn how to build flows and manage your connections.

Power Apps

Power Apps enables users to build cloud connected and cross platform business apps using clicks and minimal code. Create rich user experiences across the web, phones, and tablets. Assemble forms, add business logic, and take advantage of device capabilities with full creative freedom.

Learn how to create an app from scratch, use the formula builder, and manage your connections.

Logic Apps

Logic Apps is the workflow engine for Power Automate. It enables pro-developers to visually create or programmatically configure workflows in Azure. A connector in Logic Apps enables users to automate EAI, Business to business (B2B), and Business to consumer (B2C) scenarios while reaping the benefits of source control, testing, support, and operations.

In Logic Apps, you can use enterprise connectors to create logic app workflows and automate processes between cloud apps and cloud services.

Custom connectors

We offer a wide variety of connectors, but sometimes you might want to call APIs, services, and systems that aren’t available as prebuilt connectors. To support more tailored scenarios, you can build custom connectors with their own triggers and actions. These connectors are function-based—data is returned based on calling specific functions in the underlying service.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/use-custom-connectors-in-powerapps-canvas-app/

Question 55: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

Teresa has created a Power BI dashboard and wants to add a report tile to the dashboard.

Which of the following should be used to ensure this is possible?

  • Embed
  • Share
  • Get Data
  • Pin
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Use Pin to add a report tile to the dashboard.

An entire report page can be pinned to a dashboard, which is called pinning a live tile. It’s called a live tile because you can interact with the tile on the dashboard. Unlike with individual visualization tiles, changes made in the report are automatically synced with the dashboard.

You can’t pin tiles from reports that have been shared with you or from Power BI Desktop.

Pin a tile from a report

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lJKgWnvl6bQ

  1. In the report, hover over the visualization you want to pin, and select the pin icon. Pin icon. Power BI opens the Pin to dashboard screen.

2. Select whether to pin to an existing dashboard or new dashboard.

• Existing dashboard: Select the name of the dashboard from the dropdown. Dashboards that have been shared with you won’t appear in the dropdown.

• New dashboard: Enter the name of the new dashboard.

3. In some cases, the item you’re pinning might have a theme already applied. For example, visuals pinned from an Excel workbook. If so, select which theme to apply to the tile.

4. Select Pin.

A success message (near the top-right corner) informs you the visualization was added, as a tile, to your dashboard.

5. From the nav panel, select the dashboard with the new tile. Edit the tile display and behaviour or select the tile to return to the report.

Pin an entire report page

Another option is to pin an entire report page to a dashboard, which is an easy way to pin more than one visualization at a time. When you pin an entire page, the tiles are live. That is, you can interact with them there on the dashboard. Changes you make to any of the visualizations in the report editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile as well.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

Limitations

Some report formatting options or themes aren’t applied to visuals when you pin them to a dashboard.

  • Border, shadow, and background settings are ignored in the pinned tile.
  • For card visuals, the text used for the value is shown in dashboards using the ‘DIN’ font family, with black text. You can change the text colour for all the tiles on a dashboard by creating a custom dashboard theme.
  • Conditional formatting isn’t applied.
  • Visuals will adjust their size to fit the size of the tile. This can result in differences in layout as if the visual had been resized on the report.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-tile-from-report

Question 56: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team creates a text classification model in AI Builder to monitor customer feedback for specific key words on security equipment sold by a subsidiary of Wayne Enterprises.

When negative feedback is received for a product, the company wants to proactively perform engineering reviews for the product and schedule additional training sessions for workers who produce the device. Oswald Cobblepot is a developer on the team and plans to create a canvas app as a solution.

Will this solution fit the requirement?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Yes, creating a canvas app will fit the requirement.

A canvas app comes with the following:

  • A ready-to-use business card reader available in canvas as well as in model-driven apps.
  • Business card reader (Canvas)
  • Business card reader (Model-driven)
  • Additional canvas components to leverage your AI Builder form processing or object detection models canvas apps.

AI Builder in Power Apps

AI Builder provides two kinds of Power Apps components, depending on the models you want to use:

Components that use prebuilt AI models that are ready to use right away:

The AI Builder components for canvas apps are available in Power Apps Studio and appear on the Insert tab when you build your canvas app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/use-in-powerapps-overview

Question 57: Skipped

Modern businesses run on data. Users interact with data daily from entering their time for payroll, seeking guidance on existing processes, and analyzing data to make decisions. In our technology driven world, users can be empowered to gain insights from and interact with data all while automating those menial responsibilities that seem to be more burden than job task.

Microsoft Power Platform is composed of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following is best described by A low-code application that includes online forms for collecting and displaying information from users ?

  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • Power Virtual Agents
  • Power Automate

Explanation

  • Power Apps provides a way of quickly creating online forms and applications that are low-code solutions.
  • Power Automate provides the ability to build workflows using a visual interface, but not Power Apps.
  • Power BI provides the ability to create and view dashboards and reports that use charts and graphs to visually represent data, not Power Apps.
  • Power Virtual Agents allow you to create chatbots that users can interact with using natural language.

Low-code development can facilitate your company’s digital transformation. Instead of relying heavily on programming, low-code platforms simplify application development with techniques like drag-and-drop functionality and visual guidance. This means that anyone in your company, regardless of their technical expertise or abilities, can build apps so that the business can offload some tasks from IT.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/low-code-platform/

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors, and a data platform that provides you with an opportunity to build custom apps for your business needs. By using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data that is stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Excel, Office 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps that are built by using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Power Apps simplifies the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

With Power Apps, you can:

  • Build an app quickly by using the skills that you already have.
  • Connect to the cloud services and data sources that you’re already using.
  • Share your apps instantly so that coworkers can use them on their phones and tablets.

When it comes to using Power Apps to get things done and keep people informed, your options are nearly limitless. The following examples can help you think about how to use an app, instead of traditional paper notes, to run your business:

  • Equipment in the field – Often, company representatives who visit customers in the field carry clipboards to help guarantee a paper trail of parts with scheduled replacement dates. By running an app on a tablet, reps can look up the customer’s equipment, see a picture of a part, test and analyze the part, and then order new parts. Reps can perform these tasks on-site instead of leaving the customer’s warehouse.
  • Restaurant employee management – Employees of a large restaurant might fill out work schedules and vacation requests on a piece of paper that’s affixed to a wall. With Power Apps running on everyone’s smartphone, employees can open the app to record the same information, anywhere, anytime. The app can even send reminders for the start of the next day’s shift.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/powerapps-overview

Question 58: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked S’chn T’gai Spock, his IT team leader, to determine if AI Builder will fit the cases he is considering to use it for. Specifically, John has in mind to use a text classification model in AI Builder to retrieve text and perform sentiment analysis for ServiceNow incidents.

How should Spock respond to John – will AI Builder be able to accommodate the case?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • In the case where John wants to use a text classification model in AI Builder to retrieve text and perform sentiment analysis for ServiceNow incidents, Spock should affirm that AI Builder can handle the need. This is a core feature of AI builder

Binary Classification

Binary Classification uses historical data to predict whether new data falls into one of two categories. AI Builder binary classification is an AI model that predicts yes/no business outcomes by learning to associate historical data patterns with historical outcomes. Based on those results, the binary classification model detects learned patterns in new data to predict future outcomes. Use the binary classification AI model to explore any business question that is answered as one of two available options, such as yes/no, true/false, pass/fail, and go/no go.

Text Classification

Text Classification tags any snippet of text based on the historical data you provide. Streamline your business by automatically tagging new text. Text classification is one of the fundamental Natural Language Processing (NLP) problems. It allows tagging of text entries with tags or labels which can be used for sentiment analysis, spam detection and routing customer requests, just to name a few examples. Use AI Builder text classification with Microsoft Flow and PowerApps to automate and scale your business processes, and free your employees to act on these insights. It can also be used as an input for other AI capabilities such as subscription user churn and predictive analysis. AI Builder can learn from your previously labelled text items, and enable you to classify unstructured text data stored in Common Data Service into your own business-specific categories.

Object Detection

Object Detection lets you count, locate, and identify selected objects within any image. You can use this model in PowerApps to extract information from pictures you take with the camera. Object detection can be used to expedite or automate business processes in multiple industries. In the retail industry, it can be used to simplify the inventory management, allowing retail leaders to focus on on-site customer relationship building. In the manufacturing industry, technicians can use it to speed up the repair process by looking up the manual for a piece of machinery by taking a picture, even if the UPC/serial number is not visible.

Business Card Reader

Business Card Reader is a component available in the PowerApps studio that lets you scan business cards. You can use this control to extract contact information from pictures of business cards or your mobile phones camera.

Form Processing

Form Processing identifies the structure of your documents based on examples you provide to extract text from any matching form. Examples might include tax forms or invoices. Form processing allows you to create and consume models that use machine learning technology to identify and extract key-value pairs and table data from form documents. Train your model and define what information needs to be retrieved from your form documents. You only need five form documents to get started. You can get results quickly, accurately and tailored to your specific content without the need for a lot of manual intervention or extensive data science expertise.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-ai-builder-for-powerplatform/

Create a category classification custom model

  1. Sign in to Power Apps, and then select AI BuilderBuild.
  2. Select the Category classification AI Builder AI model type, name your model, and then select Create.
  3. Select Select text, select the table, and then select the column where your training text is stored.
  4. Select Select tags, select the column where the tags are stored, and then select the separator you used for your tags.
  5. Preview your selection to verify the data and the configuration you applied.
  6. Select the language you want to use for training, and then select Next.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/create-text-classification-model

Question 59: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward plans to create canvas apps to create three Power Apps apps that each display data from a Microsoft SharePoint list.

What is the minimum number of connectors required?

  • 1
  • 3
  • (Correct)
  • 0
  • 2

Explanation

  • The minimum number of connectors required is 3 because there are 3 different Power Apps apps in use, each will use one connector per app.

A connector is a proxy or a wrapper around an API that allows the underlying service to talk to Microsoft Power Automate, Microsoft Power Apps, and Azure Logic Apps. It provides a way for users to connect their accounts and leverage a set of prebuilt actions and triggers to build their apps and workflows.

Our large ecosystem of software as a service (SaaS) connectors enables you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Architecture

Runtime flow

Architecture components

Here are the architecture components and what they do:

  • Credential and metadata store—A service to store connector metadata (swagger, connection, ACLs, etc.), and credentials associated with a connection.
  • Connector
  • Azure APIM (API Manager) to host all the swagger and policies. In addition to being the entry point for all calls that interact with the connector calls, Azure APIM verifies keys, tokens, certificates, and other credentials.
  • App Service Environment to host connector webapps.

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/connectors

Connectors for canvas apps

Data is at the core of most apps, including the data you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

Tables

If your connector provides tables, you add your data source and then select the table in the data source that you want to manage. Power Apps both retrieve table data into your app and updates data in your data source for you. For example, you can add a data source that contains a table named Lessons and then set the Items property of a control, such as a gallery or a form, to this value in the formula bar:

You can specify the data that your app retrieves by customizing the Items property of the control that shows your data. Continuing the previous example, you can sort or filter the data in the Lessons table by using that name as an argument for the Search and SortByColumn functions. In this graphic, the formula to which the Items property is set specifies that the data is sorted and filtered based on the text in TextSearchBox1.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

Question 60: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is creating a canvas app that will be used in several countries/regions. Wade wants to be sure that when a user is running a Canvas app on a mobile device, the app adopts the app author’s language.

When a user is running a Canvas app on a mobile device, will the app adopt the app author’s language?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • If a user RUNs the app it doesn’t show it in the “app AUTHOR’s language”. It shows in per the USER’s settings.

Build global support into canvas apps

Power Apps is a global product. You can build and use canvas apps in many different languages and regions.

Both while building and running apps, the text displayed by Power Apps has been translated into different kinds of languages. You’ll see menu items, dialog boxes, ribbon tabs, and other text in your native language. Typing in and displaying dates and numbers is also adapted for your particular language and region. For example, some regions of the world use a . (dot or period) as the decimal separator while others use a , (comma).

The apps you create can be globally aware as well. Use the Language, Text, Value, DateValue, and other functions to adapt what is displayed and used as input in different languages.

Language settings

When using the native studio or a native player, the language used is provided by the host operating system. For Windows, this setting can be controlled under “All Settings” and then “Time & language” settings. Windows also allows you to specify the characters to use for the decimal separator, overriding the language setting.

When using the web experiences, the language used is provided by the browser. Most browser default to the host operating system’s setting with some also providing a way to set the language manually.

Authoring environment

The authoring environment adapts to the language setting of the author. The app itself is stored in a language agnostic manner, so that authors using different languages can edit the same app.

Names in formulas

Most elements in formula are always in English:

  • Function names: If, Navigate, Collect, and so on.
  • Control property names: Screen.Fill, Button.OnSelect, Textbox.Font, and so on.
  • Enumeration names: colour.Aqua, DataSourceInfo.MaxValue, FontWeight.Bold, and so on.
  • Signal records: Compass.Heading, Location. Latitude, App.ActiveScreen, and so on.
  • Operators: Parent, in, exactIn, and so on.

As the authoring experience is localized, control and other object names will appear in the native language of the author.

In Spanish, some of the control names appear as:

When you insert one of these controls into your app, their name will default to English. This change is done for consistency with the control property names and the rest of the formula. For example, Casilla listed above is inserted as Checkbox1.

After a control is inserted, you can change the name to whatever you like. While selected, the far left-hand side of the “Content” ribbon displays the name of the control. Selecting this name drops down a text box where you can edit the name:

If you like, here you can rename the control to Casilla1. The red squiggly, in this case displayed by a browser, is because the name isn’t a Spanish word and is of no concern.

You can use whatever names you like for:

  • Control names
  • Collection names
  • Context variable names

Formula separators and chaining operator

Some separators and operators will shift based on the decimal separator of the author’s language:

The change in the Power Apps list separator is consistent with what happens to the Excel list separator. It impacts:

  • Arguments in function calls.
  • Fields in a record.
  • Records in a table.

For example, consider the following formula expressed in a language and region that uses dot or period as the decimal separator, such as Japan or the United Kingdom:

Now view this same formula in a language and region where a comma is used for the decimal separator, such as France or Spain:

The highlight shows the operators that change between the two versions. The property selection operator . (dot or period) in Slider1.Value is always the same, no matter what the decimal separator is.

Internally the formula doesn’t change, all that changes is how it’s displayed and edited by the author. Two different authors using two different languages can view and edit the same formula, with each seeing the appropriate separators and operators for their language.

Creating a global app

The app you create can adapt to different languages, providing a great user experience for your users around the world.

Language function

The Language function returns the language tag of the current user. For example, this function returns “en-GB” for users in Great Britain and “de-DE” for users in Germany.

Among other things, you can use Language to display translated text for your users. Your app can include a table of translated values in your app:

And then use a formula such as the following to pull translated strings from the table:

Power Apps

LookUp( Table1, TextID = “Hello” && (LanguageTag = Left( Language(), 2 ) || IsBlank( LanguageTag ))).LocalizedText

Translated strings in other languages could be longer than they are in your language. In many cases, the labels and other elements that display the strings in your user interface will need to be wider to accommodate.

For more information, see the documentation for the Language function.

Formatting numbers, dates, and times

Numbers, dates, and times are written in different formats in different parts of the world. The meaning of commas, decimals, and the order of month, date, and year vary from location to location.

The Text function formats numbers and dates using the language setting of the user.

Text requires a format string to know how you want to format the number or date. This format string can take one of two forms:

  • A global aware enumeration. For example, Text( Now(), DateTimeFormat.LongDate ). This formula will format the current date in a language appropriate format. This method is the preferred way to specify the format string.
  • A custom format string. For example, Text( Now(), “[$-en-US]dddd, mmmm dd, yyyy” ) displays the same text as the enumeration when used in the language “en-US”. The advantage of the custom format string is that you can specify exactly what you want.

The “[$-en-US]” on the front of the custom format string tells Text in which language to interpret the custom format string. This string is inserted for you and defaults to your authoring language. Normally you won’t need to change this string. It’s useful when authors from different languages are editing the same app.

The third argument to Text specifies which language to use for the result of the function. The default is the language setting of the current user.

For more information, see the documentation for the Text function.

Reading numbers, dates, and times

There are four functions for reading numbers, dates, and times provided by the user:

  • Value: Converts a number in a text string to a number value.
  • DateValue: Converts a date value in a text string to a date/time value. Anytime specified in the text string is ignored.
  • TimeValue: Converts a time value in a text string to a date/time value. Any date specified in the text string is ignored.
  • DateTimeValue: Converts a date and time value in a text string to a date/time value.

If you have used Excel, all of these functions are combined in the single Value function. They’re broken out here since Power Apps has separate types for date/time values and numbers.

All of these functions have the same arguments:

  • String, required: A string from the user. For example, a string types into a Text input control and read from the control with the Text property.
  • Language, optional: The language in which to interpret the String. By default, the language setting of the user.

For example:

  • Value( “12,345.678”, “en-US” ) or Value( “12,345.678” ) when located where “en-US” is the user’s language returns the number 12345.678, ready for calculations.
  • DateValue( “1/2/01”, “es-ES” ) or DateValue( “1/2/01” ) when located where “es-ES” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at midnight.
  • TimeValue( “11:43:02”, “fr-FR” ) or TimeValue( “11:43:02” ) when located where “fr-FR” is the user’s language returns the date/time value January 1, 1970 at 11:43:02.
  • DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01”, “de-DE” ) or DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01” ) when located where “de-DE” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at 11:43:02.

For more information, see the documentation for the Value and DateValue, TimeValue, and DateTimeValue functions and working with dates and times.

Calendar and Clock information

The Calendar and Clock functions provide calendar and clock information for the user’s current language.

Among other things, use these functions to provide a Dropdown control with a list of choices.

For more information, see the documentation for the Calendar and Clock functions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/global-apps

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 PL-900_ MS Power Platform Fundamentals Set 1

Question 1: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked S’chn T’gai Spock, his IT team leader, to determine if AI Builder will fit the cases he is considering to use it for. Specifically, John has in mind to use results about the number of mentions of a new product or service in Instagram for Power BI dashboard inclusion.

How should Spock respond to John – will AI Builder be able to accommodate the case?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Results about the number of mentions of a new product or service in Instagram to can be sent to Power BI for inclusion in a dashboard, so yes, Spock should tell John that this is a viable case.

Power Automate offers “AI Builder actions” that enable usage of all model types in flows. Adding AI Builder actions in your flow allows you to:

  1. Perform model inference by using outputs of upstream actions (email attachments received, SharePoint files dropped, created records in a Common Data Service entity, and so on).
  2. Process model inference results in downstream actions (send by email, store in Common Data Service / Dataverse records, message in Teams, and so on).

Binary Classification

Binary Classification uses historical data to predict whether new data falls into one of two categories. AI Builder binary classification is an AI model that predicts yes/no business outcomes by learning to associate historical data patterns with historical outcomes. Based on those results, the binary classification model detects learned patterns in new data to predict future outcomes. Use the binary classification AI model to explore any business question that is answered as one of two available options, such as yes/no, true/false, pass/fail, and go/no go.

Text Classification

Text Classification tags any snippet of text based on the historical data you provide. Streamline your business by automatically tagging new text. Text classification is one of the fundamental Natural Language Processing (NLP) problems. It allows tagging of text entries with tags or labels which can be used for sentiment analysis, spam detection and routing customer requests, just to name a few examples. Use AI Builder text classification with Microsoft Flow and PowerApps to automate and scale your business processes, and free your employees to act on these insights. It can also be used as an input for other AI capabilities such as subscription user churn and predictive analysis. AI Builder can learn from your previously labelled text items, and enable you to classify unstructured text data stored in Common Data Service into your own business-specific categories.

Object Detection

Object Detection lets you count, locate, and identify selected objects within any image. You can use this model in PowerApps to extract information from pictures you take with the camera. Object detection can be used to expedite or automate business processes in multiple industries. In the retail industry, it can be used to simplify the inventory management, allowing retail leaders to focus on on-site customer relationship building. In the manufacturing industry, technicians can use it to speed up the repair process by looking up the manual for a piece of machinery by taking a picture, even if the UPC/serial number is not visible.

Business Card Reader

Business Card Reader is a component available in the PowerApps studio that lets you scan business cards. You can use this control to extract contact information from pictures of business cards or your mobile phones camera.

Form Processing

Form Processing identifies the structure of your documents based on examples you provide to extract text from any matching form. Examples might include tax forms or invoices. Form processing allows you to create and consume models that use machine learning technology to identify and extract key-value pairs and table data from form documents. Train your model and define what information needs to be retrieved from your form documents. You only need five form documents to get started. You can get results quickly, accurately and tailored to your specific content without the need for a lot of manual intervention or extensive data science expertise.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-ai-builder-for-powerplatform/

Question 2: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create Power Platform apps that consume industry-standard and proprietary data sources.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “Custom connectors are supported in instant flows only”.

Is Jack correct?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, Jack is not correct. We can use custom connectors in power apps as well as flow.

Data is at the core of most apps, including those you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/add-data-connection

.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

While Azure Logic Apps, Microsoft Power Automate, and Microsoft Power Apps offer over 325+ connectors to connect to Microsoft and non-Microsoft services, you may want to communicate with services that aren’t available as prebuilt connectors. Custom connectors address this scenario by allowing you to create (and even share) a connector with its own triggers and actions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie plans to use Power Apps portals Studio to create his company website.

#3 of the image is referred to as which of the following?

  • Properties pane
  • Canvas
  • (Correct)
  • Toolbelt
  • Footer
  • Command bar

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 4: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team creates a text classification model in AI Builder to monitor customer feedback for specific key words on security equipment sold by a subsidiary of Wayne Enterprises.

When negative feedback is received for a product, the company wants to proactively perform engineering reviews for the product and schedule additional training sessions for workers who produce the device.

Which of the following are possible ways to achieve the goal? (Select two)

  • Implement the Virtual Agent.
  • Create a canvas app.
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Common Data Model.
  • Build a Power Automate flow.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Create a canvas app.

  • A canvas app comes with the following:
  • A ready-to-use business card reader available in canvas as well as in model-driven apps.
  • Business card reader (Canvas)
  • Business card reader (Model-driven)
  • Additional canvas components to leverage your AI Builder form processing or object detection models canvas apps.

Build a Power Automate flow.

  • Use the results from your AI model across Power Platform to create end-to-end solutions that meet your business needs, even if you have no coding skills. For example, create a flow that automates document processing in Power Automate, or an app created with PowerApps that predicts whether a supplier will be out of compliance.
  • Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

AI Builder in Power Apps

AI Builder provides two kinds of Power Apps components, depending on the models you want to use:

Components that use prebuilt AI models that are ready to use right away:

The AI Builder components for canvas apps are available in Power Apps Studio and appear on the Insert tab when you build your canvas app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/use-in-powerapps-overview

Question 5: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, you are meeting with Peter Quill, the Sales Manager, and the IT team at EMC. The plan is to create a Power Apps app which will display customer product purchase information from their old point-of-sale (POS) system and link to the sales in the customer accounts and product sales in Dynamics 365 Commerce. The team needs to use the appropriate component and is not sure which to employ.

Which of the following should you recommend the IT team to use?

  • Entity metadata
  • Business process flow
  • Business rule
  • Dataverse / Common Data Service
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The IT team should be using Dataverse / Common Data Service. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Application and Solution Development

In Teams, people collaborate around documents in different ways – some you create yourself, some you create in collaboration with teammates, or others you acquire from trusted sources.

Power Platform and Dataverse bring this same model to building and using apps, chatbots, flows, and data. Dataverse includes a solution that is used for developing low code and no code applications directly within Microsoft Teams.

In addition to building your own applications and solutions, you can discover solutions and templates from trusted sources in a gallery, easily install them, and optionally customize them for your organization. In the future, Dataverse will also support classic import and export of solutions.

With data visualization being a core piece of many solutions, it was important to support graphs and charts in applications. The Common Data Service extends these capabilities even further with support for paginated reports.

In Dataverse, Power Automate is used for the creation of workflows. It does not include support for business rules or classic workflows found in the Common Data Service.

Dataverse is focused on low code/no code development. Certain capabilities such as developer API access and plug in support will not be available at launch, but can be found in the Common Data Service.

The Common Data Service and Power Apps currently support model driven apps today and these will be coming to Dataverse later this year.

In addition to use within Teams, the Common Data Service can also be natively accessed in Microsoft Excel, synced with Microsoft Outlook, and power applications written for mobile, web, and desktop.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/a-closer-look-at-data-platform-capabilities-in-project-oakdale/

Question 6: Skipped

Scenario: Momentum Alternative Energy Laboratories or Momentum Labs is a research company based in Pasadena, California. Its prominent scientists Lucy and Joseph Lu discovered an ancient tome known as the Darkhold and used its knowledge to create Quantum Batteries.

As a developer in Momentum, you need to create a Power Apps app to enable users to read and write data from SharePoint and OneDrive for Business.

Which type of app should you use?

  • Business process flow
  • Power Apps portal
  • Model-driven app
  • Canvas app
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A canvas app connects to multiple data sources including SharePoint and Excel files stored in OneDrive for Business by using out-of-the-box connectors.
  • Model-driven apps can use only Microsoft Dataverse as the underlying data store.
  • Power Apps portals allow external customers and partners to access data in Microsoft Dataverse. Business process flows are used to standardize business processes, providing a streamlined UI for users to complete a process.
  • Model-driven apps, Power Apps portals, and Business process flows cannot be used to read and write data from SharePoint and OneDrive.

What is Power Apps and what it can do for you

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With hundreds of connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Different types of Power Apps for different scenarios

Power Apps can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portals. Each is suited to different scenarios and end users.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps are a great option when you want to build an app from a blank canvas. You start by choosing the screen size: tablet or mobile, then you have a blank screen from which to build. You can interact with data in your app by adding data sources. Drag and drop various controls and add the desired functionality by writing Excel style formulas. Canvas apps provide you complete flexibility when building your apps.

Below are a couple of examples of a mobile canvas app built by Heathrow Airport.

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps build from data in Microsoft Dataverse. Power Apps will build you a great looking, fully functional app to act upon and interact with this data. With model-driven apps, there is no need to worry about choosing the app size; it is responsive, meaning it works on mobile or tablet with no extra work by you. You define the relationships, forms, views, business rules, and more at the data layer, inside of the Dataverse, giving you enough control to get your business result without writing all of the formulas yourself.

Below is an example of a fundraiser donations tracking model-driven app.

Portals

Portals bring the power of no-code solutions to building externally facing websites. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that allows users to interact with data held in Dataverse. The same drag and drop experience you enjoy when building apps is available to build these rich, interactive websites.

Add artificial intelligence to your app with no code

Prior to Power Apps, adding functionality such as image recognition or prediction models required advanced computer knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a whole lot of complicated logic. Power Apps has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code or creating complex machine learning models.

A ready to use AI component is the Business card reader. This component reviews an uploaded photo or picture taken to determine if it is a business card and subsequently extracts the relevant information. No configuration required.

The business card reader is simply one ready-made example which builds off of the underlying AI components which you can deploy in other ways by first building a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com, a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models in Power Apps:

  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an image like the business card reader.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number of objects present.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict yes or no outcomes based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data that includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will a lead become a customer?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

As you can see, AI can help you answer powerful business questions without writing a single line of code.

Security and Administration

There are many tools for those in IT or otherwise responsible for governance. Power Apps has a multitude of security, governance, and reporting capabilities to let you manage Power Apps. Also, Power Apps doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build apps to bypass current access permissions. To manage security for Power Apps, you can access https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com/. Here you will find options for creating and managing environments, monitoring licenses, working with Data Loss Prevention policies and managing Dataverse Data Integration projects. This allows you to manage the Power Apps throughout your tenant from one single place.

Power Apps also has its own set of PowerShell cmdlets for app creators, administrators, and developers that allow you to automate many of your administrative duties. A common use case of the PowerShell cmdlets is to automate the discovery and permission management of all apps in your tenant, allowing you to better understand and manage apps as they are created and spread throughout your company.

In addition, in the Power Automate learn module, you will see that Power Automate has the ability to automate these tasks. You can download the Center of Excellence starter kit, a collection of components or tools that are designed to help get started with developing a strategy for adopting and supporting Microsoft Power Platform, with a focus on Power Apps and Power Automate.

Driving business value

By now you understand that Power Apps does not require traditional “code” like C#, making a low technology barrier to entry. If you know your business process, you can get started writing your first app. For many businesses, this means apps are not coming from IT but instead directly from frontline business users. The same way Finance builds their own Excel workbooks today, they can build their own Power Apps.

Power Apps allows even the most entry level users to reduce paperwork, increase process efficiency, and ensure a single source of truth by combining multiple data sources into one app. Users can build apps with ease, while staying within the guardrails set by IT. This allows for an unprecedented amount of innovation and digitization, eliminating the app backlog, cumbersome paper-based processes and more.

https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/powerplatform/2023/03/16/power-platform-is-leading-a-new-era-of-ai-generated-low-code-app-development/

Question 7: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is Power Automate workflows.

The one of the team members has added an item in SharePoint which prompts a workflow to run in Power Automate.

What type of operation has the teammate used to start the workflow?

  • Trigger
  • (Correct)
  • Action
  • Connection
  • Function-based

Explanation

  • A trigger is an operation that tells a workflow to begin or prompts some type of action.

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

Data Sources

In order to understand the types of connectors and what you can do with them, you must first understand the types of data sources to which they connect. The two types of data sources are tabular and function-based.

Tabular data – A tabular data source is one that returns data in a structured table format. Power Apps can directly read and display these tables through galleries, forms, and other controls. Additionally, if the data source supports it, Power Apps can create, edit, and delete data from these data sources. Examples include Microsoft Dataverse, SharePoint, and SQL Server.

Function-based data – A function-based data source is one that uses functions to interact with the data source. These functions can be used to return a table of data but offer more extensive action such as the ability to send an email, update permissions, or create a calendar event. Examples include Office 365 Users, Project Online, and Azure Blob Storage.

Both of these data source types are commonly used to bring data and additional functionality to your solutions.

As you can see, connecting to data sources allows you to integrate disparate parts of your business solutions to build them out cohesively.

Connectors

Now that you understand more about data sources, you are ready to learn about connectors.

Connectors are the bridges from your data source to your app, workflow, or dashboard. Microsoft Power Platform has more than 275 connectors available to common data sources. Connectors are divided into standard and premium. Some popular standard connectors are SharePoint, Outlook, and YouTube. Premium connectors require additional licensing for your app and/or users. A few premium connectors are SQL Server, Survey Monkey, and Mail Chimp. The connector reference in the summary and resources unit lists all connectors and whether they are considered standard or premium. You can also use AppSource to source and install apps and use the connectors to non-Microsoft services.

Connectors can provide input and output between the data source and Power Platform, which can accelerate the delivery of Microsoft Power Platform business solutions. For instance, using Dynamics 365 apps such as Customer Service, you can set up Power Automate to notify users when specific customer types are added. Or you can use a SharePoint document library to store files that are fed into Power Apps to manage and distribute. Microsoft also provides connectors to their Azure services, providing advanced AI techniques to do tasks such as reading text off images or cognitive services like recognizing faces in images.

All Microsoft Power Platform business solutions can be used and implemented into Microsoft 365 apps such as Teams. This allows users to play Power Apps within Teams or run Power Automate from actions and events within Teams.

Triggers and Actions

Once you have established a data source and configured your connector, there are two types of operations you can use, triggers or actions.

Triggers are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Triggers can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a trigger to tell your workflow when to run.

Actions are used in Power Automate and Power Apps. Actions are prompted by the user or a trigger and allow interaction with your data source by some function. For example, an action would be sending an email in your workflow or app or writing a new line to a data source.

Now that you understand what connectors are and how to use them, let’s look at what to do when there isn’t a connector already built for your data source.

Custom Connectors

While Microsoft Power Platform offers more than 200 connectors, you also have the option to build a custom connector. This will allow you to extend your app by calling a publicly available API, or a custom API you are hosting in a cloud provider, such as Azure. API stands for Application Programming Interface and holds a series of functions available for developers. Connectors work by sending information back and forth across these APIs and gathering available functions into Power Apps or Power Automate. Because these connectors are function-based, they will call specific functions in the underlying service of the API to return the corresponding data.

An advantage of building custom connectors is that they can be used in different platforms, such as Power Apps, Power Automate, and Azure Logic Apps.

Creating Custom Connectors

You can create custom connectors using 3 different approaches:

Using a blank custom connector

From an OpenAPI definition

While the requirements for each approach will vary, they all require a Power Apps per app or per user plan. Each link above points to the instructions for each approach.

https://www.skylinetechnologies.com/Blog/Skyline-Blog/January_2020/power-platform-guide-what-it-is-how-to-use-it

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team plan to use a browser-based app named Sales Hub. Phil wants to ensure that users can access data from mobile devices.

Which of the following apps should users install on their mobiles?

  • Dynamics 365 for Phones
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamics 365 Remote Assist
  • Dynamics 365 Finance
  • Dynamics 365 Business Central

Explanation

Use the Dynamics 365 for phones and Dynamics 365 for tablets apps for your sales, customer service, field service, and other tasks when you’re on the go. With one download from your app store, you will automatically have access to all the apps you need for your role. You will see apps with the new Unified Interface on your mobile device.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/mobile-app/install-dynamics-365-for-phones-and-tablets?view=op-9-1

There are separate mobile apps for:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/mobile-app/dynamics-365-phones-tablets-users-guide

Question 9: Skipped

Microsoft Power Automate allows you to bring automation to your business processes. With a different type of flow to cover different business processes plus the ability to connect to data from hundreds of data sources with a few clicks, Power Automate affords great flexibility. All it takes to get started is knowledge of your business process.

Which of the following are true statements?

  • If you know your business process, you can bring automation to it with Power Automate and without writing any traditional code.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate has different offerings to meet your needs. Event-driven flows, business process flows, and desktop flows each have their own unique properties.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate is a web-based service for automating your business processes.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate can connect to hundreds of data sources with the built-in connectors or you can build your own custom connectors.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Power Automate is used to automate repetitive business processes. Beyond simple workflows, Power Automate can send reminders on past due tasks, move business data between systems on a schedule, talk to more than 275 data sources or any publicly available API, and can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel. All of this can be done by all skill levels from typical business users to IT using Power Automate’s no-code/low-code platform.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERh?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 275 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  • Event driven flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available, thanks to the existing connectors. You will see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you are the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  • Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  • Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models available to build:

  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an uploaded image or taken photo.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number objects present.
  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict a yes or no outcome based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data which includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will your customer be satisfied with the project outcome?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

Once you have a trained model, then you can interact with the model in your flow to send and receive information to the AI system. Unlocking business value previously out of grasp without complex code.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The Admin Centre gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/introduction

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

Each week John uses the corporate YouTube channel to create a video that highlights new initiatives, and goals for service operations.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to design a Power Apps app that streams the videos to internal users.

Which of the following should Jean-Luc use to implement the Power Apps app?

  • Model-driven
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas
  • Video-driven
  • Portal

Explanation

  • Jean-Luc should use Model-driven to implement the Power Apps app. Only model driven app supports Youtube videos.

Multimedia

You can embed videos to provide a richer customer experience for sales and column people on the go. Use this control to map to a URL column that contains the audio or video link to play in the control.

Note: This control is supported on Android versions 4.4 and later.

YouTube videos aren’t currently supported on Windows 8 and Windows 8.1 tablets and phones. On Windows 10, only HTTPS videos (including YouTube) are supported.

Supported media types include:

  • Streaming MP4 files
  • YouTube videos
  • Azure media
  • Audio streams

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/additional-controls-for-dynamics-365-for-phones-and-tablets

Question 11: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Currently, the IT team is planning to implement solutions that use Dataverse / Common Data Service for data storage. As the hired expert, Billy asked you need to recommend features to meet Anvil’s needs.

Which feature should you recommend to create visual guides to ensure that users enter data and perform tasks in a consistent manner?

  • Azure IoT
  • Business rules
  • Dataverse / Common Data Model
  • Business process flows
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You should recommend Business process flows to create visual guides to ensure that users enter data and perform tasks in a consistent manner.

  • Flows Power Automate includes several types of processes, each designed for a different purpose:
    Automated flows. Create a flow that performs one or more tasks automatically after it’s triggered by an event.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/get-started-logic-flow

  • Button flows. Perform repetitive tasks simply by tapping a button on your mobile device.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/introduction-to-button-flows

  • Scheduled flows. Create a flow that performs one or more tasks on a schedule such as once a day, on a specific date, or after a certain time.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/run-scheduled-tasks

  • Business process flows. Ensure that people enter data consistently and follow the same steps every time they work in an app by creating a business process flow.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/business-process-flows-overview

  • Workflows and actions. Dynamics 365 customizers may be familiar with the classic Common Data Service processes, which are workflows and actions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/workflow-processes

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Hikaru Kato Sulu, the IT team leader, to create a Power Apps app that allows the definition of a custom Sitemap. Sulu has chosen to use a canvas app to do this.

Is this the correct method?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, Sulu has not selected the correct method. A model-driven app is the correct method to allow the definition of a custom Sitemap.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Model-driven apps in Power Apps

Model-driven app design is a component-focused approach to app development. Model-driven app design doesn’t require code and the apps you make can be simple or very complex. Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the layout is determined for you and largely designated by the components you add to the app.

Model-driven app design provides the following benefits:

  • Rich component-focused no-code design environments
  • Create complex responsive apps with a similar UI across a variety of devices from desktop to mobile
  • Rich design capability
  • Your app can be distributed as a solution

The approach to model-driven app making

At a fundamental level, model-driven app making consists of three key focus areas.

  • Modelling business data
  • Defining business processes
  • Composing the app

Modelling business data

To model business data you determine what data your app will need and how that data will relate to other data. Model-driven design uses a metadata-driven architecture so that designers can customize the application without writing code. Metadata means “data about data” and it defines the structure of the data stored in the system.

Composing the model-driven app

After modelling data and defining processes, you build your app by selecting and configuring the components you need using the app designer.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/guidance/planning/introduction

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to create tools that help travel agents book field agent’s travel.

As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate tool to use for the case where Brand needs to be sure that all travel agents use the same process with all field agent’s.

Which of the following tools should you recommend?

  • Power Automate
  • Power BI
  • Business rule
  • Business process flow
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • The best tool option to use for the case where Brand needs to be sure that all travel agents use the same process with all field agent’s is Business process flow.

You can help ensure that people enter data consistently and follow the same steps every time they work with a customer by creating a business process flow. For example, you might want to create a business process flow to have everyone handle customer service requests the same way, or to require that people get approval for an invoice before submitting an order. Business process flows use the same underlying technology as other processes, but the capabilities that they provide are very different from other features that use processes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/create-business-process-flow

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JB-bGasVcDo

Why use business process flows?

Business process flows provide a guide for people to get work done. They provide a streamlined user experience that leads people through the processes their organization has defined for interactions that need to be advanced to a conclusion of some kind. This user experience can be tailored so that people with different security roles can have an experience that best suits the work they do.

Use business process flows to define a set of steps for people to follow to take them to a desired outcome. These steps provide a visual indicator that tells people where they are in the business process. Business process flows reduce the need for training because new users don’t have to focus on which table they should be using. They can let the process guide them. You can configure business process flows to support common sales methodologies that can help your sales groups achieve better results. For service groups, business process flows can help new staff get up-to-speed more quickly and avoid mistakes that could result in unsatisfied customers.

What can business process flows do?

With business process flows, you define a set of stages and steps that are then displayed in a control at the top of the form.

Each stage contains a group of steps. Each step represents a column where data can be entered. You can advance to the next stage by using the Next Stage button. In the unified interface, you can work with a business process flow stage inside the stage flyout or you can pin it to the side pane. Business process flows doesn’t support expanding the stage flyout to the side pane on mobile devices.

You can make a step required so that people must enter data for a corresponding column before they can proceed to the next stage. This is commonly called ”stage-gating”. If you are adding a business-required or system-required column to a business process flow stage, we recommend that you add this column to your form as well.

Business process flows appear relatively simple compared to other types of processes because they do not provide any conditional business logic or automation beyond providing the streamlined experience for data entry and controlling entry into stages. However, when you combine them with other processes and customizations, they can play an important role in saving people time, reducing training costs, and increasing user adoption.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 14: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating Power Platform and has questions about the role that Dataverse plays in using Power Apps and Power Automate.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “A flow instance can only access one Common Data Service / Dataverse database”.

Is Jack correct?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, Jack is not correct. It is possible for Flow can have multiple connections. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Application and Solution Development

In Teams, people collaborate around documents in different ways – some you create yourself, some you create in collaboration with teammates, or others you acquire from trusted sources.

Power Platform and Dataverse bring this same model to building and using apps, chatbots, flows, and data. Dataverse includes a solution that is used for developing low code and no code applications directly within Microsoft Teams.

In addition to building your own applications and solutions, you can discover solutions and templates from trusted sources in a gallery, easily install them, and optionally customize them for your organization. In the future, Dataverse will also support classic import and export of solutions.

With data visualization being a core piece of many solutions, it was important to support graphs and charts in applications. The Common Data Service extends these capabilities even further with support for paginated reports.

In Dataverse, Power Automate is used for the creation of workflows. It does not include support for business rules or classic workflows found in the Common Data Service.

Dataverse is focused on low code/no code development. Certain capabilities such as developer API access and plug in support will not be available at launch, but can be found in the Common Data Service.

The Common Data Service and Power Apps currently support model driven apps today and these will be coming to Dataverse later this year.

In addition to use within Teams, the Common Data Service can also be natively accessed in Microsoft Excel, synced with Microsoft Outlook, and power applications written for mobile, web, and desktop.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/a-closer-look-at-data-platform-capabilities-in-project-oakdale/

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Leonard McCoy, his IT team leader, to use AI Builder models to address specified requirements. One of the requirements is to identify customers who may not pay their invoices on time.

Which model type should you advise Leonard use to do this?

  • Vision
  • Object detection
  • Prediction
  • (Correct)
  • Form processing

Explanation

  • Leonard should use Prediction to identify customers who may not pay their invoices on time.

AI Builder prediction models analyze patterns in historical data that you provide. Prediction models learn to associate those patterns with outcomes. Then, we use the power of AI to detect learned patterns in new data, and use them to predict future outcomes.

Use the prediction model to explore business questions that can be answered as one the following ways:

  • From two available options (binary)
  • From multiple possible outcomes
  • Where the answer is a number.

Binary prediction

Binary prediction is when the question asked has two possible answers. For example: yes/no, true/false, on-time/late, go/no-go, and so on. Examples of question that use binary prediction include:

  • Is an applicant eligible for membership?
  • Is this transaction likely to be fraudulent?
  • Is a customer a good candidate for a marketing campaign?
  • Is an account likely to pay their invoices on time?

Multiple outcome prediction

Multiple outcome predictions is when the question can be answered from a list of more than two possible outcomes. Examples of multiple outcome prediction include:

  • Will a shipment arrive early, on-time, late, or very late?
  • Which product would a customer be interested in?

Numerical prediction

Numerical prediction is when the question is answered with a number. Examples of multiple outcome predictions include:

  • How many days for a shipment to arrive?
  • How many calls should an agent handle in a day?
  • How many items do we need to keep in inventory?
  • How many leads should a sales team convert in a month?

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/prediction-overview

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: Alchemax is an American multinational chemical corporation headquartered at Alchemax Tower, New York. Alchemax provides chemical, plastic, and agricultural products and services to consumer markets that include food, transportation, health and medicine, as well as personal care. The President and CEO of Alchemax is industrialist Liz Allan.

Liz has hired you as a lead consultant to her IT team and part of your responsibilities is to provide support to the company’s IT team.

Clint Barton is one of the developers at Alchemax and he is planning to work with canvas apps in the Microsoft Power Platform.

Liz asked you to recommend a use case for formulas in canvas apps.

Which actions should you recommend?

  • Return XML data from a web page
  • Save data when a user selects a button
  • (Correct)
  • Control which users can run a canvas app
  • Filter a list of rows
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • FILTER is a common formula used in canvas apps to restrict the rows from a data source or collection.
  • The OnSelect property for a button contains the actions to perform.
  • Formulas such as SubmitForm and Patch are used to save data to a data source.
  • Formulas are not used to share a canvas app.
  • Formulas can only be used when building a canvas app.
  • There is no equivalent formula for the WEBSERVICE Excel function that retrieves XML data from an internet URL.

When using Microsoft Power Apps, you don’t have to write complicated application code the way that a traditional developer does. However, you must express logic in an app and control its navigation, filtering, sorting, and other functionality. This is where formulas come in.

If you’ve used Microsoft Excel functions, you’ll be comfortable building apps in Power Apps. To create a formula, you’ll combine one or more formulas with the required and optional parameters. Here are some common functions and an explanation of what they do:

  • Filter – This function is often used with galleries or tables of data to narrow down the rows returned from your data source. You do this by specifying one or more columns in your data set to perform a logic test on, which will allow you to return data that falls in a certain date range, has a set value, or was created by the user for example.
  • Match – This function allows you to check a value to see if it follows a given pattern. You can use this to check if the user entered a properly formatted email address and, if they did not, show them a warning that a valid email is required. This function serves well for conditional formatting.
  • Distinct – This function allows you to return the unique values from a list of data, making it easier to build dynamic dropdowns that show users only the valid values for the given column.
  • Math functions – Power Apps includes a range of math formulas for working with your data from the simple such as Sum or Average to the complex such as Atan and Sin to work with radians.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/power-fx/formula-reference#s

You can configure canvas apps with formulas that not only calculate values and perform other tasks (as they do in Excel) but also respond to user input (as an app requires).

  • In Excel, you build formulas that, for example, populate cells and create tables and charts.
  • In Power Apps, you build similar formulas as you configure controls instead of cells. In addition, you build formulas that apply specifically to apps instead of spreadsheets.

For example, you build a formula to determine how your app responds when users select a button, adjust a slider, or provide other input. These formulas might show a different screen, update a data source that’s external to the app, or create a table that contains a subset of the data in an existing table.

You can use formulas for a wide variety of scenarios. For example, you can use your device’s GPS, a map control, and a formula that uses Location.Latitude and Location.Longitude to display your current location. As you move, the map automatically tracks your location.

The WEBSERVICE function returns data from a web service on the Internet or Intranet.

Notes:

  • The WEBSERVICE function is only available in Excel 2013 and later for Windows.
  • The WEBSERVICE function may appear in the Excel for Mac function gallery, but it relies on Windows operating system features, so it will not return results on Mac.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/webservice-function-0546a35a-ecc6-4739-aed7-c0b7ce1562c4

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating ways to connect Power Platform apps to external services to perform complex activities.

True or False: It is possible to create a canvas app that scans and parses documents using Azure Cognitive Services and then adds the appropriate information to Dynamics 365 Sales.

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, it is possible to create a canvas app that scans and parses documents using Azure Cognitive Services and then adds the appropriate information to Dynamics 365 Sales.

Cognitive Services provides machine learning capabilities to solve general problems such as analyzing text for emotional sentiment or analyzing images to recognize objects or faces. You don’t need special machine learning or data science knowledge to use these services.

Cognitive Services is a group of services, each supporting different, generalized prediction capabilities. The services are divided into different categories to help you find the right service.

Use Cognitive Services when you:

  • Can use a generalized solution.
  • Access solution from a programming REST API or SDK.

Use another machine-learning solution when you:

  • Need to choose the algorithm and need to train on very specific data.

What is machine learning?

Machine learning is a concept where you bring together data and an algorithm to solve a specific need. Once the data and algorithm are trained, the output is a model that you can use again with different data. The trained model provides insights based on the new data.

The process of building a machine learning system requires some knowledge of machine learning or data science.

Machine learning is provided using Azure Machine Learning (AML) products and services.

What is a Cognitive Service?

A Cognitive Service provides part or all of the components in a machine learning solution: data, algorithm, and trained model. These services are meant to require general knowledge about your data without needing experience with machine learning or data science. These services provide both REST API(s) and language-based SDKs. As a result, you need to have programming language knowledge to use the services.

How are Cognitive Services and Azure Machine Learning (AML) similar?

Both have the end-goal of applying artificial intelligence (AI) to enhance business operations, though how each provides this in the respective offerings is different.

Generally, the audiences are different:

  • Cognitive Services are for developers without machine-learning experience.
  • Azure Machine Learning is tailored for data scientists.

How is a Cognitive Service different from machine learning?

A Cognitive Service provides a trained model for you. This brings data and an algorithm together, available from a REST API(s) or SDK. You can implement this service within minutes, depending on your scenario. A Cognitive Service provides answers to general problems such as key phrases in text or item identification in images.

Machine learning is a process that generally requires a longer period of time to implement successfully. This time is spent on data collection, cleaning, transformation, algorithm selection, model training, and deployment to get to the same level of functionality provided by a Cognitive Service. With machine learning, it is possible to provide answers to highly specialized and/or specific problems. Machine learning problems require familiarity with the specific subject matter and data of the problem under consideration, as well as expertise in data science.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cognitive-services/cognitive-services-and-machine-learning

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: The Dufours Precision Manufacturing Corporation was the business inherited by Countess Stephanie de la Spiroza from her late husband.

Currently, you are working with a canvas app you have created and added a label control to the screen.

The Countess has asked you to set the text colour to red in order to match the company’s colour scheme.

Of the following options, which are the possible ways to achieve this goal?

  • Select the label control. Open the Properties pane and choose the Advanced tab. Find the Fill property and add Colour.Red to the textbox
  • Select the label control. Select the colour picker control in the toolbar and choose red from the colour menu
  • (Correct)
  • Select the label control. Choose the Fill property in the formula bar. Set the formula value to Colour.Red
  • Select the label control. Choose the Colour property in the formula bar. Set the formula value to Colour.Red
  • (Correct)
  • Select the label control. Open the Properties pane and choose the Advanced tab. Find the Colour property and add Colour.Red to the textbox
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • You can change the colour of a label’s text by choosing a colour from the colour picker in the toolbar.
  • You can also use the colour enumeration to set the Colour property of a label control, which can be done in the formula bar or in the Properties pane.
  • Fill will set the background colour of the control, not the text colour.

Colour and border properties in Power Apps

You can specify colours in many ways:

  • Color enumeration: Specify colour names from cascading style sheets, as in these examples:
    • Color.Red
    • Color.Indigo
  • ColorValue function: Specify text strings such as colour names from cascading style sheets and hex-code notation (#), as in these examples:
    • ColorValue( “AliceBlue” )
    • ColorValue( “#ff00ff” )
  • ColorFade function: Specify how faded a colour is, from fully black (-100%) to fully white (100%), as in this example:
    • ColorFade( Color.Red, 50% )
  • RGBA function: Specify the red, green, and blue components of a colour from 0 to 255, and specify an alpha channel from 0% (fully transparent) to 100% (fully opaque), as in this example:
    • RGBA( 255, 0, 255, 25% )

Colour properties can also reference other colour properties. For example, Label.PressedColor may be set to the formula Label1.Color, automatically cascading a change from one property to another.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/canvas-apps/controls/properties-color-border

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation, growing company managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success. Melinda is managing the support team.

Customers and support technicians need a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Melinda needs more visibility into what the support technicians are doing every week.

As the Microsoft expert, the IT team is relying on you to recommend tools to help the company’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you recommend to enable customers to submit support requests by using the company website?

  • Power Automate
  • Power Apps Portal
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • CDS or Dataverse

Explanation

  • Power Apps Portal can be used to create a website where customers can submit support request using a chatbot.

In Power Apps portals, each authenticated portal user is associated with a contact record in Microsoft Dataverse. Portal users must be assigned to web roles to gain permissions beyond unauthenticated users. To configure permissions for a web role, configure its webpage access and website access control rules. Portals allows portal users to sign in with their choice of an external account based on ASP.NET Identity. Though not recommended, portals also allows a local contact membership provider-based account for users to sign in.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/configure-portal-authentication

Power Apps portals allow you to add a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to answer questions posted by a visitor on your portals page. A chatbot (bot) configured with different topics and trigger phrases can automatically respond to questions posted by a visitor in a chat conversation.

Before you can add a Power Virtual Agents bot to a Power Apps portals page, you must create a bot first. If you don’t already have an available bot or one that fits your needs, you’ll have the option in portals to go to Power Virtual Agents to create one.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/add-chatbot

Question 20: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following are places you cannot publish a chatbot?

  • Twitter
  • (Correct)
  • Facebook
  • Microsoft Teams
  • YouTube
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • You can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on Microsoft Teams, Facebook, and Mobile Apps.

When you create chatbots with Power Virtual Agents, you author and edit topics. Topics are discrete conversation paths that, when used together within a single chatbot, allow for users to have a conversation with a chatbot that feels natural and flows appropriately. Creating a chatbot with Power Virtual Agents is easy to do with the no-code authoring canvas, and there are a number of ways you can manage how topics interact, how you want the conversation to flow, and what it should feel like. It is also easy to test the chatbot without having to fully deploy the chatbot whenever you make a small change. There are also lesson topics that guide you through topic authoring – from simple to complex scenarios, as well as default system topics. You can also choose what language you want your chatbot to use.

Topics

In Power Virtual Agents, a topic defines how a chatbot conversation plays out. You can author topics by customizing provided templates, create new topics from scratch, or get suggestions from existing help sites.

A topic has trigger phrases—these are phrases, keywords, or questions that a user is likely to type that is related to a specific issue—and conversation nodes—these are what you use to define how a chatbot should respond and what it should do.

The AI uses natural language understanding to parse what a customer actually types and find the most appropriate trigger phrase or node.

For example, a user might type “Open hours” into your chatbot—the AI will be able to match that to the Store hours topic and begin a conversation that asks which store the customer is interested in, and then display the hours the store is open.

You can see how the chatbot conversation works in practice by testing it in the Test chatbot pane. This lets you fine-tune the topic until you are ready to deploy it without having to exit the Power Virtual Agents portal.

Use system and sample topics

When you create a chatbot, a number of topics will be automatically created for you.

These are:

  • Four prepopulated User Topics that are titled as lessons. These lesson topics can be used to help understand simple to complex ways of using nodes to create chatbot conversations.
  • A number of System Topics. These are prepopulated topics that you are likely to need during a chatbot conversation. We recommend you keep these and use them until you are comfortable with creating an end-to-end chatbot conversation.

You can edit both of these topic types in the same manner as for topics you create; however, you cannot delete them.

Entities

A big part of chatbot conversations in Power Virtual Agents is natural language understanding, which is the ability for the AI to understand a user’s intent. For example, natural language understanding is involved when a user might say “I tried to use my gift card but it doesn’t work” and the chatbot is able to route the user to the topic related to gift cards not working—even if that exact phrase isn’t listed as a trigger phrase.

One fundamental aspect of natural language understanding is to identify entities in a user dialog. An entity can be viewed as an information unit that represents a certain type of a real-world subject, like a phone number, zip code, city, or even a person’s name.

Prebuilt entities

Out of the box, Power Virtual Agents comes with a set of prebuilt entities, which represent the most commonly used information in real-world dialogs, such as age, colours, numbers, and names.

With the knowledge granted by entities, a chatbot can smartly recognize the relevant information from a user input and save it for later use.

Custom entities

The prebuilt entities cover commonly used information types, but on some occasions, such as when building a chatbot that serves a specific purpose, you will need to teach the chatbot’s language understanding model some domain-specific knowledge.

Actions

You can enable your chatbot to perform an action by calling a Microsoft Power Automate flow. Flows can help you automate activities or call backend systems. For example, you can use flows with end-user authentication to retrieve information about a user after they sign in.

You can call flows from within topics, as a discrete Call an action node. You can utilize flows that have already been created in your Power Apps environment, or you can create a flow from within the Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Important: A flow can only be called from a topic located in the same Microsoft Dataverse environment as your chatbot. Flows must also be in a solution in Power Automate. You can move flows into solutions, so they are listed in the authoring canvas.

Flows typically use variables to input and output information. The variables can then be used in other nodes within the topic.

Publishing

With Power Virtual Agents, you can publish chatbots to engage with your customers on multiple platforms or channels. These include live websites, mobile apps, and messaging platforms like Microsoft Teams and Facebook.

After you have published at least once, you can connect your chatbot to additional channels.

Each time you want to update your chatbot, you publish it again from within the Power Virtual Agents app itself. This will update the chatbot across all the channels where you’ve inserted or connected your chatbot.

You can also configure a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to provide authentication capabilities, so users can sign in with any OAuth2 identity provider, such as Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), a Microsoft account, or Facebook.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 21: Skipped

Scenario: Mys-Tech is a British multinational chemical corporation with worldwide interests. It is headquartered in London, UK. Mys-Tech employs thousands of people and has numerous facilities all over the world. Mys-Tech hosts conferences in its major centres every year where customers are invited to see new product lineups.

As a developer in the company, you need to enable attendees to view upcoming conferences hosted by Mys-Tech.

Which Power Apps component should you use?

  • Business process flow
  • Canvas app
  • Model-driven app
  • Power Apps portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power Apps portals allow you to create a website for external users.
  • Canvas apps, model-driven apps, and business process flows are not suitable for external users.

What is Power Apps and what it can do for you

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With hundreds of connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Different types of Power Apps for different scenarios

Power Apps can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portals. Each is suited to different scenarios and end users.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps are a great option when you want to build an app from a blank canvas. You start by choosing the screen size: tablet or mobile, then you have a blank screen from which to build. You can interact with data in your app by adding data sources. Drag and drop various controls and add the desired functionality by writing Excel style formulas. Canvas apps provide you complete flexibility when building your apps.

Below are a couple of examples of a mobile canvas app built by Heathrow Airport.

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps build from data in Microsoft Dataverse. Power Apps will build you a great looking, fully functional app to act upon and interact with this data. With model-driven apps, there is no need to worry about choosing the app size; it is responsive, meaning it works on mobile or tablet with no extra work by you. You define the relationships, forms, views, business rules, and more at the data layer, inside of the Dataverse, giving you enough control to get your business result without writing all of the formulas yourself.

Below is an example of a fundraiser donations tracking model-driven app.

Portals

Portals bring the power of no-code solutions to building externally facing websites. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that allows users to interact with data held in Dataverse. The same drag and drop experience you enjoy when building apps is available to build these rich, interactive websites.

Add artificial intelligence to your app with no code

Prior to Power Apps, adding functionality such as image recognition or prediction models required advanced computer knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a whole lot of complicated logic. Power Apps has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code or creating complex machine learning models.

A ready to use AI component is the Business card reader. This component reviews an uploaded photo or picture taken to determine if it is a business card and subsequently extracts the relevant information. No configuration required.

The business card reader is simply one ready-made example which builds off of the underlying AI components which you can deploy in other ways by first building a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com, a wizard guides you through building and training the model. Currently, there are four available AI models in Power Apps:

  • Prediction – This model predicts whether something will happen or not based on previous data history. More details in the following section.
  • Form processor – This model extracts text from an image like the business card reader.
  • Object detector – This model identifies objects from an uploaded image or taken photo and then provides a count of the number of objects present.
  • Text classification – This model categorizes text by its meaning, making it is easier to analyze.

The prediction model

The AI Builder prediction model allows you to create a model that can predict yes or no outcomes based on historical data. You train the model by providing historical data that includes the yes/no outcome and then artificial intelligence does the rest.

You can build prediction models to solve business problems such as:

  • Will a lead become a customer?
  • Will a project be profitable?
  • Will a customer churn based on activity?

As you can see, AI can help you answer powerful business questions without writing a single line of code.

Security and Administration

There are many tools for those in IT or otherwise responsible for governance. Power Apps has a multitude of security, governance, and reporting capabilities to let you manage Power Apps. Also, Power Apps doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build apps to bypass current access permissions. To manage security for Power Apps, you can access https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com/. Here you will find options for creating and managing environments, monitoring licenses, working with Data Loss Prevention policies and managing Dataverse Data Integration projects. This allows you to manage the Power Apps throughout your tenant from one single place.

Power Apps also has its own set of PowerShell cmdlets for app creators, administrators, and developers that allow you to automate many of your administrative duties. A common use case of the PowerShell cmdlets is to automate the discovery and permission management of all apps in your tenant, allowing you to better understand and manage apps as they are created and spread throughout your company.

In addition, in the Power Automate learn module, you will see that Power Automate has the ability to automate these tasks. You can download the Center of Excellence starter kit, a collection of components or tools that are designed to help get started with developing a strategy for adopting and supporting Microsoft Power Platform, with a focus on Power Apps and Power Automate.

Driving business value

By now you understand that Power Apps does not require traditional “code” like C#, making a low technology barrier to entry. If you know your business process, you can get started writing your first app. For many businesses, this means apps are not coming from IT but instead directly from frontline business users. The same way Finance builds their own Excel workbooks today, they can build their own Power Apps.

Power Apps allows even the most entry level users to reduce paperwork, increase process efficiency, and ensure a single source of truth by combining multiple data sources into one app. Users can build apps with ease, while staying within the guardrails set by IT. This allows for an unprecedented amount of innovation and digitization, eliminating the app backlog, cumbersome paper-based processes and more.

https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/powerplatform/2023/03/16/power-platform-is-leading-a-new-era-of-ai-generated-low-code-app-development/

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie has lent his company resources to a local charity to organize fundraising events. Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

Which of the items listed are the table assets? (Select all that apply)

  • Dashboards
  • (Correct)
  • Charts
  • (Correct)
  • Fundraiser
  • Views
  • (Correct)
  • Donation
  • Forms
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

As you can see, there are two tables: Donation and Fundraiser. Each table also contains four assets:

  • Forms – Defining how users will see and interact with the data
  • Views – A list view of the rows for each table
  • Charts – Showing the data in a meaningful, visual representation
  • Dashboards – Providing an insightful, graphical overview of the data

By selecting the Play button in the top right, the app is put into Play mode. You can see it then looks completely different and shows the data based on the choices made in the design process.

Understand the needs of the user

With model-driven apps, the name says it all. Your primary design goal is to get your Microsoft Dataverse data model in order. With that in place, you can connect Power Apps, and a model-driven app will be created for you from that model.

Model-driven apps are created using the App Designer. You will choose the entities, dashboards, business process flows, forms, and other components that you want to make available in your app, and then the app will be created for you. This means you will need to spend more time understanding what your user needs than how it is going to look.

Data model

As you begin the data modelling process, there are a couple of important questions to ask yourself:

  • What type of data will your solution be storing and or collecting?
  • How will this data relate or coincide with the other data you are working with?

These questions are important when designing a model-driven application because of how model-driven applications function. Remember, model-driven applications use a metadata-driven architecture. This means a large portion of the model-driven app is based on how your data is modeled, and there is no need to write custom code to alter the app design.

You can view the app metadata by reviewing the Table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You can also view the app Play mode to see a preview of what the app will look like.

In the example above, for the Fundraiser table, there are several pieces of data being collected, such as:

  • Name
  • Fundraiser Goal
  • Owner
  • Total Donations
  • Created On

As you think about your data model, also think about data types. When adding columns to your table in Microsoft Dataverse, the data type you choose will determine how users enter and view that in your model-driven app. Choices show as dropdowns, currency shows with currency symbols, while decimal numbers don’t. These little changes in the table can have a profound effect on how your user experiences your app.

The screenshot below shows examples of columns and the different data types they could have using the Fundraiser example again.

Important

If a column needs to be changed to a different data type, (i.e. text column to a choice column), then you will need to delete that column and recreate with the correct data type. This will cause you to lose any data associated with that column.

Business Logic

When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available. You can set Business Rules on your Microsoft Dataverse tables or you can build Business Process Flows.

With Business Rules, you will define behaviours at the data layer. This is great for setting conditions for when a field is required, setting a default value, or even showing or hiding a field based on criteria. An example could be a table for tracking expenses. You could have a column for type of travel and then build a business rule that dictates that if a user chooses automobile then the mileage field is required, else it is optional. This gives you the power to make sure you maintain data consistency in all scenarios.

Business process flows are used to guide users through using your app. These workflows can provide visuals on next steps based on the status of the data and facilitate other actions that you want to occur as the user uses the app. Business Process Flows let you bring automation to your app and make it more of a guided experience than just a place to enter data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/learn/modules/work-with-business-process-flows-dynamics-365/

Dashboards

A common output need for apps is to visualize the data. For this requirement, you can implement dashboards with custom filters and visual graphics to tie all this data together right in your app. When creating your dashboards, make sure they are simple for your users to consume without overwhelming them with all the data. Provide high-level snapshots of your data and allow them to use filters to dive deeper into the data if needed.

Additional third-party solutions and app accelerators

It is also important to know about the different App accelerators and third-party solutions available to you. Depending on the industry you are in, Health, Financial, Banking, Education, Non- Profit, Automotive, or Media, Microsoft has released a number of accelerators or foundational components to assist you with quickly standing up your solution.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/common-data-model/industry-accelerators?azureportal=true

Question 23: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables your business to craft solutions while empowering you to unite customized technology to help everyone and is comprised of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following are true statements about the MS Power Apps? (Select all that apply)

  • You can build apps that follow your business processes instead of making your business process follow the software.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps can use up to 3 internal and 3 external data sources in the same app.
  • Power Apps helps you build and deploy customized apps that work across web and mobile, embedded or standalone, on any device.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform that allows you to build apps with your business knowledge and existing skills.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps has different offerings to meet your needs. Canvas apps, Model-driven apps, and Portals each have their own unique properties.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power Apps allows you complete control of which data sources you use in your app. There are over 270 data connectors available, and the ability to build a customer connector if one does not exist.

Power Apps is used to build apps that allow you to take action on your data. Power Apps is great for replacing paper forms, legacy solutions, or just that spreadsheet that you and a few coworkers pass around. Using the skills and knowledge you already possess, you can build apps to interact with existing data by using more than 275 connectors. Once built on the web native Power Apps platform, these apps live in the cloud and can be easily shared and run on a variety of platforms including PCs, laptops, tablets, and mobile phones.

Do you have inefficient or legacy business processes that you would like to modernize? Are you still moving information around using paper or even a shared Excel workbook? Do you want to be able to perform these business processes from different devices like PCs or mobile phones? Then you need Power Apps.

Power Apps is a no-code/low-code platform for building apps that builds off of concepts similar to formulas in an Excel workbook such as SUM and TEXT. You can use Power Apps to build simple solutions like vehicle inspection forms and status reports or complex business solutions for purchasing processes and inventory management. If you can envision an app to solve a business problem, then you can use your existing skills to build it. Although this module is geared towards business users with little background in computer science and coding, Power Apps offers advanced functionality and the ability for seasoned developers to design complex applications with ease.

Work with your data where it lives

When modernizing a paper-based process, there are likely systems in your organization with data you can leverage. With Power Apps, you have choices. With over 275 connectors you can easily connect to data, using the underlying data service and app platform, Microsoft Dataverse, or a multitude of online and on-premises data sources. Some common data sources include:

  • Dataverse
  • SharePoint
  • Dynamics 365
  • SQL Server and Azure SQL
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source. Power Apps easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single app.

Different types of Power Apps for different scenarios

Power Apps can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portals. Each is suited to different scenarios and end users.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps are a great option when you want to build an app from a blank canvas. You start by choosing the screen size: tablet or mobile, then you have a blank screen from which to build. You can interact with data in your app by adding data sources. Drag and drop various controls and add the desired functionality by writing Excel style formulas. Canvas apps provide you complete flexibility when building your apps.

Below are a couple of examples of a mobile canvas app built by Heathrow Airport.

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps build from data in Microsoft Dataverse. Power Apps will build you a great looking, fully functional app to act upon and interact with this data. With model-driven apps, there is no need to worry about choosing the app size; it is responsive, meaning it works on mobile or tablet with no extra work by you. You define the relationships, forms, views, business rules, and more at the data layer, inside of the Dataverse, giving you enough control to get your business result without writing all of the formulas yourself.

Below is an example of a fundraiser donations tracking model-driven app.

Portals

Portals bring the power of no-code solutions to building externally facing websites. Through the Power Apps interface, you can build an anonymous or authenticated website that allows users to interact with data held in Dataverse. The same drag and drop experience you enjoy when building apps is available to build these rich, interactive websites.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is exploring Power BI dashboards.

What is a dashboard?

  • Data which is ready to be used for building visuals.
  • An application for PCs that lets you gather, transform, and visualize your data.
  • One-page collection of visualizations that is created from within the Power BI service (online).
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI dashboards are designed for centralized business intelligence.

Explanation

  • A dashboard is a great way to display information and visualizations.

Power BI Desktop connects to many types of data sources, including local databases, worksheets, and data on cloud services. Sometimes when you gather data, it’s not quite as structured, or clean, as you want it to be. To structure data, you can transform it, meaning that you can split and rename columns, change data types, and create relationships between columns.

You can connect Power BI Desktop to many types of data sources, including on-premises databases, Microsoft Excel workbooks, and cloud services. Currently, there are over 110 Power BI-specific connectors to cloud services such as GitHub and Marketo. You can also connect to generic sources through XML, CSV, text, and ODBC. Power BI will even extract tabular data directly from a website URL.

In this module, we will build out a dashboard for Contoso Manufacturing displaying their sales data for various products. To follow along with the next steps, visit /power-bi/create-reports/sample-financial-download and download the financial sample workbook to your local files or One Drive. If this is your first time using Power BI Desktop, please visit /power-bi/fundamentals/desktop-get-the-desktop for download instructions.

  1. Start Power BI Desktop, and choose Get Data from the ribbon on the Home tab.
  2. Choose Excel and press Connect.
  3. Find the financial sample workbook which you downloaded and saved locally or to your OneDrive. Select the file and click Open.
  4. A dialogue box with the tables in your data should open. Click the box next to the financials table. You will see a preview of the data displayed. Select Load.

You can now see that the fields have populated on the farthest right pane. You are currently in the report building tab. Select the data tab to see a preview of your data.

Now you have loaded your data and will shortly be ready to build visuals, but first, let’s transform our data into exactly what we want.

Data doesn’t always come into your report clean, or ready to use. You may need additional columns or to rename or hide existing columns. You may have multiple data sources and need to define a relationship between them. All of these tasks are known as data transformation.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/model-data-power-bi/

Question 25: Skipped

Business process flows are used to guide a user through the steps of your business process when working with Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse.

True or False: You can edit the business process flow after it has been created.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

  • Yes, you can edit the business process flow after it has been created.

Business process flows are used to guide a user through the steps of your business process when working with Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. The example below will guide you through the process and decisions you need to make when building or editing a business process flow.

Create a business process flow

  1. Launch Power Automate and sign in using your organizational account.
  2. In the left pane, select My flows.
  3. On the top bar, select Business process flows.
  4. Select + New at the top.
  5. In the Build a business process flow pane, fill in the required fields:
    • Flow Name: The display name of the process doesn’t have to be unique, but it should be meaningful for people who must choose a process. You can change this name later.
    • Name: A unique name that’s based on the display name. You can change the name when you create the process, but you can’t change it after the process has been created.
    • Choose a table: Select the table to base the process on. You can choose Account for this example.
  6. The table that you select affects the columns that are available for steps in the business process flow. You can’t change the table after creating the business process flow.
  7. Select Create.
    The new process is created, and the business process flow designer is started. The designer page has three sections:

    • On the left, a single stage named Account New Stage has already been created for you.
    • Beneath this stage is the mini map, which lets you see the whole process or quickly go to a part of the process.
    • On the right are components that you can drag to the designer. You can also set properties to create a business process flow.

7. Add stages, so that users can proceed from one business stage to another in the process:

a. Drag the Stage component from the Components tab to the plus sign (+) in the designer.

b. Select the stage, and then, on the Properties tab on the right, set the properties:

  • Enter a display name.
  • Optional: Select a category for the stage (for example, Identify or Research). This category will display on the business process flow stage.

  • When you’ve finished setting the properties, select Apply.

8. Add steps to each stage:

a. Select Details on a stage to view the steps and processes in that stage.

b. Select Data Step #1 to edit the Properties of that step.

c. Populate Identify Primary Contact for the Step Name and select Primary Contact for the Data Field.

d. Select the Component tab and drag the Data Step component to the stage, under the previous step.

e. Repeat the previous steps to populate the Data Steps as desired.

9. Add a branch (condition) to the process:

a. Drag the Condition component from the Components tab to the plus sign (+) between two stages.

b. Select the condition, and then, on the Properties tab, set the properties. When you’ve finished, select Apply.

10. Add a workflow to the process:

a. Drag the Workflow component from the Components tab to either a specific stage or the Global Workflow item:

  • Drag the Workflow component to a specific stage if the workflow should be triggered when the process enters or exits that stage. The Workflow component must be based on the same primary entity as the stage.
  • Drag the Workflow component to the Global Workflow item if the workflow should be triggered when the process is activated or archived (that is, when the status changes to Completed or Abandoned). The Workflow component must be based on the same primary entity as the process.

b. Select the condition, and then, on the Properties tab, set the properties:

  • Enter a display name.
  • Select when the workflow should be triggered.
  • Search for an existing on-demand active workflow that matches the stage entity, or create a workflow by selecting New.
  • When you’ve finished, select Apply.

11. To validate the business process flow, select Validate on the action bar.

12. To save the process as a draft while you continue to work on it, select Save on the action bar.

13. To activate the process and make it available to your team, select Activate on the action bar.

14. To define who has privileges to create, read, update, or delete the business process flow instance, select Edit Security Roles on the action bar. For example, for service-related processes, you might give customer service reps full access to change the business process flow instance. But you might give sales reps just read-only access to the instance, so that they can monitor post-sales activities for their customers.

a. In the Security Roles pane, select the name of a role to open the details page for that role.

b. On the Business Process Flows tab, select options to assign the role appropriate privileges for the business process flow.

c. Select Save.

Edit a business process flow

You can edit the business process flow after it has been created.

  1. In the Power Apps portal, select Flows in the left pane.
  2. In the list of processes, select the business process flow that you created, and then select the Edit button.

Keep the following points in mind when you edit the stages of a business process flow:

  • Business process flows can have up to 30 stages.
  • You can add or change the following properties of a stage:
    • Stage Name: You can change the stage name after you create the stage.
    • Table: You can change the table for any stage except the first one.
    • Stage Category: A category lets you group stages by the type of action. It’s useful for reports that will group rows by the stage that they’re in. The options for the stage category come from the Stage Category global choice. You can add more options to this global choice and change the labels of existing options. You can also delete options, but we recommend that you keep the existing options. If you delete an option, you won’t be able to add it back later. If you don’t want an option to be used, change the label to Do not use.
    • Relationship: Enter a relationship when the preceding stage in the process is based on a different table than the current stage. For the current stage, select Select relationships, and then specify the relationship that should be used when the flow moves between the two stages. We recommend that you specify relationships, because they provide the following benefits:
    • Attribute maps are often defined for relationships. These attribute maps automatically carry over data between rows. Therefore, they help minimize the amount data entry that’s required.
    • When you select Next Stage on the process bar for a row, any rows that use the relationship are listed in the process flow. Therefore, the reuse of rows in the process is promoted. In addition, you can use workflows to automate the creation of rows. Users then just have to select the workflow instead of creating a row. Therefore, the process is streamlined.
    • Set Process Flow Order: If you have more than one business process flow for a table, you must specify which process is automatically assigned to new rows. On the action bar, select Order Process Flow. For new rows or rows that don’t already have a process flow associated with them, the first business process flow that a user has access to will be used.
    • Enable Security Roles: A user’s access to a business process flow depends on the privileges that are defined for the business process flow in the security role that’s assigned to the user. By default, only the System Administrator and System Customizer security roles can view a new business process flow.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Billy is trying to decide whether the team should deploy Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 apps in the same tenant or in multiple tenants.

Which of the following is a benefit of deploying Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 apps in the same tenant?

  • Uses Dataverse to connect to application data.
  • All the listed statements are valid benefits.
  • Users can access both Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 by using Single Sign-on (SSO).
  • (Correct)
  • You only need to set up groups in Microsoft 365 for permissions to all data.

Explanation

  • A benefit of deploying Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 apps in the same tenant is that users can access both Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 by using Single Sign-on (SSO).

Single sign-on

An authentication process that enables a user to access multiple systems or services through a single set of sign-on credentials. For example, implementing single sign-on in an organization’s network environment means that after a user signs in to the network, that user does not have to enter credentials again.

Note: For Microsoft 365 subscribers, the Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement apps instance must be in the same tenant as your Microsoft 365 subscription. A user account in Active Directory can only sync with one tenant.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/designing-power-platform-deployments/3-planning-the-deployment

When your Office 365 and Dynamics 365 are in different tenants it becomes quite the challenge and inconvenience. A few major issues are as follows

  1. Server-Side Sync – only supports single tenant.
  2. Single sign-on – need to log into two systems.
  3. Two systems to manage
    • Users
    • Licensing
    • Notifications
    • Double the security concerns
    • Double the competencies efforts
    • etc…

You say, heck this is easy, let’s just move our Dynamics 365 to the other tenant. If it were on Premise it would be a couple of days work tops.

Hold one second. This is not quite so easy with online tenants. Microsoft has a process that takes time and they are currently swamped which makes the process slower than it should be. Currently it is taking 6 – 8 weeks to get a tenant moved to the same tenant. Microsoft does all the heavy lifting!!

Licenses are not transferred over

You cannot transfer licenses from one tenant to another. You have to subscribe to the new licenses and then disable the old ones once the process is complete. Chances are you might have to pay for two sets of licenses while the process is being completed. Microsoft says you can start with a trial but chances are the process won’t finish in time for the trial to be converted to production.

As the admin of both systems, transferring data to the other tenant isn’t so easy but Microsoft will help

Since you don’t have access to the back-end, you cannot just copy the database from one server to the next, nor can you use a third-party tool to move the data. You can export and import if you don’t need to keep relationships but most people don’t have that luxury or have tons of data.

https://bethb-d365.com/2018/06/13/dynamics-365-and-office-365-in-different-tenants-how-to-consolidate/#post-39:~:text=When%20your%20Office%20365%20and%20Dynamics,need%20to%20log%20into%20two%20systems.

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team implements Power Apps, Microsoft Flow, and the Common Data Service / Dataverse.

The board of directors is asking whether users are finding value in the technology. Brand would like to measure and report usage of the software and Melinda asked you to recommend a tool to determine software usage.

Which of the following tools should you recommend?

  • Dynamics 365 Product Insights
  • Microsoft Intune
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • Power Platform Analytics
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse. The Power Platform Analytics Usage report is the default reports seen by the logged in environment admin. It provides total app launches and daily active users across all apps in the environment. Admins can filter the view with attributes like device platform, player version, country, province / state, and city.

Admin Analytics for Power Apps

Analytics for the environment admin is available at the Microsoft Power Platform Admin Centre. The admin reports provide a view into environment level usage, errors, service performance to drive governance, and change management services to users. These reports are available for canvas apps only and not available for model-driven apps.

To access these reports, sign in to the Power Platform Admin Centre and select AnalyticsPower Apps. Reports appear in a menu bar at the top of the page.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/analytics-powerapps

Who can view these reports?

Admins with the following roles and a license can view the reports in Power Apps analytics:

  • Environment Admin – can view reports for the environments that the admin has access to.
  • Power Platform admin – can view reports for all environments.
  • Dynamics 365 admin – can view reports for all environments.
  • Microsoft 365 Global admin – can view reports for all environments.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/use-service-admin-role-manage-tenant

Question 28: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team needs to perform administrative tasks.

Which of the following admin centres should they use to create user accounts for Power Apps?

  • Power Platform Admin
  • Azure AD
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamics 365 Admin Centre
  • Power BI Admin portal

Explanation

  • Create the company users in the Azure Active Directory.

Environment scope

Each environment is created under an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant, and its resources can only be accessed by users within that tenant. An environment is also bound to a geographic location, like the United States. When you create an app in an environment, that app is routed only to datacentres in that geographic location. Any items that you create in that environment (including chatbots, connections, gateways, flows using Microsoft Power Automate, and more) are also bound to their environment’s location.

Every environment can have zero or one Microsoft Dataverse database, which provides storage for your apps and chatbots. Whether you can create a database for your environment depends on the license you purchase for Power Apps and your permissions within that environment. More information: Pricing info

When you create an app in an environment, that app is only permitted to connect to the data sources that are also deployed in that same environment, including connections, gateways, flows, and Dataverse databases. For example, consider a scenario where you’ve created two environments named Test and Dev, and created a Dataverse database in each of the environments. If you create an app in the Test environment, it will only be permitted to connect to the Test database; it won’t be able to connect to the ‘Dev’ database.

You can also move resources between environments.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview

Question 29: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

The current project plans to streamline the new employee onboarding process.

Required: Enable new employees to manage their active certifications and work history by using an Excel workbook.

Which Power Apps solution should you use?

  • Power Apps portal
  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Canvas app
  • (Correct)
  • Model-driven app

Explanation

  • Canvas apps can access Excel workbooks.
  • Model-driven apps and Portal Apps do not work with Excel workbooks.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a data platform.

Creating apps in Power Apps

Power Apps is a high-productivity development platform for business apps, and has four major components:

  • Canvas apps
  • Model-driven apps
  • Cards
  • Microsoft Dataverse

Canvas apps

Canvas apps start with your user experience, crafting a highly tailored interface with the power of a blank canvas and connecting it to your choice of more than 200 data sources. You can build canvas apps for web, mobile, and tablet applications.

Canvas apps give you the flexibility to arrange the user experience and interface the way you want it. Allow your creativity and business sense to guide how you want your apps to look and feel.

You can start to build your app from Microsoft tools where your data lives, such as:

Creating a canvas app is easy. With Power Apps, you can find or create your app in several ways:

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/

Power Apps using data from an Excel table

Every created app includes screens to browse records, show record details, and create or update records. By generating an app, you can quickly get a working app using Excel data, and then you can customize the app to better suit your needs.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-ca/videoplayer/embed/RWLj3l?postJsllMsg=true&autoCaptions=en-ca

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Currently, Anvil uses Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 Sales and the company has no developers on staff. Billy is interested in using Power Platform as he has heard good things about it. While doing some research online, Billy wrote down several points that he found during his research. Some of the notes are true, some are not.

Which of the following items are benefits of using Power Platform apps? (Select two)

  • Users can create Power Apps to create apps for different departments.
  • (Correct)
  • Users can send emails from Dynamics 365 Sales to their personal email addresses.
  • Anvil can unify all the mobile devices to one vendor.
  • Users can use Power Automate to share information between Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 Sales.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following are benefits of using Power Platform apps.

  • Users can create Power Apps to create apps for different departments.
  • Users can use Power Automate to share information between Microsoft 365 and Dynamics 365 Sales.

These are specific to the business and their existing capabilities and helps demonstrate to Billy why Power Platform should be used.

While “Users can send emails from Dynamics 365 Sales to their personal email addresses” is an available functionality, this is one of those Microsoft questions of which answer is “more correct.“ Not to mention that it is generally illegal to share that kind of information to a personal email.

Power Apps is Microsoft’s entry into the world of so-called low code development platforms. Like other offerings in this category, the idea is to provide non-professional developers a way to create business solution apps via an interface that minimizes the overall amount of actual coding required. Power Apps can also be leveraged by professional developers to crank out apps more quickly and with less complexity than traditionally done.

Benefit #1: Speed

In a world where next month can be too late, getting the apps you need when you need them is critical. One of the biggest benefits of Power Apps is how quickly one can develop a useful, functioning app. Power Apps extracts many time-consuming elements from the usual development process (such as creating a user interface, creating links from form fields to code and data, etc.) and replaces them with an intuitive drag and drop interface. As a result, Power Apps makes developing a new app faster than ever.

A drag and drop environment with common tasks, features, and user interface elements means that you can prototype your app right in the interface. Imagine the department computer wiz sitting at a conference room table and building that new tracker while the sales manager looks over his or her shoulder, suggesting additions and improvements. When everyone is happy with the interface, all that’s left to do is to hook up the data and actions, much of which can also be dragged and dropped into place.

Benefit #2: Streamlined Development

At most companies, there are typically professional developers, consulting companies, or teams of developers available to create business apps. Unfortunately, most of them aren’t sitting around waiting for something to do, so you’ll have to wait your turn. Between submitting tickets, getting manager approval, design, prototype signoff, Q&A testing, security, and rolling out the newly developed app, creating a new app can be so difficult that many departments would rather suffer with doing it manually, or limping along on an old application. With Power Apps, new apps can be conceived, built, and distributed all within the group that needs them.

Whether Power Apps are built by the company’s developers or by an ambitious team member willing to do a little bit of research and sorting through connectors and functions, Power Apps start far away from scratch. In many ways Power Apps are like popular recipe-in-a-box services. You still have to do the cooking to put it all together, but all the parts and instructions are already there.

Benefit #3: Easier App Creation

With APIs, libraries, functions, and objects, coding an app can be daunting for the non-programmer. The benefit of Power Apps is that the majority, if not all, of that coding can be handled by dragging and dropping. Whether building a mobile app, an app that runs in a browser, or an in-house desktop app, Power Apps handles all of the usual overhead that goes into making the app fit the environment. With Power Apps, there is no need to know about the pros and cons of frameworks, dependencies, or libraries. Power Apps handles all of that behind the scenes.

Benefit #4: Easy Standard Connectors

One of the hardest parts about developing apps for non-professional developers is knowing how to connect to data. While all the pretty drag and drop interface tools make building the front end easy, this won’t help a power user in the accounting department build a complete app if they still have to contend with building SQL queries, or heaven forbid regex filters, on the back end. Thanks to Microsoft Power Apps connectors, many standard data storage services are easy to connect to and use with Power Apps. Additional drag and drop selections and templates make accessing data from cloud services or common Microsoft applications easy.

For example, let’s assume your new Social Media Manager needs a way to get a quick look at tweets on Twitter that might involve your company or its services and to publish them to a SharePoint list. That’s a lot of Googling (and coding) to figure out how to connect to Twitter, find the right tweets, and then get that data into SharePoint. A major benefit of Power Apps is that many common tasks like these already exist in the standard connector library. Click Twitter, and then on the next screen you’ll find, “Save specific tweets to a SharePoint list and get a notification.” Fill in some information, and build the app in an hour.

Benefit #5: Office 365 Integration

Getting the data from an app is great, but where should that data go? Thanks to Power Apps integration with Office 365, Microsoft Flow, and Microsoft Power BI, it’s easy to get data into and out of SharePoint, or Excel, or any of the other 365 apps on which your business depends.

Benefit #6: Mobile Ready

All too often, there is already a really great way for a user to access exactly what they need… as long as they are sitting at their laptop or desktop computer. However, when the same user is out on the road, or just away from the office, it can be difficult to access the same information on a mobile device. Cluttered interfaces that work perfectly on a 24” screen can be worthless on an iPhone or Android device. Power Apps allows you to develop for a phone form factor right in the same interface so you can always be sure that the great new app you are building will work for your road warriors. Thanks to the easy to use interface and common connectors, chances are there is a way to easily create a mobile friendly version using the same data access that the desktop version already uses.

Benefit #7: Microsoft Flow

Power Apps comes integrated with Microsoft Flow. This Power Apps benefit lets apps react to changing or updating data without the need to build your own poll or check to alert the app to run when there is an update. Various Power Apps subscriptions come with different numbers of flows that can be run each month, but the number can be increased if necessary.

Benefit #8: Low Cost

Another benefit of Microsoft Power Apps is its low cost. Standalone plans start as low at $10 per month for two applications and one portal, or $40 per month for unlimited applications. With an Office 365 license, it’s even easier to add Power Apps to your stack. Contact your admin to add-on or try it out yourself.

Microsoft Power Apps provides a great way to quickly and easily create easy to use business level apps for your company. If you’re ready to get started with Microsoft Power Apps, just know that Imaginet is here to help you. Our Imaginet Business Productivity team can help you get a jump start into Power Apps and any of the other Office 365 productivity tools.

https://www.imaginet.com/2019/top-business-benefits-microsoft-powerapps/

Question 1: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward plans to create canvas apps to create three Flows that each copy data to Microsoft Azure Data Lake on different schedules.

What is the minimum number of connectors required?

  • 3
  • (Correct)
  • 1
  • 0
  • 2

Explanation

  • The minimum number of connectors required is three in this case because of the three unique flows. Each flow must use one connector for each copy data event scheduled.

A connector is a proxy or a wrapper around an API that allows the underlying service to talk to Microsoft Power Automate, Microsoft Power Apps, and Azure Logic Apps. It provides a way for users to connect their accounts and leverage a set of prebuilt actions and triggers to build their apps and workflows.

Our large ecosystem of software as a service (SaaS) connectors enables you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Architecture

Runtime flow

Architecture components

Here are the architecture components and what they do:

  • Credential and metadata store—A service to store connector metadata (swagger, connection, ACLs, etc.), and credentials associated with a connection.
  • Connector
  • Azure APIM (API Manager) to host all the swagger and policies. In addition to being the entry point for all calls that interact with the connector calls, Azure APIM verifies keys, tokens, certificates, and other credentials.
  • App Service Environment to host connector webapps.

Connector components

Each connector offers a set of operations classified as actions and triggers. Once you connect to the underlying service, these operations can be easily leveraged within your apps and workflows.

Actions

Actions are changes directed by a user. For example, you would use an action to look up, write, update, or delete data in a SQL database. All actions directly map to operations defined in the swagger.

Triggers

Several connectors provide triggers that can notify your app when specific events occur. For example, the FTP connector has the OnUpdatedFile trigger. You can build either a Logic App or a flow that listens to this trigger and performs an action whenever the trigger fires.

There are two types of triggers:

  • Polling Triggers—These triggers call your service at a specified frequency to check for new data. When new data is available, it causes a new run of your workflow instance with the data as input.
  • Push Triggers—These triggers listen for data on an endpoint, that is, they wait for an event to occur. The occurrence of this event causes a new run of your workflow instance.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/connectors

Connectors for canvas apps

Data is at the core of most apps, including the data you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

Tables

If your connector provides tables, you add your data source and then select the table in the data source that you want to manage. Power Apps both retrieve table data into your app and updates data in your data source for you. For example, you can add a data source that contains a table named Lessons and then set the Items property of a control, such as a gallery or a form, to this value in the formula bar:

You can specify the data that your app retrieves by customizing the Items property of the control that shows your data. Continuing the previous example, you can sort or filter the data in the Lessons table by using that name as an argument for the Search and SortByColumn functions. In this graphic, the formula to which the Items property is set specifies that the data is sorted and filtered based on the text in TextSearchBox1.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

Question 2: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has version 1.0.0.0 of a published Power Apps app. The IT team just created and published version 2.0.0.0 of the app. Bruce goes through the process of restoring the previous version of the app.

How many versions of the app are displayed in the Version tab for the app for Bruce?

  • 3
  • (Correct)
  • 0
  • 1
  • 2

Explanation

  • In the Version tab, before restoring the app it will show ‘2’; after restoring the app the Version tab will show ‘3’.

Restore a canvas app to a previous version

How to restore a canvas app to a previous version that was saved to the cloud from your Power Apps account.

Restore an app from your account

  1. Open powerapps.com, and then click or tap Apps in the left navigation bar.

2. (optional) Near the upper-left corner, filter the list of apps to show only those apps that you own or only those apps to which you contribute.

Note: If the app that you want to restore doesn’t appear, make sure that you’re in the right environment.

3. Near the right edge, click or tap the info icon for the app that you want to restore.

4. Click or tap the Versions tab, and then click or tap Restore for the version that you want to restore.

5. In the confirmation dialog box, click or tap Restore.

A new version is added to your list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/restore-an-app

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is creating a canvas app that will be used in several countries/regions. Wade wants to be sure that when running a Canvas app on a mobile device, the app adopts the app author’s language.

When running a Canvas app on a mobile device, will the app adopt the app author’s language?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • When using the native studio or a native player, the language used is provided by the host operating system.

Build global support into canvas apps

Power Apps is a global product. You can build and use canvas apps in many different languages and regions.

Both while building and running apps, the text displayed by Power Apps has been translated into different kinds of languages. You’ll see menu items, dialog boxes, ribbon tabs, and other text in your native language. Typing in and displaying dates and numbers is also adapted for your particular language and region. For example, some regions of the world use a . (dot or period) as the decimal separator while others use a , (comma).

The apps you create can be globally aware as well. Use the Language, Text, Value, DateValue, and other functions to adapt what is displayed and used as input in different languages.

Language settings

When using the native studio or a native player, the language used is provided by the host operating system. For Windows, this setting can be controlled under “All Settings” and then “Time & language” settings. Windows also allows you to specify the characters to use for the decimal separator, overriding the language setting.

When using the web experiences, the language used is provided by the browser. Most browser default to the host operating system’s setting with some also providing a way to set the language manually.

Authoring environment

The authoring environment adapts to the language setting of the author. The app itself is stored in a language agnostic manner, so that authors using different languages can edit the same app.

Names in formulas

Most elements in formula are always in English:

  • Function names: If, Navigate, Collect, and so on.
  • Control property names: Screen.Fill, Button.OnSelect, Textbox.Font, and so on.
  • Enumeration names: colour.Aqua, DataSourceInfo.MaxValue, FontWeight.Bold, and so on.
  • Signal records: Compass.Heading, Location. Latitude, App.ActiveScreen, and so on.
  • Operators: Parent, in, exactIn, and so on.

As the authoring experience is localized, control and other object names will appear in the native language of the author.

In Spanish, some of the control names appear as:

When you insert one of these controls into your app, their name will default to English. This change is done for consistency with the control property names and the rest of the formula. For example, Casilla listed above is inserted as Checkbox1.

After a control is inserted, you can change the name to whatever you like. While selected, the far left-hand side of the “Content” ribbon displays the name of the control. Selecting this name drops down a text box where you can edit the name:

If you like, here you can rename the control to Casilla1. The red squiggly, in this case displayed by a browser, is because the name isn’t a Spanish word and is of no concern.

You can use whatever names you like for:

  • Control names
  • Collection names
  • Context variable names

Formula separators and chaining operator

Some separators and operators will shift based on the decimal separator of the author’s language:

The change in the Power Apps list separator is consistent with what happens to the Excel list separator. It impacts:

  • Arguments in function calls.
  • Fields in a record.
  • Records in a table.

For example, consider the following formula expressed in a language and region that uses dot or period as the decimal separator, such as Japan or the United Kingdom:

Now view this same formula in a language and region where a comma is used for the decimal separator, such as France or Spain:

The highlight shows the operators that change between the two versions. The property selection operator . (dot or period) in Slider1.Value is always the same, no matter what the decimal separator is.

Internally the formula doesn’t change, all that changes is how it’s displayed and edited by the author. Two different authors using two different languages can view and edit the same formula, with each seeing the appropriate separators and operators for their language.

Creating a global app

The app you create can adapt to different languages, providing a great user experience for your users around the world.

Language function

The Language function returns the language tag of the current user. For example, this function returns “en-GB” for users in Great Britain and “de-DE” for users in Germany.

Among other things, you can use Language to display translated text for your users. Your app can include a table of translated values in your app:

And then use a formula such as the following to pull translated strings from the table:

  • Power Apps
  • LookUp( Table1, TextID = “Hello” && (LanguageTag = Left( Language(), 2 ) || IsBlank( LanguageTag ))).LocalizedText

Translated strings in other languages could be longer than they are in your language. In many cases, the labels and other elements that display the strings in your user interface will need to be wider to accommodate.

For more information, see the documentation for the Language function.

Formatting numbers, dates, and times

Numbers, dates, and times are written in different formats in different parts of the world. The meaning of commas, decimals, and the order of month, date, and year vary from location to location.

The Text function formats numbers and dates using the language setting of the user.

Text requires a format string to know how you want to format the number or date. This format string can take one of two forms:

  • A global aware enumeration. For example, Text( Now(), DateTimeFormat.LongDate ). This formula will format the current date in a language appropriate format. This method is the preferred way to specify the format string.
  • A custom format string. For example, Text( Now(), “[$-en-US]dddd, mmmm dd, yyyy” ) displays the same text as the enumeration when used in the language “en-US”. The advantage of the custom format string is that you can specify exactly what you want.

The “[$-en-US]” on the front of the custom format string tells Text in which language to interpret the custom format string. This string is inserted for you and defaults to your authoring language. Normally you won’t need to change this string. It’s useful when authors from different languages are editing the same app.

The third argument to Text specifies which language to use for the result of the function. The default is the language setting of the current user.

For more information, see the documentation for the Text function.

Reading numbers, dates, and times

There are four functions for reading numbers, dates, and times provided by the user:

  • Value: Converts a number in a text string to a number value.
  • DateValue: Converts a date value in a text string to a date/time value. Anytime specified in the text string is ignored.
  • TimeValue: Converts a time value in a text string to a date/time value. Any date specified in the text string is ignored.
  • DateTimeValue: Converts a date and time value in a text string to a date/time value.

If you have used Excel, all of these functions are combined in the single Value function. They’re broken out here since Power Apps has separate types for date/time values and numbers.

All of these functions have the same arguments:

  • String, required: A string from the user. For example, a string types into a Text input control and read from the control with the Text property.
  • Language, optional: The language in which to interpret the String. By default, the language setting of the user.

For example:

  • Value( “12,345.678”, “en-US” ) or Value( “12,345.678” ) when located where “en-US” is the user’s language returns the number 12345.678, ready for calculations.
  • DateValue( “1/2/01”, “es-ES” ) or DateValue( “1/2/01” ) when located where “es-ES” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at midnight.
  • TimeValue( “11:43:02”, “fr-FR” ) or TimeValue( “11:43:02” ) when located where “fr-FR” is the user’s language returns the date/time value January 1, 1970 at 11:43:02.
  • DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01”, “de-DE” ) or DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01” ) when located where “de-DE” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at 11:43:02.

For more information, see the documentation for the Value and DateValue, TimeValue, and DateTimeValue functions and working with dates and times.

Calendar and Clock information

The Calendar and Clock functions provide calendar and clock information for the user’s current language.

Among other things, use these functions to provide a Dropdown control with a list of choices.

For more information, see the documentation for the Calendar and Clock functions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/global-apps

Question 4: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

Each week John uses the corporate YouTube channel to create a video that highlights new initiatives, and goals for service operations.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to design a Power Apps app that streams the videos to internal users.

Which of the following should he use to drag and drop a video to the app?

  • Portal
  • View
  • Connector
  • Control
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Jean-Luc should use control to drag and drop a video to the app.

List of controls available for model-driven apps

You can use a rich set of additional controls to create a more touch-friendly experience on model-driven apps. These include sliders, switches, multimedia player, input masks, calendar, and other controls.

To use these controls in the form designer:

  1. Select the column or grid you want to add the control to.
  2. On the Properties tab in the left pane, select Components.
  3. Select + Component to display the available controls, and then select the control you want.

    Note: Different controls are available depending on the column or grid type. For example, star rating controls are only available for whole number columns.

  4. Select the devices (web, tablet, and phone) you want the control to appear on.
  5. Configure the values for each property.
  6. Select Done when you’re done configuring the control.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/additional-controls-for-dynamics-365-for-phones-and-tablets

Question 5: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on the Sales Team where a sales representative is creating a Power BI report to visualize data from a Microsoft Excel workbook. The report must be viewable and shareable by the users.

As the Azure expert, the sale rep comes to you for guidance. Which actions should you recommend to the sales rep to perform? (Select two)

  • Publish the dashboard
  • Pin the report to a dashboard
  • (Correct)
  • Share the dashboard
  • (Correct)
  • Export the data

Explanation

  • You would first create a report in PBI Desktop and then publish it. Then Pin the report to a dashboard and Share the dashboard.

Pin an entire report page, as a live tile, to a Power BI dashboard

A way to add a new dashboard tile is by pinning an entire report page. This is an easy way to pin more than one visualization at a time. Also, when you pin an entire page, the tiles are live; you can interact with them right there on the dashboard. And changes you make to any of the visualizations back in the report editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile as well.

Pinning live tiles from reports to dashboards is only available in Power BI service (app.powerbi.com).

Pin a report page

  1. Open a report in Editing view.
  2. With no visualizations selected, from the menubar, select Pin Live Page.

3. Pin the tile to an existing dashboard or to a new dashboard. Notice the highlighted text: Pin live page enables changes to reports to appear in the dashboard tile when the page is refreshed.

  • Existing dashboard: select the name of the dashboard from the dropdown. Dashboards that have been shared with you will not appear in the dropdown.
  • New dashboard: type the name of the new dashboard.

4. Select Pin live. A Success message (near the top right corner) lets you know the page was added, as a tile, to your dashboard.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

Share with more than 100 separate users

At most, you can share with 100 users or groups in a single share action. However, you can give more than 500 users access to an item. Here are some suggestions:

  • Share multiple times by specifying the users individually.
  • Share with a user group that contains all the users.
  • Create the report or dashboard in a workspace, then create an app from the workspace. You can share the app with many more people. Read more about publishing apps in Power BI.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards#limitations-and-considerations

Question 6: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is creating their first canvas app in Power Apps and are not sure of the types of controls they can include.
Felix has asked you to advise the team and recommend solutions for them.

Which types of controls should you recommend using in Power Apps to drill down into customer contact records in Dynamics 365 Sales to view a photo of a customer you are going to meet?

  • Add picture
  • List box
  • Image
  • (Correct)
  • People-screen template
  • Gallery

Explanation

  • If you add one or more Image controls to your app, you can show individual images that aren’t part of a data set, or you can incorporate images from records in data sources.
  • Not List box: A list in which the user can select one or multiple items.
  • Not Add picture: With the Add picture control in PowerApps users can take photos or upload image files from their device and update the data source with this content. On a mobile device the user is presented with the device’s choice dialog to choose between taking a photo or selecting one already available.

People-screen template in canvas apps

In a canvas app, add a people screen that lets users search for people within their organizations. Users can search for, select, and add people to a collection. You can change which types of data appear in the search result gallery, use your people selections to send an email, and make other customizations.

You can also add other template-based screens that show different data from Office 365, such as email, a user’s calendar, and availability of people users might want to invite to a meeting.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/screen-templates/people-screen-overview

Meeting-screen template for canvas apps

In a canvas app, add a meeting screen that lets users create and send meeting requests from their Office 365 Outlook accounts. Users can search for attendees in their org and add external email addresses. If your tenant has meeting rooms built into Outlook, users can select a location as well.

You can also add other template-based screens that show different data from Office 365, such as email, people in an organization, and a user’s calendar.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/screen-templates/meeting-screen-overview

Question 7: Skipped

Scenario: Dr. Karl Malus works for the Power Broker Corporation (PBC) founded by Curtiss Jackson, using technology to service various countries and their military efforts. You have been contracted by the company to assist Dr. Malus with their Microsoft Power Platform implementation.

As the Microsoft expert, Dr. Malus asks you to describe the features of model-driven apps to the team.

Which of the following are features of model-driven apps?

  • They adjust the layout of the UI automatically in response to changes in a device’s orientation or screen resolution.
  • (Correct)
  • They embed Power BI dashboards.
  • (Correct)
  • They connect to multiple data sources.
  • They guide users by using business process flows.
  • (Correct)
  • They control navigation between forms by using Microsoft Power Fx formulas.

Explanation

  • Model-driven apps are based on a single data source, which is Dataverse.
  • Model-driven apps use the data model and relationships in Dataverse to control navigation between records.
  • Model-driven apps have a predefined UI model, and one of the benefits of this UI model is that the components you create are automatically able to respond to different screen resolutions and orientations.
  • Model-driven apps are composed of components, and many components can be easily added to model-driven apps, such as Power BI dashboards and business process flows.
  • Model-driven app components are no-code and do not require Power Fx to change the component’s functionality or control navigation.

Model-driven apps in Power Apps

A model-driven app consists of several components that you select by using the App Designer. The components and component properties become the metadata. Let’s look more closely at these components.

Data

The table below shows the different data components that can make up a model-driven app which can determine what data the app will be based upon. It also shows what designer is used to create or edit the data component.

User interface

The table below shows the user interface components which determine how users will interact with the app and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

Logic

The logic components determine what business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Microsoft Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule they are needing.

Visualization

The visualization components determine what type of data and reporting the app will show and have available and which designer is used to create or edit that component.

Some examples of visualizations in a model-driven app:

Process driven apps

Model-driven apps are especially well suited to process driven apps that are data dense and make it easy for users to move between related records. For example, if you are building an app to manage a complex process, such as onboarding new employees, managing a sales process, or member relationships in an organization such as a bank, a model-driven app is a great choice.

Data modelling

While they’re called model-driven apps, it is often easier to think of them as data model driven apps. This is because, without a data model housed within Microsoft Dataverse, you can’t create a model-driven app.

User experience

From the user’s perspective, all model-driven apps offer a similar experience, which is both accessible to many users and to the device used. The experience is similar to the diagram shown below.

In this example, the app contains three tables (challenges, ideas, team projects), one dashboard, and multiple charts and views. Users can navigate between the tables using the left pane or via the dashboard.

Benefits of the model-driven approach

Unlike canvas app development where the designer has complete control over app layout, with model-driven apps much of the user interface is determined for you and is largely designated by the components you add to the app.

There are some notable advantages to this method of application development.

  • Once the data model and relationships have been created, the build process is relatively rapid due to rich component-focused no-code designers.
  • Apps have a similar user interface across various devices from desktop to mobile.
  • The apps are accessible and responsive automatically.
  • The user experience is consistent across all model-driven apps. Once a user is confident with one model-driven app, later apps are easier to adopt within an organization.
  • Migrating apps between development, test, and production environments is relatively straightforward by using solutions.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-overview

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Azure Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI and its benefits.

Which of the below are ways which Power BI can help Seth effectively leverage his data?

  • None of the listed options.
  • Predict the various scenarios of what customers will do with complete certainty.
  • All of the listed options.
  • Analyze sales data to better allocate resources and place orders, optimizing operations.
  • (Correct)
  • Analyze customer data to better target and promote specific items to specific customers.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power BI can analyze all types of data you may have to assist in your business efficiency and decision making efficacy.

From customer and employee data, metrics for company goals, to sales and acquisitions, business are drowning in data, but this data is only as good as your ability to interpret and communicate its meaning. That’s where Power BI (Business Intelligence) comes into play.

Microsoft Power BI is a collection of software services, apps, and connectors that work together to turn your unrelated sources of data into coherent, visually immersive, and interactive insights. Whether your data is a simple Microsoft Excel workbook, or a collection of cloud-based and on-premises hybrid data warehouses, Power BI lets you easily connect to your data sources, clean, and model your data without affecting the underlying source, visualize (or discover) what’s important, and share that with anyone or everyone you want.

The parts of Power BI

Power BI consists of a Microsoft Windows desktop application called Power BI Desktop, an online SaaS (Software as a Service) service called the Power BI service, and mobile Power BI apps that are available on phones and tablets.

These three elements — Desktop, the service, and Mobile apps—are designed to let people create, share, and consume business insights in the way that serves them, or their role, most effectively.

Power BI concepts

The major building blocks of Power BI are: datasets, reports, and dashboards. They are all organized into workspaces, and they are created on capacities.

Capacities

Capacities are a core Power BI concept representing a set of resources used to host and deliver your Power BI content. Capacities are either shared or dedicated. A shared capacity is shared with other Microsoft customers, while a dedicated capacity is fully committed to a single customer. Dedicated capacities require a subscription. By default, workspaces are created on a shared capacity.

Workspaces

Workspaces are containers for dashboards, reports, datasets, and dataflows in Power BI. There are two types of workspaces: My workspace and workspaces.

  • My workspace is the personal workspace for any Power BI customer to work with your own content. Only you have access to your My workspace. You can share dashboards and reports from your My Workspace. If you want to collaborate on dashboards and reports, or create an app, then you want to work in a workspace.
  • Workspaces are used to collaborate and share content with colleagues. You can add colleagues to your workspaces and collaborate on dashboards, reports, and datasets. With one exception, all workspace members need Power BI Pro licenses.

Workspaces are also the places where you create, publish, and manage apps for your organization. Think of workspaces as staging areas and containers for the content that will make up a Power BI app. So what is an app? An app is a collection of dashboards and reports built to deliver key metrics to the Power BI consumers in your organization. Apps are interactive, but consumers cannot edit them. App consumers, the colleagues who have access to the apps, do not necessarily need Pro licenses.

Datasets

A dataset is a collection of data that you import or connect to. Power BI lets you connect to and import all sorts of datasets and bring all of it together in one place. Datasets can also source data from dataflows.

Datasets are associated with workspaces and a single dataset can be part of many workspaces. When you open a workspace, the associated datasets are listed under the Datasets tab. Each listed dataset represents a single source of data, for example, an Excel workbook on OneDrive, or an on-premises SSAS tabular dataset, or a Salesforce dataset. There are many different data sources supported. Datasets added by one workspace member are available to the other workspace members with an admin, member, or contributor role.

Shared Datasets

Business intelligence is a collaborative activity. It’s important to establish standardized datasets that can be the ‘one source of truth.’ Discovering and reusing those standardized datasets is key. When expert data modellers in your organization create and share optimized datasets, report creators can start with those datasets to build accurate reports. Your organization can have consistent data for making decisions, and a healthy data culture. To consume these shared datasets just choose Power BI datasets when creating your Power BI report.

Reports

A Power BI report is one or more pages of visualizations such as line charts, maps, and treemaps. Visualizations are also called visuals. You can create reports from scratch within Power BI, import them with dashboards that colleagues share with you, or Power BI can create them when you connect to datasets from Excel, Power BI Desktop, databases, and SaaS applications. For example, when you connect to an Excel workbook that contains Power View sheets, Power BI creates a report based on those sheets. And when you connect to a SaaS application, Power BI imports a pre-built report.

There are two modes to view and interact with reports: Reading view and Editing view. When you open a report, it opens in Reading view. If you have edit permissions, then you see Edit report in the upper-left corner, and you can view the report in Editing view. If a report is in a workspace, everyone with an admin, member, or contributor role can edit it. They have access to all the exploring, designing, building, and sharing capabilities of Editing view for that report. The people they share the report with can explore and interact with the report in Reading view.

When you open a workspace, the associated reports are listed under the Reports tab. Each listed report represents one or more pages of visualizations based on only one of the underlying datasets. To open a report, select it.

When you open an app, you are presented with a dashboard. To access an underlying report, select a dashboard tile (more on tiles later) that was pinned from a report. Keep in mind that not all tiles are pinned from reports, so you may have to click a few tiles to find a report.

By default, the report opens in Reading view. Just select Edit report to open it in Editing view (if you have the necessary permissions).

Dashboards

A dashboard is something you create in the Power BI service or something a colleague creates in the Power BI service and shares with you. It is a single canvas that contains zero or more tiles and widgets. Each tile pinned from a report or from Q&A displays a single visualization that was created from a dataset and pinned to the dashboard. Entire report pages can also be pinned to a dashboard as a single tile. There are many ways to add tiles to your dashboard; too many to be covered in this overview topic.

Why do people create dashboards? Here are just some of the reasons:

• to see, in one glance, all the information needed to make decisions.

• to monitor the most-important information about your business.

• to ensure all colleagues are on the same page, viewing and using the same information.

• to monitor the health of a business or product or business unit or marketing campaign, etc.

• to create a personalized view of a larger dashboard and show all the metrics that matter to them.

When you open a workspace, the associated dashboards are listed under the Dashboards tab. To open a dashboard, select it. When you open an app, you will be presented with a dashboard. If you own the dashboard, you will also have edit access to the underlying dataset(s) and reports. If the dashboard was shared with you, you will be able to interact with the dashboard and any underlying reports but will not be able to save any changes.

Template Apps

The new Power BI template apps enable Power BI partners to build Power BI apps with little or no coding and deploy them to any Power BI customer. As a Power BI partner, you create a set of out-of-the-box content for your customers and publish it yourself.

You can build template apps that allow your customers to connect within their own accounts. As domain experts, they can unlock the data in a way that is easy for their business users to consume.

https://app.powerbi.com/getdata/services

Question 9: Skipped

Scenario: Roxxon Energy Corporation (NYSE: ROX) is an American multinational oil and gas corporation headquartered at the One Roxxon Plaza in Manhattan, New York City. It is one of the largest fuel conglomerates around the world. The Corporation generated billions of dollars in profits each year by refining and manufacturing products related to oil through its many holdings. The founder of the company, J.T. Jones, has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform SME to assist with their IT projects.

At the moment, the team is looking into how to share a dashboard by reading the online documentation.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • If you are unable to share with a colleague, it might be because of the type of Power BI license that you or your colleague have.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI simplifies collaboration and improves the outcome by allowing you and your colleagues to work simultaneously on the same dashboards and reports.
  • (Correct)
  • While you and your colleagues explore the data and make changes to the reports and dashboards, the updated data is refreshed automatically.
  • All of the listed options are correct.

Explanation

True statements:

  • Power BI simplifies collaboration and improves the outcome by allowing you and your colleagues to work simultaneously on the same dashboards and reports.
  • If you are unable to share with a colleague, it might be because of the type of Power BI license that you or your colleague have.

Power BI service makes it easy to share your datasets, dashboards, and reports with your colleagues. Power BI simplifies collaboration and improves the outcome by allowing you and your colleagues to work simultaneously on the same dashboards and reports. And, while you and your colleagues explore the data and make changes to the reports and dashboards, the underlying data is not affected.

  1. Click My Workspace on the left side Navigation pane. If you have multiple workspaces, you can click on Workspaces and make the appropriate selection from the dropdown.
  2. Click the share button by the Contoso Manufacturing Sales dashboard.

3.Type in the names or emails of those you wish to share your dashboard with and set the options to determine the user permissions.

4.Select Share.

Tip: If you are unable to share with a colleague, it might be because of the type of Power BI license that you or your colleague have. Check with your Power BI administrator for help.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is planning to build a series of Power Apps portals. Felix is giving advice to the team and he tells them that they can test portals in non-production environments and then migrate the portals into production environments.

Is Felix correct?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Felix is correct. The team can test portals in non-production environments and then migrate the portals into production environments.

Migrate portal configuration

Portal development involves several configurations and customizations to achieve a desired experience for portal end users.

After you have completed development or configuration of your portal instance, you might want to migrate your latest portal configuration from development to testing or the production environments. Migration involves exporting the existing configuration from the source Microsoft Dataverse environment, and then importing it into the target Dataverse environment.

To export configuration data, you would need to use the Configuration Migration tool and a portal-specific configuration schema file.

Schema files are available for the following portal types:

Portals created in an environment with Dataverse

Portals created in an environment containing customer engagement apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Customer Service)

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/migrate-portal-configuration

The default schema files contain information about portal tables, relationships, and uniqueness definitions for each entity. More information: Export portal configuration data

After exporting the configuration data, you must import it into the target environment. More information: Import portal configuration data

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/migrate-portal-configuration

Question 11: Skipped

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists.

Which of the following is described as: A document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships these form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map.

  • Page templates
  • Mobile Header
  • Canvas
  • Webpages
  • (Correct)
  • Content snippets
  • Toolbelt

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

The current project is to build Power BI visualizations for the Bar team and the IT team working on the project believes Power BI visualizations can be used in Canvas apps and Model-driven apps.

Oswald is not sure if his team is correct or not so he comes to you to settle the matter.

Can Power BI visualizations can be used in both Canvas apps and Model-driven apps?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, Power BI visualizations can be used in Canvas apps and Model-driven apps.

Visualization types in Power BI

Power BI Desktop offers a range of out-of-the-box visualization options that are available directly from the Visualizations pane. When you select the fields that you want to display in a visualization, you can experiment with all the different visualization types to find the one that best suits your needs. If you can’t find a visual that meets your needs, you can download other visuals from Microsoft AppSource or import your own custom visuals.

Depending on the type of data in your selected fields, one or more visualizations might not be suitable. For example, geographic data will not display well as a funnel chart or line chart visualization.

It is important that you choose an effective visualization to ensure that you display the data in the best way possible. The following sections outline the different types of visualizations that are available within Power BI Desktop, using the same data source for illustration purposes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a

Table and Matrix visualizations

The table is a grid that contains related data in a logical series of rows and columns. The table supports two dimensions and the data is flat, which means that duplicate values are displayed and not aggregated. It can also contain headers and a row for totals.

The Matrix visualization looks similar to the table visualization; however, it allows you to select one or more elements (rows, columns, values) in the matrix to cross-highlight other visuals on the report page. In the following image, notice that a new field called Product Colour was added to the columns, and the available colours are now spanning across the table, with the categories listed in rows.

Bar and column charts

Power BI Desktop has a variety of bar and column chart visualizations that present specific data across different categories in a stacked or clustered format. The stacked format will stack the information items on top of each other.

For example, the following clustered column chart shows a single column with total sales for each country, whereas the stacked column chart shows data for sales by country, by product name. All sales data is stacked into one column to show you the total sales by country, broken down by how much each product contributed to the overall total sales.

Line and area charts

The line chart and area chart visualizations are beneficial in helping you present trends over time. The basic area chart is based on the line chart, with the area between axis and line filled in. The main difference between these two chart types is that the area chart highlights the magnitude of change over time.

Pie charts, doughnut charts, and treemaps

The pie chart, doughnut chart, and treemap visualizations show you the relationship of parts to the whole by dividing the data into segments. From a data analysis perspective, these charts are not useful because interpreting the data that they present can be difficult. However, these charts are often used for aesthetic reasons due to the colourful segments that they display. These charts are best suited for illustrating percentages, such as the top five sales by product or country, or any other available categories.

The pie chart is a solid circle, whereas the doughnut chart has a centre that is blank and allows space for a label or icon.

When using pie charts, doughnut charts, and treemaps, try to avoid presenting too many categories because it results in thin slices (or rectangles) that provide no added value to the user. If you do need to present all categories in your dataset, it’s better to use another type of visual, such as a column chart.

Pie charts and doughnut charts present data by dividing it into slices, while the treemap visualization displays data as a set of nested rectangles. Each level of the hierarchy is represented by a coloured rectangle (branch) containing smaller rectangles (leaves). The space inside each rectangle is allocated based on the value that is being measured. The rectangles are arranged in size from top left (largest) to bottom right (smallest).

A treemap is ideal to visualize:

  • Large amounts of hierarchical data when a bar chart can’t effectively handle the large number of values.
  • Proportions between each part and the whole.
  • The distribution pattern of the measure across each level of categories in the hierarchy.
  • Attributes, by using size and colour coding.
  • Spot patterns, outliers, most-important contributors, and exceptions.

Combo charts

The combo chart visualization is a combination of a column chart and a line chart that can have one or two Y axes. The combination of the two charts into one lets you:

  • Compare multiple measures with different value ranges.
  • Illustrate the correlation between two measures in one visual.
  • Identify whether one measure meets the target that is defined by another measure.
  • Conserve space on your report page.

Card visualization

The card visualization displays a single value: a single data point. This type of visualization is ideal for visualizing important statistics that you want to track on your Power BI dashboard or report, such as total value, YTD sales, or year-over-year change.

The multi-row card visualization displays one or more data points, with one data point for each row.

Funnel visualization

The funnel visualization displays a linear process that has sequential connected stages, where items flow sequentially from one stage to the next.

Funnel charts are most often seen in business or sales contexts. For example, they are useful for representing a workflow, such as moving from a sales lead to a prospect, through to a proposal and sale.

Funnel charts are great options in the following contexts:

  • When the data is sequential and moves through at least four stages.
  • When the number of items in the first stage is expected to be greater than the number of items in the final stage.
  • To calculate a potential outcome (revenue, sales, deals, and so on) by stages.
  • To calculate and track conversion and retention rates.
  • To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process.

Gauge chart

A radial gauge chart has a circular arc and displays a single value that measures progress toward a goal or target.

The value at the end of the arc represents the defaulted maximum value, which will always be double the actual value. To create a realistic visual, you should always specify each of the values. You can accomplish this task by dropping the correct field that contains an amount into the Target value, Minimum value, and Maximum value fields on the Visualization pane.

The shading in the arc represents the progress toward that target. The value inside the arc represents the progress value. Power BI spreads all possible values evenly along the arc, from the minimum (left-most value) to the maximum (right-most value).

Radial gauges can be used to show the progress that is being made toward a goal or target, or they can show the health of a single measure. However, radial gauges do take up a lot of space in comparison to the insights that they provide. It is more effective to use a pair of gauges with a spark line so users can see the trend and know what to do about it.

Waterfall visualization

The waterfall visualization (also known as a bridge chart) shows a running total as values are added or subtracted, which is useful in displaying a series of positive and negative changes. The chart consists of colour-coded columns, so you can quickly identify increases and decreases. The initial and the final value columns often start on the horizontal axis, while the intermediate values are floating columns.

Waterfall charts can be used to:

  • Visualize changes over time or across different categories.
  • Audit the major changes that contribute to the total value.
  • Plot your organization’s annual profit by showing various sources of revenue to help determine the total profit (or loss).
  • Illustrate the beginning and ending headcount for your organization in a year.
  • Visualize how much money you earn and spend each month and the running balance for your account.

Scatter chart

The scatter chart visualization is effective when you are comparing large numbers of data points without regard to time. The scatter chart has two value axes to show: one set of numerical data along a horizontal axis and another set of numerical values along a vertical axis. The chart displays points at the intersection of an X and Y numerical value, combining these values into single data points. These data points might be distributed evenly or unevenly across the horizontal axis, depending on the data. You can set the number of data points, up to a maximum of 10,000.

You might want to use a scatter chart instead of a line chart because it allows you to change the scale of the horizontal axis. Scatter charts also allow you to:

  • Show relationships between two numerical values.
  • Plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.
  • Turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.
  • Display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.
  • Show patterns in large sets of data, for example, by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
  • Compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a scatter chart, the better the comparisons that you can make.

The following example shows a scatter chart that displays outliers (anomalies) with a trendline going up. The chart clearly shows that most products were sold at the same quantity, and only some products were sold in larger quantities. By identifying those outliers, you can run further analysis and break them down by country and region, which can help to improve logistics, decrease costs, and increase customer satisfaction.

Maps

Power BI integrates with Bing Maps to provide default map coordinates (a process called geocoding), so you can create maps. Together, they use algorithms to identify the correct location; however, sometimes, it’s a best guess.

A basic map (bubble map) is used to associate categorical and quantitative information with spatial locations. This type of map visual displays precise geographical locations of data points on a map, as illustrated in the following image. A fill map uses shading, tinting, or patterns to display how a value differs in proportion across a geographical region. Similarly, shape maps use colours to display relative comparisons of geographical regions. You can also use an ArcGIS map to display graphical information in a more interactive way.

Slicer visualization

The slicer visualization is a standalone chart that can be used to filter the other visuals on the page. Slicers provide a more advanced and customized way of filtering, in comparison to the Filters pane, which is suited to more basic filtering operations. You can learn more about these two filtering options in another module.

Slicers come in many different formats, including list, drop-down, and buttons, and they can be formatted to allow the selection of only one, many, or all available values.

Slicers are ideal to:

  • Visualize commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.
  • Simplify your ability to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.
  • Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.
  • Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.

Tip: Using a slicer that is set to a drop-down format will defer the queries that are being sent to the dataset and can help improve performance.

Q&A visualization

The Q&A visualization allows you to ask natural language questions and get answers in the form of a visual. This ability to ask questions is valuable to consumers and to you, the report author. This visualization type can help you create visuals in the report, and it can also be used as a tool for consumers to get answers quickly.

The Q&A visualization consists of the following four core components:

  • The question box, where users enter their question and are shown suggestions to help them complete the question.
  • A pre-populated list of suggested questions.
  • An icon that users can select to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual.
  • An icon that users can select to open Q&A tooling, which allows designers to configure the underlying natural language engine. When entering natural language queries with Power BI Q&A, you can specify the visual type in your query. The following example illustrates how to implement Net sales by country.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-report-add-visualizations-ii

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: Kaxton Laboratories was a company formed by Carl Kaxton. Wilbur Day invented revolutionary hydraulic lift technology which uses Azure products.

Kaxton is new to Microsoft Power Automate and Dataverse and has hired you as an expert consultant to guide his team. Carl and team are trying to use a model-driven app for customer data management.

One of the developers has created a new column and users report that they cannot view the column when they edit records.

Carl asks you to assist the team to ensure users can view the column.

Which of the following actions should be performed?

  • Publish customizations
  • (Correct)
  • Add a page
  • Add the column to the view
  • Add the column on the form
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • In model-driven apps, forms provide the UI that users can use to interact with the underlying Dataverse table data. A form allows a user to view or edit a record.
  • If a new column is added to a Dataverse table, the column is not added to the form. To make the column available to users, the column must be added to the form and then published to ensure the changes are available to users.
  • Views in Dataverse will display the list of records in a table based on filter criteria. Adding the column to a view will not enable users to edit the column value.
  • Tables in model-driven apps can be added through pages. This does not affect column visibility on forms.

Create a model-driven app

  1. Sign in to Power Apps by using your organizational account.
  2. Select the environment you want, or go to the Power Apps admin center to create a new one.
  3. On the Home page, select Blank App.
  4. On the Create screen, select Blank app based on Dataverse, and click Create.

  5. On the New model-driven app page, enter a name and description for the app. (For example, enter My first app for the name, and this is my first model-driven application for the description.)
  6. After a few minutes, your new app will appear.

Add Account table to your app

You can add pages to your app by using the App Designer.

  1. If necessary, using the navigation on the left, select the show or hide menu names button (looks like 3 horizontal lines) to show the menu names.
  2. Select the Group1 text. On the right-hand side of the screen change the Title to Customers.

  3. Using the command bar at the top, select the + Add Page button.
  4. On the Add Page screen, select Table based view and form, then select the Next button.
  5. On the Add table view and form pages screen, select Account then select the Add button.

    Note: Your environment may not contain an account table. If that is the case, you will need to create one. Use the navigation on the left and select Dataverse, expand, and select Tables On the top action bar, select New table. In the forms that appears, add in Account in the Display name field and Save.

Add forms and views to your app

Now that we have added a table to our app, we are going to specify which Account forms and views should be used with the application.

  1. Using the navigation on the left, select Pages.
  2. Expand Account and select Account form.
  3. On the right-hand side of the screen, select Add form.
  4. From the list of Forms that appears, select Account.


  5. Under Pages on the left, select Account view.
  6. On the right-hand side of the screen, select Add view.
  7. Select the My Active Accounts view.
  8. Select Add view again.
  9. Select Active Accounts.
  10. Select Add view.
  11. Select Inactive Accounts.
    • My Active Accounts
    • Active Accounts
    • Inactive Accounts

Add Contact page to your app

Next, we are going to add another table to our application. In this case we are going to add the Contacts table since a customer could be either an account or a contact.

  1. On the command bar at the top, select the Add Page button.
  2. On the Add page screen, choose table based view and form, then select the Next button.
  3. In the Search field, enter Contact, then select the Contact table.
  4. Select the Add button.

Save and publish your app

Now that you have successfully created your first model driven application, let’s get ready to use it.

  1. Using the command bar at the top select the Save button.
  2. Once your application has been saved, select the Publish button.
  3. To test your application, select the Play button.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-site-map-app

Question 14: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked Leonard McCoy, his IT team leader, to use AI Builder models to address specified requirements. One of the requirements is to identify products without labels or serial numbers.

Which model types should you recommend to Leonard to use to do this?

  • Prediction
  • Form processing
  • Vision
  • Object detection
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Leonard should use Object detection to identify products without labels or serial numbers.

Use the object detection model in Power Automate

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select My flows in the left pane, and then select New flow > Instant cloud flow.
  3. Name your flow, select Manually trigger a flow under Choose how to trigger this flow, and then select Create.
  4. Expand Manually trigger a flow, and then select +Add an input > File as the input type.
  5. Replace File Content with My image (also known as the title).
  6. Select + New step > AI Builder, and then select Detect and count objects in images in the list of actions.
  7. Select the object detection model you want to use.
  8. In the Image input, select My Image from the Dynamic content list:

9. To retrieve the name of the detected object or objects on the image:

  • Select New step.
  • Search for the successive action you want your flow to perform, for example add a row into an Excel table or send an email.
  • Select any of the successive actions’ inputs, and then select Detected object name in the Dynamic content list.

Example object detection flow

The following example shows the creation of a flow that is triggered by an image. This flow counts the number of green tea bottles in the image.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/flow/getting-started

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company. The lead developer is Peter Quill.

Currently, Peter is working on a project and has built a canvas app which is tied to a Microsoft SQL Server database table.

Required: Add a control that allows users to modify the values for each column of a row in the table.

Which control should Peter use?

  • Gallery
  • Data table
  • Vertical container
  • Edit form
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • An edit form is tied to an underlying data table and is the easiest way to allow users to update values in the underlying data.
  • The data table control can be used for viewing data in a data source but cannot be used for editing that data.
  • The gallery control is used to allow users to view or select items in a list but cannot be used for editing values.
  • A vertical container can be used to position controls on a screen, but it is not used for editing the data in a data source.

Power Apps has many different components to build solutions including screens, inputs, galleries, forms and more.

Power Apps Studio

Power Apps Studio is the name of the web interface you use to build your app. With Power Apps, there is no client to download or install for building apps. Everything is done from the browser by logging into https://make.PowerApps.com.

App format

The first step in creating your app is to choose the format of your app: Mobile or Tablet. While both formats can be used interchangeably on a mobile device, a tablet, or a computer, each has different defaults around sizing of the screens and controls. Once you choose the format for an app, you cannot change it.

Galleries

The Gallery control is used to display rows from a table of data. The display of a row is then defined by a template, which you can customize to meet your needs. This allows you to control which columns are shown and how they are formatted. Power Apps will then apply this template automatically to every row in your data.

Forms

Forms are focused on working with a specific record, often based on a selection from a gallery. In this experience, a user browses a gallery to find and select the desired row to view the details on the form. Forms enable a user to not only view detailed information, but to save new records and edit existing ones. The various actions performed with forms are controlled by form modes allowing the form to serve many purposes.

Input Controls

To allow you maximum flexibility in customizing your apps, Power Apps has a large selection of Input controls. Text inputs, buttons, dropdowns, toggles, date pickers, and sliders are a few examples. You can add these controls to galleries, forms, and screens to build a functional and aesthetic experience for your app. All inputs have a multitude of settings for default data, formatting, and actions which allow you to build an app that has the right user experience for your business process.

Intelligent Controls

In addition to common inputs as covered above, Power Apps also provides a rich set of controls for more advanced operations. There are hardware-backed controls which allow access to the camera, bar code scanner, GPS, and more hardware features. There are also service backed controls like the business card reader or object detector which allow you to add artificial intelligence to your app without writing code.

Functions

Functions are the glue that binds all these controls, inputs, and data sources together. You can use one or more functions to create formulas in your apps. These formulas are similar to the language you use in Excel and can be used for actions such as sending data to a data source, formatting information, creating animations, and more. No complicated code is necessary, simply powerful functions with straightforward inputs to enhance your app.

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building new apps for the business to allow employees to work more efficiently.

Wade has asked you to recommend the appropriate types of Power Apps to meet the company’s requirements.

Which of the following should you recommend to Wade to give external users secure access to his data?

  • Portals
  • (Correct)
  • Model-driven apps
  • AI Builder
  • Canvas apps

Explanation

  • Portals are the best option to give external users secure access to company data.

What are Power Apps portals?

Power Apps makers can now create a powerful new type of experience: external-facing websites that allow users outside their organizations to sign in with a wide variety of identities, create and view data in Microsoft Dataverse, or even browse content anonymously. The full capabilities of Dynamics 365 Portals, previously offered only as an add-on to customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), are now available standalone in Power Apps.

These capabilities feature a revamped end-to-end experience for makers to quickly create a website and customize it with pages, layout, and content. Makers can reuse page designs through templates, add forms and views to display key data from Dataverse, and publish to users.

Power Apps portals, Dynamics 365 Portals, and add-on portals

After the launch of Power Apps portals on October 1, 2019, all Dynamics 365 Portals are now referred to as

Power Apps portals.

One of the major changes introduced to portals after October 1, 2019 is the licensing model. Before this, portals were licensed add-ons to Dynamics 365 apps while certain Dynamics 365 licenses included a default portal add-on. As of October 1, 2019, portals are licensed based on usage, or capacity. All previously existing portals must become part of a transition period based on current customer contract, after which they’re required to be converted to a new licensing model.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/overview

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation, growing company managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success. Melinda is managing the support team.

Customers and support technicians need a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Melinda needs more visibility into what the support technicians are doing every week.

As the Microsoft expert, the IT team is relying on you to recommend tools to help with the company’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you recommend for notifying support technicians when a new support request has been entered?

  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • CDS or Dataverse
  • Power Apps Portal
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Power Automate can be used for notifying support technicians when a new support request has been entered.

Dataverse lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Dataverse is stored within a set of tables. A table is a set of rows (formerly referred to as records) and columns (formerly referred to as fields/attributes). Each column in the table is designed to store a certain type of data, for example, name, age, salary, and so on. Dataverse includes a base set of standard tables that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom tables specific to your organization and populate them with data by using Power Query. App makers can then use Power Apps to build rich applications that use this data.

Microsoft and its partners have started with initiative called the Open Data Initiative, which consists of common tables, columns, relationship which form the basis of CDM. Dataverse/CDS is based on CDM, as a programmer we can customize or extend tables from CDM within CDS but all the business logic, security and integrations are defined on Dataverse/CDS.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-intro

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge, and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there, and the IT team would like to set up a flow to write an item to a SharePoint list when they receive an email from the team lead.

Which of the following would get them started?

  • See if any templates are available for this scenario. If one exists, use that, otherwise create a blank flow with a “When an email is received” trigger.
  • (Correct)
  • Create an automated cloud flow with only one action: create an item in SharePoint.
  • Create an automated cloud flow from blank and add a trigger for “When a new item is created” in SharePoint.
  • Create an instant cloud flow and set the trigger to be “When an email is received”, then add an action for creating the SharePoint item.

Explanation

  • Don’t discount the template store in Power Automate; more often than not, someone has already solved this problem before. However, if they haven’t, you can just create a new flow and use the appropriate Trigger to achieve your goal.

With the hundreds of triggers, actions and connectors, sometimes the hardest part about Power Automate can be figuring out where to get started. To help you get started, there are countless flow templates available to help you build a solution. To see all of the available templates, you can sign into Power Automate and select Templates from the left-hand menu.

From here, you can search by a specific word or phrase like “Dataverse” or you can browse based on category.

If you click on a specific template, you will see details about the template including the data sources it will connect to.

Templates are great for getting started and support being customized. So you can take a template and extend it to meet your business needs.

Create a flow to save email attachments to OneDrive for Business

It can be time consuming to search for attachments through email at Contoso Manufacturing. To alleviate those time consuming searches, you can build a flow that stores all of your email attachments in a folder on your Microsoft OneDrive for Business account. Thankfully, there is a template to help you get started.

  1. From the list of templates search for “Save Office 365 email attachments to OneDrive for Business” and then click on the template to start using it.
  2. Click Continue at the bottom of the screen to create the flow.

Save Office 365 email attachments to OneDrive for Business is one of the one-click templates, in which you can answer questions that are necessary to build the flow, so that you don’t have to write a line of code.

On the template graphic, there’s a description of what the template does and what it needs to succeed.

You’ll be asked to provide credentials for the Microsoft Office 365 Outlook and Microsoft OneDrive for Business services. If you regularly use both services, you’ll already be signed in.

  • The flow connects to your work email to get any attachments.
  • The flow will then create a folder on your OneDrive for Business account to automatically put every attachment that’s sent to your work email address in that folder.

Now that the flow is created, you can click Edit to see the details of what was created for you.

From the flow builder, you can now click through the trigger and the actions to see how this flow was built for you. As you can see, there is no code and everything is accessible to customize or extend to better meet your business needs. For example, maybe try configuring the flow to only process for emails from your boss. Here is a hint: Click on Show advanced options for the On new email trigger.

Now that you have seen how easy it is to start from a template, let’s talk about a couple of key concepts.

Important concepts in Microsoft Power Automate

Keep these concepts in mind when building flows:

  • Every flow has two main parts: a trigger, and one or more actions.
  • You can think of the trigger as the starting action for the flow. The trigger can be something like a new email arriving in your inbox or a new item being added to a SharePoint list.
  • Actions are what you want to happen when a trigger is invoked. For example, the new email trigger will start the action of creating a new file on OneDrive for Business. Other examples of actions include sending an email, posting a tweet, and starting an approval.

Some examples of types of actions you can have in a flow include:

  • Loops – Runs an action until conditions are met to move to the next step of the flow
  • Switch – Identifies a single case to execute based on the evaluation of input
  • Do Until – Executes a block of actions until a specified condition evaluates to true
  • Apply to each – Executes a block of actions for each item in the input array
  • Expressions – underlying definition that describes the actual logic that runs in your flow that can be manually written

You can also perform data operations in your flow, such as Compose, Create CSV table, Join, or Select. These concepts will come into play later when you build your own flows from scratch.

Trigger or run the flow

With Power Automate, you do not think of running a flow the same way as you do with running a Power Apps app. Instead, you perform the activity that triggers the flow to run. In the case of the previous flow, instead of periodically running the flow manually, it would automatically run every time a new email is received with an attachment. This is because the flow has the trigger that determines when it should run.

When defining triggers, there are a few different types:

  • When something changes: These are triggers that run when data is changed. It could be a new item created in SharePoint, a lead is updated in Dynamics, or when an event has been deleted from Outlook for example. The previous flow is an example of a flow that runs when something changes.
  • On a schedule: You can set up a flow to be triggered at a certain time of a day and with a recurrence. This allows for processes such as checking every day at 8 AM to see if there are account renewals pending and if so, sending an email to the necessary people.
  • On a button press: This trigger takes shape in many ways. This can be when a flow virtual button is run through the mobile app, or a physical button is clicked with 3rd party options, or even when a button is pressed inside of Power Apps. This gives you and/or the users control to “run” a flow on demand.

https://flow.microsoft.com/en-us/galleries/public/templates/65ceb79430ef4956a0855fbe09249cdf/save-office-365-email-attachments-to-onedrive-for-business/

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

Peter Quill is a district manager for the Tivian Group and wants to provide the company’s sales managers with deeper sales insights to ensure that they can make more informed decisions for their locations.

Peter wants the IT team to create and share a Power BI dashboard that can be used by the store managers with real-time data.

Which of the following tools should the IT team use to share a dashboard which has been created to share a single location’s sales information?

  • Power BI Desktop only
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options
  • Power BI Service only
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service

Explanation

  • The dashboard creation and sharing is available only in Power BI service.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 20: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

Peter Quill is the IT lead and his team has been tasked with creating a series of mobile applications to empower their field engineers to accomplish several tasks with varying degrees of complexity.

Which of the following app types should be used to create simple apps with highly customizable UI layouts?

  • Dataset
  • Canvas apps
  • (Correct)
  • Dashboard
  • Model-driven apps

Explanation

  • The best choice to quickly create simple apps with highly customizable User Interface layouts is Canvas apps.

Model-driven apps run with the new Unified Interface client which provides a responsive accessible design running in browsers and on popular mobile devices. This app type composes multiple component types including dashboards, forms, views, charts, and business processes which together form a great UI. If you are familiar with the Dynamics 365 platform, you are already familiar with the PowerApps platform and Model-driven Apps.

Both model-driven and canvas apps allow you to easily build business apps. They both share access to the Common Data Service providing standard and custom entities. Canvas apps start with your user experience, crafting a highly tailored interface with the power of a blank canvas and connecting it to 200 data sources. Canvas apps can be built for web, mobile, and tablet applications. Model-driven apps start with your data model – building up from the shape of your core business data and processes in the Common Data Service to model forms, views, and other components. Model-driven apps automatically generate great UI that is responsive across devices.

Model-driven apps are built and managed from the PowerApps Portal similar to how canvas apps are built and managed. We have added a mode switch to the lower left corner which allows switching between the canvas and model-driven design modes.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/sv-se/blog/introducing-model-driven-apps/

Question 21: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie has lent his company resources to a local charity to organize fundraising events. Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

True or False: If a column needs to be changed to a different data type, (i.e. text column to a choice column), then Eddie will need to delete that column and recreate with the correct data type. This will cause him to lose any data associated with that column.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

As you can see, there are two tables: Donation and Fundraiser. Each table also contains four assets:

  • Forms – Defining how users will see and interact with the data
  • Views – A list view of the rows for each table
  • Charts – Showing the data in a meaningful, visual representation
  • Dashboards – Providing an insightful, graphical overview of the data

By selecting the Play button in the top right, the app is put into Play mode. You can see it then looks completely different and shows the data based on the choices made in the design process.

Understand the needs of the user

With model-driven apps, the name says it all. Your primary design goal is to get your Microsoft Dataverse data model in order. With that in place, you can connect Power Apps, and a model-driven app will be created for you from that model.

Model-driven apps are created using the App Designer. You will choose the entities, dashboards, business process flows, forms, and other components that you want to make available in your app, and then the app will be created for you. This means you will need to spend more time understanding what your user needs than how it is going to look.

Data model

As you begin the data modelling process, there are a couple of important questions to ask yourself:

  • What type of data will your solution be storing and or collecting?
  • How will this data relate or coincide with the other data you are working with?

These questions are important when designing a model-driven application because of how model-driven applications function. Remember, model-driven applications use a metadata-driven architecture. This means a large portion of the model-driven app is based on how your data is modelled, and there is no need to write custom code to alter the app design.

You can view the app metadata by reviewing the Table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You can also view the app Play mode to see a preview of what the app will look like.

In the example above, for the Fundraiser table, there are several pieces of data being collected, such as:

  • Name
  • Fundraiser Goal
  • Owner
  • Total Donations
  • Created On

As you think about your data model, also think about data types. When adding columns to your table in Microsoft Dataverse, the data type you choose will determine how users enter and view that in your model-driven app. Choices show as dropdowns, currency shows with currency symbols, while decimal numbers don’t. These little changes in the table can have a profound effect on how your user experiences your app.

The screenshot below shows examples of columns and the different data types they could have using the Fundraiser example again.

Important: If a column needs to be changed to a different data type, (i.e. text column to a choice column), then you will need to delete that column and recreate with the correct data type. This will cause you to lose any data associated with that column.

Business Logic

When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available. You can set Business Rules on your Microsoft Dataverse tables or you can build Business Process Flows.

With Business Rules, you will define behaviours at the data layer. This is great for setting conditions for when a field is required, setting a default value, or even showing or hiding a field based on criteria. An example could be a table for tracking expenses. You could have a column for type of travel and then build a business rule that dictates that if a user chooses automobile then the mileage field is required, else it is optional. This gives you the power to make sure you maintain data consistency in all scenarios.

Business process flows are used to guide users through using your app. These workflows can provide visuals on next steps based on the status of the data and facilitate other actions that you want to occur as the user uses the app. Business Process Flows let you bring automation to your app and make it more of a guided experience than just a place to enter data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/learn/modules/work-with-business-process-flows-dynamics-365/

Dashboards

A common output need for apps is to visualize the data. For this requirement, you can implement dashboards with custom filters and visual graphics to tie all this data together right in your app. When creating your dashboards, make sure they are simple for your users to consume without overwhelming them with all the data. Provide high-level snapshots of your data and allow them to use filters to dive deeper into the data if needed.

Additional third-party solutions and app accelerators

It is also important to know about the different App accelerators and third-party solutions available to you. Depending on the industry you are in, Health, Financial, Banking, Education, Non- Profit, Automotive, or Media, Microsoft has released a number of accelerators or foundational components to assist you with quickly standing up your solution.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/common-data-model/industry-accelerators?azureportal=true

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Azure service.

At the moment, the team is looking into Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following is a valid reason for a chatbot session to end?

  • The session has more than 75 turns
  • The session is longer than 60 minutes
  • (Correct)
  • The session has more than 50 turns
  • The session is longer than 120 minutes

Explanation

  • The first message that occurs after 60 minutes starts a new session.

Power Virtual Agents has a comprehensive set of analytics that show you the key performance indicators for your bot.

Multiple charts show you trends and usage for your chatbot’s topics. These charts use AI to highlight the topics that have the greatest impact on your chatbot’s performance.

Analytics in Power Virtual Agents

The analytics section is divided into a number of pages to give you multiple ways to understand bot performance.

Note: Although transcripts are available immediately, the analytics dashboards are updated every hour, so there will be some delay before you see all data.

View analytics

  • In Power Virtual Agents, select Analytics on the side navigation pane.

The Summary page gives you a broad overview of your bot’s performance. It uses artificial intelligence (AI) technology to show you which topics are having the greatest impact on escalation rate, abandon rate, and resolution rate (see the table under Summary charts for more information on these metrics).

The Summary page includes a variety of charts with graphical views of your bot’s key performance indicators. For information about each chart, see:

The Engagement Rate Drivers, Abandon Rate Drivers, and Resolution Rate Drivers charts use natural language understanding to group issues as topics. These charts show you the topics that are having the most impact on the performance of your bot.

By default, the page shows you key performance indicators for the last seven days. To change the time period to the last 30 days, select Last 30 days from the drop-down list at the top of the page.

View billed sessions for Power Virtual Agents

When you purchase a Power Virtual Agents license, you gain capacity for the specified number of billed sessions. Power Virtual Agents pools this capacity across the entire tenant.

The consumption of the capacity isn’t reported at the tenant level, but can be seen for each individual bot.

Definition of a billed session

A billed session is an interaction between a customer and a bot, and represents one unit of consumption.

The billed session begins when a user topic is triggered. More information: Use system and sample topics section

A session ends for one of the following reasons:

  • The user ends the chat session. When the bot doesn’t receive a new message for more than 30 minutes, the session is considered closed.
  • The session is longer than 60 minutes. The first message that occurs after 60 minutes starts a new session.
  • The session has more than 100 turns. A turn is defined as one exchange between a user and the bot. The one-hundred-and-first turn starts a new session.

Find the number of billed sessions for your bot

  1. In Power Virtual Agents, select Analytics from the side navigation pane.
  2. Go to the Billing tab.

You can change the date range to filter the Total billed sessions over time chart. You can also see the total billed sessions and trend percentage next to the chart.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 23: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Anvil needs to create several workflows and applications to help streamline their sales operations. Billy asked you to advise which applications are appropriate for certain cases.

Which of the following should you recommend to Billy where he wants to create a no-code mobile application?

  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate
  • Azure IoT
  • Azure Logic Apps

Explanation

  • When Billy wants to create a no-code mobile application, you should recommend Power Apps.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

For more information:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is boosting followers and retweets on Twitter.

You are meeting with Pepper Potts who is the social media engagement officer and she has requested your help in boosting followers and retweets on Twitter.

Which of the following could you help her with to get insightful information to better understand and subsequently increase engagement?

  • Power Apps using portals can create a new customer site for our followers.
  • Power Apps can handle our content approvals for us, analyze data, reducing the time it takes to produce new content and ensure more Twitter followers.
  • Configure a Power BI report to capture and analyze data from Twitter, allowing you to better understand why certain posts elicit more responses.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate can handle our content approvals for us, reducing the time it takes to produce new content and ensure our quality procedure is followed.

Explanation

  • Power BI allows you to create visuals and better understand your data. Once you understand trends in what followers like, you can post more of that content and increase engagement.

Modern businesses run on data. Users interact with data daily from entering their time for payroll, seeking guidance on existing processes, and analyzing data to make decisions. In our technology driven world, users can be empowered to gain insights from and interact with data all while automating those menial responsibilities that seem to be more burden than job task. Microsoft Power Platform enables your business to craft solutions while empowering you to unite customized technology to help everyone, from the CEO to the front-line workers, drive the business with data.

Microsoft Power Platform is comprised of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.

Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.

Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.

Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Features

Among the programs listed above, there are cross cutting features which enable Microsoft Power Platform to be leveraged to its full potential. Some of these are:

  • AI Builder lets users and developers add AI capabilities to the workflows and Power Apps they create and use. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that allows you to easily add intelligence to your workflows and apps and predict outcomes to help improve business performance without writing code.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a scalable data service and app platform which lets users securely store and manage data from multiple sources and integrate that data in business applications using a common data model to ensure ease and consistency to users. Microsoft Dataverse is the common currency that enables the components of Microsoft Power Platform to work together. It’s the foundation that enables the consolidation, display, and manipulation of data.
  • Connectors enable you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Consider connectors the bridge across which information and commands travel. There are more than 275 connectors for Microsoft Power Platform, enabling all of your data and actions to connect cohesively. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Although every feature is essential to building powerful solutions, let’s dive in deeper to one of the features of Microsoft Power Platform, connectors.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-us/what-is-power-platform/

Question 25: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the topic is implementation of Power BI to analyze Eat-More’s retail operations data. As the Power Platform expert, you need to recommend solutions for Teresa.

Which of the following Power BI components should you recommend to Teresa to use to allow users to view and filter data to Microsoft Excel for further manipulation and analysis? (Select all that apply)

  • Dashboards
  • (Correct)
  • Reports
  • (Correct)
  • Datasets
  • Workspaces

Explanation

  • Reports & Dashboards allow users to view and filter data to Microsoft Excel for further manipulation and analysis.

Not all data can be viewed or exported by all users. There are safeguards that report designers and administrators use when building dashboards and reports. Some data is restricted, hidden, or confidential, and cannot be seen or exported without special permissions.

Export the data that was used to create a visualization

Who can export data

If you have permissions to the data, you can see and export the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization. Often, data is confidential or limited to specific users. In those cases, you will not be able to see or export that data. For details, see the Limitations and considerations section at the end of this document.

Viewing and exporting data

If you’d like to see the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization, you can display that data in Power BI. You can also export that data to Excel as an .xlsx or .csv file. The option to export the data requires a Pro or Premium license as well as edit permissions to the dataset and report. If you have access to the dashboard or report but the data is classified as highly confidential, Power BI will not allow you to export the data.

Watch Will export the data from one of the visualizations in his report, save it as an .xlsx file, and open it in Excel. Then follow the step-by-step instructions below the video to try it out yourself. Note that this video uses an older version of Power BI.

https://youtu.be/KjheMTGjDXw

Power BI datasets represent a source of data ready for reporting and visualization. In summary, dataset is primarily used for creating and importing data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-understand

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: Beyond Corporation is an organization which originated on the planet Vulcan who is led by S’chn T’gai Spock as the Supreme Commander. Spock has investigated the Microsoft platform and found it to be formidable and has decided to implement its use into Beyond.

The development team is designing a build a canvas app and have the following requirement.

Required: App must be automatically available to all members of a specified Microsoft 365 group.

Which of the following should they do?

  • Create a Microsoft Dataverse sandbox environment and a Microsoft Dataverse production environment. Build the app in the sandbox environment. Export the app and import it into the production environment.
  • Create the app in a Microsoft Dataverse for Teams environment.
  • (Correct)
  • Create the app in the production environment. Share the app with the Microsoft 365 group owners.
  • Create the app in the default environment and share the app with the individual members of the Microsoft 365 group.

Explanation

  • Power Apps created in Microsoft Dataverse for Teams are automatically shared with all the members of the Microsoft 365 group to which the Team is associated. This solution requires Microsoft Dataverse for Teams to satisfy the requirement.
  • While multiple environments can be used with Microsoft Dataverse, only one environment can exist when using Microsoft Dataverse for Teams.
  • Apps created in other environments are not automatically shared with all the users the way they are when created in a Microsoft Dataverse for Teams environment.

About the Microsoft Dataverse for Teams environment

Microsoft Dataverse for Teams is a built-in, low-code data platform for Microsoft Teams that empowers users to build custom apps, bots, and flows in Microsoft Teams by using Power Apps, Power Virtual Agents, and Power Automate. Dataverse for Teams—built on Microsoft Dataverse—provides relational data storage, rich data types, enterprise-grade governance, and one-click solution deployment to the Microsoft Teams app store.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/teams/overview-data-platform

You can identify a Dataverse for Teams environment in the Power Platform admin centre by using the Type column in the list of environments.

How are Dataverse for Teams and Dataverse different

Applications within a team in Microsoft Teams have access to a Dataverse for Teams environment. Dataverse for Teams is a common platform that allows all these interfaces to have a unified understanding of how the data is modelled and consumed. Dataverse for Teams delivers a targeted set of the features commonly needed for creating apps, flows, and more within Teams. If your organization requires more capabilities, such as more granular control for security and governance, or capacity beyond the approximately 1 million rows a Dataverse for Teams environment can contain, Dataverse for Teams can be upgraded to Dataverse.

Table features

Following are the differences between a Dataverse for Teams and Dataverse table features.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/teams/data-platform-compare

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create Power Platform apps that consume industry-standard and proprietary data sources.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “Custom connectors cannot be used if a standard connector for the service is available”.Is Jack correct?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, Jack is not correct. It is recommended to use standard connector if it is available, but we can use custom connector even standard connector available.

Data is at the core of most apps, including those you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

While Azure Logic Apps, Microsoft Power Automate, and Microsoft Power Apps offer over 325+ connectors to connect to Microsoft and non-Microsoft services, you may want to communicate with services that aren’t available as prebuilt connectors. Custom connectors address this scenario by allowing you to create (and even share) a connector with its own triggers and actions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/

Question 28: Skipped

Scenario: Professor Charles Xavier, the telepathic founder of the X-Men has decided to migrate the on-prem infrastructure of the Xavier Institute which was nearing its end-of-life. Logan is one of the developers on the IT migration project and as part of this project, he is configuring Sitemap for a model-driven app.

Required: Add a table to the navigation pane of the app.

Where should Logan add the table?

  • Subarea
  • (Correct)
  • Group
  • Area
  • Command bar

Explanation

  • Subarea in sitemap can be used to show tables/ dashboards/custom pages.
  • You can add multiple subareas to a group.
  • A group in Sitemap cannot be linked to show a table.
  • Area can have multiple groups and each group can have multiple subareas.
  • An area cannot be used to show a table.
  • Command bar in a model-driven app displays context-specific menu items on a grid, form, or subgrid. They are not part of Sitemap navigation.

Create a model-driven app

  1. Sign in to Power Apps by using your organizational account.
  2. Select the environment you want, or go to the Power Apps admin center to create a new one.
  3. On the Home page, select Blank App.
  4. On the Create screen, select Blank app based on Dataverse, and click Create.

  5. On the New model-driven app page, enter a name and description for the app. (For example, enter My first app for the name, and this is my first model-driven application for the description.)
  6. After a few minutes, your new app will appear.

Add Account table to your app

You can add pages to your app by using the App Designer.

  1. If necessary, using the navigation on the left, select the show or hide menu names button (looks like 3 horizontal lines) to show the menu names.
  2. Select the Group1 text. On the right-hand side of the screen change the Title to Customers.

  3. Using the command bar at the top, select the + Add Page button.
  4. On the Add Page screen, select Table based view and form, then select the Next button.
  5. On the Add table view and form pages screen, select Account then select the Add button.

    Note: Your environment may not contain an account table. If that is the case, you will need to create one. Use the navigation on the left and select Dataverse, expand, and select Tables On the top action bar, select New table. In the forms that appears, add in Account in the Display name field and Save.

Add forms and views to your app

Now that we have added a table to our app, we are going to specify which Account forms and views should be used with the application.

  1. Using the navigation on the left, select Pages.
  2. Expand Account and select Account form.
  3. On the right-hand side of the screen, select Add form.
  4. From the list of Forms that appears, select Account.


  5. Under Pages on the left, select Account view.
  6. On the right-hand side of the screen, select Add view.
  7. Select the My Active Accounts view.
  8. Select Add view again.
  9. Select Active Accounts.
  10. Select Add view.
  11. Select Inactive Accounts.
    • My Active Accounts
    • Active Accounts
    • Inactive Accounts

Add Contact page to your app

Next, we are going to add another table to our application. In this case we are going to add the Contacts table since a customer could be either an account or a contact.

  1. On the command bar at the top, select the Add Page button.
  2. On the Add page screen, choose table based view and form, then select the Next button.
  3. In the Search field, enter Contact, then select the Contact table.
  4. Select the Add button.

Save and publish your app

Now that you have successfully created your first model driven application, let’s get ready to use it.

  1. Using the command bar at the top select the Save button.
  2. Once your application has been saved, select the Publish button.
  3. To test your application, select the Play button.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-site-map-app

Question 29: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Pennyworth’s has an on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database that contains legacy sales data. Bruce Wayne, the IT lead, has been tasked with finding a way to display information from the database in a new Power Apps app.

In order to do this, Bruce needs to establish a secure connection between the database and the app.

Which of the following should Bruce use?

  • Power Automate
  • App
  • Data source
  • Data gateway
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • For an on-premises database, identify a data gateway that was shared with you (or create one).
    Specify Connect using on-premises data gateway, type or paste the server name, the database name, the user name, and the password for the database that you want to use, and specify the authentication type and the gateway.

Connect to SQL Server from Power Apps

Connect to SQL Server, in either Azure or an on-premises database, so that you can manage your data with create, read, update, and delete operations.

Generate an app automatically

  1. In Power Apps Studio, click or tap New on the File menu (along the left edge).
  2. Under Start with your data, click or tap the right arrow at the end of the row of connectors.
  3. If you already have a connection to the database that you want to use, click or tap it, and then skip to step 7 in this procedure.
  4. Click or tap New connection, and then click or tap SQL Server.
  5. Perform either of these steps:
    • Specify Connect directly (cloud services), and then type or paste the server name, the database name, the user name, and the password for the database that you want to use.
    • Specify Connect using on-premises data gateway, type or paste the server name, the database name, the user name, and the password for the database that you want to use, and specify the authentication type and the gateway.

Build an app from scratch

  1. Sign in to powerapps.com with the same account that you used to sign up for Power Apps.
  2. In the left navigation bar, click or tap Connections:
  3. In the upper-right corner, click or tap New connection, and then click or tap SQL Server.
  4. Perform either of these steps:
    • Specify Connect directly (cloud services), and then type or paste the server name, the database name, the user name, and the password for the database that you want to use.
    • Specify Connect using on-premises data gateway, type or paste the server name, the database name, the user name, and the password for the database that you want to use, and specify the authentication type and the gateway.
  5. Click or tap Create to create the connection.
  6. Create an app by using techniques that are similar to those that Create an app from scratch describes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections/connection-azure-sqldatabase

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Office 365 for all employees in the rapidly growing company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Melinda wants to empower users to build apps, automate business processes, and analyze data without requiring expertise or development skills, and without increasing IT expenses and dependencies.

Melinda asked you to recommend tools so that users can accomplish specific tasks such as creating custom apps that address specific business needs.

Which of the following should you recommend to Melinda?

  • Azure Functions
  • Power BI
  • AI Builder
  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate

Explanation

  • Users can accomplish specific tasks such as creating custom apps that address specific business needs with Power Apps.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Question 1: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the team is planning to create a Power Virtual Agents chatbot and Teresa must be able to share the bot with other team members so that they can try out the bot before the bot is shared with customers.

Which of the following should the team use?

  • Live production website
  • Demo website
  • (Correct)
  • Test chat feature
  • Any of the options are acceptable as long as the bot it set to ‘private’

Explanation

Configure the demo website and add the bot to your live website or Power Apps portal

When publishing the bot to the web, you can publish to a prebuilt demo website (which you can use to share the bot with your teammates and stakeholders) and to your own live website.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4mGa9

Tip: When should I use the demo website and when should I use my own website? You should use the demo website only to try out the bot and share it with your teammates or other stakeholders who want to try out the bot. It’s not intended for production uses, for example, you shouldn’t use it directly with customers.

You should publish and use the bot on your live website for production scenarios, such as a help bot on your help webpage for customers to interact with.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/publication-connect-bot-to-web-channels

Question 2: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward plans to create a canvas app that connects to three databases with different proprietary database formats.

What is the minimum number of connectors required?

  • 1
  • (Correct)
  • 3
  • 0
  • 2

Explanation

  • This question is tricky. The MINIMUM is 1 required connector to three tables/formats. Just because it is mentioned that there are different database FORMATs does not that mean it has to be different connectors. You can create custom connectors if need be.

Understand data sources for canvas apps

In Power Apps, most canvas apps use external information stored in cloud services called Data Sources. A common example is a table in an Excel file stored in OneDrive for Business. Apps access these data sources by using Connections.

Connected data sources

The most common data sources are tables, which you can use to retrieve and store information. You can use connections to data sources to read and write data in Microsoft Excel workbooks, SharePoint lists, SQL tables, and many other formats, which can be stored in cloud services such as OneDrive for Business, DropBox, and SQL Server.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/working-with-data-sources#connected-data-sources

Question 3: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

The team has created a set of dashboards and reports for a project that combines data from different sources in Power BI. Some of the data is considered sensitive. Teresa has asked the team lead to distribute the dashboards and reports securely to the team.

Which of the following should the team lead create?

  • A published app
  • A custom data connector
  • A Power BI workspace
  • (Correct)
  • A Microsoft flow

Explanation

  • A Power BI workspace is best to distribute the dashboards and reports securely to the team.

Suppose you want to distribute your dashboard to a broad audience in your organization. You and your coworkers have created a workspace, then created and refined dashboards, reports, and datasets in the workspace. A Power BI workspace is a place where you can work with your team in creating dashboards and reports. Before Power BI rolled out the new workspace, creating a workspace would automatically create an underlying, associated Office 365 group. Power BI Workspace allows you to have control of who can access and what at all times, with granular security for each user, and since there is some sensitive data here, it would only be possible with Power BI Workspace.

Ways to collaborate and share in Power BI

You’ve created reports or dashboards. Maybe you want to collaborate on them with your coworkers. Or maybe you’re ready to distribute them more widely. What’s the best way to collaborate and share them? In this article, we compare your options.

Apps in the Power BI service

Collaborate

Distribute or share dashboards and reports

Share data

No matter which option you choose, to share your content you need a Power BI Pro license, or the content needs to be in a Premium capacity. License requirements vary for the colleagues who view your content, depending on the option you choose. The following sections spell out details.

Collaborate in a workspace

When teams work together, they need access to the same documents so they can collaborate easily. In Power BI workspaces, teams share the ownership and management of their dashboards, reports, datasets, and workbooks. Sometimes Power BI users organize their workspaces based on organizational structures, or they create them for specific projects. Still other organizations use several workspaces to store different versions of reports or dashboards they use.

Workspaces provide roles that determine what permissions your coworkers have. Use those roles to determine who can manage the workspace, edit or distribute content, or just view content. Read more about roles in the new workspaces.

Workspaces are better for collaboration than My Workspace, because they allow co-ownership of content. You and your entire team can easily make updates or give others access. My Workspace is best used by individuals for one-off or personal content.

Now, imagine you have a finished report you need to share with your colleagues. What’s the best way to give them access to the report? The answer depends on a number of factors.

  • If colleagues need to keep the report up to date, or need access to all the content in the workspace, add them to the workspace as Members or Contributors.
  • If colleagues just need to view the content in the workspace, add them as Viewers.
  • If colleagues just need to see that report and not all the content in the workspace, you can share the report via link or grant them direct access.
  • If the report is better consumed with related reports or dashboards that you need to distribute to many colleagues, then publishing an app is likely the best choice.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-how-to-collaborate-distribute-dashboards-reports

Question 4: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI and how to use it. The team is reviewing content to determine the elements of Power BI designed abilities for the creation, sharing, and consumption of business insights.

Which of the following are used to enable creation, sharing, and consumption of business insights?

  • Reports, dashboards, and tiles
  • Tiles, visualizations, and dashboards
  • Mobile apps, dashboards, tiles
  • Desktop, service, and Mobile apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power BI consists of a Microsoft Windows desktop application called Power BI Desktop, an online SaaS (Software as a Service) service called the Power BI service, and mobile Power BI apps that are available on phones and tablets.

When you launch Power BI Desktop, the Getting Started dialog box will appear, which provides useful links to forums, blogs, and introductory videos.

In Power BI Desktop, you will begin to build reports in the Report view. You will be working in five main areas:

  1. Ribbon – Displays common tasks that are associated with reports and visualizations.
  2. Report view, or canvas – Where visualizations are created and arranged.
    • The Data view allows you to view all of your data available in your report. This is an easy way to quickly check data types and validate data.
    • The Model view allows you to visually set the relationship between tables or elements. A relationship is where two or more tables are linked together because they contain related data. This enables users to run queries for related data across multiple tables.
  3. Pages tab – Located along the bottom of the page, this area is where you would select or add a report page.
  4. Visualizations pane – Where you can change visualizations, customize colours or axes, apply filters, drag fields, and more.
  5. Fields pane – Where query elements and filters can be dragged onto the Report view or dragged to the Filters area of the Visualizations pane.

Types of visualizations available in Power BI

Below are just some of the many different types of visualizations that can be added to Power BI reports, specified in Q&A, and pinned to dashboards.

Area charts: Basic (Layered) and Stacked

The Basic Area chart is based on the line chart with the area between the axis and line filled in.

Bar and column charts

Bar charts are the standard for looking at a specific value across different categories.

Cards: Multi row

Cards: Single number

Doughnut charts

Doughnut charts are similar to pie charts. They show the relationship of parts to a whole.

Gauge charts

Displays current status in the context of a goal.

KPIs

Displays progress toward a measurable goal.

Line charts

Emphasize the overall shape of an entire series of values, usually over time.

Maps: Basic maps

Used to associate both categorical and quantitative information with spatial locations.

Matrix

A table supports two dimensions, but a matrix makes it easier to display data meaningfully across multiple dimensions — it supports a stepped layout. The matrix automatically aggregates the data and enables drill down.

Pie charts

Pie charts show the relationship of parts to a whole.

Q&A visual

The Q&A visual lets you ask questions about your data using natural language.

Tables

Work well with quantitative comparisons among items where there are many categories.

Treemaps

Are charts of coloured rectangles, with size representing value. They can be hierarchical, with rectangles nested within the main rectangles.

Waterfall charts

Waterfall charts show a running total as values are added or subtracted.

These are some of the out-of-the-box Power BI visuals available from the visualization pane in Power BI Desktop and Power BI Service. However, sometimes you need a more custom visual and these can be found in AppSource for Power BI.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=58494

Question 5: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

Each week John uses the corporate YouTube channel to create a video that highlights new initiatives, and goals for service operations.

John has asked his IT team leader, Jean-Luc Picard, to design a Power Apps app that streams the videos to internal users.

Which of the following should he use to apply consistent company colours to the app?

  • Unified Interface
  • Control
  • View
  • Template
  • Theme
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Jean-Luc should use control to drag and drop a video to the app.

Use a theme to create a custom look for your app

You can create a custom look and feel (a theme), for your app by making changes to the default colours and visual elements provided in the uncustomized system. For example, you can create your personal product branding by adding a company logo and providing table-specific colouring. A theme can be created by using the Themes area, without requiring a developer to write code. You can create, clone, change, or delete themes that are used in your environment.

Note

You can define multiple themes, but only one can be active in the system and is identified as the default theme. To make a theme active, you publish it.

Use themes to enhance the user interface and create your product branding

Theming is used to enhance the app user interface, not drastically alter it. The theme colours are applied globally throughout your model-driven apps. For example, you can enhance the following visual elements in the UI:

  • Change navigation colours to create product branding.
  • Adjust accent colours, such as hover or selection colours.
  • Provide table-specific colouring.
  • Logo. (Use an existing or add a new image file as a web resource.)
  • Logo tooltip.
  • Navigation bar colour.
  • Title text colour.
  • Selected link colour.
  • Hover link colour.
  • Legacy accent colour (primary background for process controls).
  • Default colour for tables.
  • Default custom tables colour.
  • Control fill colour.
  • Control border colour.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-themes-organization-branding

List of controls available for model-driven apps

You can use a rich set of additional controls to create a more touch-friendly experience on model-driven apps. These include sliders, switches, multimedia player, input masks, calendar, and other controls.

To use these controls in the form designer:

  1. Select the column or grid you want to add the control to.
  2. On the Properties tab in the left pane, select Components.
  3. Select + Component to display the available controls, and then select the control you want.

    Note: Different controls are available depending on the column or grid type. For example, star rating controls are only available for whole number columns.

  4. Select the devices (web, tablet, and phone) you want the control to appear on.
  5. Configure the values for each property.
  6. Select Done when you’re done configuring the control.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/additional-controls-for-dynamics-365-for-phones-and-tablets

Question 6: Skipped

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists.

Which of the following is described as: This defines the layout and the behaviour your content and is considered the blueprint for displaying the content.

  • Page templates
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas
  • Webpages
  • Mobile Header
  • Toolbelt
  • Content snippets

Explanation

You can use Power Apps portals Studio to create and customize your website. It contains various options to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. The anatomy of Power Apps portals Studio is as follows:

Power Apps portals Studio components:

  1. Command bar – Allows you to:
    • Create a webpage.
    • Delete a component.
    • Sync Configuration – synchronizes the latest portal configuration changes in Microsoft Dataverse database with your current Studio session. For example, use Sync Configuration to reflect the changes in Studio when using the Portal Management app to change the configuration of pages, forms or any other objects.
    • Browse website – clears the portal cache and opens the current portal page.
  2. Toolbelt – Allows you to:
    • View and manage webpages
    • Add components
    • Edit templates
  3. CanvasContains components that build a webpage.
  4. Footer – Displays autosave status and allows you to open-source code editor.
  5. Properties pane – Displays properties of webpage and selected components and lets you edit them as required.

Webpages

Most of a portal’s content is represented by webpages. A webpage is a document that is identified by a unique URL in a website. Through parent and child relationships to other webpages, webpages form the hierarchy of a website, that is, its site map. Webpages can be added and edited by using the Portal Studio, the portal front-side editor, or directly in Microsoft Dataverse by using the Portal Management app.

Page templates

A webpage row does not define how the page looks when it is rendered on the portal. Instead, it is linked to the Page template row that defines the layout and the behaviour. Think of the webpage as the exact URL and the Page template as the blueprint for displaying the content.

Content snippets

Content snippets are reusable fragments of editable content that can be placed within a web template. Using snippets allows for targeted editing of parts of a page without affecting the overall content.

Content snippets can include plain text, HTML layout, or template processing instructions, which helps enable dynamic content. In the example below, Mobile Header is a content snippet that can be updated with your company’s logo to quickly and easily tailor the portal to your needs.

Snippets can be edited by using Portal Studio and Microsoft Dataverse rows by using the Portal Management app. Here is where you would replace the image source in the Value column with your company’s logo.

Table lists and table forms

The strength of Power Apps portals is the ability to interact with information and data that is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. Table lists and table forms are used in Power Apps portals to define what data should render on the portal from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of rows from a table or a form to capture and display data for a specific row.

A webpage row can be linked to a table list or an table form. The linked list or form will be used by the template to render the page layout with data from Microsoft Dataverse, such as a list of all Active Contacts to form the above Member Directory list. In the Properties pane on the right of the above example, you see that this table list was created to display the Active Contacts view from the contacts table.

Table lists can include functionality like filtering and sorting and can also have actions associated with them to enable Create/Edit/Read abilities and to trigger workflows. With this, App Makers can determine what will happen when a user opens a row from a list, such as taking them to a form displaying the details of the selected row.

In the above example, the App Maker has dictated that the user will be taken to the Table Form if they want to create or view details for a specific row from a list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 7: Skipped

Scenario: The Serpent Society is a business enterprise considered one of the best-organized, most successful sector coalitions in operation today. Seth Voelker is the founder of the Society and has come to you for assistance as a Microsoft Azure Expert.

Today the discussion is about Power BI Security. The team is reading documentation to learn about Power BI’s security structure.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select all that apply)

  • Power BI is designed for centralized business intelligence.
  • Users sign in with their credentials held in Azure Vault.
  • Users with whom a dashboard is shared aren’t authenticated against the original data source and will be granted access to the report.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI is built on Azure.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

True statements:

  • Power BI is built on Azure.
  • Users with whom a dashboard is shared aren’t authenticated against the original data source and will be granted access to the report.

Security is at the forefront of data concerns. Administration is at the forefront of business concerns. Thankfully, Power BI’s structure and capabilities make both simple to business users and administrators to provide peace of mind.

Security

Similar to many Microsoft services, Power BI is built on Azure. This is Microsoft’s cloud computing infrastructure and platform, which ensures the same level of security for Power BI as other Microsoft services. Users sign in with their credentials held in Azure Active Directory and control the level of sharing for every report, data or dashboard, determining whether recipients can edit or only view items.

It’s important to note that users are responsible for the data they share. If a user connects to data sources using their credentials, they can share a report (or dashboard, or dataset) based on that data. Users with whom the dashboard is shared aren’t authenticated against the original data source and will be granted access to the report. This is beneficial to allow users to share reports and dashboards they have created but does require responsibility on the user’s part.

Administration

Power BI administration is the management of a Power BI tenant, including the configuration of governance policies, usage monitoring, and provisioning of licenses, capacities, and organizational resources.

Power BI is designed for self-service business intelligence. The administrator is the guardian of data, processes, and policies in the Power BI tenant. A Power BI administrator is a key member of a team that includes BI developers, analysts, and other roles. The administrator can help support an organization to make sure that critical goals are met.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/admin/service-admin-power-bi-security

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4mERi?postJsllMsg=true

Question 8: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building new apps for the business to allow employees to work more efficiently. Wade has asked you to recommend the appropriate types of Power Apps to meet the company’s requirements.

Which of the following apps should you recommend to Wade to build a feature that detects objects in images?

  • AI Builder
  • Canvas apps
  • (Correct)
  • Portals
  • Model-driven apps

Explanation

Canvas apps is the best option to build a feature that detects objects in images. Even though you would have to use the Object Detection model from AI Builder, Canvas apps are used for object detection and classification.

AI Builder in not an “App type”.

You can make three types of apps in Power Apps :

  • Canvas apps
  • Model-driven apps
  • Portals

What is Power Apps?

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Power Apps for app makers/creators

Using Power Apps, you can create three types of apps: canvas, model-driven, and portal. More information: Overview of creating apps in Power Apps.

To create an app, you start with make.powerapps.com.

  • Power Apps Studio is the app designer used for building canvas apps. The app designer makes creating apps feel more like building a slide deck in Microsoft PowerPoint. More information: Generate an app from data
  • App designer for model-driven apps lets you define the sitemap and add components to build a model-driven app. More information: Design model-driven apps using app designer
  • Power Apps portals Studio is a WYSIWYG design tool to add and configure webpages, components, forms, and lists. More information: Power Apps portals Studio anatomy

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

What are canvas apps?

Design and build a business app from a canvas in Microsoft Power Apps without writing code in a traditional programming language such as C#. Design the app by dragging and dropping elements onto a canvas, just as you would design a slide in PowerPoint. Create Excel-like expressions for specifying logic and working with data. Build apps that integrate business data from a wide variety of Microsoft and third-party sources. Share your app so that users can run it in a browser or on a mobile device, and embed your app so that users can run it in SharePoint, Power BI, or Teams.

If you don’t need a custom design and your data is in Microsoft Dataverse, you can automatically generate a model-driven app from your business data and processes. This type of app can model forms, views, and other components, and the default UI automatically adjusts to phones, laptops, and other devices. For more information about this type of app, see Overview of building a model-driven app.

If you are new to Power Apps, and want to learn about how to convert your ideas into a fully working solution using Power Apps, start with Planning a Power Apps project.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/getting-started

Question 9: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables your business to craft solutions while empowering you to unite customized technology to help everyone and is comprised of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following are true statements about MS Power Apps? (Select all that apply)

  • Creating and managing apps are simple and easy to learn, even for those without a computer programming background.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps can use multiple internal and external data sources in the same app.
  • (Correct)
  • Triggers are bridges that allow you to send information from your data source to your app or workflow and back.
  • Power Apps can reference elements within the app to create dynamic solutions and a friendly interface.
  • (Correct)
  • With endless customization options, Power Apps can be used to enhance any business process.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Connectors are bridges that allow you to send information from your data source to your app or workflow and back.

Power Apps allows everyone to implement custom and powerful business solutions. Power Apps has many different components to build solutions including screens, inputs, galleries, forms and more. Let’s review some of the most common elements you will need to get started.

Power Apps Studio

Power Apps Studio is the name of the web interface you use to build your app. With Power Apps, there is no client to download or install for building apps. Everything is done from the browser by logging into https://make.PowerApps.com

Question 10: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is using Power BI to build visualizations.

Alfred’s IT support team needs to know when to install Power BI Desktop on users’ computers and where the Power BI Service will suffice to perform tasks. Since the Power Platform is new to the team, Alfred asked you to recommend solutions for the company.

Which of the following should you recommend for them to use to create calculated columns?

  • Power BI Desktop or Power BI Service
  • Power BI Service only
  • Power BI Desktop only
  • (Correct)
  • All of the listed options are equally viable options

Explanation

  • The best option for them to use to create calculated columns is Power BI Desktop only.

Comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service

In a Venn diagram comparing Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, the area in the middle shows how the two overlap. Some tasks you can do in either Power BI Desktop or the service. The two sides of the Venn diagram show the features that are unique to the application and the service.

Power BI Desktop is a complete data analysis and report creation tool that you install for free on your local computer. It includes the Query Editor, in which you can connect to many different sources of data, and combine them (often called modelling) into a data model. Then you design a report based on that data model. The Power BI Desktop getting started guide walks through the process.

The Power BI service is a cloud-based service. It supports light report editing and collaboration for teams and organizations. You can connect to data sources in the Power BI service, too, but modelling is limited.

Most Power BI report designers who work on business intelligence projects use Power BI Desktop to create Power BI reports, and then use the Power BI service to collaborate and distribute their reports.

The Power BI service also hosts paginated reports in workspaces backed by a Power BI Premium capacity. You create paginated reports with Power BI Report Builder.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/fundamentals/service-service-vs-desktop

Question 11: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Azure service.

At this moment, the IT team is using Power Virtual Agents chatbot and the team is looking up information about topics limits in a chatbot.

You can have up to how many topics in a chatbot?

  • 2000
  • 750
  • 500
  • 1000
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • You can have up to 1000 topics in a chatbot.

A topic defines how a chatbot conversation plays out in Power Virtual Agents.

Create a topic

  1. Go to the Topics tab on the side navigation pane to open the Topics page.

2. On the topics page, select New topic.

3. Specify a name, description, and one or more trigger phrases for the topic.

A trigger phrase is a phrase that a customer enters in the chat window to start a conversation with the bot. Once the conversation is started, the conversation follows the path you define. You can specify more than one trigger phrase for a topic. You can include punctuation in a trigger phrase, but it is best to use short phrases rather than long sentences.

4. Select Save topic to add the topic to the topics list.

Note: You can have up to 1,000 topics in a bot.

Design the topic’s conversation path

  1. In the topic details for the topic you want to edit, select Go to authoring canvas.

2. Power Virtual Agents opens the topic in the authoring canvas and displays the topic’s trigger phrases. The authoring canvas is where you define the conversation path between a customer and the bot.

3. For existing or system topics, a number of nodes will automatically be created. You can edit these nodes just as you can for other nodes.

4. When you create a new topic, the Trigger phrases node and a blank Message node are inserted for you.

5. You can add additional nodes by selecting the Plus (+) icon on the line or branch between or after a node.

Insert nodes

When adding a node, you can choose from five options. Each option has a specific node or nodes that will be inserted into the conversation path.

You can:

  • Ask a question
  • Call an action
  • Show a message
  • Go to another topic
  • End the conversation

Additionally, you can Branch based on a condition when inserting a node between existing nodes:

Ask a question:

  1. To have the chatbot ask a question and get a response from the user, select + to add a node, and then Ask a question to add a new Question node.

2. Enter the question phrase in the first text box, Ask a question.

3. You can choose from several options for the user’s response in the Identify field.

These options determine what the chatbot should be listening for in the user’s response.

For example, they could be multiple choice options, a number, or a specific string.

Choose Multiple choice options.

4. Depending on what you choose in the Identify field, you can enter what options the user should have.

For example, since you selected Multiple choice options, you can then enter the options the user can specify in the Options for user field. Each option is presented as a multiple choice button to the user, but users can also type in their answer in the bot.

The conversation editor creates separate paths in the conversation, depending on the customer’s response. The conversation path leads the customer to the appropriate resolution for each user response. You can add additional nodes to create branching logic and specify what the chatbot should respond with for each variable.

5. You can save the user response in a variable to be used later.

Call an action

You can call Power Automate flows by selecting Call an action.

Note: Power Virtual Agents also enables you to extend your chatbot using Azure Bot Framework Skills. If you have already built and deployed bots in your organization (using Bot Framework pro-code tools) for specific scenarios, you can convert bots to a Skill and embed the Skill within a Power Virtual Agents bot.

Show a message

  1. To specify a response from the bot, select + to add a node, and then Show a message to add a new Message node.
  2. Enter what you want the chatbot to say in the text box. You can apply some basic formatting, such as bold, italics, and numbering.
  3. You can also use variables that you have defined elsewhere in your chatbot conversation.

Go to another topic

  1. To automatically have the chatbot move to a separate topic, select + to add a node, and then Go to another topic.
  2. In the flyout menu, select the topic the chatbot should divert to. For example, you might want to send the user to a specific topic about the closure of a store if they ask about store hours for that store.

End the conversation

When you end the conversation, you can have a survey appear that asks the user if their question or issue was answered or resolved correctly. This information is collected under the customer satisfaction analytics page.

You can also have the conversation handed over to a live agent if you’re using a suitable customer service portal, such as Omnichannel for Customer Service.

  1. At the end of a response that resolves the user’s issue or answers the question, select End the conversation.

2. To end with a customer satisfaction survey, select End with survey.

3. Select Transfer To Agent to insert a hand-off node that will link with your configured hand-off product. You can also enter a private message to the agent.

Branch based on a condition

  1. To add branching logic based on variables, select + to add a node, and then Add a condition and Branch based on a condition.
  2. Choose the variable you want to use to determine if the chatbot conversation should branch at this point. For example, if you have set up end-user authentication, then you might want to specify a different message if the user is signed on (which may have happened earlier in the conversation).

Delete nodes

  1. Select the menu icon on the top of the node’s title.
  2. Select Delete.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/platform/bots/how-to/add-power-virtual-agents-bot-to-teams

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

Eddie has lent his company resources to a local charity to organize fundraising events. Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available.

Which are they?

  • Business Apps
  • Workflows
  • Business Process Flows
  • (Correct)
  • RPA Flows
  • Business Rules
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available. You can set Business Rules on your Microsoft Dataverse tables or you can build Business Process Flows.

Below is the App Designer example of a Model-driven app called “Fundraiser.”

As you can see, there are two tables: Donation and Fundraiser. Each table also contains four assets:

  • Forms – Defining how users will see and interact with the data
  • Views – A list view of the rows for each table
  • Charts – Showing the data in a meaningful, visual representation
  • Dashboards – Providing an insightful, graphical overview of the data

By selecting the Play button in the top right, the app is put into Play mode. You can see it then looks completely different and shows the data based on the choices made in the design process.

Understand the needs of the user

With model-driven apps, the name says it all. Your primary design goal is to get your Microsoft Dataverse data model in order. With that in place, you can connect Power Apps, and a model-driven app will be created for you from that model.

Model-driven apps are created using the App Designer. You will choose the entities, dashboards, business process flows, forms, and other components that you want to make available in your app, and then the app will be created for you. This means you will need to spend more time understanding what your user needs than how it is going to look.

Data model

As you begin the data modelling process, there are a couple of important questions to ask yourself:

  • What type of data will your solution be storing and or collecting?
  • How will this data relate or coincide with the other data you are working with?

These questions are important when designing a model-driven application because of how model-driven applications function. Remember, model-driven applications use a metadata-driven architecture. This means a large portion of the model-driven app is based on how your data is modelled, and there is no need to write custom code to alter the app design.

You can view the app metadata by reviewing the Table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You can also view the app Play mode to see a preview of what the app will look like.

In the example above, for the Fundraiser table, there are several pieces of data being collected, such as:

  • Name
  • Fundraiser Goal
  • Owner
  • Total Donations
  • Created On

As you think about your data model, also think about data types. When adding columns to your table in Microsoft Dataverse, the data type you choose will determine how users enter and view that in your model-driven app. In the Choice dropdown, currency shows with currency symbols, while decimal numbers don’t. These little changes in the table can have a profound effect on how your user experiences your app.

The screenshot below shows examples of columns and the different data types they could have using the Fundraiser example again.

Important: If a column needs to be changed to a different data type, (i.e. text column to a choice column), then you will need to delete that column and recreate with the correct data type. This will cause you to lose any data associated with that column.

Business Logic

When incorporating business logic in your app, there are two primary options available. You can set Business Rules on your Microsoft Dataverse tables or you can build Business Process Flows.

With Business Rules, you will define behaviours at the data layer. This is great for setting conditions for when a field is required, setting a default value, or even showing or hiding a field based on criteria. An example could be a table for tracking expenses. You could have a column for type of travel and then build a business rule that dictates that if a user chooses automobile then the mileage field is required, else it is optional. This gives you the power to make sure you maintain data consistency in all scenarios.

Business process flows are used to guide users through using your app. These workflows can provide visuals on next steps based on the status of the data and facilitate other actions that you want to occur as the user uses the app. Business Process Flows let you bring automation to your app and make it more of a guided experience than just a place to enter data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/learn/modules/work-with-business-process-flows-dynamics-365/

Dashboards

A common output need for apps is to visualize the data. For this requirement, you can implement dashboards with custom filters and visual graphics to tie all this data together right in your app. When creating your dashboards, make sure they are simple for your users to consume without overwhelming them with all the data. Provide high-level snapshots of your data and allow them to use filters to dive deeper into the data if needed.

Additional third-party solutions and app accelerators

It is also important to know about the different App accelerators and third-party solutions available to you. Depending on the industry you are in, Health, Financial, Banking, Education, Non- Profit, Automotive, or Media, Microsoft has released a number of accelerators or foundational components to assist you with quickly standing up your solution.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/common-data-model/industry-accelerators?azureportal=true

Question 13: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks.

True or False: In Power Apps portals, the Enable basic theme feature is set to ON. With this feature, you can use default themes called Presets. You can also create copies of the preset themes for additional customization.

  • True
  • False
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • By default, in Power Apps portals, the Enable basic theme feature is set to Off. When you turn on this feature, you can use default themes called Presets. You can also create copies of the preset themes for additional customization.
  1. Sign in to Power Apps by navigating to make.powerapps.com
  2. Select Apps from the left navigation pane, and then select your portal.

3. Select More Commands (…), and then select Edit.

4. Select Themes from the left navigation pane, and then turn on the Enable basic theme toggle.

Change theme for your portal

You can set any existing theme in your portal to the default theme.

  1. Sign in to Power Apps by navigating to make.powerapps.com
  2. Select Apps from the left navigation pane, and then select your portal.
  3. Select More Commands (…), and then select Edit.
  4. Select Theme from the components pane.

5. Select any default theme from the available presets (in this example, we selected Blue).

The selected theme is applied to your portal.

Create a new theme

  1. Sign in to Power Apps by navigating to make.powerapps.com
  2. Select Apps from the left navigation pane, and then select your portal.
  3. Select More Commands (…), and then select Edit.
  4. Select Theme from the components pane.
  5. Select New Theme.

Edit theme details

You can update theme name, description, colour, and other typography settings in Power Apps Studio.

  1. Sign in to Power Apps by navigating to make.powerapps.com
  2. Select Apps from the left navigation pane, and then select your portal.
  3. Select More Commands (…), and then select Edit.
  4. Select Theme from the components pane.
  5. Select the theme that’s currently applied or select a new theme from the presets. Selecting a theme opens the details pane on the right side of your workspace.

6. Edit theme details such as name, description, and colour for different areas.

7. Save and publish the changes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-designer-anatomy

Question 14: Skipped

A cloud flow that performs one or more tasks automatically after it is triggered by an event. For example, create a cloud flow that notifies you by email when someone sends a tweet that contains a keyword you specify.

In the event the cloud flow fails at a step, it is a good practice to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails.

Which of the following must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails?

  • Compose action must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails
  • Retry policy must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails
  • Exit alert must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails
  • None of the list options must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails
  • (Correct)
  • Run after must be configured to send an email notification to the flow owner whenever a step fails

Explanation

  • If actions still fail after the specified number of retries, standard capabilities in Power Automate notify the owners of the automation with a message.
  • You can configure the run after option to execute an action if the flow step has failed. If a step fails, the condition after that will never be reached assuming the step is a requirement for the subsequent step.
  • The retry policy determines the number of times the flow will attempt a step if it fails.
  • The compose action is used to shape and transform data in a Power Automate flow.
  • Run after, retry policy, and compose action cannot be used to send an email notification after a step has failed.
  • Exit alert is not a valid option.

The question is asking which of the following MUST BE CONFIGURED to send an email notification.

If actions fail after the specified number of retries, STANDARD capabilities in Power Automate notify the owners of the automation with a message. The retry policy determines the number of times the flow will attempt a step if it fails. By default, retry policy is set to retry four times, but you can change it if you need but it does not need to be configured. Default will do the job.

Always assume your automation can fail

No system is perfect. When you’re designing your first set of automated processes, it’s easy to forget the importance of designing for when things fail to work correctly.

You should always design your automation so that there’s a plan B—to make sure your business process can continue even if the automation doesn’t work. This isn’t to suggest that Power Automate is an unreliable system, but connecting with different systems increases the risk of failure, which can be caused by reasons unrelated to Power Automate.

In general, you should consider using connectors whenever possible because they’re more robust and aren’t as fragile or easily affected by screen design changes as web and desktop application automation. If no connectors are available, but you do have web APIs or other methods of system integration, you should consult your IT pro or development teams to help you set up custom connectors.

Possible failures with automation by using connectors

  • Shutdown of connecting systems due to maintenance
  • System unavailability due to software bugs
  • Changes to how systems are connected (API versions change)

Possible failures with web application automation

  • Screen design changes (so the bot can’t tell how to proceed)
  • System unavailability due to regression

Possible failures with desktop application automation

  • Screen design changes (so the bot can’t tell how to proceed)
  • Operating system updates
  • System unavailability due to regression

Possible failures common with any automation

  • Changes to passwords
  • Momentary network issues

Retry policy

You can use this feature of Power Automate to set up policies that will automatically retry an action if it fails. By default, this is set to retry four times, but you can change it if you need.

Set up custom failure notifications

If actions still fail, standard capabilities in Power Automate notify the owners of the automation with a message similar to the following image.

However, if you’d like to send a custom notification, you can set it up by adding actions that run only if the previous steps have failed.

Normally, by default, all actions that are set up will run only if the previous step was successful. You can change this behaviour by setting the action to run only when the previous step failed—so that, for example, an email is sent to a custom list of recipients after a failed action.

Assign multiple owners

Having a single owner for a particular automation can be a risk from an organizational and administrative perspective. If that owner is absent or away from the office when a problem occurs, no one else can fix the issue. You can prevent this by setting up multiple users or groups as owners, to make sure more than one person can edit the automation. More information: Share a flow

Reduce risk and increase throughput by setting up a cluster

For a business-critical automation, one of the ways to reduce failures and risks is by setting up a cluster. A cluster is a group of computers that you can use to run your automation. Power Automate provides clustering capabilities to run the automation concurrently. This is particularly useful for unattended scenarios, where you have more than a single computer available to run your automation.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/guidance/planning/reducing-risk

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working to implement Power Apps. The lead developer is concerned as not all her staff is fluent in JavaScript.

Does building Power Apps apps require proficiency in JavaScript programming?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • Building Power Apps apps does not require proficiency in JavaScript programming. You can build apps with no programming proficiency at all.

Creating apps in Power Apps

Power Apps is a high-productivity development platform for business apps, and has four major components:

  • Canvas apps
  • Model-driven apps
  • Portals
  • Microsoft Dataverse

Let’s learn more about each of these.

Canvas apps

Canvas apps start with your user experience, crafting a highly tailored interface with the power of a blank canvas and connecting it to your choice of more than 200 data sources. You can build canvas apps for web, mobile, and tablet applications.

Canvas apps give you the flexibility to arrange the user experience and interface the way you want it. Allow your creativity and business sense to guide how you want your apps to look and feel.

You can start to build your app from Microsoft tools where your data lives, such as:

Creating a canvas app is easy; with Power Apps, you can find or create your app in several ways:

Model-driven apps

Model-driven apps start with your data model – building up from the shape of your core business data and processes in the Dataverse to model forms, views, and other components. Model-driven apps automatically generate great UI that is responsive across devices.

When you create a model-driven app, you can use all of the power of the Dataverse to rapidly configure your forms, business rules, and process flows. You create a model-driven app from the Power Apps site.

Getting started with model-driven apps is simple, and you can begin with these topics:

Portals

Portals help you create external-facing websites that allow users outside your organization to sign in with a wide variety of identities, create and view data in Dataverse, or even browse content anonymously.

Use these topics to quickly get started with portals:

Dataverse

Dataverse is the data platform that comes with Power Apps and allows you to store and model business data. It’s the platform on which Dynamics 365 apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales, Customer Service, Field Service, Marketing, and Project Service Automation) are built. If you’re a Dynamics 365 customer, your data is already in Dataverse.

Dataverse allows you to securely store and manage data within a set of standard and custom tables, and you can add columns to those tables when you need them.

Getting started with Dataverse is easy. For example, you can start with these items:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team is evaluating ways to connect Power Platform apps to external services to perform complex activities.

True or False: It is possible to create a canvas app that uses Azure Cognitive Services to read records and identify tickets that need to be escalated based on sentiment score.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

  • Yes, it is possible to create a canvas app that uses Azure Cognitive Services to read records and identify tickets that need to be escalated based on sentiment score.

Cognitive Services provides machine learning capabilities to solve general problems such as analyzing text for emotional sentiment or analyzing images to recognize objects or faces. You don’t need special machine learning or data science knowledge to use these services.

Cognitive Services is a group of services, each supporting different, generalized prediction capabilities. The services are divided into different categories to help you find the right service.

Use Cognitive Services when you:

  • Can use a generalized solution.
  • Access solution from a programming REST API or SDK.

Use another machine-learning solution when you:

  • Need to choose the algorithm and need to train on very specific data.

What is machine learning?

Machine learning is a concept where you bring together data and an algorithm to solve a specific need. Once the data and algorithm are trained, the output is a model that you can use again with different data. The trained model provides insights based on the new data.

The process of building a machine learning system requires some knowledge of machine learning or data science.

Machine learning is provided using Azure Machine Learning (AML) products and services.

What is a Cognitive Service?

A Cognitive Service provides part or all of the components in a machine learning solution: data, algorithm, and trained model. These services are meant to require general knowledge about your data without needing experience with machine learning or data science. These services provide both REST API(s) and language-based SDKs. As a result, you need to have programming language knowledge to use the services.

How are Cognitive Services and Azure Machine Learning (AML) similar?

Both have the end-goal of applying artificial intelligence (AI) to enhance business operations, though how each provides this in the respective offerings is different.

Generally, the audiences are different:

  • Cognitive Services are for developers without machine-learning experience.
  • Azure Machine Learning is tailored for data scientists.

How is a Cognitive Service different from machine learning?

A Cognitive Service provides a trained model for you. This brings data and an algorithm together, available from a REST API(s) or SDK. You can implement this service within minutes, depending on your scenario. A Cognitive Service provides answers to general problems such as key phrases in text or item identification in images.

Machine learning is a process that generally requires a longer period of time to implement successfully. This time is spent on data collection, cleaning, transformation, algorithm selection, model training, and deployment to get to the same level of functionality provided by a Cognitive Service. With machine learning, it is possible to provide answers to highly specialized and/or specific problems. Machine learning problems require familiarity with the specific subject matter and data of the problem under consideration, as well as expertise in data science.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cognitive-services/cognitive-services-and-machine-learning

Question 17: Skipped

Scenario: Dr. Karl Malus works for the Power Broker Corporation founded by Curtiss Jackson, using technology to service various countries and their military efforts. You have been contracted by the company to assist Dr. Malus with their Microsoft Power App implementation.

Dr. Malus has asked you to assist the sales team who is in desperate need of a mobile application that can display rows living in a SharePoint list. When displaying the records, multiple pieces of information about each record need to be visible to the user.

Which of the following Power Apps tools would you recommend to use when designing your app to achieve this functionality?

  • Create a gallery to display the sales rows.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a filter to display the sales rows.
  • Create an input control to display the sales rows.
  • Create a form to display the sales rows.

Explanation

  • Galleries are used to display tables of data from your data source. They are highly customizable, so you can show whatever information about a particular row that is necessary. You could then use a Form to edit individual records, if desired.

Power Apps allows everyone to implement custom and powerful business solutions.

Power Apps has many different components to build solutions including screens, inputs, galleries, forms and more. Let’s review some of the most common elements you will need to get started.

Power Apps Studio

Power Apps Studio is the name of the web interface you use to build your app. With Power Apps, there is no client to download or install for building apps. Everything is done from the browser by logging into https://make.PowerApps.com.

App format

The first step in creating your app is to choose the format of your app: Mobile or Tablet. While both formats can be used interchangeably on a mobile device, a tablet, or a computer, each has different defaults around sizing of the screens and controls. Once you choose the format for an app, you cannot change it.

Galleries

The Gallery control is used to display rows from a table of data. The display of a row is then defined by a template, which you can customize to meet your needs. This allows you to control which columns are shown and how they are formatted. Power Apps will then apply this template automatically to every row in your data.

Forms

Forms are focused on working with a specific record, often based on a selection from a gallery. In this experience, a user browses a gallery to find and select the desired row to view the details on the form. Forms enable a user to not only view detailed information, but to save new records and edit existing ones. The various actions performed with forms are controlled by form modes allowing the form to serve many purposes.

Input Controls

To allow you maximum flexibility in customizing your apps, Power Apps has a large selection of Input controls. Text inputs, buttons, dropdowns, toggles, date pickers, and sliders are a few examples. You can add these controls to galleries, forms, and screens to build a functional and aesthetic experience for your app. All inputs have a multitude of settings for default data, formatting, and actions which allow you to build an app that has the right user experience for your business process.

Intelligent Controls

In addition to common inputs as covered above, Power Apps also provides a rich set of controls for more advanced operations. There are hardware-based controls which allow access to the camera, bar code scanner, GPS, and more hardware features. There are also service backed controls like the business card reader or object detector which allow you to add artificial intelligence to your app without writing code.

Functions

Functions are the glue that binds all these controls, inputs, and data sources together. You can use one or more functions to create formulas in your apps. These formulas are similar to the language you use in Excel and can be used for actions such as sending data to a data source, formatting information, creating animations, and more. No complicated code is necessary, simply powerful functions with straightforward inputs to enhance your app.

  1. Build hub – select different pages in the Power Apps app.
  2. Power Apps Studio options – options relevant to the settings in a Power Apps Studio session.
  3. App actions – options to rename, save, preview, or publish the app.
  4. Properties list – list of properties for the selected object.
  5. Formula bar – compose or edit a formula for the selected property with one or more functions.
  6. Power Apps app – Power Apps app in Microsoft Teams.
  7. App authoring menu – selection pane to switch between data sources and insert options.
  8. App authoring options – details pane with options relevant to the selected menu item for authoring the app.
  9. Canvas/screen – primary canvas for composing the app structure.
  10. Properties pane – properties list for the selected object in UI format.
  11. Screen selector – switch between different screens in an app.
  12. Change canvas screen size – change the size of the canvas during an authoring experience in Power Apps Studio.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/teams/understand-power-apps-studio

Question 18: Skipped

Scenario: You are working as a consultant at Avengers Security. At the moment, you are consulting with Tony, the lead of the IT team and the topic of discussion is efficiency augmentation as a result of several complaints from team members who have become frustrated with the number of times they have to perform basic data entry on project start-up.

Currently there are many divisions who need the information and sometimes human error results make it more difficult to make sense of the data.

Which of the following programs would be the most help in this situation?

  • Power Automate
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps
  • Power All
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Power Automate can create automated information workflows so that data entry only has to occur once.

Modern businesses run on data. Users interact with data daily from entering their time for payroll, seeking guidance on existing processes, and analyzing data to make decisions. In our technology driven world, users can be empowered to gain insights from and interact with data all while automating those menial responsibilities that seem to be more burden than job task. Microsoft Power Platform enables your business to craft solutions while empowering you to unite customized technology to help everyone, from the CEO to the front-line workers, drive the business with data.

Microsoft Power Platform is comprised of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.

Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.

Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.

Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Features

Among the programs listed above, there are cross cutting features which enable Microsoft Power Platform to be leveraged to its full potential. Some of these are:

AI Builder lets users and developers add AI capabilities to the workflows and Power Apps they create and use. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that allows you to easily add intelligence to your workflows and apps and predict outcomes to help improve business performance without writing code.

Microsoft Dataverse is a scalable data service and app platform which lets users securely store and manage data from multiple sources and integrate that data in business applications using a common data model to ensure ease and consistency to users. Microsoft Dataverse is the common currency that enables the components of Microsoft Power Platform to work together. It’s the foundation that enables the consolidation, display, and manipulation of data.

Connectors enable you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Consider connectors the bridge across which information and commands travel. There are more than 275 connectors for Microsoft Power Platform, enabling all of your data and actions to connect cohesively. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

Although every feature is essential to building powerful solutions, let’s dive in deeper to one of the features of Microsoft Power Platform, connectors.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-us/what-is-power-platform/

Question 19: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The IT team has been busy learning about Power Apps since they have never used it before. Tanleer is trying to determine which of the following a Power Apps app can call.

Which of the following can a Power Apps app call?

  • Connector
  • Gateway
  • Solution
  • Flow
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • A Power Apps app can call a Flow which may have a list of connectors and logics but a Power App cannot call a connector.

Here are a few examples of what you can do with Power Automate.

  • Automate business processes
  • Send automatic reminders for past due tasks
  • Move business data between systems on a schedule
  • Connect to almost 300 data sources or any publicly available API
  • You can even automate tasks on your local computer like computing data in Excel.

Just think about time saved once you automate repetitive manual tasks simply by recording mouse clicks, keystrokes and copy paste steps from your desktop! Power Automate is all about automation.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qNQm

Overview of the different types of flows

Power Automate is a service that you can use to automate repetitive tasks to bring efficiencies to any organizations.

You can create cloud flows, desktop flows, or business process flows.

Cloud flows

Create a cloud flow when you want your automation to be triggered either automatically, instantly, or via a schedule.

Desktop flows

Desktop flows are used to automate tasks on the Web or the desktop. Using Power Automate Desktop you can automate tasks on the desktop as well as the Web.

Business process flows

Business process flows provide a guide for people to get work done. They provide a streamlined user experience that leads people through the processes their organization has defined for interactions that need to be advanced to a conclusion of some kind. This user experience can be tailored so that people with different security roles can have an experience that best suits the work they do.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/flow-types

Question 20: Skipped

With the approvals capability in Power Automate, you can automate sign-off requests and combine human decision-making for workflows.

Some popular cases where approvals can be used include:

  • Approving vacation time requests
  • Approving documents that need sign-off
  • Approving expense reports

Which of the following can be used to monitor approvals for an organization?

  • Microsoft Teams
  • (Correct)
  • Business process flow
  • Maker portal
  • Power Automate portal
  • (Correct)
  • Canvas app

Explanation

  • Microsoft Teams has an Approvals app that displays approvals and their status.
  • The Power Automate portal displays approvals and their status under the Action Items menu.
  • Business process flows are used in model-driven apps to guide a user through the stages and steps of a business process. Business process flows do not show approvals.
  • A canvas app can start an approval process using the Approvals connector but cannot display approvals or monitor their status.
  • The maker portal can build flows but does not contain the capability to display action items to monitor approvals.

Unified Action Centre

Microsoft Flow provides a unified Action Centre – your one-stop-shop for approvals and business process flows!

Approvals

To get to your approvals, click on ‘Action Items’ in the menu on the left, and then click ‘Approvals’.

View a list of all approvals that need a response from you under the ‘Received’ tab. From here, either select a request to respond to it, or click on a request to view its details. Similarly, track approvals requested by you under the ‘Sent’ tab.

View outcomes of approvals you’ve sent or received by navigating to the ‘History’ tab and toggling between the Received and Sent views

We’ve also improved the organization of information when viewing an approval. In this new experience, key information about the approval (such as its title, the requester, when it was sent/received/completed, link to content, outcome, etc.) is consolidated in an Overview card. Additional information that may be provided with the approval is displayed in a Details card. For approvals that have been responded to, responses along with comments are displayed in an Activity card

Business process flows

With the Action Centre, you can now view a list of all business processes flow runs you’re involved in!

You will see a business process in the Action Centre if you are assigned at least one CDS entity record that the process uses. For example, if a business process uses the Lead and Opportunity entities in CDS, you will see all instances of this process where either the Lead or the Opportunity record is assigned to you

All instances that are currently being worked on are listed under the ‘Active’ tab. From here, view the name of the process, the stage they’re in, the owner of the CDS record associated with the active stage, and time since the instance was created.

Click on an instance to open it in a new tab, or select it to copy a link, share a link via email, abandon or delete the instance.

All instances that have either been finished or abandoned are listed under the ‘Inactive’ tab. From here, view the name of the process, the stage it was last in, whether it was abandoned or finished, and when it was last updated

.

The approvals app in Teams gives you an overview of all the approvals that you have sent or received in your organization’s default tenant. This includes approvals you might have received through chat or channel messages, direct approvals, and even approvals that come in through a flow.

From here you can either approve or reject an approval you have received, or cancel an approval you have sent out.

https://flow.microsoft.com/en-ca/blog/introducing-the-unified-action-center/

View approvals

From the main approvals app in Teams, you can get a view of all the approvals you have sent or received.

Cancel an approval request

From the Sent tab, you can choose to cancel an approval that is still in progress. To do so, select the approval you want to cancel and then select the Cancel approval option.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/teams/manage-approvals-app

Power Automate makes it easy to automate approval workflow processes.

View pending approval requests

View all pending approval requests by following these steps:

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. In the left-side navigation pane, select Approvals.
  3. Your pending approval requests appear on the Received tab.

Approve a request

If you’re an approver in an approval flow, you receive an email whenever someone creates a request. The approval request is also sent to the approvals centre. You can then approve or reject requests from the email, the approvals centre, or the Power Automate app.

To approve a request:

From email

  1. Select Approve from the email you receive when an item is added to the SharePoint Online list.
    Note: If you’re using a mobile device with the Power Automate app installed, the Power Automate app launches, otherwise, the approvals centre opens in your browser.
  2. Enter a comment, and then select the Confirm button.

From the approvals centre

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select Approvals in the left-side navigation pane.
  3. Select Approve on the request you want to approve.
  4. Add any comments, and then select Confirm at the bottom of the screen.

From the Power Automate app

  1. On your mobile phone with the Power Automate app installed, select Approve from the request approval email.
  2. Select Confirm in the upper right corner of the screen.

  3. The success page shows, indicating that your approval has been recorded.

Reject a request

You can reject a request via email, the approvals centre, or the Power Automate app. To reject a request, follow the steps for approving a request, but select Reject, instead of Approve.

After you confirm your decision (rejection of the request), the flow runs the following steps:

  1. Sends an email to the person who requested vacation.
  2. Updates the SharePoint Online list with the decision, and the comments from the approver.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/approve-reject-requests

Question 21: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked S’chn T’gai Spock, his IT team leader, to come up with a plan to help support technicians with a better experience when logging and responding to support requests. Specifically, support technicians must be able to submit support requests by using an app.

Spock has asked you to assist him in recommending tools to help the Duncan + Dotter’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you and Spock recommend to John?

  • Common Data Service / Dataverse
  • Power BI
  • Power Automate
  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Where support technicians must be able to submit support requests by using an app, Power Apps would be the best choice.

Help Desk provides a user-friendly experience to connect end users with support professionals. Quickly find answers to your most important questions, track progress of open tickets, and review details of previous requests. This app requires a small amount of setup to make it your own.

Where can I run the app?

You can run this sample app in your browser, on a tablet, or other device that has a similar form factor.

How do I use the sample app and run?

Help Desk sample app is available in Power Apps. Follow these steps to open the sample app and run the app.

  1. Sign in to Power Apps.
  2. On the left-pane, select Create.
  3. On the right-side of the screen, scroll down to Start from template section.
  4. Select Help Desk from the available sample app templates.
  5. Enter a name.

  6. Select Create.
  7. When prompted, select Allow to let the app use the connections.
  8. Press F5 on the keyboard, or use the Preview button to play the app.

How do I build the app myself?

Help Desk sample app includes the functionality commonly used in Power Apps. You can extend the app functionality by using connectors and connect the app to a data source instead of the default collections used by the sample app.

Save the app, and update the app to use data source such as SharePoint, or Microsoft Dataverse.

You can also enable the capability to send emails or approval routing using Power Automate flow or Approvals connector.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps

Question 22: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is working on building a model-driven app and they need to create and configure the objects needed for the app.

Which of the following component categories should they use for Business rule processes?

  • Logic
  • (Correct)
  • UI
  • Visualization
  • Data

Explanation

  • The best component category use for Business rule processes is Logic. Business Process Rule is a component of “Logic“.

Understand model-driven app components

A well designed model-driven app consists of several components you select using the designer to build the appearance and functionality of the finished app. The components and component properties that designers use to make up an app become the metadata.

To understand how each of these components relates to app design, they’re separated here into data, UI, logic, and visualization categories.

Data

These components determine what data the app will be based upon and what designer is used to create or edit the component.

UI

These components determine how users interact with the app.

Logic

Determines the business processes, rules, and automation the app will have. Power Apps makers use a designer that is specific to the type of process or rule.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/model-driven-app-components

Question 23: Skipped

From Power Automate mobile, you can access these features:

  • Activity Feed
  • Browsing
  • Buttons
  • Managing Flows

True or False: Buttons are flows that are started through a manual action.

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • True statement: Buttons are flows that are started through a manual action.

From Power Automate mobile, you can access these features:

  • Activity Feed
  • Browsing
  • Buttons
  • Managing Flows

First, you’ll need to download and install the Power Automate mobile app from your app store.

After it’s installed, start it and sign in.

When you first start the app, you’ll see the Activity Feed. The Activity Feed is the place to see what’s happening with your flows. It won’t be the full experience you’d expect from your PC, but it will show you useful details.

For example, you’ll see a flow’s last activity. You can see whether the flow succeeded or failed. If it failed, you’ll see which step it failed on.

Create a button flow

Buttons are flows that are started through a manual action. For example, you can create a button to send a Working from home today email to your manager. If you live far from your workplace, you can then use this button on days when the traffic is a mess!

  • Select Buttons to use some of these flows.
  • Select Browse to check out templates for more button flows that you can add to your collection.

To show you how you can use buttons, we’ll use the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button template.

  1. Select Browse.
  2. Select the Send myself a reminder in 10 minutes button flow.

3. Select Use this template.

4. Select Create, and then select Done.

5. Select Buttons to see the new flow.

6. Select the flow. In 10 minutes, you will get a reminder.

https://flow.microsoft.com/en-us/mobile/download/

Question 24: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The Tivan Group uses Microsoft Excel workbooks to store consolidated sales data which are stored on OneDrive for Business.

Which of the following Power BI features will fit the requirement to enable user-friendly reporting on cellular telephones?

  • Q&A
  • Get data from files
  • Export to Excel
  • Mobile apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Mobile apps will fit the requirement to enable user-friendly reporting on cellular telephones.

Explore reports in the Power BI mobile apps

A Power BI report is an interactive view of your data, with visuals that represent different findings and insights from that data. Viewing reports in the Power BI mobile apps is the third step in a three-step process:

  1. Create reports in Power BI Desktop. You can even optimize a report for phones in Power BI Desktop.
  2. Publish those reports to the Power BI service (https://powerbi.com) or Power BI Report Server.
  3. Interact with the reports in the Power BI mobile apps.

Note: Power BI mobile app support for phones using Windows 10 Mobile has been discontinued as of March 16, 2021.

Open a Power BI report in the mobile app

Power BI reports are stored in different places in the mobile app, depending on where you got them. They can be in Apps, Shared with me, Workspaces (including My Workspace), or on a report server. Sometimes, you go through a related dashboard to get to a report, and sometimes they’re listed.

In lists and menus, you’ll find an icon next to a report name, which helps you understand that the item is a report:

There are two icons for reports in the Power BI mobile apps:

  • The Report icon (top) indicates a report that will appear in landscape orientation in the app. It will look the same as it looks in a browser.
  • The Phone report icon (second from top) indicates a report that has at least one phone-optimized page that will appear in portrait orientation.

To get to a report from a dashboard, tap More options (…) in the upper-right corner of a tile and then tap Open report:

Not all tiles can be opened as reports. For example, tiles that are created when you ask a question in the Q&A box don’t open reports when you tap them.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/mobile/mobile-reports-in-the-mobile-apps

Question 25: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is trying to understand the differences between the various ways apps can be built by using Power Apps.

On one of the projects they are working on, they are concerned that a Power Apps portal can use only a single data source. Is this a valid concern?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • No, this is not a valid concern. With the capability to build a portal in PowerApps, you can create a website for external and internal users enabling them to interact with data stored in Dataverse / Common
    Data Service.

Note: Dataverse / Common Data Service lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Common Data Service is stored within a set of entities. An entity is a set of records used to store data, similar to how a table stores data within a database. Common Data Service includes a base set of standard entities that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom entities specific to your organization and populate them with data using Power Query. App makers can then use PowerApps to build rich applications using this data.

Create a Dataverse starter portal

With the capability to build a portal in Power Apps, you can create a website for external and internal users enabling them to interact with data stored in Microsoft Dataverse.

Some of the benefits of creating a Power Apps portal:

  • Because the data is stored in Dataverse, you don’t need to create a connection from Power Apps as you do with data sources such as SharePoint, customer engagement apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Customer Service), or Salesforce. You need only to specify the tables that you want to show or manage in the portal.
  • You can design the portal through the WYSIWYG Power Apps portals Studio by adding and configuring components on the webpages.

You can create a portal either in a new environment or in your existing environment.

If you choose to create your portal in a new environment using the Create new environment link, the required portal pre-requisites such as tables, data, and a starter portal template are installed when the environment is created. In this method, the portal is provisioned in a few minutes.

If you choose to create your portal in an existing environment without portal pre-requisites, the pre-requisites are installed first and then the portal is created. In this method, the portal provisioning can take some time and you’ll be notified when the portal is provisioned.

Based on the selected environment in Power Apps, you can create a Dataverse starter portal or a portal in an environment containing customer engagement apps (such as Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Customer Service).

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/create-portal

What is Microsoft Dataverse?

Dataverse lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Dataverse is stored within a set of tables. A table is a set of rows (formerly referred to as records) and columns (formerly referred to as fields/attributes). Each column in the table is designed to store a certain type of data, for example, name, age, salary, and so on. Dataverse includes a base set of standard tables that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom tables specific to your organization and populate them with data by using Power Query. App makers can then use Power Apps to build rich applications that use this data.

Why use Dataverse?

Standard and custom tables within Dataverse provide a secure and cloud-based storage option for your data. Tables let you create a business-focused definition of your organization’s data for use within apps. If you’re not sure whether tables are your best option, consider these benefits:

  • Easy to manage – Both the metadata and data are stored in the cloud. You don’t need to worry about the details of how they’re stored.
  • Easy to secure – Data is securely stored so that users can see it only if you grant them access. Role-based security allows you to control access to tables for different users within your organization.
  • Access your Dynamics 365 Data – Data from your Dynamics 365 applications is also stored within Dataverse, allowing you to quickly build apps that use your Dynamics 365 data and extend your apps with Power Apps.
  • Rich metadata – Data types and relationships are used directly within Power Apps.
  • Logic and validation – Define calculated columns, business rules, workflows, and business process flows to ensure data quality and drive business processes.
  • Productivity tools – Tables are available within the add-ins for Microsoft Excel to increase productivity and ensure data accessibility.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-intro

Question 26: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Power Platform.

The current project is to build Power BI visualizations for the Bar team and the IT team working on the project believes Power BI can display charts and list boxes on dashboards.

Oswald is not sure if his team is correct or not so he comes to you to settle the matter.

Can Power BI display charts and list boxes on dashboards?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, Power BI can display charts and list boxes on dashboards.

Visualization types in Power BI

Power BI Desktop offers a range of out-of-the-box visualization options that are available directly from the Visualizations pane. When you select the fields that you want to display in a visualization, you can experiment with all the different visualization types to find the one that best suits your needs. If you can’t find a visual that meets your needs, you can download other visuals from Microsoft AppSource or import your own custom visuals.

Depending on the type of data in your selected fields, one or more visualizations might not be suitable. For example, geographic data will not display well as a funnel chart or line chart visualization.

It is important that you choose an effective visualization to ensure that you display the data in the best way possible. The following sections outline the different types of visualizations that are available within Power BI Desktop, using the same data source for illustration purposes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a

Table and Matrix visualizations

The table is a grid that contains related data in a logical series of rows and columns. The table supports two dimensions and the data is flat, which means that duplicate values are displayed and not aggregated. It can also contain headers and a row for totals.

The Matrix visualization looks similar to the table visualization; however, it allows you to select one or more elements (rows, columns, values) in the matrix to cross-highlight other visuals on the report page. In the following image, notice that a new field called Product Colour was added to the columns, and the available colours are now spanning across the table, with the categories listed in rows.

Bar and column charts

Power BI Desktop has a variety of bar and column chart visualizations that present specific data across different categories in a stacked or clustered format. The stacked format will stack the information items on top of each other.

For example, the following clustered column chart shows a single column with total sales for each country, whereas the stacked column chart shows data for sales by country, by product name. All sales data is stacked into one column to show you the total sales by country, broken down by how much each product contributed to the overall total sales.

Line and area charts

The line chart and area chart visualizations are beneficial in helping you present trends over time. The basic area chart is based on the line chart, with the area between axis and line filled in. The main difference between these two chart types is that the area chart highlights the magnitude of change over time.

Pie charts, doughnut charts, and treemaps

The pie chart, doughnut chart, and treemap visualizations show you the relationship of parts to the whole by dividing the data into segments. From a data analysis perspective, these charts are not useful because interpreting the data that they present can be difficult. However, these charts are often used for aesthetic reasons due to the colourful segments that they display. These charts are best suited for illustrating percentages, such as the top five sales by product or country, or any other available categories.

The pie chart is a solid circle, whereas the doughnut chart has a centre that is blank and allows space for a label or icon.

When using pie charts, doughnut charts, and treemaps, try to avoid presenting too many categories because it results in thin slices (or rectangles) that provide no added value to the user. If you do need to present all categories in your dataset, it’s better to use another type of visual, such as a column chart.

Pie charts and doughnut charts present data by dividing it into slices, while the treemap visualization displays data as a set of nested rectangles. Each level of the hierarchy is represented by a coloured rectangle (branch) containing smaller rectangles (leaves). The space inside each rectangle is allocated based on the value that is being measured. The rectangles are arranged in size from top left (largest) to bottom right (smallest).

A treemap is ideal to visualize:

  • Large amounts of hierarchical data when a bar chart can’t effectively handle the large number of values.
  • Proportions between each part and the whole.
  • The distribution pattern of the measure across each level of categories in the hierarchy.
  • Attributes, by using size and colour coding.
  • Spot patterns, outliers, most-important contributors, and exceptions.

Combo charts

The combo chart visualization is a combination of a column chart and a line chart that can have one or two Y axes. The combination of the two charts into one lets you:

  • Compare multiple measures with different value ranges.
  • Illustrate the correlation between two measures in one visual.
  • Identify whether one measure meets the target that is defined by another measure.
  • Conserve space on your report page.

Card visualization

The card visualization displays a single value: a single data point. This type of visualization is ideal for visualizing important statistics that you want to track on your Power BI dashboard or report, such as total value, YTD sales, or year-over-year change.

The multi-row card visualization displays one or more data points, with one data point for each row.

Funnel visualization

The funnel visualization displays a linear process that has sequential connected stages, where items flow sequentially from one stage to the next.

Funnel charts are most often seen in business or sales contexts. For example, they are useful for representing a workflow, such as moving from a sales lead to a prospect, through to a proposal and sale.

Funnel charts are great options in the following contexts:

  • When the data is sequential and moves through at least four stages.
  • When the number of items in the first stage is expected to be greater than the number of items in the final stage.
  • To calculate a potential outcome (revenue, sales, deals, and so on) by stages.
  • To calculate and track conversion and retention rates.
  • To reveal bottlenecks in a linear process.

Gauge chart

A radial gauge chart has a circular arc and displays a single value that measures progress toward a goal or target.

The value at the end of the arc represents the defaulted maximum value, which will always be double the actual value. To create a realistic visual, you should always specify each of the values. You can accomplish this task by dropping the correct field that contains an amount into the Target value, Minimum value, and Maximum value fields on the Visualization pane.

The shading in the arc represents the progress toward that target. The value inside the arc represents the progress value. Power BI spreads all possible values evenly along the arc, from the minimum (left-most value) to the maximum (right-most value).

Radial gauges can be used to show the progress that is being made toward a goal or target, or they can show the health of a single measure. However, radial gauges do take up a lot of space in comparison to the insights that they provide. It is more effective to use a pair of gauges with a spark line so users can see the trend and know what to do about it.

Waterfall visualization

The waterfall visualization (also known as a bridge chart) shows a running total as values are added or subtracted, which is useful in displaying a series of positive and negative changes. The chart consists of colour-coded columns, so you can quickly identify increases and decreases. The initial and the final value columns often start on the horizontal axis, while the intermediate values are floating columns.

Waterfall charts can be used to:

  • Visualize changes over time or across different categories.
  • Audit the major changes that contribute to the total value.
  • Plot your organization’s annual profit by showing various sources of revenue to help determine the total profit (or loss).
  • Illustrate the beginning and ending headcount for your organization in a year.
  • Visualize how much money you earn and spend each month and the running balance for your account.

Scatter chart

The scatter chart visualization is effective when you are comparing large numbers of data points without regard to time. The scatter chart has two value axes to show: one set of numerical data along a horizontal axis and another set of numerical values along a vertical axis. The chart displays points at the intersection of an X and Y numerical value, combining these values into single data points. These data points might be distributed evenly or unevenly across the horizontal axis, depending on the data. You can set the number of data points, up to a maximum of 10,000.

You might want to use a scatter chart instead of a line chart because it allows you to change the scale of the horizontal axis. Scatter charts also allow you to:

  • Show relationships between two numerical values.
  • Plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.
  • Turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.
  • Display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.
  • Show patterns in large sets of data, for example, by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.
  • Compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a scatter chart, the better the comparisons that you can make.

The following example shows a scatter chart that displays outliers (anomalies) with a trendline going up. The chart clearly shows that most products were sold at the same quantity, and only some products were sold in larger quantities. By identifying those outliers, you can run further analysis and break them down by country and region, which can help to improve logistics, decrease costs, and increase customer satisfaction.

Maps

Power BI integrates with Bing Maps to provide default map coordinates (a process called geocoding), so you can create maps. Together, they use algorithms to identify the correct location; however, sometimes, it’s a best guess.

A basic map (bubble map) is used to associate categorical and quantitative information with spatial locations. This type of map visual displays precise geographical locations of data points on a map, as illustrated in the following image. A fill map uses shading, tinting, or patterns to display how a value differs in proportion across a geographical region. Similarly, shape maps use colours to display relative comparisons of geographical regions. You can also use an ArcGIS map to display graphical information in a more interactive way.

Slicer visualization

The slicer visualization is a standalone chart that can be used to filter the other visuals on the page. Slicers provide a more advanced and customized way of filtering, in comparison to the Filters pane, which is suited to more basic filtering operations. You can learn more about these two filtering options in another module.

Slicers come in many different formats, including list, drop-down, and buttons, and they can be formatted to allow the selection of only one, many, or all available values.

Slicers are ideal to:

  • Visualize commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.
  • Simplify your ability to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.
  • Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.
  • Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.

Tip: Using a slicer that is set to a drop-down format will defer the queries that are being sent to the dataset and can help improve performance.

Q&A visualization

The Q&A visualization allows you to ask natural language questions and get answers in the form of a visual. This ability to ask questions is valuable to consumers and to you, the report author. This visualization type can help you create visuals in the report, and it can also be used as a tool for consumers to get answers quickly.

The Q&A visualization consists of the following four core components:

  • The question box, where users enter their question and are shown suggestions to help them complete the question.
  • A pre-populated list of suggested questions.
  • An icon that users can select to convert the Q&A visual into a standard visual.
  • An icon that users can select to open Q&A tooling, which allows designers to configure the underlying natural language engine. When entering natural language queries with Power BI Q&A, you can specify the visual type in your query. The following example illustrates how to implement Net sales by country.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-report-add-visualizations-ii

Question 27: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Anvil needs to create several workflows and applications to help streamline their sales operations. Billy asked you to advise which applications are appropriate for certain cases.

Which of the following should you recommend to Billy where he wants to build a mobile application by using Common Data Service / Dataverse?

  • Azure IoT
  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate
  • Azure Logic Apps

Explanation

  • Billy will want to build a mobile application by using Common Data Service / Dataverse. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

For more information:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Question 28: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward created a Power Apps canvas app and he needs to ensure that the staff can run the app.

Which of the following should he do?

  • Publish the app
  • Send the URL for the app to coworkers
  • Create a Flow for the app
  • Share the app
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • In order to ensure the staff can run the app, Edward must share the app.

Share a canvas app with your organization

After you build a canvas app that addresses a business need, specify which users in your organization can run the app and who can modify and even re-share it. Specify each user by name, or specify a security group in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD). If everyone would benefit from your app, specify that your entire organization can run it. To learn about sharing apps outside of your organization, go to Share a canvas app with guest users.

Important: For a shared app to function as you expect, you must also manage permissions for the data source or sources on which the app is based, such as Microsoft Dataverse or Excel. You might also need to share other resources on which the app depends, such as flows, gateways, or connections.

Before you share an app, you must save it to the cloud (not locally) and then publish it.

  • Give your app a meaningful name and a clear description, so that people know what your app does and they can easily find it in a list. On the File menu in Power Apps Studio, select App settings, specify a name, and then enter a description.
  • Whenever you make changes, you must save and publish the app again if you want others to see those changes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/share-app

Question 29: Skipped

Scenario: The Daily Bugle is a New Yorker newspaper led by the irascible, gruff publisher named J. J. Jameson and it is housed in the Flatiron Building. Peter Parker is one of the developers at the Daily Bugle and is using Power Automate to integrate applications.

He is working with a legacy application which does not have an application programming interface (API).

Required: Create a flow to access the data in the legacy application

Which type of flow should Peter use to access the data in the legacy application?

  • Business process flow
  • Scheduled cloud flow
  • Instant cloud flow
  • Desktop flow
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Desktop flows perform actions on legacy applications that do not have an API and where the only interface is the keyboard, mouse, and screen.
  • Business process flows are used within model-driven apps to guide a user through the business stages and steps. Instant cloud flows are initiated manually and require a connector to a service that has an API.
  • Scheduled cloud flows are run on a timetable and require a connector to a service that has an API.
  • Cloud flows cannot be used with applications that do not have an API.

Power Automate is all about having computers manage repetitive tasks. Power Automate allows anyone with knowledge of the business process to create a repeatable flow that when triggered, leaps into action and performs the process.

Common scenarios and capabilities of Power Automate:

  • Automating of repetitive tasks like moving data from one system to another
  • Guiding a user through a process so they can complete the different stages
  • Connecting to external data sources via one of the hundreds of connectors or directly via an API
  • Automating desktop based and website processes with robotic process automation (RPA) capabilities

Example: a purchase order approval

Approvals are a great process to build in Power Automate. They are often defined yet manual. Check out the following scenario for an example:

A user starts the process by going into a Power Apps app and creating a purchase order request. Once they submit the request, the information is sent to a Power Automate flow.

The flow can be built to evaluate the request and then route the request based on criteria such as submitting user and request amount. The first action could be to send the request to the user’s manager. The manager could be automatically retrieved from Azure AD, avoiding prompting for duplicate information.

Here is the starting point of the flow:

After the manager receives the approval and approves, the flow can then provide conditional logic. Typically, this might be something like: if the purchase order request is greater than $10,000, send it to VP; if not, then automatically approve the purchase order.

Here is an example of what this flow may look like.

As you can see, even the business process has many decision points. Your flow easily handles the decisions without you writing any code.

Work with your data where it lives

When building an app, access to your data is very important. Power Automate offers you choices; through over 600 connectors you can easily connect to data and services across the web and even on-premises. Some common data sources include:

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Salesforce
  • Dynamics 365
  • Google Drive
  • Office 365

You don’t have to choose just one data source either. Microsoft Power Platform easily supports multiple data connections allowing you to bring data together from many platforms into a single automation.

Finally, if your data isn’t retrievable by one of the 600 plus connectors, then Power Automate also allows you to create custom connectors, letting you talk to any data source via a swagger file.

The three types of flows you can create with Power Automate

Power Automate works by creating flows, of which there are three types:

  • Cloud flows – These are flows that you build with a trigger and then one or more actions. There are a multitude of triggers and actions available such as the arrival of an email from a specific person, or a mention of your company in social media, thanks to the existing connectors. You’ll see these as My flows and Team flows in Power Automate. The only difference between a My flow and a Team flow is ownership. With a My flow you’re the sole owner, while a Team flow has more than one owner.
  • Business process flows – These flows are built to augment the experience when using Model-driven apps and Microsoft Dataverse. Use these to create a guided experience in your Model-driven apps.
  • Desktop flows – These robotic process automation (RPA) flows allow you to record yourself performing actions on your desktop or within a web browser. You can then trigger a flow to perform that process for you. You can also pass data in or get data out of the process, letting you automate even “manual” business processes.

Add artificial intelligence to your flow without writing code

Before Microsoft Power Platform, adding functionality such as image or text processing required an advanced computer or coding knowledge. There was code to write, data models to design and train, and a lot of complicated logic. Microsoft Power Platform, however, has “democratized” artificial intelligence by providing a wizard-based interface for building and training your model. This unlocks the power of Azure Machine Learning and Cognitive services without writing a single line of code.

To take advantage of these AI capabilities you must first build a model. From https://make.PowerApps.com a wizard guides you through building and training the model.

Security and Administration

To manage security for Power Automate, log into https://admin.powerplatform.microsoft.com. From the Microsoft Power Platform admin center you have full access to Power Automate tenant wide. You have the ability to create and manage environments, implement Data Loss Prevention policies, work with Data integrations, manage user licenses, and quotas. The admin center gives you management capabilities across Power Automate.

Power Automate also offers a full set of PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets allow you deeper controls and to work better in large-scale scenarios. Using the cmdlets for auditing gives you more control and insight on Power Automate’s usage throughout your tenant.

In addition, because Power Automate is all about automation, there are built in flow actions for managing both Power Automate and Power Apps. An example of a helpful flow is you could create one that runs everyday at 8 AM to discover all of the flows and Power Apps that have been created and then add someone from IT as a co-owner of each. That way IT has access and awareness of the solutions within the organization. Just another way that Power Automate is helping to automate common business processes.

Driving business value

Power Automate flows are built with triggers and actions. Triggers determine what starts the flows, while actions determine what happens. With Power Automate you even have the ability to specify the business logic to determine the necessary conditions. For many businesses that means these automations do not have to be driven from IT but instead directly from the business. The same way that the Sales department builds its manual processes today by emailing spreadsheets between people, they can build their flow to automate the process going forward.

If you are in IT or otherwise responsible for governance, Power Automate has plenty to offer for you. With Power Automate there are many security, governance, and reporting capabilities to provide the necessary oversight. You can even write a flow to manage all of the other flows. Also, Power Automate doesn’t circumvent security in any way. Users cannot build flows to do things they don’t already have permission to do today.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/desktop-flows/introduction

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment.

Harvey Dent is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Harvey said “Enabling data encryption is required after creating a Common Data Service / Dataverse environment”.

Is Harvey correct?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • No, Harvey is incorrect. All new and upgraded organizations use data encryption by default. Data encryption can’t be turned off. Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse.

The customer engagement apps (Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service, Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation), use standard SQL Server cell level encryption for a set of default table attributes that contain sensitive information, such as user names and email passwords. This feature can help organizations meet FIPS 140-2 compliance.

All new and upgraded organizations use data encryption by default. Data encryption can’t be turned off.

Users who have the system administrator security role can change the encryption key at any time.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/data-encryption

Question 31: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform is composed of four key products:

  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Power BI
  • Power Virtual Agents

Sometimes, the fastest way to get answers about your data is by asking questions in the Q&A feature of Power BI.

Which Microsoft Power Platform components enable users to ask questions with natural language phrases?

  • Power BI
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Power Virtual Agents
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Dataverse

Explanation

  • The Q&A feature in Power BI dashboards allows users to ask questions of their data using natural language and creates new visualizations based on the question and data.
  • Power Virtual Agents chatbots can understand the phrases supplied by users in natural language and can determine the topic and conversation to be used to respond to the user.
  • Power Apps, Power Automate, and Microsoft Dataverse do not include a user interface that permits users to ask questions.

Microsoft Power Platform

Microsoft Power Platform is composed of four key products:

Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/powerapps-for-pros-develop-faster-with-low-code/

Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/

Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/consumer/end-user-q-and-a

Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/fundamentals-what-is-power-virtual-agents

Features

Among the programs listed above, there are cross cutting features which enable Microsoft Power Platform to be leveraged to its full potential. Some of these are:

  • AI Builder lets users and developers add AI capabilities to the workflows and Power Apps they create and use. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that allows you to easily add intelligence to your workflows and apps and predict outcomes to help improve business performance without writing code.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a scalable data service and app platform which lets users securely store and manage data from multiple sources and integrate that data in business applications using a common data model to ensure ease and consistency to users. Microsoft Dataverse is the common currency that enables the components of Microsoft Power Platform to work together. It’s the foundation that enables the consolidation, display, and manipulation of data.
  • Connectors enable you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Consider connectors the bridge across which information and commands travel. There are more than 600 connectors for Microsoft Power Platform, enabling all of your data and actions to connect cohesively. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/training/modules/introduction-power-platform/2-what-is-power-platform

Ask questions of your data

Explore Q&A

You can use Q&A to explore your data by using the intuitive, natural language capabilities of Power BI and receive answers in the form of charts and graphs.

Ask a question

Ask a question about your data in Q&A by using natural language. Natural language refers to the ordinary language that humans use to communicate with one another every day. An example would be, “What are the total units by region?”

Q&A is available on dashboards and reports in Power BI. To open the Q&A screen, go to the dashboard and place your cursor in the question box.

If the visuals’ axis labels and values include the words sales, account, month, and opportunities, then you can confidently ask questions that use those values. For example, “Which account has the highest opportunity” or “Show sales by month as a bar chart.”

Other helpful items are provided on the side of the screen. For each dataset, Q&A shows you keywords and occasionally shows you some sample or suggested questions. Select any item to add them to the question box.

Another way that Q&A helps you ask questions is with prompts, autocomplete, and visual cues.

Q&A visuals

Q&A picks the best visual based on the data being displayed. For example, numbers may be displayed as a line chart while cities are more likely to be displayed as a map.

You can also tell Q&A which visual to use by adding it to your question. Q&A will prompt you with a list of workable visual types. Using the previous example, you could ask, “What are the total units by region by pie chart?”

Words and terminology that Q&A recognizes

The best way to determine if Power BI recognizes a keyword is by typing it in the question box. If the word or term appears dimmed, then Power BI doesn’t recognize it. The keywords in the following table use singular and present tense, but all tenses and pluralities are recognized.

Q&A helps phrase the question

Q&A does its best to understand and answer the question by:

  • Autocompleting words and questions. It uses various strategies, including autocompleting recognized words and previously used questions that returned valid responses. If more than one autocomplete option is available, they’re presented in a drop-down list.
  • Correcting spelling.
  • Providing a preview of the answer in the form of a visual. The visual updates as you type and edit the question (it doesn’t wait for you to press Enter).
  • Suggesting replacement terms from the underlying dataset(s) when you move the cursor back in the question box.
  • Restating the question based on the data in the underlying dataset(s). Q&A replaces the words you used with synonyms from the underlying dataset(s). By reading the restatement, you know whether Q&A understood your question or not.
  • Dimming words it doesn’t understand.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-q-and-a-tips

Question 32: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on Power BI reporting.

The lead developer, Bruce Wayne, is trying to determine if he can export data from a visualization in a Power BI report – and he is stumped. Alfred asked you to help Bruce by providing him guidance.

Is it possible to export data from a visualization in a Power BI report?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

If you’d like to see the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization, you can display that data in Power BI. You can also export that data to Excel as an .xlsx or .csv file. The option to export the data requires a Pro or Premium license and edit permissions to the dataset and report.

Note: Export data from a Power BI dashboard

  1. Select the ellipsis in the upper-right corner of the visualization.
  2. Choose the Export data icon.
  3. Power BI exports the data to a .csv file. If you’ve filtered the visualization, then the app will filter the downloaded data.
  4. Your browser will prompt you to save the file. Once saved, open the .csv file in Excel.

Export the data that was used to create a visualization

Who can export data

If you have permissions to the data, you can see and export the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization. Often, data is confidential or limited to specific users. In those cases, you will not be able to see or export that data. For details, see the Limitations and considerations section at the end of this document.

Viewing and exporting data

If you’d like to see the data that Power BI uses to create a visualization, you can display that data in Power BI. You can also export that data to Excel as an .xlsx or .csv file. The option to export the data requires a Pro or Premium license as well as edit permissions to the dataset and report. If you have access to the dashboard or report but the data is classified as highly confidential, Power BI will not allow you to export the data.

https://youtu.be/KjheMTGjDXw

Watch Will export the data from one of the visualizations in his report, save it as an .xlsx file, and open it in Excel. Then follow the step-by-step instructions below the video to try it out yourself. Note that this video uses an older version of Power BI.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data

Question 33: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team creates a text classification model in AI Builder to monitor customer feedback for specific key words on security equipment sold by a subsidiary of Wayne Enterprises and they need some help.

When negative feedback is received for a product, the company wants to proactively perform engineering reviews for the product and schedule additional training sessions for workers who produce the device. Oswald Cobblepot is a developer on the team and plans to build a Power Automate flow as a solution.

Will this plan fit the requirement?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, building a Power Automate flow will fit the requirement.
  • Use the results from your AI model across Power Platform to create end-to-end solutions that meet your business needs, even if you have no coding skills. For example, create a flow that automates document processing in Power Automate, or an app created with PowerApps that predicts whether a supplier will be out of compliance.

AI Builder in Power Apps

AI Builder provides two kinds of Power Apps components, depending on the models you want to use:

The AI Builder components for canvas apps are available in Power Apps Studio and appear on the Insert tab when you build your canvas app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/use-in-powerapps-overview

Question 34: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation, growing company managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success. Melinda is managing the support team.

Customers and support technicians need a better experience when logging and responding to support requests and Melinda needs more visibility into what the support technicians are doing every week.

As the Microsoft expert, the IT team is relying on you to recommend tools to help the company’s needs.

Which of the following tools should you recommend to enable support technicians to enter a status report for work completed during the previous week by using a mobile app?

  • Power Apps Portal
  • (Correct)
  • CDS or Dataverse
  • Power Automate
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Power Apps Portal can be used to enter reports with a Mobile app.

In Power Apps portals, each authenticated portal user is associated with a contact record in Microsoft Dataverse. Portal users must be assigned to web roles to gain permissions beyond unauthenticated users. To configure permissions for a web role, configure its webpage access and website access control rules. Portals allows portal users to sign in with their choice of an external account based on ASP.NET Identity. Though not recommended, portals also allows a local contact membership provider-based account for users to sign in.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/configure-portal-authentication

Power Apps portals allow you to add a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to answer questions posted by a visitor on your portals page. A chatbot (bot) configured with different topics and trigger phrases can automatically respond to questions posted by a visitor in a chat conversation.

Before you can add a Power Virtual Agents bot to a Power Apps portals page, you must create a bot first. If you don’t already have an available bot or one that fits your needs, you’ll have the option in portals to go to Power Virtual Agents to create one.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/add-chatbot

Question 35: Skipped

Scenario: Oscorp is a global company belonging to the estranged couple of Norman Osborn and Emily Lyman.

You are working on a new project for Norman and you just created a flow by using Power Automate.

Required: The flow must notify Emily every time a new item is added to a SharePoint list.

Which of the following should you use to ensure an email notification is added to the flow, so that Emily is sent the notification?

  • Condition
  • Loop
  • Trigger
  • Action
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • An action does something in a flow. In this case, you will use an action to send an email.
  • Triggers are used to start a flow but do not carry out an action such as sending an email.
  • A condition specified if a cloud flow should perform a task or set of tasks if the condition value is set to true or false. In this case, no condition is required.
  • A loop is used to loop through items in a collection. In this case, there is no collection, so no loop is required.

Create a cloud flow in Power Automate

Choose an event to start the flow

First, you will need to select what event, or trigger, starts your flow.

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select Create > Build your own.
  3. In the Search field, enter Twitter.
  4. In the Choose a connector list, select Twitter.
  5. In the Choose a trigger list, select When a new tweet is posted.

  6. Select Next.

Choose an action

  1. In the Search field, enter send email.
  2. Select Office 365 Outlook.
  3. In the Choose an action list, select Send an email (V2).

  4. Select Next.
  5. If prompted, select the sign-in button, and then provide your credentials.
  6. In the To field, enter your email address in the To field, and then select your name from the dropdown menu.
  7. In the Subject field, enter New tweet from: and then enter a space.
  8. In the Dynamic content list, select Tweeted by to add a placeholder for it.
  9. Select the Body field, and then select Tweet text from the Dynamic content list to add a placeholder for it.

    Optionally, you can add more tokens, other text, or both to the body of the email.

  10. Near the top of the screen, select Save.

Test your flow

Send a tweet with the keyword that you indicated, or wait for someone else to post such a tweet.

Within a minute after the tweet is posted, an email message notifies you of the new tweet.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/get-started-logic-flow

Question 36: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there and he has built a solution using the Microsoft Azure.

Oswald has created a series of Power BI reports and dashboards to help sales associates be more productive and increase sales however sales are not increasing as expected.

Before any drastic measures are taken, Oswald asked you to determine if the new reports are being used and if the system is sending emails to sales associates to provide guidance on how to use the reports and dashboards.

Which of the following features should Oswald be using to send emails to the sales associates on a predetermined schedule?

  • Subscribe
  • (Correct)
  • Export
  • Favourites
  • Publisher

Explanation

  • Of the available choices, Subscribe is the only logical answer. A better answer would be Power Automate, but that is not an option in the question.

Subscribe to a report or dashboard in the Power BI service

It’s never been easier to stay up-to-date on your most important dashboards and reports. Subscribe to report pages and dashboards that matter most to you, and Power BI will email a snapshot to your inbox. You tell Power BI how often you want to receive the emails: daily, weekly, or when the data refresh. You can even set a specific time for Power BI to send the emails or have it run now. In all, you can set up to 24 different subscriptions per report or dashboard.

The email and snapshot will use the language set in Power BI settings (see Supported languages and countries/regions for Power BI). If no language is defined, Power BI uses English as a fallback. To see or set your language preference, select the cog (gear) icon → Settings → General → Language.

When you receive the email, it includes a link to “go to report or dashboard”. On mobile devices with Power BI apps installed, selecting this link launches the app (as opposed to the default action of opening the report or dashboard on the Power BI website).

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-subscribe

Question 37: Skipped

Scenario: Iceberg Lounge is Gotham’s coolest nightclub and Penguin’s pad for operations. It’s a high-end nightclub in Gotham which acts as a legit forefront of his illegal activities.

You have been hired as a contractor for Iceberg Lounge, and you are consulting on various IT functions. Oswald Cobblepot runs the show there, and the IT team would like to set up an approval system for items that are being written to a SharePoint list.

Dick Grayson has been assigned the task of creating the system.

Using flow, which of the following is the best approach?

  • Create an instant cloud flow and set the trigger to be “When an email is received”, then add an action for creating the SharePoint item.
  • Set up a blank flow to send approval emails to the department manager when a new item is created in the SharePoint List.
  • Create an automated cloud flow from blank and add a trigger for “When a new item is created” in SharePoint, and actions for the approvals.
  • Generate an approval flow from the built-in SharePoint Approvals functionality on your SharePoint list.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Why reinvent the wheel? SharePoint’s built-in Approvals flows are great, and using the information in this module you can set them up quickly and easily.

You can create a flow that performs one or more tasks (for example, sending a report by email) on a specific schedule:

  • Once a day, an hour, or a minute
  • On a date that you specify
  • After a number of days, hours, or minutes that you specify

Create the flow

  1. Launch Power Automate and sign in using your organizational account.
  2. In the left pane, select + Create.
  3. Select Scheduled cloud flow under Start from blank.
  4. In the dialog box, specify the flow’s name and how often the flow should run.
    For example, if you want the flow to run every two weeks, enter 2 in the Interval field, and select Week in the Frequency field. You can also specify the day of the week your flow should run. The text at the bottom of the dialog box explains your inputs in plain language.

5. Once you are satisfied with your inputs, select Create.

Specify advanced options

  1. Once your flow is created, select the title of the Recurrence card to expand it. Select Edit and then Show advanced options.

    Note: The advanced options vary, depending on the value of the Interval and Frequency fields. If the dialog box that you see does not match the graphic that follows, make sure that the Interval and Frequency fields are set to the same values that are shown in the graphic.

  2. Here you can specify a time zone to reflect the local time zone, Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), or another time zone.
  3. Specify the day or days of the week when the flow should run, and the time or times of day when the flow should run.
  4. For example, set up the flow as shown in the following graphic to start it no earlier than noon (Pacific time) on Monday, January 1, 2018, and to run it every two weeks, at 5:30 PM (Pacific time) on Tuesday.

Use the compose action

Use the Compose action to save yourself from entering identical data multiple times when you are designing a flow. For example, if you need to enter an array of digits: [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9] several times while you design your flow, you could use the compose action to save the array like this:

  1. Search for Compose, and then select the Compose (Data Operation) action.

2. Enter the array into the Inputs box you want to reference later:

3. Continue adding steps to your flow to perform the actions desired.

4. Rename your flow by selecting “Untitled” at the top left and entering your flow name.

5. Next Save the flow in the top right corner

6. Select the back arrow in the top left corner next to the name of the flow

7. Finally, you can Run the flow from the command bar at the top

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/create-business-process-flow

Question 38: Skipped

Scenario: Lobo Technologies is a subsidiary of Worthington Industries, owned by Maximus Lobo, headquartered in White Plains, New York.

James Howlett aka Logan, is a developer at Lobo and he has a Power Automate flow that fetches a list of contacts from Microsoft Dataverse.

Required: Enable looping through the contact collection to perform operations on each record.

Which connector should Logan use?

  • Microsoft Dataverse
  • Control
  • (Correct)
  • Content Conversion
  • Data Operation

Explanation

  • The Control connector has an ‘Apply to each’ action that can be used through collection records. The other connectors cannot be used to loop through collections.
  • The Data Operation connector contains actions to shape and transform data.
  • The Content Conversion connector converts HTML to text.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a Microsoft Power Platform data source, and it has actions to perform operations on database tables and rows.

Use the Apply to each action to process a list of items periodically

Many triggers can immediately start a cloud flow based on an event such as when a new email arrives in your inbox. These triggers are great, but sometimes you want to run a cloud flow that queries a data source on a predefined schedule, taking certain actions based on the properties of the items in the data source. To do this, your flow can be started on a schedule (such as once per day) and use a loop action such as Apply to each to process a list of items. For example, you could use Apply to each to update records from a database or list of items from Microsoft SharePoint.

Create a cloud flow

  1. Sign in to Power Automate.
  2. Select Create > Build your own.
  3. Select Scheduled to create a scheduled cloud flow.
  4. In the Starting fields, select the date and time to indicate when the flow should start running.
  5. In the Repeat every fields, set the schedule to run the flow. In this example, type 15 and select Minute from the dropdown list to run the flow every 15 minutes.

  6. Select Next and search for Outlook to find all connectors and actions related to Microsoft Outlook.
  7. Select Office 365 Outlook, the Get emails (V3) action, and then Next.

  8. Configure the Get emails (V3) card to select the top 10 unread emails from the Inbox folder.
    Don’t include attachments because they won’t be used in the flow.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/apply-to-each

Question 39: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, the team needs to implement Power Platform apps. Phil does not plan to use any development tools or plug-ins.

Will Brand be able to synchronize account information from Dynamics 365 Sales with a third-party database?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Yes, the Power Platform uses PowerApps, Power BI, and Power Automate (previously named Flow) to customize, extend, and build all the apps you need for your business and unlock the potential of Office 365 and Dynamics 365.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1

Synchronize Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data with external systems

Sometimes you’ll need to synchronize and integrate Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data with data that is stored in other systems. The common data integration patterns include taking data from an external system and pushing it into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), taking data from Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and synchronizing it to some external data store, or updating Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) with external data. You can now use several new capabilities to make it easier to write code to achieve these scenarios.

These new features can be used separately as needed in any situation, but together they address common issues related to synchronizing and integrating data with external data.

Feature: Removing specialized messages

Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) has a number of specialized messages for specific operations that update records. These messages are deprecated in this release and you should now simply use Update to perform the same operations. The deprecated messages are:

  • Assign
  • SetParentSystemUser
  • SetParentTeam
  • SetParentBusinessUnit
  • SetBusinessEquipment
  • SetBusinessUnit
  • SetState

Simply updating the record is much simpler than using these messages and should streamline your development for data integration and synchronization scenarios.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/special-update-operation-behavior

Feature: Alternate Keys

In enterprise deployments of Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), it’s common for data from external enterprise systems to be loaded into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) so that it can be presented to users. These external systems often can’t be extended to store the Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record identifiers, known as GUIDs, required for system synchronization. A common solution is to add a custom attribute to an entity in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) that can be used to store the identifier of the related record in the external system.
When you build data load processes that update records in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and assign references to related records in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), you first have to make an extra Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) web service call to retrieve the target Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record based on this external identifier. This lookup can be slow if an appropriate index is not in place for the custom attribute, and in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) scenarios, each of these lookups requires a costly round-trip across the Internet. These extra round trips can increase by an order of magnitude the time it takes to update each Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record and can reduce overall throughput drastically.
Now, web service operations can target a Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) record using one or more alternate keys instead of a GUID. In addition, entity references to related records can be specified using one or more alternate keys. Because alternate keys are indexed, lookup operations show increased performance as compared to adding a custom attribute as an identifier. If something goes wrong, the system will throw an error and roll back all the changes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/define-alternate-keys-entity?view=op-9-1

Feature: Change tracking

When organizations need to maintain Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) data in external storage there is now a way to keep that data synchronized in a performant way by detecting what data has changed since the data was initially extracted or last synchronized. The RetrieveEntityChangesRequest message is used to retrieve the changes for an entity.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1#synchronize-data-with-external-systems-using-change-tracking

Feature: Upsert

When loading data into Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) from an external system, you may not know if a record already exists in Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) and should be updated, or whether you must create a new record. Use the new UpsertRequest message to update the record if it exists, or create a new record if it doesn’t exist, in one API call.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/synchronize-dynamics-365-data-with-external-systems?view=op-9-1#using-upsert

Question 40: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables users and organizations to analyze, act on, and automate the data to digitally transform their businesses. Microsoft Power Platform today comprises four products:

  • Power BI
  • Power Apps
  • Power Automate
  • Power Virtual Agents

It also has two add-ins: AI Builder and Power Pages.

Which of the following solutions would enable a company who receives written letters, the ability allow users to record and track the letters?

  • Power Automate
  • Power Virtual Agents
  • Power Apps
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs.
  • Power Automate is used to create workflows between applications and services.
  • Power Virtual Agents allows chatbots to be created.
  • Power BI is a business analytics service.

Microsoft Power Platform

Microsoft Power Platform is composed of four key products:

Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/powerapps-for-pros-develop-faster-with-low-code/

Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-automate/

Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-bi/consumer/end-user-q-and-a

Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/fundamentals-what-is-power-virtual-agents

Features

Among the programs listed above, there are cross cutting features which enable Microsoft Power Platform to be leveraged to its full potential. Some of these are:

  • AI Builder lets users and developers add AI capabilities to the workflows and Power Apps they create and use. AI Builder is a turnkey solution that allows you to easily add intelligence to your workflows and apps and predict outcomes to help improve business performance without writing code.
  • Microsoft Dataverse is a scalable data service and app platform which lets users securely store and manage data from multiple sources and integrate that data in business applications using a common data model to ensure ease and consistency to users. Microsoft Dataverse is the common currency that enables the components of Microsoft Power Platform to work together. It’s the foundation that enables the consolidation, display, and manipulation of data.
  • Connectors enable you to connect apps, data, and devices in the cloud. Consider connectors the bridge across which information and commands travel. There are more than 600 connectors for Microsoft Power Platform, enabling all of your data and actions to connect cohesively. Examples of popular connectors include Salesforce, Office 365, Twitter, Dropbox, Google services, and more.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/training/modules/introduction-power-platform/2-what-is-power-platform

Question 41: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the project in focus is on rolling back a recent update which has been made to a canvas app because it is causing usability issues.
Bruce Wayne, the IT lead has been tasked with rolling back the app to a previous version.

Which of the following should Bruce do?

  • Restore the previous version of the app.
  • (Correct)
  • Uninstall the app for all users and reinstall by using the package from a previous version.
  • Deactivate the live app, import the previous version of the app, and then activate the app.
  • Delete the app and create a new app based on the previous version.

Explanation

  • Restore a canvas app to a previous version in PowerApps.

Restore an app from your account

  1. Open powerapps.com, and then click or tap Apps in the left navigation bar.
  2. Near the right edge, click or tap the info icon for the app that you want to restore.
  3. Click or tap the Versions tab, and then click or tap Restore for the version that you want to restore.
  4. In the confirmation dialog box, click or tap Restore.

A new version is added to your list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/restore-an-app

Question 42: Skipped

Scenario: Duncan + Dotter Design is an architectural business based in New York City which was founded by John Raymond. The company is embarking on a Microsoft journey by switching things over from various other systems they have used over the years.

John has asked S’chn T’gai Spock, his IT team leader, to determine if AI Builder will fit the cases he is considering to use it for. Specifically, John has in mind to be able to tag Instagram posts that mention new products or services.

How should Spock respond to John – will AI Builder be able to accommodate the case?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • In the case where John wants to use a text classification model in AI Builder to be able to tag Instagram posts that mention new products or services, Spock should affirm that this is a viable case. This is an AI Builder function.

Binary Classification

Binary Classification uses historical data to predict whether new data falls into one of two categories. AI Builder binary classification is an AI model that predicts yes/no business outcomes by learning to associate historical data patterns with historical outcomes. Based on those results, the binary classification model detects learned patterns in new data to predict future outcomes. Use the binary classification AI model to explore any business question that is answered as one of two available options, such as yes/no, true/false, pass/fail, and go/no go.

Text Classification

Text Classification tags any snippet of text based on the historical data you provide. Streamline your business by automatically tagging new text. Text classification is one of the fundamental Natural Language Processing (NLP) problems. It allows tagging of text entries with tags or labels which can be used for sentiment analysis, spam detection and routing customer requests, just to name a few examples. Use AI Builder text classification with Microsoft Flow and PowerApps to automate and scale your business processes, and free your employees to act on these insights. It can also be used as an input for other AI capabilities such as subscription user churn and predictive analysis. AI Builder can learn from your previously labelled text items, and enable you to classify unstructured text data stored in Common Data Service into your own business-specific categories.

Object Detection

Object Detection lets you count, locate, and identify selected objects within any image. You can use this model in PowerApps to extract information from pictures you take with the camera. Object detection can be used to expedite or automate business processes in multiple industries. In the retail industry, it can be used to simplify the inventory management, allowing retail leaders to focus on on-site customer relationship building. In the manufacturing industry, technicians can use it to speed up the repair process by looking up the manual for a piece of machinery by taking a picture, even if the UPC/serial number is not visible.

Business Card Reader

Business Card Reader is a component available in the PowerApps studio that lets you scan business cards. You can use this control to extract contact information from pictures of business cards or your mobile phones camera.

Form Processing

Form Processing identifies the structure of your documents based on examples you provide to extract text from any matching form. Examples might include tax forms or invoices. Form processing allows you to create and consume models that use machine learning technology to identify and extract key-value pairs and table data from form documents. Train your model and define what information needs to be retrieved from your form documents. You only need five form documents to get started. You can get results quickly, accurately and tailored to your specific content without the need for a lot of manual intervention or extensive data science expertise.

https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-ai-builder-for-powerplatform/

Question 43: Skipped

Dynamics 365 Customer Service is a part of the Digital Contact Centre Platform that provides best-in-class customer service through live customer engagements, agent collaboration, advanced telephony, and AI-based analytics. Advanced routing, case management, knowledge management, assistive AI, and embedded Microsoft Teams capabilities maximize agent productivity, while simplified administration and integrated analytics optimize contact centre operations. Organizations can provide an omnichannel experience with chat, voice, social, and business messaging channels.

Which of the following solutions would enable a company who has implemented a portal app that allows customers to raise support tickets, the ability to enable interactive support functionality in the portal?

  • Power Virtual Agents
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate
  • Dynamics 365 Customer Insights
  • Dynamics 365 Remote Assist

Explanation

  • Power Virtual Agents can be used to create chatbots, which can be used in portals to support customers with their queries and without the need to reach a live agent.
  • Dynamics 365 Customer Insights provides a 360 view of customer data by unifying the data from various data sources in silos.
  • Power Automate is used for process and UI automation.
  • Dynamics 365 Remote Assist allows field technicians to work with co-workers remotely by using HoloLens.
  • Dynamics 365 Customer Insights, Power Automate, and Dynamics 365 Remote Assist cannot be used to provide interactive support to portal users.

https://youtu.be/7b2QeSJtnAI

Power Virtual Agents empowers teams to easily create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface without the need for data scientists or developers. Power Virtual Agents addresses many of the major issues with bot building in the industry today. It eliminates the gap between the subject matter experts and the development teams building the bots, and the long latency between teams recognizing an issue and updating the bot to address it. It removes the complexity of exposing teams to the nuances of conversational AI and the need to write complex code. Also, it minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom conversational solution.

https://youtu.be/J5i7h4Uzju4

Using Power Virtual Agents, you can:

  • Empower your teams by allowing them to easily build chatbots themselves without needing intermediaries, coding, or AI expertise.
  • Reduce costs by easily automating common inquiries and freeing human agent time to deal with more complex issues.
  • Improve customer satisfaction by allowing customers to self-help and resolve issues quickly, 24/7 using rich personalized bot conversations.

Highlights of Power Virtual Agents

  1. Get started in seconds. Power Virtual Agents is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) offering. It allows you to easily sign up, create your chatbot, and embed it into your website with just a few clicks. There is no infrastructure to maintain or complex systems to deploy.
  2. Empower your subject matter experts. Using Power Virtual Agents, you are in the driver’s seat. Your SMEs can create chatbots quickly and easily using a novel, intuitive, code-free graphical interface, eliminating the need for AI expertise or teams of developers.

  3. Enable rich, natural conversations. Microsoft’s powerful conversational AI capabilities enable your end users to have rich multi-turn conversations that quickly guide them to the right solution. And, unlike most products on the market, there is no need to retrain AI models. Simply provide a few short examples of the topic you want the chatbot to handle, build the conversation using the graphical editor, and your chatbot is ready to handle customer requests. You can even try out your changes in real-time in the test pane!

  4. Enable chatbots to take action. Chatbots that can chat with your users are great, but chatbots that can act on their behalf are even better. With Power Virtual Agents, you can easily integrate with services and back-end systems out-of-the-box or through hundreds of easy-to-add custom connectors using Power Automate. This makes it simple to create a chatbot that not only responds to the user, but also acts on their behalf.

  5. Monitor and improve chatbot performance. Power Virtual Agents lets you keep an eye on how your chatbots are performing using powerful metrics and AI-driven dashboards. Easily see which topics are doing well and where the chatbot can improve, and quickly make adjustments to improve performance.

  6. Better together. Power Virtual Agents works hand-in-hand with Dynamics 365 Customer Service Insights to provide a holistic view of your customer service operations. You can use Customer Service Insights and Power Virtual Agents together to determine which topics are trending or consuming support resources, and then easily automate them.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/fundamentals-what-is-power-virtual-agents

Question 44: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Platform for the company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Phil plans to have the team use Power Platform to create tools that help travel agents book field agent’s travel.

As the Power Platform expert, Phil asks you to recommend the appropriate tool to use for the case where an agent is travelling with a person under 18 years old, where a field must display and be used to collect the date of birth travellers under 18 years of age.

Which of the following tools should you recommend?

  • Business process flow
  • Power Automate
  • Business rule
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI

Explanation

  • The best tool option to use for the case where an agent is travelling with a person under 18 years old where a field must display and collect the date of birth of the travellers under 18 is a Business rule.

You can create business rules and recommendations to apply logic and validations without writing code or creating plug-ins. Business rules provide a simple interface to implement and maintain fast-changing and commonly used rules.

Note:

  • Business rules defined for a table apply to both canvas apps and model-driven apps if the table is used in the app. Not all business rule actions are available on canvas apps.
  • Business rules don’t work with multi-select choices.

By combining conditions and actions, you can do any of the following with business rules:

  • Set column values
  • Clear column values
  • Set column requirement levels
  • Show or hide columns
  • Enable or disable columns
  • Validate data and show error messages
  • Create business recommendations based on business intelligence

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule#:~:text=Business%20rules%20provide%20a%

Question 45: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Office 365 for all employees in the rapidly growing company to increase its efficiencies. Melinda hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

In the current project, Melinda wants to empower users to build apps, automate business processes, and analyze data without requiring expertise or development skills and without increasing IT expenses and dependencies. She asked you to recommend tools so that users can design insightful data visualizations.

Which of the following should you recommend to Melinda?

  • Power Apps
  • Azure Functions
  • AI Builder
  • Power Automate
  • Power BI
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Power BI is a business analytics solution that lets you visualize your data and share insights across your organization, or embed them in your app or website.


Connect to hundreds of data sources and bring your data to life with live dashboards and reports.

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, connectors and data platform that provides a rapid application development environment to build custom apps for your business needs. Using Power Apps, you can quickly build custom business apps that connect to your business data stored either in the underlying data platform (Microsoft Dataverse) or in various online and on-premises data sources (SharePoint, Microsoft 365, Dynamics 365, SQL Server, and so on).

Apps built using Power Apps provide rich business logic and workflow capabilities to transform your manual business processes to digital, automated processes. Further, apps built using Power Apps have a responsive design, and can run seamlessly in browser or on mobile devices (phone or tablet). Power Apps “democratizes” the custom business app building experience by enabling users to build feature-rich, custom business apps without writing code.

Power Apps also provides an extensible platform that lets pro developers programmatically interact with data and metadata, apply business logic, create custom connectors, and integrate with external data.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/powerapps-overview

Question 46: Skipped

Scenario: Marchand Pharmaceutical is a medical research corporation, owned and administrated by Michael Marchand. Company resources were used in the studying and implementing the partial data belonging to Dr. Jonathan Drew.

Michael is preparing a Power Automate flow that triggers whenever a comment is posted on the company blog site.

Required:

Enforce that users fill in their subscriber ID when posting comments.

Save the subscriber ID in uppercase from the Power Automate flow.

Which function should Michael use to configure the flow to meet the requirements?

  • Condition
  • Trigger
  • Expression
  • (Correct)
  • Template

Explanation

  • The toUpper function in an expression can be used to convert the subscriber ID to uppercase.
  • The Condition function in Power Automate can be used to check if a specific business logic is satisfied.
  • A trigger is the event that starts a cloud flow.
  • A template can be used to create a new workflow based on common built-in business scenarios.
  • The Condition function, a trigger, and a template cannot be used for data transformation.

In Power Automate, expressions are a set of simple functions that enable you to return data. Put simpler, you use expressions to write a formula to get your data the way you want it. Expressions allow you to do things like convert a date to UTC, divide two numbers, create that perfect string by combining fields, and much more all by using various functions.

Flows in Power Automate run on top of Azure Logic Apps. This is relevant because they both use all of the same functions. When you’re searching the internet for solutions or reading documentation about Power Automate functions, it’s common to end up looking at Logic Apps documentation.

Write an expression in Power Automate

To write an expression in Power Automate, select a field to open the Dynamic content menu and then select Expression as shown below.

The formula box is where you can type your expressions by combining one or more functions. Before you learn about the different types of functions and their usage, there are some commonalities you should learn first. Function names aren’t case-sensitive.

Auto suggest, hints, and links in the formula bar

When you enter a function in the formula bar, you’ll see a pop-up with syntax suggestions.

Here you can see for the convertFromUtc function that it has two required inputs and one optional input.

  • Timestamp is required and expects a string
  • destinationTimeZone is required and expects a string
  • format? is optional and expects a string.

The question mark at the end of format tells you that it is an optional input.

String functions

To work with strings, you can use these string functions and also some collection functions. String functions work only on strings.

After entering a Timestamp as a string then typing a comma, the flow prompts for the destinationTimeZone:

This can be daunting. What does it want for the time zone? If you look in the pop-up, you’ll see that it provides a link to the list of time zone values. This page provides you the string for the destinationTimeZone. With that information, we can now complete the expression.

convertFromUtc(‘2020-09-01T12:00:00Z’,’Eastern Standard Time’)

Once the expression is completed, you can select OK to save your changes. Always be sure to select OK or UPDATE when editing an expression. If you select out of the inputs, you will lose your changes. Power Automate does not have AutoSave.

With your first expression complete, you can now select Test in the top right-hand corner. Then select Save & Test.

Once the test has completed, you should see the green bar that says “Your flow ran successfully.” Expand the Compose action and you’ll see that the OUTPUTS is your date time converted to the new time zone.

Use this same process to see the output of any test expressions you create.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/azure/logic-apps/workflow-definition-language-functions-reference

Question 47: Skipped

Scenario: Café Rivoli is a restaurant in Manhattan that has a very exclusive clientele. Steve Rogers and Bruce Banner are the creators of this iconic restaurant and continue to strive to improve the business. Part of the improvements has been to implement Microsoft Azure into their business and have hired you to lead several projects in the company.

At this time, the project at hand is provisioning Power Apps portals for the company.

Which role is required to be able to provision Power Apps portals for an organization?

  • System Administrator
  • (Correct)
  • App Author
  • Office 365 Global administrator
  • System Customizer

Explanation

  • A user must have System Administrator role to create a Power Apps portal.

Businesses that have Dynamics 365 or a custom Microsoft Dataverse solution already in place can quickly build portals that are more secure and build their entire website, all without requiring developers.

A Power Apps portal is not automatically provisioned when a new Dataverse environment is created. You will need to provision a Power Apps portal and determine the name, default URL, language, and template.

Important: To provision a portal, you must be assigned the System Administrator role of the Microsoft Dataverse environment that is selected for the portal.

Portal templates

When provisioning a Power Apps portal, the most important choices to consider are the audience, workload, and choosing a specific portal template that would best align with the business requirements.

Several portal templates are available that can be provisioned. These templates will accelerate the configuration of portals based on the intended audience and workload.

If you are building a custom business application by using Microsoft Dataverse without Dynamics 365 apps enabled, your only choice is the Portal from blank option.

If you are using Microsoft Dynamics 365 apps such as Dynamics 365 Sales or Dynamics 365 Service, you have a choice of five additional portal templates:

  • Community portal
  • Customer self-service portal
  • Employee self-service portal
  • Partner portal
  • Customer portal (Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management)

Note: Specific features and components a specific starter portal can be added to another starter portal, as required.

Make sure that you define the type of audience who will visit the new portal. The audience will determine which options of portal you will be given.

PORTAL TEMPLATES

Provision a portal

  1. Only one Power Apps portals can be provisioned for each Microsoft Dataverse environment.
  2. The high-level steps to provision a starter portal are:
  3. Go to https://make.powerapps.com.
  4. Select a target environment by using the environment selector in the upper-right corner.
  5. On the left menu, select + Create.
  6. Select Portal from blank. If you have Dynamics 365 apps deployed in your Microsoft Dataverse environment, additional portal templates, such as Customer self-service, will be available.
  7. Provide a name for the portal.
  8. Provide a unique address (URL) for the portal.
  9. Select the language.
  10. Select Create to start the portal provisioning process. After portal provisioning has completed, the portal will appear in the list as an app of type Portal.
  11. Select the ellipsis () next to the portal app name and then select Browse to open the portal website.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/provision-portal-add-on

Question 48: Skipped

Scenario: You have been contracted by Wayne Enterprises, a company owned by Bruce Wayne with a market value of over twenty-seven million dollars. Bruce founded Wayne Enterprises shortly after he created the Wayne Foundation and he became the president and chairman of the company.

Bruce has come to you because his IT team plans to create Power Platform apps that consume industry-standard and proprietary data sources.

Jack Napier is the team lead and he raised a point during the current workgroup meeting. Jack said “Standard and custom connectors cannot be mixed within the same flow or app”.

Is Jack correct?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

  • No, Jack is not correct. It is possible to use both standard and custom connectors in the same app or flow.

Data is at the core of most apps, including those you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

While Azure Logic Apps, Microsoft Power Automate, and Microsoft Power Apps offer over 325+ connectors to connect to Microsoft and non-Microsoft services, you may want to communicate with services that aren’t available as prebuilt connectors. Custom connectors address this scenario by allowing you to create (and even share) a connector with its own triggers and actions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/

Question 49: Skipped

Scenario: Pennyworth’s Haberdashery has been around for over 50 years now and they have several stores in the Greater London area. They have just purchased a smaller clothier line based in Madrid and are integrating their systems with Pennyworth’s Microsoft Power Platform service.

Alfred Pennyworth has hired you as a Microsoft Power Platform Expert for guidance on the merger of the systems. Right now, the focus is creating reports within Power BI to report on the status of a critical project. Alfred asks Bruce Wayne, the team leader, to share the reports with other team members. Bruce decides to create a published app and set permissions to allow other team members to view the reports.

True or False: Peter Parker, one of the other project managers installs and modifies a dashboard within the Power BI published app. The changes are automatically made to the originally published app.

  • False
  • (Correct)
  • True

Explanation

  • Any changes that Peter makes will not be automatically pushed to the originally published app.

Publish an app in Power BI

In Power BI, you can create official packaged content, then distribute it to a broad audience as an app. You create apps in workspaces, where you can collaborate on Power BI content with your colleagues. Then you can publish the finished app to large groups of people in your organization.

Your business users often need multiple Power BI dashboards and reports to run their business. With Power BI apps, you can create collections of dashboards and reports and publish these collections as apps to your whole organization or to specific people or groups. For you as a report creator or admin, apps make it easier to manage permissions on these collections.

Business users get your apps in a few different ways:

  • They can find and install your app from Microsoft AppSource.
  • You can send them a direct link.
  • You can install it automatically in your coworkers’ Power BI accounts if your Power BI administrator gives you permission.
  • Power BI does not send any email to internal users when you distribute or update an app. If you distribute it to external users, those users receive an email with a direct link.

You can create the app with its own built-in navigation, so your users can easily find their way around your content. They can’t modify the contents of the app. They can interact with it either in the Power BI service, or one of the mobile apps -– filtering, highlighting, and sorting the data. They get updates automatically and you can control how frequently the data refreshes. You can also give them Build permission to connect to the underlying datasets, and to create copies of the reports in the app.

Change your published app

After you publish your app, you may want to change or update it. It’s easy to update it if you’re an admin or member in the new workspace.

  1. Open the workspace that corresponds to the app. If you’re a workspace Admin or Member, you can open the workspace right from the app, by selecting the Edit app pencil.

2. Make any changes you want to the dashboards or reports.

The workspace is your staging area, so your changes aren’t live in the app until you publish again. This lets you make changes without affecting the published apps.

Important: If you remove a report and update the app, even if you add the report back to the app, your app consumers lose all customizations such as bookmarks, comments, etc.

3. Go back to the workspace list of contents and select Update app in the upper-right corner.

4. Update Setup, Navigation, and Permissions, if you need to, then select Update app.

The people you’ve published the app to automatically see the updated version of the app.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps

Question 50: Skipped

Scenario: Anvil is a private military firm founded by Billy Russo with the purpose of providing military and security services. The company specializes in its activity in military contract services, such as personal protection, convoy security, and tactical operations.

To keep ahead of the technological curve, Billy has adopted Microsoft as a core system for the company. There are several projects on the go and upcoming so you have been hired to consult on these projects to ensure success.

Billy is creating a model-driven Power Apps app and wants to ensure that the app can be used by individuals who have vision impairments.

Jim Kirk is one of the interns and has just finished getting his Microsoft PL-900 certification and is telling Billy about the many possibilities of Power Apps. Jim tells Billy the accessibility checker can be run for Power Apps apps to provide notifications of accessibility violations as well as tips for making it even more user friendly.

Is this true?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Jim is correct. The accessibility checker can be run for Power Apps apps to provide notifications of accessibility violations as well as tips for making it even more user friendly.

Users who have vision, hearing, or other impairments can use your canvas app more easily and successfully if you consider accessibility as you design how the app looks and behaves. If you’re not sure how to make your app more accessible, you can run the Accessibility checker in PowerApps Studio. This tool not only finds potential accessibility issues but also explains why each might be a potential problem for users who have a specific disability and offers suggestions on how to resolve each issue. The Accessibility checker detects screen-reader and keyboard issues for you, and you can find information about how to fix colour-contrast issues by using accessible colours.

Note: AccChecker is a legacy tool. MS recommends using Accessibility Insights.

https://youtu.be/KuLVuv2yjHc

Screen readers make model-driven apps accessible to people who have low or no vision or might need extra support for a temporary scenario, such as eye fatigue. Commonly used screen readers such as Narrator, JAWS, and NVDA are supported.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/user/screen-reader

Accessibility tools – AccChecker (UI Accessibility Checker)

Users who have vision, hearing, or other impairments can use your canvas app more easily and successfully if you consider accessibility as you design how the app looks and behaves. If you’re not sure how to make your app more accessible, you can run the Accessibility checker in Power Apps Studio. This tool not only finds potential accessibility issues but also explains why each might be a potential problem for users who have a specific disability and offers suggestions on how to resolve each issue. The Accessibility checker detects screen-reader and keyboard issues for you, and you can find information about how to fix colour-contrast issues by using accessible colours.

The Accessibility checker helps you identify settings that you might want to change, but you should always consider the suggestions in the context of what your app needs to do. Many suggestions may be worthwhile, but you can ignore any that might do more harm than good.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/accessibility-checker

AccChecker (UI Accessibility Checker) verifies that key UI accessibility requirements are met in the design and implementation of UI Automation (UIA) or Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) regardless of the underlying UI framework. AccChecker also includes a set of web accessibility verifications.

AccChecker provides the following levels of functionality:

  • A Windows GUI application that supports manual testing, message logging, and suppression generation.
  • An API for use in automated testing frameworks.
  • A console application that supports unmanaged test automations for scenarios where the AccChecker managed API can’t be used.

All levels of AccChecker functionality provide routines for verifying Microsoft Active Accessibility programmatic access, programmatic event generation, control layout, and keyboard navigation. AccChecker also provides a basic screen reader transcription service.

AccChecker is installed with the Windows Software Development Kit (SDK). It is located in the \bin\<version>\<platform>\AccChecker folder of the SDK installation path.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/winauto/ui-accessibility-checker

Question 51: Skipped

Scenario: The UCWF (Unlimited Class Wrestling Federation) was founded by a promoter named Edward Garner, who strives to use technology to improve his business and has come to you for assistance with the company’s Microsoft Power service.

Edward is implementing PowerApps to help manage business processes. His IT team is trying to understand the purposes and benefits of PowerApps components.

Which of the following is geared towards easy data integration?

  • Power Automate
  • Canvas Apps
  • Portals
  • AI Builder
  • Connectors
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Connectors are geared towards easy data integration.

Connectors for canvas apps

Data is at the core of most apps, including the data you build in Power Apps. Data is stored in a data source, and you bring that data into your app by creating a connection. The connection uses a specific connector to talk to the data source. Power Apps has connectors for many popular services and on-premises data sources, including SharePoint, SQL Server, Office 365, Salesforce, and Twitter. To get started adding data to a canvas app, see Add a data connection in Power Apps.

A connector may provide tables of data or actions. Some connectors provide only tables, some provide only actions, and some provide both. Also your connector may be either a standard or custom connector.

Tables

If your connector provides tables, you add your data source and then select the table in the data source that you want to manage. Power Apps both retrieve table data into your app and updates data in your data source for you. For example, you can add a data source that contains a table named Lessons and then set the Items property of a control, such as a gallery or a form, to this value in the formula bar:

You can specify the data that your app retrieves by customizing the Items property of the control that shows your data. Continuing the previous example, you can sort or filter the data in the Lessons table by using that name as an argument for the Search and SortByColumn functions. In this graphic, the formula to which the Items property is set specifies that the data is sorted and filtered based on the text in TextSearchBox1.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/connections-list

Question 52: Skipped

Microsoft Power Platform enables your business to craft solutions while empowering you to unite customized technology to help everyone and is comprised of four key products: Power Apps, Power Automate, Power BI and Power Virtual Agents.

Which of the following are true statements about the MS Power Platform? (Select all that apply)

  • Power Apps helps you build and deploy customized apps that work across web and mobile, embedded or standalone, on any device.
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate helps you create automation workflows, from simple to advanced scenarios.
  • (Correct)
  • Triggers are bridges that allow you to send information from your data source to your app or workflow and back.
  • Power BI helps you analyze and visualize data on a unified platform with data from internal and external sources.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Power Platform is a system that enables users to do three key actions on data that help them drive business: gain insights from data (Analyze), drive intelligent business processes via apps they build (Act), and automate business processes (Automate).
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Connectors are bridges that allow you to send information from your data source to your app or workflow and back.

Microsoft Power Platform is made powerful by its ability to leverage data across many platforms. To do this, components of Microsoft Power Platform use connectors. You can think of connectors as a bridge from your data source to your app or workflow which allows information to be conveyed back and forth. Connectors allow you to extend your business solutions across platforms and add functionality for your users.

  • Power Apps provides a rapid low code development environment for building custom apps for business needs. It has services, connectors, and a scalable data service and app platform (Microsoft Dataverse) to allow simple integration and interaction with existing data. Power Apps enables the creation of web and mobile applications that run on all devices.
    People use apps for every area of their lives, and business should be no exception. Most out of the box solutions do not meet exact business needs or integrate well with other business programs. Power Apps eases users into app development with a simple interface so that every business user or pro developer can build custom apps.
  • Power Automate lets users create automated workflows between applications and services. It helps automate repetitive business processes such as communication, data collections, and decision approvals.
    Don’t waste important productive hours on drafting the same email for a weekly update or walking approvals through. Not only for the individual user, Power Automate allows for the creation of enterprise-grade process automation. Power Automate’s simple interface allows every level of user to automate work tasks – from beginners to seasoned developers.
  • Power BI (Business Intelligence) is a business analytics service that delivers insights for analyzing data. It can share those insights through data visualizations which make up reports and dashboards to enable fast, informed decisions. Power BI scales across an organization, and it has built-in governance and security allowing businesses to focus on using data more than managing it.
    You can consider Power BI as the analysis and insights leg of Microsoft Power Platform. It takes business data and allows you to display it in ways that makes the most sense to users. A Power BI dashboard could potentially replace a standing meeting to report out on company metrics such as sales data, progress against goals, or employee performance.
  • Power Virtual Agents enables anyone to create powerful chatbots using a guided, no-code graphical interface, without the need for data scientists or developers.
    It minimizes the IT effort required to deploy and maintain a custom solution by empowering subject matter experts to build and maintain their own conversational solutions. Power Virtual Agents is part of Microsoft Power Platform, therefore integration into existing systems is streamlined with out-of-the-box integration with Power Automate and its ecosystems of hundreds of connectors. Users can enable chatbots to perform an action by simply calling a Power Automate flow. Flows help users automate activities or call back end systems. Users can utilize existing flows that have been created in their Power Apps environment or they can create a flow within Power Virtual Agents authoring canvas.

Triggers and Actions

Once you have established a data source and configured your connector, there are two types of operations you can use, triggers or actions.

Triggers are only used in Power Automate and prompt a flow to begin. Triggers can be time based, such as a flow which begins every day at 8:00 am, or they could be based off of an action like creating a new row in a table or receiving an email. You will always need a trigger to tell your workflow when to run.

Actions are used in Power Automate and Power Apps. Actions are prompted by the user or a trigger and allow interaction with your data source by some function. For example, an action would be sending an email in your workflow or app or writing a new line to a data source.

Now that you understand what connectors are and how to use them, let’s look at what to do when there isn’t a connector already built for your data source.

Custom Connectors

While Microsoft Power Platform offers more than 200 connectors, you also have the option to build a custom connector. This will allow you to extend your app by calling a publicly available API, or a custom API you are hosting in a cloud provider, such as Azure. API stands for Application Programming Interface and holds a series of functions available for developers. Connectors work by sending information back and forth across these APIs and gathering available functions into Power Apps or Power Automate. Because these connectors are function-based, they will call specific functions in the underlying service of the API to return the corresponding data.

An advantage of building custom connectors is that they can be used in different platforms, such as Power Apps, Power Automate, and Azure Logic Apps.

https://powerplatform.microsoft.com/en-us/what-is-power-platform/

Question 53: Skipped

Scenario: Mercs for Money is a collection of mercenaries gathered together by Wade Wilson who organized the group and is now a successful Professional Services enterprise. Looking to improve the operations of the organization, Wade has contracted you to assist with several IT projects.

At the moment, the IT team is creating a canvas app that will be used in several countries/regions. Wade wants to be sure that numbers and dates in a Power Apps app automatically conform to the regional and language settings for a user’s device.

Does Canvas app do this?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

  • Number and dates adopt user’s setting by default.

Build global support into canvas apps

Power Apps is a global product. You can build and use canvas apps in many different languages and regions.

Both while building and running apps, the text displayed by Power Apps has been translated into different kinds of languages. You’ll see menu items, dialog boxes, ribbon tabs, and other text in your native language. Typing in and displaying dates and numbers is also adapted for your particular language and region. For example, some regions of the world use a . (dot or period) as the decimal separator while others use a , (comma).

The apps you create can be globally aware as well. Use the Language, Text, Value, DateValue, and other functions to adapt what is displayed and used as input in different languages.

Language settings

When using the native studio or a native player, the language used is provided by the host operating system. For Windows, this setting can be controlled under “All Settings” and then “Time & language” settings. Windows also allows you to specify the characters to use for the decimal separator, overriding the language setting.

When using the web experiences, the language used is provided by the browser. Most browser default to the host operating system’s setting with some also providing a way to set the language manually.

Authoring environment

The authoring environment adapts to the language setting of the author. The app itself is stored in a language agnostic manner, so that authors using different languages can edit the same app.

Names in formulas

Most elements in formula are always in English:

  • Function names: If, Navigate, Collect, and so on.
  • Control property names: Screen.Fill, Button.OnSelect, Textbox.Font, and so on.
  • Enumeration names: colour.Aqua, DataSourceInfo.MaxValue, FontWeight.Bold, and so on.
  • Signal records: Compass.Heading, Location. Latitude, App.ActiveScreen, and so on.
  • Operators: Parent, in, exactIn, and so on.

As the authoring experience is localized, control and other object names will appear in the native language of the author.

In Spanish, some of the control names appear as:

When you insert one of these controls into your app, their name will default to English. This change is done for consistency with the control property names and the rest of the formula. For example, Casilla listed above is inserted as Checkbox1.

After a control is inserted, you can change the name to whatever you like. While selected, the far left-hand side of the “Content” ribbon displays the name of the control. Selecting this name drops down a text box where you can edit the name:

If you like, here you can rename the control to Casilla1. The red squiggly, in this case displayed by a browser, is because the name isn’t a Spanish word and is of no concern.

You can use whatever names you like for:

  • Control names
  • Collection names
  • Context variable names

Formula separators and chaining operator

Some separators and operators will shift based on the decimal separator of the author’s language:

The change in the Power Apps list separator is consistent with what happens to the Excel list separator. It impacts:

  • Arguments in function calls.
  • Fields in a record.
  • Records in a table.

For example, consider the following formula expressed in a language and region that uses dot or period as the decimal separator, such as Japan or the United Kingdom:

Now view this same formula in a language and region where a comma is used for the decimal separator, such as France or Spain:

The highlight shows the operators that change between the two versions. The property selection operator . (dot or period) in Slider1.Value is always the same, no matter what the decimal separator is.

Internally the formula doesn’t change, all that changes is how it’s displayed and edited by the author. Two different authors using two different languages can view and edit the same formula, with each seeing the appropriate separators and operators for their language.

Creating a global app

The app you create can adapt to different languages, providing a great user experience for your users around the world.

Language function

The Language function returns the language tag of the current user. For example, this function returns “en-GB” for users in Great Britain and “de-DE” for users in Germany.

Among other things, you can use Language to display translated text for your users. Your app can include a table of translated values in your app:

And then use a formula such as the following to pull translated strings from the table:

Power Apps

LookUp( Table1, TextID = “Hello” && (LanguageTag = Left( Language(), 2 ) || IsBlank( LanguageTag ))).LocalizedText

Translated strings in other languages could be longer than they are in your language. In many cases, the labels and other elements that display the strings in your user interface will need to be wider to accommodate.

For more information, see the documentation for the Language function.

Formatting numbers, dates, and times

Numbers, dates, and times are written in different formats in different parts of the world. The meaning of commas, decimals, and the order of month, date, and year vary from location to location.

The Text function formats numbers and dates using the language setting of the user.

Text requires a format string to know how you want to format the number or date. This format string can take one of two forms:

  • A global aware enumeration. For example, Text( Now(), DateTimeFormat.LongDate ). This formula will format the current date in a language appropriate format. This method is the preferred way to specify the format string.
  • A custom format string. For example, Text( Now(), “[$-en-US]dddd, mmmm dd, yyyy” ) displays the same text as the enumeration when used in the language “en-US”. The advantage of the custom format string is that you can specify exactly what you want.

The “[$-en-US]” on the front of the custom format string tells Text in which language to interpret the custom format string. This string is inserted for you and defaults to your authoring language. Normally you won’t need to change this string. It’s useful when authors from different languages are editing the same app.

The third argument to Text specifies which language to use for the result of the function. The default is the language setting of the current user.

For more information, see the documentation for the Text function.

Reading numbers, dates, and times

There are four functions for reading numbers, dates, and times provided by the user:

  • Value: Converts a number in a text string to a number value.
  • DateValue: Converts a date value in a text string to a date/time value. Anytime specified in the text string is ignored.
  • TimeValue: Converts a time value in a text string to a date/time value. Any date specified in the text string is ignored.
  • DateTimeValue: Converts a date and time value in a text string to a date/time value.

If you have used Excel, all of these functions are combined in the single Value function. They’re broken out here since Power Apps has separate types for date/time values and numbers.

All of these functions have the same arguments:

  • String, required: A string from the user. For example, a string types into a Text input control and read from the control with the Text property.
  • Language, optional: The language in which to interpret the String. By default, the language setting of the user.

For example:

  • Value( “12,345.678”, “en-US” ) or Value( “12,345.678” ) when located where “en-US” is the user’s language returns the number 12345.678, ready for calculations.
  • DateValue( “1/2/01”, “es-ES” ) or DateValue( “1/2/01” ) when located where “es-ES” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at midnight.
  • TimeValue( “11:43:02”, “fr-FR” ) or TimeValue( “11:43:02” ) when located where “fr-FR” is the user’s language returns the date/time value January 1, 1970 at 11:43:02.
  • DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01”, “de-DE” ) or DateTimeValue( “11:43:02 1/2/01” ) when located where “de-DE” is the user’s language returns the date/time value February 1, 2001 at 11:43:02.

For more information, see the documentation for the Value and DateValue, TimeValue, and DateTimeValue functions and working with dates and times.

Calendar and Clock information

The Calendar and Clock functions provide calendar and clock information for the user’s current language.

Among other things, use these functions to provide a Dropdown control with a list of choices.

For more information, see the documentation for the Calendar and Clock functions.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/global-apps

Question 54: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team plan to use Power Apps app to create a new version of an app and then publish the new version. One of their customers, Steve Rogers, goes through the process of restoring the previous version of the app.

How many versions will Steve see in the Version tab for the app?

  • Zero
  • Two
  • Three
  • (Correct)
  • One

Explanation

  • Steve created the new version 2, from version 1, then Steve restored old version 1 to create the 3rd version .

Restore a canvas app to a previous version

How to restore a canvas app to a previous version that was saved to the cloud from your Power Apps account.

Restore an app from your account

  1. Open powerapps.com, and then click or tap Apps in the left navigation bar.

2. (optional) Near the upper-left corner, filter the list of apps to show only those apps that you own or only those apps to which you contribute.

Note: If the app that you want to restore doesn’t appear, make sure that you’re in the right environment.

3. Near the right edge, click or tap the info icon for the app that you want to restore.

4. Click or tap the Versions tab, and then click or tap Restore for the version that you want to restore.

5. In the confirmation dialog box, click or tap Restore.

A new version is added to your list.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/restore-an-app

Question 55: Skipped

Scenario: The Tivan Group is a prestigious and notoriously powerful group in the galactic community. Responsible for the founding of Knowhere, the Group is considerably wealthy and are often the source of exponential contributions to the galaxy. Taneleer Tivan, the infamous Collector, controls the group and is implementing Microsoft Azure into the company.

The IT team plans to display support call metrics on a screen that is visible to all callcentre staff.

Which of the following solutions should the IT team use to meet Taneleer’s requirement of displaying metrics from different datasets that have related data?

  • Tile
  • Treemap
  • Page
  • (Correct)
  • Alert
  • Workspace

Explanation

  • Page meets Taneleer’s requirement of displaying metrics from different datasets that have related data?

If the report has more than 1 page, slice the report by the page(s) that was viewed. “Blank” means either a report page was added within 24 hours of the new page appearing in the slicer list, or report pages have been deleted. “Blank” captures these types of situations.

Monitor usage metrics in the new workspace experience

Knowing how your content is being used helps you demonstrate your impact and prioritize your efforts. Your usage metrics may show that one of your reports is used daily by a huge segment of the organization. It may show that nobody is viewing a dashboard you created at all. This type of feedback is invaluable in guiding your work efforts.

If you create reports in modern workspaces, you have access to improved usage metrics reports. They enable you to discover who’s using those reports throughout your organization, and and how they’re using them. You can also identify high-level performance issues. The improved usage reports in the modern Workspace experience replace the existing usage metrics reports documented in Monitor usage metrics for Power BI dashboards and reports.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-modern-usage-metrics

Question 56: Skipped

Scenario: The Brand Corporation is the science and research branch of the Roxxon Corporation which is managed by Melinda May and Phil Coulson. Melinda and Phil have decided to use Microsoft Power Apps for the company to increase its efficiencies and have hired you as an advisor to guide many projects to ensure their success.

Melinda and the IT team are exploring the components of the Common Data Model (CDM) and their functions.

Which of the following can help to jumpstart and application by leveraging business logic, security and integrations?

  • Data connectors
  • Workflows
  • Entities
  • Dataverse
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Common Data Service has been renamed to Dataverse. By using Dataverse, you can jump-start app development by using the Common Data Model with business logic, security, and integration already built- in.

Dataverse lets you securely store and manage data that’s used by business applications. Data within Dataverse is stored within a set of tables. A table is a set of rows (formerly referred to as records) and columns (formerly referred to as fields/attributes). Each column in the table is designed to store a certain type of data, for example, name, age, salary, and so on. Dataverse includes a base set of standard tables that cover typical scenarios, but you can also create custom tables specific to your organization and populate them with data by using Power Query. App makers can then use Power Apps to build rich applications that use this data.

Microsoft and its partners have started with initiative called the Open Data Initiative, which consists of common tables, columns, relationship which form the basis of CDM. Dataverse/CDS is based on CDM, as a programmer we can customize or extend tables from CDM within CDS but all the business logic, security and integrations are defined on Dataverse/CDS.

Terminology updates

Responding to customer feedback and data from user research, effective November 2020, MS updated some terminology in Dataverse to be more intuitive and make its usage more productive. The terminology updates are listed below, and we’re in the process of rolling them out across Microsoft Power Platform.

Please note that Microsoft Updated the Terms on Power Platform:

  • Entity = Table
  • Field = Column
  • Record = Row

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-intro#:~:text=An%20entity%20is%20a%20set,with%20data%20using%20Power%20Query

Question 57: Skipped

Scenario: The Eat-More Corporation is a U.S.-based fast-food restaurant chain headed by Teresa Payton. The main headquarters and processing plants of the Eat-More Corporation are located in Sedona, Arizona. Eat-More has restaurants located all over the United States and has plans to expand internationally. The expansion plans are underway and have presented several IT challenges which Teresa has contracted you to advise her IT staff on.

At the moment, the IT team is using Dynamics 365 Sales and wants to pull data into a Power BI report for the international Sales team. The City and Province columns must be combined to form one column on the report.

Which function would be best for the IT team to use?

  • Use Power Query to merge columns
  • (Correct)
  • Export data to Microsoft Excel
  • Create a view
  • Import the data

Explanation

  • From the options provided, the best answer is to use Power Query to merge columns. DAX is another option to do the task at hand, but it is not an option provided in the question.

Shape and combine data in Power BI Desktop

With Power BI Desktop, you can connect to many different types of data sources, then shape the data to meet your needs, enabling you to create visual reports to share with others. Shaping data means transforming the data: renaming columns or tables, changing text to numbers, removing rows, setting the first row as headers, and so on. Combining data means connecting to two or more data sources, shaping them as needed, then consolidating them into a useful query.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

Question 58: Skipped

Scenario: Damage Control is a construction and repair company contracted by S.H.I.E.L.D. to help in the clean-up and repair after the super-villain attacks on New York City. It is headed up by Mac Porter, the company CEO.

Mac has tasked you with modifying a cloud flow and you have a few solution options to choose from.

Which are they?

  • Power Automate portal
  • (Correct)
  • Power Automate mobile app
  • (Correct)
  • Power Apps Studio
  • (Correct)
  • Power Virtual Agents

Explanation

  • The Power Automate portal, Power Automate mobile app, and Power Apps Studio can be used to modify cloud flows.
  • Power Automate Desktop and Power Virtual Agents do not allow modifying cloud flows.

Microsoft Power Automate is a tool that helps users create automated workflows between desired applications to synchronize files, get notifications, and collect data. This intelligent, cloud-based solution uses triggers and actions to create chain reactions within a workflow so that repetitive, manual, and time-consuming tasks are accomplished without human intervention.

Automation triggers in the platform are accomplished through a robotic process automation (RPA) capability called Flows. Through Flows, API and user-interface-based automation capabilities are joined together in the Microsoft Power Automate platform, both on-premise and in the cloud. Step by step actions in user-interface Flows, such as mouse clicks, data entry, and keyboard use can be recorded and processed into intelligent, secure workflows.

Here are the different types of automation flows inside of the platform:

  • Scheduled Flows: Once a designated time is reached or elapsed, the scheduled process is triggered and continues to complete the tasks on the schedule you assign to it.
  • Cloud Flows: Automations that use API connectors and are triggered by a specific event in the cloud or on-premise such as a notification of your company on social media or an email from a specific person. Within cloud flows, you have the ability to add intelligence to your automation with AI Builder. AI Builder lets you enhance your business with AI from language understanding, image recognition, processing forms, and optical character recognition (OCR).
  • Desktop Flows: With this flow, users can automate their user interface on desktop by recording their screen, and the visual flow designer will automate mouse and keyboard clicks. Users can utilize desktop flows for extracting text from PDFs, retrieving files from folders, pulling info from Excel, and more.
  • Business Process Flows: Essentially provides a guide for end users to get work done in a streamlined fashion that leads them through organization defined processes. This automation can be tailored so that people with different security roles can have an experience that best suites the work they do.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/getting-started

Power Apps mobile apps

Power Apps is a Mobile Application Development (MAD) platform, stuffed with new capabilities:

Here’s how it works:

  1. In Power Apps Studio, create a new mobile app project referencing one or more Canvas apps.
  2. Add mobile app metadata, icons, and branding resources to your project, and kick off a build.
  3. When the build is complete, go to App Centre on your mobile device to install your app.

You can directly install the mobile app onto your local device for testing or download APK and IPA files for distribution to end users.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/mobile/overview-mobile

Power Apps Studio in Dataverse in a Teams environment

When you create a canvas app by using any method, you’re taken to the canvas app builder called Power Apps Studio. You can use Power Apps Studio to design, build, and manage your canvas app.

Overview of Power Apps Studio

  1. Build hub – select different pages in the Power Apps app.
  2. Power Apps Studio options – options relevant to the settings in a Power Apps Studio session.
  3. App actions – options to rename, save, preview, or publish the app.
  4. Properties list – list of properties for the selected object.
  5. Formula bar – compose or edit a formula for the selected property with one or more functions.
  6. Power Apps app – Power Apps app in Microsoft Teams.
  7. App authoring menu – selection pane to switch between data sources and insert options.
  8. App authoring options – details pane with options relevant to the selected menu item for authoring the app.
  9. Canvas/screen – primary canvas for composing the app structure.
  10. Properties pane – properties list for the selected object in UI format.
  11. Screen selector – switch between different screens in an app.
  12. Change canvas screen size – change the size of the canvas during an authoring experience in Power Apps Studio.

1 – Build hub

Opening Power Apps Studio from the build hub opens an app authoring experience that inherits the Teams interface and options. The Home, Build, and About tabs are described in Overview of the Power Apps app.

2 – Power Apps Studio options

Power Apps Studio options are available on the menu in the upper-left corner. The options are relevant to the current session and app-related settings.

Back

Takes you back to the build hub, closing the current Power Apps Studio session.

Undo and redo

  • Undo – undo the last action.
  • Redo – repeat the last action.

Cut, copy, and paste

  • Cut – Cut the selection, and store it in the clipboard.
  • Copy – Copy the selection, and store it in the clipboard.
  • Paste – Paste the last cut, or copied selection from the clipboard.

Add data

  • Create a new table by selecting Create new table.
  • Select any other existing tables from the current environment.
  • Search and select a connector, such as SharePoint or SQL Server.

New screen

Add screens based on the available layouts.

Layouts

Select a new screen to add to the app based on the layout of the screen.

Select a screen type based on the available scenarios, such as Blank, Scrollable, List, Success, Tutorial, Email, People, Meeting, or Calendar.

App checker

Runs the App checker with available rules and shows the results.

Settings

Configure the app’s general settings.

General

Shows app name, and allows changing the app icon. To update the icon, select a new icon or background color. To add or update description, enter text in the text box. You can also upload a custom icon for the app using the Browse option.

Display

Shows the screen size and orientation. To change, select the radio buttons for Orientation and Size.

Advanced settings allow you to further customize the app screen configuration.

  • Scale to it: Scales the app to fit available space.
  • Lock aspect ratio: Locks the height and width ratio.
  • Lock orientation: Maintains app orientation when device rotates.

To change the setting, toggle the switch.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/teams/understand-power-apps-studiohttps://learn.microsoft.com/en-ca/power-apps/teams/understand-power-apps-studio

Question 59: Skipped

Power BI Desktop connects to many types of data sources, including local databases, worksheets, and data on cloud services. Power BI allows you to easily analyze, visualize, and collaborate on data.

Which of the following are true statements? (Select three)

  • While you and your colleagues explore the data and make changes to the reports and dashboards, the updated data is refreshed automatically.
  • Power BI simplifies collaboration and improves the outcome by allowing you and your colleagues to work simultaneously on the same dashboards and reports.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Desktop is a free application for PCs that lets you gather, transform, and visualize your data.
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI Desktop connects to many types of data sources, including local databases, worksheets, and data on cloud services.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

True statements:

  • Power BI Desktop is a free application for PCs that lets you gather, transform, and visualize your data.
  • Power BI Desktop connects to many types of data sources, including local databases, worksheets, and data on cloud services.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/model-data-power-bi/

  • Power BI simplifies collaboration and improves the outcome by allowing you and your colleagues to work simultaneously on the same dashboards and reports.
  • While you and your colleagues explore the data and make changes to the reports and dashboards, the underlying data is not affected.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

False – While you and your colleagues explore the data and make changes to the reports and dashboards, the updated data is refreshed automatically.

Question 60: Skipped

Scenario: The Red Lion National Bank is an offshore firm managed by Felix Manning and Wilson Fisk. The bank is migrating to Microsoft Azure and has hired you as an Expert Consultant to oversee their IT team and to assist as needed.

At the moment, the IT team is planning to build a series Power Apps portals. Felix is giving advice to the team and he tells them that when transitioning to the new version of a portal, they can display a customizable maintenance page until the new portal is ready to be used.

Is Felix correct?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Yes, Felix is correct. When transitioning to the new version of a portal, the team can display a customizable maintenance page until the new portal is ready to be used.

Enable maintenance mode

You can enable maintenance mode on your portal to provide a consistent message, instead of dealing with unpredictable behaviour when your website is under scheduled maintenance. This capability will provide a better experience for your portal users.

  1. Open Power Apps portals admin centre.
  2. Go to Portal ActionsEnable maintenance mode.

3. In the Enable maintenance mode window, enter the following values:

Select page to be used when maintenance mode is enabled: Select one of the following values:

  • Default page: Select this value if you want the default page to be displayed when maintenance mode is enabled. By default, this option is selected.
  • Custom page: Select this value if you want a custom HTML page to be displayed when maintenance mode is enabled.

Custom page URL: This field is enabled only when you select the option to display a custom HTML page.

Important: Read the custom maintenance page considerations before using custom maintenance page.

4. Select Enable. While maintenance mode is being enabled, the portal restarts and is unavailable for a few minutes.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/admin/enable-maintenance-mode

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 PL-500 Microsoft Power Automate RPA Developer

Question 1: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 1 HOTSPOT

You need to configure the solution.

What should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- Action
  • Box 2- When an item is created
  • Box 3- Business rules
  • Box 1- Workflow
  • Box 2- When a new email arrives
  • Box 3- Business process flows
  • Box 1- Desktop flow
  • Box 2- When a new email arrives in a shared mailbox
  • Box 3- Instant flows
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Mobile task flow
  • Box 2- When a folder is created
  • Box 3- Workflows

Explanation

Box 1 – First one should be desktop flow. Also, there is no API.

Mobile task flows are just for phones and tablets, and are a type of cloud flow. The case study specifies the app is on each user’s work station, and there is no API, so a cloud flow would have no way to directly connect to it.

Box 2 – Second one specifies it’s a shared mailbox in a few places. Hence. When a new email arrives in a shared mailbox.

Box 3 – Third one specifies “You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger’.

A manual trigger is an instant flow.

Business process flows, and business rules apply to power apps model driven apps, which is out of scope for this exam and not mentioned in the case study.

Question 2: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 2

You need to implement security to resolve the invoice data issue

Which three actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Select the Finance role, select Core Records, and then navigate to the table.
  • Clear the Create and Delete permissions. Set the Read permission and Write permission values to Business unit D.
  • In Microsoft Power Platform admin center, navigate to the Security roles section.
  • (Correct)
  • In Microsoft Power Platform admin center, navigate to the Users section.
  • Select the Finance role, select Custom Entities and navigate to the table.
  • (Correct)
  • Clear the Create and Delete permissions. Set the Read permission and Write permission values to Organization.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The case description notes that “Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data”, which means they should have organization access to Read and Write.

Finance have to see all invoice data scope should be organization. Finance can see and edit the invoices, but the remaining employees should not => cannot set Write permission for the whole Org.

Question 3: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 3

You need to ensure that the solution uses the correct accounts payable mailbox.

Which three actions should you perform?

Each correct answer part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Set the current value for the accounts payable mailbox in the environment.
  • (Correct)
  • Set the default value for the accounts payable mailbox in the environment.
  • Turn off and then turn on the cloud flows.
  • (Correct)
  • Use separate environment variables for the cloud flow and the canvas app.
  • Use one environment variable for both the cloud flows and the canvas app.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Explanation:

To ensure that the solution uses the correct accounts payable mailbox, you need to perform three actions:

  • Set the current value for the accounts payable mailbox in the environment. This will update the value of the environment variable that stores the email address of the accounts payable mailbox 1.
  • Turn off and then turn on the cloud flows. This will refresh the cloud flows and make them use the updated value of the environment variable1.
  • Use one environment variable for both the cloud flows and the canvas app. This will ensure consistency and avoid duplication of data across different components of your solution 1.

Question 4: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 4

You need to configure the flow for processing invoices that arrive in the AP mailbox.

Which three elements should you use?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Document type
  • (Correct)
  • Location
  • Pages
  • (Correct)
  • Al model
  • (Correct)
  • Form type
  • Form

Explanation

When you add a Predict action to cloud flow, you can configure the below-

Model

Document type

Document

Pages

Please note that Location is not a property.

Question 5: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 5

You need to resolve the fulfillment status flow issue.

Which three actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Ensure that the flow instance does not remain in the queue for more than three hours.
  • (Correct)
  • Ensure that the flow is not using elevated privileges.
  • Ensure that all users are signed out from the target machine.
  • (Correct)
  • Use different local Windows accounts for all machines.
  • Trigger the flow by using an on-premises data gateway.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A. 3 hours will timeout the flow.

C. unattended=signed out

E. deprecated but still works. To create a connection between a cloud flow and a desktop flow its necessary to use on-premises data gateway.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/desktop-flow-connections

D is incorrect, it is irrelevant whether or not you have elevated privileges because “When a desktop flow is triggered by a cloud flow, the actions contained in the desktop flow that require elevated privileges won’t have any effect.”, see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/how-to/run-power-automate-elevated-rights

Question 6: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 6

You need to determine the causes for the reported issues.

What are the causes?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Admin mode is turned off
  • Box 2 – The user is in the wrong environment.
  • Box 3 – Microsoft Dataverse was not shared with the user from the development environment.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Admin mode is turned on.
  • Box 2 – The user is in the wrong environment.
  • Box 3 – The user did not sign into Power Automate by using a Microsoft work account.
  • Box 1 – Flow checker did not run.
  • Box 2 – The user does not have the correct permissions.
  • Box 3 – There is no Microsoft Dataverse database provisioned.

Explanation

Box 1 – When Admin mode has been turned OFF, an effect can be: “After taking the environment out of admin mode, flows may not trigger as expected until caches have been cleared; this can take up to 24 hours.”

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/admin-mode

Box 2 – New environment was created and wasn’t properly selected.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/manage-power-automate

Question 7: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 7

You need to identify the cause for the SMSApp data entry issue.

What is the root cause?

  • The DLP policy that contains the desktop flow connector was deleted.
  • The default policy group is set to Blocked.
  • The desktop flow was not shared with the Finance clerk.
  • The scope of the DLP policy was changed to exclude the development environment.
  • The Power Automate Management connector is assigned to the Business category.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://powerusers.microsoft.com/t5/General-Power-Automate/Your-flow-was-updated-but-it-is-currently-suspended-since-it/m-p/253464#M24569

Question 8: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 8

You need to implement a solution to manage the priority of incoming orders.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1- Change the desktop flow’s priority to High.
  • Box 2- Edit the cloud flow.
  • Box 3- Modify the Run a flow built with Power Automate for desktop action.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Edit the desktop flow.
  • Box 2- Edit the cloud flow.
  • Box 3- Modify the Run a flow built with Power Automate for desktop action.
  • Box 1- Select the desktop flow and then select Move to top.
  • Box 2- Set the priority value based on the volume for an order.
  • Box 3- Change the desktop flow’s priority to High.

Question 9: Skipped

Case study 1 – Contoso Pharmaceuticals

Background

Contoso Pharmaceuticals distributes specialty pharmaceuticals, ingredients, and raw materials throughout North America. The company has 33 offices and 12 warehouses across the US, Mexico, and Canada.

As their customers’ needs grow in sophistication, Contoso wants to delight customers with breakthrough products, exceptional service, and on-time delivery of materials. They want to automate time consuming and manual processes that are prone to error. Contoso wants to consolidate and automate ordering and fulfillment processes.

• The company has a fleet of 500 delivery trucks. The company has 150 drivers and uses third-party contractors to deliver goods.

• The company has 400 warehouse workers and 30 finance clerks.

• Contoso has 85 sales representatives and 50 customer service representatives. Sales representatives spend most of their time on the road visiting customers or prospects.

• The IT department consists of four system administrators and six system analysts.

Current environment

Overview

Contoso Pharmaceuticals has a custom enterprise resource management (ERP) system. It is difficult to integrate other applications and services with the system. Office staff manually key in purchase orders, customer orders, and invoices after they receive a scan or hard copy of an agreement.

Applications

• The company uses a custom supplier management system named SMSApps that runs on each user’s workstation. The system is costly to run and maintain. SMSApp does not have an API.

• Sales representatives manage customer requests by using Dynamics 365 Sales.

• Contoso has Microsoft Power Platform development, user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• Administrators create one Accounts Payable (AP) mailbox for each environment to support testing.

• The use of a DLP policy and Desktop Flow development is specified as part of the automation requirements.

Business process

1. Sales representatives create quotes by using a Microsoft Word document template. The template allows representatives to include product quantity, and cost estimation details that will be needed to fulfil an order. The representative converts quotes to a PDF file and emails the file to the customer for approval.

2. The sales representative alerts the finance team about the new order and emails the finance team a copy of the quote for processing.

3. The finance teamprints the quote and manually creates a purchase order (PO) into SMSApp to request materials from a known and trusted vendor.

4. The SMSApp distributes the PO to stakeholders. The system sends a copy to a shared finance team mailbox.

5. Once a PO is fulfilled by a vendor, the system sends an email to the finance mailbox. The finance team releases an order to the warehouse.

6. Materials are shipped from the vendor to one of Contoso’s warehouses. Warehouse workers enter key information from the waybill into SMSApp. The materials are unloaded and racked in the warehouse until they are shipped to customers.

7. Upon checking for new daily orders in SMSApp, they see an open order is pending that is awaiting the newly received materials.

8. The Warehouse worker loads an order onto a truck for delivery and marks the order as complete in SMSApp.

9. Sales representatives provide fulfillment status and tracking information for orders.

10. A finance clerk prepares an invoice and sends the invoice to the customer by email. The clerk sends a copy of the email to the shared AP mailbox.

11. The AP team monitors the shared mailbox to confirm that the customer has paid the invoice.

Requirements

Functional requirements

• Large volume orders must be processed before other orders.

• Invoices must be cross-checked with received items against packing slip for shipments.

• The finance team must be able to analyze patterns in transactional data to conduct fraud prevention activities.

• You must automate the process of entering data about incoming orders into SMSApp.

• The solution must follow the principle of least privilege.

Purchase Order Quantity flow

• You must create an unmanaged solution to update purchase order details in SMSApp. The flow must use a manual trigger.

• Members of Accounts Payable team will be testers for the solution. They must be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow.

Flow for processing invoice data

• You must create a flow to monitor the AP mailbox. When an invoice arrives as an attachment in the inbox, the flow must automatically process the invoice data by using a form processing model. The flow must cross-check the received items against the packing slip.

• You must use different Accounts Payable email addresses for development user acceptance testing (UAT), and production environments.

• You must use an environment variable to represent the Accounts Payable mailbox for the environment in use.

• You must be able to use the environment variable across multiple cloud flows, a custom connector, and a canvas app.

• Technical requirements

• Users must only be allowed to connect to and access systems that are required for the employee to perform required job tasks.

• All automation flows must be either co-owned or shared between staff.

• All employees must be able to access the new environment to build personal productivity automations.

• You must distribute the workload for desktop flows to optimize productivity

Monitor flows

• All data extracted from Invoices should be stored in a custom Dataverse entity. Only employees who are part of Finance role should be able to edit all Invoice data but must be prevented from creating or deleting one.

Issues

Invoice data

All users report that they can see and modify invoice data.

New environment

• The IT department creates a new environment. A user creates a cloud flow named FlowA in the environment that triggers a desktop flow. A user reports that the cloud flow does not trigger the desktop flow to run.

• Microsoft Dataverse is not provisioned in the new environment. You attempt to create a Desktop flow in the default environment but receive a Dataverse error message and cannot proceed.

Data entry automation flow

An administrator runs a new desktop flow in the development environment to automate data entry into SMSApp. The flow automatically reverts to a suspended state.

Order fulfillment flow

You must automate the customer communication process by using an unattended desktop flow. The flow must check the fulfillment status of each active order in SMSApp. If an order is fulfilled, the flow must send the customer an email that includes tracking information from their order.

Question: 9

You need to configure permissions for the Purchase order quantity flow.

Which permission should you assign?

  • Co-owner
  • Run-only user
  • (Correct)
  • Owner
  • User

Explanation

Member of Accounts Payable just need to run the flow to test it. No need to edit it.Z

They just want Members of Accounts Payable team to be able to access the Purchase Order Quantity flow => they don’t want Accounts Payable team to edit or share the flows => Accounts Payable must be run-only users.

To configure permissions for the Purchase order quantity flow, you should assign the run-only user permission to the finance clerk. This will allow them to run the flow without being able to edit or share it. The other permissions are not suitable for this scenario because:

  • Co-owner permission would give the finance clerk full access to edit, share, and delete the flow, which is not necessary or desirable1.
  • Owner permission would transfer the ownership of the flow to the finance clerk, which would remove your access and control over it1.
  • User permission would not allow the finance clerk to run the flow at all, only to view it.

Question 1: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 1 You need to address the issue with the capacity planning flow.

What should you do?

  • Increase the CPU and memory of the machine on which the gateway is hosted.
  • Create a gateway cluster.
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the system to send alerts when the gateway fails.
  • Create a machine group and add machines to the group to handle requests.

Explanation

By default, Power Automate uses the primary gateway in the cluster.

If the primary gateway isn’t available, the service switches to the next gateway in the cluster, and so on.

Once you’ve set up a gateway cluster, you can allow traffic to be distributed across all gateways in the cluster.

Question 2: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 2 You need to configure the desktop action for the MaintenanceScheduler cloud flow.

Which two actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Select machine settings in Power Automate for desktop.
  • Select the Timeout property and update the duration to PT20M.
  • (Correct)
  • Select the Timeout property and update the duration to P20M.
  • Launch Power Automate for desktop.
  • Navigate to Desktop flow action settings in the cloud flow.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform-release-plan/2020wave2/power-automate/ui-flows-execute-powershell-exe-commands

Question 3: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 3 You need to resolve the issue with the DataCollector flow.

What are the two possible ways to achieve the goal?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Add an If web page contains action to determine whether a field exists and write data only when true.
  • Configure the Populate text field on a web page actions to continue running the flow in case of error.
  • Replace the Populate text field on a web page action with the Send keys action to write data.
  • (Correct)
  • Remove the Focus text field on a web page actions that precede actions which write data to text fields.
  • Modify selectors to ensure that field attributes are mapped correctly.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

B – The send keys lets you navigate into the text field by using tabs, this can get around some potential issues of finding the field if it’s in a consistent location.

E – Sometimes the selector changes or is dynamic and the automation may be missing the field as a result.

Question 4: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 4

You need to configure the solution for the ERPDataOperations flow.

Which configuration values should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- When a new item is created or modified
  • Box 2- Output
  • Box 1- When a new email arrives
  • Box 2- Input
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- When a new events is created
  • Box 2- Compose
  • Box 1- When a new row is created or modified
  • Box 2- Set

Question 5: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 5

You need to troubleshoot the issue saving ProdManager.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

1. You can resolve the issue by adding the current user as a co-owner of ProductionOwner.

2. You can resolve the error by using the Connection References page to add missing embedded connection references to ProductionMonitor.

3. You can resolve the issue by changing the value of the Run only users setting for ProductionMonitor from Connections used to Provided by run-only user.

  • 1. No
  • 2. No
  • 3. No
  • 1. No
  • 2. No
  • 3. Yes
  • 1. Yes
  • 2. Yes
  • 3. Yes
  • (Correct)
  • 1. No
  • 2. Yes
  • 3. Yes

Question 6: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 6

You need to identify the actions that PipelineManager1 can perform.

Which three actions can PipelineManager1 perform ?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Override the DLP policy.
  • Modify or delete a flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Modify the owner’s connection credentials.
  • View the run history.
  • (Correct)
  • Set the cloud flow priority.
  • Add or remove other owners.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

View the run history.

Manage the properties of the flow (for example, start or stop the flow, add owners, or update credentials for a connection).

Edit the definition of the flow (for example, add or remove an action or condition). Add or remove other owners (but not the flow’s creator).

Delete the flow.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/create-team-flows

Question 7: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 7

You need to package the automations.

What should you do?

  • Show dependencies within the solution.
  • Remove unmanaged layers.
  • Add required components to each item within the solution.
  • Add existing components to the solution.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

According to the scenario, you want to package all your automations into a single solution that can be easily deployed across environments.

To do this, you need to add existing components to the solution, such as cloud flows, desktop flows, connections, and custom connectors.

This way, you can bundle all your related resources into one package and export or import it as needed.

Question 8: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 8

You need to configure sharing for MaintenanceScheduler.

Which sharing methods should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • User1 – Share as owner
  • User2 – Share as user
  • User3 – Share as run-only user
  • User1 – Share as user
  • User2 – Share as owner
  • User3 – Share as co-owner
  • User1 – Share as co-owner
  • User2 – Share as run-only user
  • User3 – Share as user
  • User1 – Share as owner
  • User2 – Share as co-owner
  • User3 – Share as run only user
  • (Correct)

Explanation

According to the scenario, you want to share the MaintenanceScheduler cloud flow with three users who have different roles and permissions. To do this, you can use the following sharing methods:

  • Share as owner: This method allows you to add another user as an owner of the cloud flow, who can view, edit, run, and manage the flow. You can use this method to share the cloud flow with User 1, who is a senior maintenance manager and needs full access to the flow.
  • Share as co-owner: This method allows you to add a SharePoint list as a co-owner of the cloud flow, so that anyone who has edit access to the list also has edit access to the flow. You can use this method to share the cloud flow with User 2, who is a maintenance manager and needs to edit the flow. You can add the SharePoint list that User 2 has access to as a co-owner of the flow.
  • Share as run only user: This method allows you to grant run-only permissions to another user for the cloud flow, who can only run the flow manually or view its run history. You can use this method to share the cloud flow with User 3, who is a maintenance technician and needs to run the flow on demand.

Question 9: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 9

You need to configure the RailStatusUpdater cloud flow.

What should you do?

  • Create a JavaScript function to update the run mode values of each action within the desktop flow.
  • Create an environment variable. Update each desktop flow action to read the variable.
  • (Correct)
  • Manually update each desktop flow action to change the run mode.
  • Create a desktop flow to update the run mode values of each action within the cloud flow.

Explanation

According to the scenario, you want to run the desktop flow actions in unattended mode when the cloud flow is triggered by a schedule, and in attended mode when the cloud flow is triggered manually.

To achieve this, you can create an environment variable that stores the run mode value (attended or unattended) and use it as an input for each desktop flow action.

This way, you can change the run mode value dynamically without having to manually update each action.

Question 10: Skipped

Case Study 2: City Power and Light

Background

City Power and Light is one of the biggest energy companies in North America. They extract, produce and transport oil. The company has more than 50 offices and 100 oil extraction facilities throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. They use railways, trucks, and pipelines to move oil and gas from their facilities.

The company provides the following services:

• Produce oil from oil sands safely, responsibly, and reliably

• Refine crude oil into high-quality products

• Develop and manage wind power facilities.

• Transport oil to different countries/regions.

City Power and Light uses various Microsoft software products to manage its daily activities and run its machine-critical applications.

Requirements

ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks

A user named Admin1 creates a cloud flow named ManagePipelineMaintenanceTasks.

Admin1 applies a data loss prevention (DLP) policy to the flow. Admin1 shares the flow with a user named PipelineManager1 as co-owner. You must determine the actions that PipelineManager can perform.

MaintenanceScheduler

You create a cloud flow that uses a desktop flow. The desktop flow connects to third-party services to fetch information. You must not permit the desktop flow to run for more than 20 minutes.

You must configure sharing for MatinenanceScheduler to meet the following requirements:

• User1 must be able to work with you to modify the desktop flow.

• User2 must be able to access and review the run history for the flow.

• You must grant User3 permissions to run but not modify the desktop flow.

ERPDataOperations flow

City Power and light uses an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

Each day the company receives an email that contains an attachment. The attachment lists orders from the company’s rail transportation partners. You must create an automation solution that reads the contents of the email and writes records to the ERP system. The solution must pass credentials from a cloud flow to a desktop flow.

RailStatusUpdater

City Power and Light actively monitors all products in transit. You must create a flow named RailStatusUpdater that manages communications with railways that transport the company’s products. RailStatusUpdater includes five desktop flow actions.

You must run the desktop flows in attended mode during testing. You must run the desktop flows in unattended mode after you deploy the solution. You must minimize administrative efforts.

Packaging

You must package the automations in a solution. All required components must be included in the solution.

Issues

ProductionMonitor flow

You create a cloud flow named ProductionMonitor which uses the Manually trigger a flowmtrigger. You plan to trigger ProductionMonitor from a cloud flow named ProdManager.

You add a Run a Child flow action in ProdManager to trigger ProductionMonitor. When you attempt to save ProdManager the following error messaqe displays:

Request to XRM API failed with error: “Message:Flow client error returned with status code ‚Bad request‛ and details ‚{” error‛: {code‛ :ChildF lowUnsupportedForinvokerConnections‛, ‚message‛: ‘The workflow with id 8d3bcde7-7e98-eb11-b1ac-000d3a32d53f” .named FlowA cannot be used as a child workflow because child workflows only support embedded connections. ‚}}”Code‛ 0x80060467 InnerError.’.

CapacityPlanning flow

Developers within the company use cloud flows to access data from an on-premises capacity planning system. You observe significant increases to the volume of traffic that the on-premises data gateway processes each day. You must minimize gateway failures.

DataCollector flow

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a web form. The flow must write data to several fields on the form.

You are testing the flow. The flow fails when attempting to write data to any field on the web form.

RailStatusUpdater flow

The RailStatusUpdater flow occasionally fails due to machine connection errors. You can usually get the desktop flow to complete by resubmitting the cloud flow run. You must automate the retry process to ensure that you do not need to manually resubmit the cloud flow when machine connection errors occur.

Question: 10

You need to resolve the issue reported with the RailStatusUpdater flow.

What are the two possible ways to achieve the goal?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Put the desktop flow action into a Do until loop. Run until the desktop flow is successful.
  • (Correct)
  • Call a separate child cloud flow to perform the desktop flow a second time.
  • Create a duplicate action for the desktop flow and configure the duplicate action to run if the first desktop flow action fails.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a duplicate action for the desktop flow to run after the first desktop flow.

Explanation

According to the scenario, the RailStatusUpdater flow sometimes fails because of network issues that prevent it from running a desktop flow on a machine.

To resolve this issue, you can use one of these two methods:

  • Put the desktop flow action into a Do until loop that runs until the desktop flow is successful. This way, the cloud flow will retry running the desktop flow until it succeeds or reaches a maximum number of attempts.
  • Create a duplicate action for the desktop flow and configure the duplicate action to run if the first desktop flow action fails. This way, the cloud flow will have a second chance to run the desktop flow if the first attempt fails.

Question 1: Skipped

You are creating a cloud flow that will use two Update Row actions to interact with Microsoft Dataverse.

Neither of these actions are dependent on each other. You must minimize the amount of processing time required to complete the flow.

You need to implement the actions in the cloud flow.

Solution: Create two sequential Update Row actions. Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

One action runs after the other. No time saved

Question 2: Skipped

You are creating an automation for a company. When a new record is created in a Microsoft Dataverse table, the automation must add the same data to an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The ERP system does not have an API.

You need to create the automation solution. What should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- Desktop flow
  • Box 2- Cloud flow
  • Box 1- Cloud flow
  • Box 2- Desktop flow
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Model-driven app
  • Box 2- Cloud flow

Question 3: Skipped

A company has a customer relationship management (CRM) app installed on a machine.

Each month an employee signs into the machine by using their Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) account to generate a financial statement for each account in a list of accounts.

The list of accounts is stored in Microsoft Dataverse. The employee must send each customer their statements by using Office 365 Outlook.

You need to develop a solution to automate the task. Which components should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area

  • Box1 – Create a cloud flow that uses a schedule trigger.
  • Box2 – Use the List rows action in a cloud flow.
  • Box3 – Use the Run application action in a desktop flow.
  • Box4 – Use the For each action in a desktop flow.
  • Box5 – Use the Send email message through Outlook action in a desktop flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Box1 – Create a desktop flow and use Windows Task Scheduler to trigger it.
  • Box2 – Use the Relate rows action in a cloud flow.
  • Box3 – Use the Run desktop flow action in a desktop flow.
  • Box4 – Use the For each action in a desktop flow.
  • Box5 – Use the Send email message through Outlook action in a desktop flow.
  • Box1 – Create a desktop flow and use Windows Task Scheduler to trigger it.
  • Box2 – Use the Relate rows action in a cloud flow.
  • Box3 – Use the Run desktop flow action in a desktop flow.
  • Box4 – Use the Next loop action in a desktop flow.
  • Box5 – Use the Send email message through Outlook action in a desktop flow.
  • Box1 – Create a cloud flow that uses a schedule trigger.
  • Box2 – Use the Relate rows action in a cloud flow.
  • Box3 – Use the Run desktop flow action in a desktop flow.
  • Box4 – Use the Next loop action in a desktop flow.
  • Box5 – Use the Send email message through Outlook action in a desktop flow.

Explanation

Trigger the solution using a schedule – Create a cloud flow that uses a schedule trigger.

Access the list of accounts – Use the list rows action in a cloud table (Explanation: You can’t use a Get a row action here as you do not know the GUID of each accounts which are required).

Launch the CRM app – Use the Run application action in a desktop flow.

Generate a statement for each account – Use the For each action in a desktop flow.

Send an email with an attachment – Assignment says that the user uses Office 365 Outlook. Hence, your option in the desktop flow is to use the Outlook action called “Send email message through Outlook”.

Question 4: Skipped

You are creating a cloud flow that will use two Update Row actions to interact with Microsoft Dataverse. Neither of these actions are dependent on each other.

You must minimize the amount of processing time required to complete the flow.

You need to implement the actions in the cloud flow.

Solution: Create a switch condition. Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A switch will only run one action.

Question 5: Skipped

You are developing an RPA solution that requires browser automation. You are testing the flow. You observe that the flow does not interact with web page elements in Microsoft Edge.

You need to troubleshoot the issue. What should you do?

  • Enable error handling on the action to retry on failure.
  • Ensure the Ul flows/Selenium extension is downloaded and enabled in Microsoft Edge.
  • Open Power Automate machine runtime and select Troubleshoot.
  • (Correct)
  • Ensure the Power Automate for desktop browser extension is downloaded and enabled in Microsoft Edge.

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/troubleshoot

Question 6: Skipped

You create the following flow :

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true.

Otherwise, select No. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box1 – The do until actions must succeed three times before moving on to the next action.
  • Box2 – The flow cannot exceed 15 minutes of total run time
  • Box1 – The do until actions must succeed three times before moving on to the next action.
  • Box2 – The do until will time out when it reaches 15 minutes.
  • Box1 – The do until action will retry up to three times if there are any failures.
  • Box2 – The do until will time out when it reaches 15 minutes.
  • (Correct)

Question 7: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company. You need to share the solutions with other users.

Which actions should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box1 – Power Automate portal only
  • Box2 – Either Power Automate portal or Power Automate for desktop
  • (Correct)
  • Box1 – Power Automate Desktop only
  • Box2 – Power Automate portal only
  • Box1 – Either Power Automate portal or Power Automate for desktop
  • Box2 – Power Automate portal only
  • Box1 – Power Automate portal only
  • Box2 – Power Automate portal only

Question 8: Skipped

You have an automation solution that uses a desktop flow. The flow reads data from a file that is stored on a user’s machine and writes the data to an application. You import the solution to an environment that is connected to another user’s machine.

The user reports that the flow fails. An alert indicates that the path to a file does not exist.

You confirm that the file is present on the user’s desktop.

You need to resolve the issue. What should you do?

  • Use the Get Windows environment variable action to read the USERNAME environment variable and use the value in the path to the user’s desktop.
  • (Correct)
  • Change access rights for the file to allow read operations for the PAD process.
  • Move the file to the user’s OneDrive storage.
  • Change the access rights for the file to allow read operations for the current user.

Question 9: Skipped

You create a process map by using Process advisor. You plan to create a cloud flow based on the process map. You need to develop the cloud flow.

Which two Process advisor features can you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Automatically build a cloud flow based on the process map.
  • Recommend automation opportunities based on the process map.
  • (Correct)
  • Suggest input variables to use in the cloud flow.
  • Suggest connectors to use in the cloud flow.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Process advisor does not automatically build the flow for you, it just suggests which tasks can be automated and suggests which connectors to use.

Question 10: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company.

You plan to use Process advisor to gain a better understanding of business processes.

You need to select the process types to use to meet the company’s requirements.

Which process types should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate process types to the correct requirements. Each process type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Task mining
  • Box 2- Process mining
  • Box 3- Task mining
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Task mining
  • Box 2- Process mining
  • Box 3- Process mining
  • Box 1 – Process mining
  • Box 2- Process mining
  • Box 3- Task mining

Explanation

Reference: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/process-advisor-overview

Question 11: Skipped

You are developing a desktop flow that reads data from a table in a Microsoft Excel workbook. You need to read the cell in the fourth row and first column of the table.

Which two expressions can you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct answer is worth one point.

  • %ExcelData[1][4]%
  • %ExcelData[4][0]%
  • (Correct)
  • %ExcelData[‘Column1’][4]%
  • %ExcelData[4][‘Column1’]%
  • (Correct)

Question 12: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company.

You need to select the applicable flow type to automate the following tools and technologies:

• Microsoft Excel

• Desktop application

• File system

Which flow types should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate flow types to the correct automation targets. Each flow type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

  • Box1 – Cloud flows or Desktop flows
  • Box2 – Desktop flows only
  • Box3 – Cloud flows or Desktop flows
  • (Correct)
  • Box1 – Desktop flows only
  • Box2 – Cloud flows or Desktop flows
  • Box3 – Cloud flows only
  • Box1 – Cloud flows or Desktop flows
  • Box2 – Desktop flows only
  • Box3 – Cloud flows only

Explanation

It says Microsoft Excel and not Microsoft Excel Online.

You can use cloud flows to connect to File Systems on your local or network machines to read from and write to files using the On-Premises Data Gateway.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/filesystem/

Question 13: Skipped

You create several desktop flows. Each flow will run on a single user’s device.

You need to determine how Power Automate will orchestrate the flows.

Which three rules will Power Automate apply?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • All the flows are run simultaneously.
  • The next flow will run when each run completes based on the priority and the time requested.
  • (Correct)
  • The first flow runs on the target device based on the priority and the time requested.
  • (Correct)
  • The first flow runs on the target device based on Next to run status and time requested.
  • The first and last flows run based on the priority and the time requested.
  • The remaining flows are queued.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/run-desktop-flows-sequentially

Question 14: Skipped

You have a flow that interacts with different SharePoint sites. You add the flow to a solution.

You redeploy the solution to production each time you make a change to the flow. You do not want to change the SharePoint site URL every time you redeploy the solution.

You need to configure the solution. Which solution component should you use?

  • Environment variable
  • (Correct)
  • Web resource
  • Managed identity
  • Connection reference

Explanation

Connection reference wouldn’t have the SharePoint site.

Need an environment variable. Hence, option A is correct.

Question 15: Skipped

You develop a desktop flow. The flow performs five actions in sequence.

If an error occurs, you must restart the flow from the first action. You add the five actions to an On block error action.

You need to configure error handling. Which two actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Change the exception handling mode to Go to the beginning of the block.
  • (Correct)
  • Select Continue flow run.
  • (Correct)
  • Select Throw error.
  • Change the exception handling mode to Go to next action.
  • Configure an On error condition for the first action.

Explanation

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/pad-exception-handling/3-exception-handling

The 2 options for configuring the next step is “Throw” or “Continue running”.

Throw will generally stop the flow, continue running will mean the exception handling of “go to the start of block” will execute and it will try again.

Question 16: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company. The company does not permit changes to a deployed solution in user acceptance testing (UAT) a environments.

You need to package the solutions. Which type of solutions should you create?

To answer, drag the appropriate solution types to the correct requirements. Each solution type may be used once, more the once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box1 – Unmanaged
  • Box2 – Managed
  • Box3 – Managed
  • Box4 – Unmanaged
  • (Correct)
  • Box1 – Unmanaged
  • Box2 – Unmanaged
  • Box3 – Managed
  • Box4 – Managed
  • Box1 – Managed
  • Box2 – Unmanaged
  • Box3 – Managed
  • Box4 – Unmanaged

Explanation

Managed solutions are used to deploy to any environment that isn’t a development environment for that solution. This includes test, UAT, SIT, and production environments.

Question 17: Skipped

You need to design automation solutions for a company.

What should you implement?

To answer, select the appropriate configuration in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point

  • Box1 – File system connector
  • Box2 – OneDrive connector
  • Box3 – Outlook connector
  • Box1 – Cloud Flow
  • Box2 – File system connector
  • Box3 – SharePoint connector
  • Box1 – Desktop Flow
  • Box2 – File system connector
  • Box3 – Outlook connector
  • (Correct)

Question 18: Skipped

You have a Microsoft Dataverse table in a solution.

You delete fields from the table.

You need to automatically delete the fields from the Microsoft Dataverse table when you import the updated solution into a target environment.

Which import option should you use?

  • Stage for upgrade
  • Update
  • Downgrade
  • Upgrade
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/solution-concepts-alm#solution-lifecycle

Question 19: Skipped

You are automating a form on a website. The website uses the following HTML markup to define each field on the form:

The label for each field is unique in the form. You need to write data to the form.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- YES
  • Box 2- YES
  • Box 3 -NO
  • Box 1- YES
  • Box 2- NO
  • Box 3 -NO
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- YES
  • Box 2- NO
  • Box 3 -YES

Explanation

Box 1- Yes. this will selects the input labelField1

Box 2- No. this will not select labelField1. input is not a child element of label.

Box 3- No. JavaScript is not a selector.

Question 20: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company.

When a new record is added to a Microsoft Dataverse table, the solution must add the contents of the record to a Microsoft Word Online (Business) template The solution must convert the template to a PDF document and email the PDF document to a stakeholder.

You need to design the solution. Which three actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Use the Populate a Microsoft Word Online (Business) template action in a desktop flow.
  • Create a cloud flow that uses the When a row is added or modified trigger in Microsoft Dataverse.
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Populate a Microsoft Word Online (Business) template action in a cloud flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Convert Word Document to PDF and Send an email actions in a cloud flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Use the Convert Word Document to PDF and Send an email actions in a desktop flow.

Question 21: Skipped

A company uses Microsoft 365 apps. You are building a flow that is triggered when a new email arrives.

If an email message contains a Microsoft Excel workbook attachment the solution must post the Excel data to an external customer relationship management (CRM) system that runs on a user’s workstation. The CRM system is not accessible by using an API.

You need to design the solution. Which three actions should you perform?

Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Implement the Create file action from the OneDrive connector in a cloud flow.
  • Create a desktop flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Implement when a new email arrives trigger in a cloud flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Implement the Retrieve email messages action from a desktop flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a desktop flow and define an input variable of type file.

Question 22: Skipped

You are designing a user interface automation that uses a Power Automate for desktop flow.

The solution must allow you to use wildcard characters including question marks and asterisks to define a window.

You need to select the window mode for the automation. Which window mode should you use?

  • By Window Ul element
  • By title and/or class
  • (Correct)
  • By Window instance/handle
  • By variable

Explanation

Windows title/class accept Text Value and wildcard like ?/* could be used.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/actions-reference/uiautomation#focuswindowbase

Question 23: Skipped

A company publishes a list of contacts each day as an HTML table on a web page. The company has a customer relationship management (CRM) application that runs on employee desktop devices.

You need to implement an RPA solution that reads data from the HTML table and create records in the CRM application.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Use the Get details of element on web page action to read data from the HTML table into a variable.
  • 2. Use the Extract data from web page action to read data from the HTML table into a variable.
  • 3. Use a For each loop to write data from the variable to the CRM application.
  • 4. Launch a new web browser instance.
  • 1. Launch a new web browser instance.
  • 2. Use the Extract data from web page action to read data from the HTML table into a variable.
  • 3. Use the Run application action to start the CRM application.
  • 4. Use a For each loop to write data from the variable to the CRM application.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Launch a new web browser instance.
  • 2. Use the Get details of element on web page action to read data from the HTML table into a variable.
  • 3. Use a For each loop to write data from the variable to the CRM application.
  • 4. Use the Extract data from web page action to read data from the HTML table into a variable.

Question 24: Skipped

You are developing a cloud flow.

The flow must be able to query several Azure endpoints and must use standard actions where possible.

You need to configure the flow. Which actions should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box1- HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box2 – HTTP
  • Box3 – Office 365 group send an HTTP request
  • Box4 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box5 – Send and HTTP request to SharePoint
  • Box1- Send and HTTP request to SharePoint
  • Box2 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box3 – Office 365 group send an HTTP request
  • Box4 – HTTP
  • Box5 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box1- Office 365 group send an HTTP request
  • Box2 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box3 – HTTP
  • Box4 – Send and HTTP request to SharePoint
  • Box5 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box1- HTTP
  • Box2 – HTTP with Azure AD
  • Box3 – HTTP
  • Box4 – Send and HTTP request to SharePoint
  • Box5 – HTTP
  • (Correct)

Explanation

1 – HTTP – explanation: “HTTP with Azure AD” can only be used for user delegated permissions. To configure application permissions you have to use HTTP connector.

2 – HTTP with Azure AD

3 – HTTP – explanation: “Office 365 groups send HTTP” connector is very limited, would use HTTP to get full capabilities of Office 365 Management APIs.

4 – Send an HTTP request to SharePoint

5. HTTP – explanation: for anything other than user delegated permissions, will need HTTP connector.

Question 25: Skipped

A company has an unattended cloud flow solution. The solution includes a desktop flow that runs on a virtual machine.

The company reports that the cloud flow processes more transactions per day than the planned capacity.

You need to scale the solution to keep up with demand.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Update the machine connections to target the machine group in the cloud flow.
  • 2. Provision virtual machines.
  • 3. Add the machines to a machine group.
  • 4. Update the machine connections to target the machine group in the desktop flow.
  • 1. Provision virtual machines.
  • 2. Add the machines to a machine group.
  • 3. Update the machine connections to target the machine group in the cloud flow.
  • 4. Update the machine connections to target the machine group in the desktop flow.
  • 1. Provision virtual machines.
  • 2. Register the machines to the correct environment by using the machine runtime application.
  • 3. Add the machines to a machine group.
  • 4. Update the machine connections to target the machine group in the cloud flow.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/manage-machine-groups#create-a-machine-group

Question 26: Skipped

You create the following flows:

  • Box 1 – 1
  • Box 2 – the Excel instance launched in step 3
  • Box 1 – 3
  • Box 2 – the Excel instance launched in step 4
  • Box 1 – 4
  • Box 2 – the Edge window launched in step 2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

I replicated the flow in the desktop flow.

Breakpoint – line 4

Send Keystroke – the edge window launched in step 2

Question 27: Skipped

You create a Microsoft Power Platform solution. You create variables to define input values for the flow. You export the solution as managed and import the solution into a user acceptance testing (UAT) environment.

The flow in the UAT environment is still using the values from the development (DEV) environment.

You need to resolve the issue.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Select Current value and then select Remove from environment.
  • 2. Turn the flow off and then on again.
  • 3. Delete the solution from the UAT environment.
  • 4. In the DEV environment, navigate to the solution and edit the details for each environment variable.
  • 1. In the DEV environment, navigate to the solution and edit the details for each environment variable.
  • 2. Select Current value and then select Remove from environment.
  • 3. Delete the solution from the UAT environment.
  • 4. Turn the flow off and then on again.
  • 1. Delete the solution from the UAT environment.
  • 2. In the DEV environment, navigate to the solution and edit the details for each environment variable.
  • 3. Select Current value and then select Remove from environment.
  • 4. Export and reimport the solution.
  • (Correct)

Question 28: Skipped

You plan to use a cloud flow. The flow must be contained within a solution.

You need to add the cloud flow to a solution.

Solution: Create an instant cloud flow outside of a solution. Add the cloud flow into a new unmanaged solution.

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You cannot add an existing non-solution aware workflow with an instant trigger to a solution.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/solutions-overview#known-limitations

Question 29: Skipped

You are creating a solution that will use a Choice field for approvals.

You need to ensure that other users can use the Choice field with their Microsoft Dataverse tables.

What should you use?

  • Environment variable
  • Local choice
  • Global choice
  • (Correct)

Question 30: Skipped

You develop a desktop flow. You need to debug the flow.

Which three tools can you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Static results

B. Run from here

C. Breakpoints

D. Configure run after

E. Run next action

  • Static results
  • Configure run after
  • Run next action
  • Run from here
  • Breakpoints
  • Run next action
  • (Correct)
  • Configure run after
  • Run next action
  • Breakpoints

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/debugging-flow

Run a desktop flow by action: The Run next action button runs the flow action by action. After each action is completed, the flow is paused. Open the variables pane to check the value of any variable at the point where it’s paused. This feature is useful for debugging.

Run from here: To run the flow starting from a specific action, right-click the action and select Run from here. This ignores all previous actions and runs the flow from the selected action onwards.

Question 31: Skipped

A client would like you to create a custom connector. You need to configure the connector.

Which element is required?

A. API Key

B. On-premises data gateway

C. Power Automate per user license

D. JSON sample for request

E. Power Automate per flow license

  • API Key
  • On-premises data gateway
  • Power Automate per user license
  • (Correct)
  • JSON sample for request
  • Power Automate per flow license

Explanation

Custom Connector is premium feature so ‘Power Automate per user license’ is the first requirement , then JSON.

Question 32: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company. You need to implement actions to meet the company’s requirements.

What should you do?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Move to the top
  • Box 2- Change the priority
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Change the priority
  • Box 2 – Move to the top
  • Box 1 – Move to the top
  • Box 2- Created a scheduled trigger

Question 33: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company. You need to use Microsoft Office scripts in a cloud flow to calculate the number of business days between two dates.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To order, answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1 – Add and configure a Run script action.
  • Box 2 – Create and save a script.
  • Box3 – In the Excel desktop app, navigate to the Automate tab.
  • Box 1 – Add and configure a Run script action.
  • Box 2 – Create and save a script.
  • Box3 – In the Microsoft Excel on the web, navigate to the Automate tab.
  • Box1 – In the Microsoft Excel on the web, navigate to the Automate tab.
  • Box 2 – Add and configure a Run script action.
  • Box 3 – Create and save a script.
  • (Correct)

Question 34: Skipped

You plan to use a cloud flow. The flow must be contained within a solution.

You need to add the cloud flow to a solution.

Solution : Create a scheduled cloud flow outside of a solution. Add the cloud flow into a managed solution.

Does the solution meet the goal ?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can’t edit components directly within a managed solution.

To edit managed components, first add them to an unmanaged solution. When you do this, you create a dependency between your unmanaged customizations and the managed solution.”

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/solution-concepts-alm

Question 35: Skipped

A company hires you to develop a solution that helps the company manage new hires.

Users will enter information about the new employee into an app and the app will save the information to a database. The app must be simple to use and must rely on a data model.

You must implement a workflow that automatically notifies the IT department when new employee records are created in the database. You need to create the solution.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1 – Create a cloud flow that is triggered when you create a new record in the Microsoft Dataverse table.
  • Box 2 – Create a desktop flow that is triggered when you create a new record in the Microsoft Dataverse table.
  • Box 3 – Create a cloud flow that is triggered when a record is selected in the app.
  • Box 1 – Create a custom Microsoft Dataverse table to store employee data.
  • Box 2 – Create a model-driven application.
  • Box 3 – Create a cloud flow that is triggered when you create a new record in the Microsoft Dataverse table
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Create a model-driven application.
  • Box 2 – Create a custom Microsoft Dataverse table to store employee data.
  • Box 3 – Create a cloud flow that is triggered when you create a new record in the Microsoft Dataverse table

Explanation

You need to create the Dataverse table before you create the model driven app, since a model driven app is created based upon an existing Dataverse table.

Question 36: Skipped

You develop a desktop flow for a company. You need to ensure that another user can modify the flow.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the order.

  • Box 1 – Navigate to https://flow.microsoft.com
  • Box 2 – Add people and select the co-owner access type.
  • Box 3 – Select a flow and select Share.
  • Box 1 – Navigate to https://flow.microsoft.com
  • Box 2 – Select a flow and select Share.
  • Box 3 – Add people and select the co-owner access type.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Navigate to https://flow.microsoft.com
  • Box 2 – Select a flow and select Share.
  • Box 3 – Add people and select the user access type.

Explanation

Microsoft rebranded Flow to ‘Power Automate’, but it is the same platform with some advanced tools.

Question 37: Skipped

You create a variable named NewVar as shown in the configuration screen below.

You attempt to set the value of NewVar to the following URL:

https://contos.sharepoint.com/Microsoft/PP/Shared%20Documents/Forms/Allltems.aspx

The Set variable page alerts you that there is a syntax error.

You need to resolve the issue. What should you do?

A. Escape the percent sign (%) with a back slash (\%).

B. Replace the percent sign (%) with two percent signs (%%).

C. Replace the forward slash characters (/) with two forward slash characters (//).

D. Escape the forward slash characters (/) with a back slash (\/).

  • Escape the percent sign (%) with a back slash (\%).
  • Replace the percent sign (%) with two percent signs (%%).
  • (Correct)
  • Replace the forward slash characters (/) with two forward slash characters (//).
  • Escape the forward slash characters (/) with a back slash (\/).

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/variable-manipulation

Question 38: Skipped

You are preparing to create a cloud flow that queries data from a SharePoint list.

You must use different SharePoint lists for the test and production environments. You need to configure the flow to select the correct SharePoint list for the environment where you deploy the flow.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Create new cloud flow in a solution and add a Get items action.
  • 2. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals List.
  • 3. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals Site.
  • 4. Manually enter the names for the SharePoint site and list.
  • 5. Select the target SharePoint site and list from a list of displayed values.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals Site.
  • 2. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals List.
  • 3. Create new cloud flow in a solution and add a Get items action.
  • 4. Manually enter the names for the SharePoint site and list.
  • 5. Select the target SharePoint site and list from a list of displayed values.
  • 1. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals List.
  • 2. Create an environment variable where Data Type equals Data source and Parameter Type equals Site.
  • 3. Create new cloud flow in a solution and add a Get items action.
  • 4. Select the target SharePoint site and list from a list of displayed values.
  • 5. Manually enter the names for the SharePoint site and list.

Question 39: Skipped

You are preparing to share a desktop flow. You need to share the flow with another user.

Which two methods can you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Share the desktop flow by using the Microsoft Power Platform admin center.

B. Share the desktop flow by using the Power Automate portal. Grant the user permissions to access the flow.

C. Export a solution that contains the desktop flow and provide the solution to the user.

D. Create a managed solution that contains the desktop flow and share the solution with another user.

  • Share the desktop flow by using the Microsoft Power Platform admin center.
  • Share the desktop flow by using the Power Automate portal. Grant the user permissions to access the flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Export a solution that contains the desktop flow and provide the solution to the user.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a managed solution that contains the desktop flow and share the solution with another user.

Question 40: Skipped

You have a desktop flow that interacts with a desktop-based application. You plan to enter data into each field by using the Send keys action.

You test the flow. The Send keys action runs successfully but the input fields are empty. You need to add a step before the Send keys action to resolve the issue.

Which two steps can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

A. Use the Wait for window action.

B. Set the key state.

C. Use the Focus window action.

D. Set the window state.

E. Use the Wait for mouse action

  • Use the Wait for window action.
  • (Correct)
  • Set the key state.
  • Use the Focus window action.
  • (Correct)
  • Set the window state.
  • Use the Wait for mouse action

Explanation

A – wait for the window element to be verified

C – focus the application for keystrokes to be sent

https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/power-automate-docs/blob/main/articles/desktop-flows/how-to/automate-applications-keyboard-shortcuts.md

Question 41: Skipped

You are designing automation processes for a company. You need to select the appropriate action for each automation scenario.

Which actions should you perform?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Create a custom connector.
  • Box 2 – Create and run a dataflow.
  • Box 3 – Create a cloud flow.
  • Box 1 – Create a desktop flow.
  • Box 2 – Create a custom connector.
  • Box 3 – Create a desktop flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Create a desktop flow.
  • Box 2 – Create a custom connector.
  • Box 3 – Create a cloud flow.

Question 42: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company. You need to configure variables for a cloud flow solution.

Which types of variables should you use for each type of data?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Float
  • Box 2 – Object
  • Box 3 – String
  • Box 4 – Array
  • Box 1 – Array
  • Box 2 – String
  • Box 3 – String
  • Box 4 – Float
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Object
  • Box 2 – Array
  • Box 3 – String
  • Box 4 – Integer

Explanation

Date pattern doesn’t mind and price if often a comma-value, so float is needed instead of Integer.

Question 43: Skipped

You are creating a cloud flow that will use two Update Row actions to interact with Microsoft Dataverse.

Neither of these actions are dependent on each other. You must minimize the amount of processing time required to complete the flow.

You need to implement the actions in the cloud flow.

Solution: Create a do until loop. Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

One action runs after the other. No time saved. Both the actions are independent.

Question 44: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions. You need to select solution components for each scenario.

Which solution components should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate solution components to the correct requirements.

Each solution component may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- Cloud flow
  • Box 2- Desktop flow
  • Box 3- Process advisor
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Desktop flow
  • Box 2- Cloud flow
  • Box 3- Flow checker
  • Box 1- AI Builder
  • Box 2- Cloud flow
  • Box 3- Flow checker

Question 45: Skipped

A company has a customer relationship management (CRM) application that runs on a virtual machine (VM) in Azure.

The solution must automatically extract common invoice data from documents sent as email attachments and save the data to the company’s CRM application.

You need to design the solution. In which order should you perform the actions?

To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1 – Create a desktop flow.
  • Box 2 – Define the logic in the desktop flow to write data to the CRM.
  • Box 3 – Define input variables in the desktop flow.
  • Box 4 – Create an instance of the Invoice procession AI Builder model.
  • Box 5 – Create a cloud flow that extracts information from the model and triggers the desktop flow.
  • Box 1 – Create an instance of the Invoice procession AI Builder model.
  • Box 2 – Create a cloud flow that extracts information from the model and triggers the desktop flow.
  • Box 3 – Create a desktop flow.
  • Box 4 – Define input variables in the desktop flow.
  • Box 5 – Define the logic in the desktop flow to write data to the CRM.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Create a desktop flow.
  • Box 2 – Define input variables in the desktop flow.
  • Box 2 – Define the logic in the desktop flow to write data to the CRM.
  • Box 4 – Create an instance of the Invoice procession AI Builder model.
  • Box 5 – Create a cloud flow that extracts information from the model and triggers the desktop flow.

Explanation

Start from creating an instance of the model. You will get to know what are the fields that can be extracted by creating a cloud flow extracting the information from the model. You choose what is needed, what is not needed.

Then, create an action for “run a flow with built with Power Automate for desktop” from the cloud to start defining the input variables in the desktop flow and the rest of the logics to write data to CRM.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/trigger-desktop-flows

Question 46: Skipped

You plan to create a Microsoft Visio process diagram. You need to create the diagram and then export the diagram as a Power Automate flow.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1 – Create diagram by using BPMN shapes
  • Box 2 – Select Prepare to Export in the toolbar
  • Box 3 – Map shapes to flow actions
  • Box 4 – Select Export to Flow
  • Box 5 – Name the flow and select Create Flow.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Select Prepare to Export in the toolbar
  • Box 2 – Map shapes to flow actions
  • Box 3 – Create diagram by using BPMN shapes
  • Box 4 – Select Export to Flow
  • Box 5 – Name the flow and select Create Flow.
  • Box 1 – Create diagram by using BPMN shapes
  • Box 2 – Name the flow and select Create Flow.
  • Box 3 – Select Prepare to Export in the toolbar
  • Box 4 – Map shapes to flow actions
  • Box 5 – Select Export to Flow

Explanation

Explanation:

Step 1 – Create diagram by using BPMN shapes. From the list of Visio templates, select Basic Flow BPMN Diagram.

Prepare to export your workflow to Power Automate Follow these steps to prepare your workflow so that you can export it to Power Automate.

1. Select the Process tab.

2. Select Prepare to Export from the Power Automate group of icons. (Step 2)

3. On the Flow Mapping tab of the Prepare to Export group, map your BPMN diagram to Power Automate controls. (Step 3)

4. On the Triggers and Actions tab of the Prepare to Export group, select each shape, and then select either a trigger or an action to map your BPMN diagram to Power Automate triggers and actions. This mapping is to represent that shape in Power Automate.

Export your workflow –

1. Select the Export to Flow button to export your workflow diagram to Power Automate. (Step 4)

2. Name your flow and then select the Create flow button. (Step 5)

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/visio-flows

Question 47: Skipped

You are designing automation processes. You need to configure the run mode for each automation scenario.

Which run modes should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate run modes to the correct scenarios. Each run mode may be used once, more than once, or not at all.

You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Unattended
  • Box 2 – Unattended
  • Box 3 – Attended
  • Box 1 – Attended
  • Box 2 – Unattended
  • Box 3 – Unattended
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Unattended
  • Box 2 – Attended
  • Box 3 – Unattended

Question 48: Skipped

You deploy a cloud flow to a production environment. You make changes to the cloud flow in a development environment.

You import the updated solution to the production environment. You observe that the cloud flow is not updated.

You need to resolve the issue.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. In the production environment, navigate to the solution contents.
  • 2. Show solution layers.
  • 3. Remove all dependencies
  • 4. Remove all unmanaged layers.
  • 1. In the production environment, navigate to the solution contents.
  • 2. Select the cloud flow that was upgraded.
  • 3. Show solution layers.
  • 4. Remove all unmanaged layers.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. In the production environment, navigate to the solution contents.
  • 2. Remove all dependencies
  • 3. Remove all unmanaged layers.
  • 4. Show solution layers.

Question 49: Skipped

You are developing a solution for a medical practice.

The solution must use an artificial intelligence (Al) model to evaluate medical X-ray images and detect broken bones.

You need to create the Al model for the solution.

Solution: Use Azure machine learning to create the model. Does the solution meet the goal ?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Machine Learning is about analyzing and tagging data, not images.

Question 50: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company. You need to select the appropriate error handling action for the following scenarios.

Which actions should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- Handle the error within the On block error only.
  • Box 2 – Configure run after only.
  • Box 3 – On block error
  • Box 1- Handle the error with in the action only.
  • Box 2 – Handle the error within the On block error only.
  • Box 3 – Configure run after
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Handle the error within the On block error or within the action.
  • Box 2 – Handle the error within the On block error only.
  • Box 3 – Action-level error handling

Explanation

1. handle with action only. only one action is necessary to launch excel with blank workbook. Handle error with action error, as it always fails, so at least one action contains produce bad error and should be debugged with action error.

2. handle the error with on block error. at least two actions: launch chrome, and populate input. Handle error with on block error. occasion error may be due to error in connectivity or website down or unresponsive

3. configure run after, available only on cloud flow. Configure run after to update variable the failed action

Question 51: Skipped

You plan to use a cloud flow. The flow must be contained within a solution.

You need to add the cloud flow to a solution.

Solution: Add an existing cloud flow from a managed solution to a new unmanaged solution.

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Answer is No.

You can’t remove the flow from a managed solution first of all to add managed solution

Question 52: Skipped

You are developing a solution for a medical practice. The solution must use an artificial intelligence (Al) model to evaluate medical X-ray images and detect broken bones.

You need to create the Al model for the solution.

Solution: Use Azure Computer Vision to create the model. Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Computer Vision is not part of the AI model in power platform.

Computer Vision is not pre-trained to recognize broken bones from x-rays. Hereby, a custom model aka custom vision is required.

Question 53: Skipped

You create an environment for a company. You need to configure security to meet the company’s requirements and follow the principle of least privilege.

Which security roles should you assign?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Desktop Flows Machine Owner
  • Box 2 – Environment Maker
  • Box 3 – Desktop Flows Machine User
  • Box 4 – Desktop Flows Machine User
  • Box 1 – Desktop Flows Machine Owner
  • Box 2 – Desktop Flows Machine User Can Share
  • Box 3 – Desktop Flows Machine User Can Share
  • Box 4 – Desktop Flows Machine Owner
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Environment Maker
  • Box 2 – Desktop Flows Machine User
  • Box 3 – Desktop Flows Machine User
  • Box 4 – Desktop Flows Machine Owner

Explanation

As mentioned in the Question, follow the principle of least privilege.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/manage-machine-groups#update-permissions-based-on-security-role

Question 54: Skipped

You create an unattended Office 365 automation. The automation stops running.

You suspect that the runtime identity used by the automation caused the automation to stop running.

Which two issues can the runtime identity cause in this scenario?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. The automation is attempting to open files that cannot be opened or edited based on per-user access permissions.

B. The automation is not set up to handle an additional sign-in Ul element.

C. The unattended automation process suppressed an alert that was generated.

D. The location of a specific user interface element has changed.

  • The automation is attempting to open files that cannot be opened or edited based on per-user access permissions.
  • The automation is not set up to handle an additional sign-in Ul element.
  • (Correct)
  • The unattended automation process suppressed an alert that was generated.
  • The location of a specific user interface element has changed.
  • (Correct)

Question 55: Skipped

You plan to implement a data loss prevention (DLP) policy for a production environment. You need to define the policy.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

1. Define the scope and add all environments to the policy.

2. Classify and assign connectors.

3. Review and create the policy.

4. Define the scope and add the environment to the policy.

5. Name the policy.

6. Add new tenant rules.

  • 1. Review and create the policy.
  • 2. Define the scope and add the environment to the policy.
  • 3. Name the policy.
  • 4. Add new tenant rules.
  • 1. Define the scope and add all environments to the policy.
  • 2. Review and create the policy.
  • 3. Name the policy.
  • 4. Add new tenant rules.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Define the scope and add all environments to the policy.
  • 2. Classify and assign connectors.
  • 3. Review and create the policy.
  • 4. Define the scope and add the environment to the policy.

Question 56: Skipped

You must create new flows within a solution and import existing flows into the solution.

You need to configure the solution.

Which three actions can you perform?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create the flows within the solution to automatically create connection references.

B. Add credential information to each connection reference.

C. Modify each trigger and action when you add a flow into the solution to use connection references.

D. Select connections for connection references when you import solutions into an environment.

E. Add an existing connection reference into the solution in the same environment.

  • Create the flows within the solution to automatically create connection references.
  • (Correct)
  • Add credential information to each connection reference.
  • Modify each trigger and action when you add a flow into the solution to use connection references.
  • (Correct)
  • Select connections for connection references when you import solutions into an environment.
  • Add an existing connection reference into the solution in the same environment.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/create-connection-reference

Although D is a correct statement, this is not something you do when configuring a solution. You select the connections only when importing the solution into a new environment (such as QA or Production).

You absolutely can add existing connection references from the same environment while configuring a solution (option E).

Question 57: Skipped

You are creating a custom selector for a Microsoft Excel workbook by using a Power Automate desktop flow.

Select the best answer from each dropdown menu.

  • Box 1 – No
  • Box 2 – Yes
  • Box 3 – The value from cell A3.
  • Box 4 – Update the both the pane ID in line 3 and table name in line 5.
  • Box 1 – Yes
  • Box 2 – Yes
  • Box 3 – The value from cell A3.
  • Box 4 – Update the table name in line 5.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Yes
  • Box 2 – Yes
  • Box 3 – The value of any cell defined by RowIdx variable in Column A
  • Box 4 – Update the table name in line 5.

Explanation

1. Yes – the $ means “ends with”

2. Yes – The @ is ID means regex, In Regex * means 0 or more of the preceding character

3. value in cell A3. RowIdx variable = 3 which is the row number

4 . Update the table name in line 5

Question 58: Skipped

You develop Power Automate flows for a company. You need to help users locate and run the flows.

Where should you direct users to find the flows?

To answer NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- the Shared with me tab of the Templates page
  • Box 2- the Solutions page
  • Box 1- the Shared with me tab of the Templates page
  • Box 2- the Shared with me tab of the My flows page
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- the Solutions page
  • Box 2- the Shared with me tab of the My flows page

Question 59: Skipped

You are developing a cloud flow.

You write expressions for the following JSON object. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

  • 1. Yes
  • 2. Yes
  • 3. Yes
  • 4. No
  • 1. Yes
  • 2. No
  • 3. No
  • 4. Yes
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Yes
  • 2. No
  • 3. No
  • 4. No

Explanation

I created an instant flow with a variable with the JSON , then the Parse JSON and a compose.

The result was-

True,

: 10091,

False,

114456129),

which means

(

Yes,

No,

No,

Yes

)

Question 60: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company. You need to select the components to use for each scenario.

You must minimize development efforts. Which methods should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1- HTTP connector
  • Box 2 – Built-in connector
  • Box 3 – Azure API Management
  • Box 1- Built-in connector
  • Box 2 – Custom connector
  • Box 3 – HTTP connector
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Custom connector
  • Box 2 – Built-in connector
  • Box 3 – HTTP connector

Explanation

https://dev.to/ashiqf/call-microsoft-graph-api-as-a-daemon-application-with-application-permission-from-power-automate-using-http-connector-4082

Question 61: Skipped

You have a machine that runs an automation solution. You need to move the machine to a different environment.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1- Select the existing environment.
  • Box 2- Navigate to http://flow.microsoft.com/ and then select the connection.
  • Box 3- Select the new environment.
  • Box 1- Launch Power Automate – Machine runtime
  • Box 2- Select the new environment.
  • Box 3- Select Refresh.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Select the new environment.
  • Box 2- Select Refresh.
  • Box 3- Navigate to http://flow.microsoft.com/ and then select the connection.

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/manage-machines#update-running-environment-for-your-machine

Question 62: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions for a company. You need to use an environment variable in a cloud flow.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • Box 1- Create a cloud flow in a solution.
  • Box 2- Navigate to https://admin.powerplatform.com.
  • Box 3- Add an environment variable to a solution.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1- Navigate to https://admin.powerplatform.com.
  • Box 2- Create a cloud flow in a solution.
  • Box 3- Select the desired environment variable.
  • Box 1- Navigate to https//flow.microsoft.com.
  • Box 2- Add an environment variable to a solution.
  • Box 3-Create a cloud flow in a solution.

Question 63: Skipped

You are developing a custom connector. You need to create the definition for the connector.

Which features should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Action
  • Box 2 – Code
  • Box 3 – Policy
  • Box 4 – Trigger
  • Box 1 – Action
  • Box 2 – Trigger
  • Box 3 – Policy
  • Box 4 – Code
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Trigger
  • Box 2 – Action
  • Box 3 – Policy
  • Box 4 – Code

Question 64: Skipped

A developer creates a desktop flow. You need to debug the flows.

Which debugging tools should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Find in code
  • Box 2 – Pause
  • Box 3 – Run next action
  • Box 1 – Run next action
  • Box 2 – Breakpoint
  • Box 3 – Run delay
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Find in code
  • Box 2 – Stop flow
  • Box 3 – Run from here

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/debugging-flow

Question 65: Skipped

You develop automation solutions for a company. You need to package the solutions.

What should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – managed
  • Box 2 – unmanaged
  • Box 1 – unmanaged
  • Box 2 – managed
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – managed
  • Box 2 – managed

Question 66: Skipped

You are developing an automation solution for a bank. The solution will use a cloud flow and a desktop flow.

The cloud flow retrieves sensitive information from Azure Key Vault and must pass the information to the desktop flow.

You configure a Get secret action as shown in the Get secret exhibit. (Click the Get Secret tab)

You configure the desktop flow as shown in the Desktop flow exhibit. (Click the Desktop flow tab)

You need to ensure that no one can preview sensitive information by viewing the cloud flow or desktop flow run details.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • 1. Yes
  • 2. No
  • 3. No
  • 1. No
  • 2. No
  • 3. Yes
  • (Correct)
  • 1. No
  • 2. Yes
  • 3. No

Explanation

1. No – output is not secure. Secure Outputs is set to off/ No.

2. No – variable should be marked as sensitive.

3. Yes – variable not marked as sensitive.

Question 67: Skipped

You create a solution within a Microsoft Power Platform environment. The environment includes all connections required for the solution. You need to create a connection reference for the flows.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the order.

  • 1. Create a new connection for the connection reference.
  • 2. Assign the connection reference to the relevant desktop flows within the solution.
  • 3. Within the solution, select Add Existing and then connection references.
  • 4. Assign an existing connection to the connection reference.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Within the solution, select New and then connection references.
  • 2. Select a connector to the connection reference.
  • 3. Assign an existing connection to the connection reference.
  • 4. Use the connection reference in the relevant cloud flows within the solution.
  • 1. Within the solution, select New and then connection references.
  • 2. Create a new connection for the connection reference.
  • 3. Within the solution, select Add Existing and then connection references.
  • 4. Assign an existing connection to the connection reference.

Explanation

Manually add a connection reference to a solution using solution explorer Sign in to Power Apps or Power Automate. On the left pane, select Solutions.

If the item isn’t in the left navigation pane, select …More and then select the item you want.

Create a new or open an existing solution.

On the command bar, select New > More > Connection Reference.

On the New Connection Reference pane, enter the following information. Required columns are denoted with an asterisk (*).

Display name: Enter a unique and useful name to help differentiate this connection reference from others.

Add a description: Enter text that describes the connection.

Connector: Select an existing connector from the list such as in the screenshot here. You can also select New to create a new connection for this connection reference. Once your finished creating a new connection, select Refresh to select your connection from the list.

Connection: Based on the Connector you selected, select an existing connection or select New connection to create one.

Question 68: Skipped

You are developing a solution for a medical practice. The solution must use an artificial intelligence (Al) model to evaluate medical X-ray images and detect broken bones.

You need to create the Al model for the solution.

Solution: Use Visual Studio to create the model. Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Custom Vision is required as you would need to train your own model to analyze X-rays.

Question 69: Skipped

You develop a Microsoft Power Platform solution for a client.

You must test the solution in a user acceptance testing (UAT) environment before deploying the solution to production.

You must ensure that the configurations for the UAT and production environments are identical. You must minimize administrative effort.

You need to ensure that the environments are identical. Which Microsoft Power Platform feature should you use?

  • Copy environment
  • (Correct)
  • Edit environment properties
  • Move environment
  • Reset environment
  • Restore environment

Question 70: Skipped

You are trying to record the process that a hospitality facility uses to check in patients.

You need to identify bottlenecks and variations in the process.

What should you use?

A. Process Advisor

B. Flow checker

C. Al Builder

D. Solution checker

  • Process Advisor
  • Flow checker
  • Al Builder
  • Solution checker
  • (Correct)

Question 1: Skipped

A company has a business-critical desktop flow that runs on a single machine. The number of daily runs for the flow has significantly increased recently.

Users report that the time required for the flow to complete is no longer acceptable. You need to scale the solution.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Sign into every other machine and add the machine to the group.
  • 2. Launch the Power Automate machine runtime on one machine and add the machine to a group.
  • 3. Update the cloud flow connection.
  • 4. Create a new group in the Power Automate portal and add all machines to the group.
  • 1. Provision new machines and install Power Automate for desktop on each machine.
  • 2. Launch the Power Automate machine runtime on one machine and add the machine to a group.
  • 3. Sign into every other machine and add the machine to the group.
  • 4. Update the cloud flow connection.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Launch the Power Automate machine runtime on one machine and add the machine to a group.
  • 2. Sign into every other machine and add the machine to the group.
  • 3. Update the cloud flow connection.
  • 4. Provision new machines and install Power Automate for desktop on each machine.

Question 2: Skipped

You are developing a flow that interacts with a Microsoft Dataverse table named Account.

The table includes the following columns:

The flow must only trigger when a record is added to the Accounts table and the following conditions are met:

• the websiteurl field is set to https://microsoft.com

• the crabd.triggerflow field is set to Yes

You need to configure the flow trigger. Which trigger condition expression should you use?

A) @and(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],’126690000′), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))

B) @or(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],126690000), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))

C) @and(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],126690000), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))

D) @or(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],’126690000′), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))

  • A) @and(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],’126690000′), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))
  • (Correct)
  • B) @or(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],126690000), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))
  • C) @and(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],126690000), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))
  • D) @or(equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/crabd_triggerflow’],’126690000′), equals(triggerOutputs()?[‘body/websiteurl’], ‘https://microsoft.com’))

Question 3: Skipped

You are designing automation solutions that interact with a desktop application. You need to select the appropriate Ul automation action for each business requirement.

Which automation action should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Get details of a UI element in window
  • Box 2 – Focus window
  • Box 3 – Wait for window content
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Get selected checkboxes in window
  • Box 2 – Set window state
  • Box 3 – Wait for window
  • Box 1 – Get selected checkboxes in window
  • Box 2 – Focus window
  • Box 3 – Terminate process

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/actions-reference/uiautomation

Question 4: Skipped

A user is evaluating the capabilities of both process mining and task mining. You need to determine when you should use process mining or task mining.

Which Process advisor capability should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate capabilities to the correct requirements. Each capability may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Process mining
  • Box 2 – Task mining
  • Box 3 – Process mining
  • Box 4 – Task mining
  • Box 1 – Process mining
  • Box 2 – Process mining
  • Box 3 – Task mining
  • Box 4 – Task mining
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Process mining
  • Box 2 – Task mining
  • Box 3 – Task mining
  • Box 4 – Process mining

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/process-advisor-overview

Question 5: Skipped

You are developing a desktop flow. You need to include an IF statement that contains AND logic within the flow.

Which expression should you use for the IF statement?

  • Option A
  • (Correct)
  • Option B
  • Option C
  • Option D
  • Option E

Explanation

If you copy the if condition from power automate desktop and paste in to a notepad. you can see the answer.

Or

Copy the below code and paste in to power automate desktop. IF $”’%IsEmpty(Variable1)% AND %IsEmpty(Variable2)%”’ = $”’True”’ THEN END

Question 6: Skipped

You are editing a cloud flow in the Power Automate flow designer.

You need to resubmit the most recent trigger.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Select the run you want to resubmit.
  • 2. Select Test.
  • 3. Select Automatically.
  • 4. Select With a recently used trigger.
  • 5. Select Save and Test.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Select Test.
  • 2. Select Automatically.
  • 3. Select With a recent used trigger.
  • 4. Select the run you want to resubmit.
  • 5. Select Save and Test.
  • 1. Select Save and Test.
  • 2. Select Automatically.
  • 3. Select With a recent used trigger.
  • 4. Select the run you want to resubmit.
  • 5. Select Test.

Question 7: Skipped

You are designing an automation that processes information from documents attached to emails.

You need to extract data from the attachments and insert the data into a custom Microsoft Dataverse table.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer.

  • 1. Create a custom form processing model.
  • 2. Use the model in a desktop flow.
  • 3. Train and publish a model.
  • 4. Add extracted data to the Microsoft Dataverse table.
  • 5. Create a collection and add documents to the collection.
  • 1. Create a custom form processing model.
  • 2. Create a collection and add documents to the collection.
  • 3. Train and publish a model.
  • 4. Use the model in a cloud flow.
  • 5. Add extracted data to the Microsoft Dataverse table.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Create a collection and add documents to the collection.
  • 2. Use the model in a cloud flow.
  • 2. Create a custom form processing model.
  • 3. Train and publish a model.
  • 5. Add extracted data to the Microsoft Dataverse table.

Question 8: Skipped

You are developing automation solutions that process sensitive employee data for a company.

You plan to implement the sensitive variables feature in Power Automate for desktop.

What are three characteristics of the sensitive variables feature?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Only variables that are passwords can be marked as sensitive.

B. You can view the values of variables marked as sensitive within desktop flow logs by using the Microsoft Power Platform admin center.

C. Sensitive variables are not visible within desktop flow logs in the Power Automate portal.

D. You can mark any variable as sensitive.

E. You can reference and manipulate variables that are marked as sensitive from within desktop flows.

  • A. Only variables that are passwords can be marked as sensitive.
  • B. You can view the values of variables marked as sensitive within desktop flow logs by using the Microsoft Power Platform admin center.
  • C. Sensitive variables are not visible within desktop flow logs in the Power Automate portal.
  • (Correct)
  • D. You can mark any variable as sensitive.
  • (Correct)
  • E. You can reference and manipulate variables that are marked as sensitive from within desktop flows.
  • (Correct)

Question 9: Skipped

You are creating automation solutions for a company. You create a cloud flow that includes a Scope action.

What is the purpose of the Scope action?

A. Run a group of actions based on conditional input.

B. Group actions together and ensure that all actions succeed or fail as a group.

C. Run a group of actions based on input from a switch statement

D. Terminate a flow run.

  • A. Run a group of actions based on conditional input.
  • B. Group actions together and ensure that all actions succeed or fail as a group.
  • (Correct)
  • C. Run a group of actions based on input from a switch statement.
  • D. Terminate a flow run.

Question 10: Skipped

You are developing a new release for an automation solution. You need to use the right feature.

Which feature should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Export as managed solution.
  • Box 2 – Clone a patch.
  • Box 3 – Update.
  • Box 4 – Import as managed solution.
  • Box 1 – Clone a patch.
  • Box 2 – Clone a solution.
  • Box 3 – Import as managed solution.
  • Box 4 – Upgrade.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Export as managed solution.
  • Box 2 – Export as managed solution.
  • Box 3 – Import as managed solution.
  • Box 4 – Update.

Explanation

Box 1 – “Clone a patch”, we have to see the “upgrade” word as an amendment or update in the flow. Hence, according to this link.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/update-solutions-alm#create-solution-patches

“A patch contains changes to the parent solution, such as adding or editing components and assets. You don’t have to include the parent’s components unless you plan to edit them.”

Box 2 – ” Clone a solution” taking into consideration the same link “A cloned solution represents a replacement of the base solution when it’s installed on the target system as a managed solution. Typically, you use a cloned solution to ship a major update to the preceding solution.”

Box 3 – Managed solutions are the standard for production environments, unmanaged are used for DEV environments, because that is where you want to be applying your changes and updates.

Box 4 – Upgrade

Question 11: Skipped

A company plans to implement Al models to perform business processes.

You need to determine whether to use prebuilt or custom Al models.

Which type of model should you use for each scenario?

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Custom
  • Box 2 – Custom
  • Box 3 – Prebuilt
  • Box 4 – Custom
  • Box 1 – Prebuilt
  • Box 2 – Custom
  • Box 3 – Prebuilt
  • Box 4 – Custom
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Custom
  • Box 2 – Custom
  • Box 3 – Prebuilt
  • Box 4 – Prebuilt

Explanation

Box 1 -Extract information from a receipt uses Prebuilt model similar to invoice processing.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/prebuilt-invoice-processing

Box 2 -Detect spam emails uses Custom model because it is needed for you to build your own model to detect your own labeled dataset of spam vs. non-spam emails.

Box 3 – https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/ai-builder/prebuilt-overview

Question 12: Skipped

You manage automation solutions for a company. You need to select the appropriate patch type for each scenario.

Which patch types should you use?

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – Upgrade
  • Box 2 – Update
  • Box 3 – Stage for upgrade
  • Box 1 – Upgrade
  • Box 2 – Stage for upgrade
  • Box 3 – Update
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – Stage for upgrade
  • Box 2 – Upgrade
  • Box 3 – Update

Explanation

Upgrade – UPGRADES the solution to the latest version and deletes old components.

Stage for upgrade – UPGRADES the solution, and retains components until you apple the solution upgrade later.

Update – REPLACES the solution and retains components.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/update-solutions

Question 13: Skipped

A company develops an automation solution.

You need to manage the flows.

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – In the desktop flow queue, change the priority.
  • Box 2 – In the cloud flow, change the print for the desktop flow action to High.
  • Box 1 – In the desktop flow queue, select move to top.
  • Box 2 – In the cloud flow, change the priority for the desktop flow action to High.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – In the desktop flow queue, select move to top.
  • Box 2 – In the desktop flow queue, change the priority.

Explanation

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/desktop-flows/monitor-desktop-flow-queues

Option 3 has a typo, it should read, “In the cloud flow, change the priority for the desktop flow action to High.”

Question 14: Skipped

A company stores confidential documents in a SharePoint document library.

A developer must create an automation solution in a default environment that processes documents from the SharePoint library and uploads approved documents to Azure File Storage for archiving purposes.

The automation must meet the following requirements:

• Prevent modification or deletion of approved documents from Azure File Storage.

• Prevent sharing of documents from SharePoint or Azure File Storage.

You need to configure a data loss prevention (DLP) policy. Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • 1. Set the policy scope to Add multiple environments and add the default environment.
  • 2. Add the SharePoint, Azure file Storage, and Approvals connectors to the Business category.
  • 3. Add the SharePoint, Azure File Storage and Approvals connectors to the Non-business category.
  • 4. Configure Azure File Storage connector actions.
  • 5. Add the SharePoint and Approvals connectors to the Business category. Add the Azure File Storage connector to the Blocked category.
  • 1. Create a new data policy in the Microsoft Power Platform admin center.
  • 2. Add the SharePoint, Azure File Storage, and Approvals connectors to the Business category.
  • 3. Configure Azure File Storage connector actions.
  • 4. Set the policy scope to Add multiple environments and add the default environment.
  • 5. Confirm and save the policy.
  • (Correct)
  • 1. Add the SharePoint, Azure file Storage, and Approvals connectors to the Business category.
  • 2. Add the SharePoint, Azure File Storage and Approvals connectors to the Non-business category.
  • 3. Set the policy scope to Add multiple environments and add the default environment.
  • 4. Configure Azure File Storage connector actions.
  • 5. Add the SharePoint and Approvals connectors to the Business category. Add the Azure File Storage connector to the Blocked category.

Question 15: Skipped

You create the following flow:

  • Box 1 – The do until action will retry up to three times if there are any failures.
  • Box 2 – The do until will time out when it reaches 15 minutes.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – The do until action will retry up to three times if there are any failures.
  • Box 2 – The do until must run for a minimum of 15 minutes.
  • Box 1 – The do until actions must succeed three times before moving on the next action.
  • Box 2 – The flow cannot exceed 15 minutes of total run time.

Question 16: Skipped

You create the following flow:

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Box 1 – The action processes sensitive data.
  • Box 2 – When the name of the active Excel worksheet is Results.
  • Box 3- A user opens another Excel window on their desktop.
  • Box 1 – The action includes action-level error handling.
  • Box 2 – When the name of the active Excel worksheet is anything other than Results.
  • Box 3 – The number of iterations through the loop equals or exceeds five.
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1 – The action processes sensitive data.
  • Box 2 – When the name of the active Excel worksheet is anything other than Results.
  • Box 3 – The number of iterations through the loop equals or exceeds five.
Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 MS-900_ Microsoft Fundamentals Set 2

Question 1: Skipped

From the following options, Office 365 is a demonstration of which types of cloud computing categories?

  • SaaS
  • (Correct)
  • AaaS
  • PaaS
  • IaaS

Explanation

Microsoft offers impressive Cloud services based on its widely used on-premises software products. Office 365 is SaaS, which provides an online version of MS Office Suite (Office Web Apps) along with SharePoint Server, Exchange Server and Lync Serve

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following portals allows the modification of subscription payment methods and frequency?

  • All of the above
  • Microsoft 365 admin center
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Subscription Center
  • None of the above

Explanation

You modify the payment method and frequency of your Microsoft 365 subscription in the Microsoft 365 admin center.

Question 3: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription.
One of the senior managers of your company has requested you to obtain a few added licenses, but you do not have the necessary permissions on your administration account.

Which of the following administrative roles if assigned to you would help you reach your goal?

(Select TWO)

  • Helpdesk Administrator
  • User Administrator
  • Global Administrator
  • (Correct)
  • Billing Administrator
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Helpdesk admin role can change passwords, invalidate refresh tokens, manage service requests, and monitor service health. Users with this role can create and manage all aspects of users and groups. Both these roles do not have permission to buy additional licenses. On the other hand, a billing administrator and a global administrator can obtain added licenses as required in our scenario.

Question 4: Skipped

You are an Office 365 administrator for your organization. Where would you conduct an eDiscovery search for data which is stored on a SharePoint Online site?

  • Microsoft 365 admin Center
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
  • SharePoint Online Admin Center
  • Microsoft Purview compliance portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Purview compliance portal can be used to conduct eDiscovery activities for content stored throughout the Microsoft 365 services( including content stored in Exchange Online, SharePoint Online, and Microsoft Teams)

Question 5: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription. Following the customer-generated data subject request (DSR), you’ve been requested with erasing customer information in accordance with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). If the need arises, you’ll want to make sure that legal holds are placed on pertinent material. You wish to use the Content Search eDiscovery tool to begin looking for the client’s information.
With which of the following applications Content Search can be used to find Customer Data?

(Choose two)

  • Facebook
  • OneNote
  • (Correct)
  • Teams
  • (Correct)
  • SalesForce

Explanation

Popular applications where Content Search can be used to find Customer Data include Excel, OneDrive, OneNote, Teams, SharePoint, and many more.

Question 6: Skipped

Determine three advantages of cloud computing.

  • Free
  • Current
  • (Correct)
  • Cost-effective
  • (Correct)
  • Out of Style
  • Scalable
  • (Correct)
  • Free

Explanation

Cloud scalability in cloud computing refers to the ability to increase or decrease IT resources as needed to meet changing demands. Scalability is one of the hallmarks of the cloud and the primary driver of its exploding popularity with businesses.

Cloud Computing applications get themselves updated automatically, instead of forcing an IT department to track when updates are needed and perform them manually. This saves valuable time and money and applications stay current.

With cloud computing the savings of economies of scale are passed on to you, hence it is cost-effective.

Question 7: Skipped

Which three of these products put together makeup Microsoft 365?

  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud apps
  • Windows 10 Enterprise
  • (Correct)
  • Enterprise Mobility+Security
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 10 Home
  • Windows 10 Pro
  • Office 365
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 is an integrated bundle of Windows 10 Enterprise, Office 365, and Enterprise Mobility + Security (aka EMS, which includes Intune device management, analytics, and some Azure Active Directory capabilities), sold on a subscription basis

Question 8: Skipped

Microsoft Cloud App Security is an example of what type of product?

  • On-premise security solution to analyze logs from AD
  • Virtual network
  • Unified On-Premise Security Solution
  • Cloud App Security Broker
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Cloud App Security (MCAS) is a cloud app security broker solution that can be connected to Office 365 and other SaaS applications and provide sophisticated analytics.

Question 9: Skipped

Choose two capital expenditure(CapEx) instances from the following examples ?

  • Network cable
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 subscription
  • Desktop PC
  • (Correct)
  • Electricity

Explanation

Money spent by a business or organization on acquiring or maintaining fixed assets, such as IT equipment is considered as capital expenditure such as Desktop PC and Network Cable.

Question 10: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription.
As an administrator for this subscription, you have been tasked with recommending a solution to ensure your organization’s data on personal devices stays protected and you can isolate organization data from personal data.

Which of the following options do you think you should suggest?

  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Virtual Desktop
  • Co-management
  • Azure Application Proxy

Explanation

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based service that focuses on mobile device management (MDM) and mobile application management (MAM). You control how your organization’s devices are used, including mobile phones, tablets, and laptops. You can also configure specific policies to control applications. On personal devices, Intune helps make sure your organization’s data stays protected and can isolate organization data from personal data.

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following portal would you use if you want to set up a Data Loss Prevention(DLP) policy?

  • Microsoft 365 Admin Center
  • Microsoft Purview Compliance Center
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
  • SharePoint Online Admin Center

Explanation

Data loss prevention (DLP) helps you prevent the unintentional or accidental sharing of sensitive information. To set up a DLP policy you can first log into the Office or Microsoft 365 tenant, select Admin centers and then choose Compliance center.

References:

Microsoft Purview compliance portal

Question 12: Skipped

Identify this administrative role

A role that makes purchases and manages subscriptions. Additionally, they can also manage service requests and monitor service health.

  • Exchange Administrator
  • Billing Administrator
  • (Correct)
  • Groups Administrator
  • Helpdesk Administrator

Explanation

The billing administrator role grants similar capabilities as the service administrator role. Users in this role can purchase and change services, manage Office 365 subscriptions, manage support tickets, and monitor service health.

Question 13: Skipped

How would you expand the abbreviation of CapEx?

  • Capital Expenditure
  • (Correct)
  • Capital Enemy
  • Captured and Executed
  • Captured Expenditure

Explanation

CapEx stands for Capital Expenditures and is defined as funds used by organizations to obtain, upgrade, and maintain physical assets such as data centers.

Question 14: Skipped

Identify two key features in relation to Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps?

  • Discover and control the use of Shadow IT
  • (Correct)
  • Privileged Identity Management
  • Mass e-mail marketing
  • Assess the compliance of your cloud apps
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps is a Cloud Access Security Broker (CASB) with the following framework

1)Discover and control the use of Shadow IT

2)Protect your sensitive information anywhere in the cloud

3)Protect against cyberthreats and anomalies

4) Assess the compliance of your cloud apps

Question 15: Skipped

You need to consider the italicized segment to establish whether it is accurate.

Standard Release is the default option where you and your users receive the latest updates when they’re released broadly to all customers.

Select [No adjustment required] if the italicized segment is accurate. If the italicized segment is inaccurate, select the accurate option from the options.

  • No adjustment required
  • (Correct)
  • Targeted release
  • Semi-Annual
  • Annual

Explanation

Standard Release is the default option where you and your users receive the latest updates when they’re released broadly to all customers. A good practice is to leave the majority of users in the Standard release and IT Pros and power users in the Targeted release to evaluate new features and prepare teams to support business users and executives.

References:

Setup standard or Targeted Release

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following statements matches closely to the definition of “Unified endpoint management”?

  • It is an integrated approach to managing, controlling, and securing devices.
  • (Correct)
  • None of the above
  • It is an integrated approach to provide protection against ransomware on Desktop PC
  • It is an approach toward efficient software development on iMac

Explanation

Unified endpoint management refers to an integrated approach to managing, controlling, and securing devices. This can include mobile devices, laptops, desktops, tablets, and any other relevant endpoint devices

Question 17: Skipped

Choose two operational expenditure(OpEx) instances from the following examples ?

  • Electricity
  • (Correct)
  • Network cable
  • Desktop PC
  • Microsoft 365 subscription
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Operational Expenditures (OpEx) are the ongoing costs related to day-to-day operations. Hence Microsoft 365 subscription and electricity are examples of Operational Expenditure.

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the following options represents the concept of gradual rollout where new features are released gradually to different groups of users to mitigate risk?

  • Service channel
  • Windows Insider
  • Deployment ring
  • (Correct)
  • Service branch

Explanation

Ring deployment is a form of gradual rollout where new features are released gradually to different groups of users to mitigate risk. It is referred to as a ring as these groups of users are represented as an expanding series of rings, starting with a small group of users to eventually encompass all users.

Question 19: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription.
As an administrator for this subscription, you have been tasked with recommending an on-premises Microsoft tool that’s designed to provide a password hash synchronization feature.

Which of the following should you recommend?

  • Azure AD Connect
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Application Gateway
  • Windows Autopilot
  • Microsoft Endpoint Manager

Explanation

Azure AD Connect is an on-premises Microsoft application that’s designed to meet and accomplish your hybrid identity goals. Azure AD Connect provides features like PHS, Pass-through Authentication, synchronization, and health monitoring.

References:

What is Azure AD Connect?

Question 20: Skipped

Microsoft has partnered with which third-party service, to communicate with customers and collect feedback?

  • UserReport
  • WebEngage
  • Pulse Insights
  • UserVoice
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft has partnered with UserVoice, a third-party service, to communicate with customers and collect feedback.

References:

UserVoice Pages

Question 21: Skipped

Which three requirements should be fulfilled for Microsoft Teams to work optimally?

  • Users must have a SharePoint license with OneDrive available for file sharing inside 1:1 chat to work.
  • (Correct)
  • E5 or A5 license should be assigned to all users
  • SPO resources must be available
  • (Correct)
  • Users should have mailboxes in Exchange Online.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In order for Teams to function optimally

1) Users should have mailboxes in Exchange Online.

2) Users must have a SharePoint license with OneDrive available for file sharing inside 1:1 chat to work.

3) SPO resources must be available.

4) Microsoft recommends that users be able to create Office 365 groups

Question 22: Skipped

Microsoft 365 Usage Reports are accessed through which interface?

  • Cloud App Security Admin center
  • Microsoft 365 Admin Center
  • (Correct)
  • Security & Compliance Admin center
  • Microsoft Azure Active Directory Admin Center

Explanation

You can easily see how people in your business are using Microsoft 365 services. For example, you can identify who is using a service a lot and reaching quotas, or who may not need a Microsoft 365 license at all. Activity Reports are available for the last 7 days, 30 days, 90 days, and 180 days through Microsoft 365 Admin Centre. Data won’t exist for all reporting periods right away. The reports become available within 48 hours.

In the admin center, go to the Reports > Usage page.

Question 23: Skipped

You are the compliance officer for your organization. You need to implement a policy to schedule the periodic verification of Azure Active Directory group memberships.

Which tool should you use?

  • MFA
  • Access Reviews
  • (Correct)
  • SSPR
  • PIM

Explanation

Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) access reviews enable organizations to efficiently manage group memberships, access to enterprise applications, and role assignments. User access can be reviewed on a regular basis to make sure only the right people have continued access.

Question 24: Skipped

What does the modern approach to security called “Zero Trust” mean in Microsoft 365?

  • always trust a device
  • never verify a device again after it is trusted
  • always trust, never verify
  • never trust, always verify.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft has adopted a modern approach to security called “Zero Trust,” which is based on the principle: never trust, always verify. This security approach protects companies and their customers by managing and granting access based on the continual verification of identities, devices, and services.

References:

Transitioning to Zero Trust

Question 25: Skipped

You are an Office 365 administrator for your organization. Where would you conduct an eDiscovery search for data which is stored on Exchange Online?

  • SharePoint Online Admin Center
  • Microsoft Purview compliance portal
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
  • Microsoft 365 admin Center

Explanation

Microsoft Purview compliance portal can be used to conduct eDiscovery activities for content stored throughout the Microsoft 365 services( including content stored in Exchange Online, SharePoint Online, and Microsoft Teams)

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery is a part of the Microsoft 365 E5 Compliance Suite.

References:

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery

Question 26: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your organization. You want the IT team, to use Microsoft Authenticator (to generate a one-time pass token) when they log onto Office365 applications along with their passwords.

Which type of technology should you use?

  • Federated Identity Provider
  • MFA
  • (Correct)
  • Federated Identity Manager
  • Azure Information Protection

Explanation

Multi-Factor authentication (a.k.a. MFA) is a method to help better secure Office 365 access. By setting up MFA, you add an extra layer of security to your Microsoft 365 account sign-in. IT department team can use a one-time pass token from Microsoft Authenticator for Office 365 secured access.

Question 27: Skipped

Which of the following options is a hosted messaging solution that delivers email, calendar, contacts, and tasks from PCs, the web, and mobile devices?

  • Power Automate
  • SharePoint Online
  • Exchange Online
  • (Correct)
  • OneNote

Explanation

Microsoft Exchange Online is a hosted messaging solution that delivers email, calendar, contacts, and tasks from PCs, the web, and mobile devices. Organizations that subscribe to Exchange Online retain control over the messaging services they offer to users.

References:

Exchange Online service description

Question 28: Skipped

You need to consider the italicized segment to establish whether it is accurate.

Your organization has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Many employees use iOS devices that are not enrolled in Intune MDM.

You can selectively remove only corporate data in apps using app protection policies(with MAM-WE).

Select [No adjustment required] if the underlined segment is accurate. If the underlined segment is inaccurate, select the accurate option.

  • Microsoft Azure AD Information Protection
  • No adjustment required
  • (Correct)
  • Intune MDM+MAM
  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection

Explanation

MAM without device enrollment: MAM without device enrollment, or MAM-WE, allows IT, administrators, to manage apps using MAM and app protection policies on devices not enrolled with Intune MDM. One of the operations that can be done in this configuration is to remove only corporate data from an installed app (app selective wipe).

Question 29: Skipped

Virtual machines are an example of what type of cloud service?

  • Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)
  • (Correct)
  • Software as a Service(SaaS)
  • Platform as a Service(PaaS)
  • Serverless

Explanation

VMs are IaaS (Infrastructure as a service) because on a VM you can manage what operation system runs and what software is installed.

Question 30: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
You are an administrator for a Microsoft office 365 subscription for your organization. You want to check, what happens if the Microsoft Office 365 services’ availability criteria aren’t met.

Solution:- You analyze the Service Level Agreement.

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You analyze the Service Level Agreement (SLA) for issues arising out of service availability.

References:

Microsoft 365 feature descriptions

Question 31: Skipped

Your organization owns a Microsoft 365 subscription.
You’ve been tasked with ensuring that users in the IT department get an experience with Office365 preview features before it’s rolled out to the rest of the firm.

Which of the following two acts would help you achieve your goal?

  • Set the update preference to Targeted release for IT department employees
  • (Correct)
  • Ask Only IT department employees in the organization to sign up for the Office Insider program
  • (Correct)
  • Ask all employees in the organization to sign up for the Office Insider program
  • Set the update preference to Targeted release for all users

Explanation

There are only two options that are correct as mentioned in the question. All IT employees should sign up for Microsoft Insider, and an IT admin sets update preferences to the Targeted release for selected users (IT).

References:

Microsoft 365 Insider

Question 32: Skipped

Your company plans to acquire a Microsoft 365 subscription.
One of the services included in the subscription is known as a social networking tool that helps one to connect and engage across your organization to discuss ideas, share updates, and network with friends.

Which of the following options is related to the above-mentioned service?

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Microsoft Office Delve
  • Microsoft Yammer
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft SharePoint Online

Explanation

Yammer helps you connect and engage across your organization, so you can discuss ideas, share updates, and network with others. Yammer connects leaders, communicators, and employees to build communities, share knowledge, and engage everyone.

Question 33: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft 365 subscription. You are an Office 365 administrator. An employee in your organization has forgotten his password for his Office 365 account and he contacts you over the phone. You are away from your laptop at that point in time.

Which of the following URL will you advise the customer to visit in order to try and reset his password and recover his Office 365 account?

  • https://reset.microsoftonline.com
  • https://portal.azure.com
  • https://passwordreset.microsoftonline.com
  • (Correct)
  • https://admin.microsoftonline.com

Explanation

If a user has forgotten the password for the Office 365 account, he/she can try to recover or reset the password. They can use this link to recover work or school accounts:

https://passwordreset.microsoftonline.com

Question 34: Skipped

What is the correct description of a quality update?

  • They provide users and IT administrators with the security fixes they need and protect devices.
  • (Correct)
  • They provide users and IT administrators with new features that could be pushed to users.
  • These are technically new versions of the OS which are available twice a year.
  • These updates are related to AAD services.

Explanation

Quality updates (Also referred to as “cumulative updates” or “cumulative quality updates”) are the mandatory updates that your computer downloads and automatically installs every month to protect devices so that unpatched vulnerabilities cant be exploited. Usually, every second Tuesday of every month (“Patch Tuesday”).

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following options is NOT a part of the role permissions for “Helpdesk Administrator”

  • Create authentication methods for users
  • (Correct)
  • Reset passwords for all users.
  • Invalidate refresh tokens
  • Manage service requests

Explanation

A helpdesk administrator cannot create authentication methods for users. This is generally what a global administrator would do for an organization.

Question 36: Skipped

You are the Microsoft 365 administrator for a company.
Which feature in Microsoft 365 provides teamwork and collaboration metrics?

  • Workplace Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • PIM
  • My Analytics
  • Service Health

Explanation

Workplace analytics is what enables businesses to use data from various cloud-based platforms such as Slack, Zoom, and Microsoft Teams to identify collaboration patterns that impact productivity and workforce effectiveness. Please note that Microsoft Workplace Analytics is now becoming a part of Microsoft Viva.

References:

Workplace Analytics service description

Microsoft Viva Insights

Question 37: Skipped

Which of the following is an operating system on which Microsoft never publishes feature updates through Windows Update?

  • Windows 10 Pro
  • Windows 11 Pro
  • Windows10 Enterprise LTSC
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 11 Enterprise

Explanation

Microsoft never publishes feature updates through Windows Update on devices that run Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC. Instead, it typically offers new LTSC releases every 2–3 years, and organizations can choose to install them as in-place upgrades or even skip releases over a 10-year life cycle.

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following tools can help you identify and fix activation issues with Microsoft 365?

  • Microsoft Support and Recovery Assistant
  • (Correct)
  • Remote Server Administration Tools
  • Microsoft Media creation tool
  • Azure AD Connect

Explanation

The Microsoft Support and Recovery Assistant runs on Windows PCs and can help you identify and fix activation issues with Microsoft 365.

References:

Microsoft Support and Recovery Assistant

Question 39: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription and you are an administrator for this subscription. You have to provide training to new employees to use the audio and visual communication capabilities of Microsoft 365 Office to improve productivity.

Which of the following Office 365 components should you use?

  • OneDrive
  • Exchange Online
  • Teams
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint Online

Explanation

On Microsoft teams, you can chat, call, and share videos simply from one place that helps you stay close to all coworkers. Additionally, with Microsoft Teams, you stay connected and access shared content at any time.

Question 40: Skipped

Who provides your subscription with the cloud solution provider model (CSP)?

  • None of the above
  • It is provided directly by Microsoft
  • It is provided by a CSP retail store
  • It is provided by a CSP partner
  • (Correct)

Explanation

With the cloud solution provider (CSP) model, your subscription is provided through an expert CSP partner.

Question 41: Skipped

Determine the technology used to install Microsoft 365 subscriptions?

  • Windows Installer
  • Click-to-Run
  • (Correct)
  • MSI
  • Run-on-OS

Explanation

Click-to-Run is the technology used to install Microsoft 365 subscriptions and most versions of Office 2013 and newer. Windows Installer technology (MSI) was used to install the volume license editions of older versions of Office 2016 and older, such as Microsoft Office Professional Plus and Microsoft Office Standard.

References:

Office installed with Click-to-Run and Windows Installer on same computer isn’t supported (microsoft.com)

Question 42: Skipped

In Microsoft 365 environment which cloud-based solution enables your company to discover, classify and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content?

  • Azure Information Protection
  • (Correct)
  • Data Loss Prevention(DLP) Manager
  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365
  • PowerPoint

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to discover, classify, and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content.AIP is part of the Microsoft Information Protection (MIP) solution and extends the labeling and classification functionality provided by Microsoft 365.

References:

What is Azure Information Protection?

Question 43: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft 365 subscription. You are a security administrator with a Microsoft 365 E5 license, & you have been tasked to set up some security policies. You have to configure SafeLink & safe attachment policies besides providing protection against malware & spam
Which of the following portal are you going to use for these configurations to take place?

  • Conditional Access in AAD
  • Data Governance
  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection.
  • Microsoft 365 Defender
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Office 365 (Previously Office 365 Advanced Threat Protection) is a suite of tools/policies that provides powerful protection for your Office 365 environment. You can also use Advanced Anti-Phishing Policies to detect and prevent phishing in Exchange Online.

Question 44: Skipped

You are an Office 365 administrator for your organization. Which of the following options will provide you access to Audit Logs?

  • Microsoft 365 admin Center
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
  • Azure Admin Center
  • Microsoft Purview compliance portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Compliance center can also be used to give access to alerting, logging, and auditing data.

Question 45: Skipped

You have been hired by a company named “CSL Limited” as a security administrator for their Microsoft 365 environment. You have been advised to ensure that employees accessing the system from outside the corporate network must use corporate devices.

Which tool could you use to meet this organizational requirement?

  • Conditional Access
  • (Correct)
  • Privileged Identity Management
  • Cloud App Security
  • Self Service Password Reset

Explanation

Conditional Access policies at their simplest are if-then statements, if a user wants to access a resource, then they must complete an action. Another Example: A payroll manager wants to access the payroll application and is required to perform multi-factor authentication to access it or use a corporate device to access it.

Question 46: Skipped

You are a security administrator and want to use enterprise-grade device management and security capabilities of Microsoft 365 for users in your organization. One of the specific security requirements mentioned in security policies is the use of Azure Information Protection for your organizational users.

Which Microsoft 365 for business subscription should you use?

  • Microsoft 365 Business Premium
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Business Basic
  • Microsoft 365 Business Standard
  • All of these

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Business Premium includes Azure Information Protection as a part of Enterprise-grade device management and security capabilities.

References:

Microsoft 365 Plans

Question 47: Skipped

Identify three update channels for Microsoft 365 apps?

  • Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel
  • (Correct)
  • Current Channel
  • (Correct)
  • Monthly Enterprise Channel
  • (Correct)
  • Half Yearly Enterprise channel

Explanation

You can control how often the users in your organization get new features for Microsoft 365 apps by specifying the update channel. There are three primary update channels:

Current Channel, Monthly Enterprise Channel, and Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel

References:

Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps

Question 48: Skipped

Which TWO of the following options most accurately describe Office 365 enterprise licensing?

  • It is per device based
  • It is a subscription
  • (Correct)
  • It is a perpetual license
  • It is per user based
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 subscriptions provide per-user licenses, which means that the apps can be installed and used on up to five phones, five tablets, and five PCs or Macs simultaneously. Hence it is a user-based subscription.

Question 49: Skipped

Which three of the following tasks are a part of the License Administrator role?

  • Manage licenses on groups in Azure Active Directory.
  • (Correct)
  • Manage subscriptions
  • Manage all aspects of Users and groups
  • Update usage location of users
  • (Correct)
  • Manage user licenses.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Users in this role can assign licenses, remove licenses and manage group license assignments. Role permissions include managing user licenses, managing licenses on groups, and updating the usage location of users.

Question 50: Skipped

What are the ways in which Microsoft 365 reduces the total cost of risk?

  • By reducing office employee costs
  • By reducing office space costs
  • By improving security
  • (Correct)
  • By transforming and streamlining business processes

Explanation

Microsoft 365 reduces the total cost of risk by improving security.

References:

Reduce IT costs and do more with less

Question 1: Skipped

You are a Microsoft Administrator for a company. You need to apply classification labels and actions to files.

What can you use for this purpose?

  • AIP
  • (Correct)
  • GDPR
  • NIST
  • ISO

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to classify and protect documents and emails by applying labels. Labels can be applied:

#Automatically by administrators using rules and conditions

#Manually by users

#By a combination where administrators define the recommendations shown to users

References:

How to configure conditions for automatic and recommended classification for Azure Information Protection

Question 2: Skipped

CASB stands for?

  • Cool Access Security Broker
  • Cloud Access Security Broker
  • (Correct)
  • Clear Access Security Broker
  • Cloud Anti Security Broker

Explanation

CASB stands for cloud access security broker(CASB) which is an on-premises or cloud-based software that sits between cloud service users and cloud applications, monitors all activity, and enforces security policies.

Question 3: Skipped

Which cloud deployment approach is considered a mixture of private and public clouds?

  • Hybrid Cloud
  • (Correct)
  • Admixture cloud
  • Serverless Computing
  • Containerized cloud

Explanation

A hybrid cloud is a type of cloud deployment model that uses a mix of private and public clouds.

Question 4: Skipped

Fill in the blank


IaaS is frequently used to provide_______ at a low cost since it doesn’t require upfront investment to obtain equipment.

  • Multi-platform development
  • App development
  • Disaster Recovery
  • (Correct)
  • Serverless computing

Explanation

IaaS is frequently used to provide disaster recovery or site resilience at a low cost since it doesn’t require upfront investment to obtain equipment.

Question 5: Skipped

You need to choose how your organization gets new features and service updates from ‎Office 365‎. You want to ensure that your entire organization gets the updates early and the “Release Preferences ” setting is changed to “Targeted release for everyone”.
Where will you be able to change this setting?

  • 365 Admin center>Settings>Organization Settings> Security & Privacy
  • 365 Admin center>Settings>Organization Settings> Services
  • Azure Admin Center
  • 365 Admin center>Settings>Org Settings> Organization Profile
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You set up the release option in the admin center for this option by visiting 365 Admin center>Settings>Org Settings> Organization Profile.

All organizational users will get the Targeted release experience.

Question 6: Skipped

Fill in the Blank

Intune can integrate with SCCM using a feature which is known as___________________?

  • Hybrid management
  • Co-operative
  • Co-management
  • (Correct)
  • Co-existing

Explanation

Co-management enables you to concurrently manage Windows 10 devices by using both Configuration Manager and Microsoft Intune. It lets you cloud-attach your existing investment in Configuration Manager by adding new functionality. By using co-management, you have the flexibility to use the technology solution that works best for your organization.

References:

What is co-management?

Question 7: Skipped

Identify three of the benefits of cloud computing.

  • Reliability
  • (Correct)
  • Global Scale
  • (Correct)
  • No control
  • Performance
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The biggest cloud computing services run on a worldwide network of secure data centers, which are regularly upgraded to the latest generation of fast and efficient computing hardware. This offers several benefits over a single corporate data center, including reduced network latency for applications and greater economies of scale.

Cloud computing makes data backup, disaster recovery, and business continuity easier and less expensive because data can be mirrored at multiple redundant sites on the cloud provider’s network.

Another benefit of cloud computing services include the ability to scale elastically.

Question 8: Skipped

Audit logs for Microsoft 365 can be accessed from which location?

  • Exchange Admin Center
  • Endpoint Manager
  • Security Center
  • Microsoft Purview compliance portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Thousands of user and admin operations performed in dozens of Microsoft 365 services and solutions are captured, recorded, and retained in your organization’s unified audit log. Users in your organization can use the audit log search tool to search for, view, and export (to a CSV file) the audit records for these operations in the Compliance Center.

References:

Search the audit log in the compliance portal

Question 9: Skipped

You are the Microsoft 365 administrator for a company.
Which application is not included in Office 365 and is usually available as an add-on to the license?

  • Workplace Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • My Analytics
  • Microsoft Excel

Explanation

Microsoft Workplace Analytics provides rich, actionable insights into your organization’s communication and collaboration trends to help you make more effective business decisions. Workplace Analytics is now becoming a part of Microsoft Viva.

With the proper licensing, your company can acquire Workplace Analytics as an add-on to its licensing agreement. To be able to purchase Workplace Analytics licenses, your company needs the following:

An Enterprise Agreement (EA) with Microsoft An Office 365 or Microsoft 365 product that contains either Exchange Online Plan 1 or Exchange Online Plan 2.

Question 10: Skipped

What are the two most popular site templates in modern SharePoint Online?

  • Web Site
  • Team Site
  • (Correct)
  • Glow Site
  • Communication Site
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Two popular site templates are Team Site and Communication Site. Choosing between a Team Site and a Communication Site should start with your intent and desired business outcomes. When you want to create a place where the members of a workgroup or project team can collaborate on project deliverables, plan an event, track status, or exchange ideas, you want a Team Site. When you want to “broadcast” a message, tell a story, share content for viewing (but not editing), or showcase services or people, you want a Communication Site.

Question 11: Skipped

Identify two features belonging to Exchange hybrid deployment.

  • Microsoft 365 licensing is easy
  • The ability to move existing on-premises mailboxes to the Exchange Online organization
  • (Correct)
  • Easy Certificate Management
  • Free/busy and calendar sharing
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Two-hybrid deployment features:

Free/busy and calendar sharing between on-premises and Exchange Online organizations.

The ability to move existing on-premises mailboxes to the Exchange Online organization. Exchange Online mailboxes can also be moved back to the on-premises organization if needed.

Disadvantages of hybrid deployment

The organization would need to manage the certificates needed for the Hybrid Server. The Windows Server License would need to be licensed to run the Exchange Hybrid workload

References:

Exchange Server hybrid deployments

Question 12: Skipped

Identify two popular uses of IaaS?

  • Lift-and-shift migration
  • (Correct)
  • Increased capital expenditures and optimizes costs
  • Reduced scale and performance of IT workloads
  • High-performance computer clusters or grid computing
  • (Correct)

Explanation

High-performance computing on supercomputers, computer grids, or computer clusters helps solve complex problems involving millions of variables or calculations. Examples include protein folding and earthquake simulations, climate and weather predictions, financial modeling, and product design evaluations.

This is the fastest and least expensive method of migrating an application or workload to the cloud. Without refactoring your underlying architecture, you can increase scale and performance, enhance security, and reduce the costs of running an application or workload.

References:

What is IaaS?

Question 13: Skipped

Fill in the blanks

GDPR stands for_________ ?

  • General Data Protection Regulation
  • (Correct)
  • General Data Private Regulation
  • Gate Data Preventive Regulation
  • General Document Protection Regulation

Explanation

GDPR stands for General Data Protection Regulation. It’s the core of Europe’s digital privacy legislation.

Question 14: Skipped

Identify two pillars of Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps.

(Multiple Selection)

  • Ensures that employees and company projects comply with all relevant regulations and specifications
  • Discover and control the use of Shadow IT
  • (Correct)
  • Protect your sensitive information anywhere in the cloud
  • (Correct)
  • Provides support and resources for the legal and compliance community

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps (previously known as Microsoft Cloud App Security) is now part of Microsoft 365 Defender

The Microsoft Defender for cloud apps framework-

: Discover and control the use of Shadow IT

: Protect your sensitive information anywhere in the cloud

: Protect against cyber threats and anomalies

: Assess the compliance of your cloud apps

References:

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps overview

Introducing Microsoft Cloud App Security

Question 15: Skipped

Identify two types of operational expenses(OpEx)?

  • Website hosting
  • (Correct)
  • Label Printers
  • Database Server
  • Electricity
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Operating costs or operational costs are the expenses that are related to the operation of a business, or to the operation of a device, component, piece of equipment, or facility.

OpEx is your operating costs, the expenses to run the day-to-day business, like services and consumable items that get used up and are paid for according to use. This includes printer cartridges and paper, electricity, and even yearly services like website hosting or domain registrations. These things are necessary for your business’s success but are not considered major long-term investments like CapEx items.

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following statements best inclines with Microsoft 365 in reference to compatibility?

  • Microsoft 365 is compatible with Windows PC and Mac
  • Microsoft 365 is compatible with Windows PC, Mac, and, Android
  • Microsoft 365 is compatible only with Windows PCs.
  • Microsoft 365 is compatible with Windows PC, Mac, Android, and iOS
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 is compatible with PC, Mac, Android, and iOS. See system requirements for compatible versions of your devices, and for other feature requirements.

Question 17: Skipped

Your organization intends to switch to Microsoft Azure. You must identify a cloud service that permits you to deploy a Windows 10 virtual machine.

Which of the following cloud model should you choose?

  • Serverless
  • Software as a Service (SaaS)
  • Platform as a Service (PaaS)
  • Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

If you are deploying and using Virtual Machines (VM) in Azure it is considered to be Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).

References:

What is IaaS?

Question 18: Skipped

Your organization is using Platform as a Service (PaaS) for its Azure solution. Your organization has an IT support team.

Which components are being managed by Microsoft from the following options? (Select Three)

  • Networks
  • (Correct)
  • Applications
  • Servers
  • (Correct)
  • Databases
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Your organizations IT support team needs to manage the applications and the cloud service provider typically manages everything else(Networks, databases & servers in our scenario) in a PaaS solution.

Question 19: Skipped

Identify three core components of Microsoft 365.

  • Office 365
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 11 Pro
  • Windows 7 Pro
  • EMS
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 10 Enterprise
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 is a bundle of services that includes Office 365, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Enterprise Mobility + Security (EMS).

Question 20: Skipped

The customer leases compute, networking, and storage resources in a shared environment using which deployment model?

  • Public cloud
  • (Correct)
  • Serverless cloud
  • Private cloud
  • Network cloud

Explanation

Public cloud is cloud computing that’s delivered via the internet and shared across organizations. Customers can request resources on the cloud from anywhere on the planet, by sending a Lease through the Internet to the cloud service provider.

Question 21: Skipped

Your organization intends to switch to Microsoft Azure. You must find a cloud service that permits you to host your website.

Which of the following cloud model should you choose?

  • Serverless
  • Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)
  • Software as a Service (SaaS)
  • Platform as a Service (PaaS)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

PaaS provides all of the capabilities that you need to support the complete web application life cycle: building, testing, deploying, managing, and updating within the same integrated environment.

References:

What is PaaS?

Question 22: Skipped

Identify four cloud service scenarios.

  • Platform as a Service(PaaS)
  • (Correct)
  • Serverless
  • (Correct)
  • Wisdom as a Service (WaaS)
  • Software as a Service(SaaS)
  • (Correct)
  • Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

IaaS, PaaS, and SaaS are the three main types of cloud computing available today however Serverless is the fourth type of cloud service relevant to this question. Serverless computing is a method of providing backend services on an as-used basis. Serverless architecture allows users to write and deploy code without the hassle of worrying about the underlying infrastructure. Notice that in this model of cloud computing service developers do not manage anything else than their code. Microsoft Azure Functions and Amazon Services Lambda are two commercial examples of Serverless computing.

Question 23: Skipped

Exchange Online hybrid is an example of what kind of cloud deployment model?

  • Private Cloud
  • Multi Server-Cloud
  • Hybrid Cloud
  • (Correct)
  • Public Cloud

Explanation

A hybrid deployment offers organizations the ability to extend the feature-rich experience and administrative control they have with their existing on-premises Microsoft Exchange organization to the cloud. A hybrid deployment provides the seamless look and feel of a single Exchange organization between an on-premises Exchange organization and Exchange Online. In addition, a hybrid deployment can serve as an intermediate step to moving completely to an Exchange Online organization

Question 24: Skipped

What are the three primary servicing channels?

  • Long Term Servicing Channel (LTSC)
  • (Correct)
  • Short Term Servicing channel(STSC)
  • General Availability Channel
  • (Correct)
  • Windows Insider Program
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Windows Insider Program is for those who are eager to get the latest updates i.e. IT administrators or end-users who want to test features before they are available to everyone.

There are currently three release channels for Windows clients:

  • The General Availability Channel receives feature updates as soon as they are available.
  • The Long-Term Servicing Channel, which is designed to be used only for specialized devices (which typically don’t run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATM machines, receives new feature releases every two to three years.
  • The Windows Insider Program provides organizations with the opportunity to test and provide feedback on features that will be shipped in the next feature update.

References:

Overview of Windows as a service

Question 25: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your organization which has an Azure subscription. Your organization uses Platform as a Service (PaaS) in Azure.

Which of the following component your organization’s IT engineers have to manage?

  • Networks
  • Applications
  • (Correct)
  • Databases
  • Servers

Explanation

A complete platform is offered in PaaS in which the client can host their applications without the need to worry about the maintenance of the servers, networks, and operating systems. However, the user of the PaaS service should look after the implementation of the developed application to decide whether to scale it up or down depending on the traffic that the application receives.

References:

What is Microsoft Azure Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS)?

Question 26: Skipped

You are the Microsoft 365 administrator for a company.
Which feature in Microsoft 365 provides employee work and collaboration metrics?

  • Microsoft Trust Center
  • SharePoint Admin Center
  • Azure Admin Center
  • Viva Insights
  • (Correct)

Explanation

If you used MyAnalytics Insights in Outlook and Microsoft Teams, get ready to see it now appear as Microsoft Viva Insights.

Microsoft Viva insights is a personalized dashboard that provides a summary of the hours you spend in meetings, using email, “focusing,” and working after hours, as well as suggestions on how to reduce unproductive meeting times and post-schedule work

Question 27: Skipped

In which deployment model does the customer lease compute, networking, and storage resources?

  • Public Cloud
  • (Correct)
  • Hybrid Cloud
  • Private Cloud
  • Multi Server-Cloud

Explanation

With a public cloud, a customer does not typically own anything except the data. Customers most often share leased resources with others in a multi-tenant environment.

References:

What is a public cloud?

Question 28: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for a company. Microsoft plans to release a new feature for Microsoft Word. You need to ensure that the feature becomes available to install for your company employees as soon as it is released.

Which release channel should you subscribe to?

  • Targeted release
  • (Correct)
  • Late release
  • Early release
  • Standard release

Explanation

Targeted release for selected users – individual users you select in your tenant will receive updates before the rest of your organization’s users.

References:

Set up the Standard or Targeted release options

Question 29: Skipped

A company is moving to Microsoft Azure. Some applications cannot be moved. You need to identify which applications will remain in a hybrid environment after the migration.

Which applications will remain in a hybrid environment?

  • Applications that manage sensitive information
  • (Correct)
  • A new server that runs several line-of-business applications
  • Legacy applications that use a message-based interface
  • Applications that use Windows 10 services

Explanation

A fundamental prerequisite to answering this question is to determine from the outset whether the security and compliance requirements for a given business application are better served in the cloud, or in an on-premise environment.

Question 30: Skipped

You are the Microsoft 365 administrator for a company.
Which application requires an Enterprise Agreement with Microsoft?

  • Workplace Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • My Analytics
  • Power BI
  • Microsoft Excel

Explanation

Microsoft Workplace Analytics provides rich, actionable insights into your organization’s communication and collaboration trends to help you make more effective business decisions. Please note that Microsoft Workplace Analytics is now becoming a part of Microsoft Viva.

With the proper licensing, a company can acquire Workplace Analytics as an add-on to its licensing agreement. To be able to purchase Workplace Analytics licenses, your company needs the following:

An Enterprise Agreement (EA) with Microsoft An Office 365 or Microsoft 365 product that contains either Exchange Online Plan 1 or Exchange Online Plan 2.

Question 31: Skipped

Fill in the Blank

To create a DLP policy, first log into the Office or Microsoft 365 tenant, select Admin centers and then choose _____________________?

  • Endpoint Manager
  • Azure Active Directory
  • Compliance
  • (Correct)
  • Security

Explanation

To create a DLP policy, first log into the Office or Microsoft 365 tenant, select Admin centers and then choose Compliance.

References:

How to Use Data Loss Prevention in Office 365

Question 32: Skipped

When talking about cloud services, what does the term “scalable” mean?

  • Quickly increase or decrease the size or power of a solution
  • (Correct)
  • Automatic Updation of applications
  • Threat protection, data protection, and device management features
  • Threat protection, data protection, and device management features

Explanation

Scalability in cloud computing is the ability to quickly and easily increase or decrease the size or power of an IT solution. A scalable cloud is why you can sign up and use most cloud solutions in just a few minutes – if not seconds. It’s why you can add resources like storage to an existing account just as quickly.

There are usually two ways to scale a cloud solution up or down:

  • Contact the cloud provider to request it.
  • Add the resources yourself via an online portal

Question 33: Skipped

Your organization plans to move from an on-premises to hybrid cloud deployment.
You must ensure that the Microsoft platform you are using for the migration has hybrid capabilities.

Which of the following options best fits the bill?

(Select Two)

  • Teams
  • Skype for Business
  • (Correct)
  • Yammer
  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Delve

Explanation

There is no on-premises version of Teams, Yammer and Delve so the answers are Microsoft SharePoint and Skype for Business.

Question 34: Skipped

You are the “Security Administrator” for a company. You need to ensure:
1) Group memberships are periodically checked in your organization.

2) This work should be executed by the group owners.

Which tools will allow for these requirements?

  • Microsoft Defender for Identity
  • Access reviews
  • (Correct)
  • Service Health
  • Cloud App Security (CAS)

Explanation

With access reviews, you can easily ensure that users or guests have the appropriate access.

Access to groups and applications for employees and guests changes over time. To reduce the risk associated with stale access assignments, administrators can use the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to create access reviews for group members or application access. If you need to routinely review access, you can also create recurring access reviews.PrerequisitesAzure AD Premium P2 Global administrator or User administrator

References:

Create an access review of groups and applications in Azure AD

Question 35: Skipped

Your company uses Microsoft 365 subscription. You need to co-author files with other users.

Which two tools should you use?

  • OneDrive
  • (Correct)
  • Delve
  • Teams
  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Co-authoring is the ability of multiple people to work on the same document at the same time. Co-authoring is available for documents stored in OneDrive or SharePoint.

References:

Document collaboration and co-authoring

Question 36: Skipped

Which Microsoft Windows OS/365 feature utilizes biometrics?

  • Windows Hello
  • (Correct)
  • Universal Apps
  • Project Spartan Browser
  • Cortana

Explanation

In Windows 10, Windows Hello for Business replaces passwords with strong two-factor authentication on PCs and mobile devices. This authentication consists of a new type of user credential that is tied to a device and uses a biometric or PIN.

References:

Windows Hello for Business Deployment Prerequisite Overview

Question 37: Skipped

Which deployment model assigns responsibility for acquiring, provisioning, configuring, and maintaining equipment to a single customer organization?

  • Serverless
  • PaaS
  • Public cloud
  • IaaS
  • Private cloud
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A Private Cloud is a model of cloud computing where the infrastructure is dedicated to a single user organization. Private Cloud Solutions offer organizations more control over and better security of private cloud servers, although it does require a much higher level of IT expertise than utilizing a public cloud

Question 38: Skipped

Identify three components that can contribute to a cloud service’s reliability.

  • Disaster Recovery
  • (Correct)
  • Resiliency
  • (Correct)
  • Security
  • Recoverability
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Resiliency, recoverability, and disaster recovery are high priorities in cloud service providers’ infrastructure design. These architectures can include network load balancing, data replication, redundant hardware, multiple network paths & data backups. Hardware redundancy is achieved by providing two or more physical copies of a hardware component. A failsafe system comprised of redundant cloud storage devices is established so that when the primary device fails, the redundant secondary device takes its place. Data is replicated from the primary storage to the secondary storage device.

Question 39: Skipped

Your organization is using Platform as a Service (PaaS) for its Azure solution. Your organization has an IT support team.

Which components are being managed by your IT support team from the following options?

  • Applications
  • (Correct)
  • Networks
  • Databases
  • Servers

Explanation

When your organization is using a PaaS solution. Your organization’s IT support team needs to manage the applications and the cloud service provider typically manages everything else.

References:

What is PaaS?

Question 40: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your organization which has an Azure subscription. Your organization uses Platform as a Service (PaaS) in Azure.

Which of the following components do Microsoft IT engineers have to manage?

(Select three)

  • Applications
  • Servers
  • (Correct)
  • Databases
  • (Correct)
  • Networks
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In a PaaS model, you manage the applications and services you develop, and the cloud service provider typically manages everything else.

Reference:

What is PaaS?

Question 41: Skipped

A company has an Exchange Server environment. The company plans to migrate to the cloud. You need to recommend a cloud model that meets the following requirements:
1) Upgrade the existing email environment.

2) Minimize server and application management.

Which model should you recommend?

  • IaaS
  • PaaS
  • WaaS
  • SaaS
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Software as a service (SaaS) allows users to connect to and use cloud-based apps over the Internet. Common examples are email, calendaring, and office tools (such as Microsoft Office 365). To minimize costs SaaS is the best option here as server management will be the responsibility of the cloud service providers. You can also reap added benefits of being current with the latest technologies in mail management.

Question 42: Skipped

You need to perform an eDiscovery search for content in Exchange Online.

What should you use?

  • Microsoft Trust Center
  • Cloud App Security Portal
  • Security Center
  • eDiscovery Tools
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Electronic discovery, or eDiscovery, is the process of identifying and delivering electronic information that can be used as evidence in legal cases. You can use eDiscovery tools in Microsoft Purview to search for content in Exchange Online, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online, Microsoft Teams, Microsoft 365 Groups, and Yammer teams.

If you’re not an E5 customer, you can use the 90-day Microsoft Purview solutions trial to explore how additional Purview capabilities can help your organization manage data security and compliance needs.

References:

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery solutions

Question 43: Skipped

Where would you perform an eDiscovery search for data stored in SharePoint Online?

  • Microsoft Trust Center
  • Security Center
  • Microsoft Purview compliance portal
  • (Correct)
  • Cloud App Security Portal

Explanation

Perform an eDiscovery search for data stored in SharePoint Online can be done through the Microsoft Purview compliance center. Electronic discovery, or eDiscovery, is the process of identifying and delivering electronic information that can be used as evidence in legal cases. You can use eDiscovery tools in Microsoft 365 to search for content in Exchange Online mailboxes, Microsoft 365 Groups, Microsoft Teams, SharePoint Online and OneDrive for Business sites, Skype for Business conversations, and Yammer teams. You can search for mailboxes and sites in the same eDiscovery search by using the Content Search tool. And you can use Core eDiscovery cases to identify, hold, and export content found in mailboxes and sites. If your organization has an Office 365 E5 or Microsoft 365 E5 subscription (or related E5 add-on subscriptions), you can further manage custodians and analyze content by using the Advanced eDiscovery solution in Microsoft 365.

Question 44: Skipped

OneDrive for Business is a part of which of the following options?

  • Yammer
  • SharePoint Online
  • (Correct)
  • Planner
  • Power Automate

Explanation

OneDrive for Business (ODfB) and SharePoint Online (SP) are related components of Office 365, with overlapping architecture and features.

References:

What’s the Difference Between OneDrive and SharePoint?

Question 45: Skipped

Assign this admin role using the principle of least privilege to users who make purchases, manage subscriptions and service requests, and monitor service health.

  • Global reader
  • Exchange Admin
  • Billing Admin
  • (Correct)
  • Global Admin

Explanation

Global Admin and Billing Admin can both do these tasks. However, billing admin is the correct answer in this scenario as the principle of least privilege is applied. Besides making purchases, managing subscriptions, making service requests, and monitoring service health billing admins also can:- Manage all aspects of billing- Create and manage support tickets in the Azure portal

Question 46: Skipped

Microsoft Teams replaces what on-premise product?

  • None
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint
  • AD
  • Exchange

Explanation

Unlike Exchange or SharePoint, Teams is cloud-only and don’t have an on-premise counterpart.

Question 47: Skipped

Which of the following Microsoft platform used for the migration offers hybrid abilities?
(Select Two)

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Microsoft SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Skype for Business
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Yammer

Explanation

There is no on-premises version of Teams & Yammer so the answers to this question is Microsoft SharePoint and Skype for Business.

Question 48: Skipped

Fill in the Blank

Azure Function is a __________________________ that enables users to run event-triggered code without having to provision or manage infrastructure.

  • SaaS
  • IaaS
  • Serverless compute service
  • (Correct)
  • PaaS

Explanation

Azure Function is a serverless compute service that enables users to run event-triggered code without having to provision or manage infrastructure.

Question 49: Skipped

You are an Office 365 administrator for a company. You have configured Configuration Manager(SCCM) and Intune for co-management.

Which two Intune actions are available to you?

  • Factory reset
  • (Correct)
  • Device Restart
  • (Correct)
  • Azure reset
  • Edge browser

Explanation

Co-management is one of the primary ways to attach your existing Configuration Manager deployment to the Microsoft 365 cloud. It helps you unlock more cloud-powered capabilities like conditional access.

Co-management brings several features to Windows 10 management such as Intune-based remote actions i.e. remote control, device restart, and factory reset.

References:

What is co-management?

Question 50: Skipped

You are an M365 security manager for your organization. You need to configure document classification.
Which tool should you use?

  • SharePoint Admin Center
  • AD
  • AIP
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint Admin Center

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to classify and protect documents and emails by applying labels. Labels can be applied: Automatically by administrators using rules and conditions OR manually by users OR by a combination where administrators define the recommendations shown to users.

Question 1: Skipped

Which of the following technologies allows you to manage sensitive data on any device related to a work-related app without device enrollment?

  • CDMA
  • MAM-WE
  • (Correct)
  • GPRS
  • MDM
  • GSM

Explanation

Intune Mobile Application Management(MAM) protects an organization’s data within an application. With MAM without enrollment (MAM-WE), a work or school-related app that contains sensitive data can be managed on almost any device, including personal devices in bring-your-own-device (BYOD) scenarios. Please note that MDM requires device enrollment.

Question 2: Skipped

Your organization uses a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your organization is concerned about corporate data being copied to personal cloud storage accounts, especially on mobile phones. You have to suggest a solution to ensure an organization’s data remains safe or contained in a managed app.
What should you suggest?

  • App Protection Policies
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender 365 Advanced Threat Protection
  • Compliance Manager
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud apps

Explanation

App protection policies (APP) are rules that ensure an organization’s data remains safe or contained in a managed app. A policy can be a rule that is enforced when the user attempts to access or move “corporate” data or a set of actions that are prohibited or monitored when the user is inside the app. A managed app is an app that has app protection policies applied to it and can be managed by Intune.

Question 3: Skipped

In what way is the public cloud most beneficial to a startup company?

  • Safety from data leakage
  • Safety from denial of service attack
  • Allow startups to scale growth and operations at a low cost.
  • (Correct)
  • Shared company resources.

Explanation

Startups and small businesses must look for tools that enable innovation and adaptation, yet are also cost-effective. Startup companies looking to the cloud for IT solutions because they can scale with their evolving needs at a low cost.

Question 4: Skipped

You need to help teams in your organization to create new plans, organize and assign tasks, share files, chat, and get updates on progress.

Which Office 365 application is a great fit for this task?

  • Power Automate
  • Planner
  • (Correct)
  • Viva Insights
  • Forms

Explanation

Planner makes it easy for teams to create new plans, organize and assign tasks, share files, chat about what they’re working on, and get updates on progress. A planner can be used to manage a marketing event, brainstorm new product ideas, track a school project, prepare for a customer visit, or just organize your team more effectively.

Question 5: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
eDiscovery Manager can access all cases that are listed on the eDiscovery cases page in the Microsoft 365 Compliance center.

  • True
  • False
  • (Correct)

Explanation

An eDiscovery manager can only access the cases they created or cases they are a member of.

Question 6: Skipped

You are a global administrator for your organization. One of your colleagues who is an Exchange Administrator has reported a concern with Exchange Online ” He can’t permanently delete public folders in Exchange Online”. You want to determine whether this is a known issue with Microsoft with a resolution in progress before you call support or spend time troubleshooting. What do you do?

  • Reset the Exchange Online Service
  • Check Service Health
  • (Correct)
  • Raise a support ticket
  • Check Cloud App Security Portal

Explanation

If you are experiencing problems with a cloud service, you can check the Service Health to determine whether this is a known issue with a resolution in progress before you call support or spend time troubleshooting.

Question 7: Skipped

Which of the following is a growing trend with organizations in which employees can do their jobs remotely from anywhere making use of cloud technology for data access?

  • Human Mobility
  • Mobile Reaction
  • Mobile Strategy
  • Enterprise Mobility
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Enterprise mobility (also known as business mobility) is the growing trend of businesses offering remote working options, allowing the use of personal laptops and mobile devices for business purposes, and making use of cloud technology for data access.

References:

What is Enterprise Mobility?

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following options is a representation of your organization’s security posture and your opportunity to improve it?

  • Secure Score
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Apps
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint
  • Microsoft Defender for Identity

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score is a measurement of an organization’s security posture, with a higher number indicating more improvement actions taken. Secure Score helps organizations: Report on the current state of the organization’s security posture. Improve their security posture by providing discoverability, visibility, guidance, and control. Compare with benchmarks and establish key performance indicators (KPIs).

Question 9: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 Administrator for your company. The senior management team has requested your recommendation to seek advice on how users in the organization would be able to view their own work habits analytics.

Which of the following services would fulfill the goal?

  • Microsoft 365 Reports dashboard in the M365 admin center
  • Power BI
  • Viva Insights
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Usage Analytics

Explanation

Microsoft Viva Insights provides personalized recommendations to help you do your best work. Get insights to building better work habits, such as following through on commitments made to collaborators and protecting focus time in the day for uninterrupted, individual work.

Microsoft Viva dashboards can show users statistics about their work patterns over the past month, including their focus and collaboration time, how many days they were able to disconnect from work, and how effectively they are networking with their coworkers.

Question 10: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 Administrator for your organization. You have directed the users in your organization to use Microsoft Viva so that they can review their own personal work habit analytics.

Which four Viva Insights visibility options are available in Microsoft 365 environment?

  • Compliance insights
  • Personal insights
  • (Correct)
  • Manager insights
  • (Correct)
  • Advanced insights
  • (Correct)
  • Leader insights
  • (Correct)
  • Security insights

Explanation

Microsoft Viva Insights is a component of Microsoft Viva. It’s an employee experience platform designed to empower employees remotely. It gives you data-driven, privacy-protected insights and recommendations to help you improve productivity and well-being, and build better work habits.

References:

What is Viva Insights?

Question 11: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization’s M365 environment. You enabled AAD password hash synchronization to connect on-premises AD with AAD in the cloud.

Which of the following statements are true in regard to your on-premise Password complexity policy?

  • The environment will not see any change
  • Password complexity policies in your on-premises Active Directory instance override complexity policies in the cloud for synchronized users
  • (Correct)
  • The Azure Active Directory password policy has a default password complexity policy which is applicable
  • The Azure Active Directory password policy gets precedence in the cloud for synchronized users

Explanation

When password hash synchronization is enabled, the password complexity policies in your on-premises Active Directory instance override complexity policies in the cloud for synchronized users. You can use all of the valid passwords from your on-premises Active Directory instance to access Azure AD services.

References:

Implement password hash synchronization with Azure AD Connect sync

Question 12: Skipped

You are an administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription.
You’ve been tasked with allocating Microsoft 365 licenses to frontline users in the sales department of your organization. Note that desktop apps are not needed however these users should be able to collaborate using productivity apps and cloud services within the organization.

Which of the following is the license that would help you achieve this?

  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • Microsoft 365 E7
  • Microsoft 365 E5
  • Microsoft 365 F3
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft’s F3 license is really light in cost and can empower the frontline workforce with productivity apps and cloud services that allow them to do their best work. Hence it is a good choice in this scenario. E3 or E5 would be an overkill. E7 license does not exist.

Question 13: Skipped

Which of the following is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to discover, classify, and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content?

  • Records Management
  • Insider Risk Management
  • Data classification
  • Azure Information Protection
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to discover, classify, and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content.AIP is part of the Microsoft Information Protection (MIP) solution and extends the labeling and classification functionality provided by Microsoft 365.

Question 14: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft 365 subscription. You are a global administrator for your organization. You have been tasked to set up a shared mailbox for some users which are in the same department.

Which of the following portals can you use for this configuration to take place? (Select Two)

  • Microsoft 365 Admin Center
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint Admin Center
  • Exchange Online
  • (Correct)
  • Compliance Admin Center

Explanation

It’s easy to create shared mailboxes so a group of people can monitor and send emails from a common email address, like info@contoso.com. When a person in the group replies to a message sent to the shared mailbox, the email appears to be from the shared mailbox, not from the individual user. You can create a shared mailbox from Microsoft 365 admin center as well as Exchange Online Admin Center.

Question 15: Skipped

How can a PowerApps application be added to the Microsoft Teams channel?

  • By creating a bot.
  • By creating a tab.
  • (Correct)
  • By creating a log
  • By creating a webhook.

Explanation

These apps can be added directly to Teams by creating tabs for those apps. Apps can be accessed from the tabs.

Question 16: Skipped

Choose two capabilities of the Microsoft Secure Score from the following options.

  • Configure and create communication compliance policies.
  • Report on the current state of the organization’s security posture.
  • (Correct)
  • Provide opportunities to organizations to improve their security posture by providing visibility, guidance, and control.
  • (Correct)
  • It is a unified endpoint platform for preventative protection, post-breach detection, automated investigation, and response.

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score is a measurement of an organization’s security posture, with a higher number indicating more improvement actions taken. Secure Score helps organizations: Report on the current state of the organization’s security posture. Improve their security posture by providing discoverability, visibility, guidance, and control. Compare with benchmarks and establish key performance indicators (KPIs).

Question 17: Skipped

Which of the following is the MOST likely reason for an organization to take a PaaS subscription?

  • Malware protection
  • M365 configuration
  • Data duplication
  • Web Application development
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The PaaS model is used for Web Application Development. For instance, Azure Web Apps is a cloud computing-based platform for hosting websites, created and operated by Microsoft. Azure App Service, one of the Azure products, is a fully managed Platform as a Service (PaaS) that provides all the tools and services needed to create reliable and scalable mission-critical Web Apps, Mobile Apps, API Apps, and Logic Apps in a single instance.

Question 18: Skipped

Which of the following options will NOT qualify as a recognizable cloud classification model?

  • BYOD
  • (Correct)
  • IaaS
  • PaaS
  • SaaS

Explanation

IaaS, PaaS, and SaaS are the popular three main types of cloud computing models.

Question 19: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your company wants to implement a centrally-managed password policy that sets requirements for password length, complexity, and expiration. You have been trying to understand underlying concepts for the “essence of control”.

What type of control has been applied in this scenario?

  • Historic control
  • Automatic control
  • Mandatory control
  • (Correct)
  • Discretionary control

Explanation

Mandatory controls are controls that cannot be bypassed either intentionally or accidentally. An example of common mandatory control is a centrally-managed password policy that sets requirements for password length, complexity, and expiration. Users must comply with these requirements in order to access the system.

Question 20: Skipped

You bought a Microsoft Azure support plan for your organization which already has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your organization’s governance and risk framework does not allow you to purchase any services that do not have Azure support available.
Which two services from the Microsoft lifecycle can you implement?

  • General Availability
  • (Correct)
  • Public Preview
  • (Correct)
  • Private Preview
  • End of Support

Explanation

Services in Public Preview will be supported but SLA does not apply. After the public preview is completed, the feature is open for any licensed customer to use and is supported via all Microsoft support channels (In the next phase of the lifecycle which is General Availability(GA).

Question 21: Skipped

Which of the following can be used to configure the office configuration XML file?

  • www.portal.cloudappsecurity.com
  • www.config.office.com
  • (Correct)
  • www.admin.microsoft.com
  • www.portal.azure.com

Explanation

If you need to deploy Office in a specific way or repeatably to a number of machines you create an XML file with all your settings and install Microsoft 365 Apps. You can configure the Office configuration XML file through https://config.office.com/

Question 22: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your company. You installed Microsoft 365 Apps from a network share on 10 desktops on the 3rd floor of your office building. What is the minimum number of days within which you will have to connect to the internet after installation to ensure your license is still active?

  • 90 days
  • 30 days
  • (Correct)
  • 180 days
  • 60 days

Explanation

You can install Microsoft 365 Apps from a network share or directly from the internet. After it’s installed, you don’t have to be connected to the internet to use Microsoft 365 Apps. However, you’ll need to connect at least once every 30 days to ensure your license is still active.

References:

Describe endpoint modernization, management concepts, and deployment options in Microsoft 365

Question 23: Skipped

Your company CEO has decided to migrate all the order processing applications to the cloud, and you have been given the responsibility to estimate the cost savings of operating your solution on Azure over time, instead of in your on-premises data center.
Which of the following tools allows you to estimate the cost savings you can realize by migrating your workloads to Azure?

  • Dynamics 365
  • Total Cost of Ownership Calculator(TCO)
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Viva
  • Pricing Calculator

Explanation

The TCO Calculator helps you estimate the cost savings of operating your solution on Azure over time, instead of in your on-premises data center.

Question 24: Skipped

You are planning to implement an Insider risk management solution in Microsoft 365 for your organization that will help minimize internal risks by enabling you to detect, investigate, and take action on risky activities in your organization. To manage insider risk, you need to implement an insider risk management workflow.

What are the three components of this workflow?

  • Permissions
  • Alerts
  • (Correct)
  • Triage
  • (Correct)
  • Policy
  • (Correct)
  • Trials

Explanation

Insider risk management helps you identify, investigate, and address internal risks in your organization. With focused policy templates, comprehensive activity signaling across the Microsoft 365 service, and flexible workflow, you can use actionable insights to identify and resolve risky behavior quickly. Policies, Alerts, and Triage are three components of this workflow.

References:

Learn about insider risk management

Question 25: Skipped

You are a SharePoint Administrator for your organization. You are adjusting the “External Sharing” settings available under Policies in the “SharePoint admin center” to meet organizational requirements.

Identify and select two statements that are TRUE in relation to OneDrive sharing controls.

  • They can be set to the same level of permissiveness as SharePoint sharing controls
  • (Correct)
  • They may be less permissive than SharePoint sharing controls
  • (Correct)
  • They may be more permissive than SharePoint sharing controls
  • You must set them to the same settings as SharePoint sharing controls

Explanation

To manage the OneDrive sharing settings for your organization, use the Sharing page in the SharePoint admin center. OneDrive sharing control allows you to set the same or lower level of permissiveness than SharePoint controls.

Question 26: Skipped

What four types of popular groups can be created in Microsoft 365?

(Select Four)

  • Mail-enabled Security Groups
  • (Correct)
  • Universal Groups
  • Distribution List
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Groups
  • (Correct)
  • Fast Groups
  • Security Groups
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In the Groups section of the Microsoft 365 admin center, you can create and manage these types of groups:

  • Security Groups – Those are groups used to control access to areas of Office 365 such as SharePoint, mobile devices, etc. Groups. Very similar to Active Directory security groups.
  • Distribution Group or List – Those are groups of email addresses. This group is used to distribute information. So if you email this security group all the members of the group will receive the email. You can have people outside of your organization in this group.
  • Mail Enabled Security Groups – This is really a hybrid of a security group and a distribution group. So people in this group can be given access to resources as well as receive email communications when the group is emailed.
  • Office 365 Groups – This is the latest innovation from Microsoft. This is a way for teams to collaborate.

    References:

Compare groups

Question 27: Skipped

This question requires that you evaluate the BOLD text to determine if it is correct.

Office 365 is an Infrastructure as a service (PaaS).

Review the BOLD text. If it makes the statement correct, select “No change is needed.”

If the statement is incorrect, select the answer choice that makes the statement correct.

  • Platform as a Service
  • Software as a service (SaaS)
  • (Correct)
  • No Change is Needed
  • Windows as a service (WaaS)

Explanation

Office 365 is a Software as a Service (SaaS) solution that combines the traditional Microsoft Office desktop applications, Microsoft application services, and some new productivity services, all of which are enabled as consumable services from within Microsoft’s Azure cloud platform.

Question 28: Skipped

You are an administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 subscription. The HR team in your organization wants to upload and share some corporate training videos securely within the organization.

Which Office 365 application is a great fit for this task?

  • Power Apps
  • Planner
  • Lists
  • Stream
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Stream is an Enterprise Video service where people in your organization can upload, view, and share videos securely. You can share recordings of classes, meetings, presentations, training sessions, or other videos that aid your team’s collaboration.

Question 29: Skipped

You are an IT engineer for your organization and you are researching various Microsoft 365 plans for your company which has 275 employees. You need to ensure that Intune and Azure Information Protection (AIP) are included in your organization’s Microsoft 365 subscription.
Which of the following options should you choose?

  • Business Premium
  • (Correct)
  • Business Basic
  • Enterprise E3
  • Business Standard

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Business subscription is designed for organizations that need up to 300 licenses; if your organization is larger than that, you’ll have to subscribe to a Microsoft 365 Enterprise plan instead. Only a Business Premium subscription will have Intune and AIP included in it.

References:

Grow your business with Microsoft 365

Question 30: Skipped

Where are Microsoft Teams Meeting rooms added when creating a new Teams meeting?

  • None of these
  • The rooms will be available in the Room dropdown in the new meeting form
  • The rooms will be available in the Location dropdown in the new meeting form
  • (Correct)
  • The rooms won’t be available in the new meeting form in Microsoft Teams

Explanation

The rooms will be available in the Location dropdown in the new meeting form. This way, participants know which physical meeting room to go to for the meeting.

Question 31: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your company. As a part of the company’s business initiative, you’ve been asked to submit both aggregate data and detailed dashboards that describe how your company’s adoption of Microsoft 365 is performing.

Which TWO of the following tools would you use?

  • Microsoft 365 Usage Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • Azure sign-in logs
  • Microsoft 365 Reports dashboard in the M365 admin center
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • Microsoft 365 Compliance Center

Explanation

One of the options you have is that you can use Microsoft 365 usage analytics within Power BI to gain insights into how your organization is adopting the various services within Microsoft 365. Microsoft 365 reports dashboard is another tool you can use. The Microsoft 365 Reports dashboard shows you the activity overview across the products in your organization. It enables you to drill in to individual product-level reports to give you more granular insight into the activities within each product.

Question 32: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization. Your organization wants to implement an insider risk solution in Microsoft 365 that helps minimize communication risks by helping you detect, capture, and act on inappropriate messages in your organization. You need to identify a solution that meets the requirements.

Which solution should you select?

  • Data Loss Prevention
  • Retention label policy
  • Communication Compliance
  • (Correct)
  • Sensitivity labels policy

Explanation

Communication compliance is an insider risk solution in Microsoft 365 that helps minimize communication risks by helping you detect, capture, and act on inappropriate messages in your organization. Pre-defined and custom policies allow you to scan internal and external communications for policy matches so they can be examined by designated reviewers for further appropriate action.

References:

Learn about communication compliance

Question 33: Skipped

Which data does Microsoft 365 Usage Analytics require in order to connect with Power BI?

  • Usage Analytics ID
  • Global Admin Object ID
  • Tenant ID
  • (Correct)
  • Usage Reports ID

Explanation

In order to connect Microsoft 365 Usage Analytics to Power BI, you must provide a tenant ID.

Question 34: Skipped

Which of the following products can you use to transform new devices into fully configured, fully managed devices and you can create self-contained provisioning packages?

  • Desktop Analytics
  • Windows Configuration Designer
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Intune
  • Microsoft Autopilot

Explanation

Windows Configuration Designer-To transforms new devices into fully configured, fully managed devices, you can create self-contained provisioning packages built with the Windows Configuration Designer.

References:

Install Windows Configuration Designer

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following are included in Microsoft 365 Enterprise E5, but not in Microsoft Enterprise E3?

  • Compliance management
  • (Correct)
  • Work management
  • Business Management features
  • Files and Content

Explanation

E5 includes all of the same features as E3 plus the latest advanced threat protection, security, and collaboration tools.

References:

Transform your enterprise with Microsoft 365

Question 36: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
eDiscovery Administrator can access all cases that are listed on the eDiscovery cases page in the Microsoft 365 Compliance center.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

The primary difference between an eDiscovery Manager and an eDiscovery Administrator is that an eDiscovery Administrator can access all cases that are listed on the eDiscovery cases page in the Security & Compliance Center.

Question 37: Skipped

Your organization uses a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your organization is concerned over corporate data sitting on personal devices. You need to restrict employees from copying data to personal OneDrive folders.

What should you use?

  • Microsoft 365 Defender
  • Microsoft Intune admin center
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Active Directory
  • Information Rights Management

Explanation

To achieve the objective the end-user must belong to a security group that is targeted by an app protection policy. The same app protection policy must target the specific app being used. App protection policies can be created and deployed in the Microsoft Intune admin center.

Question 38: Skipped

Your organization has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your organization plans to label emails and documents that contain confidential text such as a driving license number, credit card number, etc. You have been tasked to identify the appropriate Microsoft 365 feature that enables your organization to achieve its plan.

Which feature would you choose?

  • Retention label
  • Customer Lockbox
  • Sensitivity label
  • (Correct)
  • Bit locker Encryption

Explanation

In a Microsoft 365 environment sensitivity labels will enable you to classify and protect sensitive data within the file and the file itself. It will stay persistent with that file regardless of the file location. This way, users can continue to collaborate and let the sensitivity label worry about the protection

Question 39: Skipped

Which two options allow an organization to store files and enable collaboration with different teams both internally and externally?

  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Intune
  • Microsoft Dynamics 365
  • Sway
  • OneDrive
  • (Correct)

Explanation

SharePoint- SharePoint is the cloud evolution of Microsoft SharePoint Server. It is a cloud service that enables you to store, organize, and add third-party apps, access information from almost any device, and allow sharing with external people by default, all by using a web browser.

One-Drive- Use OneDrive to store and access your files. OneDrive works seamlessly with Microsoft 365 and comes pre-installed with Windows. When you synchronize your files to your desktop, you can work offline. And you can access your files on Windows, Mac, or mobile devices.

Question 40: Skipped

Which channel receives Windows features before general release, often during development to allow organizations to test and evaluate new features and provide feedback to Microsoft?

  • Insider Preview
  • (Correct)
  • Semi-Annual Channel
  • General Availability
  • Long term servicing channel

Explanation

Servicing channels are a method of controlling the frequency at which organizations deploy Windows 10 features. Servicing channels allow you to control how and when updates are applied. Windows-as-a-Service offers three servicing channels, each receiving feature updates at different frequencies: Insider preview. This channel receives Windows features before general release, often during development. This allows organizations to test and evaluate new features and provide feedback to Microsoft.Semi-annual channel. Feature updates are released to the semi-annual channel twice a year. Long-term servicing channel. Designed for specialist devices that do not run Office apps such as medical equipment or ATMs. These receive new features every two or three years.

Question 41: Skipped

You are an administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 subscription. The Marketing team in your organization wants the ability to create shareable surveys to improve their efforts.

Which Office 365 application is a great fit for this task?

  • Viva Insights
  • Planner
  • Power Automate
  • Forms
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Forms is an application which allows you to create shareable surveys, quizzes and polls in minutes. Forms tracks participant responses, providing real-time results and analytics for your survey.

Question 42: Skipped

You manage your organization’s Microsoft 365 subscription. You want to use a command-line tool to download and deploy Click-to-Run versions of Office, such as Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise, to your client computers. Which of the following is the correct tool to configure the options?

  • Office Configuration Tool
  • Office Customization Tool
  • Office Installation Tool
  • Office Deployment Tool
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Office Deployment Tool (ODT) is a command-line tool that you can use to download and deploy Click-to-Run versions of Office, such as Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise, to your client computers.

Question 43: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your company has hundreds of Windows-based mobile devices used by its employees. Your company plans to encrypt all these devices remotely which are based on Windows 10 & Windows 11. You must determine which solution fulfills the requirement.

Which solution should you choose?

  • Sensitivity labels
  • Retention labels
  • Microsoft 365 Defender
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)

Explanation

To protect data at rest on your Intune-managed Windows devices, BitLocker disk encryption can be applied automatically using the BitLocker CSP. Existing devices will be encrypted as soon as the device checks in with Intune to pull down the configuration.

References:

Best Practices for Deploying BitLocker with Intune

Question 44: Skipped

Your company has a Microsoft 365 subscription.
Your company is protecting information at rest using encryption as a preventative control against attacks, breaches, etc. You have been trying to understand underlying concepts for the “Essence of control”.

What type of control has been applied in this scenario?

  • Automatic control
  • None of these
  • Detective Control
  • Preventive control
  • (Correct)
  • Corrective control

Explanation

Preventative controls are those that prevent specific risks. For example, protecting information at rest using encryption is a preventative control against attacks, breaches, etc.

Question 45: Skipped

Identify the benefit of using mobile application management without enrollment (MAM-WE)?

  • Require device PIN
  • Wipe managed device
  • Protect the organization’s data on app-level
  • (Correct)
  • Encrypt managed device

Explanation

MAM protects an organization’s data within an application. With MAM without enrollment (MAM-WE), a work or school-related app that contains sensitive data can be managed on almost any device, including personal devices in bring-your-own-device (BYOD) scenarios

Question 46: Skipped

You are an administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft Office 365 subscription.
You’ve been tasked with allocating Microsoft 365 licenses to users in a department where audio-conferencing isn’t necessary. However, in order to fulfill work and be productive, the department needs office desktop products.

Which of the following is the license that would help you achieve this?

  • Microsoft 365 E5
  • Microsoft 365 E7
  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 F3

Explanation

Note that the F3 license doesn’t allow you to install the desktop client version. The design requirement mentioned the users want desktop products. E3 license is a suitable choice for this scenario. Please note E5 will do the same but it would be a license overkill. E7 license does not exist.

Question 47: Skipped

You want to check reports found in Microsoft 365 admin center to analyze your organization’s usage data. You notice that all the reports are concealing information about users, groups & site names by default.

Which of the following is a feature responsible for concealing these identities?

  • Trivialization
  • Encryption
  • Anonymization
  • (Correct)
  • Obfuscation

Explanation

In Microsoft 365 if organizations wish to protect the privacy of usage data, they can anonymize the data by replacing user, group, and site names in reports by selecting an option in the Reports section under Org settings in the Microsoft 365 admin center.

How to enable Anonymization feature?

NOTE:- You must be a Microsoft 365 global administrator to do this task.

  1. Go to the Microsoft 365 admin center.
  2. Go to Settings > Org Settings > Services.
  3. Select Reports.
  4. Clear Display concealed user, group, and site names in all reports, and then select Save.

Question 48: Skipped

Which of the following phrases relates to the theory of the Zero Trust Security Model?

  • Trust no one, verify everything
  • (Correct)
  • Trust some unverified sources
  • Trust only corporate resources behind the firewall
  • Trust verified sources only

Explanation

Zero Trust assumes everything is on an open and untrusted network, even resources behind the firewalls of the corporate network. The Zero Trust model operates on the principle of “trust no one, verify everything.”

References:

Describe the Zero Trust model

Question 49: Skipped

Which of the following Microsoft 365 subscription option is appropriate for a company that provides legal advice to its customer and has under 300 employees?

  • Microsoft 365 for home
  • Microsoft 365 for business
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Enterprise
  • Microsoft 365 for Education

Explanation

Yes, Microsoft 365 Business is designed for companies with under 300 employees. Microsoft 365 for business is designed for small- and medium-sized organizations

Question 50: Skipped

From the following options select the MOST widely used example of cloud computing.

  • Windows OS
  • Fox News Channel
  • Online email
  • (Correct)
  • Keyboard

Explanation

All hosted email providers including Gmail and Outlook are SaaS cloud computing services.

Question 1: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your company. After a security audit, you realize that users in your organization are using passwords that are too easy to guess (e.g. name of the school, sports team, famous person, etc) and are weak against dictionary-based attacks.

Which tool you would use to prevent users from choosing passwords with certain words in them?

  • Azure AD Security defaults
  • Custom banned passwords list
  • (Correct)
  • Self Service Password reset
  • Conditional Access user risk

Explanation

Users often create passwords that use common local words such as a school, sports team, or famous person. These passwords are easy to guess and weak against dictionary-based attacks. To enforce strong passwords in your organization, the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) custom-banned password list lets you add specific strings to evaluate and block.

References:

Tutorial: Configure custom banned passwords for Azure Active Directory password protection

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following services would you use to provide secure remote access to on-premises web applications for your organization?

  • Azure AD Application Proxy
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Migrate
  • Azure Reverse Proxy
  • Azure Remote Application Services

Explanation

Azure Active Directory’s Application Proxy provides secure remote access to on-premises web applications. After a single sign-on to Azure AD, users can access both cloud and on-premises applications through an external URL or an internal application portal.

Question 3: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 consultant for a cloud services organization. A very large commercial organization from the private sector which has 14000 users wants to use Microsoft Office 365 productivity apps.

Which of the following product service family would you recommend to them?

  • Office 365 Enterprise
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 Education
  • Office 365 GCC
  • Office 365 Business

Explanation

Office 365 Business can be used and shared with up to 300 users, whereas Office 365 Enterprise can be shared with an unlimited number of users. Hence, the Business plan is a solution designed for small and growing businesses, whereas the Enterprise plan is appropriate for larger firms.

Question 4: Skipped

TRUE OR FALSE
Passwords can be updated on-premises and in the cloud with Azure AD self-service password reset(SSPR).

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) self-service password reset (SSPR) lets users reset their passwords in the cloud, but most companies also have an on-premises Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) environment for users. Password writeback allows password changes in the cloud to be written back to an on-premises directory in real-time by using either Azure AD Connect or Azure AD Connect cloud sync.

References:

How does self-service password reset writeback work in Azure Active Directory?

Question 5: Skipped

Which of the following are THREE legitimate reasons why enterprises are considering migrating to the cloud?

  • Government Mandates
  • Acquisitions
  • (Correct)
  • Increased capacity requirements
  • (Correct)
  • Share value appreciation
  • Compliance needs
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A lot of factors can drive an enterprise’s cloud migration, however, acquisitions, increased capacity requirements during peak season & compliance with industry or government standards are very common.

References:

8 common reasons why enterprises migrate to the cloud | Google Cloud Blog

Question 6: Skipped

Which of the following features helps you manage your organization’s compliance requirements with greater ease and convenience by providing pre-built assessments for common industry and regional standards OR custom assessments to meet your unique compliance needs?

  • Compliance Accelerator
  • Smartsheet Accelerator
  • Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager
  • (Correct)
  • GDPR Use Case Accelerator

Explanation

Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager is a feature in the Microsoft 365 compliance center that helps you manage your organization’s compliance requirements with greater ease and convenience. To access Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager type https://compliance.microsoft.com/ on a web browser.

References:

Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager

Question 7: Skipped

When opening a Microsoft service ticket which of the following options (severity levels) indicate a partial loss of service i.e. the result is an inconvenience, which may require a temporary workaround?

  • Low
  • Medium
  • (Correct)
  • Very High
  • High

Explanation

Medium severity indicates partial loss of service. The result is an inconvenience, which may require a temporary workaround.

Question 8: Skipped

Which license is needed to get access to the Microsoft Office 365 conditional access policy feature?

  • AAD Premium P1
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD Free
  • AAD Premium P2
  • CASB

Explanation

Conditional Access brings signals together, to make decisions, and enforce organizational policies. You will need an Azure AD Premium P1 license to get access to the Microsoft Office 365 conditional access policy feature. Microsoft 365 Business Premium Licenses will also have access to the Office 365 Conditional Access feature.

Question 9: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 environment. You need to set up document and email classification for your organization by applying labels.

Which tool should you choose?

  • Azure Identity Protection
  • Activity explorer
  • Azure Information Protection
  • (Correct)
  • Content explorer

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to discover, classify, and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content. Azure Information Protection (AIP) is a cloud-based solution that enables organizations to discover, classify, and protect documents and emails by applying labels to content. Azure Information Protection (AIP) is part of Microsoft Purview Information Protection(formerly Microsoft Information Protection or MIP).

References:

What is Azure Information Protection?

Question 10: Skipped

You are an IT administrator at a medium-sized construction company that has 245 employees. To offer your users Microsoft 365 services, you are looking for the most cost-effective solution.

What should you choose?

  • Microsoft 365 Business
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 A5
  • Microsoft 365 F3
  • Microsoft 365 E5

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Business bundle is intended for small to medium-sized businesses with up to 300 employees. It offers a compelling mix of features and basic service plans. Hence Microsoft 365 Business in the best answer from the available options.

Question 11: Skipped

You are a compliance administrator for your organization. You need to find if a specific user has purged an item from their mailbox.

Which of the following tools should you use?

  • Microsoft 365 Admin Center
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoints
  • Audit Log search
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint Admin Center

Explanation

If you need to find if a user viewed a specific document or purged an item from their mailbox, you can use the audit log search tool in Microsoft 365 compliance center to search the unified audit log to view user and administrator activity in your organization.

References:

Search the audit log in the compliance portal

Question 12: Skipped

Which two of the following represent ways in which Microsoft cloud provides service-side technologies that encrypt customer data?

  • On-premise
  • In transit
  • (Correct)
  • Anywhere
  • At rest
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft provides service-side technologies that encrypt customer data at rest and in transit. For example, for customer data at rest, Microsoft Azure uses BitLocker and DM-Crypt.

For customer data in transit, Azure, Office 365, Microsoft Commercial Support, Microsoft Dynamics 365, Microsoft Power BI, and Visual Studio Team Services use industry-standard secure transport protocols, such as Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) and Transport Layer Security (TLS), between Microsoft datacenters and between user devices and Microsoft datacenters.

Question 13: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
When service issues are preventing global admin to access Service health in the Microsoft 365 admin center he/she can also alternatively visit https://www.twitter.com/MSFT365Status for checking for errors.

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When service issues are preventing tenant administrators from accessing Service health in the Microsoft 365 admin center. they can reference https://www.twitter.com/MSFT365Status for additional insights into widespread, active incidents.

Question 14: Skipped

Which three of the following are strong encryption protocols used in Office 365 to encrypt your data in transit?

  • AES
  • (Correct)
  • IPSec
  • (Correct)
  • TSL/SSL
  • (Correct)
  • Bitlocker

Explanation

With Office 365, your data is encrypted at rest and in transit, using several strong encryption protocols, and technologies that include Transport Layer Security/Secure Sockets Layer (TLS/SSL), Internet Protocol Security (IPSec), and Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). Please note that Bitlocker is used for encryption of data in rest.

Question 15: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization. You want to provide just-in-time privileged access to Azure AD and assign time-bound access to resources using start and end dates.

What should you use?

  • PIM
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD security defaults
  • Access Reviews
  • SSPR

Explanation

Privileged Identity Management provides time-based and approval-based role activation to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions on resources that you care about. Two of the many features of Privileged Identity Management are mentioned in the above question.

1) Provide just-in-time privileged access to Azure AD and Azure resources

2) Assign time-bound access to resources using start and end dates

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following statements best reflects the correct definition of SLA?

  • A service level agreement defines the level of availability and reliability the service provider will provide.
  • (Correct)
  • A service level agreement defines the level of financial support and reliability the service provider will provide
  • A service level agreement defines the hardware configuration of servers and the flexibility of the service provider will provide
  • A service level agreement defines the level of availability and funding the service provider will provide.

Explanation

Service-level agreements (SLAs) layout how your vendor should deliver the level of service you expect, as well as remedies and penalties that may be imposed if service levels are not met. In relation to the cloud availability and reliability are key metrics that should be included in the agreement.

Question 17: Skipped

Which of the following options allows password changes in the cloud to be written back to an on-premises directory in real time by using Azure AD Connect?

  • Password writeback
  • (Correct)
  • Password Complexity policy
  • Password Expiration Policy
  • Password change management

Explanation

Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) self-service password reset (SSPR) lets users reset their passwords in the cloud, but most companies also have an on-premises Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) environment for users. Password writeback allows password changes in the cloud to be written back to an on-premises directory in real-time by using either Azure AD Connect or Azure AD Connect cloud sync. When users change or reset their passwords using SSPR in the cloud, the updated passwords are also written back to the on-premises AD DS environment.

References:

How does self-service password reset writeback work in Azure Active Directory?

Question 18: Skipped

Fill in the Blank

Microsoft 365 subscriptions provide ________________?

  • per-device license
  • per-organization license
  • per-tenant license
  • per-user license
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 subscriptions provide per-user licenses, which means that the apps can be installed and used on up to five phones, five tablets, and five PCs or Macs simultaneously.

Question 19: Skipped

You are an independent IT consultant. One of your potential Microsoft 365 customers has requested help to do a cost-benefit analysis for on-premises vs the cloud. Which FOUR of the following options will qualify as important factors that would enable your customer to make a decision towards acquiring the cloud solution?

  • Increased TCO
  • Reduced Security
  • Increased end-user productivity
  • (Correct)
  • Reduced TCO
  • (Correct)
  • Increased availability
  • (Correct)
  • Improved Security
  • (Correct)

Explanation

With a cloud computing solution, you get the level of security necessary for your business whether you’re scaling up or down capacity. You could expect to reduce costs by moving to the cloud(Reduced TCO). Cloud will boost productivity because the programs and processes you are able to access when you utilize the cloud are often more advanced and efficient than those you could afford on your own.

High availability is the ultimate goal of moving to the cloud. The idea is to make your products, services, and tools available to your customers and employees

Question 20: Skipped

You are a global administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 environment. You need to configure an authentication method that authenticates users on-premises. Which two of the following options will allow you to achieve the objective?
(Select Two)

  • Pass-Through Authentication
  • (Correct)
  • ADFS
  • (Correct)
  • Password Hash Synchronization
  • EMS

Explanation

Active Directory Federation Services(ADFS) and Pass-Through Authentication are the correct answers here. In both these authentication configurations, the identity validation happens the on-premises environment.

Question 21: Skipped

You are an M365 security administrator for your organization. You want to implement Privileged Identity Management (PIM) in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to enable you to manage, control, and monitor access to important resources in your organization.

Which license is required to implement this feature?

  • AAD Premium P2
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD Free
  • CASB
  • AAD Premium P1

Explanation

Organizations want to minimize the number of people who have access to secure information or resources because that reduces the chance of

1) a malicious actor getting access

2) an authorized user inadvertently impacting a sensitive resource

using this feature requires an Azure AD Premium P2 license.

References:

What is Azure AD Privileged Identity Management?

Question 22: Skipped

You are configuring Multi-Factor Authentication(MFA) for your organization to ensure that users are prompted during the sign-in process for an additional form of identification after they have authenticated with their password.

Which of the following additional forms of verification can be used with Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication?
(Select Three)

  • Desktop popup
  • SMS
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Authentication App
  • (Correct)
  • Voice Call
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following additional forms of verification can be used with Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication: Microsoft Authenticator app, Windows Hello for Business FIDO2 security key, OATH software token, SMS, and Voice call.

Question 23: Skipped

“Data residency” refers to which of the following statements?

  • Where the data is physically and geographically stored
  • (Correct)
  • What security standards are applied to organizational data.
  • What encryption methodology has been used to encrypt organizational data
  • Who can access an organization’s data

Explanation

Data residency is a compliance requirement where a business focuses on storing its data in a specific geolocation. There may be many reasons for this requirement, but it is generally governed by government compliance, such as GDPR in Europe.

References:

Data residency in Azure

Question 24: Skipped

If you are an organizational compliance officer, which tool would you recommend to verify group memberships in Azure Active Directory on a periodic basis?

  • PIM
  • SSPR
  • Conditional Access
  • Access Reviews
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) access reviews enable organizations to efficiently manage group memberships, access to enterprise applications, and role assignments. User access can be reviewed on a regular basis to make sure only the right people have continued access.

References:

What are access reviews?

Question 25: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 consultant for a private cloud services organization in the United States. A US government entity has requirements to utilize all the features and capabilities of Office 365 services in a segmented government cloud community which enables them to meet U.S. compliance and security standards.

Which of the following plans can you recommend?

  • Office 365 G5
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 A1
  • Office 365 F1
  • Office 365 E3

Explanation

Office 365 Government plans are designed for the unique needs of government organizations. They provide all the features and capabilities of Office 365 services in a segmented government cloud community that enables organizations to meet U.S. compliance and security standards. Office 365 G1, G3 & G5 are examples of Office 365 Government plans.

Question 26: Skipped

You are a global administrator for your company. There are some users facing issues related to Microsoft 365 services in your company. You try to check Microsoft 365 service health status from the admin center but you are unable to log into the admin center.

Which of the following is a second status page that allows you to check for errors for logging into the Microsoft Admin Center?

  • None of the above
  • www.status.office365.com
  • (Correct)
  • www.checkstatus.office365.com
  • All of the above
  • www.admin.microsoft.com

Explanation

www.status.office365.com is a second status page that allows you to check for errors for logging into the Microsoft Admin Center. You can use it when you are not able to log into the Microsoft 365 admin center.

Question 27: Skipped

Which license is needed to create conditional access policies incorporating Azure AD Identity Protection user risk detections?

  • AAD Premium P1
  • Azure AD Free
  • AAD Premium P2
  • (Correct)
  • CASB

Explanation

Microsoft works with researchers, law enforcement, various security teams at Microsoft, and other trusted sources to find the leaked username and password pairs. Organizations with Azure AD Premium P2 licenses can create Conditional Access policies incorporating Azure AD Identity Protection user risk detections.

References:

Common Conditional Access policy: User risk-based password change

Question 28: Skipped

Which of the following definitions defines the term “tenant” in Microsoft 365?

  • It is a logical security boundary within which all information and data related to an organization are stored.
  • (Correct)
  • It is a logical security boundary within which all information and data related to different organizations are stored together.
  • It is an on-demand, scalable computer resource that is available in Azure.
  • It is a physical server in a data center within which all information and data related to an organization are stored.

Explanation

The tenant establishes a logical security boundary and all the information and data associated with that organization are held within it. A tenant, therefore, represents a single organization, identity, or person.

References:

Understanding Tenants and Subscriptions in Azure

Question 29: Skipped

You are a global administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 environment. You have been asked to recommend an authentication method that does not rely on the availability of the on-premises infrastructure.

Which two of the following options will allow you to achieve the objective? (Select Two)

  • Pass-Through Authentication
  • ADFS
  • Password Hash Synchronization
  • (Correct)
  • Cloud Identity
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Password hash synchronization enables an Azure AD user to use the same password as the corresponding on-premise Azure Account. authentication is performed by Azure Active Directory(AAD) which still happens in the cloud.

Cloud identity is the simplest form of identity. It is stored and completely managed inside Azure Active Directory(AAD). It is managed through Microsoft 365 Admin Center. or by scripting.

Question 30: Skipped

You are configuring Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication(MFA) for your organization. You plan to configure the second form of authentication for users to increase security. MFA will prevent an attacker from gaining unauthorized access in case the password is weak or has been exposed elsewhere.
Azure AD MFA works by requiring which of the following authentication methods? (Select Three)

  • Something you are
  • (Correct)
  • Something you know
  • (Correct)
  • Something you do
  • Something you have
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication works by requiring two or more of the following authentication methods: Something you know, typically a password. Something you have, such as a trusted device that’s not easily duplicated, like a phone or hardware key. Something you are – biometrics like a fingerprint or face scan.

Question 31: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization. You want to automate the process of checking group membership and removing stale accounts from groups as you have identified a few cases where people have left the company but their old access has not been removed.

What should you use?

  • Privileged Identity Management
  • Access Reviews
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD security defaults
  • SSPR

Explanation

You can use Access Reviews to automate the checking of group membership and removing stale accounts from groups in an organization. As people move teams or leave the company, you make sure that their old access is removed.

Question 32: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
Microsoft Defender for Endpoint provides antivirus & endpoint detection and response (EDR) capabilities for selected versions of macOS.

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint on macOS offers antivirus, endpoint detection and response (EDR), and vulnerability management capabilities for the three latest released versions of macOS. You can deploy and manage the solution through Microsoft Endpoint Manager and Jamf. Just like with Microsoft Office applications on macOS, Microsoft Auto Update is used to manage Microsoft Defender for Endpoint on Mac updates.

References:

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint on other platforms

Question 33: Skipped

Which of the following product includes a set of applications and add-ons, which address organizational requirements for ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) and CRM (Customer Relationship Management)?

  • Microsoft Dynamics 365
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint
  • Microsoft Delve
  • Microsoft Azure

Explanation

Dynamics 365 includes more than a dozen apps and add-ons, which address your needs for ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning), CRM (Customer Relationship Management), and so much more.

Question 34: Skipped

TRUE or FALSE
Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager can help simplify your compliance journey by offering pre-built assessments for common compliance standards.

  • False
  • True
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager can also help simplify your compliance journey by offering:

1) Pre-built assessments for common compliance standards

2) Custom assessments to meet your organization’s specific compliance needs

Question 35: Skipped

When opening a Microsoft service ticket, what severity level is used to indicate a significant loss or degradation of services requiring immediate attention?

  • Severity A
  • (Correct)
  • Severity C
  • Severity B
  • Severity Z

Explanation

When you select Severity A you confirm that the issue has critical business impact, with severe loss and degradation of services.

Question 36: Skipped

What would be the determining factor for when Windows users would get a new release?

  • Deployment ring
  • (Correct)
  • Windows Insiders
  • Service branch
  • Service channel

Explanation

Ring deployment is a form of gradual rollout where new features are released gradually to different groups of users to mitigate risk. It is referred to as a ring as these groups of users are represented as an expanding series of rings, starting with a small group of users to eventually encompass all users.

References:

What is a ring deployment?

Question 37: Skipped

You are a global administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 environment. You need to configure an authentication method that authenticates users on-premises.

Which one would you pick from the following options?

  • Password Hash Synchronization
  • EMS
  • Cloud identity
  • ADFS
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Active Directory Federation Services(ADFS) is the correct answer here. When you federate your on-premises environment with Azure AD, you establish a trusting relationship between the on-premises identity provider and Azure AD. Azure AD Connect can manage federation between on-premises Active Directory Federation Service (AD FS) and Azure AD. Similar to pass-through authentication, federated identity processes the identity validation in the on-premises environment.

Question 38: Skipped

You are a security administrator for your organization which has a Microsoft 365 subscription. Your organization requires strict password policies as mandated by your company’s management after a recent password breach. You want user passwords to expire after a certain number of days.

What should you do?

  • Implement a password expiration policy
  • (Correct)
  • Ask users to change passwords every 180 days
  • Ask users to change passwords every 90 days
  • Implement SSPR

Explanation

As an admin, you can make user passwords expire after a certain number of days, or set passwords to never expire. By default, passwords are set to never expire for your organization.

Question 39: Skipped

Which of the following statements reflects accurately a “feature update” in Windows computers?

  • It is a security release
  • It is a non-security release
  • A monthly release that contains both security and non-security fixes
  • Any new features, such as an improved built-in application, a visual refresh, or an improved user experience.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

On Windows 10, features updates are technically new versions of the OS, which are available twice a year, during spring and fall time frames. They are also known as “semi-annual” releases, and they’re supported for 18 months. These updates typically include new features, visual improvements, and significant enhancements to improve the overall experience and security.

References:

The difference between ‘feature updates’ and ‘quality updates on Windows 11, 10

Question 40: Skipped

An organization in the United States wants to choose Microsoft 365 GCC. Which of the following is a basic requirement for the organization will have to meet?

  • Public Sector
  • (Correct)
  • Charitable Trust
  • Private Sector
  • University or Polytech

Explanation

Microsoft 365 GCC is reserved for state and local governments, as well as their contractors. “GCC” stands for Microsoft 365 Government Community Cloud (GCC), and is a Microsoft Platform as a Service (PaaS) built on Azure Commercial infrastructure, but is separated from Commercial Office 365 to coincide with Microsoft’s accreditation boundary.

References:

Microsoft 365 Government

Question 41: Skipped

Which of the following statement identifies “Cloud Discovery’s” importance as a key feature of Defender for Cloud Apps?

  • It enables you to gain visibility into Shadow IT
  • (Correct)
  • Helps implement a DLP Policy
  • Pushes cloud apps to on-premises devices
  • It reports on the compatibility of an application

Explanation

Cloud Discovery is one of the features of Defender for Cloud Apps, which enables you to gain visibility into Shadow IT by discovering cloud apps in use.

Question 42: Skipped

Which one of the following is an example of data in transit?

  • Documents uploaded in a Skype for Business meeting
  • Conservations taking place in an online meeting
  • (Correct)
  • Files uploaded to a SharePoint library
  • Files uploaded to OneDrive for Business

Explanation

Examples of data in transit include mail messages that are in the process of being delivered or conversations that are taking place in an online meeting. In-Office 365, data is in transit whenever a user’s device is communicating with a Microsoft server.

Question 43: Skipped

Your company with 220 employees is planning to make use of Microsoft 365 services. You are evaluating different plans offered by Microsoft 365 for a range of users in your company as requirements will vastly vary across different roles and departments.

Can you mix and match different Microsoft 365 plans to suit different sets of users?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Yes, you can mix and match Microsoft 365 plans. Please note that there are some license limitations at the plan level. The Microsoft 365 Business Basic, Apps for business, Business Standard, and Business Premium plans each have a limit of 300 users, while the Enterprise plans are for an unlimited number of users. For example, you can purchase 300 Business Premium seats, 300 Business Standard seats, and 500 Enterprise E3 seats on a single tenant.

Question 44: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for your organization responsible for managing all security aspects of this environment. Security requirements recommend provisioning policies to force a user to perform MFA to prove they are who they say they are if user behavior falls outside the norm during a sign-in activity. You plan to create Conditional Access policies incorporating Azure AD Identity protection sign-in risk detections.

Which license is required to use this feature?

  • Azure AD Free
  • Azure AD Premium P2
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD Premium P3
  • Azure AD Premium P1

Explanation

A sign-in risk represents the probability that a given authentication request isn’t authorized by the identity owner. Organizations with Azure AD Premium P2 licenses can create Conditional Access policies incorporating Azure AD Identity Protection sign-in risk detections.

Question 45: Skipped

When opening a Microsoft service ticket, what severity level is used to indicate a minimum business Impact – and for such an incident Microsoft will contact you during business hours only?

  • Severity C
  • (Correct)
  • Severity B
  • Severity X
  • Severity A

Explanation

Severity C indicates minimum Business Impact which means that you have an issue, but it has a small impact on your business. For a Severity C incident, Microsoft will contact you during business hours only.

Question 46: Skipped

You are Microsoft 365 administrator for your organization. You want to use Conditional Access to make decisions and enforce organizational policies.

Which license is required to use this feature?

  • Azure AD Premium P2
  • Azure AD Free
  • Azure AD Premium P3
  • Azure AD Premium P1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Conditional Access policies at their simplest are if-then statements, if a user wants to access a resource, then they must complete an action Using this feature requires an Azure AD Premium P1 license.

Question 47: Skipped

Which of the following security services are required to use Attack Simulation training in the Microsoft Defender portal to run realistic attack scenarios in your organization?

  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365 Plan 1 (Defender for Office P1)
  • Exchange Online Protection (EOP)
  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365 Plan 2 (Defender for Office P2)
  • (Correct)
  • AAD Premium Plan 1

Explanation

Every Office 365 subscription comes with security capabilities. The goals and actions that you can take depend on the focus of these different subscriptions. If your organization has Microsoft 365 E5 or Microsoft Defender for Office 365 Plan 2, which includes Threat Investigation and Response capabilities, you can use Attack simulation training in the Microsoft 365 Defender portal to run realistic attack scenarios in your organization.

References:

Get started using Attack simulation training in Defender for Office 365

Question 48: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 consultant. You are planning to visit a potential Microsoft 365 customer which is a big commercial organization (Elwood Staffing) in your country with more than 2000 users. You plan to give a presentation to the senior management team of Elwood Staffing focusing on some key selling points of Microsoft 365.

Which key features/selling points can you use in your presentation?
(Select Three)

  • Security
  • (Correct)
  • Compliance
  • (Correct)
  • Disconnected
  • No management and configuration requirements
  • Productivity
  • (Correct)

Explanation

One of the primary goals of Microsoft 365 is to enable personal and group productivity.

Microsoft 365 was designed to enable productivity and collaboration whilst remaining secure. It is one of the pillars of the service and a key selling point.

Microsoft 365 can manage your organization’s compliance requirements with greater ease and convenience by providing pre-build assessments for common industry and regional standards OR custom assessments to meet your unique compliance needs

Question 49: Skipped

Which default role in Microsoft 365 has access to nearly all features and roles?

  • Domain admin
  • Enterprise admin
  • Azure admin
  • Global admin
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Users with “Global Admin” role permissions have global access to most management features and data across Microsoft online services. Giving too many users global access is a security risk and Microsoft recommends that you have between 2 and 4 Global admins.

References:

About admin roles in the Microsoft 365 admin center

Question 50: Skipped

Which of the following is the central location for IT professionals & business decision-makers, to find out what’s new and what’s coming up in Microsoft 365?

  • Compliance Center
  • Azure AD
  • Microsoft 365 Roadmap
  • (Correct)
  • Active Directory

Explanation

With dozens of apps and features, it can be challenging to keep up with what’s new and what’s coming soon. That’s where the Microsoft 365 roadmap comes in. The roadmap is the central location for IT professionals, business decision-makers, and anyone else who’s interested, to see what’s coming. It was created to help them plan, communicate changes, and take full advantage of your Microsoft 365 subscription.

Question 1: Skipped

Which of the following is the new employee experience platform that brings together communications, knowledge, learning, resources, and insights in the flow of work?

  • Microsoft Delve
  • OneDrive
  • OneNote
  • Microsoft Viva
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Viva is an employee experience platform that brings together communications, knowledge, learning, resources, and insights in the flow of work.

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following product includes a set of applications and add-ons, which address organizational requirements for ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) and CRM (Customer Relationship Management)?

  • Microsoft Azure
  • SharePoint
  • Microsoft Dynamics 365
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Delve

Explanation

Dynamics 365 includes more than a dozen apps and add-ons, which address your needs for ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning), CRM (Customer Relationship Management), and so much more.

Question 3: Skipped

Microsoft 365 is used by your company. You are responsible for protecting admin roles. In order to achieve this, you should use a feature that requires approvals.

What is the most useful feature in this scenario?

  • Microsoft Azure AD Privilege Identity Protection
  • (Correct)
  • Mobile application protection policy.
  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection.
  • Microsoft Azure AD Conditional Access.

Explanation

You cant configure or protect Admin accounts without Privileged Identity Management. Azure AD Identity Protection is for monitoring and protecting USER accounts, not ADMIN accounts.

Question 4: Skipped

Which of the following portals allows the modification of subscription payment methods and frequency?

  • None of the above
  • All of the above
  • Microsoft 365 admin center
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Subscription Center

Explanation

You modify the payment method and frequency of your Microsoft 365 subscription in the Microsoft 365 admin center.

Question 5: Skipped

What does the modern approach to security called “Zero Trust” mean in Microsoft 365?

  • never verify
  • never trust, always verify.
  • (Correct)
  • always trust a device
  • always trust, never verify

Explanation

Microsoft has adopted a modern approach to security called “Zero Trust,” which is based on the principle: never trust, always verify. This security approach protects companies and their customers by managing and granting access based on the continual verification of identities, devices, and services.

References:

Transitioning to modern access architecture with Zero Trust

Question 6: Skipped

From the following options select the MOST widely used example of cloud computing.

  • VM
  • Online Email
  • (Correct)
  • Fox News
  • Mouse

Explanation

All hosted email providers including Gmail and Outlook are SaaS cloud computing services.

Question 7: Skipped

Out of the following release stages of Microsoft 365 cloud services at which stage when a product is released it is considered production-ready?

  • General Availability
  • (Correct)
  • Public preview
  • Private preview

Explanation

In the General Availability, stage product is considered mature as it has reached the point where it can be bought by anyone. It is considered production-ready at this stage.

Question 8: Skipped

Which of the following is the MOST likely reason for an organization to take a PaaS subscription?

  • Data duplication
  • Malware protection
  • M365 configuration
  • Web Application development
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The PaaS model is used for Web Application Development. For instance, Azure Web Apps is a cloud computing-based platform for hosting websites, created and operated by Microsoft. Azure App Service, one of the Azure products, is a fully managed Platform as a Service (PaaS) that provides all the tools and services needed to create reliable and scalable mission-critical Web Apps, Mobile Apps, API Apps, and Logic Apps in a single instance.

Question 9: Skipped

The security features of Microsoft 365 E5 must be applied after you have purchased a subscription. You are currently configuring a security feature that allows you to protect against unidentified malware, viruses, and malicious URLs.
Which M365 feature you are configuring?

  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure AD Conditional Access.
  • Microsoft Azure Data Protection
  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection.

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Office 365 safeguards your organization against malicious threats posed by email messages, links (URLs), and collaboration tools.

References:

Microsoft Defender for Office 365

Question 10: Skipped

You work for a retail company that is planning to upgrade its Windows 7 point-of-sale terminals to Windows 10. These POS terminals will not be upgraded now before 5 years have passed. Your solution has to allow for the scheduling of upgrades and updates to be executed consistently for all devices, while also keeping costs to a minimum.

Which servicing tool you should use from the following options?

  • Windows Server Update Services
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Intune
  • Azure AD Connect
  • Windows Autopilot

Explanation

Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) provides extensive control over updates and is natively available in the Windows Server operating system. In addition to the ability to defer updates, organizations can add an approval layer for updates and choose to deploy them to specific computers or groups of computers whenever ready.

References:

Overview of Windows as a service

Question 11: Skipped

You are a Microsoft 365 administrator for a company. A cost-effective Microsoft Office 365 plan should be recommended to a customer that will fulfill their requirement.
Requirement

The enterprise edition of the Office apps plus cloud-based file storage and sharing.

Which one should you choose?

  • Office 365 E3
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 E1
  • None of the above
  • Office 365 E5

Explanation

Office 365 E3 is a cloud-based suite of productivity apps and services with information protection and compliance capabilities included. • Install Office for mobile on up to five PCs or Macs, five tablets, and five phones per user. • Protect information with message encryption, rights management, and data loss prevention for email and files. • Safeguard corporate data by allowing more secure access to company resources and enabling safe sharing of sensitive information inside and outside your organization. • Facilitate legal compliance and email archiving with eDiscovery and mailbox hold.

Question 12: Skipped

The security features of Microsoft 365 E5 must be applied after you have purchased a subscription. You are currently configuring a security feature that allows you to control how a Microsoft support engineer accesses information during a help session.
Which M365 feature you are configuring?

  • Microsoft Office 365 Advanced Threat Protection.
  • Data Loss Prevention.
  • Microsoft Purview Customer Lockbox.
  • (Correct)
  • Data Governance.

Explanation

Customer Lockbox ensures that Microsoft can’t access your content to do service operations without your explicit approval. Customer Lockbox brings you into the approval workflow process that Microsoft uses to ensure only authorized requests allow access to your content. To learn more about Microsoft’s workflow process

References:

Microsoft Purview Customer Lockbox

Question 13: Skipped

What features are available in Microsoft 365 Enterprise E5, but not in Microsoft Enterprise E3?

  • None of the above
  • More user licenses
  • Localized versions
  • Advanced threat protection & Compliance
  • (Correct)

Explanation

E5 includes all of the same features as E3 plus the latest advanced threat protection, security, and collaboration tools.

References:

Transform your enterprise with Microsoft 365

Question 14: Skipped

You are IT Manager in a massive retail home improvement store. A part of your role is to manage point-of-sale terminals that run Windows 7. You are planning to upgrade the POS terminals to Windows 10.

Which Windows 10 version would you choose?

  • Windows 10 Pro
  • Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 10 Enterprise
  • Windows 10 Home

Explanation

POS terminals typically perform a single important task and don’t need feature updates as frequently as other devices in the organization. It’s more important that these devices be kept as stable and secure as possible than up to date with user interface changes. The LTSC servicing model prevents Enterprise LTSC devices from receiving the usual feature updates and provides only quality updates to ensure that device security stays up to date.

Question 15: Skipped

You need to determine upcoming product updates that are in the pipeline for Microsoft 365 applications.

What should you use?

  • config.microsoft.com
  • compliance.microsoft.com
  • Microsoft Lifecycle Services
  • Microsoft 365 Roadmap
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Microsoft 365 Roadmap tool sets out the upcoming product updates that are in the pipeline for Microsoft 365 programs.

References:

Microsoft Office 365 Roadmap

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following is the central location for IT professionals & business decision-makers, to find out what’s new and what’s coming up in Microsoft 365?

  • Active Directory
  • All of the above
  • Azure AD
  • None of the above
  • Microsoft 365 Roadmap
  • (Correct)

Explanation

With dozens of apps and features, it can be challenging to keep up with what’s new and what’s coming soon. That’s where the Microsoft 365 roadmap comes in. The roadmap is the central location for IT professionals, business decision-makers, and anyone else who’s interested, to see what’s coming. It was created to help them plan, communicate changes, and take full advantage of your Microsoft 365 subscription.

Question 17: Skipped

You have a Microsoft 365 E5 subscription. You need to apply security features after acquiring the subscription. You need to implement a cloud-based email filtering service that helps protect your organization against advanced threats to email and collaboration tools, like phishing, business email compromise, and malware attacks.

Which of the following features will you be configuring?

  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection.
  • Access Reviews
  • Microsoft Azure AD Conditional Access.
  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Office 365 is a cloud-based email filtering service that helps protect your organization against advanced threats to email and collaboration tools, like phishing, business email compromise, and malware attacks.

Question 18: Skipped

You are an IT Administrator for a big company that plans to migrate to Microsoft 365. Front-line employees have a specific requirement that they need to be able to collaborate by using Microsoft Yammer, SharePoint Online, and Teams. You must keep the cost to a minimum. You need a subscription for this front-line team to provide them access to Microsoft Office 365.

From the following options which subscription type should you use?

  • F3
  • (Correct)
  • E1
  • E5
  • E3

Explanation

You can empower your firstling workers by implementing Microsoft F3 licensing, allowing them to become more connected to your company and engaged in its culture by using Microsoft Yammer, SharePoint Online, and Teams web apps. References: Microsoft F3 License and 5 Reasons You Should Utilize It for Firstline Workers – Apex Digital Solutions

Question 19: Skipped

A team working on the project is distributed across different locations. In order to improve teamwork and collaboration, you encourage more informal communication.

Which Microsoft product is most suitable?

  • Power BI
  • Word
  • Teams
  • (Correct)
  • OneDrive

Explanation

Teams allow people to chat one-to-one or in groups, or have audio or video calls. Chat is less formal than email, and you can quickly switch to audio and video calls.

Question 20: Skipped

You work for a retail company that is planning to upgrade its Windows 7 point-of-sale terminals to Windows 10. These POS terminals will not be upgraded now before 5 years have passed. You must keep it at a minimum cost and ensure that these POS terminals are not updated often.

Which of the following is the version of windows you should upgrade to?

  • Windows 10 home
  • Windows 10 LTSE
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 10 pro
  • Windows 10 Enterprise

Explanation

TSC = Long Term Servicing Channel” is the keyword here. Specialized systems—such as devices that control medical equipment, point-of-sale systems, and ATMs—often require a longer servicing option because of their purpose. These devices typically perform a single important task and don’t need feature updates as frequently as other devices in the organization. It’s more important that these devices be kept as stable and secure as possible than up to date with user interface changes

Question 21: Skipped

To answer this question you need to evaluate the bold-Italicised text to determine if it is correct.

Microsoft 365 is an example of a Platform as a service (PaaS).

Review the underlined text. If it makes the statement correct, select `No change is needed.` If the statement is incorrect, select the answer choice that makes the statement correct.

  • Infrastructure as a service (IaaS)
  • Software as a service (Saas)
  • (Correct)
  • Windows as a service (WaaS)
  • No Change is needed.

Explanation

Microsoft 365 is a SaaS, which provides an online version of MS Office Suite (Office Web Apps) along with SharePoint Server & Exchange Server.

References:

Cloud Service Models (IaaS, SaaS, PaaS) + How Microsoft Office 365, Azure Fit In

Question 22: Skipped

In what way is the public cloud most beneficial to a startup company?

  • Shared company resources.
  • Safety from denial of service attack
  • Allow startups to scale growth and operations at a low cost.
  • (Correct)
  • Safety from data leakage

Explanation

Startups and small businesses must look for tools that enable innovation and adaptation, yet are also cost-effective. Startup companies looking to the cloud for IT solutions because they can scale with their evolving needs at a low cost.

Question 23: Skipped

Which type of cloud model represents Microsoft Office apps?

  • platform as a service (PaaS)
  • windows as a service(WaaS)
  • infrastructure as a service (IaaS)
  • software as a service (SaaS)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Office 365 applications are SaaS, which provides an online version of MS Office Suite (Office Web Apps) along with SharePoint Server & Exchange Server.

References:

Cloud Service Models (IaaS, SaaS, PaaS) + How Microsoft Office 365, Azure Fit In

Question 24: Skipped

Identify the SLA for preview services in Microsoft 365.

  • 99.9%
  • No SLA is applicable unless otherwise specified
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Enterprise Agreement
  • Standards SLA for individual products

Explanation

Fore services in preview Microsoft may supply support services, but normal service level agreements do not apply.

Question 25: Skipped

Your team leaders are located all over the world, so you need to hold a weekly meeting.

Which Microsoft product is most suitable?

  • PowerPoint
  • SharePoint
  • Teams
  • (Correct)
  • Forms

Explanation

Microsoft Teams allows you to hold video or audio meetings, schedule the meetings weekly, and keep meeting notes.

Question 26: Skipped

Microsoft has partnered with which third-party service, to communicate with customers and collect feedback?

  • UserReport
  • Pulse Insights
  • WebEngage
  • UserVoice
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft has partnered with UserVoice, a third-party service, to communicate with customers and collect feedback

References:

UserVoice Pages

Question 27: Skipped

You are an IT administrator for an organization that has a Microsoft 365 environment. You are interested in learning more about what happens if the Microsoft Office 365 services availability does not meet the agreed standards.

Where will you find this information?

  • Service Level agreement
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Products and Services agreement
  • Microsoft Services agreement
  • Microsoft Enterprise agreement
  • Microsoft Cloud agreement

Explanation

The Service Level Agreements (SLA) describe Microsoft’s commitments for uptime and connectivity for Microsoft Online Services. If Microsoft does not achieve and maintain the service levels for each service as described in the Service Level Agreement, then customers might be compensated in the form of a credit towards a portion of their monthly service fees. This information is available in SLA.

Question 28: Skipped

What are the ways in which Microsoft 365 reduces the total cost of risk?

  • By transforming and streamlining business processes
  • By improving security
  • (Correct)
  • By reducing office space costs
  • By reducing office employee costs

Explanation

Microsoft 365 reduces the total cost of risk by improving security.

References:

Reduce IT costs and do more with less

Question 29: Skipped

Microsoft 365 is used by your company. You are responsible for protecting members of the Global Administrators group. Dynamic risk profiles should be used to accomplish this.

Which of the following is a feature you should use?

  • Device configuration policy.
  • Microsoft Azure AD Privilege Identity Protection.
  • Microsoft Azure AD Conditional Access.
  • (Correct)
  • Mobile application protection policy.

Explanation

A sign-in risk represents the probability that a given authentication request isn’t authorized by the identity owner. Organizations with Azure AD Premium P2 licenses can create Conditional Access policies incorporating Azure AD Identity Protection sign-in risk detections.

References:

Configure and enable risk policies

Question 30: Skipped

You are an M365 administrator for your organization Users in your organization need to co-author files with other users.

What should you use?

  • Microsoft Skype for Business Online
  • Microsoft Exchange Online
  • Microsoft Delve
  • Microsoft SharePoint Online
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Co-authoring in SharePoint Server lets multiple users work on a document, at any time, without interfering with each other’s changes. Co-authoring removes barriers to server-based document collaboration.

References:

Overview of co-authoring in SharePoint Server

Question 31: Skipped

What Microsoft 365 subscription option would be best for companies with fewer than 300 employees?

  • Microsoft 365 Enterprise
  • Microsoft 365 Education
  • Microsoft 365 for Business
  • (Correct)
  • None of these

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Business is designed for companies with under 300 employees. Microsoft 365 for enterprise is designed for large organizations, but it can also be used for medium-sized and small businesses that need the most advanced security and productivity capabilities.

Question 32: Skipped

Which of the following are THREE legitimate reasons why enterprises are considering migrating to the cloud?

  • Increased capacity requirements
  • (Correct)
  • Enterprise share value increases
  • Compliance requirements
  • (Correct)
  • Acquisitions
  • (Correct)
  • Governments mandates

Explanation

When companies merge, it’s often a challenge to match up application landscapes and data—and doing this across multiple on-prem data centers can be all the more challenging. Lots of enterprises undergoing mergers find that moving key applications and data into the cloud makes the process easier. Using the cloud also makes it easier to accommodate new geographies and employees.

Whether it’s the normal progression of a growing business or the need to accommodate huge capacity jumps during seasonal shifts, your enterprise can benefit from being able to rapidly increase or decrease compute.

If you’re working in industries like financial services and healthcare, ensuring data compliance is essential for business operations. Moving to the cloud means businesses are using cloud-based tools and services that are already compliant, helping remove some of the burden of compliance from enterprise IT teams.

Question 33: Skipped

TRUE OR FALSE

It is not possible to connect cloud services to on-premises resources.

  • FALSE
  • (Correct)
  • TRUE

Explanation

Cloud integration connects multiple cloud environments, systems, and applications to enable administrators to have a cohesive IT infrastructure for managing data and applications. Cloud integration can also join public clouds with on-premise systems to create a hybrid deployment model.

Question 34: Skipped

A company plans to deploy Microsoft Exchange Server. The company wants to make use of features such as Information Rights Management, Archiving, and Legal Hold.

Which of the following answers best represents the options for this company?

  • Exchange Online only
  • Exchange Server and Exchange Online
  • (Correct)
  • Exchange Server only
  • None of the above

Explanation

To help prevent information leakage, Exchange Server includes Information Rights Management (IRM) features, which provide persistent online and offline protection for email messages and attachments. Archiving and legal hold features are also available in both environments.

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following options will NOT qualify as a recognizable cloud classification model?

  • PaaS
  • SaaS
  • BYOD
  • (Correct)
  • IaaS

Explanation

IaaS, PaaS, and SaaS are the popular three main types of cloud computing models. DoS cannot be classified as a cloud computing model hence it is the odd one out.

Question 36: Skipped

Recently, you have been asked to manage a project involving both internal and external stakeholders. You must share documents with everyone on the project.

Which Microsoft product is most suitable?

  • Yammer
  • OneDrive
  • (Correct)
  • Email
  • Power BI

Explanation

Using OneDrive you can password protect files and share files with people inside and outside your organization.

Question 37: Skipped

You are an IT Administrator and your company has an on-premises application server. Your company wants to utilize the potential of Microsoft 365 while keeping the application server on-premises.

Which cloud deployment model should you use?

  • Public
  • Hybrid
  • (Correct)
  • Private
  • Government

Explanation

Hybrid Cloud refers to a cloud computing model that uses a combination of at least one private cloud and at least one public cloud, which works together to provide a flexible mix of cloud computing services. The key word here is to use both. So answer Hybrid

Question 38: Skipped

To determine whether the underlined segment is accurate, you should consider the underlined segment.

You must create a GDPR assessment to retrieve personal data for employees who request it under General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) guidelines.

Please select `No adjustment required` if the bold-Italicized segment is accurate. Select the accurate option if the bold-Italicized segment is inaccurate.

In your situation, what should you do?

  • Device configuration policy
  • Mobile application protection policy
  • No adjustment required
  • Data subject request case
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The accurate option is “data subject request case” as per the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) guidelines, when an employee requests their personal data, a data subject request case should be created to retrieve the data. A GDPR assessment is not a requirement to retrieve data for employees who request personal data under GDPR guidelines.

References:

Office 365 Data Subject Requests for the GDPR and CCPA

Question 39: Skipped

Your organization with a Microsoft 365 subscription has multiple office locations in the United States. Your organization has developed a new LOB application and you have to ensure that the LOB application is available to all employees across the US irrespective of their location. You must also be able to track the Windows 10 devices using Microsoft cloud services such as Intune on which this app is installed. The solution must be cost-effective.

What should you do?

  • Upload the app on a shared drive on the local network. Share it within the organization for employees to download and install it on their devices.
  • Upload the app to Microsoft OneDrive. Share it within the organization for employees to download and install it on their devices.
  • Using Microsoft Intune, deploy the app to all devices.
  • (Correct)
  • A group policy can be used to deploy the app to all devices.

Explanation

Microsoft Intune supports a variety of app types and deployment scenarios on Windows 10 devices. After you’ve added an app to Intune, you can assign the app to users and devices.

Question 40: Skipped

You are a security administrator and want to use enterprise-grade device management and security capabilities of Microsoft 365 for users in your organization. One of the specific security requirements mentioned in security policies is the use of Azure Information Protection for your organizational users.
Which Microsoft 365 for business subscription should you use?

  • Microsoft 365 Business Standard
  • All of these
  • Microsoft 365 Business Basic
  • Microsoft 365 Business Premium
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Business Premium includes Azure Information Protection as a part of Enterprise-grade device management and security capabilities:

Question 41: Skipped

An important new product is being launched by your organization. Your goal is to announce it to your industry by hosting a major online event. Several people will speak, plus there will be videos.

Which combination of Microsoft products should you use to host the event?

  • Teams, SharePoint, and Stream.
  • None of these
  • PowerPoint, SharePoint, and Stream.
  • Yammer, Teams, and Stream.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Yammer, Teams, and Stream will allow you to use different types of content and host a major online event.

Question 42: Skipped

Your company subscribes to Microsoft Office 365. Your role as a subscription administrator is to recommend a solution that prevents users from copying corporate information from managed applications installed on unmanaged devices.

What would you recommend?

  • Azure AD Connect
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • SCCM
  • Azure AD Application Proxy.

Explanation

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based service that focuses on mobile device management (MDM) and mobile application management (MAM). You control how your organization’s devices are used, including mobile phones, tablets, and laptops. You can also configure specific policies to control applications. For example, you can prevent emails from being sent to people outside your organization. Intune also allows people in your organization to use their personal devices for school or work. On personal devices, Intune helps make sure your organization’s data stays protected and can isolate organization data from personal data.

References:

Microsoft Intune securely manages identities, manages apps, and manages devices

Question 43: Skipped

You are an IT administrator for a large organization. You need to use The Office Customization Tool to create configuration files that are used to deploy Office in large organizations.

Which of the following options will be the correct website that you can use to configure an Office configuration XML file?

  • https://configure.office.com
  • https://configure.office365.com
  • https://config.office.com
  • (Correct)
  • https://config.office365.com

Explanation

The Office Customization Tool creates the configuration files that are used to deploy Office in large organizations. These configuration files give you more control over an Office installation: you can define which applications and languages are installed, how those applications should be updated, and application preferences. You can visit https://config.office.com/deploymentsettings to configure XML files for office deployment in large organizations.

Question 44: Skipped

Who provides your subscription with the cloud solution provider model (CSP)?

  • It is provided by a CSP retail store
  • It is provided by a CSP partner
  • (Correct)
  • It is provided directly by Microsoft
  • None of the above

Explanation

With the cloud solution provider (CSP) model, your subscription is provided through an expert CSP partner.

Question 45: Skipped

Which of the following statements matches closely to the definition of “Unified endpoint management”?

  • None of the above
  • It is an integrated approach to managing, controlling, and securing devices.
  • (Correct)
  • It is an approach toward efficient software development on iMac
  • It is an integrated approach to provide protection against ransomware on Desktop PC

Explanation

Unified endpoint management refers to an integrated approach to managing, controlling, and securing devices. This can include mobile devices, laptops, desktops, tablets, and any other relevant endpoint devices

Question 46: Skipped

What type of cloud model allows access to Microsoft Office apps?

  • Ransomware as a service
  • Infrastructure as a service (IaaS)
  • Software as a service (SaaS)
  • (Correct)
  • Platform as a service (PaaS)

Explanation

Office 365 is a SaaS, which provides an online version of MS Office Suite (Office Web Apps) along with SharePoint Server, Exchange Server, and Lync Server.

References:

IaaS vs PaaS vs SaaS Cloud Computing Architectures Compared

Question 47: Skipped

Which Microsoft 365 capability includes Microsoft Endpoint Manager?

  • Productivity and Teamwork
  • Security and Compliance
  • Business Management
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft EndPoint Manager is part of the Business Management capability for Microsoft 365.

Question 48: Skipped

A company plans is considering deploying either Microsoft Office 2021 or Microsoft Office 365 Business premium subscription for its employees. Which TWO of the following are key advantages of Office 365 Business premium subscription over Microsoft Office 2021?

  • Microsoft Office 365 Business is sold as a one-time purchase,
  • Features remain constant through the lifetime of the applications
  • With Office 365 Business premium subscription a single license may be deployed to multiple devices
  • (Correct)
  • Fully functional Office mobile apps are free to install and use
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can install Office 365 on all your devices and sign in to five at the same time―that means you can use Office no matter where you are or what device you’re on. Install the mobile apps for free and get extra features when you sign in to Office apps on your device.

Question 49: Skipped

Your company subscribes to Microsoft Office 365. It is your responsibility as an administrator to configure a cloud security feature to allow email and document classification and labeling.

What feature should you use?

  • Microsoft Azure AD Identity Protection.
  • Microsoft Purview Information Protection.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure AD Privilege Identity Protection.
  • Intune App Protection.

Explanation

implement capabilities from Microsoft Purview Information Protection (formerly Microsoft Information Protection) to help you discover, classify, and protect sensitive information wherever it lives or travels.

Example scenarios:

Manage sensitivity labels for Office apps

Encrypt documents and emails

Apply and view labels in Power BI

References:

What is Azure Information Protection?

Question 50: Skipped

Out of the following release stages of Microsoft 365 cloud services which stage is typically an invitation-only offering?

  • Public preview
  • General Availability
  • Private preview
  • (Correct)

Explanation

During the Private preview phase, Microsoft invites a few customers to take part in early access to new concepts and features.

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 MS-900_ Microsoft Fundamentals Set 1

Question 1: Skipped

During the digital transformation process, company management wants to implement a solution that will allow small teams to chat, message, and video conference.

Which Office 365 application will allow the company to achieve its goal?

  • Teams
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint
  • Yammer
  • Outlook

Explanation

Teams is a unified collaboration and communication platform that uses video meetings, workplace chat, file storage (including collaboration on files), and application integration for small groups.

Other options are incorrect:

Outlook is an email platform and cannot accommodate all of the communicative formats required in this situation.

SharePoint is used to share documents and files and cannot serve as a messaging or multimedia communicative medium.

Although Yammer allows you to attach multiple types of multimedia files and communicate among group members, it does not serve as a conferencing and real-time communication medium.

Video Conferencing, Meetings, Calling | Microsoft Teams

Question 2: Skipped

Select significant principles of the Zero Trust Security Model.

  • Use least privileged access
  • Explicit verification
  • All of these
  • (Correct)
  • Assume breach

Explanation

Microsoft’s Zero Trust Security Model emphasizes explicit verification, minimizing the use of privileged access, and segmenting access.

Zero Trust Model – Modern Security Architecture | Microsoft Security

Question 3: Skipped

Select YES or NO for the following statement.

Cloud Access Security Broker (CASB) does NOT provide adaptive access control (AAC).

  • NO
  • (Correct)
  • YES

Explanation

Cloud Access Security Broker (CASB) helps users in protecting the environment by providing adaptive access control (AAC) and mitigating malware as a part of Threat Protection.

Overview – Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps | Microsoft Learn

Question 4: Skipped

Your team needs to use their own mobile devices to access Outlook and MS Teams. What service can help secure corporate data used in Office apps, which also involves personal information?

  • Microsoft Access
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Power BI
  • Microsoft eDiscovery

Explanation

Microsoft Intune offers an alternative BYOD approach of simply managing the apps that contain corporate data. It protects corporate data from any data leakage used in mobile devices.

Common ways to use Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Power BI is a Business Intelligence tool and is not used for Endpoint Management by Microsoft.

Microsoft eDiscovery tool is a software application designed to help organizations search, collect, preserve, and export electronic data for legal and compliance purposes. It is a part of Microsoft’s Office 365 suite of productivity tools and can be used to manage electronic data in various formats such as emails, instant messages, documents, and multimedia files.

Access is a database management system and doesn’t help in securing the corporate data in Office applications.

Question 5: Skipped

You want to improve the personal productivity of your employers using Microsoft 365. The productivity should be improved by focusing on high priority tasks, leveraged by using AI to provide better insights.

Which Microsoft product is most suitable?

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Outlook
  • Project Online
  • Microsoft Viva
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Viva (formerly Workplace Analytics and MyAnalytics) uses insights and recommendations to improve productivity. Microsoft Viva uses data gathered from organizations’ activity and uses AI for creating insights. It helps organizations be more productive by identifying areas and patterns for enhancing effectiveness.

Other options are incorrect:

You should not choose Outlook because it does not have capabilities for AI insights.

You should not choose Microsoft Teams because it does not have capabilities for AI insights.

You should not choose Project Online because it does not have capabilities for AI insights.

Overview of advanced insights | Microsoft Learn

Question 6: Skipped

A company wants to ensure they have an assigned account manager to oversee all support-related issues.

You need to recommend a support option for the company.

Which support option should you recommend?

  • Community-based
  • Microsoft Unified
  • (Correct)
  • Pre-sales
  • FastTrack

Explanation

The purpose of this question is to test your understanding of the support options available for Microsoft 365.

Microsoft Unified support is a comprehensive support solution, with an assigned account manager, advisory support, among other features.

Other options are incorrect –

A pre-sales support service helps a company better understand the Microsoft 365 services before purchasing them.

A community-based support service offers best-effort support provided by other Microsoft Service users.

Microsoft 365 FastTrack is a project-based initiative to accelerate adoption.

Explore support options for Microsoft 365 services – Training | Microsoft Learn

Compare Microsoft 365 Support Options | Microsoft 365

Question 7: Skipped

Your company is planning to leverage a hybrid cloud for their data center.

What are the features and benefits of a hybrid cloud solution your company can leverage? [SELECT THREE]

  • Scalability for increased demand
  • (Correct)
  • Control of all physical hardware
  • Cost efficiency
  • (Correct)
  • Data security
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Scalability for increased demand is a benefit of a hybrid cloud, using the public cloud portion of the solution. Data can be moved between the public and private clouds as needed. If the demand for computing capacity spikes, the public cloud can be used as a short-term solution. This is sometimes referred to as “cloud bursting.”

Data security is included in a hybrid cloud in the private cloud portion of the solution. Sensitive data can remain on-premises as needed.

Cost efficiency is part of the hybrid solution. Dreamsuites does not need to expand its private cloud hardware. They can expand to the public cloud when required and can scale back if demand lessens.

Having all physical hardware controlled by Dreamsuites is not true of a hybrid solution, only of a private cloud. With hybrid, Dreamsuites manages their datacenter while the public cloud provider maintains the physical infrastructure for their part of the hybrid.

What is Hybrid Cloud Computing – Definition | Microsoft Azure

Question 8: Skipped

Your company needs to implement a Cloud PC solution for 600 employees.

The solution must meet the following requirements:

  • By default, Microsoft Intune is fully integrated.
  • Ability to be provisioned with custom images.

What is the best solution to recommend?

  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Desktop
  • Windows 365 Business
  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Machine
  • Windows 365 Enterprise
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Windows 365 is a cloud-based service that automatically creates a new type of Windows virtual machine, known as Cloud PCs, for your end users. You have an unlimited number of Cloud PCs for a fixed monthly fee. Windows 365 is available in two editions: Windows 365 Business and Windows 365 Enterprise.

Additionally, Windows 365 Enterprise comes with full integration with Microsoft Intune and can run custom images on Cloud PCs.

Other options are incorrect-

Small businesses with up to 300 Cloud PCs can use Windows 365 Business. By default, it cannot be configured with custom images and is not fully integrated with Microsoft Intune.

Azure Virtual Desktop (AVD) is a modern and secure desktop and app virtualization solution that runs on the cloud. AVD allows users to connect to a Windows desktop running in the cloud. It’s the only solution that delivers multi-session on Windows. AVD gives you the ability to access your desktop and applications from virtually anywhere.

Compare the differences of Windows 365 and Azure Virtual Desktop – Training | Microsoft Learn

Compare Windows 365 Business and Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 9: Skipped

You are leveraging M365 Defender to check for any compromised data by creating custom queries over the raw data collected by various protection entities. What major characteristic is highlighted by this approach?

  • Combined Incidents Queue
  • Self-healing for compromised devices, user identities, and mailboxes
  • Automatic response to threats
  • Cross-product threat hunting
  • (Correct)

Explanation

M365 Defender provides 30 days access to historic raw data which can be further queried to investigate security threats and data compromises. Hence this is the ideal characteristic being highlighted by M365 Defender.

What is Microsoft 365 Defender? | Microsoft Learn

Question 10: Skipped

A company plans to implement Microsoft 365 Enterprise for a phone system deployment. The company wants to minimize costs.

You need to recommend plans for the company.

Which two plan types can the company use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

  • Microsoft 365 E5
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Business Voice
  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • Office 365 E5
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 E3

Explanation

Microsoft Phone System is by default included in Microsoft 365 E5 and Office 365 E5 Subscription

https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/enterprise/compare-office-365-plans

https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/compare-microsoft-365-enterprise-plans

Question 11: Skipped

An organization plans to use Microsoft 365 and wants to take advantage of Microsoft Software Assurance.

You need to recommend the pricing model that includes the Microsoft Software Assurance benefit.

Which pricing model should you recommend?

  • Web Direct
  • Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)
  • Microsoft Volume Licensing
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Online Service Program (MOSP)

Explanation

Software Assurance is available as part of the Microsoft Volume Licensing benefits. By acquiring software licenses through Microsoft Volume Licensing programs, you pay only for the software license.

Other options are incorrect –

The Cloud Solution Provider (CSP) pricing model involves a Microsoft partner providing technical and billing services but does not include Software Assurance benefits.

Microsoft Online Service Program is an alternative name of the Web Direct pricing model, which involves the pay-as-you-go billing that offers convenience and flexibility but does not include the Microsoft Volume Licensing benefits.

The Web Direct pricing model involves pay-as-you-go billing, which offers convenience and flexibility, but does not include the Microsoft Volume Licensing benefits.

Explore pricing models for Microsoft cloud services – Training | Microsoft Learn

Pricing and offers – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Microsoft licensing resources – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 12: Skipped

A manufacturing company needs to ensure that Microsoft Viva Organizational Insights will be available to all business leaders.

You need to recommend an app to include with the implementation of Microsoft 365.

Which app do you recommend?

  • To Do
  • Planner
  • Yammer
  • Teams
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Viva Organizational Insights is available as an app in Teams.

Other options are incorrect –

Viva Organizational Insights does not include integration with To Do, Planner, or Yammer.

Describe the capabilities of Viva Insights – Training | Microsoft Learn

Introduction to Viva Insights | Microsoft Learn

About Viva Insights Outlook add-in | Microsoft Learn

Question 13: Skipped

Match the appropriate product on the left to the correct descriptions on the right. Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

  • A-3, B-4, C-2, D-1
  • A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4
  • A-3, B-1, C-2, D-4
  • (Correct)
  • A-2, B-1, C-3, D-4

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Identity uses Active Directory signals to identify, detect, and investigate advanced threats, compromised identities, and malicious insider actions.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint protects devices in the network by preventing, detecting, investigating, and responding to advanced threats.

Microsoft Cloud App Security acts as a solution between the user and the provider to provide control over data travel and sophisticated analytics to identify cyberthreats across cloud services.

Microsoft Defender for Office 365 protects organizations against malicious threats posed by email messages, links (URLs), and collaboration tools.

What is Microsoft Defender for Identity? – Microsoft Defender for Identity | Microsoft Learn

Question 14: Skipped

Which of the following features are designed by Microsoft to support people with hearing impairments?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Focus Assist
  • Microsoft Translator right
  • (Correct)
  • Auto Generated captions in Microsoft Stream right
  • (Correct)
  • Mono audio
  • (Correct)

Explanation

People with hearing problems can benefit from MS Translator. Using MS translator, audience can follow along with captions displayed in their chosen language.

People who have hearing problems will benefit from Microsoft stream with captions and searchable transcripts in English.

With Mono audio, your left and right speakers will play the same sound, helping people with partial hearing loss.

Focus Assist is not a correct option. It blocks notifications and alerts so you can focus on what you need to do without distractions.

Accessibility in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 15: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

Which Microsoft tool helps to monitor access to users’ devices in a Microsoft 365 environment.

  • Azure Monitor
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Viva
  • Microsoft Azure Active Directory

Explanation

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based endpoint management solution. It manages user access and simplifies app and device management across your many devices, including mobile devices, desktop computers, and virtual endpoints. You can protect access and data on organization-owned and users personal devices.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune

Question 16: Skipped

You are securing a company’s work environment and its resources. To increase security, users must confirm their identity when signing in by using a one-time passcode.

You need to set up the system.

What should you set up?

  • Basic password
  • Passwordless authentication
  • Windows Hello
  • Multifactor authentication
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can configure multifactor authentication to use one-time passwords by using the multi-factor authentication app, SMS, or phone calls to provide enhanced security. Windows Hello uses biometrics (fingerprints, facial recognition) to authenticate users. Passwordless authentication uses apps (such as the Microsoft Authenticator app) to manage authentication.

Multifactor Authentication (MFA) | Microsoft Security

Question 17: Skipped

A company wants to implement Intune and Azure Information Protection (AIP).

You need to recommend a business subscription for the company.

What should you recommend?

  • Apps for business
  • Business Standard
  • Business Premium
  • (Correct)
  • Business Basic

Explanation

Intune and Azure information Protection (AIP) available with business premium plan.

https://learn.microsoft.com/training/modules/what-is-m365/3-m365-subscriptions

Question 18: Skipped

Your Management wants to stop supporting shared network drives on local servers.

They want to store the files in document libraries in the cloud so that users can work on them in collaborative fashion.

Which Office 365 application will achieve this objective?

  • Exchange Online
  • SharePoint Online
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Teams
  • Publisher

Explanation

SharePoint Online allows you to create document libraries where users can Sync and store their files.

Other options are incorrect:

Exchange Online does not provide document hosting and sharing. It provides mailboxes, calendars, and archive storage.

Publisher is a local application and cannot host or share files for collaboration as it is used for desktop publishing.

While Microsoft Teams is an application that encourages collaboration, it does not host document libraries or provide file synchronization.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/introduction

Question 19: Skipped

A group of users needs to access data in OneDrive for Business from a remote location. For this process to work, what must be done?

  • Add the remote location as a trusted site in Intune
  • Enroll the user’s devices in Intune
  • Instruct users to authenticate to OneDrive using their Azure AD credentials
  • (Correct)
  • Enable Azure AD MFA

Explanation

Users can access OneDrive from remote locations by using their Azure AD credentials. For an application to access OneDrive, the application must also authenticate with Azure Active Directory (AAD). The application needs to have a client ID and key registered with AAD.

Other options are incorrect:

Enrolling the devices in Intune will allow you to control the devices, but will not allow remote access to OneDrive.

Enabling Azure AD MFA will increase the security of the login process, but will not allow remote access to OneDrive until the users enter their Azure AD credentials.

Adding trusted sites or trusted locations is not possible in Intune. Trusted sites were available in the legacy Internet Explorer browser, which allowed users to connect to trusted web sites to allow users to run active content and download code to their computers.

Using Azure Active Directory to sign-in – OneDrive API – OneDrive dev center | Microsoft Learn

Question 20: Skipped

The management of your company is considering whether to subscribe to Azure AD Premium.

What are the two features that require an Azure AD Premium subscription?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Application management
  • Self-service password reset
  • (Correct)
  • Security baselines
  • Software update management
  • Multi-factor authentication
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Self-service password reset is an Azure Active Directory Premium feature that enables users to reset their passwords without contacting IT staff for help. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is another Azure AD Premium feature that serves as an additional layer of security.

Other Options are incorrect –

Software update management is a feature of Intune that does not require Azure AD Premium.

Application management is a feature of Windows Configuration Manager.

Security baselines are a feature of Intune and do not require Azure AD Premium.

Using Microsoft Endpoint Manager to manage all your devices – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 21: Skipped

Which of the following statements about MFA, available with Microsoft 365, are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • If MFA is enabled, the SharePoint administrator must mandatorily authenticate using MFA.
  • Only users with the Global administrator role can set up or modify MFA.
  • (Correct)
  • MFA is available as a paid Microsoft 365 upgrade.
  • MFA is available with per-user or per-authentication MFA provider billing models.
  • (Correct)
  • MFA supports biometric authentication.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Only users with the Global administrator role can set up or modify MFA.
  • MFA supports biometric authentication.
  • MFA is available with per-user or per-authentication MFA provider billing models.

The primary requirement for enabling or modifying MFA is that it can only be enabled or modified by users with the Global administrator role. Microsoft recommends that at least 2 to 4 users be assigned the Global administrator role, primarily because a Global administrator’s password can only be reset by another Global administrator.

Microsoft mandates that users with access to privileged accounts use MFA. One of the most common ways to protect privileged accounts is to use MFA. After registering for MFA, the following nine Azure AD administrator roles will be required to perform additional authentication every time they sign in: Global administrator, SharePoint administrator, Exchange administrator, Conditional Access administrator, Security administrator, Helpdesk administrator or Password administrator, Billing administrator, User administrator, and Authentication administrator.

MFA is a layered authentication approach with multiple authentication factors, which presents a significant challenge for attackers. MFA works by requiring two or more of the following authentication methods: something you know (typically a password), something you have (a unique device, such as a phone), and something you are, i.e. your physical attributes (biometrics).

MFA is available with per-user or per-authentication billing models. The per-user billing model charges based on the number of users configured to use MFA, regardless of whether they used MFA that month. With the per-authentication billing model, billing is based on the number of two-step verification requests that month, regardless of whether they succeeded or were denied.

MFA is available for free with the following Microsoft subscriptions: all types of Azure subscriptions (from free to premium), Microsoft 365, and Azure AD P1 and P2.

MFA requires that users successfully authenticate through all of the authentication modes configured for MFA to gain access.

Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication for your organization – Azure Active Directory – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 22: Skipped

You manage Office 365 for your company. You have just accessed the Service health page of the Office 365 admin center. There is a service advisory for the Exchange Online Service. The current status is “Service Degradation”.

What does this status indicate?

  • Users are currently unable to access the service.
  • Corrective action is in progress to restore service to most users.
  • There is a potential issue and Microsoft is gathering more information.
  • There is a confirmed issue impacting performance.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A health status of “Service Degradation” confirms that there is an issue of limited scope that is impacting performance.

Other options are incorrect:

A health status of “Investigating” means that there is a potential issue and that Microsoft is gathering more information about it.

It is only for a health status of “Service Interruption” that users cannot access a Microsoft 365 service.

A health status of “Service Degradation” does not imply that progress is being restored. That is what “Extended Recovery” denotes.

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 23: Skipped

Your company plans to provide new feature updates to their employees as soon as they’re ready.

You need to recommend an update channel for use.

What is the best channel to recommend?

  • Current channel
  • (Correct)
  • Monthly enterprise channel
  • Semi-annual enterprise channel
  • Semi-annual enterprise channel (preview)

Explanation

Current Channel provides your users with the newest Office features as soon as they’re ready. Current Channel usually receives new features at least once a month, but there’s no set schedule for when those updates are released.

Current Channel also receives other updates during the month, which include security and non-security updates. There’s no set schedule for these updates, but in general there are two or three releases each month, including one on the second Tuesday of the month.

Other options are incorrect –

The semi-annual enterprise channel (preview) receives updates every six months, a few months before these are made available to the semi-annual enterprise channel, being recommended for organizations where extensive testing is needed before rolling out any new feature.

The monthly enterprise channel receives updates once a month on a predictable schedule.

The semi-annual enterprise channel receives updates every six months, being recommended for organizations where extensive testing is needed before rolling out any new feature.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/deployoffice/updates/overview-update-channels#current-channel-overview

Question 24: Skipped

Exchange Online and SharePoint Online are both part of your company’s Microsoft 365 subscription.

As a result of a Microsoft 365 service outage, Microsoft was unable to meet its SLA terms for Exchange services last month.

In order to receive compensation for failing to meet the benchmarks stated in the SLA, what information will you need to provide to Microsoft?

[SELECT TWO]

  • The dates that the planned outage occurred
  • The usernames that were affected by the occurrence
  • Your customer tenant GUID
  • (Correct)
  • The name and contact information of your company
  • The outage incident identifier
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In order to apply for SLA credit involving a Microsoft 365 service outage, a customer must provide its customer tenant GUID and the outage incident identifier that they can obtain from the Service Health page located in their Microsoft 365 admin console.

Other options are incorrect –

Planned outages are exempt from the SLA, so these occurrences cannot be submitted for credit.

The involved usernames of a service outage are irrelevant when applying for SLA credit.

The name and contact information of the company is a part of the customer tenant GUID, so this information is not required separately.

Request a credit from Microsoft – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 25: Skipped

Which of the following license roles can reset passwords for all users and manage domains?

  • Global Admin
  • (Correct)
  • Exchange Admin
  • Billing Admin
  • User Admin

Explanation

The above activities can only be performed by the Global Admin. The Global Administrator is the only one who can reset passwords for all users and managed domains.

About admin roles in the Microsoft 365 admin center – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 26: Skipped

Your company recently migrated to Office 365. You have been assigned the Office 365 global admin role and are learning the admin console.

What are the tasks you can perform using the Office 365 admin console?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Create an Excel template that will be used by finance users
  • Create a profile to manage update settings for Windows 10 machines.
  • Modify payment method and frequency for O365 subscriptions
  • (Correct)
  • Create a support request for Office 365 for email failures
  • (Correct)
  • Create a new Server Active Directory account for a new user

Explanation

As an Office 365 global admin, you can access the O365 billing information for your organization through the Office 365 admin console. This includes tasks such as reviewing your number of purchased licenses as well as payment methods and billing frequency.

As an Office 365 global admin, you can create a support request for Office 365 services by using the O365 admin console.

Work with service requests in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/manage-your-m365-subscription/

You cannot create Server Active Directory user accounts in the O365 admin portal. This can only be done through an on-premise domain controller within your domain.

You cannot create profiles to manage settings for Windows 10 machines within the O365 admin portal, even if they are MDM enrolled. This is a function of Intune.

You cannot access O365 applications such as Excel through the O365 admin portal.

Question 27: Skipped

Microsoft 365 for business does not include which of the following services?

  • Outlook
  • Project Online
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Teams
  • Microsoft OneDrive

Explanation

Project Online is part of Business Management capabilities. It is a solution for planning and managing projects. Although Project Online can be used to help improve productivity by managing projects, it is not used for teamwork and is not part of Microsoft 365 for business. The following exhibit shows the apps and services that are included with Microsoft 365 for Business:

The other options are offered as part of the Microsoft 365 for business suite

Microsoft 365 for business

Question 28: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

You need to analyze the security posture within your organization to enable opportunities for improvements in Microsoft 365 identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure.

You need to:

  • report on the current state of the organization’s security posture
  • improve their security posture by providing discoverability, visibility, guidance, and control
  • compare with benchmarks and establish key performance indicators (KPIs)

Microsoft _______________is a representation of your organization’s security posture and your opportunity to improve it.

  • Defender for Identity (MSDI)
  • Secure Score
  • (Correct)
  • Defender for Endpoint (MSDE)
  • Azure Sentinel

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score is a representation of your organization’s security posture and your opportunity to improve it. Following the Secure Score recommendations can protect your organization from threats. From a centralized dashboard in the Microsoft 365 security center, organizations can monitor and work on the security of their Microsoft 365 identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure.

Assess your security posture through Microsoft Secure Score | Microsoft Learn

https://learn.microsoft.com/training/modules/describe-threat-protection-capabilities-of-microsoft-365/3-prevent-detect-respond-to-threats

Question 29: Skipped

To detect and investigate advanced threats and malicious actions across on-premises and cloud environments, what M365 Enterprise subscription is required?

  • M365 E3
  • M365 E5
  • (Correct)
  • M365 F3
  • O365 E1

Explanation

Microsoft 365 E5 provides the functionality to detect and investigate advanced threats and malicious activities in both on-prem and cloud environments.

Compare Microsoft 365 Enterprise plans

Question 30: Skipped

Which of the following is NOT an app that can be used in a hybrid cloud environment?

  • Microsoft SharePoint
  • Exchange Server
  • Microsoft Skype for Business
  • Microsoft Teams
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Teams does not come in a version that works in a hybrid cloud environment. Microsoft Teams users are online only. Teams and on-premises Skype for Business run on separate, isolated connectivity islands.

Other options are incorrect:

Not all Microsoft applications are supported in the hybrid cloud environment. For example, neither Microsoft Delve (used to manage your Microsoft 365 profile and to discover and organize information) nor Microsoft Yammer (an internal social media tool) is supported in a hybrid deployment.

Microsoft SharePoint, Exchange Server, and Microsoft Skype for Business Server all come in versions supported in a hybrid environment.

Question 31: Skipped

You must choose an online meeting solution for your organization that will improve productivity and track meeting activities. You have identified Microsoft Teams as the solution that you will recommend.

Which of the following statements about the features/integrations supported with Microsoft Teams are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • When you migrate from Slack to Teams, the channels and the messages and files in the channels can be migrated from Slack to Teams.
  • (Correct)
  • Sensitivity labels and classification labels have security policies associated with them.
  • Expiration policies are not supported on Teams; you must manually clean up the teams that are unused.
  • Currently, you cannot moderate the communication on a channel.
  • Each team can have a maximum of 30 private channels, and each private channel can have a maximum of 250 members.
  • (Correct)
  • Cross-team analytics is available only to Team owners who are owners of multiple teams.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Each team can have up to 30 private channels, and each private channel can have up to 250 members.
  • When you migrate from Slack to Teams, the channels and the messages and files in the channels can be migrated from Slack to Teams.

A team is a collection of content, people, and tools used for projects and outcomes. Teams can be created to be private with only invited users. A channel is a dedicated section for a team to keep conversations organized by specific topics, projects, and disciplines.

The Slack service plan determines what you can and cannot migrate to Teams. You must assess the types of data that must be migrated before migrating all of the data from Slack. Paid plans with Slack contain analytics and reports, which can be useful to analyze the data to be migrated.

Classification labels are merely text strings that are associated with groups. They DO NOT have any security policies associated with them. Sensitivity labels regulate access to sensitive content created by teams. Use the Security & Compliance Center to associate security policies for the sensitivity labels. Classification labels can be used as metadata to enforce policies through Office 365 tools and scripts manually.

Currently, you can moderate the communication on a channel. By default, a team owner can moderate a channel (Turn ON channel moderation) to control who can start new posts and reply to posts on that channel. Team owners can also add team members as moderators.

All members of a team can view cross-team analytics for their team, not just Team owners who are owners of multiple teams. Users can also view cross-team analytics if they are members or owners of numerous teams. The analytics include data such as the number of active users, guests, and messages in each team.

As an administrator for Office 365 or Teams, you can use Office 365 Group expiration policies to clean up unused teams automatically. After you apply an expiration policy to a team, the team owner receives a notification to renew the team 30 days, 15 days, and one day before the team’s expiration date.

Overview of teams and channels in Microsoft Teams – Microsoft Teams | Microsoft Learn

Question 32: Skipped

Match the feature used to secure the subscription on the left with its description/use case/expected impact on the right.

  • A-2, B-3, C-5, D-1, E-4
  • A-2, B-3, C-4, D-1, E-5
  • (Correct)
  • A-1, B-3, C-4, D-2, E-5
  • A-3, B-2, C-4, D-1, E-5

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score is a measure of a tenant’s security posture. The score is calculated based on the Microsoft 365 Defender portal’s evaluation of the security requirements for a tenant’s identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure. The higher the score, the better the security posture. Microsoft 365 also shows recommendations and the expected increases in the score if the recommendations are implemented.

Compliance Manager is a workflow-based risk assessment tool in the Microsoft Service Trust Portal. You can use this to assess Microsoft service and tenant compliance levels with regulatory requirements around the world.

Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is a layered authentication approach with multiple authentication factors, which presents a significant challenge for attackers. MFA works by requiring two or more of the following authentication methods: something you know (typically a password), something you have (a unique device such as a phone), and something you are, e.g. your physical attributes (biometrics).

eDiscovery, short for electronic discovery, is the method of identifying and delivering electronic information that can be used as evidence in legal cases. eDiscovery can search for content in Exchange Online mailboxes, Office 365 Groups, Microsoft Teams, SharePoint Online and OneDrive for Business sites, and Skype for Business conversations.

Use data loss prevention (DLP) policies to identify, monitor, and automatically protect sensitive information across Office 365. DLP policies are built using sensitivity labels and sensitive information types to identify sensitive information. This can include financial data or personally identifiable information (PII) such as credit card numbers, social security numbers, or health records.

Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery solutions – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 33: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

____________ is a gateway to data and intelligence in Microsoft 365. It provides a unified programmability model and exposes REST APIs and client libraries to access data.

  • Microsoft Viva
  • Microsoft Graph
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure Active Directory
  • Microsoft Endpoint Manager

Explanation

Microsoft Graph integrates with Microsoft 365 to enhance its capabilities by leveraging cloud-based Artificial Intelligence capabilities.

Microsoft Graph also exposes REST APIs and client libraries to access data on the various Microsoft cloud services like SharePoint, outlook , teams , etc

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/overview

Question 34: Skipped

Your company management is planning to deploy Windows 10 devices to the users using dynamic provisioning. They do not plan to enroll the devices through MDM.

Which Windows deployment tool is required to complete the deployment?

  • Windows Autopilot
  • Windows Configuration Manager
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Endpoint Manager
  • Intune

Explanation

Windows Configuration Manager is used to create provisioning packages that can be used for the dynamic provisioning of Windows 10. It does not depend on MDM, so it works well for this scenario.

Other options are incorrect:

Endpoint Manager, Intune, and Autopilot are capable of deploying Windows 10, but they require MDM enrollment, so they cannot be used here.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/move-to-modern-desktop-m365/3-deployment-Deployment options for Windows 10 and Microsoft 365 Apps – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 35: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

_____________is a professional digital storytelling app for business that helps you to express ideas using an interactive, web-based canvas.

  • Microsoft Power Automate
  • Microsoft Power Apps
  • Microsoft Sway
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Stream

Explanation

Microsoft Sway is a professional digital storytelling app for business that helps you and your colleagues express ideas using an interactive, web-based canvas.

Microsoft Sway’s built-in design engine helps you produce professional, visually appealing reports, presentations, and more without the need for extensive formatting or additional training.

  • You can also modify the results to get the unique look and feel you want. Microsoft Sway makes your creation look great in any browser on any screen, and it can be shared with colleagues and customers by sending a link.
  • Microsoft Sway helps you find and pull together all sorts of content without leaving the app, so you can drag and drop your images, text, videos, and charts right onto your canvas.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/getting-started-with-sway-2076c468-63f4-4a89-ae5f-424796714a8a

Question 36: Skipped

An organization experiences an identity theft attack. You need to ensure that the company is protected from future attacks. You suggest implementing a zero-trust model and the security improvements should cover areas such as:

  • Identities: use strong authentication
  • Devices: gain visibility of devices for health and compliance
  • Application: discover shadow IT applications
  • Network: implement segmentation, real-time threat protection, end-to-end encryption
  • Infrastructure: assess for version, configuration, and JIT access, and use telemetry to detect attacks and anomalies
  • Data: should be classified, labeled, and encrypted based on its attributes

What is the underlying theory behind the zero-trust security model?

  • Trust once, verify sometimes
  • Only trust verified sources
  • Trust no one, verify everything
  • (Correct)
  • Trust some unverified sources

Explanation

Zero Trust assumes everything is on an open and untrusted network, even resources behind the firewalls of the corporate network.

The Zero Trust model operates on the principle of “trust no one, verify everything.”

Transitioning to modern access architecture with Zero Trust (microsoft.com)

Question 37: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

You need to use Artificial Intelligence (AI) to provide insights into the working habits of individuals and organizations. The required metrics to capture include:

  • Day-to-day collaboration in the organization
  • Meeting’s overview
  • Management and coaching
  • Internal networks
  • External collaboration
  • Teams’ collaboration

___________ helps you understand how your organization invests its time by giving insight into how groups collaborate across the organization.

  • SharePoint Admin Center
  • Intune Admin Center
  • Workplace Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • MyAnalytics

Explanation

MyAnalytics and Workplace Analytics are becoming part of Microsoft Viva (Insights).

Viva Insights helps you understand how your organization invests its time by giving you insight into how groups collaborate across an organization.

MyAnalytics dashboard | Microsoft Docs

Workplace Analytics service description – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Docs

Question 38: Skipped

Your company’s employees are currently using an edition of Office Professional Plus that is nearing the end of its life cycle. Rather than upgrading to the latest edition of on-premises Office Professional Plus, the IT Director is considering switching to Office 365 ProPlus (now called Microsoft 365 Apps).

What is an advantage of switching?

  • Office 365 uses volume activated licensing methods that are easier to assign.
  • Users have a more stable desktop experience due to reduced frequency of updates.
  • Users can install their own software from a self-service portal in Office 365.
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 ProPlus does not require internet connectivity to remain activated.

Explanation

An advantage of switching to Office 365 ProPlus is that users can install their own software from a self-service portal in Office 365. Users have the flexibility and freedom to install their own software.

Office 365 does not use volume activated licensing.

Office 365 provides the opposite of a stable desktop experience in that the application is updated with greater frequency, giving users quicker access to new features, but might lose old features.

All editions of Office 365 require internet connectivity to remain active.

Overview of licensing and activation in Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 39: Skipped

Your company recently implemented controls to prevent external risks. The next step is to improve the security architecture of internal risks. You need to monitor illegal, inappropriate, unauthorized, or unethical behavior and actions by employees and managers including:

  • leaks of sensitive data and data spillage
  • confidentiality violations
  • intellectual property (IP) theft
  • fraud
  • insider trading
  • regulatory compliance violations

To manage insider risk, you need to implement an insider risk management workflow.

What are the three components of this workflow?

  • eDiscovery
  • Policies
  • (Correct)
  • Alerts
  • (Correct)
  • Customer Lockbox
  • Triage
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Insider risk management workflow

Policies – Insider risk management policies are created using pre-defined templates and policy conditions that define what risk indicators are examined in Microsoft 365 feature areas. These conditions include how indicators are used for alerts, what users are included in the policy, which services are prioritized, and the monitoring time.

Alerts – Alerts are automatically generated by risk indicators that match policy conditions and are displayed in the Alerts dashboard. This dashboard enables a quick view of all alerts needing review, open alerts over time, and alert statistics for your organization.

Triage – New activities that need investigation automatically generate alerts that are assigned a Needs review status. Reviewers can quickly identify these alerts and scroll through each to evaluate and triage. Alerts are resolved by opening a new case, assigning the alert to an existing case, or dismissing the alert. As part of the triage process, reviewers can view alert details for the policy match, view user activity associated with the match, see the severity of the alert, and review user profile information.

Microsoft 365 Fundamentals: Demonstrate fundamental knowledge of Microsoft 365 security and compliance capabilities – Training | Microsoft Learn

Customer Lockbox for Microsoft Azure | Microsoft Learn

Question 40: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

The primary goals of tenant isolation are ____________

  • Prevent data leakage across tenants.
  • Preventing both data leakage and any conflicting action that affects the other tenant
  • (Correct)
  • Hinders the common infrastructure between users
  • Prevent any adverse actions of one tenant on another.

Explanation

The above goals are primarily intended to maintain tenant isolation in a multi-tenant environment. M365 cloud services were implemented with security measures to prevent data leakage between tenants or between potential actions between tenants. Thus, tenant isolation aims to achieve these two primary objectives.

Microsoft 365 isolation controls – Microsoft Service Assurance | Microsoft Learn

Question 41: Skipped

How many levels are the compliance score assigned at?

  • 1
  • 4
  • 3
  • (Correct)
  • 2

Explanation

The compliance score measures our progress in completing recommended improvement actions within our control, and it is assessed at three levels: Improvement Action Score, Control Score, and Assessment Score.

Compliance score calculation – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 42: Skipped

How does MDM respond to compromised user accounts?

  • Remove all device data
  • Restrict save-as
  • Prompts MFA
  • (Correct)
  • Restrict device data backups

Explanation

Once MDM finds out that the user account is hacked or compromised, it requires the MFA to access the device further.

Technology decisions for BYOD with EMS | Microsoft Learn

Question 43: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

You need to ensure that all sensitive data is identified and labeled according to your organization’s policies and procedures. You need to create these five labels to organize the data:

  1. Personal
  2. Public
  3. General
  4. Confidential
  5. Highly Confidential

________________ is a cloud-based solution that helps an organization classify and optionally protect its documents and emails by applying labels.

  • Azure Information Protection
  • (Correct)
  • Records management
  • Data classification
  • Office 365 Message Encryption

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (sometimes referred to as AIP) is a cloud-based solution that helps an organization classify and optionally, protect its documents and emails by applying labels. Labels can be applied automatically by administrators who define rules and conditions, manually by users, or a combination where users are given recommendations.

Azure Information Protection (AIP) labeling, classification, and protection | Microsoft Learn

Question 44: Skipped

In the event of an unauthorized access, how does MAM respond?

  • Asks for specific location
  • (Correct)
  • Encrypt app data
  • Disable printing of org data
  • Remove All App data

Explanation

MAM prompts the user to provide specific location to check if the application is protected.

Other options are incorrect.

MAM won’t remove the entire app data in such cases of unauthorized access.

MAM won’t encrypt app data under such circumstaances.

MAM won’t disable data printing as it’s not accidental data sharing in an unknown location.

Technology decisions for BYOD with EMS | Microsoft Learn

Question 45: Skipped

Match the feature/component of Microsoft’s hybrid identity solution on the left with its purpose on the right.

  • A-3, B-2, C-4, D-5, E-1
  • A-3, B-4, C-2, D-1, E-5
  • A-4, B-3, C-2, D-5, E-1
  • A-3, B-4, C-2, D-5, E-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure AD Seamless Single Sign-On (SSO) automatically signs users in when they are on their corporate devices and are connected to the corporate network. Users do not need to enter their usernames and passwords again to sign in to Azure AD. Users also have Always On access to cloud-based applications without any additional authentication. For better security, Azure AD Seamless SSO can be combined with the password hash synchronization or pass-through authentication sign-in methods.

Azure AD Connect is Microsoft’s tool for connecting on-premises identity infrastructures to Azure AD as a hybrid identity solution. Azure AD Connect deploys and configures prerequisites and components needed to authenticate, connect, synchronize, and monitor on-premises identity requests. It includes the following optional key features: password hash synchronization, pass-through authentication, federation integration, synchronization, and health monitoring.

Azure AD’s Pass-through Authentication feature allows users to sign in to both on-premises and cloud-based applications at the same time. When users sign in using Azure AD, this feature validates their passwords directly against the on-premises Active Directory. You can enforce on-premises AD security and password policies in Azure AD. You can also use Pass-through Authentication to connect to Azure AD services, such as Office 365.

Password hash synchronization is one of the authentication methods you can use with a hybrid identity solution from Microsoft. When enabled, Azure AD Connect synchronizes a hash of a user’s password from an on-premises Active Directory instance to a cloud-based Azure AD instance. The user signs in to the Azure AD services by using the same password they use to sign in to their on-premises AD instance.

Azure AD Connect Health can monitor your on-premises identity infrastructure and ensure reliable connectivity to Office 365 and Microsoft Online Services. The Azure AD Connect Health portal is used to see alerts, monitor performance, and view usage analytics and other information. You will need to install the Health Agent on each of your on-premises identity servers to use Azure AD Connect Health.

Azure AD Connect: Pass-through Authentication – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

What is password hash synchronization with Azure AD? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 46: Skipped

What is the release frequency of the Current channel?

  • At least once a month
  • (Correct)
  • Twice a year
  • Once a week
  • Once a month

Explanation

The release frequency is set to at least once a month for the current channel. There may be more as well.

Other options are incorrect –

Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel has a release frequency twice a year

Monthly Enterprise Channel has the release frequency twice a year

Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 47: Skipped

Your company has been using Microsoft 365 for a few years. Over this period, your company acquired two other companies. All employees use the same Microsoft 365 tenant.

Recently, your company decided to implement initiatives to protect the data on hundreds of SharePoint sites.

To prevent users from sharing privacy and compliance data with users outside your tenant, you must create policies to block users from sharing data. Sharepoint Sites may contain sensitive data that is not included in Microsoft 365’s sensitive information types.

Which of the following should you do to implement the strategy?

[SELECT FOUR]

  • Create custom sensitive information types to scan content for undefined sensitive data.
  • (Correct)
  • Specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules.
  • (Correct)
  • Create DLP policies with SharePoint Online as the location.
  • (Correct)
  • Create DLP queries to scan the sites for sensitive content.
  • (Correct)
  • Create DLP policies with All SharePoint Sites as the location.

Explanation

You would do the following:

  • Create DLP queries to scan the sites for sensitive content.
  • Create custom sensitive information types to scan content for undefined sensitive data.
  • Create DLP policies with SharePoint Online as the location.
  • Specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules.

If you have not used protection for sensitive data over a few years, a large amount of sensitive data (such as credit card or social security numbers) may have accumulated on the sites. This increases the possibility of users sharing this data accidentally or intentionally with people outside your organization. Before you create DLP policies to safeguard this data, it is a good practice to run DLP queries and find out what kind of data exists on the sites.

The three parts of a DLP query are SensitiveType, count range, and confidence range. DLP queries provide reports that you can analyze to create DLP policies.

It is possible that sites may contain employee IDs, usernames and passwords, and links to internal app development setups. While Microsoft 365 provides a wide range of custom sensitivity types to detect the sensitive data for most geographies, it is highly unlikely that you will find something that has not been defined by a globally accepted standard. If you do, you will need to create a custom sensitivity type that can detect the undefined sensitive data on the sites. The custom sensitivity information types can be part of DLP queries, and with query reports you will be able to detect and enforce DLP policies on custom data.

When you create DLP policies, you must specify the app or component of Microsoft 365 to which the policies must be applied. In this case, you will be looking for sensitive data on SharePoint sites, so you will select SharePoint Online as the location.

You would specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules. These actions are specified when you create policies. You can choose to do the following when the content matches the DLP rules: block access to the content, send a notification, allow override for false negatives, or request business justification.

You would NOT create DLP policies with All SharePoint Sites as the location. The workflow for DLP policy creation has no option named All SharePoint Sites. You can select one or more of Exchange Online, SharePoint sites, OneDrive accounts, and Teams chat and channel messages. Selecting SharePoint sites enforces DLP policies on all sites in the tenant.

What DLP policy templates include – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Form a query to find sensitive data stored on sites – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Create a custom sensitive information type using PowerShell – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 48: Skipped

Your company is considering changing to Microsoft 365. They would like to understand the billing and pricing models in Microsoft 365.

Which of the following is NOT a true statement about Microsoft 365 billing?

  • Billing in Microsoft 365 is managed from the Microsoft 365 admin center.
  • After finishing the trial subscription, your subscription is canceled
  • (Correct)
  • Price is rated on a per-user and per-month basis.
  • Billing can be monthly or annually.

Explanation

Your subscription is not canceled after you finish the trial subscription. After the trial period is over, your subscription is automatically converted to a paid subscription.

The other statements are true.

Each Microsoft 365 service is rated on a per-user and per-month basis. You can access the billing information by choosing Billing in the Microsoft 365 admin center on your products page. Payments can be made each month or for the entire year.

Try or buy a Microsoft 365 for business subscription | Microsoft Learn

Question 49: Skipped

What is the data encryption technique used by OneDrive for data at rest?

  • Per-file encryption
  • BitLocker disk-level encryption
  • Both BitLocker and Per-file encryption.
  • (Correct)
  • TLS encryption

Explanation

Data encryption at rest includes both techniques: BitLocker disk-level encryption and per-file encryption of customer data in OneDrive.

Other options are incorrect –

In addition to BitLocker disk-level encryption, per-file encryption adds another level of security by including a unique encryption key for each file. Therefore, both options are available in data encryption in OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online.

TLS encrypts the data communicated to OneDrive over the Internet, i.e., for data in transit and not data at rest.

Data Encryption in OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 50: Skipped

You own a small business with six employees. You are interested in purchasing Microsoft 365 Business Essentials. Due to your company’s size, you do not qualify to pay by invoice.

Which statement applies to you as a Microsoft 365 direct customer?

  • You can pay directly through your bank account on a quarterly basis.
  • You can pay on an annual basis by credit card.
  • (Correct)
  • You can pay on a monthly basis by check.
  • You can pay on a monthly basis to your assigned CSP by credit card

Explanation

As a direct Microsoft 365 customer, you can pay on an annual basis and by credit card.

Other options are incorrect:

While direct Microsoft 365 customers can pay on a monthly basis, they cannot pay by check if they do not qualify for invoice payments.

While direct Microsoft 365 customers can pay using their bank accounts, payment on a quarterly basis is not available.

Direct Microsoft 365 customers do not pay through a CSP as they work directly with Microsoft.

Payment options for your Microsoft business subscription | Microsoft Learn

Question 51: Skipped

A company plans to use Microsoft 365 and plans to offer several apps to their users.

Which of the following Microsoft applications must be installed locally on the computer of each user?

  • Outlook
  • PowerPoint
  • Microsoft Word
  • Access
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Access is a Microsoft 365 app that needs to be installed on a local computer to be used by a licensed user.

Microsoft Access is a popular information management tool that helps you store all kinds of information for reporting, analysis, and reference. With Microsoft Access, you can manage data more efficiently and analyze large amounts of information. As a business, using Microsoft Excel can’t prove to be sufficient.

Other Options are incorrect:

Outlook, PowerPoint, and Word are Microsoft 365 apps that do not require a local installation in order to be used by a licensed user.

Question 1: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

___________is an app within Office 365 that helps make scheduling and helps you to organize your staff’s calendars with the integration with Outlook.

  • Planner
  • OneDrive
  • Bookings
  • (Correct)
  • To Do

Explanation

Microsoft Bookings is a scheduling tool and is part of the Microsoft Office family of products. It helps make scheduling and managing appointments efficient. With Bookings, you can organize your staff’s calendars with the integration with Outlook and manage day-to-day schedules within the Bookings app in Microsoft Teams.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/business/scheduling-and-booking-app

Question 2: Skipped

What role is automatically assigned to you when you create an Azure AD tenant?

  • Owner
  • Account Administrator
  • Service Administrator
  • Azure AD Global Administrator
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure AD Global Administrator role is automatically assigned to whoever created the Azure AD tenant. Global administrators can do all of the administrative functions.

What is Azure Active Directory? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 3: Skipped

Your company runs a Microsoft Exchange server, and your Security team is concerned that cloud-based mailboxes will be more vulnerable to cyberattacks.

You need to recommend a tool to protect cloud-hosted mailboxes from advanced threats.

Which tool should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint
  • Microsoft Intune
  • Microsoft PowerApps
  • Microsoft Defender for Office 365
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Office 365 is a seamless integration into your Office 365 subscription that provides protection against threats that arrive in email, links (URLS), attachments, or collaboration tools like SharePoint, Teams, and Outlook. With real-time views of threats and tools like Threat Explorer, you can threat hunt and stay ahead of potential threats.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/security/office-365-security/why-do-i-need-microsoft-defender-for-office-365?view=o365-worldwide

Other Options are incorrect:

Defender for Endpoint is an enterprise endpoint security platform designed to help enterprise networks prevent, detect, investigate, and respond to advanced threats. One key difference between the two is that Microsoft Defender for Office 365 does not include any endpoint security features, whereas ‘Microsoft Defender for Endpoint’ is specifically designed to help protect your business against endpoint threats.

Intune is a cloud-based service that focuses on mobile device management (MDM) and mobile application management (MAM).

Power Apps is a suite of apps, services, and connectors, as well as a data platform, which provides a rapid development environment to build custom apps for your business needs.

Question 4: Skipped

Select the M365 Admin Center use cases

  • Manage existing domains, admin access, and migrate user mailboxes to M365
  • Provide Billing Support
  • None of these
  • All of these
  • (Correct)
  • Create and manage users in your organization

Explanation

M365 Admin center helps in creating and managing users, viewing and purchasing subscriptions, and also manages existing domains by providing admin access and other admin-oriented tasks.

Microsoft 365 admin center – Overview – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 5: Skipped

Which of the following statements about Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps is TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps determines the risk for cloud apps based on regulatory certification, industry standards, and best practices.
  • (Correct)
  • Risk scores range from 0 to 100.
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps does not let you change the risk scores for apps.
  • New apps in the cloud app catalog can be subjected to review by Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps.
  • (Correct)
  • Cloud app catalog can filter apps by specific standards, certification, and compliance.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps determines the risk for cloud apps based on regulatory certification, industry standards, and best practices.
  • Cloud app catalog can filter apps by specific standards, certification, and compliance.
  • New apps in the cloud app catalog can be subjected to review by Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps.

The cloud app catalog in Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps uses the findings of Cloud Discovery. Cloud Discovery analyzes traffic logs using Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps’s catalog of over 16,000 cloud apps. It ranks apps based on more than 70 risk factors, including regulatory certification, industry standards, and best practices.

Cloud app catalog can filter apps by one or all of these filters: app tags (select from either sanctioned, unsanctioned, not tagged, or a created custom tag), apps and domains (apps used in specific domains), categories (social network apps, cloud storage apps), compliance risk factor (apps that comply with standards such as HIPAA, ISO 27001, SOC 2, and PCI-DSS), general risk factor (consumer popularity, datacenter locale), legal risk factor (regulations and policies, such as GDPR, DMCA, and data retention policy), risk score, security risk factor (apps by specific security measures), and usage.

New apps in your tenant in the cloud app catalog pose a risk without a review from Microsoft. You can request a review of the app, a risk factor, a score update, or app data that is outdated.

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps does allow you to override the risk scores for apps. For favorable apps that meet the required security standards, you can override the risk score without changing the way it is weighted so that you get immediate results for your organization. To override the risk score, in the Discovered apps table or in the cloud app catalog, click the three dots to the right of any app and select Override app score.

Risk scores do not range from 0 to 100. Risk scores range from 0 to 10; 0 being high risk and 10 being the lowest.

Working with the risk score – Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps | Microsoft Learn

Question 6: Skipped

You are reviewing the Microsoft 365 support policies concerning product releases.

Which release stage is excluded from Service Level Agreements?

  • Monthly Channel.
  • Public Preview
  • (Correct)
  • General Availability
  • Targeted Release

Explanation

Unless the preview’s specific terms and conditions stipulate differently, preview Microsoft products are excluded from all SLAs and warranty claims.

Other options are incorrect:

General Availability is considered a product release and is fully covered by SLAs and warranty claims.

Monthly channel is a cumulative update release. A Monthly Channel release is supported by Microsoft until the next Monthly Channel release is available.

A targeted release is simply an advance release within General Availability that allows IT pros and power users to evaluate new features and prepare teams to support business users and executives and is included in the SLA.

Set up the Standard or Targeted release options – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 7: Skipped

Your company management team has decided to host all of their Windows 10 desktop computers in Azure Active Directory. It is required that all computers be managed centrally as well as their applications.

Which tool will satisfy this requirement?

  • Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Group Policy
  • Windows Configuration Manager
  • Active Directory Users and Computers

Explanation

Intune is a mobile device management (MDM) solution offered by Microsoft that is used to centrally manage Windows desktops that are joined to Azure Active Directory.

Other options are incorrect:

Active Directory Users and Computers cannot manage computers that reside in Azure Active Directory.

It is used strictly for on-premises Windows Server ADs.

Group Policy is a built-in feature of Windows Server and is used to centrally manage and deploy settings for computers that are joined to Windows Server ADs on-premises.

Windows Configuration Manager is used to create provisioning packages that are used to deploy Windows 10 across an enterprise. It cannot manage the machines once deployed.

What is Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Question 8: Skipped

Currently, your company is in the process of adopting cloud technology and defining SaaS solutions. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of cloud services in terms of SaaS?

  • Web based administration
  • Updates
  • Own hardware
  • (Correct)
  • Deployment

Explanation

Using your own hardware is not a benefit of cloud services. Azure is the owner of the infrastructure, and it rents to customers by using a different pricing model.

Other options are incorrect:

Deployment in cloud service is simpler compared with on-premises environments. There is no need to design infrastructure. You can use already offered managed services.

In a cloud environment, the cloud provider is responsible for updating and patching infrastructure, even when using the IaaS model.

Compared with on-premises environments, cloud environments provide simplified web-based administration for all the resources and services that it provides.

Get started with the Cloud Adoption Framework – Cloud Adoption Framework | Microsoft Learn

Question 9: Skipped

Microsoft recommends Conditional Access to enforce MFA. Which of the following policies are a part of Conditional Access?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Dynamic MFA triggers
  • (Correct)
  • Present a standard set of security rules for security procedures
  • Authenticate by Windows Hello, FIDO2
  • (Correct)
  • Authenticate by phone call/sms
  • (Correct)
  • On click on/off

Explanation

  • Dynamic MFA triggers
  • Authenticate by Windows Hello, FIDO2
  • Authenticate by phone call/sms

Microsoft recommends Conditional Access to enforce MFA. There are various policies that are covered under Conditional Access. Conditional Access policies include dynamic MFA triggers for security events, FIDO2 or Windows Hello authentication, and phone call/sms authentication. However, it does not provide one-click on/off or standard security settings.

Azure AD Multi-Factor Authentication versions and consumption plans – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 10: Skipped

Which partner support plan is fee-based and used for cloud products only?

  • Product Support Incidents
  • Premier Support for Partners
  • Advanced Support for Partners
  • (Correct)
  • Signature Cloud Support

Explanation

Only Advanced Support for Partners offers cloud-focused support at an affordable price. Microsoft Azure, Office 365, and Dynamics 365 are covered in this plan. Advanced Support for Partners helps customers with resolving issues in M365, Dynamics 365, and Azure, which only supports cloud products.

Providing support to your customers – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following statements about the Configuration Manager’s on-premises MDM solution are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Devices can be restored to factory defaults by using the Remote Lock feature.
  • Bluetooth can be remotely disabled on Windows 10 devices that are managed by Configuration Manager.
  • (Correct)
  • MDM can deploy apps on Windows devices but cannot monitor the deployment.
  • Android and iOS devices can be managed from MDM if you integrate Configure Manager with Exchange Online.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Intune licenses are required to use the MDM features.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Microsoft Intune licenses are required to use the MDM features.
  • Bluetooth can be remotely disabled on Windows 10 devices managed by Configuration Manager.
  • Android and iOS devices can be managed from MDM if you integrate Configure Manager with Exchange Online.

Configuration Manager on-premises mobile device management (MDM) is a device management solution that manages data, applications, and access to Windows 10 devices. This feature works based on the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) standard. It uses the existing Configuration Manager infrastructure to manage and maintain the devices.

Configuration Manager’s compliance settings allows you to ensure that your Windows 10 device configurations are compliant with your expectations. Some of the compliance settings include password (minimum length, password age), device (enable/disable location services, enable/disable Bluetooth), browser (enable/disable cookies), and security (allow/deny use of device camera).

Use the Exchange Server connector in Configuration Manager to manage mobile devices that connect to Exchange Server via the ActiveSync protocol. This connector works for both on-premises Exchange Server and Exchange Online integrations. Configuration Manager with Exchange Server connectors can support most of the OS platforms, including Android and iOS.

Other options are incorrect:

Devices cannot be restored to factory defaults by using the Remote Lock feature. MDM can do the following to manage devices: full wipe (restore the device to its factory settings), selective wipe (remove only organizational data), passcode reset (remove or reset the passcode when a user forgets it), and remote lock (secure a device that might be lost).

MDM can both deploy apps on Windows devices and monitor them. This includes the following application types: Windows Phone app package (*.xap file), Windows Phone app package (in the Windows Phone Store), Windows Installer through MDM, and Web Application. Configuration Manager can monitor the deployment of all software, including software updates, compliance settings, applications, task sequences, and packages and programs.

Device management with Exchange – Configuration Manager | Microsoft Learn

Manage apps for on-premises MDM – Configuration Manager | Microsoft Learn

Question 12: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

Power BI Pro and Viva Insights are available in __________

  • M365 E1
  • M365 E5
  • (Correct)
  • M365 F3
  • M365 E3

Explanation

Viva Insights and Power BI pro are offered by M365 E5.

Other options are incorrect –

The above advanced analytics services aren’t available in M365 E1, M365 E3 and M365 F3.

Compare Microsoft 365 Enterprise plans

Question 13: Skipped

Match the appropriate support type on the left with the correct description on the right.

  • A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4, E-5
  • (Correct)
  • A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1, E-5
  • A-1, B-3, C-4, D-2, E-5
  • A-1, B-5, C-2, D-4, E-3

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Support Assistant :- Your organization can use the Support Assistant bot in the Microsoft 365 admin center to quickly find answers to support-related questions.

FastTrack :- Here, your organization is connected with dedicated Microsoft engineers, project managers, and resources to help deploy Microsoft 365 services and resolve issues along the way

Premier Support for Microsoft 365 :- Microsoft offers Premier Support Services that your organization can take advantage of to receive on-site support, a dedicated technical account manager, and access to advisory services.

Support through a Microsoft Partner :- Your organization can get support directly through a certified Microsoft 365 Partner. For example, if your organization has purchased a Microsoft 365 subscription through a Tier 1 Cloud Services Provider, it will receive direct support from the CSP. The CSP will act as the first line support for all issues and will escalate issues to Microsoft if they are unable to resolve them.

Community-based support :- Your organization can take advantage of community-based support through the Microsoft 365 Tech Community, where you can collaborate with others, and solve problems. Your organization can also use the Microsoft 365 support forms to ask questions and solve issues with members from Microsoft and the community.

Explore support options for Microsoft 365 services – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 14: Skipped

Windows Autopilot simplifies the lifecycle of Windows devices for both IT and end users. It sets up and pre-configures new devices, getting them ready for use.

  • YES
  • (Correct)
  • NO

Explanation

Windows Autopilot is designed to simplify the lifecycle of Windows devices, for both IT and end-users.

Managing devices with Microsoft Endpoint Manager

Question 15: Skipped

Match the following capabilities of Microsoft Purview against the use cases.

  • A-3, B-2, C-4, D-1
  • A-4, B-1, C-2, D-3
  • A-2, B-1, C-4, D-3
  • (Correct)
  • A-3, B-1, C-4, D-2

Explanation

Office 365 Message Encryption : Encrypts email messages sent to users on any device

Service Encryption with customer key : rotects unauthorized viewing of data by external agents

Sensitivity Labels : Single label across data, devices within and outside the organization

AIP unified labeling client : Labeling extended to File Explorer and Powershell in Windows systems

Question 16: Skipped

Your organization needs to ensure all employees have access to Microsoft 365 updates.

The solution should meet the following requirements:

  • Employees receive Security and Quality updates as soon as they are released.
  • The frequency of feature updates is minimized.
  • Updates are delayed as much as possible.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel (Preview)
  • Current Channel
  • Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel
  • (Correct)
  • Monthly Enterprise Channel

Explanation

Microsoft recommends Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel only for those select devices in your organization where extensive testing is needed before rolling out new Office features. This is the appropriate channel since the requirement is- “The availability of feature updates is delayed as much as possible.”

Security and quality updates are available as soon as they are released through the Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel.

Features are released in Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel twice a year, on the second Tuesday in January and July. New features aren’t added to the Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel at any other time.

Other options are incorrect-

Current Channel provides customers with security, quality, and feature updates as soon as they are available.

Monthly Enterprise Channel makes security and quality updates available as soon as they are released. Feature updates are staggered and made available once per month, but this is much more frequent than Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel.

Just like Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel, Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel (Preview) makes security and quality updates available as soon as they are released. Feature updates are available in the staggered manner in March and September, which is earlier than Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel, which makes them available in July and January.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/deployoffice/updates/overview-update-channels#current-channel-overview

Question 17: Skipped

You need to enable the use of smart cards as an authentication factor in your Azure hybrid environment.

Considering this requirement, which authentication method should you choose?

  • Azure AD password hash synchronization
  • Federated authentication
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD pass-through synchronization
  • Azure AD pass-through authentication

Explanation

When federated authentication is used, Azure AD hands off the authentication process to the on-premises AD. The on-premises Active Directory can provide the authentication method you need while allowing the user to authenticate to Azure AD.

Other options are incorrect:

Azure AD pass-through authentication is simple password authentication and does not support smartcards at all. To do this, a software agent that runs on one or more on-premises servers validates the user directly with your on-premises Active Directory, which ensures that the password validation does not happen in the cloud.

Azure AD password hash synchronization is based on usernames and passwords and does not support smartcards. The hash values of the passwords are synchronized between Azure AD and on-premises AD.

There is no authentication method called Azure AD pass-through synchronization. Azure AD pass-through does not require synchronization.

Authentication for Azure AD hybrid identity solutions – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 18: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

The primary functionality of Customer Lockbox is ___________

  • To ensure that Microsoft can’t access customer data without explicit approval
  • (Correct)
  • To help customers resolve information barriers
  • To lock features when there is a risk
  • To remove users who have left the company

Explanation

Microsoft uses Customer Lockbox to ensure that only authorized requests can access your content through its approval workflow process.

Customer Lockbox ensures that Microsoft can’t access customer data without explicit approval.

Other options are incorrect –

Customer Lockbox doesn’t execute any such activity like locking the features during any risk or breach.

There is no resolution towards removing information barriers in order to help customers via this mechanism.

Users are removed from M365 via the M365 Admin center, not through Customer Lockbox requests.

Customer Lockbox requests – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 19: Skipped

You need to complete the following tasks for an Office 365 tenant:

  • View a list of the features that were recently updated in the tenant.
  • View service incident, typically involving noticeable user impact.
  • View advisories
  • View history of service incidents and advisories that have been resolved.
  • Track the status of issues reported by people in your organization over the last thirty (30) days.

Which option is necessary to accomplish all these tasks in the Office 365 administrative portal?

  • Customer Lockbox
  • Service health
  • (Correct)
  • Setup
  • Reports

Explanation

Service health allows you to:

• View a list of the features that were recently updated in the tenant.

• View incident or critical service issue, typically involving noticeable user impact.

• View Advisories

• View History of incidents and advisories that have been resolved.

• Track the status of issues reported by people in your organization over the last 30 days.

Microsoft 365 admin center – Overview – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 20: Skipped

A company implements Microsoft 365 and develops a new remote work policy for employees.

You need to recommend a solution that meets the following requirements:

  • Employees can only access company resources from specific locations.
  • Extra authentication factors are included.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Micro-segmentation
  • Federation
  • Just-in-time (JIT)
  • Conditional Access
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Conditional Access policies at their simplest are if-then statements, if a user wants to access a resource, then they must complete an action or meet certain prerequisites.

Microsoft Azure Active Directory Conditional Access includes location-based policies and multifactor authentications.

Other options are incorrect –

JIT access does not include extra authentication methods and location policies. JIT is part of implementing the principle of least privilege access.

Federation does not include extra authentication methods and location policies. It allows users authenticated by one identity provider, such as Azure Active Directory, to access resources that are controlled by other identity providers.

Micro-segmentation does not include extra authentication methods and location policies. Micro-segmentation is a network-based control mechanism.

Plan for a Zero Trust security model in your organization – Training | Microsoft Learn

What is Conditional Access in Azure Active Directory? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 21: Skipped

Microsoft Active Directory is used as an authentication platform by your company.

Active Directory is not integrated with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD). It is necessary for the company to use Microsoft Defender in order to identify potential compromised users.

Which Defender solution should you recommend?

  • Defender for Identity
  • (Correct)
  • Defender for Cloud Apps
  • Defender for Endpoint
  • Defender for Office 365

Explanation

Microsoft Defender for Identity is a cloud-based security solution that uses your on-premises Active Directory signals to identify, detect, and investigate advanced threats, compromised identities, and malicious insider actions directed at your organization.

Defender for Identity is a solution that uses the Active Directory data as signals to identify suspicious activities.

Other options are incorrect –

Defender for Office 365 protects against threats in email messages.

Defender for Cloud Apps operates as an intermediary between the cloud user and cloud provider, mediating the requests sent to the cloud providers.

Defender for Endpoint is used to protect devices (endpoints), integrating with Microsoft Intune, Defender for Cloud, and other services.

Describe Microsoft Defender for Identity – Training | Microsoft Learn

What is Microsoft Defender for Identity? – Microsoft Defender for Identity | Microsoft Learn

Question 22: Skipped

You are the IT manager for a local community college. The faculty often uses their own BYOD devices in addition to their assigned desktops. You want to allow them to install Office applications on a maximum of five Mac devices.

Which version of the Microsoft Office Suite will satisfy this requirement?

  • Office Standard 2019 for Mac
  • Office 365 ProPlus
  • (Correct)
  • Office Professional Plus 2019
  • Office 365 Business Essentials

Explanation

Office 365 ProPlus (now called Microsoft 365 Apps) allows users to download and install it on up to five computers, either PC or Mac, as well as five tablets or phones.

Other options are incorrect:

Office 365 Business Essentials is web-based and cannot be installed on a local machine.

Office Professional Plus 2019 can only be installed once on a local machine, and its assigned license cannot be reused for additional machines.

Office Standard 2019 for Mac can only be installed on Mac machines, and its license is only suitable for one install.

Office applications service description – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Learn

Overview of licensing and activation in Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 23: Skipped

Your company’s policy prohibits internal authenticated users from accessing company apps outside of the specified IP range.

You need to recommend an Azure AD feature the company should use.

Which feature should you recommend?

  • Conditional access
  • (Correct)
  • User flows
  • External identity
  • Role-based access control

Explanation

Conditional Access policies at their simplest are if-then statements, if a user wants to access a resource, then they must complete an action.

When authenticated users attempt to access company apps and data, conditional access provides an additional layer of security. Several signals can be used to restrict access, including user or group membership, named location information, device application, real-time risk detection, user risks, cloud apps, or actions.

Other options are incorrect –

User flows are used to create sign in and sign-up policies for external identities (Azure B2C).

External identities help companies manage external users.

Role-based access is used to assign a collection of permissions to a user.

Describe Conditional Access in Azure AD – Training | Microsoft Learn

What is Conditional Access in Azure Active Directory? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 24: Skipped

Your company is collaborating with financial institutions that share personal information and credit card details.

You need to identify and automatically protect sensitive information.

Which of the following should you use?

  • Data loss prevention
  • (Correct)
  • Office 365 Message Encryption
  • Azure Information Protection
  • Windows Information Protection

Explanation

You would choose data loss prevention (DLP). DLP performs discoveries of data that has similar patterns, such account numbers, Social Security numbers, or credit cards, using preconfigured sensitive information types.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose Azure Information Protection (AIP). AIP secures sensitive data in emails and documents inside or outside of your organization. It allows you to classify documents and implement various types of protection based on labels, such as access restrictions and data encryption.

You would not choose Office 365 Message Encryption because this feature enables encrypting email messages. Users can encrypt their messages, and you as an administrator can define rules to encrypt messages to a recipient or messages that contain a specific word in the subject.

You would not choose Windows Information Protection (WIP). WIP prevents data leakage and allows you to separate company data from personal data on users’ personal devices. You can encrypt only company data, wipe the corporate data from an MDM device while leaving the personal data intact, and audit user access to sensitive data.

Question 25: Skipped

What is the maximum duration for a GDAP relationship?

  • 1 month
  • 2 years
  • (Correct)
  • 6 months
  • 1 year

Explanation

Granular delegated admin permissions (GDAP) give partners access to their customers’ workloads in a way that is more granular and time-bound, which can help to address customer security concerns.

With GDAP, partners can provide more services to customers who may be uncomfortable with the high levels of partner access.

GDAP also helps with customers who have regulatory requirements to provide only least-privileged access to partners.

The duration of a GDAP relationship is ultimately stated by the partner. 2 years is the default duration for a GDAP relationship, which is also the maximum duration. But a partner can update the duration and reduce it to a minimum of 1 day.

GDAP frequently asked questions – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 26: Skipped

Select the features and integrations available with Microsoft Intune

[Select all that apply]

  • Intune can structure OS version management across different OS platforms.
  • (Correct)
  • Intune contains settings to reduce bandwidth consumption when Windows, iOS, and Android devices download applications and updates.
  • (Correct)
  • Devices and apps can only be managed by either Configuration Manager or Intune, not both.
  • Intune can apply device profiles to enable or disable device attributes.
  • (Correct)
  • Intune can be used to purchase app licenses in bulk from Apple and Windows app stores.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following features/integrations are available/possible:

  • Intune can apply device profiles to enable or disable device attributes.
  • Intune contains settings to reduce bandwidth consumption when Windows, iOS, and Android devices download applications and updates.
  • Intune can structure OS version management across different OS platforms.
  • Intune can be used to purchase app licenses in bulk from Apple and Windows app stores.

Intune comes with settings and features that can be enabled or disabled on selected devices. You can create configuration profiles using the settings and features and assign them to devices. In addition, you can create different configuration profiles for different devices and platforms, including iOS, Android, and Windows. For example, on Windows 10 devices, use a profile template that blocks ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer.

Intune can help you cope with updates and patches that release at a rapid pace and allows you to directly manage them. On iOS and Android, end users must participate to manage the updates and patches. Intune can help you determine which OS versions are on the devices, control access to company data on devices while you validate a new operating system release, and roll out a new OS version to all devices.

With Intune, you can synchronize data with Apple and Windows app stores to deploy and track license usage for apps from the Intune administration console.

Intune does contain settings to reduce bandwidth consumption when Windows, iOS, and Android devices download applications and updates. Intune’s Delivery Optimization settings can help reduce bandwidth consumption for Windows 10 devices when they download applications and updates. Delivery optimization is part of device configuration profiles.

Other option is incorrect:

Devices and apps can be co-managed with Configuration Manager and Intune. Co-management is a way of managing Windows 10 devices by using both Configuration Manager and Microsoft Intune, getting all the benefits of both. You can control the switching of management platforms for selected workloads.

Device features and settings in Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Overview of the app lifecycle for Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Question 27: Skipped

Match the following security tools with the respective services they provide.

  • A-4, B-2, C-1, D-3
  • A-4, B-1, C-2, D-3
  • (Correct)
  • A-1, B-4, C-2, D-3
  • A-3, B-1, C-4, D-2

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score : Report on the current state of the organization’s security posture

Microsoft Sentinel : Security information and event management (SIEM)

Microsoft 365 Defender : Setting different types of Identity entity tags

Microsoft Lighthouse : Assists MSPs to secure and protect data for small scale businesses

Microsoft 365 plans include various security tools that help mitigate malicious attacks on data, services, and applications across the enterprise.

In addition to providing security information and event management, Lighthouse helps Managed Service Providers (MSPs) recommend tailored security configurations for SMBs.

The Secure Score provides us with an overview of the current security structures and how we can improve them.

Identity entity tags such as sensitive, honeytoken, and exchange server can be set with Microsoft Defender.

What is Microsoft Sentinel? | Microsoft Learn

Question 28: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

IP thefts and Insider Trading are major risks under _____________

  • Privileged Access Management
  • Communication Compliance
  • Insider Risk Management
  • (Correct)
  • Advanced Audit

Explanation

Organizations use Insider Risk Management to detect, identify, and eliminate potential risks.

The Insider Risk Management service leverages the full breadth of services and 3rd-party indicators to detect and triage any risks.

Learn about insider risk management – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect-

Advanced Audit doesn’t help detect or eradicate such insider risks

Privileged Access Management controls the privileged admin access based on specific tasks in M365.

Communication Compliance helps to support a healthy work environment and meet industry-specific compliance requirements by identifying and remediating code-of-conduct policy violations during communications.

Question 29: Skipped

Microsoft 365 empowers users with many tools and productivity services.

Which of the following services is not part of the capabilities of business management?

  • Outlook
  • (Correct)
  • Project Online
  • Microsoft Teams
  • Workplace Analytics

Explanation

You should choose Outlook because Outlook is part of productivity and teamwork capabilities.

Other options are incorrect:

You should not choose Workplace Analytics because it is part of the capabilities of business management. It uses data gathered from an organization’s activity and uses AI for creating insights. Workplace Analytics is now part of Microsoft Viva, which uses insights and recommendations to improve productivity.

You should not choose Microsoft Teams because it is also part of the capabilities of business management.

You should not choose Project Online because it is part of the capabilities of business management and also is known as Microsoft Project for the web.

Question 30: Skipped

Your company has purchased a new certificate that will be used for VPN and wireless authentication. As an IT administrator, you need to push the new certificate to your existing laptops that are Azure AD-joined.

Which tool will accomplish this with the least disruption to operations?

  • Group Policy
  • Office 365 Admin Portal
  • Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Windows Deployment Services

Explanation

The computers are Azure AD-joined so they must be managed by Intune. Intune can push certificates to MDM-enrolled devices. Certificates can be used for Enterprise Wi-Fi and VPN authentication.

Other options are incorrect:

Windows Deployment Services is used to deploy the Windows operating system. While new certificates can be installed as part of the image or task sequence, a new installation would significantly impact users.

The Office 365 Admin Portal has no option to push certificates to computers as it is not a device management system.

While Group Policy can be used to push certificates, it only works for Windows Server AD-joined machines. It cannot be used to push certificates to Azure AD-joined devices.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune

Question 31: Skipped

Which of the following statements about Exchange Online limits and best practices is TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • The maximum retention period for items removed from the Deleted Items folder is 14 days.
  • (Correct)
  • Exchange Analyzer can help you get a deeper understanding of the items that must be migrated to Microsoft 365.
  • The maximum number of Exchange ActiveSync devices per mailbox is 100.
  • (Correct)
  • The maximum number of recipients allowed in the To, Cc, and Bcc fields in a day is 500.
  • (Correct)
  • Notifications are not sent to users when their mailboxes approach or reach the maximum storage capacity.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • The maximum retention period for items removed from the Deleted Items folder is 14 days.
  • The maximum number of Exchange ActiveSync devices per mailbox is 100.
  • The maximum number of recipients allowed in the To, Cc, and Bcc fields in a day is 500.

Retention limits control the length of time that items in specific folders in the Inbox can be accessed. The limits are as follows: Deleted Items folder retention period (no prespecified limit), retention period for items removed from the Deleted Items folder (14 days), and Junk Email folder retention period (30 days).

Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync is the client protocol that synchronizes mailbox data between mobile devices and Exchange Online. The limits are as follows: Exchange ActiveSync device limit (100) and Exchange ActiveSync device deletion limit (20).

There are sending limits that apply to the number of recipients, the number of messages, and the number of recipients per message that a user can send from an Exchange Online account. The limits are as follows: recipient rate limit (10,000 per day), recipient limit (500), recipient proxy address limit (400), and message rate limit (30).

Exchange Online does send notifications to users when mailboxes approach or reach capacity. There are three kinds of notifications: Warning (49 GB), Prohibit Send (49.5 GB), and Prohibit Send/Receive (50 GB).

Exchange Analyzer can help you get a deeper understanding of your network connectivity with Office 365, not a deeper understanding of the items that must be migrated to Microsoft 365. Some of the connectivity factors that can affect the migration are: network capacity, network stability, and network delays.

Exchange Online limits – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Learn

Microsoft 365 and Office 365 migration performance and best practices | Microsoft Learn

Question 32: Skipped

Your company has the following needs:

  • Users in the Group-A can approve requests for activation from eligible users for 24 hours after the request is made.
  • Users in the Group-B can access certain resources from March 1 to March 31.

You recommend using Azure AD Conditional Access policies.

Does your solution meet the company’s needs?

  • YES
  • NO
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Azure AD Conditional Access will not meet your company’s needs. Conditional Access does not grant a user or role temporary access to a resource for a specific time frame, or grant other users the ability to approve or deny requests for activation.

Microsoft Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM) helps you manage, control, and monitor access to important resources. PIM provides time-based and approval-based access to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions on resources. You can allow users in a specific group to approve requests for activations for a specific time, and you can allow users or groups to access certain resources for a specific time frame, for example, March 1st to March 31st. Some of the key capabilities of PIM are JIT access, enforcing multi-factor authentication to activate any role, notifications when privileged roles are activated, and access reviews to ensure users still need roles.

Conditional Access is an Azure AD tool that uses if/then statements. Conditional access policies can ensure that if a user needs to access a resource, then they must complete an action. For example, a policy can specify that if an Engineering manager wants to access a ticketing application, then multi-factor authentication must be used. Conditional Access policies are enforced after the first-factor authentication has been completed.

What is Conditional Access in Azure Active Directory? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 33: Skipped

Your company is considering migrating to Microsoft 365.

You need to identify the cloud service needed for the company’s employees to access Microsoft 365 apps.

Which cloud service should you identify for this purpose?

  • Active Directory
  • Microsoft Azure Active Directory
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Graph
  • Microsoft Intune

Explanation

Microsoft 365 uses Azure Active Directory to control access to its resources. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) is an enterprise identity service that provides single sign-on, multifactor authentication, and conditional access.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-whatis

Other Options are incorrect:

Microsoft 365 does not use Active Directory to control access to its resources.

Microsoft Graph integrates with Microsoft 365 to enhance its capabilities by leveraging cloud-based Artificial Intelligence capabilities.

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based endpoint management solution. It manages user access and simplifies app and device management across your many devices, including mobile devices, desktop computers, and virtual endpoints.

Question 34: Skipped

Select the Microsoft Priva capabilities that provide visibility into organization’s data and policy templates.

[SELECT TWO]

  • Priva Subject Right Requests
  • Priva Data Minimization
  • Priva Privacy Risk Management
  • (Correct)
  • Priva Data transfers
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Priva capabilities are available through two solutions: Priva Privacy Risk Management, which provides visibility into your organization’s data and policy templates for reducing risks; and. Priva Subject Rights Requests, which provides automation and workflow tools for fulfilling data requests.

Other options are incorrect-

Priva Data Minimization is used to Identify personal data that doesn’t need to be retained and prioritize remediation efforts to delete this data.

Privacy data transfers Detect and manage transference of personal data between departments in your organization or across country or regional borders.

Learn about Microsoft Priva – Microsoft Priva | Microsoft Learn

Question 35: Skipped

As an Office 365 administrator, you are monitoring the health status of the Exchange Online service within the Office 365 admin center.

Which two selections are publicized on the Service health page?

  • Available security update
  • Planned maintenance event
  • Service advisory
  • (Correct)
  • Discovered vulnerability
  • Service incident
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Service advisories and service incidents are listed on the Office 365 Service health page.

Other options are incorrect:

Planned maintenance events are listed in the Message center, not the Service health page.

Windows and Office 365 updates, including security updates, are not listed on the Service health page.

Security updates of any kind are not listed on the Service health page, so discovered vulnerabilities are not listed there.

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 36: Skipped

Your company purchased a Microsoft 365 subscription and a Microsoft Azure support plan. As part of your governance and risk framework, your company only implements Azure services that have Azure support available.

Which two services from Microsoft lifecycle can you implement?

  • Public preview
  • (Correct)
  • Private preview
  • End of Support
  • General Availability (GA)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Public preview – During this phase we allow any customer with the proper Azure AD license to evaluate the new feature. Microsoft Customer Support Services will supply support services during this phase, but normal service level agreements do not apply. For new features exposed in the Azure AD Portal, customers can expect to see information banners in the user interface that draw attention to the new experience available during the preview. By clicking on the information banner customers then opt-in to the preview experience.

Generally available (GA) – After the public preview is completed, the feature is open for any licensed customer to use and is supported via all Microsoft support channels. Be aware when a new feature impacts existing functionality, it might change the way you or your users use the functionality.

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/support/legal/preview-supplemental-terms/

Question 37: Skipped

There is a concern that files stored in Yammer may contain viruses. Which of the following options is NOT a possible method of addressing this concern?

  • Run a Yammer virus check
  • (Correct)
  • Export the files and perform an offline virus scan
  • Export the files and use a script to perform a virus scan
  • Store the Yammer files in SharePoint

Explanation

Yammer does not include a virus scanning capability. The Yammer component of Office 365 gives you the ability to create a private social network that can be used to effectively sort out support problems. It can also be used to collect feedback on projects and documents.

To address the inability to perform a virus scan from within Yammer, you can :

  • Export the files and perform an offline virus scan
  • Export the files and use a script to perform a virus scan
  • Store the Yammer files in SharePoint, where virus checking is done as the file is uploaded

Configure your Yammer network – Yammer | Microsoft Learn

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following features are only available with the Azure Active Directory Premium P2 plan and not the Azure Active Directory Premium P1 plan?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Privileged Identity Management (PIM)
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Information Protection integration
  • Access reviews
  • (Correct)
  • Risk-based Conditional Access policies
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamic groups

Explanation

The following features are only available with the Azure Active Directory Premium P2 plan:

  • Privileged Identity Management (PIM)
  • Access reviews
  • Risk-based Conditional Access policies

Privileged Identity Management (PIM) helps you manage, control, and monitor access to important resources. PIM provides time-based and approval-based access to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions on resources. Some of the key capabilities of PIM are JIT access, enforce multi-factor authentication to activate any role, notifications when privileged roles are activated, and access reviews to ensure users still need roles.

Access reviews help to efficiently manage group memberships, access to enterprise applications, and role assignments. You can review users’ access on a regular basis to make sure only the right people have access. Reviews can be set up recurrently at frequencies such as weekly, monthly, quarterly, or annually. The reviewers are notified and they must approve or deny access.

Risk-based Conditional Access Policies includes policies to mitigate risky sign-ins by blocking sign-ins or requiring multi-factor authentication, policies to block or secure risky user accounts, and policies to require users to register for multi-factor authentication.

Other options are incorrect:

Azure Information Protection is a cloud-based solution that lets you classify and, optionally, protect documents and emails by applying labels, and is available in both Azure Premium P1 and P2 plans. Labels can be applied by administrators when they define rules and conditions or manually by users.

Dynamic groups are groups whose membership changes when the attributes of users or devices change and is available in both Azure Premium P1 and P2 plans. You define attribute-based rules that are evaluated periodically for changes in the user or device attributes and modify the membership to the groups. If a user or device satisfies a rule on a group, they are added as a member of that group. If they no longer satisfy the rule, they are removed. This reduces the administrative overhead to modify group memberships.

Rules for dynamically populated groups membership – Azure AD – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 39: Skipped

You must meet the following requirements as an Administrator in your company

  • If a device is lost, stolen, or no longer used, remove organization data from it.
  • Push certificates to devices so users can easily access your Wi-Fi network, or use a VPN to connect to your network.

In order to accomplish the above tasks, which of the following would you use?

  • Microsoft Kaizala
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Sway
  • Microsoft Delve

Explanation

When Devices are enrolled with Intune, the administrator can remove organization data if the device is lost (or stolen or not used anymore) and the administrator also can push certificates to devices

Other options are incorrect-

MS Sway is used for creating interactive reports, presentations, and personal stories.

MS Delve helps users find and discover pertinent information across integrated Microsoft products by pulling user content.

Microsoft Kaizala is a secure messaging and work management software application for collaboration among users.

Describe endpoint modernization, management concepts, and deployment options in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 40: Skipped

You are a Microsoft administrator in your company, and you noticed the Microsoft Services uptime is below 95% on a monthly basis.

What is the maximum percentage of Microsoft service credit the company can receive under the SLA?

  • 25 percent
  • 0 percent
  • 100 percent
  • (Correct)
  • 50 percent

Explanation

The percentage credit that a company can receive is based on the monthly uptime percentage. Monthly uptime percentage of:

  • Below 99.9% grants 25% credit.
  • Below 99% grants 50% credit.
  • Below 95% grants 100% credit.

Explain service level agreement (SLAs) concepts – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 41: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

Security updates for Semi-Annual channel occurs _____________

  • Once a quarter
  • Once a month, on the second Tuesday of the month
  • (Correct)
  • Twice a month
  • Once a year

Explanation

Security updates for the Semi-Annual channel occur monthly (on the second Tuesday of the month.)

Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 42: Skipped

Your team is looking for a tool to enable team leads to manage the tasks for team members.

The tool should meets the following requirements:

  • Assign a task to multiple team members.
  • Manage tasks in a Calendar view.
  • Visualize the progress of individual and team tasks in a Charts view.

What is the best Microsoft 365 app to recommend?

  • Bookings
  • To Do
  • Planner
  • (Correct)
  • OneDrive

Explanation

With Planner you and your team can create plans, assign tasks, chat about tasks, and see charts of your team’s progress. You can also use Planner from within Microsoft Teams and Microsoft SharePoint. Tasks can be displayed in different views such as Charts and Calendar.

When to use Microsoft Project, Planner, To Do, or the Tasks app in Teams – Microsoft Support

Other Options are incorrect:

To Do manages your to do list on a day-to-day basis.

OneDrive is a cloud library for file storage and sharing.

Bookings provides an easy way to manage the scheduling of appointments. To Do, OneDrive, and Bookings do not support task management.

Question 43: Skipped

Which of the following statements about the features/integrations supported with Microsoft Teams are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Sensitivity labels and classification labels have security policies associated with them.
  • Cross-team analytics is available only to Team owners who are owners of multiple teams.
  • When you migrate from Slack to Teams, the channels and the messages and files in the channels can be migrated from Slack to Teams.
  • (Correct)
  • Each team can have a maximum of 30 private channels, and each private channel can have a maximum of 250 members.
  • (Correct)
  • Currently, you cannot moderate the communication on a channel.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Each team can have up to 30 private channels, and each private channel can have up to 250 members.
  • When you migrate from Slack to Teams, the channels and the messages and files in the channels can be migrated from Slack to Teams.

A team is a collection of content, people, and tools used for projects and outcomes. Teams can be created to be private with only invited users. A channel is a dedicated section for a team to keep conversations organized by specific topics, projects, and disciplines.

The Slack service plan determines what you can and cannot migrate to Teams. You must assess the types of data that must be migrated before migrating all of the data from Slack. Paid plans with Slack contain analytics and reports, which can be useful to analyze the data to be migrated.

Classification labels are merely text strings that are associated with groups. They DO NOT have any security policies associated with them. Sensitivity labels regulate access to sensitive content created by teams. Use the Security & Compliance Center to associate security policies for the sensitivity labels. Classification labels can be used as metadata to enforce policies through Office 365 tools and scripts manually.

Currently, you can moderate the communication on a channel. By default, a team owner can moderate a channel (Turn ON channel moderation) to control who can start new posts and reply to posts on that channel. Team owners can also add team members as moderators.

All members of a team can view cross-team analytics for their team, not just Team owners who are owners of multiple teams. Users can also view cross-team analytics if they are members or owners of numerous teams. The analytics include data such as the number of active users, guests, and messages in each team.

Overview of teams and channels in Microsoft Teams – Microsoft Teams | Microsoft Learn

Migrate from Slack to Microsoft Teams – Microsoft Teams | Microsoft Learn

Question 44: Skipped

You are preparing a CSV file to deploy Windows devices using Windows AutoPilot. Which of the following is NOT required to be included in the file?

  • Device name
  • (Correct)
  • Windows Product ID
  • Serial number
  • Hardware hash

Explanation

The device name is not required to be in the file. The file must include Windows Product ID, serial number, and hardware hash. It can optionally contain a group tag and the assigned user.

Other options are incorrect:

To import this CSV file in the Microsoft 365 Device Management portal, you first access the Windows Enrollment blade and then the Devices blade, as shown below:

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/mem/autopilot/add-devices

Question 45: Skipped

You are responsible for identifying a secure identity management solution for your organization. You are planning to select a Microsoft solution, either Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) or Azure AD.

Which of the following security features are available with Azure AD and not available with AD DS?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Privileged access management
  • Multi-factor authentication
  • (Correct)
  • Conditional Access
  • (Correct)
  • AD Identity Protection
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) is an LDAP server that provides key features such as identity, authentication, computer object management, group policy, and trusts. It is an integral component of the on-premises IT environment.

Azure AD is a cloud-based identity and mobile device management service that provides authentication services for resources such as Office 365, the Azure portal, and SaaS applications.

The following security features are only available with Azure AD:

  • AD Identity Protection
  • Conditional Access
  • Multi-factor authentication.

Azure AD Identity Protection allows administrators to automate the detection and remediation of identity-based risks, investigate risks using data in the portal, and export risk detection data to third-party utilities for further analysis.

Conditional Access is an Azure AD tool that uses if/then statements. If a user needs to access a resource, then they must complete an action. For example, if an Engineering manager wants to access a ticketing application, then multi-factor authentication must be used. Conditional Access policies are enforced after the first-factor authentication has been completed.

Azure AD provides inbuilt support for MFA. The administrator for the tenant enables MFA and can require the users to register for MFA and use it for every sign-in. Microsoft did allow AD DS customers to deploy MFA servers and enable MFA; however, they no longer support on-premises MFA deployments. Customers needing MFA must use Azure AD.

Other options are incorrect:

AD DS does support Privileged access management (PAM). PAM protects the Active Directory against credential theft, such as pass-the-hash and spear phishing. This feature uses Microsoft Identity Manager (MIM) and sets up a bastion AD forest. The bastion forest establishes a special PAM trust with an existing forest. PAM enables requesting administrative privileges, approval of requests, shadow security principals (groups), and time-bound membership in a shadow group.

Compare Active Directory-based services in Azure | Microsoft Learn

Question 46: Skipped

Match the different types of USLs (user subscription licenses) for users to avail Microsoft 365 products to their respective applicable scenarios.

  • A-4, B-3, C-1, D-2
  • A-2, B-3, C-2, D-4
  • A-3, B-4, C-2, D-1
  • A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • Step-Up USLs : Customers who want to upgrade the services
  • From SA USLs : On-Premise Software assurance customers wanting to transition to cloud
  • Full USLs : New users who haven’t purchased Microsoft products before
  • Add-on USLs: On-Premise customers who want to add Microsoft products/servicesAll Microsoft products and services are available as USL (user subscription licenses) which are licensed on a per-user basis.

    The administrators assign the licenses to individuals/ growth accounts. Users who are new to Microsoft and have not purchased their products and services yet need the Full USL, whereas existing users can upgrade their services using the Step-Up USLs.

    In the case of on-premise platforms, Add-on USLs assist customers who need additional Microsoft services.

    The From SA USLs are for on-premise Software Assurance customers who are now ready to transition to cloud

    Explore the available licensing and management options – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 47: Skipped

You need to suggest a Microsoft 365 plan for an institution which has around 3000 students.

Which of the following Microsoft 365 Plan is suitable?

  • Microsoft 365 Business Plans
  • Microsoft 365 Government Plans
  • Microsoft 365 Educational Plans
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Enterprise Plans

Explanation

Microsoft offers M 365 plans for education with unlimited users. An institution with around 3000 students would benefit from Microsoft 365 Educational plans

Other options are incorrect-

Microsoft 365 business plan is for a maximum of 300 users

Microsoft 365 Enterprise Plan is ideal for organizations with a large number of users/employees.

Some countries has M 365 plans for the Government

Microsoft 365 and Office 365 plan options – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Learn

Question 48: Skipped

When your employees participate in team calls, they often display the contents of their desktops to other users. You want to make sure users cannot share their entire desktop, but can share individual applications instead

Which Microsoft 365 policy type would you use to control content sharing between Teams users?

  • Meeting policy
  • (Correct)
  • App policy
  • Voice and calling policy
  • Messaging policy

Explanation

A meeting policy covers issues such as audio and video policies, content sharing and screen sharing policies, and participant, guests, and access policies. The three screen sharing modes that can be set with a policy are:

  • Entire screen – All of the desktop and applications can be shared in a meeting
  • Single application – Only an application can be shared in a meeting
  • Disabled – Nothing can be shared between users in a meeting

All other choices are incorrect.

App policies are used to allow or block which apps users can install, pin applications to a user’s Teams app bar, and install an application on behalf of your users.

Messaging policies control chat and chat channel availability. Microsoft Teams is the Office 365 component to use for audio and visual communications with colleagues.

Voice and calling policies cover issues such as emergency calling, call routing, and caller ID.

Manage meeting policies in Microsoft Teams – Microsoft Teams | Microsoft Learn

Question 49: Skipped

Microsoft Viva Learning is included in which of the following packages?

  • O365 E1
  • Microsoft Viva Insights
  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • Microsoft Viva Suite
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Viva Suite includes all Microsoft Learning features that other packages do not include.

Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Microsoft Viva Insights doesn’t contain all the integrations with learning management systems, course recommendations, and progress tracking features

Microsoft 365 E3 and O365 E1 doesn’t contain all the integrations with learning management systems, course recommendations, and progress tracking features.

Question 50: Skipped

Employees need to connect with their team for shared content and resources. Additionally, employees should be able to perform the following tasks.

  • Track and stay updated on project status
  • Organize and co-author shared content
  • Connect to a Microsoft 365 group to access team resources

Which of the following is best suited?

  • SharePoint Communication Site
  • Microsoft Yammer
  • Microsoft Intune
  • SharePoint Team Site
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A SharePoint team site connects you and your team to shared content and resources. It also helps to track and stay updated about the project status, co-authoring of shared content, connection to M 365 group to access team resources etc.

Other options are incorrect-

MS Yammer is an enterprise social networking service used for private communication within organizations

Intune is a cloud based service that lets you manage mobile devices, PCs and Apps

A SharePoint communication site used for broadcasting information to engage and inform broad audiences.

Use the SharePoint Team collaboration site template – Microsoft Support

Question 1: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

The Microsoft Enterprise Agreement is designed for organizations that want to license software and cloud services for a minimum two-years period.

  • FALSE
  • (Correct)
  • TRUE

Explanation

The Microsoft Enterprise Agreement (EA) is for companies that need to license cloud services and software for at least three years. You can manage Microsoft 365 billing from Microsoft 365 admin center. The Enterprise Agreement is economically optimal if you have 500 or more users or devices. EA allows you to buy cloud services and software licenses under a single organization-wide agreement. Microsoft provides end-user training, planning service, unique technologies with Software Assurance, and 24*7 technical support.

Question 2: Skipped

In case someone learns the password of your Microsoft 365 subscription, you would like to minimize the damage.

What Microsoft 365 component allows on-demand, just-in-time assignment of the global administrator role only when needed?

  • OneDrive
  • Privileged Identity Management
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Virtual Desktop
  • Microsoft Intune

Explanation

Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM) helps you manage, control, and monitor access to important resources. PIM provides time-based and approval-based access to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions on resources.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based service that concentrates on mobile application management (MAM) and mobile device management (MDM). A good example of its capabilities is the ability to prevent users from copying corporate information from a managed application that is installed in an unmanaged device. An unmanaged device is one that is not under the control of Intune. A managed application is one that is under the control of Intune.

Azure Virtual Desktop, formerly known as Microsoft Virtual Desktop, allows you to create virtual desktops that can run legacy applications (sometimes referred to as unsuited applications).

OneDrive is the cloud-based file sharing component of Office 365.

What is Privileged Identity Management? – Azure AD – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 3: Skipped

You are doing a cost analysis to determine the variability of migrating your company’s email services and Office suite applications.

As a direct customer of Microsoft 365 Enterprise, what billing model would your company be responsible for?

  • License-based billing
  • (Correct)
  • Billing for one-time and select recurring charges
  • Billing for license-based SaaS transactions
  • Sage-based billing

Explanation

Microsoft 365 customers are required to purchase seat licenses in order to use the online services, so it is license-based billing.

Microsoft 365 customers are not charged for their usage. They must purchase licenses. Usage-based billing is used for hosting servers in Azure.

Microsoft 365 Enterprise does not involve recurring charges as it is license based.

Although Microsoft 365 is a SaaS cloud, its billing is not based on license-based SaaS transactions.

Microsoft 365 for Business | Small Business | Microsoft 365

Question 4: Skipped

You are an Office 365 admin and your HR team informed you that several emails to a payroll company failed today, but most were successful.

After investigating further, you find out that the failed emails contained social security numbers.

What is the cause of the delivery failure of these messages?

  • The person she is contacting is not a member of her team
  • An Office 365 Data Loss Prevention policy
  • (Correct)
  • A baseline security policy being enforced by Intune
  • The HR Director does not have a valid email license

Explanation

Companies can enforce the Office 365 Data Loss Prevention policy, which will stop users from sharing sensitive information. This includes sending social security numbers within emails.

The HR Director obviously has a valid email license because she is able to email the payroll company under normal conditions, so the user has a license.

This is not the reason for the failures.

O365 users can email external users, so teams are irrelevant. The HR Director is able to send emails to the payroll company anyway.

A baseline security policy within Intune does not have jurisdiction over the content included within an outgoing email.

Introduction to data loss prevention (DLP) policies. – Power Automate | Microsoft Learn

Question 5: Skipped

Your company plans to migrate to Exchange Online. Furthermore, they will need to use Office 365 RBAC to set up a secure permissions system.

Which of the following statements about the roles and permissions in Exchange Online are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • The permissions required to enable the anti-malware and anti-spam features are identical.
  • (Correct)
  • By design, the permissions of the My Marketplace Apps role are assigned to users.
  • (Correct)
  • The two types of management roles are administrator roles and end-user roles.
  • (Correct)
  • You can assign permissions to the user only by using role groups.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • The two types of management roles are administrator roles and end-user roles.
  • By design, the permissions of the My Marketplace Apps role are assigned to users.
  • The permissions required to enable the anti-malware and anti-spam features are identical.

Administrative roles contain permissions for administrators or specialist users who use role groups to manage a part of Exchange Online. End-user roles are assigned using role assignment policies. These roles enable users to manage aspects of their own mailbox and the distribution groups that they own.

Users are assigned end-user roles through a role assignment policy. You must assign different role assignment policies to different users if you want to ease the administrative overheads and to track the completion of administrative tasks for Exchange Online.

Microsoft 365 provides a number of features to manage Exchange Online and the recipients. Some of the features and their associated permissions are: data loss prevention (Organization Management and Compliance Management), journal archiving (Organization Management and Recipient Management), and mailbox settings (Organization Management and Recipient Management).

Permissions can be assigned to a user by assigning roles or role groups. A role group is a collection of roles. Role groups make role/permission management easier for Exchange administrators.

Permissions in Exchange Online | Microsoft Learn

Question 6: Skipped

During a recent audit at your company, the auditors recommended using multi-factor authentication for administrator access to Exchange and SharePoint.

Which of the following should you suggest using for this?

  • Microsoft Threat Protection
  • Azure Information Protection
  • Conditional Access policy
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Sentinel

Explanation

You would choose a Conditional Access policy. Conditional Access allows you to create a policy for specified users and apply multi-factor authentication (MFA) only for them.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose Microsoft Threat Protection because this tool is focused on cybersecurity and serves as a security solution, aided by machine learning capabilities to enhance security.

You would not choose Azure Sentinel because it represents a cloud platform for security information and event manager, also helped by AI.

You would not choose Azure Information Protection because this is a cloud solution that enables classifying and protecting documents based on the applied label.

What is Conditional Access in Azure Active Directory? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 7: Skipped

Your organization’s Microsoft 365 subscription has expired. In the admin center, what are the admin roles that can reactivate the subscription.

  • Only Global Administrator
  • Global Administrator or Billing Administrator
  • (Correct)
  • Only License Administrator
  • License Administrator or Groups Administrator

Explanation

Both Global or Billing admin can reactivate a subscription.

Global Admin is the one who needs global access to most management features and data across Microsoft’s online services.

The billing admin is the one who makes purchases, manages subscriptions and service requests, and monitors service health.

Reactivate your subscription | Microsoft Learn

Question 8: Skipped

You are designing a solution that integrates Azure AD and Microsoft Intune. You think Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps will be a good addition to this solution.

Which of the following features are available with Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Conditional Access App Control only supports apps that are configured with Azure AD.
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps can be integrated with Azure ATP but not Azure Sentinel.
  • Investigation Priority Score scores every app and specifies how risky the app is relative to other apps you use in your cloud.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps retains activity logs for 180 days.
  • (Correct)
  • Vulnerable files detected by file policies can be contained and quarantined.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following features/integrations are available/possible:

  • Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps retains activity logs for 180 days.
  • Investigation Priority Score scores every app and specifies how risky the app is relative to other apps you use in your cloud.
  • Vulnerable files detected by file policies can be contained and quarantined.

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps logs all activities with connected apps and retains data as follows: activity logs (180 days), discovery data (90 days), alerts (180 days), and governance logs (120 days).

Investigation Priority Score can be used to determine which users to investigate first. Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps evaluates and scores activities that deviate from users’ baselines and generates user profiles. This score can detect both malicious insiders and external attackers moving laterally in your organizations, without having to rely on standard deterministic detections.

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps can detect unwanted files stored in the cloud. It can also take immediate action to lock down the files. You can use file policies to enforce automated processes using the cloud provider’s APIs. You can set policies to provide continuous compliance scans, legal eDiscovery tasks, DLP for sensitive content shared publicly, and many more use cases. When a file matches a policy, the admin quarantine option will be available for the file. Quarantined files can be restored.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps can be integrated with both Azure ATP and Azure Sentinel. Integration with Azure ATP can help you analyze user entity behavioral analytics. The benefits of integrating with Azure Sentinel are longer data retention, out-of-the-box visualizations, and the ability to create custom visualizations that fit your organizational needs.

Conditional Access App Control monitors access to apps and sessions. It uses access and session policies to derive actions that must be taken for users when they access apps. Conditional Access App Control also supports apps that are configured with identity providers other than Azure AD, such as apps that use SAML and Open ID Connect for single sign-on, and web apps that are hosted on-premises and configured with the Azure AD App Proxy.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/defender-cloud-apps/cas-compliance-trust

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/defender-cloud-apps/proxy-intro-aad

Question 9: Skipped

Your organization often uses Microsoft 365 usage analytics reports. Which of the following can you use to customize a usage report for more personal insights?

  • MS PowerApps
  • MS Power Automate
  • SQL Server Analysis Service
  • Power BI
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 usage analytics provides a dashboard in Power BI that offers insights into how users adopt and use Microsoft 365. The reports can be customized for more personalized insights using Power BI.

Customize the reports in Microsoft 365 usage analytics – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Power Apps and Power Automate are part of the Power Platform. MS PowerApps is used to create custom, no-code desktop & mobile applications running off your data. Power Automate is multi-stage automated workflows that connect to multiple apps and services.

SQL Server Analysis Service is used to analyze huge amounts of data and apply it to business decisions.

Question 10: Skipped

A customized assessment of your organization’s migration readiness can be obtained using which of the following tools?

  • Microsoft Security Assessment Tool
  • Strategic Migration Assessment and Readiness Tool
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint Migration Assessment Tool
  • App Service Migration Assessment Tool

Explanation

You can get a personalized assessment of your organization’s migration readiness by using the Strategic Migration Assessment and Readiness Tool (SMART) Assessment. The answers you provide help identify which guidance aligns best with your current needs.

Get started: Accelerate migration – Cloud Adoption Framework | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect-

SharePoint Migration Assessment Tool Scans Content of SharePoint farm to help identify the impact of migrating your server to SharePoint with Microsoft 365.

Microsoft Security Assessment Tool is a risk-assessment application designed to provide information and recommendations about best practices for security.

App Service Migration Assessment Tool helps customers quickly and easily assess whether a site could be moved to Azure App Service by scanning an externally accessible (HTTP) endpoint.

Question 11: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

Microsoft Exchange Online can be integrated fully with Azure Active Directory.

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Exchange Online is Microsoft’s messaging solution that delivers email and synchronizes contacts, calendars, and tasks from devices. Exchange Online uses Azure Active Directory, which allows you to use administration tools such as group policies to manage Exchange Online features across multiple locations in Azure.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-service-description

Question 12: Skipped

Your organization would like to use the Microsoft Stream feature that comes with their Office365 Enterprise E5 license.

What can they do with Microsoft Stream?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Automatically generate captions for their videos.
  • (Correct)
  • Automatically detect faces and add them to a timeline.
  • (Correct)
  • Convert MOV and MP4 file formats to WMV (Windows Media Video) format.
  • Automatically create video slide shows that combine photos and videos with music.
  • Limit video access to a selected group.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Stream offers many video capabilities that will benefit your company. These include the ability to do the following:

  • Automatically generate captions for uploaded videos,
  • The ability to detect faces and add them to a “face timeline”
  • The ability to limit access to specific groups or channels.

Microsoft Stream can also create a transcript from the audio portion of the video. You can find a specific word in a video by using the “deep search” option. However, “deep search” and other advanced options are only supported by specific service plans. An Enterprise E5 license includes all options.

You cannot use Microsoft Stream to automatically create video slideshows that combine photos and videos with music. Microsoft Stream is not an authoring tool, so you will have to continue creating the videos as they do currently, or purchase a third-party editor.

You cannot use Microsoft Stream to convert MOV and MP4 file formats to WMV (Windows Media Video) format. However, all of these formats are acceptable for uploading.

Question 13: Skipped

Select YES or NO for the following statement.

Configuration Manager manages both on-premises and cloud-based functions.

  • YES
  • NO
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Configuration manager manages only on-premises Infrastructure. The cloud-based function is managed by Intune.

What is Configuration Manager? – Configuration Manager | Microsoft Learn

What is Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Question 14: Skipped

Which Microsoft application will help you to meet the following requirements:

  • Enable the company to set appointment times, business hours, and pricing.
  • Allow customers to schedule appointments through a webpage.
  • Enable the company access to a contact list of customers.
  • Microsoft To Do
  • Microsoft Planner
  • Microsoft Bookings
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Forms

Explanation

Microsoft Bookings provides an easy way for the company to set appointment times and business hours, enables customers to schedule appointments, and access contact lists of customers.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/bookings/bookings-overview?view=o365-worldwide

Other Options are incorrect:

To Do manages your to do list on a day-to-day basis.

Planner gives teams the ability to manage tasks in a structured manner by creating a plan for it, assign tasks on a board, and view progress as charts.

Forms provides the ability to create surveys, quizzes, and polls.

To Do, Planner, and Forms do not provide the ability to manage virtual scheduling and appointments.

Question 15: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

__________ is an Office program that allows you to make professional documents such as newsletters, postcards, flyers, invitations, brochures, and more using built-in templates.

  • Microsoft Access
  • Microsoft OneNote
  • Microsoft Word
  • Microsoft Publisher
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Publisher is an Office program that allows you to make professional documents such as newsletters, postcards, flyers, invitations, brochures, and more using built-in templates. it can Create polished, professional layouts with built in templates.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/publisher

Question 16: Skipped

Which of the following Office 365 eDiscovery solutions will allow you to send legal hold notifications?

  • In-place eDiscovery
  • Core eDiscovery
  • Advanced eDiscovery
  • (Correct)
  • Content Search

Explanation

The Advanced eDiscovery solution provides the ability to create legal hold notifications, as well other features, such as:

  • Case management
  • Placing content locations on legal hold
  • Custodian management
  • Legal hold notifications
  • Advanced indexing

Content Search does not provide the ability to create legal hold notifications. It provides:

  • Search for content
  • Keyword queries and search conditions
  • Search statistic
  • Export search results

Core eDiscovery does not provide the ability to create legal hold notifications. It provides:

  • Search and export
  • Cas Management
  • Legal hold

It is also very important to know which applications are supported for the search used by Core eDiscovery. For example, while it supports Outlook and SharePoint, it does not support MS PowerApps or Access.

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery solutions – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 17: Skipped

A company wants to migrate on-premises applications to hybrid cloud deployments over time.

You need to ensure that the service supports hybrid deployments.

Which three options support hybrid deployments?

  • Exchange
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Viva Insights
  • Skype for Business
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Stream
  • Microsoft Sway

Explanation

Exchange, SharePoint, Skype for Business can be deployed in hybrid mode, other options are cloud-only.

Microsoft cloud architecture models – enterprise resource planning | Microsoft Learn

Question 18: Skipped

When you sign up for a Microsoft 365 subscription directly in your organization, which billing account is created?

  • Microsoft Online Services Program
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Service Level Agreement
  • Microsoft Customer Agreement
  • Microsoft Products & Services Agreement (MPSA) Program

Explanation

When you sign up for a Microsoft 365 subscription directly, Microsoft Online Services Program (billing account) is created.

Understand billing accounts | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Microsoft Products & Services Agreement (MPSA) Program (billing account) is created when your organization signs an MPSA Volume Licensing agreement to purchase software and online service.

Microsoft Customer Agreement (billing account) is created when your organization works with a Microsoft representative, an authorized partner, or purchases independently.

Microsoft Service Level Agreement is not a billing account, and it is an agreement provided to customers by Microsoft related to Microsoft’s services.

Question 19: Skipped

Your company plans to implement a mobile device management (MDM) solution using Configuration Manager’s on-premises MDM solution.

Which of the following statements about the Configuration Manager’s on-premises MDM solution are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • MDM can deploy apps on Windows devices but cannot monitor the deployment.
  • Microsoft Intune licenses are required to use the MDM features.
  • (Correct)
  • Bluetooth can be remotely disabled on Windows 10 devices that are managed by Configuration Manager.
  • (Correct)
  • Devices can be restored to factory defaults by using the Remote Lock feature.
  • Android and iOS devices can be managed from MDM if you integrate Configure Manager with Exchange Online.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Microsoft Intune licenses are required to use the MDM features.
  • Bluetooth can be remotely disabled on Windows 10 devices managed by Configuration Manager.
  • Android and iOS devices can be managed from MDM if you integrate Configure Manager with Exchange Online.

Configuration Manager on-premises mobile device management (MDM) is a device management solution that manages data, applications, and access to Windows 10 devices. This feature works based on the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) standard. It uses the existing Configuration Manager infrastructure to manage and maintain the devices.

Configuration Manager’s compliance settings allows you to ensure that your Windows 10 device configurations are compliant with your expectations. Some of the compliance settings include password (minimum length, password age), device (enable/disable location services, enable/disable Bluetooth), browser (enable/disable cookies), and security (allow/deny use of device camera).

Use the Exchange Server connector in Configuration Manager to manage mobile devices that connect to Exchange Server via the ActiveSync protocol. This connector works for both on-premises Exchange Server and Exchange Online integrations. Configuration Manager with Exchange Server connectors can support most of the OS platforms, including Android and iOS.

Other options are incorrect:

Devices cannot be restored to factory defaults by using the Remote Lock feature. MDM can do the following to manage devices: full wipe (restore the device to its factory settings), selective wipe (remove only organizational data), passcode reset (remove or reset the passcode when a user forgets it), and remote lock (secure a device that might be lost).

MDM can both deploy apps on Windows devices and monitor them. This includes the following application types: Windows Phone app package (*.xap file), Windows Phone app package (in the Windows Phone Store), Windows Installer through MDM, and Web Application. Configuration Manager can monitor the deployment of all software, including software updates, compliance settings, applications, task sequences, and packages and programs.

On-premises MDM – Configuration Manager | Microsoft Learn

Question 20: Skipped

You are planning to purchase Microsoft’s 365 plan to have the following features.

  • Detect and investigate advanced threats
  • Malicious actions across your on-premises and cloud environments
  • Protect with adaptive, built-in intelligence

Which of the following plans will you choose?

  • Microsoft 365 E5
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Business Basic
  • Microsoft 365 E1
  • Microsoft 365 E3

Explanation

Microsoft 365 E5 license has features to detect and investigate advanced threats, compromised identities, and malicious actions across on-premises and cloud environments. It also protects organizations with adaptive, built-in intelligence.

Compare Office 365 Enterprise Pricing and Plans | Microsoft 365

Other options are incorrect –

Microsoft 365 Business Basic, Microsoft 365 E1, and Microsoft 365 E3 Licenses do not have advanced threat protection features such as detecting and investigating threats, detecting malicious actions across environments, Or protection with built-in Intelligence features.

Question 21: Skipped

In order to determine which version of Office Professional Plus 2019 is best for your company, you are comparing the advantages of Microsoft 365 Apps and on-premises Office Professional Plus 2019.

What are the advantages of using Microsoft 365 Apps?

[SELECT TWO]

  • It can be installed on multiple devices with a single license.
  • (Correct)
  • It does not require internet connectivity to remain activated.
  • It includes online versions of Exchange and SharePoint.
  • Users receive regular new feature upgrades throughout the year.
  • (Correct)
  • It is web-based so users can access their applications from anywhere.

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Apps can be locally installed on a computer from the Office 365 user portal. Two of its advantages over a traditional installation are that Microsoft 365 Apps is automatically updated with new features as part of the subscription, and it can be installed on up to five devices using the same license.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft 365 Apps is not web-based as it locally installs on the computer, so it cannot be accessed from anywhere.

Microsoft 365 Apps does require Internet connectivity at least once every 30 days in order to remain activated. At least every 30 days you need to communicate with the Office Licensing Service via the internet.

Microsoft 365 Apps does not contain online versions of any application, nor any version of Exchange of SharePoint.

Overview of licensing and activation in Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 22: Skipped

Management of your company has expressed concern about data loss or inaccessibility if the company’s applications are moved to the cloud.

As a cloud consultant, what features of cloud computing will you use to address her concerns? [SELECT THREE]

  • High availability
  • (Correct)
  • Backups
  • (Correct)
  • Redundant storage
  • (Correct)
  • Autoscaling
  • Service level agreement (SLA)

Explanation

It provides backups, redundant storage, and high availability.

Redundant storage is an important protection against data loss. Azure Storage automatically maintains at least three replicas of all data. Additional options are offered to increase protection, including storing replicas across regions (“geo-replication”).

Backups are an important protection against data loss. Azure can automate this process.

High availability is increasing the likelihood that the system is operable (up and functioning) at any given point in time. Technically, this is not the same as reliability, but this distinction is often blurred.

Other options are incorrect:

Autoscaling is not a reliable feature. Autoscaling allows Azure to automatically add or remove VMs

as needed based on predefined thresholds.

Service level agreements (SLAs) act as an insurance policy, offering remuneration or other compensation if data loss occurs. They do not prevent it.

Reliability is a key benefit of cloud computing. Sometimes the entire set of continuity solutions, including high availability, backup, and disaster recovery, is collectively referred to as “resiliency.”

Disaster recovery and storage account failover – Azure Storage | Microsoft Learn

Azure Reliability | Microsoft Azure

Question 23: Skipped

In a SharePoint environment, an organization needs to mark content as a record or a regulatory record.

Which of the following would you recommend for this requirement?

  • Content Types
  • Retention labels
  • (Correct)
  • Sensitivity labels
  • eDiscovery

Explanation

You need to use retention labels to declare documents or emails as a record. Retention label helps you declare content as a record or regulatory record.

Declare records by using retention labels – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Sensitivity labels are used to classify and protect organization data.

eDiscovery is the process of identifying and delivering electronic information that can be used as evidence in legal cases.

A content type is a reusable collection of metadata (columns), workflow, behavior in a SharePoint library Or List.

Question 24: Skipped

Microsoft Teams has been selected as your company’s online meeting solution.

Which of the following does Microsoft automatically create when you create a team on Microsoft Teams?

[SELECT THREE]

  • A free GitHub account
  • A SharePoint Online site
  • (Correct)
  • An Exchange Online shared mailbox
  • (Correct)
  • An Office 365 group
  • (Correct)
  • An Azure DevOps Services account

Explanation

Microsoft automatically creates the following when you create a team on Microsoft Teams:

  • An Office 365 group
  • A SharePoint Online site
  • An Exchange Online shared mailbox

Office 365 Groups is a service that allows a team to collaborate when creating documents, spreadsheets, and project plans. It also allows the scheduling of meetings and sending group emails.

SharePoint Online can help organizations share and manage content, knowledge, and applications. A team in Microsoft Teams is assigned a team site, and each standard channel in a team uses a folder in the document library on the team site. Files that members share during conversations are added to the relevant document library.

Exchange Online is the hosted version of Microsoft’s Exchange Server messaging platform. Organizations can make use of this platform as a stand-alone service or via an Office 365 subscription.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft does not create a free GitHub account. GitHub must be added as a connector to Microsoft Teams to receive updates from GitHub. GitHub is a subsidiary of Microsoft and is a global company that provides hosting and version control for software development by using Git. GitHub provides several collaboration features such as feature requests, bug tracking, task management, and wikis.

Microsoft does not automatically create an Azure DevOps Services account. You must add an Azure DevOps Services connector to Microsoft Teams to obtain Azure DevOps Services updates. Azure DevOps Services can be used to collaborate on software development through source control, work tracking, and continuous integration and delivery.

Question 25: Skipped

A company uses Microsoft 365 and they needs to perform the following administrative activities:

  • View invoices and past billing statements.
  • Modify the current payment method.
  • Update the email notification for billings to the new manager’s email.Which administrative center should you recommend?
  • Microsoft SharePoint admin center
  • Microsoft Exchange admin center
  • Microsoft Teams admin center
  • Microsoft 365 admin center
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Invoices and billing statements can be viewed from Microsoft 365 admin center. Modifications to current payment methods and updates to email receipts of bills can be performed from Microsoft 365 admin center.

Other options are incorrect –

Microsoft Teams admin center is used to perform Team’s administration. Invoices and billing statements cannot be viewed.

SharePoint admin center is used to perform SharePoint administration. Invoices and billing statements cannot be viewed.

Exchange admin center is used to perform Exchange online administration.

Explore the billing and bill management options – Training | Microsoft Learn

Microsoft 365 admin center – Overview – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 26: Skipped

Your company needs an internal social media platform to encourage greater dialogue, sharing of information, and idea generation among users. You have been asked to suggest a solution.

Which option will fulfill this requirement?

  • Teams
  • Shared mailboxes
  • SharePoint
  • Yammer
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Yammer is a free social networking service that can be used for private communication within an organization and is owned and operated by Microsoft.

A shared mailbox cannot serve as a social media platform as it is used by select users to send and receive email messages and share a common calendar, not serve as a social media platform.

SharePoint cannot serve as a social media platform as it is used to share files and documents among team members and is not a stand-alone social network.

Teams is designed for small groups and is not intended as a company-wide communication medium, so cannot serve as a company-wide social media platform.

Yammer Enterprise Social Network | Microsoft 365

Question 27: Skipped

Your company needs to implement a virtual desktop solution for 400 employees.

Provide a recommendation that meets following requirements:

  • Provide dedicated desktop compute resources to each user.
  • Integrate with Microsoft Intune and Defender without installing additional software.
  • Provide automatic provisioning triggered by a user license assignment.
  • Minimize the maintenance effort.Which solution should you recommend?
  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Machine
  • Windows 365 Business
  • Windows 365 Enterprise
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Desktop

Explanation

Windows 365 Enterprise provides dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user, integrates natively with Microsoft Intune and Defender, offers automatic provisioning triggered by a user license assignment, minimizes the maintenance overhead, and supports organizations with more than 300 users.

Other options are incorrect –

Windows 365 Business is limited to 300 users. Azure Virtual Desktop minimizes the maintenance overhead, but it does not provide dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user, does not integrate natively with Microsoft Intune and Defender, and it does not offer automatic provisioning triggered by a user license assignment.

Azure Virtual Machine does not minimize the maintenance overhead, does not provide dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user, does not integrate natively with Microsoft Intune and Defender, and it does not offer automatic provisioning triggered by a user license assignment.

Compare the differences of Windows 365 and Azure Virtual Desktop – Training | Microsoft Learn

What is Azure Virtual Desktop? – Azure | Microsoft Learn

What is Windows 365? | Microsoft Learn

Question 28: Skipped

Your company wants to establish data privacy policies and regulations.

You need to recommend a Microsoft tool to help the company achieve these goals.

Which tool should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Defender portal
  • Service Trust Portal
  • Microsoft Priva
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Secure Score

Explanation

Priva proactively identifies and protects against privacy risks such as data hoarding, problematic data transfers, and data oversharing. Gain visibility into the storage and movement of personal data. Empower employees to make smart data handling decisions.

It provides two solutions that help to support this; Priva Privacy Risk Management provides visibility into the company’s data and policy templates to reduce risks and Priva Subject Rights Requests provides workflow tools for fulfilling data requests.

Other Options are incorrect-

Secure Score is a tool that tracks the company’s security posture.

Service Trust Portal does not provide tools that support data privacy and regulations requirements.

Microsoft Defender portal does not provide tools that support data privacy and regulations requirements.

Describe Microsoft Priva – Training | Microsoft Learn

Learn about Microsoft Priva

Question 29: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

You can manage Microsoft 365 billing from Microsoft 365 admin center.

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When you purchase Microsoft products and services, your billing account is created. You can manage settings in your account, change payment methods, and view invoices and purchases. You can manage Microsoft 365 billing from Microsoft 365 admin center. You can manage subscriptions, change your billing frequency, and more from the admin center.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/identify-licensing-options-available-microsoft-365/3-bill-management-options

Question 30: Skipped

You are an experienced administrator for Microsoft 365.

How can you share your ideas about improving Microsoft Teams with Microsoft?

  • Use the Feedback web portal for Microsoft Teams
  • (Correct)
  • Submit a support ticket using the Azure portal
  • Communicate with the cloud service provider
  • Submit a support ticket using the Microsoft 365 portal

Explanation

You would choose to use the Feedback web portal for Microsoft Teams. With this portal you can submit feedback and ideas about how Microsoft can improve services and experiences.

Other options are incorrect –

You would not submit a support ticket using either the Azure portal or the Microsoft 365 portal. Support tickets are used for submitting issues for your services to Microsoft.

You would not choose to communicate with the cloud service provider because they are only a reseller of Microsoft services.

https://feedbackportal.microsoft.com/feedback/?WT.mc_id=M365-MVP-4039827

Question 31: Skipped

The company recently hired a security auditor who wants to explore Microsoft 365 Defender.

You need to assign a role to the security auditor in accordance with the principle of least privilege.

Which role should you assign?

  • Global Administrator
  • Global Reader
  • Security Administrator
  • Security Reader
  • (Correct)

Explanation

All these roles grant access to the Microsoft 365 Defender portal. But to grant the minimum permissions needed for accessing the Defender portal, the security reader role is appropriate.

Describe the Microsoft 365 Defender portal – Training | Microsoft Learn

Roles and role groups in the Microsoft 365 Defender and Microsoft Purview compliance portals – Office 365 | Microsoft Learn

Question 32: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

_________ lets users search and discover content across Microsoft 365 based on personalized insights.

  • Microsoft Delve
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Kaizala
  • Microsoft Power Automate
  • Microsoft Stream

Explanation

Delve lets users search for and discover content across Microsoft 365 based on personalized insights. Delve is the first experience to be powered by Office Graph. The information in Delve is tailored to each user. You’ll only see documents that you already have access to. Other people will not see your private documents.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/what-is-delve-1315665a-c6af-4409-a28d-49f8916878ca?ui=en-us&rs=en-us&ad=us

Question 33: Skipped

You are a Microsoft administrator and you need to make several apps available for users.

Which app must you install locally on each user’s computer?

  • Microsoft OneNote
  • Microsoft Teams
  • Microsoft OneDrive
  • Microsoft Publisher
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Publisher is a Microsoft 365 app that needs to be installed on a local computer to be used by a licensed user.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/describe-productivity-solutions-microsoft-365/3-describe-how-apps-helps-increase-productivity

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/publisher

OneDrive, OneNote, and Teams are Microsoft 365 apps that do not require a local installation in order to be used by a licensed user.

Question 34: Skipped

Your company management tasked you to migrate the on premise databases to Microsoft cloud Which of the following statements about the best practices for database management on Azure Cloud are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • The Azure SQL Database service is available only through TCP port 3306.
  • Microsoft recommends using Azure AD authentication and not SQL Server authentication.
  • (Correct)
  • The transparent data encryption services can encrypt and decrypt data in real time.
  • (Correct)
  • The data discovery and classification service in Azure SQL Database can help you control access to highly sensitive data.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • The data discovery and classification service in Azure SQL Database can help you control access to highly sensitive data.
  • The transparent data encryption services can encrypt and decrypt data in real time.
  • Microsoft recommends using Azure AD authentication and not SQL Server authentication.

The data discovery and classification feature has embedded capabilities in Azure SQL Database for discovering, classifying, labeling, and reporting on sensitive data. This can help you meet data privacy standards and regulatory compliance requirements, to monitor and alert on anomalous access to sensitive data, and control access to databases containing highly sensitive data. This feature is a part of the Advanced Data Security (ADS) offering, which is a unified package for advanced SQL security capabilities.

Azure SQL Database transparent data encryption helps protect data on disk and protects against unauthorized access to hardware. It performs real-time encryption and decryption of the database, associated backups, and transaction log files at rest without requiring changes to the application. Transparent data encryption encrypts the storage of an entire database by using a symmetric key called the database encryption key.

The transparent data encryption (TDE) service encrypts data at rest and thus protects Azure SQL Database, Azure SQL Managed Instance, and Azure Data Warehouse from malicious offline activity. TDE encrypts and decrypts in real time the database, its associated transaction logs, and any associated backups without requiring changes to the application. TDE is enabled by default for any newly deployed Azure SQL databases.

Azure AD authentication uses Azure AD identities to connect to Azure SQL Database and SQL Data Warehouse. This way you can manage the identities of database users and other Microsoft services in a central location. Azure AD authentication also provides other benefits such as support for token-based authentication, stopping the proliferation of user identities across database servers, and MFA.

The Azure SQL Database service is available only through TCP port 1433, not port 3306. The Azure firewall grants access to databases based on the originating IP address of each request. In the connection process, connections from Azure virtual machines are redirected to an IP address and port that are unique for each worker role. The port number is in the range from 11000 to 11999.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/security-best-practice?view=azuresql

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/data-discovery-and-classification-overview?tabs=azure-t-sql&view=azuresql

Question 35: Skipped

Which of the following cloud service models only requires you to maintain applications and not infrastructure?

  • SaaS
  • XaaS
  • PaaS
  • (Correct)
  • SecaaS

Explanation

In the Platform as a Service (PaaS) model, you are provided with a network, databases, servers, and a development environment. You are responsible for the applications you develop there.

Other options are incorrect:

In the Security as a Service (SecaaS) model, an outside entity manages security services in your network. You are still responsible for managing the servers, network, databases, and applications.

In the Software as a Service (SaaS) model, management of the application is completely handled by the cloud service provider.

Anything as service (XaaS) is not a cloud service model. It is a category of services that CSPs can provide.

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/resources/cloud-computing-dictionary/what-is-paas/

Question 36: Skipped

A company uses spreadsheets to manage compliance initiatives. To meet their compliance objectives, they recently switched to Compliance Manager in Azure.

When calculating compliance scores, which action type has the highest value?

  • Corrective mandatory
  • Detective discretionary
  • Preventative mandatory
  • (Correct)
  • Detective mandatory

Explanation

You would choose preventative mandatory because this action type has an assigned score of 24. Preventative actions are about encrypting data at rest.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose detective mandatory because this action type has an assigned score of 3. Detective actions are about monitoring irregular conditions or behaviors that represent a risk.

You would not choose corrective mandatory because this action type has an assigned score of 3. Corrective actions are about minimizing the effects of risk or issues.

You would not choose detective discretionary because this action type has an assigned score of 1. While Detective actions are about monitoring irregular conditions or behaviors that represent a risk, discretionary actions depend on users adhering to a policy.

Compliance score calculation – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 37: Skipped

As an administrator, which of the following plans would you recommend for Privileged Identity Management (PIM) in Azure AD?

  • Azure AD premium P2
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD free
  • Microsoft 365 apps
  • Azure AD premium P1

Explanation

Azure AD Premium P2 includes all the features included in Premium P1 along with Azure Identity protection. Privileged Identity Management (PIM) is part of the Azure Identity Protection.

Other options are incorrect –

Azure AD Premium P1 Includes free, Office 365, and premium features including Conditional access, Microsoft Cloud App Discovery, Advanced security and usage reports, advanced group access management, and hybrid identities.

Azure AD Free includes single sign-on, self-service password change, multi-factor authentication, basic security/usage reports, and business-to-business collaboration.

Microsoft 365 apps include all the free features plus identity, self-service password reset, and device write-back.

Microsoft 365 Fundamentals: Demonstrate fundamental knowledge of Microsoft 365 security and compliance capabilities – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 38: Skipped

Your company plans to upgrade its Windows 7 laptops to Windows 10. The company management wants to deprecate its local installations of Office products as part of the upgrade. As a consultant, you are helping them choose between Office 365 Business and Microsoft 365 Business. Both subscription models will bring significant savings and benefits.

What does Microsoft 365 offer in the package that is not included with Office 365?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Microsoft 365 Admin Center
  • OneDrive storage
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 10 Pro
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Information Protection
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Intune is included with Microsoft 365. It is not part of any Office 365 package, but can be purchased separately.

Azure Information Protection is included with Microsoft 365. It can be purchased separately for Office 365 subscribers.

A Windows 10 Pro license is included with each Microsoft 365 subscription. This will help streamline the upgrade process for your company.

Microsoft 365 includes Office 365, Windows 10, and the Enterprise Mobility + Security suite of tools. Just like Office 365, there are several tiers of Microsoft 365 subscriptions.

Other options are incorrect:

The Microsoft 365 Admin Center is the main portal for both Office 365 and Microsoft 365.

OneDrive storage is included with both Office 365 and Microsoft 365 (Office 365 is included in Microsoft 365).

Microsoft 365 for Business | Small Business | Microsoft 365

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/compare-microsoft-365-enterprise-plans

Question 39: Skipped

Your company wants to eliminate its current physical datacenter. They want to move their file storage and databases to the cloud model. Ideally, the solution should be scalable and flexible so that the company only pays for the resources it needs.

Which type of cloud is best for your company?

  • A hybrid cloud
  • A private cloud
  • SaaS
  • A public cloud
  • (Correct)
  • PaaS

Explanation

A public cloud would meet Verigon’s needs. The provider is responsible for the physical hardware infrastructure, including updates and maintenance. Verigon would manage their own files and databases. A public cloud is not actually open to the public but to paid customers only. Public cloud customers, or “tenants,” share the same hardware, network devices, and storage with other organizations.

Other options are incorrect:

A private cloud is not the model that Verigon should implement. The private cloud is hosted on-premises, but can also be hosted by a third-party provider. Resources are dedicated to a single organization. If a Verigon hosts the hardware that is owned or leased by a third party, it may be referred to as a “hosted private cloud.” The scenario does not indicate a need for the increased security of a private cloud.

Software as a service (SaaS) is not the model that Verigon should implement. With SaaS, the vendor provides the application and the computing power via a web browser. Microsoft 365 is a SaaS service. Other examples include Salesforce, Gmail, and HubSpot.

PaaS is not the cloud services model that Verigon should implement. The Platform as a Service (PaaS) model provides an environment for developing and testing applications.

A hybrid cloud is not the model that Verigon should implement. Hybrid cloud refers to combining the cloud services from a third-party service provider (a “public” cloud) with a cloud devoted exclusively to a single business (a “private” cloud).

What is a Public Cloud – Definition | Microsoft Azure

Question 40: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

You can buy Microsoft 365 licenses through EA (Enterprise Agreement) and CSP (Cloud Solution Provider).

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can buy Microsoft 365 products and services using any of the Microsoft-offered licensing programs. These programs include Microsoft VL (Volume Licensing), CSP (Cloud Solution Provider) program, and Web Direct programs.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/identify-licensing-options-available-microsoft-365/2-cloud-solution-provider-model

Question 41: Skipped

Which two options allow an organization to store files and enable collaboration with different teams both internally and externally?

  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Intune
  • OneDrive
  • (Correct)
  • Sway
  • Microsoft Dynamics 365

Explanation

SharePoint is the cloud evolution of Microsoft SharePoint Server. It is a cloud service that enables you to store, organize, and add third-party apps, access information from almost any device, and allow sharing with external people by default, all by using a web-browser. It helps you create team or communication-focused sites for efficient collaboration and communication. Internal users with an appropriate Microsoft 365 or SharePoint license can use SharePoint. They can share files or folders with others inside or outside the organization. Sharing outside the organization can be controlled by site administrators

One-Drive- Use OneDrive to store and access your files. OneDrive works seamlessly with Microsoft 365 and comes pre-installed with Windows. When you synchronize your files to your desktop, you can work offline. And you can access your files on Windows, Mac, or mobile devices.

Describe productivity solutions of Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 42: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

The CSP model is a Microsoft partner program that provides the expertise and services you need through an expert CSP partner.

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

The CSP model is a partner program that provides the expertise and various services such as technical and billing support and additional consultancy and advice so you can manage your subscription. The CSP partner will have admin privileges in order to access your tenant. The CSP program has per-user and per-month pricing on a pay-as-you-go subscription model.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/identify-licensing-options-available-microsoft-365/2-cloud-solution-provider-model

Question 43: Skipped

Your company needs a solution that can intelligently and securely manage the pre-configuration and set-up of new devices.

You need to recommend a service that meets the following requirements:

  • Support Windows 10 and 11.
  • Simplify the lifecycle management of the devices.
  • Integrate the devices with existing device and application management solutions.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Windows 365
  • Windows Autopilot
  • (Correct)
  • Configuration Manager
  • Desktop Analytics

Explanation

Windows Autopilot is a collection of technologies used to set up and pre-configure new devices, getting them ready for productive use. Windows Autopilot can be used to deploy Windows PCs or HoloLens 2 devices.

Windows Autopilot is available on Windows 10 and 11 devices and simplifies the lifecycle management of the device. Windows Autopilot also automatically enrolls the devices in Intune and can integrate the devices with Configuration Manager.

Other options are incorrect –

Windows 365, Desktop Analytics, and Configuration Manager do not manage the pre-configuration and set-up of new devices.

Describe the endpoint management capabilities of Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Overview of Windows Autopilot | Microsoft Learn

Question 44: Skipped

A company decides to move the order processing applications to the cloud and needs to calculate the estimated cost benefits in migrating your workloads to Azure. You do not know which specific resources you will need. The estimates should include computing costs, data center costs, networking costs, storage costs, and information technology administrative costs for five years.

______________ allows you to estimate the cost savings you can realize by migrating your workloads to Azure.

  • Total Cost of Ownership Calculator
  • (Correct)
  • Dynamics 365
  • Pricing Calculator
  • Microsoft Excel

Explanation

Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) Calculator – estimates the cost savings you can realize by migrating your workloads to Azure

Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) Calculator | Microsoft Azure

AWS Pricing Calculator incorrect as it only lets you explore AWS services, and create an estimate for the cost of your use cases on AWS.

Question 45: Skipped

Microsoft 365 monthly subscription had been canceled by your company two months before. As an admin, which of the following is correct with respect to your access to the admin center?

  • You can’t access the admin center.
  • You can access the admin center but can’t assign licenses to users.
  • (Correct)
  • You have normal access to Microsoft 365, data, and admin center.
  • You can access the admin center only to purchase and manage other subscriptions.

Explanation

Your monthly subscription is disabled immediately after cancellation. This means users lose access to the Microsoft 365 assets immediately.

What happens to my data and access when my subscription ends? | Microsoft Learn

Question 46: Skipped

Employees in your organization often need to create basic surveys quickly. In addition, this data must be easily transferred to Excel or Power BI.

Which Microsoft 365 application is more suited to your organization’s needs?

  • Microsoft Sway
  • Microsoft Delve
  • PowerApps
  • Microsoft Forms
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Forms are a better option for organizations that need to create survey forms quickly. Using MS Form, users can create quick surveys, quizzes, and registration forms.

Online Quizzes – Online Surveys – Polls | Microsoft Forms

Other options are incorrect-

MS PowerApps is used to create custom, no-code desktop & mobile applications. It can also

be used to create forms. However, it’s not better suited for quick basic surveys.

MS Delve helps users find and discover pertinent information across integrated Microsoft products by pulling user content.

MS Sway is used for creating interactive reports, presentations, and personal stories.

Question 47: Skipped

Is it possible to restore files from OneDrive to a previous version? If yes, what’s the duration until which this feature can execute?

  • Yes, 30 days
  • (Correct)
  • Yes, 1 year
  • Yes, 3 months
  • No, it can’t restore files and documents

Explanation

The OneDrive Files Restore feature helps customers to restore files to any point in the last 30 days. If we want to select the desired recovery time, OneDrive presents us with a histogram that displays the file activity so that we can check which recovery time meets our needs.

Overview of OneDrive in Microsoft 365 – SharePoint in Microsoft 365 | Microsoft Learn

Question 48: Skipped

You are an Office 365 admin for your organization

Your company has been invited to participate in Microsoft 365 Private Preview.

Which selection below describes the conditions of this release stage?

  • It will only install on the most recent version release of Windows 10
  • It should never be considered to be production as it is not proven yet
  • (Correct)
  • It is an exclusive release designed for strict compliance environments
  • It is the point at which the product has matured enough for release to all customers

Explanation

Private Release by Microsoft is considered to be a fluid release that is still undergoing product development. For that reason, it should never be considered production-ready.

Because Private Release has not been tested enough and is still in a fluid state of development, it should not be considered by organizations such as financial institutions that must comply with strict compliances.

Products in Public Preview are still in their earliest development and are not matured.

Microsoft 365 private release does not require installation as it is cloud-based.

Question 49: Skipped

Which three sources does Microsoft Viva Learning source content from?

  • LinkedIn Learning
  • (Correct)
  • Skillsoft
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Learn documentation
  • Microsoft Learn training
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft support sites

Explanation

Microsoft Viva is a productivity suite provided in Microsoft 365 for organizations to improve employee experience. Viva includes content from Microsoft Learn, LinkedIn Learning, and third-party sources including Skillsoft.

Viva does not include content from Microsoft Learn documentation or Microsoft support sites.

Describe collaboration solutions of Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 50: Skipped

A company audit is underway, and the auditors are asking you about Microsoft’s protection and control practices.

Which of the following information can you NOT find in the Trust Center of the Microsoft Service Trust portal?

  • Security
  • Compliance
  • Privacy
  • Data protection
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would choose data protection because it is not part of the Trust Center. Data protection is part of Microsoft Information Protection (MIP), which helps discover, classify, and protect sensitive information wherever the data resides or travels.

The Trust Center site provides documentation about security, compliance, and privacy in the Microsoft cloud. This includes information about the capabilities in Microsoft cloud services that you can use to address specific requirements related to data and privacy regulations and documentation helpful to your accountability of data privacy.

Get started with the Microsoft Service Trust Portal – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 1: Skipped

Your company wants to drive user adoption of the new Microsoft 365 services.

As a Microsoft administrator, the management asked you to recommend a support option for the company.

Which support option should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Unified
  • Community-based
  • FastTrack
  • (Correct)
  • Pre-sales

Explanation

FastTrack is a service provided by Microsoft that helps customers onboard Microsoft Cloud solutions and drive user adoption.

Other options are incorrect –

Pre-sales help you plan, build, and publish your Microsoft cloud service or application, and help you close sales opportunities.

Community-based support is a free support service provided by members of the community.

Microsoft Unified support is a 24/7 support service provided for your Microsoft 365 service for as-needed technical support.

Explore support options for Microsoft 365 services – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 2: Skipped

You are tasked to implement the Azure AD Identity Protection feature to secure your identity management practices.

Which of the following statements about Azure AD Identity Protection are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Sign-in risk remediation policy compels users to perform MFA when Microsoft detects a sign-in risk.
  • MFA registration policy compels users to adopt MFA within 14 days of enforcing the policy.
  • (Correct)
  • Azure AD Identity Protection can detect sign-ins from IP addresses linked to malware.
  • (Correct)
  • User risk remediation policy allows users to reset the password when Microsoft detects user risk events.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Azure AD Identity Protection can detect sign-ins from IP addresses linked to malware.
  • User risk remediation policy allows users to reset the password when Microsoft detects user risk events.
  • MFA registration policy compels users to adopt MFA within 14 days of enforcing the policy.

Azure AD Identity Protection is a feature that uses Microsoft’s analysis of Azure AD usage by organizations. Microsoft analyses 6.5 trillion signals per day to identify and protect customers from threats. The signals are fed into tools such as Conditional Access to make access decisions, or are fed back to a SIEM tool for further investigation.

Azure AD Identity Protection can identify risks in the following classifications: atypical travel (sign-in from an atypical location), anonymous IP address (sign-in from an anonymous IP address), unfamiliar sign-in properties (sign-in with properties that were not seen recently for the given user), malware-linked IP address sign-in, leaked credentials (indicates that the user’s valid credentials have been leaked), and Azure AD threat intelligence (Microsoft’s internal and external threat intelligence sources have identified a known attack pattern).

User risk remediation policies work based on what Azure AD believes is normal user behavior. It uses this baseline to calculate a probability that an identity has been compromised. As an administrator, you can choose to block access, allow access, or allow access but require a password change when a risk is detected. Users can use the Azure AD self-service password reset to self-remediate and close the user risk event to prevent unnecessary noise for administrators.

When the MFA registration policy is activated and enforced, users are prompted to register the next time they sign in interactively. They have 14 days to complete the registration process. During this 14-day period they can bypass registration, but at the end of the period they are compelled to register and use MFA before they can complete the sign-in process.

When Microsoft detects a sign-in risk, as the administrator you can choose to set the sign-in risk policy to block access, allow access, or allow access but require MFA when Microsoft detects a sign-in risk. If you choose MFA, users can perform MFA to self-remediate and close the risky sign-in event.

What is Azure Active Directory Identity Protection? – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-gb/azure/active-directory/identity-protection/concept-identity-protection-policies

Question 3: Skipped

Which of the following statements about SharePoint Online are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • By design, users with the SharePoint admins role have access to all SharePoint sites and OneDrive libraries.
  • The Message Center posts display Microsoft’s announcements about new and changed SharePoint Online features.
  • (Correct)
  • Content can be targeted to appear only to members of specific Office 365 groups.
  • (Correct)
  • Sites can only be permanently deleted.
  • Sharing content with people outside your organization is enabled by default.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • The Message Center posts display Microsoft’s announcements about new and changed SharePoint Online features.
  • Content can be targeted to appear only to members of specific Office 365 groups.
  • Sharing content with people outside your organization is enabled by default.

SharePoint Admin Center is the control panel to view analytics and manage settings for SharePoint admins. Message Center is on the home page. Every post explains the change and how it might affect your users.

Content can be targeted to appear only to members of specific Office 365 groups. This is the Audience Targeting feature available with SharePoint Online. For example, if you have two teams in your company with different policies in Office 365 (Groups), you can choose to show a News post to just the people in a team that the post applies to.

Although sharing content with people outside your organization is disabled by default in Microsoft Teams, it is enabled by default in OneDrive and SharePoint. SharePoint hosts content from your collaborations and uploads to sites. This content can be shared with users outside your organization, just like a public web page. To share content externally, you need to make sure that settings across multiple admin centers (if needed) are in sync.

Sites are not permanently deleted until 93 days have passed. When you delete a site, Microsoft retains the site for 93 days. After 93 days, the site, along with the lists, libraries, pages, any subsites, and settings, are permanently deleted.

SharePoint admins are created by global admins of Microsoft 365 to administer SharePoint. SharePoint admin role can access the SharePoint admin center and can create and manage sites, assign site admins, manage sharing settings, and more. SharePoint admins cannot access all sites and OneDrive libraries by design. They must grant themselves access to specific sites and OneDrive libraries.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/get-started-new-admin-center

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/intro-to-file-collaboration

Question 4: Skipped

Your company migrated their users to Office 365 ProPlus (now called Microsoft 365 Apps) a year ago.

Users are now complaining that they can only view and print documents.

What is the reason for this?

  • The Office 365 ProPlus version has reached the end of life and is no longer supported
  • The host computers have installed an incompatible browser update
  • The local installations of Office 365 ProPlus has been deactivated
  • (Correct)
  • The licensing plan has been reduced to Microsoft Business Free for the devices

Explanation

Office 365 ProPlus is a locally installed enterprise version of Office 365 and requires an internet connection to activate its license. If the subscription is canceled or if the devices fail to communicate with the Activation and Validation service for 30 days, it will go into reduced functionality mode, which means that users can only view and print documents.

Other options are incorrect:

Office 365 ProPlus is Software-as-a-Service and does not have a defined end of life. Therefore, this is not a reason for it to go into Reduced Functionality mode.

Microsoft Business Free is reserved for non-for-profit organizations of 10 seats or less but has full functionality, so it is not a reason for reduced functionality.

Office 365 ProPlus is not a web-based product, so browser incompatibility is not a reason for reduced functionality.

Overview of licensing and activation in Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 5: Skipped

As an administrator of Microsoft 365, you need to grant temporary privileges to a specific user and to prevent users from gaining administrative privileges without approval.

Which of the following licenses must you have?

  • Azure AD Free
  • Azure Active Directory Premium P1
  • Azure Active Directory Premium P2
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 Apps

Explanation

You would choose the Azure Active Directory Premium P2 license because you need to use Privileged Identity Management (PIM) to grant temporary privileges to a specific user, a feature that is available only with an Azure AD Premium P2 license. PIM enables administrators to regulate access to sensitive resources by granting temporary privileges to specific users, requiring additional security measures and receiving notifications when the resources are accessed.

All the other licenses do not provide PIM.

The Azure Active Directory Premium P1 license is similar to a P2 license except that a P2 license additionally provides Identity Protection, Privileged Identity Management, and access reviews.

The Azure AD Free license is much more restrictive than a P1 or P2 license. With an Azure AD Free license, you are limited to 500,000 directory objects, and Single Sign-On can only be assigned to 10 apps per user.

A Microsoft 365 Apps license includes everything that a Free license contains, plus unlimited directory objects and multi-factor authentication.

What is Privileged Identity Management? – Azure AD – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 6: Skipped

Which of the following should you do to implement the security management initiatives and secure the Microsoft 365 subscription?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Improve account security with better password length, age, and complexity.
  • Enable audit logging for the entire tenant.
  • (Correct)
  • Improve the Microsoft Secure Score by implementing the recommendations.
  • (Correct)
  • Secure the configuration of SharePoint Online.
  • Allow administrator activities only through highly secure Windows 10 devices.

Explanation

The following security management initiatives should be implemented:

  • Improve the Microsoft Secure Score by implementing the recommendations.
  • Enable audit logging for the entire tenant.

Microsoft Secure Score is a measure of a tenant’s security posture. The score is calculated based on the Microsoft 365 Defender portal’s evaluation of the security requirements for a tenant’s identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure. The higher the score, the better the security posture. Microsoft 365 also shows recommendations and the expected increases in the score if the recommendations are implemented.

Audit logs can help you keep track of user and admin activity in Microsoft 365 apps, including SharePoint Online, OneDrive for Business, Exchange Online (Exchange mailbox and admin audit logging), Azure Active Directory (the directory service for Microsoft 365), Sway, eDiscovery activities in the security and compliance center, Power BI, Microsoft Teams, Dynamics 365, Yammer, Microsoft Flow, Microsoft Stream, Microsoft Workplace Analytics (now Microsoft Viva), Microsoft PowerApps, and Microsoft Forms.

Other options are incorrect:

Improving account security with better password length, age, and complexity will not help you to secure the Microsoft 365 subscription. Password rules are identity and access protection initiatives, and can enforce longer and more complex passwords, making them harder to hack, periodic reset/renewal to avoid unauthorized access, and use of special characters to increase complexity. These are configured in the Azure AD.

Securing the configuration of SharePoint Online is an initiative to ensure data protection on Microsoft 365 and will not help with securing the Microsoft 365 subscription. SharePoint Online can be configured in four ways: public, baseline protection, sensitive protection, and highly confidential protection. All additional configuration, as you move from public to highly confidential protection, improves security but reduces the ability to access and collaborate with users.

Allowing administrators’ activities only through highly secure Windows 10 devices is an optional device security initiative when using Microsoft 365. Microsoft recommends that you allow administrator activities through devices running Windows 10 S. Windows 10 S is a specific configuration of Windows 10 Pro that is streamlined for security and performance with a recommended hardware and firmware configuration.

Microsoft Secure Score | Microsoft Learn

Search the audit log in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 7: Skipped

You need to create a channel in the team. The channel must meet the following requirements:

  • Ability to add a few existing members of the team to the channel.
  • Ability to add members from the other departments who are not members of the team.
  • Disable the capability to add guests to the channel.

Which channel type should you recommend?

  • Standard
  • Private
  • Shared
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Existing team members can be added to a Shared Channel and users who are not members of the team can also be added to this channel. By default, guests cannot be added to the Shared channel.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/teams-channels-overview#channel-feature-comparison

Other options are incorrect:

Existing team members can be added to Private channels, but users who are not members of the team cannot be added. Guests can also be added to the Private channel.

Standard channel is open to all members of the team. Users who are not members of the team cannot be added. Guests can also be added to the Standard channel.

Question 8: Skipped

Employees in your organization use Android and iOS mobile phones, as well as Windows 10 devices. They decide to use Microsoft Endpoint Manager (MEM) for device and app management.

Which service enables you to control features and settings on company devices?

  • Windows Autopilot
  • Configuration Manager
  • Desktop Analytics
  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would choose Microsoft Intune because it is a cloud device management tool and allows you to control features and settings on iOS/iPad OS, macOS, Android, Android Enterprise, and Windows 10 devices.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose Configuration Manager because this on-premises solution allows you to manage on-premises desktops, servers, and laptops.

You would not choose Desktop Analytics because it is a cloud management service used for making decisions about the update readiness of your Windows clients.

You would not choose Windows Autopilot because this solution is used to set up and preconfigure new devices.

What is Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Question 9: Skipped

Your company management asked you to come up with a team site on SharePoint Online with the best possible security restrictions.

Which of the following configuration settings will ensure the most secure team site?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Non-members’ requests to access the site are addressed by the site administrator.
  • Warn users when sending files as ‘Sensitive’ outside the organization.
  • Uninvited users cannot request access to the site.
  • (Correct)
  • Site members cannot invite other users to access the site.
  • (Correct)
  • Files cannot be downloaded to non-compliant devices.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would configure the following settings for the best possible security:

  • Uninvited users cannot request access to the site.
  • Files cannot be downloaded to non-compliant devices.
  • Site members cannot invite other users to access the site.

Accidentally granting access to unauthorized members poses a data breach risk. Turn off the Allow access requests option when you set permissions for the site.

Members intentionally or unintentionally downloading files can pose a data breach risk. Set the Offline Client Availability option to No as a site setting.

Members intentionally or unintentionally inviting unauthorized users can pose a data breach risk.

Only site administrators should invite other users to be members of the site. Under Sharing permissions, choose Only site owners can share files, folders, and the site when you set permissions for the site.

When non-members’ requests to access the site are addressed by the site administrator, administrators can be compromised or can accidentally grant requests from unauthorized users.

Warning users when sending files as ‘Sensitive’ outside the organization is not the best security. For the best possible security, DLP policies must be set to curb sending sensitive files outside the organization.

Prevent users from downloading content from a site – Microsoft Support

Set up and manage access requests – Microsoft Support

Question 10: Skipped

The leadership of your organization wants to migrate the system’s on-premise email infrastructure to Microsoft 365 Education.

Which one of the issues below is covered by the Microsoft 365 Service Level Agreement?

  • Individual issues that relate to specific email accounts for your organization
  • Mailbox activation delays involving newly created or migrated accounts
  • Inability to access online services more than 1% of the time within a calendar month
  • (Correct)
  • Email performance issues that cannot be replicated on both supported browsers

Explanation

The Service Level Agreement for Microsoft 365 guarantees an availability rate of 99.9% within a calendar month.

Other options are incorrect:

Email performance issues that are browser-based are not supported by the Microsoft 365 SLA.

Mailbox activation delays are not covered under the service level agreement under any conditions.

Individual issues that relate to specific user accounts are not covered by the Microsoft 365 SLA.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/manage-your-m365-subscription/

Question 11: Skipped

Which of the following statements about the Microsoft Service Trust Portal and Compliance Manager are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Microsoft Service Trust Portal can provide details about how Microsoft cloud services are compliant by industry and by region.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Service Trust Portal is accessible only to paid customers with the Office 365, Dynamics 365, or Azure subscriptions.
  • The permissions required to access Compliance Manager can only be set in the Microsoft 365 Compliance Center.
  • Compliance Score is currently available only for Office 365 Assessments.
  • (Correct)
  • Compliance Manager can evaluate the compliance of third-party cloud services.

Explanation

Compliance Score is currently available only for Office 365 Assessments, and Microsoft Service Trust Portal can provide details about how Microsoft cloud services are compliant by industry and by region.

Compliance Score can help you understand a tenant’s compliance posture. It is a risk-based score that is calculated based on a tenant’s progress in completing actions/assessments that help reduce risks around data protection and regulatory standards in the tenant. Compliance Manager analyzes controls for its impact on the confidentiality, availability, integrity of protected data, and some external drivers to arrive at the Compliance Score. As of this writing, it is available only for Office 365 Assessments. Microsoft plans to develop Compliance Scores for Azure and Dynamics 365.

The Industries & Regions tab on the Service Trust Portal provides information (as documents) about how the Microsoft cloud services are compliant within industries, such as education, financial services, government, health care, manufacturing, and retail. It also provides information on compliance with laws in different countries including the USA, Australia, Czech Republic, Germany, Poland, Romania, Spain, and the United Kingdom.

The permissions required to access Compliance Manager can be set in the Microsoft 365 Compliance Center as well as in other utilities. Compliance Score can be accessed using RBAC permissions. Microsoft Compliance Center contains pre-defined roles that can be assigned to users, but they can also be assigned from Azure AD. Some of the roles are Azure AD Global reader, Security reader, Compliance administrator, and Global administrator.

Other options are incorrect:

It is not true that the Microsoft Service Trust Portal is accessible only to paid customers with the Office 365, Dynamics 365, or Azure subscriptions. It is also available to trial customers. The Microsoft Service Trust Portal contains content, tools, and other resources that describe Microsoft’s security, privacy, and compliance practices. To access the resources on the Service Trust Portal, you must log in as an authenticated user with your Microsoft cloud services account (either an Azure Active Directory organization account or a Microsoft account). The Microsoft Service Trust Portal is accessible to trial and paid customers with the Office 365, Dynamics 365, or Azure subscriptions. Azure AD accounts of organizations have access to the full range of documents and features such as Compliance Manager. Microsoft accounts created for personal use have limited access to Service Trust Portal content.

At the time of this writing, Compliance Manager cannot evaluate the compliance of third-party cloud services. Currently, Compliance Manager evaluates the compliance of services hosted in the Microsoft cloud. Microsoft plans to allow Compliance Manager to evaluate non-Microsoft services in future releases.

Microsoft Purview Compliance Manager – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Get started with the Microsoft Service Trust Portal – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 12: Skipped

As a Microsoft 365 administrator, you are concerned about the privacy of your data in Microsoft 365.

Which of the following is NOT a correct statement about privacy?

  • All your data is encrypted by Microsoft.
  • Your data will be used to provide benefits to you.
  • Your emails can be used for targeted ads to you.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft is transparent about data collection and how it is used.

Explanation

Your emails are not used to target ads to you. Microsoft does not use your personal content, such as email, chat, files, or other data, to target ads to you.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose your data to be used to provide a benefit to you because this statement is true according to Microsoft. They collect data, they say, not for targeted ads but to give you a better experience. Cortana and Microsoft web browsers use browsing history to predict what you want to search for and provide recommendations based on your history.

You would not choose all your data to be encrypted by Microsoft because this statement is true. By default, all data stored in Microsoft is encrypted by Microsoft managed keys. Optionally, you can choose to manage encryption keys yourself.

You would not choose Microsoft to be transparent about data collection and how they are used because this statement is true according to Microsoft. Transparency about data collection is a key principle that they use to earn your trust. You have the option of configuring the policy settings for your connected experience and restricting the information sent to Microsoft.

Privacy – Microsoft privacy

Question 13: Skipped

When publishing information to a wider audience, which of the following is most appropriate?

  • All the above
  • SharePoint Hub Site
  • SharePoint Team Site
  • SharePoint Communication Site
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Team Sites: For internal sharing of information by groups or teams, like a specific department or project team.

Communication Sites: For broadcasting information outside a department or outside your organization for a broader audience.

Hub Sites: For organizing Team and Communication sites for easy access.

Set up OneDrive file storage and sharing – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 14: Skipped

Select YES or NO for the following statement.

Office Deployment Tool can be used for the deployment of Microsoft 365 apps in case the organization does not have the Configuration Manager.

  • YES
  • (Correct)
  • NO

Explanation

If you don’t have Configuration Manager, but still want to manage your deployment, Microsoft recommends using the Office Deployment Tool.

Plan your enterprise deployment of Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 15: Skipped

Azure Information Protection must be included in your Microsoft 365 Business Plan. Which of the following Plans would you choose?

  • Microsoft 365 Business Standard
  • Any of the above
  • Microsoft 365 Business Basic
  • Microsoft 365 Business Premium
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Only Microsoft 365 Business Premium includes Azure Information Protection. Microsoft 365 Business basic and Standard plans do not include Azure Information Protection.

Microsoft 365 for Business—Subscription Plans | Microsoft 365

Question 16: Skipped

Your organization needs to display information that is most relevant for each person based on their work and engagement with people. Which of the following is better suited?

  • Sway
  • Delve
  • (Correct)
  • Yammer
  • MS Stream

Explanation

Office Delve is a way to discover relevant information and connections across your work life. Delve displays information that is most relevant for each person based on their work and engagement with the people

Why Office 365 is the best choice for collaboration | Microsoft 365 Blog

Other options are incorrect –

Yammer is used to provide a way to create meaningful interactions beyond the walls of your organization.

MS Sway is used for gathering, formatting & sharing reports, newsletters, web pages and presentations on a web-based canvas.

MS Stream is used for Enterprise Video service where people in the organization can upload, view, and share videos securely.

Question 17: Skipped

Your company management is considering moving to Exchange Online in order to increase collaboration efforts between employees.

Which two selections below are features of Exchange Online that will accomplish this objective?

[SELECT TWO]

  • document libraries
  • video conferencing
  • file synchronization
  • online calendars
  • (Correct)
  • shared mailboxes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Two collaborative features of Exchange Online include online calendars and shared mailboxes. Other features of Exchange Online include the following:

  • Ability to view and edit attachments online
  • Shared mailboxes and resources
  • Message policy and compliance features such as retention policies, message encryption, eDiscovery, data loss prevention, and journaling
  • Antispam and anti-malware
  • Mobile platform access to Windows and Mac clients
  • Integration of Exchange Online with an on-premises Exchange Server organizationOther options are incorrect:

Accessible document libraries are a feature of SharePoint Online, not Exchange Online.

File synchronization is a feature of SharePoint Online, not Exchange Online.

Video conferencing is a feature of Microsoft Teams, not Exchange Online.

Introduction to Microsoft 365 core services and features – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 18: Skipped

Your company is planning to move to Azure . Their plan is to adopt Microsoft Azure as a platform for their web developers.

What are the features that a PaaS provider offers to developers?

[Choose all that apply]

  • Databases
  • (Correct)
  • Virtual machines
  • (Correct)
  • Development tools
  • (Correct)
  • Storage
  • (Correct)
  • Hosted applications

Explanation

Storage is included in the PaaS model. For Azure, this includes managed disks, blob storage, and file storage.

Databases are included in the PaaS model. In Azure, this includes SQL databases and database management tools.

Development tools are included in the PaaS model. In Azure, this includes DevTest Labs and the Azure Kubernetes (containerized applications) services.

Virtual machines are included in the PaaS model. In Azure, this includes Microsoft and Linux OSes. Note that cloud services are “tiered.” Virtual machines are part of the IaaS tier, which is a subset of PaaS.

Hosted applications are not part of the PaaS model. Hosted applications are created and managed by the cloud provider and accessed via a web browser. This is usually a subscription model and includes products such as Microsoft 365 and Gmail.

What is PaaS? Platform as a Service | Microsoft Azure

Question 19: Skipped

You have opted for Services from Microsoft for your organization. You would like to Submit feedback about Microsoft 365 services performance and user experience.

Which of the following forums should you use to share your feedback with Microsoft?

  • MS Stream
  • Dynamic 365
  • UserVoice
  • (Correct)
  • SharePoint

Explanation

To communicate with customers and collect feedback, Microsoft partnered with UserVoice.

Explore how organizations can share feedback on Microsoft 365 services – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 20: Skipped

Which of the following is a use case for Azure Information Protection (AIP)?

  • Classification and labeling of documents
  • (Correct)
  • Time-based and approval-based role activation
  • Placing content locations on legal hold
  • Mobile device management (MDM)

Explanation

Azure Information Protection (AIP) is the service that allows you to classify, discover, and protect documents and emails by attaching labels to the content of the documents and emails.

Time-based and approval-based role activation to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions is a feature of Privileged Identity Management.

Mobile device management (MDM) and mobile application management (MAM) are features of Microsoft Intune, which is a cloud-based service.

Placing content locations on legal hold is a feature of the Advanced eDiscovery solution.

What is Azure Information Protection (AIP)? | Microsoft Learn

Question 21: Skipped

Microsoft Surface devices are used by most of your company employees.

The company management want to implement a virtual desktop solution for all employees that will:

  • Provide dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user.
  • Integrate natively with Surface biometric authentication.
  • Provide support for the pen and ink experience.
  • Minimize administrative effort.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Desktop
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 365 Business
  • Microsoft Azure Virtual Machine
  • Windows 365 Enterprise

Explanation

Azure Virtual Desktop, formerly known as Windows Virtual Desktop, is a Microsoft Azure-based system for virtualizing its Windows operating systems, providing virtualized desktops and applications securely in the cloud. It is aimed at enterprise customers rather than at individual users.

Azure Virtual Desktop provides enhanced capabilities for Surface devices that not only deliver dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user, but also integrate natively with Surface biometric authentication and support the pen and ink experience.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-desktop/overview

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/surface/windows-virtual-desktop-surface

Other options are incorrect-

Windows 365 Business and Windows 365 Enterprise do not integrate natively with Surface biometric authentication, and it does not support the pen and ink experience.

Azure Virtual Machine does offer dedicated desktop compute resources to each individual user, and it would be potentially possible to implement support for Surface biometric authentication and its pen and ink experience, this would require a significant amount of administrative effort.

Question 22: Skipped

Your company wants to introduce Microsoft 365. As a consultant, you should help find a productivity solution that will enable a collaboration environment where people inside and outside of the organization will work together. The solution should also enable teams to share important news and updates in a web app functionality.

Which is the best productivity solution to recommend?

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Microsoft SharePoint
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft OneDrive
  • Microsoft 365

Explanation

You should choose Microsoft SharePoint, the latest version of which is known as SharePoint Online. It is a cloud service that provides web application and editing capabilities for the same. It enables teams to share information with external users, better collaboration, lists, document management, and custom-made applications and web parts. Using SharePoint, you can create additional sites and pages, share news, search files, and people.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Teams is primarily dedicated to communication, including one to one, one-to-many, sharing screens, audio and video calls, real-time messaging, chatting from mobile devices, and sharing files. It does not have a specific feature to share news in a web app functionality.

While Microsoft 365 is a set of collaboration tools that includes SharePoint Online and other applications such as Outlook, Office tools, and Teams, Microsoft 365 is not a targeted solution like Microsoft SharePoint, but a suite of applications.

Microsoft OneDrive is a cloud storage service that grants users online and offline access to files stored in the Microsoft cloud. It also allows files to be accessed from mobile devices.

What is SharePoint? – Microsoft Support

Question 23: Skipped

You are responsible for updating all Windows 10 desktops at your company. You want to use Group Policy to centrally manage the updating process on all domain-joined computers.

What is the best option for achieving this goal?

  • Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
  • Windows Update (stand-alone)
  • Long Term Servicing Channel
  • Windows Update for Business
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Windows Update for Business allows IT administrators to centrally manage Windows updates. For domain-joined machines, you can use Group Policy to manage the Windows Update for Business experience. Besides Group Policy, you can use Microsoft Intune to configure the Windows Update for Business settings that update Windows 10 devices. Windows Update for Business is designed for large organizations or small and medium-sized businesses, not for consumer use.

Other options are incorrect:

Windows Update (stand-alone) can only be used to manage updates for a local computer and cannot be used to centrally manage multiple machines within a domain.

While you can use Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager to defer Windows updates, it does not integrate with Group Policy nor can it centrally manage updates for multiple domain-joined computers.

Long Term Servicing Channel is designed for specialized devices, such as medical equipment and ATM machines, and cannot centrally manage updates for multiple domain-joined PCs.

What is Windows Update for Business? – Microsoft Community Hub

Question 24: Skipped

Your company has been using Microsoft 365 for many months. Recent auditors recommended more security for Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) devices registered in Intune that are not company-owned. The solution must only manage the applications, not the devices.

Which of the following should you suggest using for this?

  • Group Policy
  • Mobile application management (MAM)
  • (Correct)
  • Threat management policies
  • Mobile device management (MDM)

Explanation

You would choose mobile application management (MAM) because it manages specific applications but not the device. MAM is commonly used by organizations that support BYOD, where users might not want to grant full control of their device to the organization.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose mobile device management (MDM) because it manages devices. Devices are enrolled in Intune and administrators can install applications and encrypt or remove data.

You would not choose Group Policy. Group Policy settings can be applied to users and computers attached to an Active Directory domain. Group Policy does not apply settings to Microsoft 365.

You would not choose threat management policies because these policies are used by administrators to protect against phishing, malware attachments, malicious links, spam, and other hazards.

What is app management in Microsoft Intune? | Microsoft Learn

Question 25: Skipped

You are reviewing information concerning the various release stages of Microsoft 365.

At which release stage is a product fully documented and supported by a Standard SLA?

  • Beta Release
  • Public Preview
  • Private Preview
  • General Availability
  • (Correct)

Explanation

General Availability means that the product has matured to the point that it can be released to all customers. At that point, the product is fully documented and supported by Microsoft.

Other options are incorrect:

Products in Public Preview have some documentation, although it is incomplete. Public Preview is also not covered by SLA.

Products in Public Preview are in a fluid state with frequent changes, making documentation, and SLA coverage nearly impossible.

The beta release is for the on-premise version of Microsoft Office products, not Office 365. It is a preview product, however, and is not covered by SLAs anyway.

Question 26: Skipped

Your team finds it difficult to manage meetings, work schedules, priority deadlines etc. What Microsoft application can help you analyze work patterns, develop personal insights, and improve productivity, as well as improve teamwork and wellbeing?

  • Microsoft Outlook
  • Microsoft Power BI
  • Microsoft Viva Insights
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Teams

Explanation

The Microsoft Viva Insights app shows you personalized recommendations that help you do your best work. Get insights for building better work habits, such as following through on commitments made to collaborators and protecting focus time in the day for uninterrupted, individual work.

Other options are incorrect

Outlook application is used for sending/receiving emails and important notifications primarily.

The Teams are primarily used for group interaction, informal meetings, and sharing daily updates on work.

Power BI application helps you to analyze different forms of data, visualize them and help in decision making.

Viva Insights personal insights introduction | Microsoft Learn

Question 27: Skipped

Select YES or NO for the following statement.

With Azure CSP, there are no minimum purchases, and subscriptions can be canceled at any time.

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure in CSP is a pay-as-you-go service. That means partners only pay for the usage of services used inside a customer’s subscription. There are no minimum purchases or commitments, and subscriptions can be canceled at any time.

Azure Cloud Solution Provider | Microsoft Azure

Question 28: Skipped

As a network administrator, you want to control when Windows updates are applied to enterprise Windows 10 desktops. In addition, you would like to be able to defer updating some machines for 90 days to allow them to stay up to date with their features and quality.

Which two options will allow you to control the deferral periods for Windows updates?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Windows Insider Program
  • Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
  • (Correct)
  • Windows Deployment Services
  • Windows Update for Business
  • (Correct)
  • Long-term Servicing Channel

Explanation

IT administrators can use servicing to defer quality and feature updates for Windows 10 to provide time for testing and avoid disruptions. Two of these tools are Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager and Windows Update for Business.

Other options are incorrect:

Long-term Servicing Channel is not a deferment servicing tool and is not intended for deployment on PCs. Instead, it pertains to highly specialized nodes such as medical equipment.

Windows Deployment Services are not used to defer updates. Instead, it is a server technology used to install the Windows operating system across a network remotely.

The Windows Insider Program gives users access to preview builds of Windows as soon as possible, rather than deferring updates.

Overview of Windows as a service – Windows Deployment | Microsoft Learn

Question 29: Skipped

Your organization needs to provide employee analytics to business leaders.

You need to recommend a solution that meets the following requirements:

  • Integrate with Microsoft Teams.
  • Provide insights to business leaders to identify the work patterns of the company’s employees.
  • Automatically generate and display employee engagement statistics regarding the number of extra hours employees work each week.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Viva Organizational Insights
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Viva Team Insights
  • Microsoft 365 user portal
  • Microsoft 365 admin center

Explanation

Microsoft Viva Insights is part of Microsoft Viva

Organization insights help leaders and managers of large teams understand how their organizations—the people who report to them directly or indirectly—are succeeding at work. It integrates with Microsoft Teams, and it does include automatically generated and displayed engagement statistics regarding the number of hours employees work each week.

Other options are incorrect –

Microsoft 365 admin center provides an administrative interface for management of the company’s Microsoft 365 environment. It is not intended for business leaders, it does not integrate with Microsoft Teams, and it does not include automatically generated and displayed engagement statistics regarding the number of hours employees work each week.

Microsoft 365 user portal is intended for end users to access Microsoft 365 apps. It does not integrate with Microsoft Teams, and it does not include automatically generated and displayed engagement statistics regarding the number of employee hours employees work each week.

Viva TeamInsights is intended primarily for managers and teams, not business leaders. It provides much-needed visibility into work habits that might lead to burnout and stress. These habits include regular after-hours work, meeting overload, or too little focus time. While it does integrate with Microsoft Teams, it does not include automatically generated and displayed engagement statistics regarding the number of hours employees work each week.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/viva/insights/org-team-insights/org-insights

Question 30: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

____________ is a database management system from Microsoft that combines the relational Access Database Engine with a graphical user interface and software-development tools.

  • Azure CosmosDB
  • Azure SQL Server
  • Microsoft Access
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Azure Active Directory

Explanation

Microsoft Access is a database management system from Microsoft that combines the relational Access Database Engine with a graphical user interface and software-development tools. It is a member of the Microsoft 365 suite of applications, included in the Professional and higher editions or sold separately.

https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/access

Other Options are incorrect:

Cosmos Database (DB) is a globally distributed, low latency, NoSQL database.

Microsoft Azure SQL Database is relational database , a managed cloud database provided as part of Microsoft Azure services.

Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), part of Microsoft Entra, is an enterprise identity management service.

Question 31: Skipped

Select YES or NO for the following statement.

IaaS eliminates the need to buy physical servers and data center infrastructure. A particular resource needs to be paid for as long as you require it.

  • NO
  • YES
  • (Correct)

Explanation

IaaS provides flexibility to scale IT resources up and down with demand. IAAS avoids the cost of buying and managing servers and Data Center Infrastructure. Each resource is offered as a separate service component and we could pay for a particular resource as per our need.

What is IaaS? Infrastructure as a Service | Microsoft Azure

Question 32: Skipped

Which of the following is a relevant use case for Azure Virtual Desktop?

  • To create a private company social network
  • To use legacy applications on Windows 10 devices
  • (Correct)
  • To provide access to Microsoft 365 Apps from devices running legacy operating systems such as Windows 7 or Windows 8
  • To restore OneDrive files to an earlier date and time

Explanation

Azure Virtual Desktop, formerly known as Microsoft Virtual Desktop, allows you to create virtual desktops that can run legacy applications.

Other options are incorrect:

You can use the Windows Desktop Client to access Azure Virtual Desktop resources, like Microsoft 365 Apps, on devices running Windows 7, Windows 10, or Windows 10 IoT Enterprise. The client does not support devices running Windows 8 or Windows 8.1. However, Windows 8 natively supports Microsoft 365 Apps without virtualization.

Restoring files to an earlier time is a basic capability of OneDrive.

Creating a private company social network is a capability of MS Yammer.

Azure Virtual Desktop for the enterprise – Azure Architecture Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 33: Skipped

As a Microsoft 365 Security Architect, you’re responsible for protecting all applications in the subscription. You plan to use the Data Loss Prevention (DLP) feature available with Microsoft 365.

Which of the following statements about Microsoft 365 DLP are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • DLP policies must always be created from scratch by specifying the type of sensitive information that must be protected.
  • DLP cannot be used to identify and protect sensitive information in the desktop version of the Microsoft 365 apps.
  • The most restrictive rule action is enforced if the content matches multiple DLP rules.
  • (Correct)
  • Retention labels can be used as conditions in a DLP policy.
  • (Correct)
  • DLP always executes the action when there is at least one occurrence of the specified condition in the content.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Retention labels can be used as conditions in a DLP policy.
  • The most restrictive rule action is enforced if the content matches multiple DLP rules.

You can use the retention labels as conditions to execute rules. Retention labels can help you classify data for governance. You can also specify and enforce retention rules based on the labels. By using labels as a condition in DLP rules, you can enforce DLP actions. For example, you can use a retention label to specify the sensitivity of a SharePoint library and use this label in a DLP policy to warn or block users when they attempt to share content from the library.

A DLP policy can have multiple rules. When you add rules, the rules are assigned a priority value. By design, rules created first have higher priority values. When content is matched for rules, the rules with the higher priority are matched first. If the content matches more than one rule, the most restrictive rule action is enforced.

Other options are incorrect:

DLP policies do NOT always have to be created from scratch by specifying the type of sensitive information that must be protected. Microsoft 365 allows you to utilize inbuilt DLP policy templates or create custom policies to enforce DLP. Templates can save a lot of time, especially if you are creating policies for a specific set of sensitive information, such as the US PII data that includes US individual taxpayer identification number, US social security number, and the US/UK passport number. In these cases, all you have to do is select the US PII data template and create a policy.

DLP does NOT always execute the action when there is at least one occurrence of the specified condition in the content. DLP uses an instance count setting that specifies how many occurrences of a specific type of sensitive information must be present for content to match the rule. For example, the rule executes the action if it finds ten occurrences of US bank accounts numbers in the content.

DLP CAN be used to identify and protect sensitive information in the desktop version of the Microsoft 365 apps. DLP protects both online components of apps such as Exchange Online, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business, as well as the offline versions of apps such as Excel, PowerPoint, and Word. DLP continually monitors the apps and ensures that sensitive information in the apps is protected. Office desktop programs include the same capabilities to identify sensitive information and apply DLP policies.

Learn about retention policies & labels to retain or delete – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/manage-apps/what-is-single-sign-on

Question 34: Skipped

You are implementing a data governance strategy that allows for data classification. You have published the proper labels.

What must you do to ensure that matching documents are reviewed?

  • Create a security policy
  • Create a retention policy
  • Create a data loss prevention policy
  • (Correct)
  • Create an alert policy

Explanation

Data loss prevention (DLP) policies allow you to determine the type of documents that match a label that you would like to review. The DLP Activity explorer tab in Microsoft Purview allows you to review activity related to content with labels applied or that matches a sensitive info rule. You can view the documents or emails that matched a rule and see when files were modified or labels were changed.

Other options are incorrect:

A retention policy enforces the retention of the labels on the document. It will not cause matching documents to be reviewed.

An alert policy is used to notify administrators if a user performs a certain action. It will not cause matching documents to be reviewed.

A security policy is used (among other things) to create protection profiles for users and groups of users. It will not cause matching documents to be reviewed.

Learn about data loss prevention – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 35: Skipped

Your company has over 2,500 employees. You want to purchase a subscription for Microsoft 365 that includes Microsoft Defender for Identity, formerly Azure Advanced Threat Protection.

Which Microsoft 365 subscription will meet the criteria?

  • Microsoft 365 F1
  • Office 365 Business Premium
  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • Microsoft 365 E5
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A Microsoft 365 E5 subscription is required for Microsoft Defender for Identity, formerly Azure Advanced Threat Protection..

A Microsoft 365 E3 subscription does not include Microsoft Defender for Identity.

An Office 365 Business Premium subscription does not include Microsoft Defender for Identity.

A Microsoft 365 F1 subscription does not include Microsoft Defender for Identity.

Compare Microsoft 365 Enterprise plans

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/what-is-m365/

Question 36: Skipped

You are an IT manager for a small company that is currently licensed for Office 365 Business Premium. Which of the following options is a support limitation for the company’s subscription plan?

  • The company’s Tier 1 Cloud Solution Provider must be contacted first.
  • Noncritical issues are only supported during business hours.
  • (Correct)
  • Telephone support is not available for any Microsoft 365 components.
  • Response time for critical issues is only guaranteed for the next day.

Explanation

Office 365 Business Premium subscriptions have a response time of “no commitment” for noncritical incidents.

Response time for critical incidents for Office 365 Business Premium subscriptions has a one-hour response time.

Microsoft Premier Support Services is separate from Office 365 Business Support and involves the inclusion of a Tier 1 Cloud Solution Provider.

Telephone support is available for Microsoft 365 Business Premium support.

Compare Microsoft 365 Support Options | Microsoft 365

Question 37: Skipped

Microsoft 365 offers which of the following options for password replacement?

  • Windows Hello
  • Both A and B
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Authenticator
  • None of the above

Explanation

Windows Hello is a biometrics-based security system. With it, Windows 10 users can authenticate secure access to their devices, apps, networks, or online services.

Microsoft Authenticator: The Microsoft Authenticator app helps you keep your accounts more secure, especially while viewing sensitive information. Microsoft Authenticator app uses Phone sign-in or Two Factor verification.

Windows Hello and MS Authenticator are two of the password replacement options in Microsoft 365.

Identity and access in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 38: Skipped

When users sign up for Office Insider, what benefits do they receive?

  • Access to new Office features
  • (Correct)
  • Free training
  • More frequent driver updates
  • First rollout of security patches

Explanation

Members of the Office Insider program receive new features before they are made available to the general public. For example, your IT department may want to subscribe to the Office Insider program to become familiar with new features before they are rolled out to the rest of the organization.

Other options are incorrect:

Non-enterprise users can opt in to the Office Insider program from their Microsoft 365 product information page. Enterprise users must have the Insider feature enabled by the Microsoft 365 administrator for the organization. As a best practice Microsoft recommends that regular users are assigned the Standard release and specialty users, such as the IT department and power users, are assigned the Targeted release for evaluation purposes.

The targeted release is the name given to the first release to users outside of Microsoft. This release is targeted to users that are either in the insider program and or have been set for targeted release.

Driver and security updates come from Windows Update, not from the insider program. Updates are available to all registered Microsoft users.

Free training does not come with the Insider program. Free training is available through the Microsoft Learning website and available to all.

https://insider.office.com/en-us/

Question 39: Skipped

Due to the recent acquisition, your organization’s IT infrastructure has been overloaded. You have suggested moving to the public cloud.

How can a public cloud benefit them?

[SELECT THREE]

  • High scalability
  • (Correct)
  • Dedicated to the company
  • Web-based management
  • (Correct)
  • No maintenance responsibility
  • (Correct)
  • An increased level of regulatory security compliance

Explanation

Web-based management is a feature of a public cloud. Your company can access services and manage their account via a web browser.

High scalability is a big advantage of Public cloud. Resources can be added on demand to meet your company’s needs as they grow.

No maintenance responsibility (and related labor costs) is an advantage of a public cloud. The cloud provider is responsible for the maintenance of all physical hardware.

Other options are incorrect:

A public cloud is not dedicated to a single corporation. Public cloud customers share the same hardware, network devices, and storage with other organizations. Some providers can dedicate a single server and tenant to a specific client if desired. This is referred to as a “dedicated cloud.”

A public cloud does not increase the level of regulatory security compliance. One of the biggest disadvantages of a public cloud relates to security. For some industries with strict regulatory requirements, a public cloud may not meet even the basic level of compliance. There is sometimes little control over where your data is held. This might mean “your” servers are in a different country with a different set of regulations. In the public cloud model, your tenant could be running on the same physical server along with that of a competitor.

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/resources/cloud-computing-dictionary/what-is-a-public-cloud/

Question 40: Skipped

A company needs their security professionals to use the Microsoft 365 Defender portal to proactively search for undetected threats across users devices and applications.

You need to recommend a solution.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Secure score
  • Incidents and alerts
  • Hunting
  • (Correct)
  • Threat analytics

Explanation

Advanced hunting is a threat-hunting tool that uses specially constructed queries to examine the past 30 days of event data in Microsoft 365 Defender.

It is part of the Microsoft 365 Defender portal that allows the security professionals to proactively search for undetected threats across the users’ devices and applications.

Other options are incorrect-

Incidents and alerts in the Microsoft 365 Defender portal represent detected potential threats.

Secure score in the Microsoft 365 Defender portal represents the company’s security posture.

Threat analytics in the Microsoft 365 Defender portal provides the interface to identify threat intelligence information analyzed by Microsoft security researchers.

Incident and alerts, Secure score, and Threat analytics do not provide the option allowing the company’s security professionals to search for undetected threats across the users’ devices and applications.

Describe the Microsoft 365 Defender portal – Training | Microsoft Learn

Overview – Advanced hunting | Microsoft Learn

Question 41: Skipped

You are the Office 365 administrator, and you need to grant a new user Enterprise Mobility + Security E3 access.

Which tool must you use to accomplish this?

  • Intune
  • Microsoft Volume Licensing Center
  • Microsoft Autopilot
  • Office 365 Admin center
  • (Correct)

Explanation

In order to assign or unassign O365 licenses, such as Enterprise Mobility + Security E3, you must access the O365 Admin Center, find the user, and assign the license.

Other options are incorrect :

You cannot assign Office 365 licenses through the Intune console. Microsoft Intune allows you manage apps and settings on all iOS and Windows devices.

The Microsoft Volume Licensing Center is used to obtain licensing for on-premise applications and operating systems, not Office 365.

You cannot issue Office 365 licenses through Microsoft Autopilot as it is used to deploy the Windows 10 operating system.

Microsoft 365 admin center – Overview – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 42: Skipped

Which of the following Microsoft 365 Plan (Formerly called Office 365 Plan) is Power BI included?

  • None of the above
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft 365 E3/Office 365 E3
  • Microsoft 365 Business Premium
  • Microsoft 365 E1/ Office 365 E1

Explanation

Power BI is currently available only as part of the Office 365 Enterprise E5 version.

Microsoft 365 and Office 365 plan options – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Learn

Question 43: Skipped

Your company needs to use Teams to host a live video broadcast with 10,000 participants.

The broadcast must use Microsoft Stream and provide presenter, producer, and organizer roles.

Which Teams feature should you recommend?

  • Live Events
  • (Correct)
  • Webinar
  • Private channel
  • Audio conferencing

Explanation

Live Events provide broadcast functionality using Microsoft Stream, Teams, or Yammer. These events can be hosted with up to 20,000 participants. There are dedicated roles for producer, presenter, and organizer. The producer can switch the presenter that shows up in the live feed.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/teams-live-events/what-are-teams-live-events

Other options are incorrect:

Webinars are presentations where only the first 1,000 participants have full interactive capabilities and lack the definition of distinct roles.

Channels are dedicated sections within a team to organize conversations by topics or projects. Channels can be standard or private. A private channel is a subset of the teams’ members that can communicate together.

Audio conferencing is available for users to dial in to meetings from phones when there is limited internet connectivity. Audio conferencing allows up to 1,000 phone attendees.

Question 44: Skipped

Match the Office 365 feature/attribute with its description/use case/expected impact.

  • A-5, B-3, C-4, D-2, E-1
  • A-4, B-5, C-3, D-2, E-1
  • A-5, B-4, C-3, D-2, E-1
  • (Correct)
  • A-5, B-4, C-1, D-2, E-3

Explanation

Microsoft can stop spoofing with two types of email authentication: implicit and composite. With implicit authentication, if a domain does not authenticate, Microsoft will treat it as if it had published email authentication records and manage it accordingly if it does not pass. Composite authentication is used when a message has no explicit authentication records. It uses an algorithm that combines multiple signals into a single value called compauth. Customers in Office 365 have compauth values stamped into the Authentication-results message header. The following are the possible compauth results: fail, pass, softpass (passed with medium to low confidence), and none (message did not authenticate).

Microsoft’s Spoof Intelligence insight can determine which senders are legitimately sending you unauthenticated email. You can also use the Spoof Intelligence monitor to manage permitted domain-pairs to provide an additional layer of security. This can work in two modes: Insight mode (how many mails were impacted by the spoof intelligence capabilities over the past 30 days), and What if mode (how many mails would have been impacted by the spoof intelligence capabilities over the past 30 days).

Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is a DNS TXT record that helps to prevent spoofing and phishing by verifying the domain name from which the email message was sent. SPF validates the origin of email messages by verifying the IP address of the sender against the alleged owner of the sending domain.

Office 365 Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps policies can monitor how user accounts are accessed and used, and send alerts when unusual usage patterns are detected. The policies available to do this are:

multiple failed login attempts (avoids a breach and alerts when users perform multiple failed login activities in a single session with respect to the learned baseline), impossible travel (avoids a breach and alerts when activities are detected from the same user in different locations within a time period that is shorter than the expected travel time between the two locations), and unusual impersonated activity (avoids a breach and alerts when users perform multiple impersonated activities in a single session with respect to the baseline learned).

Administrators can use the mail flow dashboard in the Security & Compliance Center to see trends and insights, and take action to fix issues. The following insights, reports, and widgets are available on the mail flow dashboard: Mail flow map report, Domain mail flow status insight, SMTP Auth clients report, Sender domain insight, Non-delivery report, Non-accepted domain report, Outbound and inbound mail flow, Queue alerts and queues, Auto-forwarded messages report, Mail loop insight, and Slow mail flow rules insight. The Fix sender domain insight lists emails originating from on-premises environments that do not meet the specified criteria. You can use this to identify potentially compromised devices and user accounts in your on-premises email environment and take remediation actions.

Question 45: Skipped

What is the lifecycle of a product or service in Microsoft 365?

  • None of the above
  • General availability > Private preview > Public preview > End of Support
  • Private preview > Public preview > General availability >End of Support
  • (Correct)
  • Private preview > General availability > Public preview >End of Support

Explanation

A product, or service, life cycle typically has four phases.

Private preview

Public preview

General Availability (GA)

End of Support

Private preview: A product, or service, might be released to a limited number of users in a private preview to test new features or functionality. Typically, users can sign up to be members of a private preview. But the preview release isn’t made available to the general public.

Public preview: To receive feedback from a broad range of users, Microsoft typically releases public previews of products and services before their GA release.

General availability (GA): When a product or service is GA, it is the release version and is fully supported. GA products and services have been through full development and test lifecycle to ensure stability and reliability.

End of support: Eventually, older products can no longer be supported. These products will reach the end of support. Once a product reaches the end of support, it will no longer receive updates.

MS-900 Microsoft 365 Fundamentals: Describe Microsoft 365 pricing, licensing, and support – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 46: Skipped

Your company uses Microsoft 365. A newly joined employee attempted to sign into the Microsoft 365 user portal by using a third-party web browser. The user is not able to access all Microsoft 365 apps.

What would be the potential cause and solution for this issue?

  • Ask the user to use Microsoft Edge.
  • Install a third-party browser extension.
  • Assign a license to the user.
  • (Correct)
  • Add the user to a Microsoft 365 Global reader role.

Explanation

To allow a user to access Microsoft 365 applications via the user portal, you must assign a Microsoft 365 license to the user.

Other options are incorrect –

The global reader role allows a user to view admin features and settings in Microsoft 365 admin centers, but not to access Microsoft 365 applications via the user portal.

Access to the Microsoft 365 user portal does not require browser extensions or the use of Microsoft Edge.

Describe the capabilities of the Microsoft 365 admin center and Microsoft 365 user portal – Training | Microsoft Learn

Assign licenses to users in the Microsoft 365 admin center – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 47: Skipped

In an organization, most employees use Surface Pros for work and Android mobile devices for personal use. They want to access organizational resources on multiple devices, including Microsoft Outlook and SharePoint.

It is your responsibility as an administrator to protect the organization’s security requirements. You need to prevent emails from being sent to people outside your organization.

Which of the below Microsoft Services do you recommend?

  • Microsoft Viva
  • Dynamic 365
  • Microsoft Defender
  • MS Intune
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Intune offers mobile device management and mobile application management. MS Intune helps to achieve your organization’s security requirements.

Other options are incorrect –

Dynamic 365 is used to integrate powerful ERP and CRM capabilities in the cloud to provide business applications for users.

The Microsoft Viva Insights app shows you personalized recommendations that help you do your best work. Get insights for building better work habits, such as following through on commitments made to collaborators and protecting focus time in the day for uninterrupted, individual work.

Microsoft Defender is a security app that helps people and families stay safer online with malware protection, web protection, real-time security notifications, and security tips.

What is device management? | Microsoft Learn

Question 48: Skipped

Your company management is considering moving file storage to the cloud and purchasing an Office 365 Enterprise subscription.

What is one way that OneDrive is more secure than local legacy storage?

  • Access Permissions can only be assigned to the OneDrive owner
  • Hosted files cannot be discovered by other users
  • Files hosted on OneDrive are encrypted by default
  • (Correct)
  • OneDrive uses Kerberos as its authentication protocol

Explanation

One way that OneDrive storage is more secure than traditional local storage is that residing data is encrypted by default.

Other options are incorrect:

Files that reside on OneDrive can be discovered by users if it is shared, so the statement is not true.

Data on a OneDrive can be assigned to any user regardless of who the OneDrive is assigned to. The global administrator also has access to all enterprise OneDrive libraries.

Kerberos is an authentication protocol used by Server-AD and is not supported in the cloud.

A foundation for modern collaboration: Microsoft 365 bolsters teamwork

Question 49: Skipped

Your department has just completed a Microsoft 365 migration. You are assigning billing functions to staff members.

Which two admin roles receive Microsoft 365 billing notifications by default?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Cloud application admin
  • Global admin
  • (Correct)
  • Services admin
  • Billing admin
  • (Correct)
  • License admin

Explanation

By default, an organization’s billing notifications are sent to the Office 365 email address, as well as the alternative email address of every Global and Billing admin within the organization.

Other options are incorrect:

The Services admin role does not receive Microsoft billing notifications in their email.

The License admin role does not receive Microsoft billing notifications in their email.

The Cloud application admin role does not receive Microsoft billing notifications in their email.

Payment options for your Microsoft business subscription | Microsoft Learn

Question 50: Skipped

Your company is planning to use Microsoft 365. In order to confirm that company data will be protected by Microsoft cloud services, the company’s security team requires documentation.

Which microsoft tool can provide the security and compliance documentation?

  • eDiscovery solutions
  • Microsoft Purview
  • Microsoft Secure Score
  • Service Trust Portal
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Service Trust Portal is Microsoft’s public site for publishing audit reports and other compliance-related information associated with Microsoft’s cloud services. It contains documentation showing how Microsoft’s cloud services protect corporate information. Whitepapers, certifications, reports, and other documents are available from the portal.

Other options are incorrect –

Secure Score offers a score, along with recommendations to improve a company’s security posture.

Purview offers means for a company to manage its compliance needs, with tools to handle information governance, information protection, and others.

Finally, eDiscovery solutions are intended to allow searching through application content, being available for Microsoft OneDrive, Teams, SharePoint, and Exchange, among others.

Describe the Service Trust Portal – Training | Microsoft Learn

Describe the compliance management capabilities in Microsoft Purview – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 1: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

____________ is a secure messaging and work management software application for collaboration among users inside and outside of organizations.

  • Microsoft Kaizala
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Stream
  • Microsoft Power Automate
  • Microsoft Sway

Explanation

Microsoft Kaizala is a secure messaging and work management software application for collaboration among users inside and outside of organizations, including the ability to send and receive instant messages, coordinate tasks, and submit invoices. It brings unique capabilities to Microsoft 365, with its ability to connect and engage people both inside and outside of an organization’s directory.

Kaizala’s open directory model enables phone number-based identity for easy onboarding, and a simple user experience for messaging and work management.

https://products.office.com/en/business/microsoft-kaizala

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Sway is a new app from Microsoft Office that makes it easy to create and share interactive reports, personal stories, presentations, and more. Start by adding your own text and pictures, search for and import relevant content from other sources, and then watch Sway do the rest.

Microsoft Stream is a corporate video-sharing service.

Power Automate automates complex business processes with defined steps and stages.

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following statements about the identity management solutions from Microsoft are true?

[SELECT THREE]

  • AD FS federation with Azure AD gives you the most control over authentication.
  • (Correct)
  • AD FS federation with Azure AD gives you the least control over authentication.
  • With password hash synchronization, users’ passwords are validated in Azure AD.
  • (Correct)
  • Cloud-only identity management solutions require that Azure AD Connect is installed on all devices that connect from the premises.
  • Hybrid identity solutions can provide better security for privileged accounts than cloud-only identity solutions.
  • With Pass-Through Authentication, users’ passwords are validated by the on-premises AD.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • AD FS with Azure AD gives you the most control over authentication.
  • With password hash synchronization, users’ passwords are validated in Azure AD.
  • With Pass-Through Authentication, users’ passwords are validated by the on-premises AD.

Federated authentication with AD FS and Azure AD can retain privileged account on-premises and ensure that the on-premises AD authenticates all accounts. You can use this federation to cover complex scenarios. The only drawback with this solution is that if the federation servers are down, users cannot be authenticated.

Azure AD’s Pass-Through Authentication feature allows users to use the same password for both on-premises and cloud-based applications. When users sign in using Azure AD, this feature validates their passwords directly against the on-premises AD. You can enforce on-premises AD security and password policies in Azure AD. Users can also use Pass-through Authentication to connect to Azure AD services, such as Office 365.

Password hash synchronization is one of the authentication methods you can use with a hybrid identity solution from Microsoft. When enabled, Azure AD Connect synchronizes a hash of a user’s password from an on-premises Active Directory instance to a cloud-based Azure AD instance. They sign in to the Azure AD services by using the same password they use to sign in to the on-premises AD instance.

Federated authentication between AD FS and Azure AD supports authentication scenarios that cannot be accomplished with on-premises, cloud, or other hybrid identity management solutions. It supports smartcard-based authentication or third-party multi-factor authentication, and is typically required when organizations have an authentication requirement not natively supported by Azure AD. Identities exist both on-premises and on the cloud. Also, identity management is quicker than with other solutions.

Hybrid identity solutions do not provide better security for privileged accounts than cloud-only identity solutions. Hybrid solutions include Managed authentication and Federated authentication.

With Managed authentication, Azure AD handles the authentication process by using a locally stored hashed version of the password or sends the credentials to an on-premises software agent to be authenticated by the on-premises AD DS. With Federated authentication, Azure AD redirects the client computer requesting authentication to contact another identity provider, possibly with a better and more secure solution.

With cloud-only identity solutions such as Azure AD, all users, groups, and contacts are not necessarily stored in the Azure AD tenant of your Office 365 subscription; therefore, Azure AD Connect does not need to be installed on all devices that connect from the premises. Tenant accounts are users who need licenses for cloud services. B2B accounts are users outside your organization that you invite to participate in the collaboration.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-phs

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-pta

Question 3: Skipped

Exchange Online and SharePoint Online are both part of your company’s Microsoft 365 subscription.

As a result of a Microsoft 365 service outage, Microsoft was unable to meet its SLA terms for Exchange services last month.

In order to receive compensation for failing to meet the benchmarks stated in the SLA, what information will you need to provide to Microsoft?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Your customer tenant GUID
  • (Correct)
  • The name and contact information of your company
  • The outage incident identifier
  • (Correct)
  • The usernames that were affected by the occurrence
  • The dates that the planned outage occurred

Explanation

In order to apply for SLA credit involving a Microsoft 365 service outage, a customer must provide its customer tenant GUID and the outage incident identifier that they can obtain from the Service Health page located in their Microsoft 365 admin console.

Other options are incorrect –

Planned outages are exempt from the SLA, so these occurrences cannot be submitted for credit.

The involved usernames of a service outage are irrelevant when applying for SLA credit.

The name and contact information of the company is a part of the customer tenant GUID, so this information is not required separately.

Request a credit from Microsoft – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 4: Skipped

You are the IT Manager for a large company that uses Microsoft 365. Users assigned an Exchange Online administrator role report that they cannot access the Office 365 Service health page.

Which selection will solve this problem without allowing them to manage other Microsoft online services?

  • Change their role to a Global admin.
  • Assign them Microsoft E5 licensing.
  • Assign the Service admin role as an additional role.
  • (Correct)
  • Modify their security baseline profile.

Explanation

A user with an Exchange Online admin role alone cannot access the Office 365 Service health page. A user assigned to that role will also need the Service admin role assigned to them.

Other options are incorrect:

While assigning a user the Global admin role will allow them to access the Office 365 Service health page, it will also give them the ability to manage other Microsoft online services, which exceeds the required privilege status.

Assigning a user Microsoft E5 licensing will not give them permission to view the Office 365 Service health page.

A security baseline profile will not restrict a user from viewing the Office 365 Service health page, so modifying an assigned baseline profile is irrelevant to the problem.

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 5: Skipped

Select the correct statement about Microsoft Project tool capability.

  • Microsoft Project organizes tasks with a daily to-do list called “My Day”.
  • Microsoft Project creates a booking page for customers and clients to schedule and reschedule appointments on their own.
  • Microsoft Project adds extra time between appointments for any pre- or post-appointment activities.
  • Microsoft Project uses views such as grid views and timeline Gantt charts.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Work management capabilities of Microsoft Project include easy-to-use views such as grid views and timeline Gantt charts.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/describe-productivity-solutions-microsoft-365/4-describe-work-management-tools

Other options are incorrect:

Organizing tasks with a daily to-do list called “My Day” is one of the work management capabilities of Microsoft To Do.

Adding extra time between appointments for any pre- or post-appointment activities is a work management capability of Microsoft Bookings.

Creating a booking page for customers and clients to schedule and reschedule appointments on their own is a work management capability of Microsoft Bookings.

Question 6: Skipped

You are evaluating variousMicrosoft 365 support options for your company. Premier Support is being considered because the company cannot tolerate disruptions.

What are the two benefits that are unique to Premier Support?

[SELECT TWO]

  • The company has access to Microsoft’s volume licensing program.
  • The company is assigned a technical account manager.
  • (Correct)
  • The company is assigned a cloud solution provider.
  • Support is available on a 24/7 basis for critical issues.
  • Additional advisory services are available for on-premises technologies.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Premier Support Services is targeted towards large enterprises. It includes the assignment of a dedicated technical account manager that oversees all support incidents. It also includes advisory services for both cloud and on-premises technologies.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Premier Support Services is a contract with Microsoft directly and does not involve a third party. Service Provider Tier 1 support involves support from a cloud solution provider.

24/7 support for critical issues is available for all Microsoft 365 Enterprise subscriptions and is not limited to Premier support.

Premier support does not allow access to the Microsoft volume licensing program.

Explore support options in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 7: Skipped

Your customers use Microsoft 365 and you need to decide if Azure Virtual Desktop (AVD) would be an appropriate choice for them.

For which of the following scenarios should you NOT suggest using AVD?

  • In a call center with multiple shifts
  • When using various devices to access Microsoft 365 apps
  • With legacy desktop apps
  • With offline applications
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would choose with offline applications. Azure Virtual Desktop (AVD) would not work with offline applications because it runs on Azure in the cloud, which means that users must be connected to the Internet.

AVD can be used in a call center with multiple shifts. Typically, call centers have low-intensity workloads since the workers engage in data entry for three 8-hour shifts. Multiple users can share a pooled (non-persistent) virtual desktop.

AVD can be used for legacy desktop apps. It provides an environment for running legacy software, which most often will be lifted and shift-migrated to Azure.

AVD can be used with various devices to access the app. Users can be connected to AVD using such as Windows devices, Mac devices, iOS devices, or Android devices, or any other device with an HTML5 web client.

What is Azure Virtual Desktop? – Azure | Microsoft Learn

Question 8: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

Windows-as-a-Service offers servicing channels as a method of controlling the frequency at which organizations deploy Windows 10 features. Servicing channels allow you to control how and when updates are applied.

The ___________ channel receives Windows features before general release, often during development. This allows organizations to test and evaluate new features and provide feedback to Microsoft.

  • General Availability
  • Long-term servicing
  • Semi-annual
  • Insider preview
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Insider preview. This channel receives Windows features before general release, often during development. This allows organizations to test and evaluate new features and provide feedback to Microsoft.

https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2020/06/15/introducing-windows-insider-channels/

Question 9: Skipped

Employees need to connect with their team for shared content and resources. Additionally, employees should be able to perform the following tasks.

  • Track and stay updated on project status
  • Organize and co-author shared content
  • Connect to a Microsoft 365 group to access team resources

Which of the following is best suited?

  • SharePoint Communication Site
  • Microsoft Yammer
  • Microsoft Intune
  • SharePoint Team Site
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A SharePoint team site connects you and your team to shared content and resources. It also helps to track and stay updated about the project status, co-authoring of shared content, connection to M 365 group to access team resources etc.

Other options are incorrect-

MS Yammer is an enterprise social networking service used for private communication within organizations

Intune is a cloud based service that lets you manage mobile devices, PCs and Apps

A SharePoint communication site used for broadcasting information to engage and inform broad audiences.

Use the SharePoint Team collaboration site template – Microsoft Support

Question 10: Skipped

Following a migration, your company has a surplus of unused computing power and resources. For additional revenue, they are considering converting their physical data center into a private cloud.

In comparison with other cloud structure models, what is your companies unique selling proposition?

  • Scalability
  • Tenant isolation
  • (Correct)
  • Zero infrastructure investment
  • No maintenance

Explanation

Tenant isolation is the unique advantage of a private cloud. Physical hardware is devoted to a single organization or tenant. This offers the highest level of security and control over data.

Other options are incorrect:

Scalability is a feature of both private and public cloud services from a customer’s point of view. Global service providers such as Azure are most able to scale up or down as needed quickly.

No maintenance (from the customer’s point of view) is a feature of both private and public cloud services.

Zero infrastructure investment is a feature of both private and public cloud services.

Another variation on the private cloud concept is sometimes referred to as a hosted private cloud. The isolation and security are the same as a traditional private cloud, but the physical environment is housed in data centers operated by a cloud service provider, such as Rackspace or HP.

What is a Private Cloud – Definition | Microsoft Azure

Question 11: Skipped

You plan to offer data storage and database management to finance companies. These organizations must meet stringent HIPAA requirements. Also, these organizations want to take advantage of cloud advantages such as scalability while maintaining strong control and security.

What cloud concept can best meet these needs?

  • A hybrid cloud
  • A private cloud
  • (Correct)
  • PaaS
  • A public cloud

Explanation

A private cloud would be the model that you should implement. The private cloud would be hosted on premises and they would have complete control over the customization and security of the data. They would be responsible for the physical hardware and networks, as well as maintenance. Physical servers would be dedicated to a specific hospital.

Other options are incorrect:

A public cloud does not best meet your needs. A third-party provider (such as Azure) would be responsible for the physical hardware infrastructure, including updates and maintenance. Public cloud customers, or “tenants,” share the same hardware, network devices, and storage with other organizations. Security concerns are a significant issue for the public cloud model. HIPAA requirements are stringent and you would have little control over the locations for data storage. This does not mean that a public cloud solution could not be modified to meet HIPAA requirements, but the general model does not meet your needs as compared to a private solution.

The Platform as a Service (PaaS) model provides an environment for developing and testing applications. However, you may choose to offer PaaS as a cloud service on its private cloud offering.

A hybrid cloud is not the model that you should implement. Hybrid cloud refers to combining the cloud services from a third-party service provider (a “public” cloud) with a cloud devoted exclusively to a single business (a “private” cloud).

What is a Private Cloud – Definition | Microsoft Azure

Question 12: Skipped

A university has a subscription to Microsoft 365 for Education for all students and professors. As an administrator, you want to use the Microsoft 365 admin center to manage the subscription.

Which of the following cards is NOT available to add to the Microsoft 365 admin center home page?

  • Billing
  • Microsoft Teams
  • Azure Active Directory
  • SharePoint
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would choose SharePoint because it has its own admin center and is not provided as a card on the home page of the Microsoft 365 admin center.

Other options are incorrect:

The following graphic shows the User Management, Service Health, Microsoft Teams, Billing, Azure Active Directory, and Training & guides cards added to the Microsoft 365 admin center.

You would not choose Azure Active Directory because it is one of the main pillars of the Microsoft 365 admin center, and there is a card for adding it to the admin center homepage.

You would not choose Billing because it is one of the main pillars of the Microsoft 365 admin center, and there is a card for adding it to the admin center homepage.

You would not choose Microsoft Teams because it is one of the main pillars of the Microsoft 365 admin center, and there is a card for adding it to the admin center homepage.

The following graphic shows additional cards that can be added to the Microsoft 365 admin center page.

What’s new in the Microsoft 365 admin center? – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 13: Skipped

Your company has assigned Azure AD Premium licenses to all users within Azure AD. You have been tasked with configuring Azure AD Identity Protection for all users.

What is the least privileged role required to configure new polices?

  • License administrator
  • Help Desk administrator
  • Global administrator
  • Security administrator
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Security administrator can manage Azure AD Identity Protection, Azure Information Protection, and the Office 365 Compliance center. This role can manage and perform actions against policies within the Identity Protection Center.

Other options are incorrect:

The Global administrator manages all administrative functions within Azure AD. This role is not least privileged in order to manage and perform actions against policies within the Identity Protection Center.

The License administrator can add or remove license assignments for users. This role cannot manage and perform actions against policies within the Identity Protection Center.

The Security administrator can manage Azure AD Identity Protection, Azure Information Protection, and the Office 365 Compliance center. This role can manage and perform actions against policies within the Identity Protection Center.

The Help Desk administrator can change user passwords and monitor service health. This role cannot manage and perform actions against policies within the Identity Protection Center.

Azure AD built-in roles – Azure Active Directory – Microsoft Entra | Microsoft Learn

Question 14: Skipped

Your company wants protection against insider risks, such as IP theft and data leaks.

You need to recommend a service that provides this type of protection.

Which Microsoft solution should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Purview
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint
  • Microsoft Priva
  • Microsoft Service Trust Portal

Explanation

Microsoft Purview Insider Risk Management uses indicators from Microsoft 365 and third parties to detect potentially risky activity. It uses logs from Microsoft 365 and Microsoft Graph, allowing a company to identify risks and take action to mitigate the risks.

Other options are incorrect –

Protecting against IP theft requires understanding the content of data stored and how it is shared, which is not offered by Microsoft Defender for Endpoint.

The Priva Privacy Risk Management feature can detect overexposed data and data transfers but does not block them. It only notifies users who must decide which action to take themselves.

The Service Trust Portal demonstrates how Microsoft cloud services protect customer’s data. It provides information rather than actual protection against IP theft and data leaks.

Learn about insider risk management – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 15: Skipped

As the Microsoft 365 administrator of your company, you have to search and investigate content in Microsoft 365, utilizing machine learning and text analytics to analyze large data sets.

Which of the following eDiscovery tools should you use?

  • Advanced eDiscovery
  • (Correct)
  • Insider risk management
  • Content search
  • Core eDiscovery

Explanation

You would choose Advanced eDiscovery. This feature is available as part of Microsoft 365 E5 and utilizes machine learning, predictive coding, and text analytics to analyze large, unstructured data sets and focus on the data that is most relevant.

Other options are incorrect:

You would not choose Content search because it looks for emails, documents, and instant messaging conversations throughout your Microsoft 365 implementation. You can use Content search to search mailboxes, Exchange public folders, SharePoint Online sites, and OneDrive for Business accounts in a single Content search with no limit.

You would not choose Core eDiscovery because this feature is used to search and export content in Microsoft 365.

You would not choose Insider risk management because this solution is used to minimize internal risks in the organization, such as leaks of sensitive data, confidentiality violations, and fraud.

Microsoft Purview eDiscovery solutions – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 16: Skipped

Your company currently hosts its own Exchange server for email. You are considering migrating the company email to Microsoft 365.

What are the two cost advantages of Microsoft 365 versus the current solution?

  • Reduction of power and cooling costs
  • (Correct)
  • Less reliance on capital expenditures
  • (Correct)
  • Reduced storage costs due to unlimited mailbox sizes
  • Elimination of the operational cost model
  • Greater predictability of a static cost model

Explanation

Like other cloud computing services, Microsoft 365 does not require any upfront capital investment or expenditures since no equipment is involved.

Because Microsoft 365 resides in the cloud, there is no equipment to host on-premises, which therefore reduces power and cooling costs.

Microsoft 365 is a cloud service and therefore uses a variable cost model. The variable cost model means that costs can vary based on usage.

Microsoft 365 is an example of an operational cost model, so the OPEX model is not eliminated.

Microsoft 365 does not allow unlimited mailbox sizes, so this factor does not affect storage costs.

What Is Cloud Computing? A Beginner’s Guide | Microsoft Azure

Question 17: Skipped

Which of the following statements about Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Advanced Threat Analytics can forward notifications to a third-party SIEM tool.
  • (Correct)
  • Advanced Threat Analytics integrates with all third-party VPN solutions that use RADIUS accounting.
  • Suppressing an alert permanently excludes that type of alert until it is manually included.
  • All types of detections done by Advanced Threat Analytics provide the possibility of adding exclusions.
  • (Correct)
  • Advanced Threat Analytics can detect malicious attacks and abnormal behavior but cannot detect protocol vulnerabilities.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Advanced Threat Analytics can forward notifications to a third-party SIEM tool.
  • All types of detections done by Advanced Threat Analytics provide the possibility of adding exclusions.ATA customers can use SEIM tools with advanced incident management capabilities. The following are needed to forward notifications: FQDN or IP address of the SIEM server, listening port on the SIEM server, protocol (UDP, TCP, or TLS), and the format of the data (RFC 3164 or RFC 5424).
    ATA allows you to exclude entities from triggering alerts to reduce true benign positives. You must add exclusions to detections only after you are sure that they are true benign positives. For proactive protection, not all detections provide the possibility to set exclusions. Some detections display tips to let you decide what to exclude.
    Suppressing an alert does not permanently exclude that type of alert until it is manually included. Exclusions are done at the level of an entity and alerts are suppressed by the type of alert. You must suppress an alert to ignore it for the next seven days. After seven days, the alert is generated if the activity is detected.
    Advanced Threat Analytics can detect malicious attacks and abnormal behavior and can also detect protocol vulnerabilities. It leverages a network-parsing engine to capture and parse traffic from multiple protocols for authentication, authorization, and gathering information. It then learns the behavior of users and other entities in the organization and builds behavioral profiles. It can detect malicious attacks, abnormal behavior, and known security issues and risks, which includes the vulnerabilities of known protocols.
    RADIUS accounting must be enabled in order to integrate with Advanced Threat Analytics, but all VPN solutions with RADIUS accounting enabled cannot be integrated. Microsoft commits support to integrating with VPN products from itself, F5, and Cisco ASA.

    What is Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics (ATA)? | Microsoft Learn

Question 18: Skipped

Your company has more than 300 employees and the company management plans to implement Microsoft 365 for all employees.

Employees work from desktop and laptop computers and need to use the Microsoft Office desktop applications.

You need to recommend the appropriate subscription plan. Which subscription plan should you recommend?

  • Microsoft 365 F3
  • Microsoft 365 Business Premium
  • Microsoft 365 Business Standard
  • Microsoft 365 E3
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft 365 Enterprise E3 is suitable for organizations with more than 300 employees and includes desktop Office applications.

Other Options are incorrect –

Microsoft 365 F3 is designed for frontline workers who must use tablet and mobile devices to do their jobs. It does not include desktop Office applications.

Microsoft 365 Business cannot be used by companies with more than 300 employees.

Explore the available licensing and management options – Training | Microsoft Learn
Compare Microsoft 365 Enterprise plans

Question 19: Skipped

Your company’s security team recommends adopting an assumed breach mitigation strategy.

You need to recommend the access type to implement.

Which access should you recommend?

  • Password-based authentication
  • Just-in-time access
  • Network segmentation
  • (Correct)
  • External firewalls

Explanation

Network segmentation is one the most common techniques that is used to implement the principle of assumed breach. Network segmentation will help to reduce the blast radius even if a breach occurred.

Other options are incorrect –

External firewalls are not considered sufficient in the context of the principle of assumed breach since they are based on the premise that the breach has not taken place yet.

Just-in-time access is part of the implementation of the least privileged access principle.

Assumed breach does not include password-based authentication as a sufficient means of protecting access to secured resources.

Describe the Zero Trust model – Training | Microsoft Learn

Zero Trust Guidance Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 20: Skipped

A company needs a cloud-based service that can manage all devices and applications.

You need to recommend a service that meets the following requirements:

  • Ability to manage Windows and Mac operating systems.
  • Ability to manage Android and iOS/iPadOS.
  • Ability to integrate with Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
  • Provide insights into compliance status of devices.

What service should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Windows 365 Enterprise
  • Desktop Analytics
  • Configuration Manager

Explanation

Microsoft Intune is a Microsoft cloud-based unified endpoint management service for both corporate and BYOD devices. It extends some of the “on-premises” functionality of Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager to the Microsoft Azure cloud.

Intune provides a cloud-based service for managing applications and devices. It provides the ability to manage Windows, MacOS, Android, Android Enterprise, and iOS/iPadOS. Intune integrates with Azure AD and gives the ability to check for compliance status of devices.

Other Options are incorrect –

Desktop Analytics is a cloud-based service that integrates with Configuration Manager. The service provides insight and intelligence for you to make more informed decisions about the update readiness of your Windows clients.

Configuration manager is an on-premises management solution that manages client computers and servers on the corporate network or internet based.

Windows 365 Enterprise is a Cloud PC.

Desktop Analytics, Configuration manager, and Windows 365 Enterprise do not provide a cloud-based service to manage devices and applications.

Describe the endpoint management capabilities of Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

What is Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Question 21: Skipped

Which of the following are TRUE regarding Microsoft Sentinel?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Uses Azure Batch to create interactive reports
  • Provides security orchestration, automation, and response (SOAR)
  • (Correct)
  • Provides security information and event management (SIEM)
  • (Correct)
  • Correlates alerts into incidents by using secure baselines

Explanation

Microsoft Sentinel provides security information and event management (SIEM) and security orchestration, automation, and response (SOAR) to provide a security solution to notify you of attacks, see any imposing threats, and plan responses to threats. Microsoft Sentinel uses data connectors to collect data from Azure services such as Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS), Azure Storage, Azure Key Vault, Azure Active Directory, and Azure Activity, as well as Microsoft sources such as Office 365, Microsoft 365 Defender, and Microsoft Defender for Cloud.

Other options are incorrect:

Microsoft Sentinel uses Azure Monitor workbooks to integrate the data from sources into interactive reports. It does not use Azure Batch. Azure Batch is designed to run large-scale parallel batch jobs. It uses a pool of compute nodes and schedules the jobs to run on these nodes.

Microsoft Sentinel minimizes unnecessary information by using analytic rules to relate alerts to possible threats. The analytic rules help provide machine learning that Sentinel uses to find anomalies in your network. Secure baselines are not used to correlate alerts to incidents, they are used by Microsoft 365 Lighthouse to manage customer tenant devices.

Microsoft Learn > Azure > Security > What is Microsoft Sentinel?

Microsoft Learn > Azure > Security > Microsoft Sentinel > Pre-deployment activities and prerequisites for deploying Microsoft Sentinel

Question 22: Skipped

Your company has been using Microsoft 365 for a few years. Over this period, your company acquired two other companies. All employees use the same Microsoft 365 tenant.

Recently, your company decided to implement initiatives to protect the data on hundreds of SharePoint sites.

To prevent users from sharing privacy and compliance data with users outside your tenant, you must create policies to block users from sharing data. Sharepoint Sites may contain sensitive data that is not included in Microsoft 365’s sensitive information types.

Which of the following should you do to implement the strategy?

[SELECT FOUR]

  • Create DLP queries to scan the sites for sensitive content.
  • (Correct)
  • Create custom sensitive information types to scan content for undefined sensitive data.
  • (Correct)
  • Create DLP policies with All SharePoint Sites as the location.
  • Specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules.
  • (Correct)
  • Create DLP policies with SharePoint Online as the location.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You would do the following:

  • Create DLP queries to scan the sites for sensitive content.
  • Create custom sensitive information types to scan content for undefined sensitive data.
  • Create DLP policies with SharePoint Online as the location.
  • Specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules.

If you have not used protection for sensitive data over a few years, a large amount of sensitive data (such as credit card or social security numbers) may have accumulated on the sites. This increases the possibility of users sharing this data accidentally or intentionally with people outside your organization. Before you create DLP policies to safeguard this data, it is a good practice to run DLP queries and find out what kind of data exists on the sites.

The three parts of a DLP query are SensitiveType, count range, and confidence range. DLP queries provide reports that you can analyze to create DLP policies.

It is possible that sites may contain employee IDs, usernames and passwords, and links to internal app development setups. While Microsoft 365 provides a wide range of custom sensitivity types to detect the sensitive data for most geographies, it is highly unlikely that you will find something that has not been defined by a globally accepted standard. If you do, you will need to create a custom sensitivity type that can detect the undefined sensitive data on the sites. The custom sensitivity information types can be part of DLP queries, and with query reports you will be able to detect and enforce DLP policies on custom data.

When you create DLP policies, you must specify the app or component of Microsoft 365 to which the policies must be applied. In this case, you will be looking for sensitive data on SharePoint sites, so you will select SharePoint Online as the location.

You would specify DLP policy actions to restrict sharing content that matches the DLP policy rules. These actions are specified when you create policies. You can choose to do the following when the content matches the DLP rules: block access to the content, send a notification, allow override for false negatives, or request business justification.

You would NOT create DLP policies with All SharePoint Sites as the location. The workflow for DLP policy creation has no option named All SharePoint Sites. You can select one or more of Exchange Online, SharePoint sites, OneDrive accounts, and Teams chat and channel messages. Selecting SharePoint sites enforces DLP policies on all sites in the tenant.

What DLP policy templates include – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Form a query to find sensitive data stored on sites – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Create a custom sensitive information type using PowerShell – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 23: Skipped

As an Office 365 administrator, you received multiple calls from users who cannot connect to Yammer, Dynamics CRM, or Intune.

To determine if a known issue exists before contacting support, what troubleshooting utility can you use?

  • Office 365 Admin Center
  • Microsoft Managed Desktop
  • Office 365 Service Health RSS Feed
  • Service Health Dashboard
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You should use the Service Health Dashboard. Service Health allows you to view the health of Microsoft Intune cloud services, Microsoft Dynamics CRM, Office on the Web, and Yammer. Service Health can be used to determine if there is a known issue that may be causing the problem before calling support or troubleshooting the issue yourself. The Service Health dashboard will show the current status of Office 365 workloads. In addition to the service health for each workload being displayed, the health for the past seven days will also be displayed.

Other options are incorrect:

You should not use Microsoft Managed Desktop. Microsoft Managed Desktop is a Desktop as a Service (DaaS) that can manage end-user device deployment, end-user support, IT service management, and security monitoring for Microsoft 365 Enterprise (including Windows 10 Enterprise and Office 365 Enterprise). Microsoft Managed Desktop can provide policies and security baselines that offer the following benefits:

Reduce boot times for Microsoft Managed Desktop devices such as Surface devices.

  • Increase in the battery life of Microsoft Managed Desktop devices such as Surface devices that are almost twice the battery life for the device.
  • A reduction of device crashes per year by nearly one-third.
  • Allow users to have the same experience no matter what device they sign into using Enterprise State Roaming

The Office 365 Service Health RSS Notifications is used to receive real-time notification of any incidents that could impact service health. This option will automatically display alert notifications whenever Microsoft creates or updates service impacting items with the Office 365 infrastructure. This will not meet the requirements.

The Office 365 Admin Center is used to manage the configuration of an Office 365 tenant. This would not meet the requirements as it does not provide an avenue to troubleshoot ActiveSync connections from the public-facing Internet.

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 24: Skipped

Is it possible to restore files from OneDrive to a previous version? If yes, what’s the duration until which this feature can execute?

  • No, it can’t restore files and documents
  • Yes, 1 year
  • Yes, 30 days
  • (Correct)
  • Yes, 3 months

Explanation

The OneDrive Files Restore feature helps customers to restore files to any point in the last 30 days. If we want to select the desired recovery time, OneDrive presents us with a histogram that displays the file activity so that we can check which recovery time meets our needs.

Overview of OneDrive in Microsoft 365 – SharePoint in Microsoft 365 | Microsoft Learn

Question 25: Skipped

In order to enable the leaked credentials detection feature in your hybrid environment, you need to implement an authentication method.

Which method is best for you?

  • Azure AD pass-through synchronization
  • Azure AD pass-through authentication
  • Federated authentication
  • Azure AD password hash synchronization.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft continually acquires leaked credentials from dark sources and compares them with Azure AD users’ current valid credentials to find compromises. Credential leakage is a type of risk detected by Azure Active Directory Identity Protection, which alerts administrators to risky user behavior and risky sign-in behavior. This detection is only possible if Microsoft can match the password hash, so it requires password hash synchronization to be the authentication method.

Other options are incorrect:

Azure AD hands off the authentication process to the on-premises AD when federated authentication is used. Leaked credentials detection will not be possible with federated authentication unless you use password hash synchronization as well.

Azure AD pass-through authentication is simple password authentication and does not support password hashes. A software agent that runs on one or more on-premises servers validates the user directly with your on-premises Active Directory, which ensures that the password validation does not happen in the cloud. It will not enable Microsoft to detect leaked credentials by matching compromised password hashes.

There is no authentication method called Azure AD pass-through synchronization.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/tutorial-federation

Question 26: Skipped

Your company needs to improve the process of helping new hires with onboarding. A solution is required to help employees increase their knowledge and expertise from resources available across Microsoft 365.

This solution must meet the following requirements:

  • Create pages automatically for each knowledge area.
  • Created pages must contain definitions of the knowledge area and relevant people.
  • Provide the ability for experts to edit and approve pages as required.

Which solution should you recommend for this use case?

  • Microsoft OneDrive
  • Microsoft Viva Insights
  • Yammer
  • Microsoft Viva Topics
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Viva Topics provides employees access to knowledge and expertise from various Microsoft 365 resources. Viva Topics has an AI feature that automatically creates the pages in specific knowledge areas and displays relevant individuals to these areas. It also gives experts within the organization the ability to edit and approve as required.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/describe-collaboration-solutions-microsoft-365/4-describe-core-employee-experience-capabilities-microsoft-viva

Other options are incorrect:

Yammer is an enterprise social network that connects leaders, communicators, and employees together to share knowledge.

OneDrive is a cloud library for file storage and sharing.

Viva Insights gives insights and recommendations to individuals to boost productivity and wellbeing by suggesting focus times, tasks to be completed, and mindful disconnection from work. Yammer, OneDrive, and Viva Insights do not automatically create pages in knowledge areas that contain definitions and relevant people.

Question 27: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

The Microsoft 365 Apps subscription provides free cloud storage space.

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

The Microsoft 365 Apps subscription provides free cloud storage space. You can securely store your files in the cloud and access them from anywhere. The amount of space depends on the Microsoft 365 plan. For example, Microsoft 365 Family gives you 1 TB of OneDrive cloud storage for up to 6 users, including yourself.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/servicedescriptions/office-365-platform-service-description/office-365-plan-options

Question 28: Skipped

Your company utilizes both Exchange Online and SharePoint Online in its Microsoft 365 plan.

Last month, Microsoft was not able to deliver on the SLA terms concerning Exchange services the previous calendar month.

What does this allow your company to do as a result?

  • Receive complimentary membership in the Windows Insider Program
  • Apply for credit to recuperate a portion of last month’s bill
  • (Correct)
  • Receive a mailbox size upgrade for the next year for all user accounts
  • Apply for credit equal to that of your company’s bill last month

Explanation

Should Microsoft online services not meet the baseline of 99.9% uptime, customers can apply for SLA credit to recuperate a portion of their previous month’s bill involving the involved service.

Customers cannot receive credit for the entire month for which the incident took place.

The Windows Insider Program is a free service, and membership is not awarded for SLA occurrences.

SLA credits do not involve the upgrade of Microsoft 365 services and plans.

Request a credit from Microsoft – Partner Center | Microsoft Learn

Question 29: Skipped

You need to recommend a microsoft solution that meets the following requirements:

  • Provide access to files when there is no internet connectivity.
  • Provide sharing of files with users internal and external to the organization.
  • Provide native applications for Mac, Windows, and mobile operating systems.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Yammer
  • Microsoft OneDrive
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft SharePoint team sites

Explanation

Microsoft OneDrive is a file hosting service operated by Microsoft. First launched in August 2007, it enables registered users to share and synchronize their files. OneDrive also works as the storage backend of the web version of Microsoft Office.

Other options are incorrect:

SharePoint teams sites allow collaboration on documents and sharing with internal and external users. It also offers a desktop-based application but does not offer offline access.

Microsoft Teams is a collaboration tool intended for chatting, meetings, and calendar. Although you can store files on Teams sites, and there are desktop-based applications available, the files are not accessible while offline.

Yammer is a corporate social network. Content can be shared to internal and external users. It is available as a desktop-based app, but it does not offer offline file access.

Question 30: Skipped

A user is logging on to Microsoft 365 for the first time. This person can access Office applications, but does not have access to the Microsoft 365 admin center.

Which of the following conditions will prevent access to the admin center?

[SELECT TWO]

  • The user only has standard user privileges.
  • (Correct)
  • An Office 365 security baseline is denying access.
  • The user is licensed for Office 365 E1.
  • The user’s computer is not enrolled in Microsoft Intune.
  • The person is using Office 365 Home Edition.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following will prevent access:

  • The user only has standard user privileges.
  • The person is using Office 365 Home Edition.

You must have admin privileges to access the Microsoft 365 admin center. Also, Office 365 Home does not provide access to the Microsoft 365 admin center.

The user being licensed for Office 365 E1 will not prevent access. Office 365 licensing does not restrict access to Microsoft 365 admin center.

The user’s computer not being enrolled in Intune will not prevent access. Microsoft 365 access of any kind does not require Intune enrollment.

An Office 365 security baseline does not deny access. Office security baselines alone do not restrict access to Microsoft admin center.

Microsoft 365 admin center – Overview – Microsoft 365 admin | Microsoft Learn

Question 31: Skipped

You are responsible for improving the threat-protection capabilities of your company’s cloud apps. Your proposal calls for a move to Microsoft 365 and the use of Microsoft Defender for Endpoint.

Which of the following statements about Microsoft Defender for Endpoint are TRUE?

[SELECT THREE]

  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint customers must apply for the Microsoft Threat Experts managed threat hunting service to get notifications and to collaborate with experts.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint can automatically investigate attacks and remediate impact to reduce the volume of alerts in minutes, at scale.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint reduces the attack surface by using the automatic investigation and remediation capabilities.
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint provides APIs to integrate with third-party SIEM tools.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint’s threat and vulnerability management features only work on Windows 10 devices.

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint, formerly known as Advanced Threat Protection (ATP), can automatically investigate attacks and remediate impact to reduce the volume of alerts in minutes, at scale.
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint provides APIs to integrate with third-party SIEM tools.
  • Microsoft Defender for Endpoint customers must apply for the Microsoft Threat Experts managed threat hunting service to get notifications and to collaborate with experts.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint’s visibility to multiple machines generates a multitude of alerts. The volume of alerts can sometimes be challenging to address individually. You can use Microsoft Defender for Endpoint’s automated investigation feature to examine alerts by using inspection algorithms and processes used by analysts. It also takes immediate remediation action to resolve the breaches. This significantly reduces the alert volume and allows experts to focus on more sophisticated threats and other high-value initiatives.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint provides three types of APIs: Microsoft Defender for Endpoint, raw data streaming, and SIEM integration. Microsoft Defender for Endpoint APIs include the Investigation API to query data and the Response API to respond to alerts. Raw data streaming APIs can ship real-time events and alerts from their instances as a single data stream with a low latency/high throughput delivery mechanism. SIEM integration APIs can pull detections from Microsoft Defender Security Center.

Microsoft Threat Experts is a managed detection and response (MDR) service that helps Security Operation Centers (SOCs) with expert level monitoring and analysis and ensures that critical threats are addressed. Microsoft Threat Experts proactively hunts for human adversary intrusions, hands-on-keyboard attacks, or advanced attacks such as cyber espionage. Customers who apply for this service can engage Microsoft’s security experts directly for timely and accurate responses.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint’s threat and vulnerability management features work on Windows 10 devices as well as Windows Server 2008 R2 to Windows Server 2019. Threat & Vulnerability Management is built-in, real-time, cloud-powered, and fully integrated with Microsoft endpoint security stack, the Microsoft Intelligent Security Graph, and the application analytics knowledgebase. This bridges the gap between security administration and IT administration during the remediation process.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint reduces the attack surface by not by using the automatic investigation and remediation capabilities. It reduces the attack surface by minimizing areas where your tenant is vulnerable to cyberthreats and attacks. Some of the ways it reduces the attack surface are to isolate and protect the integrity of a system when it is running, use application control to run apps, control access to folders and deny changes by malware, and use two-way network traffic filtering.

Microsoft Defender for Endpoint documentation | Microsoft Learn

Question 32: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

Windows Hello is used for _____________

  • Protection
  • (Correct)
  • Design
  • Broadcast
  • Communication

Explanation

Windows Hello for Business is used as an alternative sign-in method using gestures ( like a fingerprint), without needing a password

Overview of the Microsoft Intune MDM lifecycle | Microsoft Learn

Question 33: Skipped

There are multiple Microsoft 365 E3 and Microsoft 365 E5 licenses purchased by your company. You have installed Microsoft 365 Apps in these devices using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.

How often must you connect to the internet to ensure that your license remains active on the device?

  • 60 days
  • 90 days
  • 30 days
  • (Correct)
  • 120 days

Explanation

You will need to connect at least once every 30 days to ensure your license is still active.

Describe endpoint modernization, management concepts, and deployment options in Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 34: Skipped

Which of the following statements about Microsoft 365 Apps are TRUE?

[SELECT TWO]

  • Microsoft 365 Apps users do not need to be continuously connected to the Internet.
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft never deletes your data after you cancel a Microsoft 365 Apps subscription.
  • Microsoft 365 Apps is a user-based license that a user can deploy on up to five devices that include PCs, Macs, tablets, and mobile devices.
  • You cannot pick and choose what updates to apply.
  • Documents created using Office 365 ProPlus can be opened and used on older versions of Office.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The following statements are true:

  • Microsoft 365 Apps users do not need to be continuously connected to the Internet.
  • Documents created using Microsoft 365 Apps can be opened and used on older versions of Office.

Office 365 users do not need a persistent Internet connection because Microsoft 365 Apps runs locally without needing Internet access. Internet access is required to install and activate Microsoft 365 Apps; however, large-scale deployments can be made using software distribution tools. Some features such as Ideas in Excel and Researcher in Word require an Internet connection. At least every 30 days users need communicate with the Office Licensing Service via the internet. Users will also need to connect to the Internet periodically to receive updates.

Documents created using Office 365 can be opened and used on older versions such as Office 2019, 2016, 2013, 2010, 2007, and Office for Mac 2008 or later. Users who use versions earlier than Office 2007 will need to install a compatibility pack.

Microsoft DOES delete your data after you cancel a Microsoft 365 Apps subscription. You must download your emails, documents, sheets, and other data if you decide to cancel your subscription. After you cancel your subscription, data associated with your account will be available to your administrator(s) in a limited-function account for 90 days. After that, the data is no longer available.

You CAN pick and choose which updates to apply. Microsoft 365 Apps updates can be controlled using software distribution tools or by allowing Office 365 ProPlus to apply selected updates that you download and store in custom file shares or URLs in your company’s infrastructure.

Office 365 ProPlus is a user-based license, but a user can deploy it on up to five PCs or Macs, five tablets, and five mobile devices, for a total of 15 devices.

Overview of licensing and activation in Microsoft 365 Apps – Deploy Office | Microsoft Learn

Question 35: Skipped

Your team needs to use their own mobile devices to access Outlook and MS Teams. What service can help secure corporate data used in Office apps, which also involves personal information?

  • Microsoft Intune
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Access
  • Microsoft eDiscovery
  • Microsoft Power BI

Explanation

Microsoft Intune offers an alternative BYOD approach of simply managing the apps that contain corporate data. It protects corporate data from any data leakage used in mobile devices.

Common ways to use Microsoft Intune | Microsoft Learn

Other options are incorrect –

Power BI is a Business Intelligence tool and is not used for Endpoint Management by Microsoft.

Microsoft eDiscovery tool is a software application designed to help organizations search, collect, preserve, and export electronic data for legal and compliance purposes. It is a part of Microsoft’s Office 365 suite of productivity tools and can be used to manage electronic data in various formats such as emails, instant messages, documents, and multimedia files.

Access is a database management system and doesn’t help in securing the corporate data in Office applications.

Question 36: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

You cannot restore the deleted accounts with Microsoft Exchange Online.

  • FALSE
  • (Correct)
  • TRUE

Explanation

Microsoft Exchange Online support restoring of deleted users

With Microsoft Exchange Online, you can:

  • Synchronize calendars, contact information, and emails across devices.
  • Create a custom format your emails that are dependent on location or domain.
  • Use a public folder to collaborate and share information with others.
  • Calendar sharing with users outside your organization.
  • Stay up to date with what people are working on.
  • Easily create users, restore deleted accounts and create scripts for administration tasks.
  • Prevent malware and spam with customizable anti-malware policies.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/describe-productivity-solutions-microsoft-365/

Question 37: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

Microsoft Exchange Online servers can be deployed at the customer’s datacenter for high availability.

  • TRUE
  • FALSE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Microsoft Exchange Online servers cannot be deployed at the customer’s datacenter for high availability. Exchange Online is an online platform hosted at Microsoft datacenters and is available to use on a subscription basis. You can customize your email with Microsoft Exchange Online.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-service-description

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following scenarios is appropriate for using PaaS?

  • Running legacy applications
  • Deployment of a Linux VM
  • Customized cloud-based applications
  • (Correct)
  • Hosted applications and hosted websites

Explanation

PaaS provides all of the capabilities you need to support the complete web application life cycle, including customizing cloud-based applications which are based on a PaaS framework.

Other options are incorrect –

Simple deployment of a VM of any type, including a Linux server, would be more appropriate for the Infrastructure as a Service model (IaaS), where you are provided with a network and hardware in which you deploy your systems.

Legacy applications are usually run on a VM, which is more appropriate for IaaS. You are provided with a network and hardware in which you deploy your own systems.

What is PaaS?

Question 39: Skipped

Match the appropriate product on the left to the correct description on the right.

  • A-2, B-4, C-3, D-1
  • A-1, B-4, C-2, D-3
  • A-4, B-1, C-3, D-2
  • A-1, B-4, C-3, D-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Yammer– Enterprise Social network that helps facilitate community collaboration and idea-sharing for your organization.

Viva– Tool that brings together communications, knowledge, learning, resources, and insights into an integrated experience that empowers people and teams to be the best, from anywhere

Stream– Microsoft Stream is a video service that allows members of your organization to upload, watch, and share videos in a secure manner. Microsoft Stream makes it possible for you to share video content of meetings, training sessions, classes, and live events to help facilitate collaboration for your organization’s teams.

Microsoft Teams– Tool that provides a central point of access that your teams can use to work together on their projects through chat-based workspaces.

Question 40: Skipped

Your company management is concerned that Microsoft engineers could access the confidential data your organization stores in SharePoint Online and OneDrive for Business. You must ensure that Microsoft engineers cannot access your content to perform service operations without your explicit approval.

Which tool do you need to make use of?

  • Customer Lockbox
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Intune
  • Azure Information Protection
  • Privileged Identity Management

Explanation

Customer Lockbox requires a Microsoft engineer to request access from you as a final step in the approval workflow. Customer Lockbox applies to data stored in Exchange Online, SharePoint Online, OneDrive for Business, and Teams. When Customer Lockbox is enabled, you can manually approve or deny a request by Microsoft engineers to access your data in the course of resolving a service issue.

Other options are incorrect:

Azure Information Protection (AIP) allows you classify, discover, and protect documents and emails by attaching labels to the content of the documents and emails.

Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM) provides time-based and approval-based role activation to mitigate the risks of excessive, unnecessary, or misused access permissions.

Microsoft Intune is a cloud-based service that concentrates on mobile application management (MAM) and mobile device management (MDM).

Customer Lockbox requests – Microsoft Purview (compliance) | Microsoft Learn

Question 41: Skipped

You manage Office 365 for your company. You have just accessed the Service health page of the Office 365 admin center. There is a service advisory for the Exchange Online Service. The current status is “Service Degradation”.

What does this status indicate?

  • Corrective action is in progress to restore service to most users.
  • There is a potential issue and Microsoft is gathering more information.
  • There is a confirmed issue impacting performance.
  • (Correct)
  • Users are currently unable to access the service.

Explanation

A health status of “Service Degradation” confirms that there is an issue of limited scope that is impacting performance.

A health status of “Investigating” means that there is a potential issue and that Microsoft is gathering more information about it.

It is only for a health status of “Service Interruption” that users cannot access a Microsoft 365 service.

A health status of “Service Degradation” does not imply that progress is being restored. That is what “Extended Recovery” denotes.

How to check Microsoft 365 service health – Microsoft 365 Enterprise | Microsoft Learn

Question 42: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

Office apps such as Word, Excel, and PowerPoint can work offline with Office 2021 and the Microsoft 365 Apps subscription.

  • FALSE
  • TRUE
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Office 2021 is a purchase that is installed on a computer and all the Office apps work offline. Microsoft 365 Apps is a cloud-based solution that allows you to download and install Office apps on a local computer. Both allow Word, Excel, and PowerPoint to work offline.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/servicedescriptions/office-365-platform-service-description/office-365-plan-options

Question 43: Skipped

Which of the following features are available with AD DS but not available in Azure AD?

[SELECT FOUR]

  • Support for Organizational Unit (OU), domain, and forest
  • (Correct)
  • Group Policy
  • (Correct)
  • Support for tenants
  • Kerberos support
  • (Correct)
  • LDAP support
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) is an LDAP server that provides key features such as identity, authentication, computer object management, group policy, and trusts. It is an integral component of the on-premises IT environment.

Azure AD is a cloud-based identity and mobile device management service that provides authentication services for resources such as Office 365, the Azure portal, or SaaS applications.

AD DS supports the following features:

  • Group Policy
  • LDAP support
  • Kerberos support
  • Support for Organizational Unit (OU), domain, and forest

Azure AD does not support group policies. Group Policy is an Active Directory feature that adds additional controls to user and computer accounts. Group policies use Group Policy Objects (GPOs), a collection of settings created by using the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) Group Policy Editor. GPOs can be associated with one or more of the Active Directory containers, such as sites, domains, or organizational units (OUs).

Azure AD cannot be queried through LDAP. Instead, Azure AD uses the REST API over HTTP and HTTPS. LDAP is a lightweight client-server protocol used to access directory services, specifically X.500-based directory services. LDAP runs over TCP/IP or other connection-oriented transfer services.

Azure AD does not use Kerberos authentication. It uses HTTP and HTTPS protocols such as SAML, WS-Federation, and OpenID Connect for authentication (and OAuth for authorization).

Azure AD does not support OUs, domains, and forests like on-premises Active Directory does. Azure AD uses a flat structure.

AD DS does not have support for tenants. Azure AD is a tenant model. A tenant represents an entire organization. Upon signing up for Azure AD, you can manage all users, passwords, permissions, and user data in the tenant.

Difference Between Azure AD vs Active Directory (AD) and AWS Directory Service | by Eray ALTILI | Medium

Question 44: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

You need to analyze the security posture within your organization to enable opportunities for improvements in Microsoft 365 identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure.

You need to:

  • report on the current state of the organization’s security posture
  • improve their security posture by providing discoverability, visibility, guidance, and control
  • compare with benchmarks and establish key performance indicators (KPIs)

Microsoft _______________is a representation of your organization’s security posture and your opportunity to improve it.

  • Secure Score
  • (Correct)
  • Defender for Identity (MSDI)
  • Defender for Endpoint (MSDE)
  • Azure Sentinel

Explanation

Microsoft Secure Score is a representation of your organization’s security posture and your opportunity to improve it. Following the Secure Score recommendations can protect your organization from threats. From a centralized dashboard in the Microsoft 365 security center, organizations can monitor and work on the security of their Microsoft 365 identities, data, apps, devices, and infrastructure.

Assess your security posture through Microsoft Secure Score | Microsoft Learn

https://learn.microsoft.com/training/modules/describe-threat-protection-capabilities-of-microsoft-365/3-prevent-detect-respond-to-threats

Question 45: Skipped

Select the answer that correctly completes the sentence.

You need to use Artificial Intelligence (AI) to provide insights into the working habits of individuals and organizations. The required metrics to capture include:

  • Day-to-day collaboration in the organization
  • Meeting’s overview
  • Management and coaching
  • Internal networks
  • External collaboration
  • Teams’ collaboration

___________ helps you understand how your organization invests its time by giving insight into how groups collaborate across the organization.

  • Intune Admin Center
  • SharePoint Admin Center
  • Workplace Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • MyAnalytics

Explanation

MyAnalytics and Workplace Analytics are becoming part of Microsoft Viva (Insights).

Viva Insights helps you understand how your organization invests its time by giving you insight into how groups collaborate across an organization.

MyAnalytics dashboard | Microsoft Docs

Workplace Analytics service description – Service Descriptions | Microsoft Docs

Question 46: Skipped

Select TRUE or FALSE for the following statement.

Microsoft 365 administrators can set up different levels of calendar access in Exchange Online that allow organizations to collaborate with other organizations and share schedules with others.

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

There are different levels of calendar access in Exchange Online that allow collaboration with other organizations by sharing schedules.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-service-description

Question 47: Skipped

Match the appropriate product on the left to the correct description on the right.

  • A-3, B-4, C-1, D-2
  • A-2, B-1, C-4, D-3
  • A-4, B-3, C-1, D-2
  • A-3, B-1, C-4, D-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Tabs– These apps can be added directly to Teams by creating tabs for those apps. Apps can be accessed from the tabs. It will have the least administrative overhead.

Power Virtual Agents:- Users can create chatbots using Power Virtual Agents without writing any code. Users can then integrate those bots into Microsoft Teams by publishing the bots and making them reachable to Microsoft Teams from the Power Virtual Agents portal.

Webhooks– Microsoft Teams enables your users with outgoing webhooks, incoming webhooks. Outgoing webhooks enable your users to send text-based messages to your organization’s web services. Your services can then respond with a message consisting of text or a card that includes text and image-type content.

Incoming webhooks are also available. Incoming webhooks enable your external services to send messages to your Teams channels through an HTTP endpoint. This is useful for notification and tracking tools.

Connectors– Connectors are a way for your users to subscribe to receive alerts and information from your web services.

Describe collaboration solutions of Microsoft 365 – Training | Microsoft Learn

Question 48: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription for your Office 365 tenant. You do not have a classification strategy yet, and you are not using sensitivity labels.

What additional step is required to make use of the Azure Information Protection feature?

  • Add a Confidential label to the default document template
  • Install an Azure Information Protection client
  • Enable the default Information Protection policy
  • (Correct)
  • Create a custom Azure Information Protection policy

Explanation

If you have an Azure subscription that supports the Azure Information Protection feature, all you need to do is enable the default Azure Information Protection policy. If your subscription does not support this capability, such as a Microsoft Office 365 ProPlus subscription, you will have to add an Azure subscription to your Office 365 tenant.

Other options are incorrect:

Note that as of this writing, Azure Information Protection (formerly Microsoft Information Protection) has been rebranded as Microsoft Purview Information Protection.

Creating a custom Microsoft Information Protection policy is not advised if you have yet to create a classification strategy, as that strategy will guide the custom policy.

If you are not using sensitivity labels, it is not necessary to install the Azure Information protection client as it is used to mark documents with labels.

Confidential is a label, and you are not using labels in this scenario.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/information-protection/prepare

Question 49: Skipped

How does MDM respond to compromised user accounts?

  • Restrict save-as
  • Remove all device data
  • Restrict device data backups
  • Prompts MFA
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Once MDM finds out that the user account is hacked or compromised, it requires the MFA to access the device further.

Technology decisions for BYOD with EMS | Microsoft Learn

Question 50: Skipped

A large manufacturing company uses automation controls in a Windows 11 environment.

The company management has a concern that manufacturing will be impacted by Windows updates.

You need to recommend a Servicing Channel solution that includes the following requirements:

  • Windows 11 devices only receive the minimum required service updates.
  • All systems receive security updates.

Which solution should you recommend?

  • General Availability Channel
  • Windows Insider Program
  • Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel
  • Long-Term Servicing Channel
  • (Correct)

Explanation

With the Long-Term Servicing Channel, a new major version of Windows Server is released every 2-3 years. Users are entitled to 5 years of mainstream support and 5 years of extended support. This channel provides systems with a long servicing option and functional stability and can be installed with Server Core or Server with Desktop Experience installation options.

Other options are incorrect –

The Windows Insider Program does not fit the requirements as it would put the customer’s production machines into the early adopters group.

The General Availability Channel does not fit the minimum required service update requirements.

Semi-Annual Enterprise Channel is an update channel for Microsoft 365 Apps (Office) and does not apply to Windows.

Describe the deployment and release models for Windows-as-a-Service (WaaS) – Training | Microsoft Learn

Overview of Windows as a service – Windows Deployment | Microsoft Learn

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 DP-203_ Data Engineering on Microsoft Azure

Question 1: Skipped

Your company analyzes images from security cameras and sends alerts to security teams that respond to unusual activity. The solution uses Azure Databricks.

You need to send Apache Spark level events, Spark Structured Streaming metrics, and application metrics to Azure Monitor.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • C-B-E
  • B-D-E
  • (Correct)
  • D-E-A
  • A-C-D
  • E-C-B

Explanation

You can send application logs and metrics from Azure Databricks to a Log Analytics workspace.

Spark uses a configurable metrics system based on the Dropwizard Metrics Library.

Prerequisites: Configure your Azure Databricks cluster to use the monitoring library.

Note: The monitoring library streams Apache Spark level events and Spark Structured Streaming metrics from your jobs to Azure Monitor.

To send application metrics from Azure Databricks application code to Azure Monitor, follow these steps:

Step 1. Build the spark-listeners-loganalytics-1.0-SNAPSHOT.jar JAR file

Step 2: Create Dropwizard gauges or counters in your application code.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/architecture/databricks-monitoring/application-logs

Question 2: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

You have a new Azure Data Factory environment.

You need to periodically analyze pipeline executions from the last 60 days to identify trends in execution durations. The solution must use Azure Log Analytics to query the data and create charts.

Which diagnostic settings should you configure in Data Factory? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 2-1
  • 1-3
  • 4-2
  • 1-2
  • 3-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Log type: PipelineRuns –

A pipeline run in Azure Data Factory defines an instance of a pipeline execution.

Storage location: An Azure Storage account

Data Factory stores pipeline-run data for only 45 days. Use Monitor if you want to keep that data for a longer time. With Monitor, you can route diagnostic logs for analysis. You can also keep them in a storage account so that you have factory information for your chosen duration.

Save your diagnostic logs to a storage account for auditing or manual inspection. You can use the diagnostic settings to specify the retention time in days.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-pipeline-execution-triggershttps://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-using-azure-monitor

Question 3: Skipped

You have two Azure Data Factory instances named ADFdev and ADFprod. ADFdev connects to an Azure DevOps Git repository.

You publish changes from the main branch of the Git repository to ADFdev.

You need to deploy the artifacts from ADFdev to ADFprod.

What should you do first?

  • From Azure DevOps, create a release pipeline.
  • (Correct)
  • From Azure DevOps, update the main branch.
  • From ADFdev, create a linked service.
  • From ADFdev, modify the Git configuration.

Explanation

In Azure Data Factory, continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) means moving Data Factory pipelines from one environment (development, test, production) to another.

Note:

The following is a guide for setting up an Azure Pipelines release that automates the deployment of a data factory to multiple environments.

1. In Azure DevOps, open the project that’s configured with your data factory.

2. On the left side of the page, select Pipelines, and then select Releases.

3. Select New pipeline, or, if you have existing pipelines, select New and then New release pipeline.

4. In the Stage name box, enter the name of your environment.

5. Select Add artifact, and then select the git repository configured with your development data factory. Select the publish branch of the repository for the Default branch. By default, this publish branch is adf_publish.

6. Select the Empty job template.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/continuous-integration-deployment

Question 4: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Databricks cluster that runs user-defined local processes.

You need to recommend a cluster configuration that meets the following requirements:

– Minimize query latency.

– Maximize the number of users that can run queries on the cluster at the same time.

– Reduce overall costs without compromising other requirements.

Which cluster type should you recommend?

  • High Concurrency with Autoscaling
  • (Correct)
  • High Concurrency with Auto Termination
  • Standard with Autoscaling
  • Standard with Auto Termination

Explanation

A High Concurrency cluster is a managed cloud resource. The key benefits of High Concurrency clusters are that they provide fine-grained sharing for maximum resource utilization and minimum query latencies.

Databricks chooses the appropriate number of workers required to run your job. This is referred to as autoscaling. Autoscaling makes it easier to achieve high cluster utilization, because you don’t need to provision the cluster to match a workload.

Incorrect Answers:

C: The cluster configuration includes an auto terminate setting whose default value depends on cluster mode:

Standard and Single Node clusters terminate automatically after 120 minutes by default.

High Concurrency clusters do not terminate automatically by default.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/clusters/configure

Question 5: Skipped

How do you specify parameters when reading data?

  • Using .parameter() during your read allows you to pass key/value pairs specifying aspects of your read
  • Using .option() during your read allows you to pass key/value pairs specifying aspects of your read
  • (Correct)
  • Using .keys() during your read allows you to pass key/value pairs specifying aspects of your read

Explanation

Using .option() during your read allows you to pass key/value pairs specifying aspects of your read. For instance, options for reading CSV data include header, delimiter, and inferSchema.

Question 6: Skipped

Which correct syntax to specify the location of a checkpoint directory when defining a Delta Lake streaming query?

  • .writeStream.format(“delta.parquet”).option(“checkpointLocation”, checkpointPath) …
  • .writeStream.format(“delta”).option(“checkpointLocation”, checkpointPath) …
  • (Correct)
  • .writeStream.format(“parquet”).option(“checkpointLocation”, checkpointPath) …
  • .writeStream.format(“delta”).checkpoint(“location”, checkpointPath) …

Explanation

.writeStream.format(“delta”).option(“checkpointLocation”, checkpointPath) … is the correct syntax to specify the checkpoint directory on a Delta Lake streaming query.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/delta/delta-streaming

Question 7: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Databricks interactive cluster. The cluster will be used infrequently and will be configured for auto-termination.

You need to use that the cluster configuration is retained indefinitely after the cluster is terminated. The solution must minimize costs.

What should you do?

  • Create an Azure runbook that starts the cluster every 90 days.
  • Pin the cluster.
  • (Correct)
  • Terminate the cluster manually when processing completes.

Explanation

Azure Databricks retains cluster configuration information for up to 70 all-purpose clusters terminated in the last 30 days and up to 30 job clusters recently terminated by the job scheduler. To keep an all-purpose cluster configuration even after it has been terminated for more than 30 days, an administrator can pin a cluster to the cluster list.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/clusters/

Question 8: Skipped

You are creating an Azure Data Factory data flow that will ingest data from a CSV file, cast columns to specified types of data, and insert the data into a table in an Azure Synapse Analytic dedicated SQL pool. The CSV file contains three columns named username, comment, and date.

The data flow already contains the following:

– A source transformation.

– A Derived Column transformation to set the appropriate types of data.

– A sink transformation to land the data in the pool.

You need to ensure that the data flow meets the following requirements:

– All valid rows must be written to the destination table.

– Truncation errors in the comment column must be avoided proactively.

– Any rows containing comment values that will cause truncation errors upon insert must be written to a file in blob storage.

Which two actions should you perform?

  • Add a select transformation to select only the rows that will cause truncation errors.
  • To the data flow, add a sink transformation to write the rows to a file in blob storage.
  • (Correct)
  • To the data flow, add a filter transformation to filter out rows that will cause truncation errors.
  • To the data flow, add a Conditional Split transformation to separate the rows that will cause truncation errors.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

B: Example:

1. This conditional split transformation defines the maximum length of “title” to be five. Any row that is less than or equal to five will go into the GoodRows stream.

Any row that is larger than five will go into the BadRows stream.

2. This conditional split transformation defines the maximum length of “title” to be five. Any row that is less than or equal to five will go into the GoodRows stream.

Any row that is larger than five will go into the BadRows stream.

A:

3. Now we need to log the rows that failed. Add a sink transformation to the BadRows stream for logging. Here, we’ll “auto-map” all of the fields so that we have logging of the complete transaction record. This is a text-delimited CSV file output to a single file in Blob Storage. We’ll call the log file “badrows.csv”.

4. The completed data flow is shown below. We are now able to split off error rows to avoid the SQL truncation errors and put those entries into a log file.

Meanwhile, successful rows can continue to write to our target database.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/how-to-data-flow-error-rows

Question 9: Skipped

You have an Azure data factory that has two pipelines named PipelineA and PipelineB.

PipelineA has four activities as shown in the following exhibit.

PipelineB has two activities as shown in the following exhibit.

You create an alert for the data factory that uses Failed pipeline runs metrics for both pipelines and all failure types. The metric has the following settings:

– Operator: Greater than

– Aggregation type: Total

– Threshold value: 2

– Aggregation granularity (Period): 5 minutes

– Frequency of evaluation: Every 5 minutes

Data Factory monitoring records the failures shown in the following table.

For each of the following statements, select yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select no.

  • No – Yes – No
  • No – No – No
  • Yes – No – No
  • No – Yes – Yes
  • No – No – Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: No

Only one failure at this point.

Box 2: No

Only two failures within 5 minutes.

Box 3: Yes

More than two (three) failures in 5 minutes

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/alerts-insights-configure-portal

Question 10: Skipped

You create an Azure Databricks cluster and specify an additional library to install.

When you attempt to load the library to a notebook, the library in not found.

You need to identify the cause of the issue.

What should you review?

  • cluster event logs
  • (Correct)
  • global init scripts logs
  • notebook logs
  • workspace logs

Explanation

Azure Databricks provides three kinds of logging of cluster-related activity: Cluster event logs, which capture cluster lifecycle events, like creation, termination, configuration edits, and so on. Apache Spark driver and worker logs, which you can use for debugging. Cluster init-script logs, valuable for debugging init scripts.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/clusters/clusters-manage#event-log

Question 11: Skipped

Nonstructured data is stored in nonrelational systems, commonly called unstructured or NoSQL systems. Nonstructured data is stored in nonrelational systems, commonly called unstructured or NoSQL systems.Which of the following fit this description? (Select all that apply)

  • Postgre
  • Column database
  • (Correct)
  • Key-value store
  • (Correct)
  • Db2
  • Document database
  • (Correct)
  • Graph database
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Nonstructured data Examples of nonstructured data include binary, audio, and image files. Nonstructured data is stored in nonrelational systems, commonly called unstructured or NoSQL systems. In nonrelational systems, the data structure isn’t defined at design time, and data is typically loaded in its raw format. The data structure is defined only when the data is read. The difference in the definition point gives you flexibility to use the same source data for different outputs. Nonrelational systems can also support semistructured data such as JSON file formats. Nonstructured data is stored in nonrelational systems, commonly called unstructured or NoSQL systems. : 1. Key-value store: Stores key-value pairs of data in a table structure.

2. Document database: Stores documents that are tagged with metadata to aid document searches.

3. Graph database: Finds relationships between data points by using a structure that’s composed of vertices and edges.

4. Column database: Stores data based on columns rather than rows. Columns can be defined at the query’s runtime, allowing flexibility in the data that’s returned performantly.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/data-guide/big-data/non-relational-data

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Currently the IT team is planning to use applications which publish messages to Azure Event Hub very frequently. Eddie believes the best performance will be achieved using Advanced Message Queuing Protocol (AMQP) because it establishes a persistent socket.Is Eddie correct?

  • Incorrect
  • Correct
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Publishers can use either HTTPS or AMQP. AMQP opens a socket and can send multiple messages over that socket. Big data apps must be able to process increased throughput by scaling out to meet increased transaction volumes. Suppose you work in the credit card department of a bank. You’re part of a team that manages the system responsible for fraud testing to determine whether to approve or decline each transaction. Your system receives a stream of transactions and needs to process them in real time. The load on your system can spike during weekends and holidays. The system must handle the increased throughput efficiently and accurately. Given the sensitive nature of the transactions, even the slightest error can have a considerable impact. Azure Event Hubs can receive and process a large number of transactions. It can also be configured to scale dynamically, when required, to handle increased throughput. What is an Azure Event Hub? Azure Event Hubs is a cloud-based, event-processing service that can receive and process millions of events per second. Event Hubs acts as a front door for an event pipeline, to receive incoming data and stores this data until processing resources are available. An entity that sends data to the Event Hubs is called a publisher, and an entity that reads data from the Event Hubs is called a consumer or a subscriber. Azure Event Hubs sits between these two entities to divide the production (from the publisher) and consumption (to a subscriber) of an event stream. This decoupling helps to manage scenarios where the rate of event production is much higher than the consumption.

Question 13: Skipped

By default, the Azure Data Factory user interface experience (UX) authors directly against the data factory service.Which of the following are the limitations of this experience? (Select all that apply)

  • All the listed options.
  • The Azure Resource Manager template required to deploy Data Factory itself is not included.
  • (Correct)
  • The Data Factory service isn’t optimized for collaboration and version control.
  • (Correct)
  • Data Factory may be configured with GitHub to allow for easier change tracking and collaboration.
  • The Data Factory service doesn’t include a repository for storing the JSON entities for your changes. The only way to save changes is via the “Publish All” button and all changes are published directly to the data factory service.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

By default, the Azure Data Factory user interface experience (UX) authors directly against the data factory service. This experience has the following limitations:

• The Data Factory service doesn’t include a repository for storing the JSON entities for your changes. The only way to save changes is via the Publish All button and all changes are published directly to the data factory service. • The Data Factory service isn’t optimized for collaboration and version control.

• The Azure Resource Manager template required to deploy Data Factory itself is not included.

To provide a better authoring experience, Azure Data Factory allows you to configure a Git repository with either Azure Repos or GitHub. Git is a version control system that allows for easier change tracking and collaboration. Note: Authoring directly with the Data Factory service is disabled in the Azure Data Factory UX when a Git repository is configured. Changes made via PowerShell or an SDK are published directly to the Data Factory service, and are not entered into Git.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/source-control Key word is limitations – “Data Factory may be configured with GitHub to allow for easier change tracking and collaboration” is not a limitation, it is an option.

Question 14: Skipped

Within the context of Azure Databricks, sharing data from one worker to another can be a costly operation.Spark has optimized this operation by using a format called Tungsten which prevents the need for expensive serialization and de-serialization of objects in order to get data from one JVM to another.The data that is “shuffled” is in a format known as UnsafeRow, or more commonly, the Tungsten Binary Format.When we shuffle data, it creates what is known as [?].

  • A Pipeline
  • (Correct)
  • A Stage
  • A Stage boundary
  • A Lineage

Explanation

As opposed to narrow transformations, wide transformations cause data to shuffle between executors. This is because a wide transformation requires sharing data across workers. Pipelining helps us optimize our operations based on the differences between the two types of transformations…

https://databricks.com/blog/2015/04/28/project-tungsten-bringing-spark-closer-to-bare-metal.html

Question 15: Skipped

You have an Azure virtual machine that has Microsoft SQL Server installed. The server contains a table named Table1.

You need to copy the data from Table1 to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account by using an Azure Data Factory V2 copy activity.

Which type of integration runtime should you use?

  • Azure-SSIS integration runtime
  • Azure integration runtime
  • self-hosted integration runtime
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Copying between a cloud data source and a data source in private network: if either source or sink linked service points to a self-hosted IR, the copy activity is executed on that self-hosted Integration Runtime.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-integration-runtime#determining-which-ir-to-use

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: You work in an organization where much of the transformation logic is currently held in existing SSIS packages that have been created on SQL Server. Since your boss is not familiar with Azure as well as you are, he tells you he has heard that Azure has the ability to lift and shift SSIS package so to execute them within Azure Data Factory to leverage existing work. He asks you “What do we need to setup in order to do this?”Which of the below is the correct response?

  • None of the listed options.
  • In order to do this you must set up an Azure Stored procedure to execute the lift and shift.
  • In order to do this you must set up a Self-hosted solution and then upload the data.
  • Your boss is mistaken, Azure does not have the ability to lift and shift SSIS package so to execute them within Azure Data Factory, it must be converted to AZ format and then ingested via Azure Storage.
  • In order to do this you must set up an Azure-SSIS integration runtime.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You may work in an organization where much of the transformation logic is currently held in existing SSIS packages that have been created on SQL Server. You have the ability to lift and shift SSIS package so you can execute them within Azure Data Factory, so you can make use in existing work. In order to do this you must set up an Azure-SSIS integration runtime. Azure-SSIS integration runtime In order to make use of the Azure-SSIS integration runtime, it is assumed that there is SSIS Catalog (SSISDD) deployed on a SQL Server SSIS instance. With that prerequisite met, the Azure-SSIS integration runtime is capable of:

• Lift and shift existing SSIS workloads During the provisioning of the Azure-SSIS integration runtime, you specify the following options:

• The node size (including the number of cores) and the number of nodes in the cluster.

• The existing instance of Azure SQL Database to host the SSIS Catalog Database (SSISDB), and the service tier for the database.

• The maximum parallel executions per node. With the Azure-SSIS integration runtime enabled, you are able to manage, monitor and schedule SSIS packages using tools such as SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) or SQL Server Data Tools (SSDT).

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/azure-ssis-integration-runtime-package-store

Question 17: Skipped

You need to collect application metrics, streaming query events, and application log messages for an Azure Databricks cluster.

Which type of library and workspace should you implement?

  • C-B
  • B-C
  • A-A
  • B-A
  • A-B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can send application logs and metrics from Azure Databricks to a Log Analytics workspace. It uses the Azure Databricks Monitoring Library, which is available on GitHub.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/databricks-monitoring/application-logs

Question 18: Skipped

You plan to build a structured streaming solution in Azure Databricks. The solution will count new events in five-minute intervals and report only events that arrive during the interval. The output will be sent to a Delta Lake table.

Which output mode should you use?

  • complete
  • update
  • append
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Append Mode: Only new rows appended in the result table since the last trigger are written to external storage. This is applicable only for the queries where existing rows in the Result Table are not expected to change.

Incorrect Answers:

A: Complete Mode: The entire updated result table is written to external storage. It is up to the storage connector to decide how to handle the writing of the entire table.

B: Update Mode: Only the rows that were updated in the result table since the last trigger are written to external storage. This is different from Complete Mode in that Update Mode outputs only the rows that have changed since the last trigger. If the query doesn’t contain aggregations, it is equivalent to Append mode.

Reference:

https://docs.databricks.com/getting-started/spark/streaming.html

Question 19: Skipped

You need to implement an Azure Databricks cluster that automatically connects to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 by using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) integration.

How should you configure the new cluster?

  • 2-1
  • 2-2
  • 1-1
  • (Correct)
  • 1-2

Explanation

Box 1: Premium

Credential passthrough requires an Azure Databricks Premium Plan

Box 2: Azure Data Lake Storage credential passthrough

You can access Azure Data Lake Storage using Azure Active Directory credential passthrough.

When you enable your cluster for Azure Data Lake Storage credential passthrough, commands that you run on that cluster can read and write data in Azure Data

Lake Storage without requiring you to configure service principal credentials for access to storage.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/security/credential-passthrough/adls-passthrough

Question 20: Skipped

By default, how are corrupt records dealt with using spark.read.json()

  • They throw an exception and exit the read operation
  • They get deleted automatically
  • They appear in a column called “_corrupt_record”
  • (Correct)

Explanation

They appear in a column called “_corrupt_record”. They do not get deleted automatically or throw an exception and exit the read operation

Question 21: Skipped

Which role works with Azure Cognitive Services, Cognitive Search, and the Bot Framework?

  • A data scientist
  • A data engineer
  • An AI engineer
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Databricks is an Apache Spark-based analytics platform optimized for the Microsoft Azure.

Apache HDInsight does not exist, Azure HDInsight is a fully managed, full-spectrum, open-source analytics service for enterprises. HDInsight is a cloud service that makes it easy, fast, and cost-effective to process massive amounts of data.

Apache Hadoop is the original open-source framework for distributed processing and analysis of big data sets on clusters.

Question 22: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory pipeline that performs an incremental load of source data to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.

Data to be loaded is identified by a column named LastUpdatedDate in the source table.

You plan to execute the pipeline every four hours.

You need to ensure that the pipeline execution meets the following requirements:

– Automatically retries the execution when the pipeline run fails due to concurrency or throttling limits.

– Supports backfilling existing data in the table.

Which type of trigger should you use?

  • schedule
  • tumbling window
  • (Correct)
  • on-demand
  • event

Explanation

Azure Data Factory pipeline executions using Triggers:

• Schedule Trigger: The schedule trigger is used to execute the Azure Data Factory pipelines on a wall-clock schedule.

• Tumbling Window Trigger: Can be used to process history data. Also can define Delay, Max concurrency, retry policy etc.

• Event-Based Triggers : The event-based trigger executes the pipelines in response to a blob-related event, such as creating or deleting a blob file, in an Azure Blob Storage

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/how-to-create-tumbling-window-trigger

https://www.sqlshack.com/how-to-schedule-azure-data-factory-pipeline-executions-using-triggers/

Question 23: Skipped

What happens to Databricks activities (notebook, JAR, Python) in Azure Data Factory if the target cluster in Azure Databricks isn’t running when the cluster is called by Data Factory?

  • Whenever a cluster is paused or shut down, ADF will recover from the last operational PiT.
  • If the target cluster is stopped, Databricks will start the cluster before attempting to execute.
  • (Correct)
  • The Databricks activity will fail in Azure Data Factory – you must always have the cluster running.
  • Simply add a Databricks cluster start activity before the notebook, JAR, or Python Databricks activity.

Explanation

This situation will result in a longer execution time because the cluster must start, but the activity will still execute as expected.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/transform-data-databricks-python

Question 24: Skipped

The following code segment is used to create an Azure Databricks cluster.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

  • Yes-Yes-No
  • No-Yes-Yes
  • Yes-Yes-Yes
  • Yes-No-Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Yes

A cluster mode of High Concurrency is selected, unlike all the others which are Standard. This results in a worker type of Standard_DS13_v2.

Box 2: No

When you run a job on a new cluster, the job is treated as a data engineering (job) workload subject to the job workload pricing. When you run a job on an existing cluster, the job is treated as a data analytics (all-purpose) workload subject to all-purpose workload pricing.

Box 3: Yes

Delta Lake on Databricks allows you to configure Delta Lake based on your workload patterns.

Reference:

https://adatis.co.uk/databricks-cluster-sizing/

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/jobs

https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/capacity-planning/cmbp.html

https://docs.databricks.com/delta/index.html

Question 25: Skipped

Which security features does Azure Databricks not support?

  • Shared Access Keys
  • (Correct)
  • Role-based access
  • Azure Active Directory

Explanation

Shared Access Keys are a security feature used within Azure storage accounts. Azure Active Directory and Role-based access are supported security features in Azure Databricks.

Question 26: Skipped

You need to develop a pipeline for processing data. The pipeline must meet the following requirements:

  • Scale up and down resources for cost reduction
  • Use an in-memory data processing engine to speed up ETL and machine learning operations.
  • Use streaming capabilities
  • Provide the ability to code in SQL, Python, Scala, and R
  • Integrate workspace collaboration with Git

What should you use?

  • HDInsight Spark Cluster
  • (Correct)
  • HDInsight Hadoop Cluster
  • HDInsight Kafka Cluster
  • HDInsight Storm Cluster
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • Azure SQL Data Warehouse

Explanation

Aparch Spark is an open-source, parallel-processing framework that supports in-memory processing to boost the performance of big-data analysis applications.

HDInsight is a managed Hadoop service. Use it deploy and manage Hadoop clusters in Azure. For batch processing, you can use Spark, Hive, Hive LLAP, MapReduce.

Languages: R, Python, Java, Scala, SQL

You can create an HDInsight Spark cluster using an Azure Resource Manager template. The template can be found in GitHub.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/data-guide/technology-choices/batch-processing

Question 27: Skipped

What is the recommended storage format to use with Spark?

  • XML
  • Apache Parquet
  • (Correct)
  • JSON

Explanation

Apache Parquet. Apache Parquet is a highly optimized solution for data storage and is the recommended option for storage.

Question 28: Skipped

You have an activity in an Azure Data Factory pipeline. The activity calls a stored procedure in a data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics and runs daily.

You need to verify the duration of the activity when it ran last.

What should you use?

  • an Azure Resource Manager template
  • the sys.dm_pdw_wait_stats data management view in Azure Synapse Analytic
  • Activity log in Azure Synapse Analytics
  • activity runs in Azure Monitor
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Monitor activity runs. To get a detailed view of the individual activity runs of a specific pipeline run, click on the pipeline name.

The list view shows activity runs that correspond to each pipeline run. Hover over the specific activity run to get run-specific information such as the JSON input, JSON output, and detailed activity-specific monitoring experiences. On this screen you can check the Duration.

Incorrect Answers:

sys.dm_pdw_wait_stats holds information related to the SQL Server OS state related to instances running on the different nodes.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-visually

Question 29: Skipped

How do you connect your Spark cluster to the Azure Blob?

  • By calling the .connect() function on the Azure Blob
  • By calling the .connect() function on the Spark Cluster.
  • By mounting it
  • (Correct)

Explanation

By mounting it. Mounts require Azure credentials such as SAS keys and give access to a virtually infinite store for your data. The .connect() function is not a valid method.

Question 30: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory that contains 10 pipelines.

You need to label each pipeline with its main purpose of either ingest, transform, or load. The labels must be available for grouping and filtering when using the monitoring experience in Data Factory.

What should you add to each pipeline?

  • a resource tag
  • a user property
  • a run group ID
  • an annotation
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Annotations are additional, informative tags that you can add to specific factory resources: pipelines, datasets, linked services, and triggers. By adding annotations, you can easily filter and search for specific factory resources.

Reference:

https://www.cathrinewilhelmsen.net/annotations-user-properties-azure-data-factory/

Question 31: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Databricks table. The table will ingest an average of 20 million streaming events per day.

You need to persist the events in the table for use in incremental load pipeline jobs in Azure Databricks. The solution must minimize storage costs and incremental load times.

What should you include in the solution?

  • Sink to Azure Queue storage.
  • (Correct)
  • Partition by DateTime fields.
  • Include a watermark column.
  • Use a JSON format for physical data storage.

Explanation

The Databricks ABS-AQS connector uses Azure Queue Storage (AQS) to provide an optimized file source that lets you find new files written to an Azure Blob storage (ABS) container without repeatedly listing all of the files. This provides two major advantages:

– Lower latency: no need to list nested directory structures on ABS, which is slow and resource intensive.

– Lower costs: no more costly LIST API requests made to ABS.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/spark/latest/structured-streaming/aqs

Question 32: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Databricks interactive cluster.

You need to ensure that the cluster meets the following requirements:

– Enable auto-termination

– Retain cluster configuration indefinitely after cluster termination.

What should you recommend?

  • Clone the cluster after it is terminated.
  • Pin the cluster
  • (Correct)
  • Start the cluster after it is terminated.
  • Terminate the cluster manually at process completion.

Explanation

To keep an interactive cluster configuration even after it has been terminated for more than 30 days, an administrator can pin a cluster to the cluster list.

Reference:

https://docs.azuredatabricks.net/user-guide/clusters/terminate.html

https://docs.databricks.com/clusters/clusters-manage.html#pin-a-cluster

Question 33: Skipped

You plan to perform batch processing in Azure Databricks once daily.

Which type of Databricks cluster should you use?

  • interactive
  • High Concurrency
  • job
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Scheduled batch workloads (data engineers running ETL jobs)

This scenario involves running batch job JARs and notebooks on a regular cadence through the Databricks platform.

The suggested best practice is to launch a new cluster for each run of critical jobs. This helps avoid any issues (failures, missing SLA, and so on) due to an existing workload (noisy neighbor) on a shared cluster.

Note: Azure Databricks has two types of clusters: interactive and automated. You use interactive clusters to analyze data collaboratively with interactive notebooks. You use automated clusters to run fast and robust automated jobs.

References:

https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/cloud-configurations/aws/cmbp.html#scenario-3-scheduled-batch-workloads-data-engineers-running-etl-jobs

Question 34: Skipped

You use Azure Data Factory to prepare data to be queried by Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pools.

Files are initially ingested into an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account as 10 small JSON files. Each file contains the same data attributes and data from a subsidiary of your company.

You need to move the files to a different folder and transform the data to meet the following requirements:

– Provide the fastest possible query times.

– Automatically infer the schema from the underlying files.

How should you configure the Data Factory copy activity?

  • 3-4
  • 1-2
  • 2-3
  • (Correct)
  • 1-4

Explanation

1) Merge Files – Question clearly says “initially ingested as 10 small json files”. There is no hint on hierarchy or partition information. so clearly we need to merge these files for better performance

2) Parquet -> Always gives better performance for columnar based data

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/data-lake-storage-performance-tuning-guidance

Question 35: Skipped

You need to output files from Azure Data Factory.

Which file format should you use for each type of output?

  • 1-1
  • 3-1
  • (Correct)
  • 3-3
  • 1-3

Explanation

Box 1: Parquet

Parquet stores data in columns, while Avro stores data in a row-based format. By their very nature, column-oriented data stores are optimized for read-heavy analytical workloads, while row-based databases are best for write-heavy transactional workloads.

Box 2: Avro

An Avro schema is created using JSON format.

AVRO supports timestamps.

Note: Azure Data Factory supports the following file formats (not GZip or TXT).

– Avro format

– Binary format

– Delimited text format

– Excel format

– JSON format

– ORC format

– Parquet format

– XML format

Reference:

Big Data File Formats Demystified

Question 36: Skipped

You plan to monitor an Azure data factory by using the Monitor & Manage app.

You need to identify the status and duration of activities that reference a table in a source database.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • F-A-D
  • A-B-C
  • C-B-E
  • B-D-F
  • E-B-C
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Step 1: From the Data Factory authoring UI, generate a user property for Source on all activities.

Step 2: From the Data Factory monitoring app, add the Source user property to Activity Runs table.

You can promote any pipeline activity property as a user property so that it becomes an entity that you can monitor. For example, you can promote the Source and
Destination properties of the copy activity in your pipeline as user properties. You can also select Auto Generate to generate the Source and Destination user properties for a copy activity.

Step 3: From the Data Factory authoring UI, publish the pipelines
Publish output data to data stores such as Azure SQL Data Warehouse for business intelligence (BI) applications to consume.

References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-visually

Question 37: Skipped

You are implementing mapping data flows in Azure Data Factory to convert daily logs of taxi records into aggregated datasets. You configure a data flow and receive the error shown in the following exhibit.

  • check answer
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The Inspect tab provides a view into the metadata of the data stream that you’re transforming. You can see column counts, the columns changed, the columns added, data types, the column order, and column references. Inspect is a read-only view of your metadata. You don’t need to have debug mode enabled to see metadata in the Inspect pane. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-data-flow-overview

Question 38: Skipped

You have an Azure Databricks resource.

You need to log actions that relate to compute changes triggered by the Databricks resources.

Which Databricks services should you log?

  • DBFS
  • SSH
  • clusters
  • (Correct)
  • jobs
  • workspace

Explanation

An Azure Databricks cluster is a set of computation resources and configurations on which you run data engineering, data science, and data analytics workloads.

Incorrect Answers:

A: An Azure Databricks workspace is an environment for accessing all of your Azure Databricks assets. The workspace organizes objects (notebooks, libraries, and experiments) into folders, and provides access to data and computational resources such as clusters and jobs.

B: SSH allows you to log into Apache Spark clusters remotely.

C: Databricks File System (DBFS) is a distributed file system mounted into an Azure Databricks workspace and available on Azure Databricks clusters.

E: A job is a way of running a notebook or JAR either immediately or on a scheduled basis.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/clusters/

Question 39: Skipped

You have an Azure Storage account and an Azure SQL data warehouse in the UK South region.

You need to copy blob data from the storage account to the data warehouse by using Azure Data Factory.

The solution must meet the following requirements:

  • Ensure that the data remains in the UK South region at all times.
  • Minimize administrative effort.

Which type of integration runtime should you use?

  • Azure-SSIS integration runtime
  • Azure integration runtime
  • (Correct)
  • Self-hosted integration runtime

Explanation

Self-hosted integration runtime is to be used On-premises.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-integration-runtime

Question 40: Skipped

Correct or Incorrect : The self-hosted integration runtime is logically registered to the Azure Data Factory and the compute resource used to support its functionality as provided by you. Therefore there is an explicit location property for self-hosted IR.

  • Incorrect
  • (Correct)
  • Correct

Explanation

In Data Factory, an activity defines the action to be performed. A linked service defines a target data store or a compute service. An integration runtime provides the bridge between the activity and linked services. Self-hosted integration runtime A self-hosted integration runtime is capable of:

• Running copy activity between a cloud data stores and a data store in private network.

• Dispatching the following transform activities against compute resources in on-premises or Azure Virtual Network:

• HDInsight Hive activity (BYOC-Bring Your Own Cluster)

• HDInsight Pig activity (BYOC) • HDInsight MapReduce activity (BYOC)

• HDInsight Spark activity (BYOC) • HDInsight Streaming activity (BYOC)

• Machine Learning Batch Execution activity

• Machine Learning Update Resource activities

• Stored Procedure activity

• Data Lake Analytics U-SQL activity

• Custom activity (runs on Azure Batch) • Lookup activity

• Get Metadata activity.

The self-hosted integration runtime is logically registered to the Azure Data Factory and the compute resource used to support its functionality as provided by you. Therefore there is no explicit location property for self-hosted IR. When used to perform data movement, the self-hosted IR extracts data from the source and writes into the destination.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/create-self-hosted-integration-runtime

Question 41: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Security and infrastructure configuration go hand-in-hand. When you set up your Azure Databricks workspace(s) and related services, you need to make sure that security considerations do not take a back seat during the architecture design.When enabled, authentication automatically takes place in Azure Data Lake Storage (ADLS) from Azure Databricks clusters using the same Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) identity that one uses to log into Azure Databricks. Commands running on a configured cluster will be able to read and write data in ADLS without needing to configure service principal credentials. Any ACLs applied at the folder or file level in ADLS are enforced based on the user’s identity.ADLS Passthrough is configured when you create a cluster in the Azure Databricks workspace. On a standard cluster, when you enable this setting … [?]

  • you may set multiple user accesses to one of the Azure Active Directory (AAD) users in the Azure Databricks workspace. The additional access are required as a backup or auxiliary users.
  • you must set single user access to one of the Azure Active Directory (AAD) users in the Azure Databricks workspace.
  • (Correct)
  • you will inherit user access from the Azure Active Directory (AAD) users to the Azure Databricks workspace.
  • you must set two user accesses to one of the Azure Active Directory (AAD) users in the Azure Databricks workspace. The second is required as a backup or secondary user.

Explanation

Security and infrastructure configuration go hand-in-hand. When you set up your Azure Databricks workspace(s) and related services, you need to make sure that security considerations do not take a back seat during the architecture design. Consider isolating each workspace in its own VNet While you can deploy more than one Workspace in a VNet by keeping the associated subnet pairs separate from other workspaces, MS recommends that you should only deploy one workspace in any VNet. Doing this perfectly aligns with the ADB’s Workspace level isolation model. Most often organizations consider putting multiple workspaces in the same VNet so that they all can share some common networking resource, like DNS, also placed in the same VNet because the private address space in a VNet is shared by all resources. You can easily achieve the same while keeping the Workspaces separate by following the hub and spoke model and using VNet Peering to extend the private IP space of the workspace VNet.

https://docs.microsoft.com/azure/azure-monitor/learn/quick-collect-linux-computer https://github.com/Microsoft/OMS-Agent-for-Linux/blob/master/docs/OMS-Agent-for-Linux.md https://github.com/Microsoft/OMS-Agent-for-Linux/blob/master/docs/Troubleshooting.md

Question 42: Skipped

You build an Azure Data Factory pipeline to move data from an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container to a database in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

Data in the container is stored in the following folder structure.

  • /in/{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{HH}/{mm}

The earliest folder is /in/2021/01/01/00/00. The latest folder is /in/2021/01/15/01/45.

You need to configure a pipeline trigger to meet the following requirements:

– Existing data must be loaded.

– Data must be loaded every 30 minutes.

– Late-arriving data of up to two minutes must he included in the load for the time at which the data should have arrived.

How should you configure the pipeline trigger?

  • 2-1
  • 1-4
  • 4-3
  • (Correct)
  • 3-2

Explanation

Box 1: Tumbling window

To be able to use the Delay parameter we select Tumbling window.

Box 2: Recurrence: 30 minutes, not 32 minutes. Delay: 2 minutes.

The amount of time to delay the start of data processing for the window. The pipeline run is started after the expected execution time plus the amount of delay.

The delay defines how long the trigger waits past the due time before triggering a new run. The delay doesn’t alter the window startTime.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/how-to-create-tumbling-window-trigger

Question 43: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

You need to collect application metrics, streaming query events, and application log messages for an Azure Databrick cluster.

Which type of library and workspace should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 1-3
  • 4-1
  • 2-3

Explanation

You can send application logs and metrics from Azure Databricks to a Log Analytics workspace. It uses the Azure Databricks Monitoring Library, which is available on GitHub.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/databricks-monitoring/application-logs

Question 44: Skipped

Which is one of the possible ways to optimize a Spark Job?

  • None of the listed options
  • Use bucketing
  • (Correct)
  • Use the local cache option
  • Remove the Spark Pool
  • Remove all nodes

Explanation

The way bucketed tables are optimized is because it’s because the metadata about how it was bucketed and sorted are stored. Once you have checked the monitor tab within the Azure Synapse Studio environment, and feel that you could improve the performance of the run, you have several things to take in mind:

• Choose the data abstraction

• Use the optimal data format

• Use the cache option

• Check the memory efficiency

• Use Bucketing

• Optimize Joins and Shuffles if appropriate

• Optimize Job Execution

In order to optimize the Apache Spark Jobs in Azure Synapse Analytics, you need to take into account the cluster configuration for the workload you’re running on that cluster. You might run into challenges where memory pressure (if not configured well, like not choosing the right size of executors), long running operations and tasks that might result in Cartesian operations. If you want to speed up the jobs, you’d have to configure the appropriate caching for that task, as well as checking joins and shuffles in relation to data skew. Therefore, it is so imperative that you monitor and review Spark Job executions that are long running or resource-consuming.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/spark/apache-spark-performance

Question 45: Skipped

You have an Azure Databricks workspace named workspace1 in the Standard pricing tier.

You need to configure workspace1 to support autoscaling all-purpose clusters. The solution must meet the following requirements:

– Automatically scale down workers when the cluster is underutilized for three minutes.

– Minimize the time it takes to scale to the maximum number of workers.

– Minimize costs.

What should you do first?

  • Upgrade workspace1 to the Premium pricing tier.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a cluster policy in workspace1.
  • Enable container services for workspace1.
  • Set Cluster Mode to High Concurrency.

Explanation

For clusters running Databricks Runtime 6.4 and above, optimized autoscaling is used by all-purpose clusters in the Premium plan

Optimized autoscaling:

Scales up from min to max in 2 steps.

Can scale down even if the cluster is not idle by looking at shuffle file state.

Scales down based on a percentage of current nodes.

On job clusters, scales down if the cluster is underutilized over the last 40 seconds.

On all-purpose clusters, scales down if the cluster is underutilized over the last 150 seconds.

The spark.databricks.aggressiveWindowDownS Spark configuration property specifies in seconds how often a cluster makes down-scaling decisions. Increasing the value causes a cluster to scale down more slowly. The maximum value is 600.

Note: Standard autoscaling

Starts with adding 8 nodes. Thereafter, scales up exponentially, but can take many steps to reach the max. You can customize the first step by setting the spark.databricks.autoscaling.standardFirstStepUp Spark configuration property.

Scales down only when the cluster is completely idle and it has been underutilized for the last 10 minutes.

Scales down exponentially, starting with 1 node.

Reference:

https://docs.databricks.com/clusters/configure.html

Question 46: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Azure Storage provides a REST API to work with the containers and data stored in each account. The simplest way to handle access keys and endpoint URLs within applications is to use [?].

  • The private access key
  • The instance key
  • The account subscription key
  • Storage account connection strings
  • (Correct)
  • The REST API endpoint
  • A public access key

Explanation

Azure Storage provides a REST API to work with the containers and data stored in each account. To work with data in a storage account, your app will need two pieces of data: • Access key • REST API endpoint Security access keys Each storage account has two unique access keys that are used to secure the storage account. If your app needs to connect to multiple storage accounts, your app will require an access key for each storage account. Connection strings The simplest way to handle access keys and endpoint URLs within applications is to use storage account connection strings. A connection string provides all needed connectivity information in a single text string. Azure Storage connection strings look similar to the following example, but with the access key and account name of your specific storage account: DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName={your-storage}; AccountKey={your-access-key}; EndpointSuffix=core.windows.net https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/blob-service-rest-api

Question 47: Skipped

Data engineers use Azure Stream Analytics to process streaming data and respond to data anomalies in real time. You can use Stream Analytics for Internet of Things (IoT) monitoring, web logs, remote patient monitoring, and point of sale (POS) systems.Stream Analytics can route job output to which of the following storage systems?

  • Azure Data Lake Storage
  • All of these
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • Azure SQL Database
  • Azure Blob Storage
  • Azure Table Storage

Explanation

An Azure Stream Analytics job consists of an input, query, and an output. There are several output types to which you can send transformed data. This article lists the supported Stream Analytics outputs. When you design your Stream Analytics query, refer to the name of the output by using the INTO clause. You can use a single output per job, or multiple outputs per streaming job (if you need them) by adding multiple INTO clauses to the query. To create, edit, and test Stream Analytics job outputs, you can use the Azure portal, Azure PowerShell, .NET API, REST API, and Visual Studio. Some outputs types support partitioning, and output batch sizes vary to optimize throughput. The following table shows features that are supported for each output type: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-define-outputs

Applications, sensors, monitoring devices, and gateways broadcast continuous event data known as data streams. Streaming data is high volume and has a lighter payload than nonstreaming systems. Data engineers use Azure Stream Analytics to process streaming data and respond to data anomalies in real time. You can use Stream Analytics for Internet of Things (IoT) monitoring, web logs, remote patient monitoring, and point of sale (POS) systems. Data processing To process streaming data, set up Stream Analytics jobs with input and output pipelines. Inputs are provided by Event Hubs, IoT Hubs, or Azure Storage. Stream Analytics can route job output to many storage systems. These systems include Azure Blob, Azure SQL Database, Azure Data Lake Storage, and Azure Cosmos DB. After storing the data, run batch analytics in Azure HDInsight. Or send the output to a service like Event Hubs for consumption. Or use the Power BI streaming API to send the output to Power BI for real-time visualization.

Queries To define job transformations, use a simple, declarative Stream Analytics query language. The language should let you use simple SQL constructs to write complex temporal queries and analytics. The Stream Analytics query language is consistent with the SQL language. If you’re familiar with the SQL language, you can start creating jobs. Data security Stream Analytics handles security at the transport layer between the device and Azure IoT Hub. Streaming data is generally discarded after the windowing operations finish. Event Hubs uses a shared key to secure the data transfer. If you want to store the data, your storage device will provide security.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-introduction

Question 48: Skipped

Which of the following Azure Databricks is used for support for R, SQL, Python, Scala, and Java?

  • Spark Core API
  • (Correct)
  • GraphX
  • MLlib

Explanation

Spark Core API support for R, SQL, Python, Scala, and Java in Azure Databricks.

MLlib is the Machine Learning library consisting of common learning algorithms and utilities, including classification, regression, clustering, collaborative filtering, dimensionality reduction, as well as underlying optimization primitives.

GraphX provides graphs and graph computation for a broad scope of use cases from cognitive analytics to data exploration.

Question 49: Skipped

You are designing a statistical analysis solution that will use custom proprietary Python functions on near real-time data from Azure Event Hubs.

You need to recommend which Azure service to use to perform the statistical analysis. The solution must minimize latency.

What should you recommend?

  • Azure SQL Database
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • Azure Databricks
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Synapse Analytics

Explanation

Stream Analytics supports “extending SQL language with JavaScript and C# user-defined functions (UDFs)”. Stream Analytics does not support Python.

Azure Databricks supports near real-time data from Azure Event Hubs. And includes support for R, SQL, Python, Scala, and Java. So I will go for option B.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-introduction

Question 50: Skipped

How does Spark connect to databases like MySQL, Hive and other data stores?

  • Using the REST API Layer
  • JDBC
  • (Correct)
  • ODBC

Explanation

JDBC. JDBC stands for Java Database Connectivity, and is a Java API for connecting to databases such as MySQL, Hive, and other data stores. ODBC is not an option and the REST API Layer is not available

Question 51: Skipped

You develop a dataset named DBTBL1 by using Azure Databricks.

DBTBL1 contains the following columns:

● SensorTypeID

● GeographyRegionID

● Year

● Month

● Day

● Hour

● Minute

● Temperature

● WindSpeed

● Other

You need to store the data to support daily incremental load pipelines that vary for each GeographyRegionID. The solution must minimize storage costs.

How should you complete the code?

(Consider numbering as 1-4 for each box)

  • 4-3-4
  • 3-4-3
  • 3-2-4
  • 3-4-4
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: .partitionBy

Incorrect Answers:

– .format:

Method: format():

Arguments: “parquet”, “csv”, “txt”, “json”, “jdbc”, “orc”, “avro”, etc.

– .bucketBy:

Method: bucketBy()

Arguments: (numBuckets, col, col…, coln)

The number of buckets and names of columns to bucket by. Uses Hive’s bucketing scheme on a filesystem.

Box 2: (“Year”, “Month”, “Day”,”GeographyRegionID”)

Specify the columns on which to do the partition. Use the date columns followed by the GeographyRegionID column.

Box 3: .saveAsTable(“/DBTBL1”)

Method: saveAsTable()

Argument: “table_name”

The table to save to.

Reference:

https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/learning-spark-2nd/9781492050032/ch04.html

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/delta/delta-batch

Question 52: Skipped

You have a self-hosted integration runtime in Azure Data Factory.

The current status of the integration runtime has the following configurations:

– Status: Running

– Type: Self-Hosted

– Version: 4.4.7292.1

– Running / Registered Node(s): 1/1

– High Availability Enabled: False

– Linked Count: 0

– Queue Length: 0

– Average Queue Duration. 0.00s

The integration runtime has the following node details:

– Name: X-M

– Status: Running

– Version: 4.4.7292.1

– Available Memory: 7697MB

– CPU Utilization: 6%

– Network (In/Out): 1.21KBps/0.83KBps

– Concurrent Jobs (Running/Limit): 2/14

– Role: Dispatcher/Worker

– Credential Status: In Sync

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented.

  • 1-3
  • 3-1
  • 1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 3-3
  • 1-1
  • 2-2
  • 2-3

Explanation

Box 1: fail until the node comes back online

We see: High Availability Enabled: False

Note: Higher availability of the self-hosted integration runtime so that it’s no longer the single point of failure in your big data solution or cloud data integration with Data Factory.

Box 2: lowered

We see:

Concurrent Jobs (Running/Limit): 2/14

CPU Utilization: 6%

Note: When the processor and available RAM aren’t well utilized, but the execution of concurrent jobs reaches a node’s limits, scale up by increasing the number of concurrent jobs that a node can run

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/create-self-hosted-integration-runtime

Question 53: Skipped

You are planning a streaming data solution that will use Azure Databricks. The solution will stream sales transaction data from an online store. The solution has the following specifications:

– The output data will contain items purchased, quantity, line total sales amount, and line total tax amount.

– Line total sales amount and line total tax amount will be aggregated in Databricks.

– Sales transactions will never be updated. Instead, new rows will be added to adjust a sale.

You need to recommend an output mode for the dataset that will be processed by using Structured Streaming. The solution must minimize duplicate data.

What should you recommend?

  • Complete
  • Update
  • (Correct)
  • Append

Explanation

By default, streams run in append mode, which adds new records to the table.

Incorrect Answers:

Complete mode: replace the entire table with every batch.

Reference:

https://docs.databricks.com/delta/delta-streaming.html

Question 54: Skipped

In Azure Synapse Studio, manage integration pipelines within the Integrate hub.When you expand Pipelines you will see which of the following? (Select three)

  • Master Pipeline
  • (Correct)
  • Power BI
  • Pipeline canvas
  • (Correct)
  • Activities
  • (Correct)
  • External data sources
  • Data flows

Explanation

In Azure Synapse Studio, manage integration pipelines within the Integrate hub. If you are familiar with Azure Data Factory, then you will feel at home in this hub. The pipeline creation experience is the same as in ADF, which gives you another powerful integration built into Synapse Analytics, removing the need to use Azure Data Factory for data movement and transformation pipelines. When you expand Pipelines you will see Master Pipeline (1). Point out the Activities (2) that can be added to the pipeline, and show the pipeline canvas (3) on the right. This Synapse workspace contains 16 pipelines that enable us to orchestrate data movement and transformation steps over data from several sources. The Activities list contains many activities that you can drag and drop onto the pipeline canvas on the right. Expand a few activity categories to show what’s available, such as Notebook, Spark, and SQL pool stored procedure activities under Synapse.

https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/azure-synapse-analytics/quickly-get-started-with-azure-synapse-studio/ba-p/1961116

Question 55: Skipped

What is meant by orchestration? Select the best description.

  • None of the listed options.
  • Orchestration helps make your business more efficient by reducing or replacing human interaction with IT systems and instead using software to perform tasks in order to reduce cost, complexity, and errors.
  • Orchestration enables you to ingest the data from a data source to prepare it for transformation and/or analysis. In addition, Orchestration can fire up compute services on demand.
  • Orchestration is the automated configuration, management, and coordination of computer systems, applications, and services.
  • (Correct)
  • Orchestration typically contains the transformation logic or the analysis commands of the Azure Data Factory’s work.

Explanation

Orchestration is the automated configuration, management, and coordination of computer systems, applications, and services. Orchestration helps IT to more easily manage complex tasks and workflows. IT teams must manage many servers and applications, but doing so manually isn’t a scalable strategy. The more complex an IT system, the more complex managing all the moving parts can become. The need to combine multiple automated tasks and their configurations across groups of systems or machines increases. That’s where orchestration can help. Automation and orchestration are different, but related concepts. Automation helps make your business more efficient by reducing or replacing human interaction with IT systems and instead using software to perform tasks in order to reduce cost, complexity, and errors. https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/automation/what-is-orchestration To use an analogy, think about a symphony orchestra. The central member of the orchestra is the conductor. The conductor does not play the instruments, they simply lead the symphony members through the entire piece of music that they perform. The musicians use their own skills to produce particular sounds at various stages of the symphony, so they may only learn certain parts of the music. The conductor orchestrates the entire piece of music, and therefore is aware of the entire score that is being performed. They will also use specific arm movements that provide instructions to the musicians how a piece of music should be played. ADF can use a similar approach, whilst it has native functionality to ingest and transform data, sometimes it will instruct another service to perform the actual work required on its behalf, such as a Databricks to execute a transformation query. So, in this case, it would be Databricks that performs the work, not ADF. ADF merely orchestrates the execution of the query, and then provides the pipelines to move the data onto the next step or destination. It also provides rich visualizations to display the lineage and dependencies between your data pipelines, and monitor all your data pipelines from a single unified view to easily pinpoint issues and setup monitoring alerts. https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/industry-blog/en-gb/technetuk/2020/08/25/data-orchestration-with-azure-data-factory/

Question 56: Skipped

You can monitor all of your pipeline runs natively in the Azure Data Factory user experience. The default monitoring view is list of triggered pipeline runs in the selected time period.Correct or Incorrect : The list of pipeline and activity runs is auto refreshed every 60 seconds.To view the results of a debug run, select the Debug tab.

  • Correct
  • Incorrect
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Once you’ve created and published a pipeline in Azure Data Factory, you can associate it with a trigger or manually kick off an on-demand run. You can monitor all of your pipeline runs natively in the Azure Data Factory user experience. To open the monitoring experience, select the Monitor & Manage tile in the data factory blade of the Azure portal. If you’re already in the Azure Data Factory UX, click on the Monitor icon on the left sidebar. Monitor pipeline runs The default monitoring view is list of triggered pipeline runs in the selected time period. You can change the time range and filter by status, pipeline name, or annotation. Hover over the specific pipeline run to get run-specific actions such as rerun and the consumption report. You need to manually select the Refresh button to refresh the list of pipeline and activity runs. Autorefresh is currently not supported. To view the results of a debug run, select the Debug tab. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-using-azure-monitor

Question 57: Skipped

You have files and folders in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for an Azure Synapse workspace as shown in the following exhibit.

You create an external table named ExtTable that has LOCATION=’/topfolder/’.

When you query ExtTable by using an Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pool, which files are returned?

  • File1.csv, File2.csv, File3.csv, and File4.csv
  • File1.csv and File4.csv only
  • (Correct)
  • File2.csv and File3.csv only
  • File1.csv only

Explanation

Unlike Hadoop external tables, native external tables don’t return subfolders unless you specify /** at the end of path. In this example, if LOCATION=’/webdata/’, a serverless SQL pool query, will return rows from mydata.txt. It won’t return mydata2.txt and mydata3.txt because they’re located in a subfolder. Hadoop tables will return all files within any sub-folder.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-tables-external-tables?tabs=hadoop

Question 58: Skipped

You have two Azure Storage accounts named Storage1 and Storage2. Each account contains an Azure Data Lake Storage file system. The system has files that contain data stored in the Apache Parquet format.

You need to copy folders and files from Storage1 to Storage2 by using a Data Factory copy activity. The solution must meet the following requirements:

– No transformations must be performed.

– The original folder structure must be retained.

How should you configure the copy activity?

  • 2-3
  • (Correct)
  • 1-2
  • 3-3
  • 3-2

Explanation

Box 1: Parquet

For Parquet datasets, the type property of the copy activity source must be set to ParquetSource..

Box 2: PreserveHierarchy

PreserveHierarchy (default): Preserves the file hierarchy in the target folder. The relative path of the source file to the source folder is identical to the relative path of the target file to the target folder.

Incorrect Answers:

FlattenHierarchy: All files from the source folder are in the first level of the target folder. The target files have autogenerated names. MergeFiles: Merges all files from the source folder to one file. If the file name is specified, the merged file name is the specified name. Otherwise, it’s an autogenerated file name.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/format-parquet

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-azure-data-lake-storage

Question 59: Skipped

Your company plans to create an event processing engine to handle streaming data from Twitter.

The data engineering team uses Azure Event Hubs to ingest the streaming data.

You need to implement a solution that uses Azure Databricks to receive the streaming data from the Azure Event Hubs.

Which three actions should you recommend be performed in sequence?

  • B-C-D
  • F-A-B
  • A-B-C
  • E-F-A
  • (Correct)
  • C-D-E
  • D-E-F

Explanation

Step 1: Deploy the Azure Databricks service

Create an Azure Databricks workspace by setting up an Azure Databricks Service.

Step 2: Deploy a Spark cluster and then attach the required libraries to the cluster.

To create a Spark cluster in Databricks, in the Azure portal, go to the Databricks workspace that you created, and then select Launch Workspace.

Attach libraries to Spark cluster: you use the Twitter APIs to send tweets to Event Hubs. You also use the Apache Spark Event Hubs connector to read and write data into Azure Event Hubs. To use these APIs as part of your cluster, add them as libraries to Azure Databricks and associate them with your Spark cluster.

Step 3: Create and configure a Notebook that consumes the streaming data.

You create a notebook named ReadTweetsFromEventhub in Databricks workspace. ReadTweetsFromEventHub is a consumer notebook you use to read the tweets from Event Hubs.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-databricks/databricks-stream-from-eventhubs

Question 60: Skipped

Azure Synapse Pipelines is the cloud-based ETL and data integration service that allows you to create data-driven workflows for orchestrating data movement and transforming data at scale.Azure Synapse Pipelines enables you to integrate data pipelines between which of the following? (Select all that apply)

  • Spark Pools
  • (Correct)
  • SQL Pools
  • (Correct)
  • Cosmos Serverless
  • Cosmos Pools
  • SQL Serverless
  • (Correct)
  • Hadoop Pools

Explanation

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-partner-data-integration

Question 61: Skipped

You are developing a solution using a Lambda architecture on Microsoft Azure.

The data at rest layer must meet the following requirements:

Data storage:

– Serve as a repository for high volumes of large files in various formats.

– Implement optimized storage for big data analytics workloads.

– Ensure that data can be organized using a hierarchical structure.

Batch processing:

– Use a managed solution for in-memory computation processing.

– Natively support Scala, Python, and R programming languages.

Provide the ability to resize and terminate the cluster automatically.

Analytical data store:

– Support parallel processing.

– Use columnar storage.

– Support SQL-based languages.

You need to identify the correct technologies to build the Lambda architecture.

Which technologies should you use?

  • D-A-B
  • (Correct)
  • C-A-B
  • B-A-D
  • A-B-C
  • A-C-D

Explanation

Data storage: Azure Data Lake Store

A key mechanism that allows Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 to provide file system performance at object storage scale and prices is the addition of a hierarchical namespace. This allows the collection of objects/files within an account to be organized into a hierarchy of directories and nested subdirectories in the same way that the file system on your computer is organized. With the hierarchical namespace enabled, a storage account becomes capable of providing the scalability and cost-effectiveness of object storage, with file system semantics that are familiar to analytics engines and frameworks.

Batch processing: HD Insight Spark

Aparch Spark is an open-source, parallel-processing framework that supports in-memory processing to boost the performance of big-data analysis applications.

HDInsight is a managed Hadoop service. Use it deploy and manage Hadoop clusters in Azure. For batch processing, you can use Spark, Hive, Hive LLAP, MapReduce.

Languages: R, Python, Java, Scala, SQL

Analytic data store: SQL Data Warehouse

SQL Data Warehouse is a cloud-based Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) that uses Massively Parallel Processing (MPP).

SQL Data Warehouse stores data into relational tables with columnar storage.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/data-lake-storage-namespace

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/data-guide/technology-choices/batch-processing

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-overview-what-is

Question 62: Skipped

You are planning a solution to aggregate streaming data that originates in Apache Kafka and is output to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2. The developers who will implement the stream processing solution use Java.

Which service should you recommend using to process the streaming data?

  • Azure Event Hubs
  • Azure Data Factory
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • Azure Databricks
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/data-guide/technology-choices/stream-processing

Question 63: Skipped

You are a data engineer implementing a lambda architecture on Microsoft Azure. You use an open-source big data solution to collect, process, and maintain data. The analytical data store performs poorly.

You must implement a solution that meets the following requirements:

  • Provide data warehousing
  • Reduce ongoing management activities
  • Deliver SQL query responses in less than one second

You need to create an HDInsight cluster to meet the requirements.

Which type of cluster should you create?

  • Interactive Query
  • Apache Hadoop
  • Apache Spark
  • (Correct)
  • Apache HBase

Explanation

Lambda Architecture with Azure:

Azure offers you a combination of following technologies to accelerate real-time big data analytics:

1. Azure Cosmos DB, a globally distributed and multi-model database service.

2. Apache Spark for Azure HDInsight, a processing framework that runs large-scale data analytics applications.

3. Azure Cosmos DB change feed, which streams new data to the batch layer for HDInsight to process.

4. The Spark to Azure Cosmos DB Connector

Note: Lambda architecture is a data-processing architecture designed to handle massive quantities of data by taking advantage of both batch processing and stream processing methods, and minimizing the latency involved in querying big data.

References:

https://sqlwithmanoj.com/2018/02/16/what-is-lambda-architecture-and-what-azure-offers-with-its-new-cosmos-db/

Question 64: Skipped

In Azure Synapse Studio, where would you view the contents of the primary data lake store?

  • In the workspace tab of the Integrate hub.
  • In the linked tab of the Data tab.
    (Correct)
  • None of the listed options.
  • In the Integration section of the Monitor hub.
  • In the workspace tab of the Data hub.
  • In the linked tab of the Data tab.
  • (Correct)
  • In the workspace tab of the Integrate hub.
  • In the workspace tab of the Data hub.
  • In the Integration section of the Monitor hub.
  • None of the listed options.

Explanation

The linked tab of the data hub is where you can view the contents of the primary data lake store. In Azure Synapse Studio, the Data hub is where you access your provisioned SQL pool databases and SQL serverless databases in your workspace, as well as external data sources, such as storage accounts and other linked services. Every Synapse workspace has a primary ADLS Gen2 account associated with it. This serves as the data lake, which is a great place to store flat files, such as files copied over from on-premises data stores, exported data or data copied directly from external services and applications, telemetry data, etc. Everything is in one place. The file explorer capabilities allow you to quickly find files and perform actions on them, like preview file contents, generate new SQL scripts or notebooks to access the file, create a new data flow or dataset, and manage the file.

Quickly get started with samples in Azure Synapse Analytics

Question 65: Skipped

You have an Azure Databricks resource.

You need to log actions that relate to changes in compute for the Databricks resource.

Which Databricks services should you log?

  • SSH
  • workspace
  • DBFS
  • clusters
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Workspace logs does not have any cluster related resource change. In general, all logs are belongs to workspace-level audit log if you check the title of the table. But if you check in details, cluster related logs belongs to clusters part.

Reference:

https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html#workspace-level-audit-log-events

Question 66: Skipped

You are creating dimensions for a data warehouse in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You create a table by using the Transact-SQL statement shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

  • 2-2
  • 1-2
  • 3-2
  • 3-3
  • 1-1
  • 2-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

“In data warehousing, IDENTITY functionality is particularly important as it makes easier the creation of surrogate keys.”

Why ProductKey is certainly not a business key: “The IDENTITY value in Synapse is not guaranteed to be unique if the user explicitly inserts a duplicate value with ‘SET IDENTITY_INSERT ON’ or reseeds IDENTITY”. Business key is an index which identifies uniqueness of a row and here Microsoft says that identity doesn’t guarantee uniqueness.

References:

Identity now available in SQL Data Warehouse

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-identity

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/populate-slowly-changing-dimensions-azure-synapse-analytics-pipelines/3-choose-between-dimension-types

Question 67: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account.

You plan to implement changes to a data storage solution to meet regulatory and compliance standards.

Every day, Azure needs to identify and delete blobs that were NOT modified during the last 100 days.

Solution: You schedule an Azure Data Factory pipeline with a delete activity.

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can use the Delete Activity in Azure Data Factory to delete files or folders from on-premises storage stores or cloud storage stores.

Azure Blob storage is supported.

Note: You can also apply an Azure Blob storage lifecycle policy.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/delete-activity

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-lifecycle-management-concepts?tabs=azure-portal

Question 68: Skipped

Before we can create an Azure Cosmos DB container with an analytical store, we must first enable Azure Synapse Link on the Azure Cosmos DB account.Correct or Incorrect : You cannot disable the Synapse Link feature once it is enabled on the account.

  • Correct
  • (Correct)
  • Incorrect

Explanation

Before we can create an Azure Cosmos DB container with an analytical store, we must first enable Azure Synapse Link on the Azure Cosmos DB account. You cannot disable the Synapse Link feature once it is enabled on the account. Enabling Synapse Link on the account has no billing implications until containers are created with the analytical store enabled. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/analytical-store-introduction If you need to turn off the Synapse Link capability, you have 2 options. • The first one is to delete and re-create a new Azure Cosmos DB account, migrating the data if necessary. • The second option is to open a support ticket, to get help on a data migration to another account. Deleting the Azure Cosmos DB account with disable and remove Azure Synapse Link. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/synapse-link-frequently-asked-questions

Question 69: Skipped

In Data Factory, an Activity defines the action to be performed. A Linked Service defines a target data store or a compute service. An Integration Runtime (IR) provides the bridge between the Activity and Linked Services.In order to make use of the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime, it is assumed that there is SSIS Catalog (SSISDB) deployed on a SQL Server SSIS instance. With that prerequisite met, the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime is capable of lifting and shifting existing SSIS workloadsDuring the provisioning of the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime, which are the options that must be specified? (Select all that apply)

  • IP address(es) of the nodes
  • Maximum parallel executions per node
  • (Correct)
  • Database (SSISDB) along with the service tier for the database
  • (Correct)
  • Private Link parameters
  • Existing instance of Azure SQL Database to host the SSIS Catalog
  • (Correct)
  • Node size
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Integration Runtime In Data Factory, an Activity defines the action to be performed. A Linked Service defines a target data store or a compute service. An Integration Runtime (IR) provides the bridge between the Activity and Linked Services. Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime To lift and shift existing SSIS workload, you can create an Azure-SSIS IR to natively execute SSIS packages. Selecting the right location for your Azure-SSIS IR is essential to achieve high performance in your extract-transform-load (ETL) workflows.

• The location of your Azure-SSIS IR does not need to be the same as the location of your data factory, but it should be the same as the location of your own Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server where SSISDB is to be hosted. This way, your Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime can easily access SSISDB without incurring excessive traffics between different locations.

• If you do not have an existing Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server to host SSISDB, but you have on-premises data sources/destinations, you should create a new Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server in the same location of a virtual network connected to your on-premises network. This way, you can create your Azure-SSIS IR using the new Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server and joining that virtual network, all in the same location, effectively minimizing data movements across different locations.

• If the location of your existing Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server where SSISDB is hosted is not the same as the location of a virtual network connected to your on-premises network, first create your Azure-SSIS IR using an existing Azure SQL Database or Azure SQL Database managed instance server and joining another virtual network in the same location, and then configure a virtual network to virtual network connection between different locations. In order to make use of the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime, it is assumed that there is SSIS Catalog (SSISDB) deployed on a SQL Server SSIS instance. With that prerequisite met, the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime is capable of lifting and shifting existing SSIS workloads During the provisioning of the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime, you specify the following options:

• The node size (including the number of cores) and the number of nodes in the cluster.

• The existing instance of Azure SQL Database to host the SSIS Catalog Database (SSISDB), and the service tier for the database.

• The maximum parallel executions per node. With the Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime enabled, you are able to manage, monitor, and schedule SSIS packages using tools such as SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) or SQL Server Data Tools (SSDT).

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-integration-runtime

Question 70: Skipped

Scenario: You have started at a new job within a company which has a Data Lake Storage Gen2 account. You have been tasked with moving of files from Amazon S3 to Azure Data Lake Storage.Which tool should you choose?

  • Azure Storage Explorer
  • Azure Data Catalog
  • Azure Data Factory
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Data Studio
  • Azure Portal

Explanation

Azure Data Factory provides a performant, robust, and cost-effective mechanism to migrate data at scale from Amazon S3 to Azure Blob Storage or Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2. The picture above illustrates how you can achieve great data movement speeds through different levels of parallelism:

• A single copy activity can take advantage of scalable compute resources: when using Azure Integration Runtime, you can specify up to 256 DIUs for each copy activity in a serverless manner; when using self-hosted Integration Runtime, you can manually scale up the machine or scale out to multiple machines (up to 4 nodes), and a single copy activity will partition its file set across all nodes.

• A single copy activity reads from and writes to the data store using multiple threads.

• ADF control flow can start multiple copy activities in parallel, for example using For Each loop.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/data-migration-guidance-s3-azure-storage

Question 1: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory instance that contains two pipelines named Pipeline1 and Pipeline2.

Pipeline1 has the activities shown in the following exhibit.

Pipeline2 has the activities shown in the following exhibit.

You execute Pipeline2, and Stored procedure1 in Pipeline1 fails.

What is the status of the pipeline runs?

  • Pipeline1 failed and Pipeline2 succeeded.
  • Pipeline1 succeeded and Pipeline2 failed.
  • Pipeline1 and Pipeline2 succeeded.
  • (Correct)
  • Pipeline1 and Pipeline2 failed.

Explanation

Activities are linked together via dependencies. A dependency has a condition of one of the following: Succeeded, Failed, Skipped, or Completed.

Consider Pipeline1:

If we have a pipeline with two activities where Activity2 has a failure dependency on Activity1, the pipeline will not fail just because Activity1 failed. If Activity1 fails and Activity2 succeeds, the pipeline will succeed. This scenario is treated as a try-catch block by Data Factory.

The failure dependency means this pipeline reports success.

Note:

If we have a pipeline containing Activity1 and Activity2, and Activity2 has a success dependency on Activity1, it will only execute if Activity1 is successful. In this scenario, if Activity1 fails, the pipeline will fail.

The trick is the fact that pipeline 1 only has a Failure dependency between de activity’s. In this situation this results in a Succeeded pipeline if the Stored procedure failed. If also the success connection was linked to a follow up activity, and the SP would fail, the pipeline would be indeed marked as failed.

Reference:

https://datasavvy.me/category/azure-data-factory/

Question 2: Skipped

You have a table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The table was created by using the following Transact-SQL statement.

You need to alter the table to meet the following requirements:

● Ensure that users can identify the current manager of employees.

● Support creating an employee reporting hierarchy for your entire company.

● Provide fast lookup of the managers’ attributes such as name and job title.

Which column should you add to the table?

  • [ManagerName] [varchar](200) NULL
  • [ManagerEmployeeKey] [int] NULL
  • (Correct)
  • [ManagerEmployeeID] [smallint] NULL
  • [ManagerEmployeeKey] [smallint] NULL

Explanation

We need an extra column to identify the Manager. Use the data type as the EmployeeKey column, an int column.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/analysis-services/tabular-models/hierarchies-ssas-tabular

Question 3: Skipped

You build a data warehouse in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

Analysts write a complex SELECT query that contains multiple JOIN and CASE statements to transform data for use in inventory reports. The inventory reports will use the data and additional WHERE parameters depending on the report. The reports will be produced once daily.

You need to implement a solution to make the dataset available for the reports. The solution must minimize query times.

What should you implement?

  • an ordered clustered columnstore index
  • a materialized view
  • (Correct)
  • a replicated table
  • result set caching

Explanation

Materialized views for dedicated SQL pools in Azure Synapse provide a low maintenance method for complex analytical queries to get fast performance without any query change.

Incorrect Answers:

C: One daily execution does not make use of result cache caching.

Note: When result set caching is enabled, dedicated SQL pool automatically caches query results in the user database for repetitive use. This allows subsequent query executions to get results directly from the persisted cache so recomputation is not needed. Result set caching improves query performance and reduces compute resource usage. In addition, queries using cached results set do not use any concurrency slots and thus do not count against existing concurrency limits.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/performance-tuning-materialized-views

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/performance-tuning-result-set-caching

Question 4: Skipped

You have a Microsoft SQL Server database that uses a third normal form schema.

You plan to migrate the data in the database to a star schema in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You need to design the dimension tables. The solution must optimize read operations.

What should you include in the solution?

  • 2-3
  • 3-1
  • (Correct)
  • 2-1
  • 1-3

Explanation

Box 1: Denormalize to a second normal form

Denormalization is the process of transforming higher normal forms to lower normal forms via storing the join of higher normal form relations as a base relation.

Denormalization increases the performance in data retrieval at cost of bringing update anomalies to a database.

Box 2: New identity columns

The collapsing relations strategy can be used in this step to collapse classification entities into component entities to obtain flat dimension tables with single-part keys that connect directly to the fact table. The single-part key is a surrogate key generated to ensure it remains unique over time.

Example:

Note: A surrogate key on a table is a column with a unique identifier for each row. The key is not generated from the table data. Data modelers like to create surrogate keys on their tables when they design data warehouse models. You can use the IDENTITY property to achieve this goal simply and effectively without affecting load performance.

Reference:

https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/5614/explore-the-role-of-normal-forms-in-dimensional-modeling/

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-identity

Question 5: Skipped

How long is the Recovery Point Objective for Azure Synapse Analytics?

  • 4 hours
  • 16 hours
  • 8 hours
  • (Correct)
  • 12 hours

Explanation

Azure Synapse Analytics has a Recovery Point Objective of 8 hours.

Question 6: Skipped

Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. Eddie has hired you as an expert consultant for Azure projects and you are holding a workgroup session with the team.Which of the following would you use to explain a Tumbling window?

  • A windowing function that distributes events that arrive at similar times, filtering out periods of time in which there is no data.
  • A windowing function that segment a data stream into a contiguous series of fixed-size, non-overlapping time segments and operate against them. Events cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.
    (Correct)
  • A windowing function that groups events by identical timestamp values.
  • A windowing function that clusters together events that arrive at similar times, filtering out periods of time in which there is no data.
  • A windowing function that segment a data stream into a contiguous series of fixed-size, non-overlapping time segments and operate against them. Events cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.
  • (Correct)
  • A windowing function that distributes events that arrive at similar times, filtering out periods of time in which there is no data.
  • A windowing function that groups events by identical timestamp values.
  • A windowing function that clusters together events that arrive at similar times, filtering out periods of time in which there is no data.

Explanation

Tumbling window functions segment a data stream into a contiguous series of fixed-size, non-overlapping time segments and operate against them. Azure Stream Analytics, the recommended service for stream analytics on Azure, easily integrates with your applications and connected devices and sensors to transform streaming data. The process of consuming data streams, analyzing them, and deriving actionable insights is called stream processing. You can transform streaming data using the SQL-like Stream Analytics Query Language to perform temporal and other aggregations against a data stream to gain insights. Streaming data inputs include Azure Event Hubs and IoT Hub. And static data held in Blob storage can also be processed using Stream Analytics jobs. Stream processing refers to the continuous ingestion, transformation, and analysis of data streams generated by applications, IoT devices and sensors, and other sources to derive actionable insights in near-real-time. Data stream analysis frequently involves using temporal operations, such as windowed aggregates, temporal joins, and temporal analytic functions to measure changes or differences over time.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-introduction

Question 7: Skipped

You are implementing a batch dataset in the Parquet format.

Data files will be produced be using Azure Data Factory and stored in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2. The files will be consumed by an Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pool.

You need to minimize storage costs for the solution.

What should you do?

  • Use OPENROWSET to query the Parquet files.
  • Store all data as string in the Parquet files.
  • Create an external table that contains a subset of columns from the Parquet files.
  • (Correct)
  • Use Snappy compression for files.

Explanation

An external table points to data located in Hadoop, Azure Storage blob, or Azure Data Lake Storage. External tables are used to read data from files or write data to files in Azure Storage. With Synapse SQL, you can use external tables to read external data using dedicated SQL pool or serverless SQL pool.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-tables-external-tables

Question 8: Skipped

You are building an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that will contain a fact table for transactions from the first half of the year 2020.

You need to ensure that the table meets the following requirements:

● Minimizes the processing time to delete data that is older than 10 years

● Minimizes the I/O for queries that use year-to-date values

How should you complete the Transact-SQL statement?

  • 1-1
  • 2-3
  • 1-3
  • 3-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: PARTITION

RANGE RIGHT FOR VALUES is used with PARTITION.

Box 2: [TransactionDateID]

Partition on the date column.

Example: Creating a RANGE RIGHT partition function on a datetime column

The following partition function partitions a table or index into 12 partitions, one for each month of a year’s worth of values in a datetime column.

CREATE PARTITION FUNCTION [myDateRangePF1] (datetime)

AS RANGE RIGHT FOR VALUES (‘20030201’, ‘20030301’, ‘20030401’,

‘20030501’, ‘20030601’, ‘20030701’, ‘20030801’,

‘20030901’, ‘20031001’, ‘20031101’, ‘20031201’);

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-partition-function-transact-sql

Question 9: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

You have an Azure Data Factory pipeline that has the activities shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • Box 1: succeed
  • Box 2: failed
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1: succeed
  • Box 2: Canceled
  • Box 1: failed
  • Box 2: succeed
  • Box 1: failed
  • Box 2: failed
  • Box 1: succeed
  • Box 2: succeed

Explanation

Example:

Now let’s say we have a pipeline with 3 activities, where Activity1 has a success path to Activity2 and a failure path to Activity3. If Activity1 fails and Activity3 succeeds, the pipeline will fail. The presence of the success path alongside the failure path changes the outcome reported by the pipeline, even though the activity executions from the pipeline are the same as the previous scenario.

Activity1 fails, Activity2 is skipped, and Activity3 succeeds. The pipeline reports failure.

Reference:

https://datasavvy.me/2021/02/18/azure-data-factory-activity-failures-and-pipeline-outcomes/

Question 10: Skipped

Azure Cosmos DB is a globally distributed, multimodel database. Which of the following can be used to deploy it?

  • MongoDB API
    (Correct)
  • Cassandra API
    (Correct)
  • SQL API
    (Correct)
  • T-SQL API
  • Gremlin API
    (Correct)
  • Table API
    (Correct)
  • T-SQL API
  • Table API
  • (Correct)
  • MongoDB API
  • (Correct)
  • SQL API
  • (Correct)
  • Cassandra API
  • (Correct)
  • Gremlin API
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Cosmos DB is a globally distributed, multimodel database. You can deploy it by using several API models:

• SQL API

• MongoDB API

• Cassandra API

• Gremlin API

• Table API

Because of the multimodel architecture of Azure Cosmos DB, you benefit from each model’s inherent capabilities. For example, you can use MongoDB for semistructured data, Cassandra for wide columns, or Gremlin for graph databases. When you move your data from SQL, MongoDB, or Cassandra to Azure Cosmos DB, applications that are built using the SQL, MongoDB, or Cassandra APIs will continue to operate.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/faq

Question 11: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Azure Databricks is a fully-managed, cloud-based Big Data and Machine Learning platform, which empowers developers to accelerate AI and innovation by simplifying the process of building enterprise-grade production data applications. Built as a joint effort by Databricks and Microsoft, Azure Databricks provides data science and engineering teams with a single platform for Big Data processing and Machine Learning.By combining the power of Databricks, an end-to-end, managed Apache Spark platform optimized for the cloud, with the enterprise scale and security of Microsoft’s Azure platform, Azure Databricks makes it simple to run large-scale Spark workloads.Internally, [?] is used to run the Azure Databricks control-plane and data-planes via containers running on the latest generation of Azure hardware (Dv3 VMs), with NvMe SSDs capable of blazing 100us latency on IO.

  • Azure Database Services
  • Azure Kubernetes Service
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Machine Learning Studio
  • Azure VNet Peering

Question 12: Skipped

Scenario: Pym Tech is a U.S. based Technology manufacturer headed by Hank Pym. Their headquarters is located at Treasure Island, San Francisco California and business is booming.The expansion plans are underway which have presented several IT challenges which Hank has contracted you to advise his IT staff on.At the moment, the topic is examination of the pipeline failures in the company’s Azure data factory from the last 60 days.Which of the following should you recommend Hank to use?

  • Azure Monitor
  • (Correct)
  • The Resource health blade for the Data Factory resource
  • The Monitor & Manage app in Data Factory
  • The Activity log blade for the Data Factory resource

Explanation

You should recommend Hank to use Data Factory stores pipeline-run data for only 45 days. They should use Azure Monitor if Hank wants to keep that data for a longer time. Monitor and Alert Data Factory by using Azure Monitor Cloud applications are complex and have many moving parts. Monitors provide data to help ensure that your applications stay up and running in a healthy state. Monitors also help you avoid potential problems and troubleshoot past ones. You can use monitoring data to gain deep insights about your applications. This knowledge helps you improve application performance and maintainability. It also helps you automate actions that otherwise require manual intervention. Azure Monitor provides base-level infrastructure metrics and logs for most Azure services. Azure diagnostic logs are emitted by a resource and provide rich, frequent data about the operation of that resource. Azure Data Factory (ADF) can write diagnostic logs in Azure Monitor.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-using-azure-monitor https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/videoplayer/embed/RE4qXeL

Question 13: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Data Factory pipeline that will include a mapping data flow.

You have JSON data containing objects that have nested arrays.

You need to transform the JSON-formatted data into a tabular dataset. The dataset must have one row for each item in the arrays.

Which transformation method should you use in the mapping data flow?

  • alter row
  • flatten
  • (Correct)
  • new branch
  • unpivot

Explanation

Use the flatten transformation to take array values inside hierarchical structures such as JSON and unroll them into individual rows. This process is known as denormalization.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/data-flow-flatten

Question 14: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Azure Data Factory provides a variety of methods for ingesting data, and also provides a range of methods to perform transformations.These methods are:• Mapping Data Flows• Compute Resources• SSIS PackagesMapping Data Flows provides a number of different transformations types that enable you to modify data. They are broken down into the following categories:• Schema modifier transformations• Row modifier transformations• Multiple inputs/outputs transformationsSome of the transformations that you can define have a(n) [?] that will enable you to customize the functionality of a transformation using columns, fields, variables, parameters, functions from your data flow in these boxes. To build the expression, use the [?], which is launched by clicking in the expression text box inside the transformation. You’ll also sometimes see “Computed Column” options when selecting columns for transformation.

  • Data Expression Orchestrator
  • Wrangling Data Flow
  • Data Flow Expression Builder
    (Correct)
  • Data Stream Expression Builder
  • Mapping Data Flow
  • Data Expression Script Builder
  • Data Stream Expression Builder
  • Data Expression Orchestrator
  • Mapping Data Flow
  • Wrangling Data Flow
  • Data Flow Expression Builder
  • (Correct)
  • Data Expression Script Builder

Explanation

Just as Azure Data Factory provides a variety of methods for ingesting data, it also provides a range of methods to perform transformations. You can pick a method that matches the skillsets of your team or takes advantage of existing technologies that you already have in your data estate. There is also the opportunity to perform transformations without writing code at all using the Mapping Data Flow. Transforming data using Mapping Data Flow Mapping Data Flows provide an environment for building a wide range of data transformations visually without the need to use code.

The resulting data flows that are created are subsequently executed on scaled-out Apache Spark clusters that are automatically provisioned when you execute the Mapping Data Flow. Mapping Data Flows also provides the capability to monitor the execution of the transformations so that you can view how the transformations are progressing, or to understand any errors that may occur Mapping Data Flows provides a number of different transformations types that enable you to modify data. They are broken down into the following categories:

• Schema modifier transformations

• Row modifier transformations

• Multiple inputs/outputs transformations

Data Flow Expression Builder Some of the transformations that you can define have a Data Flow Expression Builder that will enable you to customize the functionality of a transformation using columns, fields, variables, parameters, functions from your data flow in these boxes. To build the expression, use the Expression Builder, which is launched by clicking in the expression text box inside the transformation. You’ll also sometimes see “Computed Column” options when selecting columns for transformation. When you click that, you’ll also see the Expression Builder launched. The Expression Builder tool defaults to the text editor option. the auto-complete feature reads from the entire Azure Data Factory Data Flow object model with syntax checking and highlighting.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/transform-data

Question 15: Skipped

Scenario: You are working in an Azure Databricks workspace and you want to filter by a productType column where the value is equal to book.Which command meets the requirement by specifing a column value in a DataFrame’s filter?

  • df.filter(“productType = ‘book'”)
  • df.filter(col(“productType”) == “book”)
  • (Correct)
  • df.col(“productType”).filter(“book”)
  • df.filter(“productType == ‘book'”)

Explanation

The df.filter(col(“productType”) == “book”) approach is the correct way to apply the filter, by using the Column Class.

https://docs.databricks.com/spark/latest/dataframes-datasets/introduction-to-dataframes-python.html

Question 16: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You need to ensure that data in the pool is encrypted at rest. The solution must NOT require modifying applications that query the data.

What should you do?

  • Enable encryption at rest for the Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.
  • Create an Azure key vault in the Azure subscription grant access to the pool.
  • Use a customer-managed key to enable double encryption for the Azure Synapse workspace.
  • Enable Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) for the pool.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) helps protect against the threat of malicious activity by encrypting and decrypting your data at rest. When you encrypt your database, associated backups and transaction log files are encrypted without requiring any changes to your applications. TDE encrypts the storage of an entire database by using a symmetric key called the database encryption key.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-overview-manage-security

Question 17: Skipped

What is the default port for connecting to an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics?

  • TCP port 1433
  • (Correct)
  • TCP port 1344
  • UDP port 1433

Explanation

The default port for connecting to an Azure Synapse Analytics is TCP port 1433.

Question 18: Skipped

You are designing an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics that will contain a table named Customers. Customers will contain credit card information.

You need to recommend a solution to provide salespeople with the ability to view all the entries in Customers. The solution must prevent all the salespeople from viewing or inferring the credit card information.

What should you include in the recommendation?

  • Always Encrypted
  • (Correct)
  • data masking
  • column-level security
  • row-level security

Explanation

“Column-level security simplifies the design and coding of security in your application, allowing you to restrict column access to protect sensitive data. ”

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/column-level-security

Question 19: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

A company plans to develop solutions to perform batch processing of multiple sets of geospatial data.

You need to implement the solutions.

Which Azure services should you use? To answer, select the appropriate configuration in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 1-2-1
  • 2-3-4
  • 1-3-4
  • 1-2-3
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: HDInsight Tools for Visual Studio

Azure HDInsight Tools for Visual Studio Code is an extension in the Visual Studio Code Marketplace for developing Hive Interactive Query, Hive Batch Job and PySpark Job against Microsoft HDInsight.

Box 2: Hive View

You can use Apache Ambari Hive View with Apache Hadoop in HDInsight. The Hive View allows you to author, optimize, and run Hive queries from your web browser.

Box 3: HDInsight REST API

Azure HDInsight REST APIs are used to create and manage HDInsight resources through Azure Resource Manager.

References:

https://visualstudiomagazine.com/articles/2019/01/25/vscode-hdinsight.aspx

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/hdinsight/hadoop/apache-hadoop-use-hive-ambari-view

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/hdinsight/

Question 20: Skipped

You configure version control for an Azure Data Factory instance as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

  • Box 1: Parameterization template
  • Box 2: / dwh_batchetl/adf_publish/contososales
  • Box 1: adf_publish
  • Box 2: contososales
  • Box 1: adf_publish
  • Box 2: /main
  • Box 1: adf_publish
  • Box 2: / dwh_batchetl/adf_publish/contososales
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: adf_publish

The Publish branch is the branch in your repository where publishing related ARM templates are stored and updated. By default, it’s adf_publish.

Box 2: / dwh_batchetl/adf_publish/contososales

Note: RepositoryName (here dwh_batchetl): Your Azure Repos code repository name. Azure Repos projects contain Git repositories to manage your source code as your project grows. You can create a new repository or use an existing repository that’s already in your project.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/source-control

Question 21: Skipped

You are designing a slowly changing dimension (SCD) for supplier data in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You plan to keep a record of changes to the available fields.

The supplier data contains the following columns.

Which three additional columns should you add to the data to create a Type 2

  • business key
  • effective end date
  • (Correct)
  • surrogate primary key
  • (Correct)
  • effective start date
  • (Correct)
  • foreign key
  • last modified date

Explanation

A type 2 SCD requires a surrogate key to uniquely identify each record when versioning. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/populate-slowly-changing-dimensions-azure-synapse-analytics-pipelines/3-choose-between-dimension-types

under SCD Type 2 “ the dimension table must use a surrogate key to provide a unique reference to a version of the dimension member.” A business key is already part of this table – SupplierSystemID. The column is derived from the source data.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/integration-services/data-flow/transformations/slowly-changing-dimension-transformation

Question 22: Skipped

You have a partitioned table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. You need to design queries to maximize the benefits of partition elimination. What should you include in the Transact-SQL queries?

  • DISTINCT
  • JOIN
  • WHERE
  • (Correct)
  • GROUP BY

Explanation

When you add the “WHERE” clause to your T-SQL query it allows the query optimizer accesses only the relevant partitions to satisfy the filter criteria of the query – which is what partition elimination is all about.

Question 23: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool named Pool1. Pool1 contains a partitioned fact table named dbo.Sales and a staging table named stg.Sales that has the matching table and partition definitions.

You need to overwrite the content of the first partition in dbo.Sales with the content of the same partition in stg.Sales. The solution must minimize load times.

What should you do?

  • Switch the first partition from stg.Sales to dbo.Sales.
  • (Correct)
  • Switch the first partition from dbo.Sales to stg.Sales.
  • Update dbo.Sales from stg.Sales.
  • Insert the data from stg.Sales into dbo.Sales.

Explanation

Since the need is to overwrite dbo.Sales with the content of stg.Sales. SWITCH source TO target

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/best-practices-dedicated-sql-pool

Question 24: Skipped

Setting Global parameters in an Azure Data Factory pipeline, allows you to use constants for consumption in pipeline expressions.If you have created a data flow in which you have set parameters, it is possible to execute it from a pipeline using the Execute Data Flow Activity. Once you have added the activity to the pipeline canvas, you’ll find the data flow parameters in the activity’s Parameters tab.Is it possible to combine the pipeline and data flow expression parameters while mapping dataflow?

  • Correct
  • (Correct)
  • Incorrect

Explanation

Global parameters in Azure Data Factory Setting Global parameters in an Azure Data Factory pipeline, allows you to use constants for consumption in pipeline expressions. A use-case for setting global parameters is when you have multiple pipelines where the parameters names and values are identical. If you use the continuous integration and deployment process with Azure Data Factory, the global parameters can be overridden if you wish so, for each and every environment that you have created. Using global parameters in a pipeline When using global parameters in a pipeline in Azure Data Factory, it is mostly referenced in pipeline expressions. For example, if a pipeline references to a resource like a dataset or data flow, you can pass down the global parameter value through the resource parameter.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/parameterize-linked-services

Question 25: Skipped

You have an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Using PolyBase, you create an external table named [Ext].[Items] to query Parquet files stored in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 without importing the data to the data warehouse.

The external table has three columns.

You discover that the Parquet files have a fourth column named ItemID.

Which command should you run to add the ItemID column to the external table?

A.

B.

C.

D.

  • C
  • (Correct)
  • D
  • B
  • A

Explanation

Incorrect Answers:

A, D: Only these Data Definition Language (DDL) statements are allowed on external tables:

✑ CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE

✑ CREATE STATISTICS and DROP STATISTICS

✑ CREATE VIEW and DROP VIEW

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-external-table-transact-sql

Question 26: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Azure Synapse Analytics can work by acting as the one stop shop to meet all of your analytical needs in an integrated environment.You can develop big data engineering and machine learning solutions using [?]. You can take advantage of the big data computation engine to deal with complex compute transformations that would take too long in a data warehouse.

  • Azure Synapse Pipelines
  • Azure Synapse SQL
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • Azure Synapse Link
  • Apache Spark for Azure Synapse
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Synapse Analytics can work by acting as the one stop shop to meet all of your analytical needs in an integrated environment. It does this by providing the following capabilities: Analytics capabilities offered through Azure Synapse SQL through either dedicated SQL pools or SQL Serverless pools Azure Synapse SQL is a distributed query system that enables you to implement data warehousing and data virtualization scenarios using standard T-SQL experiences familiar to data engineers. Synapse SQL offers both serverless and dedicated resource models to work with both descriptive and diagnostic analytical scenarios. For predictable performance and cost, create dedicated SQL pools to reserve processing power for data stored in SQL tables. For unplanned or ad-hoc workloads, use the always-available, serverless SQL endpoint. Apache Spark pool with full support for Scala, Python, SparkSQL, and C# You can develop big data engineering and machine learning solutions using Apache Spark for Azure Synapse. You can take advantage of the big data computation engine to deal with complex compute transformations that would take too long in a data warehouse. For machine learning workloads, you can use SparkML algorithms and AzureML integration for Apache Spark 2.4 with built-in support for Linux Foundation Delta Lake.

There is a simple model for provisioning and scaling the Spark clusters to meet your compute needs, regardless of the operations that you are performing on the data. Data integration to integrate your data with Azure Synapse Pipelines Azure Synapse Pipelines leverages the capabilities of Azure Data Factory and is the cloud-based ETL and data integration service that allows you to create data-driven workflows for orchestrating data movement and transforming data at scale. Using Azure Synapse Pipelines, you can create and schedule data-driven workflows (called pipelines) that can ingest data from disparate data stores. You can build complex ETL processes that transform data visually with data flows or by using compute services such as Azure HDInsight Hadoop, or Azure Databricks. Perform operational analytics with near real-time hybrid transactional and analytical processing with Azure Synapse Link Azure Synapse Analytics enables you to reach out to operational data using Azure Synapse Link, and is achieved without impacting the performance of the transactional data store. For this to happen, you have to enable the feature within both Azure Synapse Analytics, and within the data store to which Azure Synapse Analytics will connect, such as Azure Cosmos DB. In the case of Azure Cosmos DB, this will create an analytical data store. As data changes in the transactional system, the changed data is fed to the analytical store in a Column store format from which Azure Synapse Link can query with no disruption to the source system.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/overview-what-is

Question 27: Skipped

You have an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to monitor the data warehouse to identify whether you must scale up to a higher service level to accommodate the current workloads.

Which is the best metric to monitor?

More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.

  • CPU percentage
  • Data IO percentage
  • DWU percentage
  • DWU used
  • (Correct)

Explanation

DWU used, defined as DWU limit * DWU percentage, represents only a high-level representation of usage across the SQL pool and is not meant to be a comprehensive indicator of utilization. To determine whether to scale up or down, consider all factors which can be impacted by DWU such as concurrency, memory, tempdb, and adaptive cache capacity. We recommend running your workload at different DWU settings to determine what works best to meet your business objectives.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-concept-resource-utilization-query-activity

Question 28: Skipped

You are designing a financial transactions table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The table will have a clustered columnstore index and will include the following columns:

● TransactionType: 40 million rows per transaction type

● CustomerSegment: 4 million per customer segment

● TransactionMonth: 65 million rows per month

AccountType: 500 million per account type

You have the following query requirements:

● Analysts will most commonly analyze transactions for a given month.

● Transactions analysis will typically summarize transactions by transaction type, customer segment, and/or account type

You need to recommend a partition strategy for the table to minimize query times.

On which column should you recommend partitioning the table?

  • TransactionType
  • CustomerSegment
  • AccountType
  • TransactionMonth
  • (Correct)

Explanation

For optimal compression and performance of clustered columnstore tables, a minimum of 1 million rows per distribution and partition is needed. Before partitions are created, dedicated SQL pool already divides each table into 60 distributed databases.

Example: Any partitioning added to a table is in addition to the distributions created behind the scenes. Using this example, if the sales fact table contained 36 monthly partitions, and given that a dedicated SQL pool has 60 distributions, then the sales fact table should contain 60 million rows per month, or 2.1 billion rows when all months are populated. If a table contains fewer than the recommended minimum number of rows per partition, consider using fewer partitions in order to increase the number of rows per partition.

Reference:

https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/partitioning-distribution-azure-synapse-analytics-swapnil-mule

Question 29: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory instance named ADF1 and two Azure Synapse Analytics workspaces named WS1 and WS2.

ADF1 contains the following pipelines:

● P1: Uses a copy activity to copy data from a nonpartitioned table in a dedicated SQL pool of WS1 to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account

● P2: Uses a copy activity to copy data from text-delimited files in an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account to a nonpartitioned table in a dedicated SQL pool of

WS2 –

You need to configure P1 and P2 to maximize parallelism and performance.

Which dataset settings should you configure for the copy activity if each pipeline? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 2-3
  • 1-1
  • 1-2
  • 3-4
  • 2-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Both answers are PolyBase.

PolyBase supports both export to and import from ADLS as documented here: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/polybase/polybase-versioned-feature-summary

PolyBase does support delimited text files, which contradicts the question’s official answer. “Currently PolyBase can load data from UTF-8 and UTF-16 encoded delimited text files as well as the popular Hadoop file formats RC File, ORC, and Parquet (non-nested format).”

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/load-data-overview

Question 30: Skipped

Scenario: You are determining which Azure database product to use. The organization you work for needs the ability to scale up and scale down OLTP systems on demand along with Azure security and availability features.Which of the following should be utilized?

  • Azure On-prem solution
  • Azure SQL Database
  • (Correct)
  • Azure DataNow
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • Azure Table Storage

Explanation

Azure SQL Database is a managed relational database service. It supports structures such as relational data and unstructured formats such as spatial and XML data. SQL Database provides online transaction processing (OLTP) that can scale on demand. You’ll also find the comprehensive security and availability that you appreciate in Azure database services. When to use SQL Database Use SQL Database when you need to scale up and scale down OLTP systems on demand. SQL Database is a good solution when your organization wants to take advantage of Azure security and availability features. Organizations that choose SQL Database also avoid the risks of capital expenditures and of increasing operational spending on complex on-premises systems. SQL Database can be more flexible than an on-premises SQL Server solution because you can provision and configure it in minutes. Even more, SQL Database is backed up by the Azure service-level agreement (SLA). Key features SQL Database delivers predictable performance for multiple resource types, service tiers, and compute sizes. Requiring almost no administration, it provides dynamic scalability with no downtime, built-in intelligent optimization, global scalability and availability, and advanced security options. These capabilities let you focus on rapid app development and on speeding up your time to market. You no longer have to devote precious time and resources to managing virtual machines and infrastructure.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/sql-database-paas-overview

Question 31: Skipped

You are designing the folder structure for an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container.

Users will query data by using a variety of services including Azure Databricks and Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pools. The data will be secured by subject area. Most queries will include data from the current year or current month.

Which folder structure should you recommend to support fast queries and simplified folder security?

  • /{SubjectArea}/{DataSource}/{DD}/{MM}/{YYYY}/{FileData}_{YYYY}_{MM}_{DD}.csv
  • /{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{SubjectArea}/{DataSource}/{FileData}_{YYYY}_{MM}_{DD}.csv
  • /{DD}/{MM}/{YYYY}/{SubjectArea}/{DataSource}/{FileData}_{YYYY}_{MM}_{DD}.csv
  • /{SubjectArea}/{DataSource}/{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{FileData}_{YYYY}_{MM}_{DD}.csv
  • (Correct)

Explanation

There’s an important reason to put the date at the end of the directory structure. If you want to lock down certain regions or subject matters to users/groups, then you can easily do so with the POSIX permissions. Otherwise, if there was a need to restrict a certain security group to viewing just the UK data or certain planes, with the date structure in front a separate permission would be required for numerous directories under every hour directory. Additionally, having the date structure in front would exponentially increase the number of directories as time went on.

Note: In IoT workloads, there can be a great deal of data being landed in the data store that spans across numerous products, devices, organizations, and customers. It’s important to pre-plan the directory layout for organization, security, and efficient processing of the data for down-stream consumers. A general template to consider might be the following layout:

{Region}/{SubjectMatter(s)}/{yyyy}/{mm}/{dd}/{hh}/

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/data-lake-storage-best-practices#batch-jobs-structure

Question 32: Skipped

You are moving data from an Azure Data Lake Gen2 store to Azure Synapse Analytics. Which Azure Data Factory integration runtime would be used in a data copy activity?

  • Self-hosted
  • Azure IR
  • (Correct)
  • Azure – SSIS
  • Pipelines

Explanation

When moving data between Azure data platform technologies, the Azure Integration runtime is used when copying data between two Azure data platforms. Azure-SSIS IR is used when you lift and shift existing SSIS workload, while Self-hosted IR is used when working with data movement from private networks to the cloud and vica versa

Question 33: Skipped

You have several Azure Data Factory pipelines that contain a mix of the following types of activities:

● Wrangling data flow

● Notebook

● Copy

● Jar

Which two Azure services should you use to debug the activities? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point

  • Azure Databricks
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Machine Learning
  • Azure Data Factory
  • (Correct)
  • Azure HDInsight
  • Azure Synapse Analytics

Explanation

1. Data wangling is only supported by ADF not Synapse Analytics.

2. Notebook, Jar activity requires Databricks.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/wrangling-overview

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/transform-data-databricks-jar

Question 34: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics database, within this, you have a dimension table named Stores that contains store information. There is a total of 263 stores nationwide. Store information is retrieved in more than half of the queries that are issued against this database. These queries include staff information per store, sales information per store and finance information. You want to improve the query performance of these queries by configuring the table geometry of the stores table. Which is the appropriate table geometry to select for the stores table?

  • Non Clustered
  • Round Robin
  • Replicated table
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A replicated table is an appropriate table geometry choice as the size of the data in the table is less than 200m and the table will be replicated to every distribution node of an Azure Synapse Analytics to improve the performance. A Round Robin distribution is a table geometry that is useful to perform initial data loads. Non Clustered is not a valid table geometry in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Question 35: Skipped

You are designing an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics. You plan to load millions of rows of data into the data warehouse each day.

You must ensure that staging tables are optimized for data loading.

You need to design the staging tables.

What type of tables should you recommend?

  • Replicated table
  • Round-robin distributed table
  • (Correct)
  • External table
  • Hash-distributed table

Question 36: Skipped

You are designing a solution that will copy Parquet files stored in an Azure Blob storage account to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.

The data will be loaded daily to the data lake and will use a folder structure of {Year}/{Month}/{Day}/.

You need to design a daily Azure Data Factory data load to minimize the data transfer between the two accounts.

Which two configurations should you include in the design? Each correct answer presents part of the solut

  • Specify a file naming pattern for the destination.
  • Filter by the last modified date of the source files.
  • (Correct)
  • Delete the files in the destination before loading the data.
  • Delete the source files after they are copied.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Answer is Filter by the last modified date of the source files. and Delete the source files after they are copied.

Copy only the daily files by using filtering.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-azure-data-lake-storage

Question 37: Skipped

You are designing a fact table named FactPurchase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The table contains purchases from suppliers for a retail store. FactPurchase will contain the following columns.

FactPurchase will have 1 million rows of data added daily and will contain three years of data.

Transact-SQL queries similar to the following query will be executed daily.

  • SELECT
  • SupplierKey,
  • StockItemKey,
  • COUNT(*)
  • FROM FactPurchase
  • WHERE 1=1
  • AND DateKey >= 20210101
  • AND DateKey <= 20210131
  • GROUP By SupplierKey, StockItemKey

Which table distribution will minimize query times?

  • replicated
  • hash-distributed on PurchaseKey
  • hash-distributed on DateKey
  • (Correct)
  • round-robin

Explanation

Hash-distributed tables improve query performance on large fact tables, and are the focus of this article. Round-robin tables are useful for improving loading speed.

Incorrect:

Not D: Do not use a date column. . All data for the same date lands in the same distribution. If several users are all filtering on the same date, then only 1 of the 60 distributions do all the processing work.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute

Question 38: Skipped

Encrypted communication is turned on automatically when connecting to an Azure SQL Database or Azure Synapse Analytics. True or False?

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

True. Azure SQL Database enforces encryption (SSL/TLS) at all times for all conections.

Question 39: Skipped

You are building an Azure Data Factory solution to process data received from Azure Event Hubs, and then ingested into an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container.

The data will be ingested every five minutes from devices into JSON files. The files have the following naming pattern.

/{deviceType}/in/{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{HH}/{deviceID}_{YYYY}{MM}{DD}HH}{mm}.json

You need to prepare the data for batch data processing so that there is one dataset per hour per deviceType. The solution must minimize read times.

How should you configure the sink for the copy activity?

  • 3-4-1
  • 1-2-3
  • 2-3-4
  • 3-4-3
  • (Correct)

Explanation

1) @trigger().outputs.windowStartTime – this output is from a tumbling window trigger, and is required to identify the correct directory at the /{HH}/ level. Using windowStartTime will give the hour with complete data. The @trigger().startTime is for a schedule trigger, which corresponds to the hour for which data has not arrived yet.

2) /{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{HH}_{deviceType}.json is the naming pattern to achieve an hourly dataset for each device type.

3) Multiple files for each device type will exist on the source side, since the naming pattern starts with {deviceID}… so the files must be merged in the sink to create a single file per device type.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-pipeline-execution-triggers

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-file-system

Question 40: Skipped

What is Apache Spark notebook?

  • The logical Azure Databricks environment in which clusters are created, data is stored (via DBFS), and in which the server resources are housed.
  • A notebook is a collection of cells. These cells are run to execute code, to render formatted text, or to display graphical visualizations.
  • (Correct)
  • The default Time to Live (TTL) property for records stored in an analytical store can manage the lifecycle of data and define how long it will be retained for.
  • A cloud-based Big Data and Machine Learning platform, which empowers developers to accelerate AI and innovation by simplifying the process of building enterprise-grade production data applications.

Explanation

A notebook is a collection of cells. These cells are run to execute code, to render formatted text, or to display graphical visualizations. What is a cluster? The notebooks are backed by clusters, or networked computers, that work together to process your data. The first step is to create a cluster.

https://azure-ramitgridhar.blogspot.com/2019/07/azure-databricks-create-cluster-and.html

Question 41: Skipped

You have an Azure Storage account that generates 200,000 new files daily. The file names have a format of {YYYY}/{MM}/{DD}/{HH}/{CustomerID}.csv.

You need to design an Azure Data Factory solution that will load new data from the storage account to an Azure Data Lake once hourly. The solution must minimize load times and costs.

How should you configure the solution? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 2-3
  • (Correct)
  • 3-1
  • 2-2
  • 1-2

Explanation

Box 1: Incremental load

Box 2: Tumbling window

Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals. The following diagram illustrates a stream with a series of events and how they are mapped into 10-second tumbling windows.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 42: Skipped

Large data projects can be complex. The projects often involve hundreds of decisions. Multiple people are typically involved, and each person helps take the project from design to production.Roles such as business stakeholders, business analysts, and business intelligence developers are well known and valuable.Which of the available roles is best described by:“Performs advanced analytics to extract value from data. Their work can vary from descriptive analytics to predictive analytics. Descriptive analytics evaluate data through a process known as exploratory data analysis (EDA). They are used in machine learning to apply modelling techniques that can detect anomalies or patterns. These are an important part of forecast models.”

  • Data Scientist
  • (Correct)
  • Solution Architects
  • BI Engineer
  • Data Engineer
  • RPA Developers
  • System Administrators

Explanation

Data scientists perform advanced analytics to extract value from data. Their work can vary from descriptive analytics to predictive analytics. Descriptive analytics evaluate data through a process known as exploratory data analysis (EDA). Predictive analytics are used in machine learning to apply modelling techniques that can detect anomalies or patterns. These are an important part of forecast models. Descriptive and predictive analytics are just one aspect of data scientists’ work. Some data scientists might even work in the realms of deep learning, iteratively experimenting to solve a complex data problem by using customized algorithms. Anecdotal evidence suggests that most of the work in a data science project is spent on data wrangling and feature engineering. Data scientists can speed up the experimentation process when data engineers use their skills to successfully wrangle data.

Job Roles in Azure Data Engineering

Question 43: Skipped

You are designing a partition strategy for a fact table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The table has the following specifications:

● Contain sales data for 20,000 products.

● Use hash distribution on a column named ProductID.

● Contain 2.4 billion records for the years 2019 and 2020.

Which number of partition ranges provides optimal compression and performance for the clustered columnstore index?

  • 400
  • 2400
  • 40
  • (Correct)
  • 240

Explanation

Each partition should have around 1 millions records. Dedication SQL pools already have 60 partitions.

We have the formula: Records/(Partitions*60)= 1 million

Partitions= Records/(1 million * 60)

Partitions= 2.4 x 1,000,000,000/(1,000,000 * 60) = 40

Note: Having too many partitions can reduce the effectiveness of clustered columnstore indexes if each partition has fewer than 1 million rows. Dedicated SQL pools automatically partition your data into 60 databases. So, if you create a table with 100 partitions, the result will be 6000 partitions.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/best-practices-dedicated-sql-pool

Question 44: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You need to minimize the time it takes to identify queries that return confidential information as defined by the company’s data privacy regulations and the users who executed the queues.

Which two components should you include in the solution?

  • resource tags for databases that contain confidential information
  • dynamic data masking for columns that contain confidential information
  • (Correct)
  • audit logs sent to a Log Analytics workspace
  • sensitivity-classification labels applied to columns that contain confidential information
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A: You can classify columns manually, as an alternative or in addition to the recommendation-based classification:

1. Select Add classification in the top menu of the pane.

2. In the context window that opens, select the schema, table, and column that you want to classify, and the information type and sensitivity label.

3. Select Add classification at the bottom of the context window.

C: An important aspect of the information-protection paradigm is the ability to monitor access to sensitive data. Azure SQL Auditing has been enhanced to include a new field in the audit log called data_sensitivity_information. This field logs the sensitivity classifications (labels) of the data that was returned by a query. Here’s an example:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/data-discovery-and-classification-overview

Question 45: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Data Lake Storage account. The storage account contains a data lake named DataLake1.

You plan to use an Azure data factory to ingest data from a folder in DataLake1, transform the data, and land the data in another folder.

You need to ensure that the data factory can read and write data from any folder in the DataLake1 file system. The solution must meet the following requirements:

● Minimize the risk of unauthorized user access.

● Use the principle of least privilege.

● Minimize maintenance effort.

How should you configure access to the storage account for the data factory?

  • 3-2
  • 2-3
  • 1-3
  • 2-2
  • 1-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)

On Azure, managed identities eliminate the need for developers having to manage credentials by providing an identity for the Azure resource in Azure AD and using it to obtain Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tokens.

Box 2: a managed identity –

A data factory can be associated with a managed identity for Azure resources, which represents this specific data factory. You can directly use this managed identity for Data Lake Storage Gen2 authentication, similar to using your own service principal. It allows this designated factory to access and copy data to or from your Data Lake Storage Gen2.

Note: The Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 connector supports the following authentication types.

● Account key authentication

● Service principal authentication

● Managed identities for Azure resources authentication

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/managed-identities-azure-resources/overview

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-azure-data-lake-storage

Question 46: Skipped

When considering Azure Data Factory, which component is able to run a data movement command or orchestrate a transformation job?

  • Activities
  • (Correct)
  • Datasets
  • Integration runtime
  • SSIS
  • Linked Services

Explanation

Activities contain the transformation logic or the analysis commands of the Azure Data Factory’s work. Activities within Azure Data Factory define the actions that will be performed on the data and there are three categories including:

• Data movement activities

• Data transformation activities

• Control activities Data movement activities Data movement activities simply move data from one data store to another.

You can use the Copy Activity to perform data movement activities, or by using JSON. There are a wide range of data stores that are supported as a source and as a sink. This list is ever increasing, and you can find the latest information here:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-pipelines-activities#data-movement-activities Data transformation activities Data transformation activities can be performed natively within the authoring tool of Azure Data Factory using the Mapping Data Flow. Alternatively, you can call a compute resource to change or enhance data through transformation, or perform analysis of the data. These include compute technologies such as Azure Databricks, Azure Batch, SQL Database and Azure Synapse Analytics, Machine Learning Services, Azure Virtual machines and HDInsight. You can make use of any existing SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) Packages stored in a catalogue to execute in Azure As this list is always evolving, you can get the latest information here:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-pipelines-activities#data-transformation-activities

Question 47: Skipped

You plan to create a dimension table in Azure Synapse Analytics that will be less than 1 GB.

You need to create the table to meet the following requirements:

– Provide the fastest query time.

– Minimize data movement during queries.

Which type of table should you use?

  • replicated
  • (Correct)
  • round-robin
  • heap
  • hash distributed

Explanation

Usually common dimension tables or tables that doesn’t distribute evenly are good candidates for round-robin distributed table. Note: Dimension tables or other lookup tables in a schema can usually be stored as round-robin tables. Usually these tables connect to more than one fact tables and optimizing for one join may not be the best idea. Also usually dimension tables are smaller which can leave some distributions empty when hash distributed.

Round-robin by definition guarantees a uniform data distribution.

Reference:

https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/sqlcat/2015/08/11/choosing-hash-distributed-table-vs-round-robin-distributed-table-in-azure-sql-dw-service/

Question 48: Skipped

To parallelize work, the unit of distribution is a Spark Cluster. Every Cluster has a Driver and one or more executors. Work submitted to the Cluster is split into what type of object?

  • Stages
  • Jobs
  • (Correct)
  • Arrays
  • Chore

Explanation

Each parallelized action is referred to as a Job. The results of each Job is returned to the Driver. Depending on the work required, multiple Jobs will be required. Each Job is broken down into Stages.

https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/catalyst-tungsten-apache-sparks-speeding-engine-deepak-rajak?articleId=6674601890514378752

Question 49: Skipped

Whilst Azure Synapse Analytics is used for the storage of data for analytical purposes, SQL Pools do support the use of transactions and adhere to the ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, and Durability) transaction principles associated with relational database management systems.As such, locking, and blocking mechanisms are put in place to maintain transactional integrity while providing adequate workload concurrency. These blocking aspects may significantly delay the completion of queries.To improve the response time, turn [?] the READ_COMMITTED_SNAPSHOT database option for a user database when connected to the master database.

  • READ_COMMITTED_SNAPSHOT is not the correct setting to adjust.
  • None of the listed options.
  • OFF
  • ON
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Whilst Azure Synapse Analytics is used for the storage of data for analytical purposes, SQL Pools do support the use of transactions and adhere to the ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, and Durability) transaction principles associated with relational database management systems. As such, locking, and blocking mechanisms are put in place to maintain transactional integrity while providing adequate workload concurrency. These blocking aspects may significantly delay the completion of queries. The isolation level of the transactional support is defaulted to READ UNCOMMITTED. You can change it to READ COMMITTED SNAPSHOT ISOLATION by turning ON the READ_COMMITTED_SNAPSHOT database option for a user database when connected to the master database. Once enabled, all transactions in this database are executed under READ COMMITTED SNAPSHOT ISOLATION and setting READ UNCOMMITTED on session level will not be honoured. If you experience delays in the completion of queries, the Read Committed Snapshot Isolation level should be employed to alleviate this. Read Committed Snapshot, makes a copy of the rows that are being referenced in a query if it is being updated, so that the data is consistent. The version of the data being used remains only for the duration of the query and any dependant queries, which are faster for query completion at the expense of space needed to storer multiple versions of the data during workloads. To enable READ COMMITTED SNAPSHOT ISOLATION, run this command when connecting to the MASTER database. SQL ALTER DATABASE MyDatabase SET READ_COMMITTED_SNAPSHOT ON

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-develop-transactions

Question 50: Skipped

You have the following Azure Data Factory pipelines:

– Ingest Data from System1

– Ingest Data from System2

– Populate Dimensions

– Populate Facts

Ingest Data from System1 and Ingest Data from System2 have no dependencies. Populate Dimensions must execute after Ingest Data from System1 and Ingest Data from System2. Populate Facts must execute after Populate Dimensions pipeline. All the pipelines must execute every eight hours.

What should you do to schedule the pipelines for execution?

  • Create a patient pipeline that contains the four pipelines and use an event trigger.
  • Add a schedule trigger to all four pipelines.
  • Add an event trigger to all four pipelines.
  • Create a parent pipeline that contains the four pipelines and use a schedule trigger.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The parent pipeline has 4 execute pipeline activities. Ingest 1 and Ingest 2 have no dependencies. Dimension pipeline has two dependencies from ‘on completion’ outputs of both Ingest 1 and Ingest 2 pipelines. Fact pipeline has one ‘on completion’ dependency on the Dimension pipeline. Absolutely nothing to do with a tumbling window trigger

Question 51: Skipped

Azure Advisor provides you with personalized messages that provide information on best practices to optimize the setup of your Azure services. Azure Advisor recommendations are free, and the recommendations are based on telemetry data that is generated by Azure Synapse Analytics. The telemetry data that is captured by Azure Synapse Analytics include which of the following? (Select all that apply)

  • Encryption deficiencies
  • Adaptive Cache
    (Correct)
  • Column statistics data
    (Correct)
  • TempDB utilization data
    (Correct)
  • Data Skew and replicated table information
    (Correct)
  • Encryption deficiencies
  • Adaptive Cache
  • (Correct)
  • TempDB utilization data
  • (Correct)
  • Column statistics data
  • (Correct)
  • Data Skew and replicated table information
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure Advisor provides you with personalized messages that provide information on best practices to optimize the setup of your Azure services. It analyzes your resource configuration and usage telemetry and then recommends solutions that can help you improve the cost effectiveness, performance, Reliability (formerly called High availability), and security of your Azure resources. How Azure Synapse Analytics works with Azure Advisor Azure Advisor recommendations are free, and the recommendations are based on telemetry data that is generated by Azure Synapse Analytics. The telemetry data that is captured by Azure Synapse Analytics include:

• Data Skew and replicated table information

• Column statistics data

• TempDB utilization data

• Adaptive Cache Azure Advisor recommendations are checked every 24 hours, as the recommendation API is queried against the telemetry generated from with Azure Synapse Analytics, and the recommendation dashboards are then updated to reflect the information that the telemetry has generated. This can then be viewed in the Azure Advisor dashboard.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-concept-recommendations

Question 52: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.Microsoft Azure Storage is a managed service that provides durable, secure, and scalable storage in the cloud. The Azure Queue service is used to store and retrieve messages. Queue messages can be up to [A] KB in size, and a queue can contain millions of messages. Queues are used to store lists of messages to be processed [B].

  • [A] 32, [B] synchronously
  • [A] 64, [B] asynchronously
  • (Correct)
  • [A] 25, [B] sequentially
  • [A] 50, [B] in a time bound manner

Explanation

Microsoft Azure Storage is a managed service that provides durable, secure, and scalable storage in the cloud. A single Azure subscription can host up to 200 storage accounts, each of which can hold 500 TB of data. Azure data services Azure storage includes four types of data:

• Azure Blobs: A massively scalable object store for text and binary data. Can include support for Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2.

• Files: Managed file shares for cloud or on-premises deployments.

• Azure Queues: A messaging store for reliable messaging between application components.

• Azure Tables: A NoSQL store for schema-less storage of structured data. Table Storage is not covered in this module.

• Azure Disks: Block-level storage volumes for Azure VMs.

All of these data types in Azure Storage are accessible from anywhere in the world over HTTP or HTTPS. Microsoft provides SDKs for Azure Storage in various languages, and a REST API. You can also visually explore your data right in the Azure portal. Queues The Azure Queue service is used to store and retrieve messages. Queue messages can be up to 64 KB in size, and a queue can contain millions of messages. Queues are used to store lists of messages to be processed asynchronously. You can use queues to loosely connect different parts of your application together. For example, we could perform image processing on the photos uploaded by our users. Perhaps we want to provide some sort of face detection or tagging capability, so people can search through all the images they have stored in our service. We could use queues to pass messages to our image-processing service to let it know that new images have been uploaded and are ready for processing. This sort of architecture would allow you to develop and update each part of the service independently.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-introduction

Question 53: Skipped

You have an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics that contains a table named FactOnlineSales. The table contains data from the start of 2009 to the end of 2012.

You need to improve the performance of queries against FactOnlineSales by using table partitions. The solution must meet the following requirements:

– Create four partitions based on the order date.

– Ensure that each partition contains all the orders placed during a given calendar year.

How should you complete the T-SQL command?

  • A-B
  • B-C
  • (Correct)
  • A-A
  • B-B
  • B-A

Explanation

Box 1: LEFT

RANGE LEFT: Specifies the boundary value belongs to the partition on the left (lower values). The default is LEFT.

Box 2: 20090101, 20100101, 20110101, 20120101

FOR VALUES ( boundary_value [,…n] ) specifies the boundary values for the partition. boundary_value is a constant expression.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-table-azure-sql-data-warehouse

Question 54: Skipped

When loading data into Azure Synapse Analytics on a scheduled basis, it’s important to try to reduce the time taken to not perform the data load, and minimize the resources needed as much as possible to maintain good performance cost-effectively.Which of the following are valid Strategies for managing source data files? (Select all that apply)

  • Consolidate source files
  • Having well defined “zones” established for the data coming into the Data Lake and cleansing and transformation tasks that land the data you need in a curated and optimized state.
    (Correct)
  • Maintaining a well-engineered Data Lake structure
    (Correct)
  • When loading large datasets, it’s best to use the compression capabilities of the file format.
    (Correct)
  • Having well defined “zones” established for the data coming into the Data Lake and cleansing and transformation tasks that land the data you need in a curated and optimized state.
  • (Correct)
  • Consolidate source files
  • When loading large datasets, it’s best to use the compression capabilities of the file format.
  • (Correct)
  • Maintaining a well-engineered Data Lake structure
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When loading data into Azure Synapse Analytics on a scheduled basis, it’s important to try to reduce the time taken to not perform the data load, and minimize the resources needed as much as possible to maintain good performance cost-effectively. Strategies for managing source data files include: Maintain a well-engineered data lake structure Maintaining a well-engineered Data Lake structure allows you to know that the data your loading regularly is consistent with the data requirements for your system. It is less important if your load is a once-off or exploratory rather than analytical. Some strategies include folder hierarchies based on the source system, and date/time or file format and focus. In general, having well defined “zones” established for the data coming into the Data Lake and cleansing and transformation tasks that land the data you need in a curated and optimized state. Compress and optimize files When loading large datasets, it’s best to use the compression capabilities of the file format. It ensures that less time is spent on the process of data transfers, using instead the power of Azure Synapse’ Massively Parallel Processing (MPP) compute capabilities for decompression. It is fairly standard to maintain curated source files in columnar compressed file formats such as RC, Gzip, Parquet, and ORC, which are all supported import formats. Split source files One of the key architectural components within Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pools is the decoupled storage that is segmented into 60 parts. You should maintain alignment to multiples of this number as much as possible depending on the file sizes that you are loading, and the number of compute nodes you have provisioned. Since there are 60 storage segments and a maximum of 60 MPP compute nodes within the highest performance configuration of SQL Pools, a 1:1 file to compute node to storage segment may be viable for ultra-high workloads, reducing the load times to the minimum possible.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/data-processed

Question 55: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory version 2 (V2) resource named Df1. Df1 contains a linked service.

You have an Azure Key vault named vault1 that contains an encryption key named key1.

You need to encrypt Df1 by using key1.

What should you do first?

  • Enable Azure role-based access control on vault1.
  • Add a private endpoint connection to vaul1.
  • Remove the linked service from Df1.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a self-hosted integration runtime.

Explanation

Linked services are much like connection strings, which define the connection information needed for Data Factory to connect to external resources.

Incorrect Answers:

D: A self-hosted integration runtime copies data between an on-premises store and cloud storage.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/enable-customer-managed-key

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-linked-services

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/create-self-hosted-integration-runtime

Question 56: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that contains a large fact table. The table contains 50 columns and 5 billion rows and is a heap.

Most queries against the table aggregate values from approximately 100 million rows and return only two columns.

You discover that the queries against the fact table are very slow.

Which type of index should you add to provide the fastest query times?

  • nonclustered columnstore
  • clustered columnstore
  • (Correct)
  • nonclustered
  • clustered

Explanation

Clustered columnstore indexes are one of the most efficient ways you can store your data in dedicated SQL pool.

Columnstore tables won’t benefit a query unless the table has more than 60 million rows.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/best-practices-dedicated-sql-pool

Question 57: Skipped

You are building an Azure Analytics query that will receive input data from Azure IoT Hub and write the results to Azure Blob storage.

You need to calculate the difference in readings per sensor per hour.

How should you complete the query?

  • Box 1: LAG
  • Box 2: LIMIT DURATION
  • (Correct)
  • Box 1: LEAD
  • Box 2: WHEN
  • Box 1: LAST
  • Box 2: LIMIT DURATION
  • Box 1: LAG
  • Box 2: WHEN

Explanation

Box 1: LAG
The LAG analytic operator allows one to look up a previous event in an event stream, within certain constraints. It is very useful for computing the rate of growth of a variable, detecting when a variable crosses a threshold, or when a condition starts or stops being true.

Box 2: LIMIT DURATION

Example: Compute the rate of growth, per sensor:
SELECT sensorId,
growth = reading
LAG(reading) OVER (PARTITION BY sensorId LIMIT DURATION(hour, 1))
FROM input

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/lag-azure-stream-analytics

Question 58: Skipped

You have a SQL pool in Azure Synapse.

You discover that some queries fail or take a long time to complete.

You need to monitor for transactions that have rolled back.

Which dynamic management view should you query?

  • sys.dm_pdw_waits
  • sys.dm_pdw_exec_sessions
  • sys.dm_pdw_nodes_tran_database_transactions
  • (Correct)
  • sys.dm_pdw_request_steps

Explanation

You can use Dynamic Management Views (DMVs) to monitor your workload including investigating query execution in SQL pool.

If your queries are failing or taking a long time to proceed, you can check and monitor if you have any transactions rolling back.

Example:

— Monitor rollback

SELECT

SUM(CASE WHEN t.database_transaction_next_undo_lsn IS NOT NULL THEN 1 ELSE 0 END), t.pdw_node_id, nod.[type]

FROM sys.dm_pdw_nodes_tran_database_transactions t

JOIN sys.dm_pdw_nodes nod ON t.pdw_node_id = nod.pdw_node_id

GROUP BY t.pdw_node_id, nod.[type]

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-manage-monitor#monitor-transaction-log-rollback

Question 59: Skipped

Scenario: Honest Eddie’s Car Dealership is an establishment in South Carolina USA, which is dedicated to the purchase and sale of cars and light trucks. After the team has created and configured an Event Hub, they will need to configure applications to send and receive event data streams.To configure an application to send messages to an Event Hub, which of the following information must be provided so that the application can create connection credentials? (Select all that apply)

  • Storage account container name
  • Shared access policy name
  • (Correct)
  • Primary shared access key
  • (Correct)
  • Storage account connection string
  • Event Hub namespace name
  • (Correct)
  • Event Hub name
  • (Correct)

Explanation

After you’ve created and configured your Event Hub, you’ll need to configure applications to send and receive event data streams. For example, a payment processing solution will use some form of sender application to collect customer’s credit card data, and a receiver application to verify that the credit card is valid. Although there are differences in how a Java application is configured, compared to a .NET application, the principles are the same for enabling applications to connect to an Event Hub, and to successfully send or receive messages.

What are the minimum Event Hub application requirements? To configure an application to send messages to an Event Hub, provide the following information, so that the application can create connection credentials:

• Event Hub namespace name

• Event Hub name

• Shared access policy name

• Primary shared access key

To configure an application to receive messages from an Event Hub, provide the following information, so that the application can create connection credentials:

• Event Hub namespace name

• Event Hub name

• Shared access policy name

• Primary shared access key

• Storage account name

• Storage account connection string

• Storage account container name

If you have a receiver application that stores messages in Azure Blob Storage, you’ll also need to configure a storage account. Azure CLI commands to create a general-purpose standard storage account The Azure CLI provides a set of commands you can use to create and manage a storage account. We’ll work with them in the next unit, but here’s a basic synopsis of the commands.

Tip There are several MS Learn modules that cover storage accounts, starting in the module Introduction to Azure Storage. Shell command to clone an application GitHub repository Git is a collaboration tool that uses a distributed version control model, and is designed for collaborative working on software and documentation projects. Git clients are available for multiple platforms, including Windows, and the Git command line is included in Azure Bash Cloud Shell. GitHub is a web-based hosting service for Git repositories. If you have an application that is hosted as a project in GitHub, you can make a local copy of the project, by cloning its repository using the git clone command. Edit files in Cloud Shell You can use one of the built-in editors in Cloud Shell to modify all the files that make up the application, and add your Event Hub namespace, Event Hub name, shared access policy name, and primary key. Azure Cloud Shell supports nano, vim, emacs, and Cloud Shell editor (code). Just enter the name of the editor you want, and it will launch in the environment. We’ll use Cloud Shell editor (code) in the next unit. Summary Sender and receiver applications must be configured with specific information about the Event Hub environment. You create a storage account if your receiver application stores messages in Blob Storage. If your application is hosted on GitHub, you have to clone it to your local directory. Text editors, such as nano are used to add your namespace to the application.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-hubs/event-hubs-dotnet-standard-getstarted-send

Question 60: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Factory pipeline that is triggered hourly.

The pipeline has had 100% success for the past seven days.

The pipeline execution fails, and two retries that occur 15 minutes apart also fail. The third failure returns the following error.

ErrorCode=UserErrorFileNotFound,’Type=Microsoft.DataTransfer.Common.Shared.HybridDeliveryException,Message=ADLS Gen2 operation failed for: Operation returned an invalid status code ‘NotFound’.

Account: ‘contosoproduksouth’. Filesystem: wwi.

Path: ‘BIKES/CARBON/year=2021/month=01/day=10/hour=06’.

ErrorCode: ‘PathNotFound’.

Message: ‘The specified path does not exist.’.

RequestId: ‘6d269b78-901f-001b-4924-e7a7bc000000’.

TimeStamp: ‘Sun, 10 Jan 2021 07:45:05

What is a possible cause of the error?

  • The parameter used to generate year=2021/month=01/day=10/hour=06 was incorrect.
  • The pipeline was triggered too early.
  • From 06:00 to 07:00 on January 10, 2021, there was no data in wwi/BIKES/CARBON.
  • (Correct)
  • From 06:00 to 07:00 on January 10, 2021, the file format of data in wwi/BIKES/CARBON was incorrect.

Explanation

The error message says a missing file, which matches with answer B: missing data from 06:00. The process had re-tried three times, 15 mins apart, which explains that the error was generated 07:45.

Question 61: Skipped

You have a SQL pool in Azure Synapse that contains a table named dbo.Customers. The table contains a column name Email.

You need to prevent nonadministrative users from seeing the full email addresses in the Email column. The users must see values in a format of aXXX@XXXX.com instead.

What should you do?

  • From the Azure portal, set a sensitivity classification of Confidential for the Email column.
  • From Microsoft SQL Server Management studio, grant the SELECT permission to the users for all the columns in the dbo.Customers table except Email.
  • From Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, set an email mask on the Email column.
  • From the Azure portal, set a mask on the Email column.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/dynamic-data-masking-overview

Question 62: Skipped

Scenario: The organization you work at has two types of data:1. Private and proprietary2. For public consumption.When considering Azure Storage Accounts, which option meet the data diversity requirement?

  • Locate the organization’s data it in a data centre with the strictest data regulations to ensure that regulatory requirement thresholds have been met. In this way, only one storage account will be required for managing all data, which will reduce data storage costs.
  • Enable virtual networks for the proprietary data and not for the public data . This will require separate storage accounts for the proprietary and public data.
  • (Correct)
  • Locate the organization’s data it in a data centre in the required country or region with one storage account for each location.
  • None of the listed options.

Explanation

How many storage accounts do you need? A storage account represents a collection of settings like location, replication strategy, and subscription owner. You need one storage account for every group of settings that you want to apply to your data. The following illustration shows two storage accounts that differ in one setting; that one difference is enough to require separate storage accounts. The number of storage accounts you need is typically determined by your data diversity, cost sensitivity, and tolerance for management overhead. Data diversity Organizations often generate data that differs in where it is consumed, how sensitive it is, which group pays the bills, etc. Diversity along any of these vectors can lead to multiple storage accounts. Let’s consider two examples: 1. Do you have data that is specific to a country or region? If so, you might want to locate it in a data centre in that country for performance or compliance reasons. You will need one storage account for each location. 2. Do you have some data that is proprietary and some for public consumption? If so, you could enable virtual networks for the proprietary data and not for the public data. This will also require separate storage accounts. In general, increased diversity means an increased number of storage accounts.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-overview

Question 63: Skipped

You have a SQL pool in Azure Synapse.

You plan to load data from Azure Blob storage to a staging table. Approximately 1 million rows of data will be loaded daily. The table will be truncated before each daily load.

You need to create the staging table. The solution must minimize how long it takes to load the data to the staging table.

How should you configure the table?

  • 1-1-1
  • 3-3-2
  • (Correct)
  • 2-2-2
  • 1-2-3

Explanation

Round-robin – this is the simplest distribution model, not great for querying but fast to process

Heap – The term heap basically refers to a table without a clustered index. Adding a clustered index to a temp table makes absolutely no sense and is a waste of compute resources for a table that would be entirely truncated daily. no clustered index = heap.

No partitions – Partitioning by date is useful when stage destination has data because you can hide the inserting data’s new partition (to keep users from hitting it), complete the load and then unhide the new partition.

However, in this question it states, “the table will be truncated before each daily load”, so, it appears it’s a true Staging table and there are no users with access, no existing data, and I see no reason to have a Date partition.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/data-loading-best-practices

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-tables-overview

Question 64: Skipped

You have an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics named DW1 on a server named Server1.

You need to verify whether the size of the transaction log file for each distribution of DW1 is smaller than 160 GB.

What should you do?

  • Execute a query against the logs of DW1 by using the Get-AzOperationalInsightSearchResult PowerShell cmdlet.
  • On the master database, execute a query against the sys.dm_pdw_nodes_os_performance_counters dynamic management view.
  • (Correct)
  • On DW1, execute a query against the sys.database_files dynamic management view.
  • From Azure Monitor in the Azure portal, execute a query against the logs of DW1.

Explanation

The following query returns the transaction log size on each distribution. If one of the log files is reaching 160 GB, you should consider scaling up your instance or limiting your transaction size.

  • — Transaction log size
  • SELECT
  • instance_name as distribution_db, cntr_value*1.0/1048576 as log_file_size_used_GB, pdw_node_id
  • FROM sys.dm_pdw_nodes_os_performance_counters
  • WHERE
  • instance_name like ‘Distribution_%’
  • AND counter_name = ‘Log File(s) Used Size (KB)’

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-manage-monitor

Question 65: Skipped

Within creating a notebook, you need to specify the pool that needs to be attached to the notebook that is, a SQL or Spark pool. When it comes to the languages, a notebook has to be set with a primary language.Which of the following are primary languages available within the notebook environment? (Select four)

  • Spark (Scala)
    (Correct)
  • JSspark (JavaScript)
  • PySpark (Python)
    (Correct)
  • Spark SQL
    (Correct)
  • JVspark (Java)
  • .NET Spark (C#)
    (Correct)
  • .NET Spark (C#)
  • (Correct)
  • Spark SQL
  • (Correct)
  • JVspark (Java)
  • JSspark (JavaScript)
  • Spark (Scala)
  • (Correct)
  • PySpark (Python)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Within creating a notebook, you need to specify the pool that needs to be attached to the notebook that is, a SQL or Spark pool. When it comes to the languages, a notebook has to be set with a primary language. The primary languages available within the notebook environment are: • PySpark (Python) • Spark (Scala) • .NET Spark (C#) • Spark SQL However, it is possible to use multiple languages in one notebook by specifying the language using a magic command at the beginning of a cell. The following table lists the magic commands to switch cell languages: It is not possible to reference data or variables directly across different languages in a Synapse Studio notebook. In Spark, it is possible to reference a temporary table across languages.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/spark/apache-spark-development-using-notebooks?tabs=classical

Question 66: Skipped

You are designing a data mart for the human resources (HR) department at your company. The data mart will contain employee information and employee transactions.

From a source system, you have a flat extract that has the following fields:

● EmployeeID

● FirstName

● LastName

● Recipient

● GrossAmount

● TransactionID

● GovernmentID

● NetAmountPaid

● TransactionDate

You need to design a star schema data model in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool for the data mart.

Which two tables should you create?

  • a fact table for Transaction
  • (Correct)
  • a dimension table for Employee
  • (Correct)
  • a dimension table for EmployeeTransaction
  • a fact table for Employee
  • a dimension table for Transaction

Explanation

a dimension table for Employee: Dimension tables contain attribute data that might change but usually changes infrequently. For example, a customer’s name and address are stored in a dimension table and updated only when the customer’s profile changes. To minimize the size of a large fact table, the customer’s name and address don’t need to be in every row of a fact table. Instead, the fact table and the dimension table can share a customer ID. A query can join the two tables to associate a customer’s profile and transactions.

a fact table for Transaction: Fact tables contain quantitative data that are commonly generated in a transactional system, and then loaded into the dedicated SQL pool. For example, a retail business generates sales transactions every day, and then loads the data into a dedicated SQL pool fact table for analysis.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-overview

Question 67: Skipped

You have a SQL pool in Azure Synapse.

A user reports that queries against the pool take longer than expected to complete.

You need to add monitoring to the underlying storage to help diagnose the issue.

Which two metrics should you monitor?

  • DWU Limit
  • Snapshot Storage Size
  • Cache hit percentage
  • (Correct)
  • Cache used percentage
  • (Correct)
  • Active queries

Explanation

Cache used percentage: Cache used is the sum of all bytes in the local SSD cache across all nodes and cache capacity is the sum of the storage capacity of the local SSD cache across all nodes.

Cache hit percentage: Cache hits is the sum of all columnstore segments hits in the local SSD cache and cache miss is the columnstore segments misses in the local SSD cache summed across all nodes.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-concept-resource-utilization-query-activity

Question 68: Skipped

You are performing exploratory analysis of the bus fare data in an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account by using an Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pool.

You execute the Transact-SQL query shown in the following exhibit.

  • All files that have file names that beginning with
  • Only CSV that have file names that beginning with
  • (Correct)
  • All CSV files that have file names that contain
  • Only CSV files in the tripdata_2020 subfolder.

Question 69: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics workspace named WS1 that contains an Apache Spark pool named Pool1.

You plan to create a database named DB1 in Pool1.

You need to ensure that when tables are created in DB1, the tables are available automatically as external tables to the built-in serverless SQL pool.

Which formats should you use for the tables in DB1?

  • Parquet
  • (Correct)
  • CSV
  • (Correct)
  • ORC
  • JSON

Explanation

Serverless SQL pool can automatically synchronize metadata from Apache Spark. A serverless SQL pool database will be created for each database existing in serverless Apache Spark pools.

For each Spark external table based on Parquet or CSV and located in Azure Storage, an external table is created in a serverless SQL pool database.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-storage-files-spark-tables

Question 70: Skipped

You need to design an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that meets the following requirements:

– Can return an employee record from a given point in time.

– Maintains the latest employee information.

– Minimizes query complexity.

How should you model the employee data?

  • as a Type 2 slowly changing dimension (SCD) table
  • as a degenerate dimension table
  • (Correct)
  • as a temporal table
  • as a SQL graph table

Explanation

A Type 2 SCD supports versioning of dimension members. Often the source system doesn’t store versions, so the data warehouse load process detects and manages changes in a dimension table. In this case, the dimension table must use a surrogate key to provide a unique reference to a version of the dimension member. It also includes columns that define the date range validity of the version (for example, StartDate and EndDate) and possibly a flag column (for example, IsCurrent) to easily filter by current dimension members.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/populate-slowly-changing-dimensions-azure-synapse-analytics-pipelines/3-choose-between-dimension-types

Question 1: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics job named ASA1.

The Diagnostic settings for ASA1 are configured to write errors to Log Analytics.

ASA1 reports an error, and the following message is sent to Log Analytics.

You need to write a Kusto query language query to identify all instances of the error and return the message field.

How should you complete the query?

  • 1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 2-3
  • 1-1
  • 4-2
  • 3-1

Explanation

Box 1: DataErrorType

The DataErrorType is InputDeserializerError.InvalidData.

Box 2: Message

Retrieve the message.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/data-errors

Question 2: Skipped

You are designing a security model for an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that will support multiple companies.

You need to ensure that users from each company can view only the data of their respective company.

Which two objects should you include in the solution? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • a column encryption key
  • a function
  • asymmetric keys
  • a security policy
  • (Correct)
  • a custom role-based access control (RBAC) role
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A: Row-Level Security (RLS) enables you to use group membership or execution context to control access to rows in a database table. Implement RLS by using the CREATE SECURITY POLICYTransact-SQL statement.

B: Azure Synapse provides a comprehensive and fine-grained access control system, that integrates:

Azure roles for resource management and access to data in storage,

● Synapse roles for managing live access to code and execution,

● SQL roles for data plane access to data in SQL pools.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/security/row-level-security

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/security/synapse-workspace-access-control-overview

Question 3: Skipped

You are building an Azure Stream Analytics query that will receive input data from Azure IoT Hub and write the results to Azure Blob storage.

You need to calculate the difference in readings per sensor per hour.

How should you complete the query?

  • LEAD-LIMIT DURATION
  • LAG-LIMIT DURATION
  • (Correct)
  • LAG-WHEN
  • LAST-OFFSET

Explanation

Box 1: LAG

The LAG analytic operator allows one to look up a previous event in an event stream, within certain constraints. It is very useful for computing the rate of growth of a variable, detecting when a variable crosses a threshold, or when a condition starts or stops being true.

Box 2: LIMIT DURATION

Example: Compute the rate of growth, per sensor:

  • SELECT sensorId,
  • growth = reading
  • LAG(reading) OVER (PARTITION BY sensorId LIMIT DURATION(hour, 1))
  • FROM input

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/lag-azure-stream-analytics

Question 4: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics query. The query returns a result set that contains 10,000 distinct values for a column named clusterID.

You monitor the Stream Analytics job and discover high latency.

You need to reduce the latency.

Which two actions should you perform?

  • Scale out the query by using PARTITION BY.
  • (Correct)
  • Add a pass-through query.
  • Convert the query to a reference query.
  • Add a temporal analytic function.
  • Increase the number of streaming units.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Scaling a Stream Analytics job takes advantage of partitions in the input or output. Partitioning lets you divide data into subsets based on a partition key. A process that consumes the data (such as a Streaming Analytics job) can consume and write different partitions in parallel, which increases throughput.

Streaming Units (SUs) represents the computing resources that are allocated to execute a Stream Analytics job. The higher the number of SUs, the more CPU and memory resources are allocated for your job. This capacity lets you focus on the query logic and abstracts the need to manage the hardware to run your Stream Analytics job in a timely manner.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-parallelization

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-streaming-unit-consumption

Question 5: Skipped

You are processing streaming data from vehicles that pass through a toll booth.

You need to use Azure Stream Analytics to return the license plate, vehicle make, and hour the last vehicle passed during each 10-minute window.

How should you complete the query?

  • MAX-TUMBLING WINDOW-DATEDIFF
  • (Correct)
  • MAX-SESSION WINDOW-DATENAME
  • MIN-SLIDING WINDOW-DATEADD
  • MIN-TUMBLING WINDOW-DATEDIFF

Explanation

  • WITH LastInWindow AS
  • (
  • SELECT
  • MAX(Time) AS LastEventTime
  • FROM
  • Input TIMESTAMP BY Time
  • GROUP BY
  • TumblingWindow(minute, 10)
  • )
  • SELECT
  • Input.License_plate,
  • Input.Make,
  • Input.Time
  • FROM
  • Input TIMESTAMP BY Time
  • INNER JOIN LastInWindow
  • ON DATEDIFF(minute, Input, LastInWindow) BETWEEN 0 AND 10
  • AND Input.Time = LastInWindow.LastEventTime

Box 2: TumblingWindow

Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals.

Box 3: DATEDIFF

DATEDIFF is a date-specific function that compares and returns the time difference between two DateTime fields, for more information, refer to date functions.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 6: Skipped

You are implementing Azure Stream Analytics windowing functions.

Which windowing function should you use for each requirement?

  • 2-1-3
  • 1-3-2
  • 3-1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 1-2-3

Explanation

Box 1: Tumbling

Tumbling window functions are used to segment a data stream into distinct time segments and perform a function against them, such as the example below. The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

Box 2: Hopping

Hopping window functions hop forward in time by a fixed period. It may be easy to think of them as Tumbling windows that can overlap, so events can belong to more than one Hopping window result set. To make a Hopping window the same as a Tumbling window, specify the hop size to be the same as the window size.

Box 3: Sliding

Sliding window functions, unlike Tumbling or Hopping windows, produce an output only when an event occurs. Every window will have at least one event and the window continuously moves forward by an (epsilon). Like hopping windows, events can belong to more than one sliding window.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 7: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

You have an Azure event hub named retailhub that has 16 partitions. Transactions are posted to retailhub. Each transaction includes the transaction ID, the individual line items, and the payment details. The transaction ID is used as the partition key.

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics job to identify potentially fraudulent transactions at a retail store. The job will use retailhub as the input. The job will output the transaction ID, the individual line items, the payment details, a fraud score, and a fraud indicator.

You plan to send the output to an Azure event hub named fraudhub.

You need to ensure that the fraud detection solution is highly scalable and processes transactions as quickly as possible.

How should you structure the output of the Stream Analytics job? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 1-Transaction ID
  • 1-Fraud Score
  • 16-Transaction ID
  • (Correct)
  • 16-Fraud Score

Explanation

Box 1: 16

For Event Hubs you need to set the partition key explicitly.

An embarrassingly parallel job is the most scalable scenario in Azure Stream Analytics. It connects one partition of the input to one instance of the query to one partition of the output.

Box 2: Transaction ID

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-hubs/event-hubs-features#partitions

Question 8: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that contains a table named Table1.

You have files that are ingested and loaded into an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container named container1.

You plan to insert data from the files in container1 into Table1 and transform the data. Each row of data in the files will produce one row in the serving layer of

Table1.

You need to ensure that when the source data files are loaded to container1, the DateTime is stored as an additional column in Table1.

Solution: You use a dedicated SQL pool to create an external table that has an additional DateTime column.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Instead use the derived column transformation to generate new columns in your data flow or to modify existing fields.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/data-flow-derived-column

Question 9: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool named Pool1 and a database named DB1. DB1 contains a fact table named Table1.

You need to identify the extent of the data skew in Table1.

What should you do in Synapse Studio?

  • Connect to the built-in pool and run DBCC PDW_SHOWSPACEUSED.
  • Connect to Pool1 and query sys.dm_pdw_nodes_db_partition_stats.
  • (Correct)
  • Connect to Pool1 and query sys.dm_pdw_node_status.
  • Connect to the built-in pool and run DBCC CHECKALLOC.

Explanation

Microsoft recommends use of sys.dm_pdw_nodes_db_partition_stats to analyze any skewness in the data.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/cheat-sheet

Question 10: Skipped

You have an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics named DW1 on a server named Server1.

You need to determine the size of the transaction log file for each distribution of DW1.

What should you do?

  • On the master database, execute a query against the sys.dm_pdw_nodes_os_performance_counters dynamic management view.
  • Execute a query against the logs of DW1 by using the Get-AzOperationalInsightsSearchResult PowerShell cmdlet.
  • On DW1, execute a query against the sys.database_files dynamic management view.
  • (Correct)
  • From Azure Monitor in the Azure portal, execute a query against the logs of DW1.

Explanation

For information about the current log file size, its maximum size, and the autogrow option for the file, you can also use the size, max_size, and growth columns for that log file in sys.database_files.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/logs/manage-the-size-of-the-transaction-log-file

Question 11: Skipped

You are implementing an Azure Stream Analytics solution to process event data from devices. The devices output events when there is a fault and emit a repeat of the event every five seconds until the fault is resolved. The devices output a heartbeat event every five seconds after a previous event if there are no faults present.

A sample of the events is shown in the following table.

You need to calculate the uptime between the faults.

How should you complete the Stream Analytics SQL query? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 1-3
  • 2-1
  • 2-2
  • 3-2
  • 1-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

If we want to calculate the uptime between the faults, we must use session window for each device, we know that will be receiving events for each 5 seconds if there is no error, so when an error occurs (or if we reach the maximum size of the window) then a new event will not be received within the next 5 seconds and the window will close, calculating the uptime. However if We use Tumbling window, it´s not possible to calculate the uptime beyond 5 seconds.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/session-window-azure-stream-analytics

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 12: Skipped

You are designing an inventory updates table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The table will have a clustered columnstore index and will include the following columns:

You identify the following usage patterns:

● Analysts will most commonly analyze transactions for a warehouse.

● Queries will summarize by product category type, date, and/or inventory event type.

You need to recommend a partition strategy for the table to minimize query times.

On which column should you partition the table?

  • EventTypeID
  • WarehouseID
  • (Correct)
  • EventDate
  • ProductCategoryTypeID

Explanation

The number of records for each warehouse is big enough for a good partitioning.

Note: Table partitions enable you to divide your data into smaller groups of data. In most cases, table partitions are created on a date column.

When creating partitions on clustered columnstore tables, it is important to consider how many rows belong to each partition. For optimal compression and performance of clustered columnstore tables, a minimum of 1 million rows per distribution and partition is needed. Before partitions are created, dedicated SQL pool already divides each table into 60 distributed databases.

“When creating partitions on clustered columnstore tables, it is important to consider how many rows belong to each partition. For optimal compression and performance of clustered columnstore tables, a minimum of 1 million rows per distribution and partition is needed. Before partitions are created, dedicated SQL pool already divides each table into 60 distributed databases. Any partitioning added to a table is in addition to the distributions created behind the scenes. Using this example, if the sales fact table contained 36 monthly partitions, and given that a dedicated SQL pool has 60 distributions, then the sales fact table should contain 60 million rows per month, or 2.1 billion rows when all months are populated. If a table contains fewer than the recommended minimum number of rows per partition, consider using fewer partitions in order to increase the number of rows per partition.”

It is recommended to have at least 1 million rows per partition and distribution. Since there are 60 distributions, the number of rows for each partition must exceed 60 millions.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-partition

Question 13: Skipped

Applications that publish messages to Azure Event Hub very frequently will get the best performance using Advanced Message Queuing Protocol (AMQP) because it establishes a persistent socket. True or False?

  • True
  • (Correct)
  • False

Explanation

Publishers can use either HTTPS or AMQP. AMQP opens a socket and can send multiple messages over that socket.

Question 14: Skipped

If an Event Hub goes offline before a consumer group can process the events it holds, those events will be lost. True or False?

  • False
  • (Correct)
  • True

Explanation

Events are persistent. Each consumer group has its own cursor maintaining its position within the partition. The consumer groups can resume processing at their cursor position when the Event Hub is again available.

Question 15: Skipped

You are designing a real-time dashboard solution that will visualize streaming data from remote sensors that connect to the internet. The streaming data must be aggregated to show the average value of each 10-second interval. The data will be discarded after being displayed in the dashboard.

The solution will use Azure Stream Analytics and must meet the following requirements:

– Minimize latency from an Azure Event hub to the dashboard.

– Minimize the required storage.

– Minimize development effort.

What should you include in the solution?

  • 2-4-3
  • 1-3-4
  • 1-4-3
  • (Correct)
  • 2-3-4

Explanation

1. Azure Event Hub

2. Microsoft Power BI

3. Azure Stream Analytics

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-power-bi-dashboard

Question 16: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics job that receives clickstream data from an Azure event hub.

You need to define a query in the Stream Analytics job. The query must meet the following requirements:

– Count the number of clicks within each 10-second window based on the country of a visitor.

– Ensure that each click is NOT counted more than once.

How should you define the query?

  • SELECT Country, Avg(*) AS Average FROM ClickStream TIMESTAMP BY CreatedAt GROUP BY Country, SlidingWindow(second, 10)
  • SELECT Country, Count(*) AS Count FROM ClickStream TIMESTAMP BY CreatedAt GROUP BY Country, TumblingWindow(second, 10)
  • (Correct)
  • SELECT Country, Count(*) AS Count FROM ClickStream TIMESTAMP BY CreatedAt GROUP BY Country, SessionWindow(second, 5, 10)
  • SELECT Country, Avg(*) AS Average FROM ClickStream TIMESTAMP BY CreatedAt GROUP BY Country, HoppingWindow(second, 10, 2)

Explanation

Tumbling window functions are used to segment a data stream into distinct time segments and perform a function against them, such as the example below. The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

Incorrect Answers:
B: Session windows group events that arrive at similar times, filtering out periods of time where there is no data.
C: Sliding windows, unlike Tumbling or Hopping windows, output events only for points in time when the content of the window actually changes. In other words, when an event enters or exits the window. Every window has at least one event, like in the case of Hopping windows, events can belong to more than one sliding window.
D: Hopping window functions hop forward in time by a fixed period. It may be easy to think of them as Tumbling windows that can overlap, so events can belong to more than one Hopping window result set. To make a Hopping window the same as a Tumbling window, specify the hop size to be the same as the window size.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 167

Question 17: Skipped

You are implementing Azure Stream Analytics functions.

Which windowing function should you use for each requirement?

  • D-A-C
  • (Correct)
  • B-A-A
  • C-D-B
  • A-B-C

Explanation

Box 1: Tumbling

Tumbling window functions are used to segment a data stream into distinct time segments and perform a function against them, such as the example below. The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

Box 2: Hoppping

Hopping window functions hop forward in time by a fixed period. It may be easy to think of them as Tumbling windows that can overlap, so events can belong to more than one Hopping window result set. To make a Hopping window the same as a Tumbling window, specify the hop size to be the same as the window size.

Box 3: Sliding

Sliding window functions, unlike Tumbling or Hopping windows, produce an output only when an event occurs. Every window will have at least one event and the window continuously moves forward by an € (epsilon). Like hopping windows, events can belong to more than one sliding window.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 18: Skipped

You have a SQL pool in Azure Synapse that contains a table named dbo.Customers. The table contains a column name Email.

You need to prevent nonadministrative users from seeing the full email addresses in the Email column. The users must see values in a format of a

[email protected] instead.

What should you do?

  • From the Azure portal, set a mask on the Email column.
  • From the Azure portal, set a sensitivity classification of Confidential for the Email column.
  • From Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, set an email mask on the Email column.
  • (Correct)
  • From Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, grant the SELECT permission to the users for all the columns in the dbo.Customers table except Email.

Explanation

The Email masking method, which exposes the first letter and replaces the domain with XXX.com using a constant string prefix in the form of an email address. [email protected]

Actually you can do the same thing from portal. So it is a little complicated answer. But we ll go with A

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/dynamic-data-masking-overview

Question 19: Skipped

You are designing a monitoring solution for a fleet of 500 vehicles. Each vehicle has a GPS tracking device that sends data to an Azure event hub once per minute.

You have a CSV file in an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container. The file maintains the expected geographical area in which each vehicle should be.

You need to ensure that when a GPS position is outside the expected area, a message is added to another event hub for processing within 30 seconds. The solution must minimize cost.

What should you include in the solution?

  • 4-2-3
  • (Correct)
  • 3-1-4
  • 2-1-4
  • 1-3-2
  • 4-1-3

Explanation

Box 1: Azure Stream Analytics

Box 2: No Window

Box 3: Point within polygon

No Window because you can write a query that joins the device stream with the geofence reference data and generates an alert every time a device is outside of an allowed building.

SELECT DeviceStreamInput.DeviceID, SiteReferenceInput.SiteID, SiteReferenceInput.SiteName

INTO Output

FROM DeviceStreamInput JOIN SiteReferenceInput ON st_within(DeviceStreamInput.GeoPosition, SiteReferenceInput.Geofence) = 0

WHERE DeviceStreamInput.DeviceID = SiteReferenceInput.AllowedDeviceID

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/geospatial-scenarios#generate-alerts-with-geofence

Question 20: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics job to process incoming events from sensors in retail environments.

You need to process the events to produce a running average of shopper counts during the previous 15 minutes, calculated at five-minute intervals.

Which type of window should you use?

  • sliding
  • tumbling
  • hopping
  • (Correct)
  • snapshot

Explanation

As we need to calculate running average, which means it will have overlapping.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 21: Skipped

You are monitoring an Azure Stream Analytics job.

You discover that the Backlogged Input Events metric is increasing slowly and is consistently non-zero.

You need to ensure that the job can handle all the events.

What should you do?

  • Increase the number of streaming units (SUs).
  • (Correct)
  • Remove any named consumer groups from the connection and use $default.
  • Create an additional output stream for the existing input stream.
  • Change the compatibility level of the Stream Analytics job.

Explanation

Backlogged Input Events: Number of input events that are backlogged. A non-zero value for this metric implies that your job isn’t able to keep up with the number of incoming events. If this value is slowly increasing or consistently non-zero, you should scale out your job. You should increase the Streaming Units.

Note: Streaming Units (SUs) represents the computing resources that are allocated to execute a Stream Analytics job. The higher the number of SUs, the more CPU and memory resources are allocated for your job.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-cyrl-ba/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-monitoring

Question 22: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics solution that receives instant messaging data from an Azure Event Hub.

You need to ensure that the output from the Stream Analytics job counts the number of messages per time zone every 15 seconds.

How should you complete the Stream Analytics query? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 2-2
  • 1-1
  • 4-4
  • (Correct)
  • 3-3

Explanation

Box 1: timestamp by

Box 2: Tumbling window

Tumbling window functions are used to segment a data stream into distinct time segments and perform a function against them, such as the example below. The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 23: Skipped

You need to implement complex stateful business logic within an Azure Stream Analytics service.

Which type of function should you create in the Stream Analytics topology?

  • JavaScript user-defined aggregates (UDA)
  • (Correct)
  • JavaScript user-define functions (UDFs)
  • Azure Machine Learning

Explanation

Azure Stream Analytics supports user-defined aggregates (UDA) written in JavaScript, it enables you to implement complex stateful business logic. Within UDA you have full control of the state data structure, state accumulation, state decumulation, and aggregate result computation.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-javascript-user-defined-aggregates

Question 24: Skipped

You are building an Azure Stream Analytics job to identify how much time a user spends interacting with a feature on a webpage.

The job receives events based on user actions on the webpage. Each row of data represents an event. Each event has a type of either ‘start’ or ‘end’.

You need to calculate the duration between start and end events.

How should you complete the query?

  • DATEDIFF-TOPONE
  • DATEDIFF-LAST
  • (Correct)
  • DATEPART-ISFIRST
  • DATEADD-LAST

Explanation

Box 1: DATEDIFF

DATEDIFF function returns the count (as a signed integer value) of the specified datepart boundaries crossed between the specified startdate and enddate.

Syntax: DATEDIFF ( datepart , startdate, enddate )

Box 2: LAST

The LAST function can be used to retrieve the last event within a specific condition. In this example, the condition is an event of type Start, partitioning the search by PARTITION BY user and feature. This way, every user and feature is treated independently when searching for the Start event. LIMIT DURATION limits the search back in time to 1 hour between the End and Start events.

Example:

SELECT [user], feature, DATEDIFF( second, LAST(Time) OVER (PARTITION BY [user], feature LIMIT DURATION(hour, 1) WHEN Event = ‘start’), Time) as duration FROM input TIMESTAMP BY Time WHERE Event = ‘end’

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-stream-analytics-query-patterns

Question 25: Skipped

You plan to create a real-time monitoring app that alerts users when a device travels more than 200 meters away from a designated location.

You need to design an Azure Stream Analytics job to process the data for the planned app. The solution must minimize the amount of code developed and the number of technologies used.

What should you include in the Stream Analytics job?

  • 1-3
  • 2-3
  • 2-2
  • 2-1
  • 1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 1-1

Explanation

Input type: Stream

You can process real-time IoT data streams with Azure Stream Analytics.

Function: Geospatial

With built-in geospatial functions, you can use Azure Stream Analytics to build applications for scenarios such as fleet management, ride sharing, connected cars, and asset tracking.

Note: In a real-world scenario, you could have hundreds of these sensors generating events as a stream. Ideally, a gateway device would run code to push these events to Azure Event Hubs or Azure IoT Hubs.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-get-started-with-azure-stream-analytics-to-process-data-from-iot-devices

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/geospatial-scenarios

Question 26: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics job that is a Stream Analytics project solution in Microsoft Visual Studio. The job accepts data generated by IoT devices in the JSON format.

You need to modify the job to accept data generated by the IoT devices in the Protobuf format.

Which three actions should you perform from Visual Studio in sequence?

  • 1-2-3
  • 1-3-4
  • 3-1-5
  • 3-4-5
  • (Correct)
  • 2-3-4

Explanation


Step 1: Add an Azure Stream Analytics Custom Deserializer Project (.NET) project to the solution.
Create a custom deserializer
1. Open Visual Studio and select File > New > Project. Search for Stream Analytics and select Azure Stream Analytics Custom Deserializer Project (.NET). Give the project a name, like Protobuf Deserializer.

2. In Solution Explorer, right-click your Protobuf Deserializer project and select Manage NuGet Packages from the menu. Then install the Microsoft.Azure.StreamAnalytics and Google.Protobuf NuGet packages.
3. Add the MessageBodyProto class and the MessageBodyDeserializer class to your project.
4. Build the Protobuf Deserializer project.
Step 2: Add .NET deserializer code for Protobuf to the custom deserializer project
Azure Stream Analytics has built-in support for three data formats: JSON, CSV, and Avro. With custom .NET deserializers, you can read data from other formats such as Protocol Buffer, Bond and other user defined formats for both cloud and edge jobs.
Step 3: Add an Azure Stream Analytics Application project to the solution
Add an Azure Stream Analytics project
1. In Solution Explorer, right-click the Protobuf Deserializer solution and select Add > New Project. Under Azure Stream Analytics > Stream Analytics, choose
Azure Stream Analytics Application. Name it ProtobufCloudDeserializer and select OK.
2. Right-click References under the ProtobufCloudDeserializer Azure Stream Analytics project. Under Projects, add Protobuf Deserializer. It should be automatically populated for you.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/custom-deserializer

Question 27: Skipped

You use Azure Stream Analytics to receive data from Azure Event Hubs and to output the data to an Azure Blob Storage account.

You need to output the count of records received from the last five minutes every minute.

Which windowing function should you use?

  • Tumbling
  • Hopping
  • (Correct)
  • Session
  • Sliding

Explanation

Hopping window functions hop forward in time by a fixed period. It may be easy to think of them as Tumbling windows that can overlap and be emitted more often than the window size. Events can belong to more than one Hopping window result set. To make a Hopping window the same as a Tumbling window, specify the hop size to be the same as the window size.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 28: Skipped

You have an Azure data solution that contains an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics named DW1.

Several users execute ad hoc queries to DW1 concurrently.

You regularly perform automated data loads to DW1.

You need to ensure that the automated data loads have enough memory available to complete quickly and successfully when the adhoc queries run.

What should you do?

  • Hash distribute the large fact tables in DW1 before performing the automated data loads.
  • Create sampled statistics for every column in each table of DW1.
  • Assign a larger resource class to the automated data load queries.
  • (Correct)
  • Assign a smaller resource class to the automated data load queries.

Explanation

The performance capacity of a query is determined by the user’s resource class. Resource classes are pre-determined resource limits in Synapse SQL pool that govern compute resources and concurrency for query execution.

Resource classes can help you configure resources for your queries by setting limits on the number of queries that run concurrently and on the compute-resources assigned to each query. There’s a trade-off between memory and concurrency.

Smaller resource classes reduce the maximum memory per query, but increase concurrency.

Larger resource classes increase the maximum memory per query, but reduce concurrency.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/resource-classes-for-workload-management

Question 29: Skipped

You have an Azure SQL database named Database1 and two Azure event hubs named HubA and HubB. The data consumed from each source is shown in the following table.

You need to implement Azure Stream Analytics to calculate the average fare per mile by driver.

How should you configure the Stream Analytics input for each source?

  • 2-1-2
  • 1-1-1
  • 1-2-1
  • 2-1-1
  • 1-1-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

HubA: Stream

HubB: Stream

Database1: Reference

Reference data (also known as a lookup table) is a finite data set that is static or slowly changing in nature, used to perform a lookup or to augment your data streams. For example, in an IoT scenario, you could store metadata about sensors (which dont change often) in reference data and join it with real time IoT data streams. Azure Stream Analytics loads reference data in memory to achieve low latency stream processing

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-use-reference-data

Question 30: Skipped

A company plans to analyze a continuous flow of data from a social media platform by using Microsoft Azure Stream Analytics. The incoming data is formatted as one record per row. You need to create the input stream. How should you complete the REST API segment?

  • A – B
  • (Correct)
  • C-B
  • A – A
  • A-C
  • B-C
  • B-A
  • C-A

Explanation

Box 1: CSV

A comma-separated values (CSV) file is a delimited text file that uses a comma to separate values. A CSV file stores tabular data (numbers and text) in plain text.

Each line of the file is a data record.

JSON and AVRO are not formatted as one record per row.

Box 2: “type”:”Microsoft.ServiceBus/EventHub”,

Properties include “EventHubName”

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-define-inputs

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comma-separated_values

Question 31: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics job that uses Scala.

You need to view the status of the job.

What should you do?

  • From Azure Monitor, run a Kusto query against the AzureDiagnostics table.
  • From Synapse Studio, select the workspace. From Monitor, select SQL requests.
  • From Azure Monitor, run a Kusto query against the SparkLoggingEvent_CL table.
  • From Synapse Studio, select the workspace. From Monitor, select Apache Sparks applications.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Use Synapse Studio to monitor your Apache Spark applications. To monitor running Apache Spark application Open Monitor, then select Apache Spark applications. To view the details about the Apache Spark applications that are running, select the submitting Apache Spark application and view the details. If the Apache Spark application is still running, you can monitor the progress.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/monitoring/apache-spark-applications

Question 32: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics solution that will analyze Twitter data.

You need to count the tweets in each 10-second window. The solution must ensure that each tweet is counted only once.

Solution: You use a hopping window that uses a hop size of 10 seconds and a window size of 10 seconds.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

Instead use a tumbling window. Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals. Unlike tumbling windows, hopping windows model scheduled overlapping windows. A hopping window specification consist of three parameters: the timeunit, the windowsize (how long each window lasts) and the hopsize (by how much each window moves forward relative to the previous one). Additionally, offsetsize may be used as an optional fourth parameter. Note that a tumbling window is simply a hopping window whose ‘hop’ is equal to its ‘size’.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 33: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Synapse solution that will provide a query interface for the data stored in an Azure Storage account. The storage account is only accessible from a virtual network.

You need to recommend an authentication mechanism to ensure that the solution can access the source data.

What should you recommend?

  • a managed identity
  • (Correct)
  • a shared key
  • anonymous public read access

Explanation

Managed Identity authentication is required when your storage account is attached to a VNet.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/quickstart-bulk-load-copy-tsql-examples

Question 34: Skipped

You are designing an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics that will store website traffic analytics in a star schema. You plan to have a fact table for website visits. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

You need to recommend which distribution type and index type to use for the table. The solution must provide the fastest query performance.

What should you recommend?

  • Hash-Clustered columnstore
  • (Correct)
  • Hash-NonClustered
  • Hash-Clustered
  • Round robin-Clustered columnstore

Explanation

Box 1: Hash

Consider using a hash-distributed table when:

The table size on disk is more than 2 GB.

The table has frequent insert, update, and delete operations.

Box 2: Clustered columnstore

Clustered columnstore tables offer both the highest level of data compression and the best overall query performance.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-index

Question 35: Skipped

You need to implement a Type 3 slowly changing dimension (SCD) for product category data in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You have a table that was created by using the following Transact-SQL statement.

Which two columns should you add to the table? Each correct answer presents part of the solution?

  • [ProductCategory] [nvarchar] (100) NOT NULL,
  • [CurrentProductCategory] [nvarchar] (100) NOT NULL,
  • (Correct)
  • [EffectiveEndDate] [datetime] NULL,
  • [EffectiveStartDate] [datetime] NOT NULL,
  • [OriginalProductCategory] [nvarchar] (100) NOT NULL,
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A Type 3 SCD supports storing two versions of a dimension member as separate columns. The table includes a column for the current value of a member plus either the original or previous value of the member. So Type 3 uses additional columns to track one key instance of history, rather than storing additional rows to track each change like in a Type 2 SCD.

This type of tracking may be used for one or two columns in a dimension table. It is not common to use it for many members of the same table. It is often used in combination with Type 1 or Type 2 members.

Reference:

https://k21academy.com/microsoft-azure/azure-data-engineer-dp203-q-a-day-2-live-session-review/

Question 36: Skipped

You plan to ingest streaming social media data by using Azure Stream Analytics. The data will be stored in files in Azure Data Lake Storage, and then consumed by using Azure Databricks and PolyBase in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to recommend a Stream Analytics data output format to ensure that the queries from Databricks and PolyBase against the files encounter the fewest possible errors. The solution must ensure that the files can be queried quickly and that the data type information is retained.

What should you recommend?

  • Avro
  • CSV
  • Parquet
  • (Correct)
  • JSON

Explanation

Need Parquet to support both Databricks and PolyBase.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-external-file-format-transact-sql

Question 37: Skipped

A company has a real-time data analysis solution that is hosted on Microsoft Azure. The solution uses Azure Event Hub to ingest data and an Azure Stream Analytics cloud job to analyze the data. The cloud job is configured to use 120 Streaming Units (SU).

You need to optimize performance for the Azure Stream Analytics job.

Which two actions should you perform?

  • Implement query parallelization by partitioning the data input
  • (Correct)
  • Implement Azure Stream Analytics user-defined functions (UDF)
  • Implement query parallelization by partitioning the data output
  • Scale the SU count for the job down
  • Scale the SU count for the job up
  • (Correct)
  • Implement event ordering

Explanation

Scale out the query by allowing the system to process each input partition separately.

A Stream Analytics job definition includes inputs, a query, and output. Inputs are where the job reads the data stream from.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-parallelization

Question 38: Skipped

You have the following Azure Stream Analytics query.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

  • Yes-No-Yes
  • Yes-Yes-Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No-Yes-Yes
  • Yes-Yes-No
  • No-Yes-No

Explanation

Box 1: Yes

You can now use a new extension of Azure Stream Analytics SQL to specify the number of partitions of a stream when reshuffling the data.

The outcome is a stream that has the same partition scheme. Please see below for an example:

WITH step1 AS (SELECT * FROM [input1] PARTITION BY DeviceID INTO 10), step2 AS (SELECT * FROM [input2] PARTITION BY DeviceID INTO 10) SELECT * INTO [output] FROM step1 PARTITION BY DeviceID UNION step2 PARTITION BY DeviceID

Note: The new extension of Azure Stream Analytics SQL includes a keyword INTO that allows you to specify the number of partitions for a stream when performing reshuffling using a PARTITION BY statement.

Box 2: Yes

When joining two streams of data explicitly repartitioned, these streams must have the same partition key and partition count.

Box 3: Yes

Streaming Units (SUs) represents the computing resources that are allocated to execute a Stream Analytics job. The higher the number of SUs, the more CPU and memory resources are allocated for your job.

In general, the best practice is to start with 6 SUs for queries that don’t use PARTITION BY.

Here there are 10 partitions, so 6×10 = 60 SUs is good.

Note: Remember, Streaming Unit (SU) count, which is the unit of scale for Azure Stream Analytics, must be adjusted so the number of physical resources available to the job can fit the partitioned flow. In general, six SUs is a good number to assign to each partition. In case there are insufficient resources assigned to the job, the system will only apply the repartition if it benefits the job.

Reference:

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-in/blog/maximize-throughput-with-repartitioning-in-azure-stream-analytics/

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-streaming-unit-consumption

Question 39: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

Groups will have access to sensitive data in the pool as shown in the following table.

You have policies for the sensitive data. The policies vary be region as shown in the following table.

You have a table of patients for each region. The tables contain the following potentially sensitive columns.

You are designing dynamic data masking to maintain compliance.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

  • No-No-Yes
  • (Correct)
  • Yes-No-Yes
  • Yes-Yes-No
  • No-Yes-Yes

Explanation

Statement 1: Analysts in Region A have access to (all) the following sensitive data in region A: CardOnFile, Heigth and ContactEmail. Since financial (CardOnFike) and PII (ContactEmail) are considered sensitive data in Region A, hence you don’t need any dynamic data masking for Height: so NO. Statement 2 & 3: Engineers have access to all numeric sensitive data (which means in every region). So they have access to height. Height is medical and therefore only sensitive in Region B according to the second table, but not in Region A. So Statement 2 is “No” and Statement 3 is “Yes”

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/dynamic-data-masking-overview

Question 40: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that contains a table named Contacts. Contacts contains a column named Phone.

You need to ensure that users in a specific role only see the last four digits of a phone number when querying the Phone column.

What should you include in the solution?

  • a default value
  • table partitions
  • row-level security (RLS)
  • column encryption
  • dynamic data masking
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Dynamic data masking helps prevent unauthorized access to sensitive data by enabling customers to designate how much of the sensitive data to reveal with minimal impact on the application layer. It’s a policy-based security feature that hides the sensitive data in the result set of a query over designated database fields, while the data in the database is not changed.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/dynamic-data-masking-overview

Question 41: Skipped

You configure monitoring from an Azure Synapse Analytics implementation. The implementation uses PolyBase to load data from comma-separated value (CSV) files stored in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 using an external table.

Files with an invalid schema cause errors to occur.

You need to monitor for an invalid schema error.

For which error should you monitor?

  • EXTERNAL TABLE access failed due to internal error: ‘Java exception raised on call to HdfsBridge_Connect: Error [No FileSystem for scheme: wasbs] occurred while accessing external file.’
  • EXTERNAL TABLE access failed due to internal error: ‘Java exception raised on call to HdfsBridge_Connect: Error [com.microsoft.polybase.client.KerberosSecureLogin] occurred while accessing external file.’
  • EXTERNAL TABLE access failed due to internal error: ‘Java exception raised on call to HdfsBridge_Connect: Error [Unable to instantiate LoginClass] occurred while accessing external file.’
  • Cannot execute the query
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Error message: Cannot execute the query “Remote Query”

Possible Reason:

The reason this error happens is because each file has different schema. The PolyBase external table DDL when pointed to a directory recursively reads all the files in that directory. When a column or data type mismatch happens, this error could be seen in SSMS.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/polybase/polybase-errors-and-possible-solutions

Question 42: Skipped

You are a Data Engineer for Contoso. You want to view key health metrics of your Stream Analytics jobs. Which tool in Streaming Analytics should you use?

  • Alerts
  • Diagnostics
  • Dashboards
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Dashboard are used to view the key health metrics of your Stream Analytics jobs. Diagnostic logging is turned off by default and can help with root-cause analysis in production deployments. Alerts enable proactive detection of issues in Stream Analytics.

Question 43: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool.

You need to ensure that you can audit access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII).

What should you include in the solution?

  • column-level security
  • dynamic data masking
  • sensitivity classifications
  • (Correct)
  • row-level security (RLS)

Explanation

Data Discovery & Classification is built into Azure SQL Database, Azure SQL Managed Instance, and Azure Synapse Analytics. It provides basic capabilities for discovering, classifying, labeling, and reporting the sensitive data in your databases.

Your most sensitive data might include business, financial, healthcare, or personal information. Discovering and classifying this data can play a pivotal role in your organization’s information-protection approach. It can serve as infrastructure for:

● Helping to meet standards for data privacy and requirements for regulatory compliance.

● Various security scenarios, such as monitoring (auditing) access to sensitive data.

● Controlling access to and hardening the security of databases that contain highly sensitive data.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/data-discovery-and-classification-overview

Question 44: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that is linked to a hybrid Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant. The subscription contains an Azure Synapse Analytics SQL pool named Pool1.

You need to recommend an authentication solution for Pool1. The solution must support multi-factor authentication (MFA) and database-level authentication.

Which authentication solution or solutions should you include m the recommendation?

  • 2-3
  • 2-1
  • 1-2
  • (Correct)
  • 1-1
  • 3-1
  • 4-2

Explanation

Box 1: Azure AD authentication

Azure AD authentication has the option to include MFA.

Box 2: Contained database users

Azure AD authentication uses contained database users to authenticate identities at the database level.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/authentication-mfa-ssms-overview

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/authentication-aad-overview

Question 45: Skipped

You use Azure Stream Analytics to receive Twitter data from Azure Event Hubs and to output the data to an Azure Blob storage account.

You need to output the count of tweets during the last five minutes every five minutes.

Which windowing function should you use?

  • a five-minute Sliding window
  • a five-minute Session window
  • a five-minute Tumbling window
  • (Correct)
  • has a one-minute hop

Explanation

Tumbling window functions are used to segment a data stream into distinct time segments and perform a function against them, such as the example below. The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

  • SELECT
  • Timezone,
  • Count(*) AS Count
  • FROM TwitterStream
  • TIMESTAMP BY CreatedAt
  • GROUP BY
  • TimeZone,
  • TumblingWindow(second,10)

Incorrect Answers:

Hopping window functions hop forward in time by a fixed period. It may be easy to think of them as Tumbling windows that can overlap, so events can belong to more than one Hopping window result set. To make a Hopping window the same as a Tumbling window, specify the hop size to be the same as the window size.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 46: Skipped

You are designing database for an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to support workloads for detecting ecommerce transaction fraud.

Data will be combined from multiple ecommerce sites and can include sensitive financial information such as credit card numbers.

You need to recommend a solution that meets the following requirements:

– Users must be able to identify potentially fraudulent transactions.

– Users must be able to use credit cards as a potential feature in models.

– Users must NOT be able to access the actual credit card numbers.

What should you include in the recommendation?

  • row-level security (RLS)
  • column-level encryption
  • (Correct)
  • Transparent Data Encryption (TDE)
  • Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) pass-through authentication

Explanation

Use Always Encrypted to secure the required columns. You can configure Always Encrypted for individual database columns containing your sensitive data.

Always Encrypted is a feature designed to protect sensitive data, such as credit card numbers or national identification numbers (for example, U.S. social security numbers), stored in Azure SQL Database or SQL Server databases.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/security/encryption/always-encrypted-database-engine

Question 47: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account named adls2 that is protected by a virtual network.

You are designing a SQL pool in Azure Synapse that will use adls2 as a source.

What should you use to authenticate to adls2?

  • an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) user
  • a shared access signature (SAS)
  • a shared key
  • a managed identity
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Managed Identity authentication is required when your storage account is attached to a VNet.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/quickstart-bulk-load-copy-tsql-examples

Question 48: Skipped

You are designing a date dimension table in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool. The date dimension table will be used by all the fact tables.

Which distribution type should you recommend to minimize data movement?

  • HASH
  • REPLICATE
  • (Correct)
  • ROUND_ROBIN

Explanation

A replicated table has a full copy of the table available on every Compute node. Queries run fast on replicated tables since joins on replicated tables don’t require data movement. Replication requires extra storage, though, and isn’t practical for large tables.

Incorrect Answers:

A: A hash distributed table is designed to achieve high performance for queries on large tables.

C: A round-robin table distributes table rows evenly across all distributions. The rows are distributed randomly. Loading data into a round-robin table is fast. Keep in mind that queries can require more data movement than the other distribution methods.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-overview

Question 49: Skipped

You have an on-premises data warehouse that includes the following fact tables. Both tables have the following columns: DateKey, ProductKey, RegionKey. There are 120 unique product keys and 65 unique region keys.

Queries that use the data warehouse take a long time to complete.

You plan to migrate the solution to use Azure Synapse Analytics. You need to ensure that the Azure-based solution optimizes query performance and minimizes processing skew.

What should you recommend?

  • 1. Hash Distributed, ProductKey
  • 2. Hash Distributed, DateKey
  • 1. Hash Distributed, ProductKey
  • 2. Round-robin, DateKey
  • 1. Round-robin, DateKey
  • 2. Hash Distributed, RegionKey
  • 1. Hash Distributed, ProductKey
  • 2. Hash Distributed, RegionKey
  • (Correct)

Explanation

1. Hash Distributed, ProductKey

because >2GB and ProductKey is extensively used in joins

2. Hash Distributed, RegionKey

because “The table size on disk is more than 2 GB.” and you have to chose a distribution column which: “Is not used in WHERE clauses. This could narrow the query to not run on all the distributions.”

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute#choosing-a-distribution-column

Question 50: Skipped

You manage an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Users report slow performance when they run commonly used queries. Users do not report performance changes for infrequently used queries.

You need to monitor resource utilization to determine the source of the performance issues.

Which metric should you monitor?

  • DWU percentage
  • Cache hit percentage
  • (Correct)
  • DWU limit
  • Data IO percentage

Explanation

Monitor and troubleshoot slow query performance by determining whether your workload is optimally leveraging the adaptive cache for dedicated SQL pools.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-how-to-monitor-cache

Question 1: Skipped

You are developing an application that uses Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2.

You need to recommend a solution to grant permissions to a specific application for a limited time period.

What should you include in the recommendation?

  • Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) identities
  • shared access signatures (SAS)
  • (Correct)
  • account keys
  • role assignments

Explanation

A shared access signature (SAS) provides secure delegated access to resources in your storage account. With a SAS, you have granular control over how a client can access your data. For example:

What resources the client may access.

What permissions they have to those resources.

How long the SAS is valid.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview

Question 2: Skipped

You are designing a highly available Azure Data Lake Storage solution that will include geo-zone-redundant storage (GZRS).

You need to monitor for replication delays that can affect the recovery point objective (RPO).

What should you include in the monitoring solution?

  • Average Success E2E Latency
  • 5xx: Server Error errors
  • availability
  • Last Sync Time
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Because geo-replication is asynchronous, it is possible that data written to the primary region has not yet been written to the secondary region at the time an outage occurs. The Last Sync Time property indicates the last time that data from the primary region was written successfully to the secondary region. All writes made to the primary region before the last sync time are available to be read from the secondary location. Writes made to the primary region after the last sync time property may or may not be available for reads yet.

Any blob, file, queue, or table operation latency can cause cascading slowdowns in your application. The Success E2E Latency metric measures the total amount of time it takes for requests to be processed by the storage account APIs, sent to the client, and then acknowledged by the client.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/last-sync-time-get

Question 3: Skipped

You are designing a star schema for a dataset that contains records of online orders. Each record includes an order date, an order due date, and an order ship date.

You need to ensure that the design provides the fastest query times of the records when querying for arbitrary date ranges and aggregating by fiscal calendar attributes.

Which two actions should you perf

  • In the fact table, use integer columns for the date fields.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a date dimension table that has an integer key in the format of YYYYMMDD.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a date dimension table that has a DateTime key.
  • Use DateTime columns for the date fields.
  • Use built-in SQL functions to extract date attributes.

Explanation

we are designing a star schema so we need a dimension table for the date

Reference:

https://community.idera.com/database-tools/blog/b/community_blog/posts/why-use-a-date-dimension-table-in-a-data-warehouse

Question 4: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that contains the following resources:

– An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains a security group named Group1

– An Azure Synapse Analytics SQL pool named Pool1

You need to control the access of Group1 to specific columns and rows in a table in Pool1.

Which Transact-SQL commands should you use?

  • A-B
  • C-D
  • B-C
  • D-B
  • D-C
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: GRANT

You can implement column-level security with the GRANT T-SQL statement.

Box 2: CREATE SECURITY POLICY

Implement Row Level Security by using the CREATE SECURITY POLICY Transact-SQL statement

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/column-level-security

Question 5: Skipped

You use Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 to store data that data scientists and data engineers will query by using Azure Databricks interactive notebooks. Users will have access only to the Data Lake Storage folders that relate to the projects on which they work.

You need to recommend which authentication methods to use for Databricks and Data Lake Storage to provide the users with the appropriate access. The solution must minimize administrative effort and development effort.

Which authentication method should you recommend for each Azure service?

  • 2-1
  • 3-2
  • 1-3
  • 1-2
  • 2-3
  • 3-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Personal access tokens

You can use storage shared access signatures (SAS) to access an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 storage account directly. With SAS, you can restrict access to a storage account using temporary tokens with fine-grained access control.

You can add multiple storage accounts and configure respective SAS token providers in the same Spark session.

Box 2: Azure Active Directory credential passthrough

You can authenticate automatically to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen1 (ADLS Gen1) and Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 (ADLS Gen2) from Azure Databricks clusters using the same Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) identity that you use to log into Azure Databricks. When you enable your cluster for Azure Data Lake

Storage credential passthrough, commands that you run on that cluster can read and write data in Azure Data Lake Storage without requiring you to configure service principal credentials for access to storage.

After configuring Azure Data Lake Storage credential passthrough and creating storage containers, you can access data directly in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen1 using an adl:// path and Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 using an abfss:// path:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/data/data-sources/azure/adls-gen2/azure-datalake-gen2-sas-access

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databricks/security/credential-passthrough/adls-passthrough

Question 6: Skipped

You develop data engineering solutions for a company.

A project requires an in-memory batch data processing solution.

You need to provision an HDInsight cluster for batch processing of data on Microsoft Azure.

How should you complete the PowerShell segment?

  • A-B-A-A
  • A-B-A-B
  • A-A-A-A
  • (Correct)
  • A-A-A-B

Explanation

Box 1: New-AzStorageContainer

# Example: Create a blob container. This holds the default data store for the cluster.

New-AzStorageContainer

-Name $clusterName

-Context $defaultStorageContext

$sparkConfig = New-Object “System.Collections.Generic.Dictionary“2[System.String,System.String]”

$sparkConfig.Add(“spark”, “2.3”)

Box 2: Spark

Spark provides primitives for in-memory cluster computing. A Spark job can load and cache data into memory and query it repeatedly. In-memory computing is much faster than disk-based applications than disk-based applications, such as Hadoop, which shares data through Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS).

Box 3: New-AzureRMHDInsightCluster

# Create the HDInsight cluster. Example:

New-AzHDInsightCluster `

-ResourceGroupName $resourceGroupName `

-ClusterName $clusterName `

-Location $location `

-ClusterSizeInNodes $clusterSizeInNodes `

-ClusterType $”Spark” `

-OSType “Linux” `

Box 4: Spark

HDInsight is a managed Hadoop service. Use it deploy and manage Hadoop clusters in Azure. For batch processing, you can use Spark, Hive, Hive LLAP, MapReduce.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/hdinsight/spark/apache-spark-jupyter-spark-sql-use-powershell

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/hdinsight/spark/apache-spark-overview

Question 7: Skipped

You need to set the encryption for the data stored in Stream Analytics. What should you do?

  • Use Transport Layer Security v1.2
  • It cannot be done
  • (Correct)
  • Set server-level IP address rule

Explanation

As Stream Analytics does not store data, you will be unable to set the encryption for the data stored in Stream Analytics. As a result, Using Transport Layer Security v1.2 or a server-level IP address rule is not correct in the context of this question

Question 8: Skipped

You have an Azure Storage account named storage1 that is configured as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to ensure that all calls to an Azure Storage REST API operation on storage1 are made over HTTPS.

What should you do?

  • For the Blob service, create a shared access signature (SAS) that allows HTTPS only.
  • Set Minimum TLS version to Version 1.2.
  • Set Allow Blob public access to Disabled.
  • Set Secure transfer required to Enabled.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can configure your storage account to accept requests from secure connections only by setting the Secure transfer required property for the storage account.

When you require secure transfer, any requests originating from an insecure connection are rejected. Microsoft recommends that you always require secure transfer for all of your storage accounts.

When secure transfer is required, a call to an Azure Storage REST API operation must be made over HTTPS. Any request made over HTTP is rejected.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-require-secure-transfer

Question 9: Skipped

You are a data architect. The data engineering team needs to configure a synchronization of data between an on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database to Azure SQL Database.

Ad-hoc and reporting queries are being overutilized the on-premises production instance. The synchronization process must:

  • Perform an initial data synchronization to Azure SQL Database with minimal downtime
  • Perform bi-directional data synchronization after initial synchronization

You need to implement this synchronization solution.

Which synchronization method should you use?

  • SQL Server Agent job
  • transactional replication
  • Azure SQL Data Sync
  • (Correct)
  • backup and restore
  • Data Migration Assistant (DMA)

Explanation

SQL Data Sync is a service built on Azure SQL Database that lets you synchronize the data you select bi-directionally across multiple SQL databases and SQL Server instances.

With Data Sync, you can keep data synchronized between your on-premises databases and Azure SQL databases to enable hybrid applications.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-sync-data

Question 10: Skipped

A company has a SaaS solution that uses Azure SQL Database with elastic pools. The solution contains a dedicated database for each customer organization. Customer organizations have peak usage at different periods during the year.

You need to implement the Azure SQL Database elastic pool to minimize cost.

Which option or options should you configure?

  • eDTUs and max data size
  • (Correct)
  • eDTUs per database only
  • CPU usage only
  • Number of databases only
  • Number of transactions only

Explanation

The best size for a pool depends on the aggregate resources needed for all databases in the pool. This involves determining the following:

  • Maximum resources utilized by all databases in the pool (either maximum DTUs or maximum vCores depending on your choice of resourcing model).
  • Maximum storage bytes utilized by all databases in the pool.

Note: Elastic pools enable the developer to purchase resources for a pool shared by multiple databases to accommodate unpredictable periods of usage by individual databases. You can configure resources for the pool based either on the DTU-based purchasing model or the vCore-based purchasing model.

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-elastic-pool

Question 11: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

You are designing a new Lambda architecture on Microsoft Azure.

The real-time processing layer must meet the following requirements:

Ingestion:

✑ Receive millions of events per second

✑ Act as a fully managed Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) solution

✑ Integrate with Azure Functions

Stream processing:

✑ Process on a per-job basis

✑ Provide seamless connectivity with Azure services

✑ Use a SQL-based query language

Analytical data store:

✑ Act as a managed service

✑ Use a document store

✑ Provide data encryption at rest

You need to identify the correct technologies to build the Lambda architecture using minimal effort. Which technologies should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 2-1-4
  • (Correct)
  • 1-1-3
  • 3-4-1
  • 4-4-2

Explanation

Box 1: Azure Event Hubs –

This portion of a streaming architecture is often referred to as stream buffering. Options include Azure Event Hubs, Azure IoT Hub, and Kafka.

Incorrect Answers: Not HDInsight Kafka

Azure Functions need a trigger defined in order to run. There is a limited set of supported trigger types, and Kafka is not one of them.

Box 2: Azure Stream Analytics –

Azure Stream Analytics provides a managed stream processing service based on perpetually running SQL queries that operate on unbounded streams.

You can also use open source Apache streaming technologies like Storm and Spark Streaming in an HDInsight cluster.

Box 3: Azure Synapse Analytics –

Azure Synapse Analytics provides a managed service for large-scale, cloud-based data warehousing. HDInsight supports Interactive Hive, HBase, and Spark

SQL, which can also be used to serve data for analysis.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/data-guide/big-data/

Question 12: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription linked to an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains a service principal named ServicePrincipal1. The subscription contains an Azure Data Lake Storage account named adls1. Adls1 contains a folder named Folder2 that has a URI of https://adls1.dfs.core.windows.net/ container1/Folder1/Folder2/.

ServicePrincipal1 has the access control list (ACL) permissions shown in the following table.

You need to ensure that ServicePrincipal1 can perform the following actions:

✑ Traverse child items that are created in Folder2.

✑ Read files that are created in Folder2.

The solution must use the principle of least privilege.

Which two permissions should you grant to ServicePrincipal1 for Folder2? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

  • Access – Read
  • Default – Write
  • Access – Write
  • Default – Read
  • (Correct)
  • Access – Execute
  • F. Default – Execute
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Execute (X) permission is required to traverse the child items of a folder.

There are two kinds of access control lists (ACLs), Access ACLs and Default ACLs.

Access ACLs: These control access to an object. Files and folders both have Access ACLs.

Default ACLs: A “template” of ACLs associated with a folder that determine the Access ACLs for any child items that are created under that folder. Files do not have Default ACLs.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-lake-store/data-lake-store-access-control

Question 13: Skipped

You are designing an anomaly detection solution for streaming data from an Azure IoT hub. The solution must meet the following requirements:

– Send the output to Azure Synapse.

– Identify spikes and dips in time series data.

– Minimize development and configuration effort.

Which should you include in the solution?

  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Databricks
  • Azure SQL Database

Explanation

You can identify anomalies by routing data via IoT Hub to a built-in ML model in Azure Stream Analytics.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/data-anomaly-detection-using-azure-iot-hub/

Question 14: Skipped

You are designing a streaming data solution that will ingest variable volumes of data.

You need to ensure that you can change the partition count after creation.

Which service should you use to ingest the data?

  • Azure Synapse Analytics
  • Azure Event Hubs Dedicated
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • Azure Data Factory

Explanation

You can’t change the partition count for an event hub after its creation except for the event hub in a dedicated cluster.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-hubs/event-hubs-features

Question 15: Skipped

You plan to implement an Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account.

You need to ensure that the data lake will remain available if a data center fails in the primary Azure region. The solution must minimize costs.

Which type of replication should you use for the storage account?

  • locally-redundant storage (LRS)
  • zone-redundant storage (ZRS)
  • (Correct)
  • geo-redundant storage (GRS)
  • geo-zone-redundant storage (GZRS)

Explanation

Question talks about failure in “a data center”. As long as other data centers are running fine(as in ZRS which will have many), ZRS would be the least expensive option. Zone-redundant storage (ZRS) replicates your Azure Storage data synchronously across three Azure availability zones in the primary region. Each availability zone is a separate physical location with independent power, cooling, and networking

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy

Question 16: Skipped

You develop data engineering solutions for a company. The company has on-premises Microsoft SQL Server databases at multiple locations.

The company must integrate data with Microsoft Power BI and Microsoft Azure Logic Apps. The solution must avoid single points of failure during connection and transfer to the cloud. The solution must also minimize latency.

You need to secure the transfer of data between on-premises databases and Microsoft Azure.

What should you do?

  • Install a standalone on-premises Azure data gateway at each location
  • Install an Azure on-premises data gateway at the primary location
  • Install an on-premises data gateway in personal mode at each location
  • Install an Azure on-premises data gateway as a cluster at each location
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You can create high availability clusters of On-premises data gateway installations, to ensure your organization can access on-premises data resources used in Power BI reports and dashboards. Such clusters allow gateway administrators to group gateways to avoid single points of failure in accessing on-premises data resources. The Power BI service always uses the primary gateway in the cluster, unless it’s not available. In that case, the service switches to the next gateway in the cluster, and so on.

References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/service-gateway-high-availability-clusters

Question 17: Skipped

You store files in an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container. The container has the storage policy shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

  • 3-1
  • (Correct)
  • 3-3
  • 4-1
  • 2-2

Explanation

Box 1: moved to cool storage

The ManagementPolicyBaseBlob.TierToCool property gets or sets the function to tier blobs to cool storage. Support blobs currently at Hot tier.

Box 2: container1/contoso.csv

As defined by prefixMatch.

prefixMatch: An array of strings for prefixes to be matched. Each rule can define up to 10 case-senstive prefixes. A prefix string must start with a container name.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/microsoft.azure.management.storage.fluent.models.managementpolicybaseblob.tiertocool

Question 18: Skipped

You are monitoring an Azure Stream Analytics job by using metrics in Azure.

You discover that during the last 12 hours, the average watermark delay is consistently greater than the configured late arrival tolerance.

What is a possible cause of this behavior?

  • The late arrival policy causes events to be dropped.
  • Events whose application timestamp is earlier than their arrival time by more than five minutes arrive as inputs.
  • The job lacks the resources to process the volume of incoming data.
  • (Correct)
  • There are errors in the input data.

Explanation

Watermark Delay indicates the delay of the streaming data processing job.

There are a number of resource constraints that can cause the streaming pipeline to slow down. The watermark delay metric can rise due to:

1. Not enough processing resources in Stream Analytics to handle the volume of input events. To scale up resources, see Understand and adjust Streaming

Units.

2. Not enough throughput within the input event brokers, so they are throttled. For possible solutions, see Automatically scale up Azure Event Hubs throughput units.

3. Output sinks are not provisioned with enough capacity, so they are throttled. The possible solutions vary widely based on the flavor of output service being used.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-time-handling

Question 19: Skipped

You develop a data ingestion process that will import data to a Microsoft Azure SQL Data Warehouse. The data to be ingested resides in parquet files stored in an Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account.

You need to load the data from the Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account into the Azure SQL Data Warehouse.

Solution:

  • 1. Use Azure Data Factory to convert the parquet files to CSV files
  • 2. Create an external data source pointing to the Azure storage account
  • 3. Create an external file format and external table using the external data source
  • 4. Load the data using the INSERT…SELECT statement Does the solution meet the goal?
  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

There is no need to convert the parquet files to CSV files.

You load the data using the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-load-from-azure-data-lake-store

Question 20: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account.

You plan to implement changes to a data storage solution to meet regulatory and compliance standards.

Every day, Azure needs to identify and delete blobs that were NOT modified during the last 100 days.

Solution: You schedule an Azure Data Factory pipeline.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

Instead apply an Azure Blob storage lifecycle policy.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-lifecycle-management-concepts?tabs=azure-portal

Question 21: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account named account1 that stores logs as shown in the following table.

You do not expect that the logs will be accessed during the retention periods.

You need to recommend a solution for account1 that meets the following requirements:

● Automatically deletes the logs at the end of each retention period

● Minimizes storage costs

What should you include in the recommendation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 1-3
  • 2-3
  • 3-2
  • (Correct)
  • 2-2

Explanation

Box 1: Store the infrastructure logs in the Cool access tier and the application logs in the Archive access tier

For infrastructure logs: Cool tier – An online tier optimized for storing data that is infrequently accessed or modified. Data in the cool tier should be stored for a minimum of 30 days. The cool tier has lower storage costs and higher access costs compared to the hot tier.

For application logs: Archive tier – An offline tier optimized for storing data that is rarely accessed, and that has flexible latency requirements, on the order of hours.

Data in the archive tier should be stored for a minimum of 180 days.

Box 2: Azure Blob storage lifecycle management rules

Blob storage lifecycle management offers a rule-based policy that you can use to transition your data to the desired access tier when your specified conditions are met. You can also use lifecycle management to expire data at the end of its life.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/access-tiers-overview https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/access-tiers-overview

Question 22: Skipped

An application will use Microsoft Azure Cosmos DB as its data solution. The application will use the Cassandra API to support a column-based database type that uses containers to store items.

You need to provision Azure Cosmos DB.

Which container name and item name should you use?

Each correct answer presents part of the solutions.

  • table
  • (Correct)
  • collection
  • rows
  • (Correct)
  • entities
  • graph

Explanation

Rows because; Depending on which API you use, an Azure Cosmos item can represent either a document in a collection, a row in a table, or a node or edge in a graph. The following table shows the mapping of API-specific entities to an Azure Cosmos item:

Cosmos entitySQL APICassandra APIAzure Cosmos DB API for MongoDBGremlin APITable APIAzure Cosmos itemDocumentRowDocumentNode or edgeItem

Table because; An Azure Cosmos container is specialized into API-specific entities as shown in the following table:

Azure Cosmos entitySQL APICassandra APIAzure Cosmos DB API for MongoDBGremlin APITable APIAzure Cosmos containerContainerTableCollectionGraphTable

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/databases-containers-items

Question 23: Skipped

You have an enterprise-wide Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account. The data lake is accessible only through an Azure virtual network named VNET1.

You are building a SQL pool in Azure Synapse that will use data from the data lake.

Your company has a sales team. All the members of the sales team are in an Azure Active Directory group named Sales. POSIX controls are used to assign the

Sales group access to the files in the data lake.

You plan to load data to the SQL pool every hour.

You need to ensure that the SQL pool can load the sales data from the data lake.

Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

  • Add your Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) account to the Sales group.
  • Create a managed identity.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a shared access signature (SAS).
  • Use the shared access signature (SAS) as the credentials for the data load process.
  • Add the managed identity to the Sales group.
  • (Correct)
  • Use the managed identity as the credentials for the data load process.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/quickstart-bulk-load-copy-tsql-examples

Question 24: Skipped

The data engineering team manages Azure HDInsight clusters. The team spends a large amount of time creating and destroying clusters daily because most of the data pipeline process runs in minutes.

You need to implement a solution that deploys multiple HDInsight clusters with minimal effort.

What should you implement?

  • Azure Resource Manager templates
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Databricks
  • Ambari web user interface
  • Azure Traffic Manager

Explanation

A Resource Manager template makes it easy to create the following resources for your application in a single, coordinated operation: HDInsight clusters and their dependent resources (such as the default storage account). Other resources (such as Azure SQL Database to use Apache Sqoop). In the template, you define the resources that are needed for the application. You also specify deployment parameters to input values for different environments. The template consists of JSON and expressions that you use to construct values for your deployment.

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/hdinsight/hdinsight-hadoop-create-linux-clusters-arm-templates

Question 25: Skipped

From a website analytics system, you receive data extracts about user interactions such as downloads, link clicks, form submissions, and video plays.

The data contains the following columns.

You need to design a star schema to support analytical queries of the data. The star schema will contain four tables including a date dimension.

To which table should you add each column?

  • 3-1-1
  • (Correct)
  • 3-1-2
  • 1-3-1
  • 1-2-3
  • 2-1-3

Explanation

Box 1: DimEvent

Box 2: DimChannel

Dimension tables describe business entities’ the things you model. Entities can include products, people, places, and concepts including time itself. The most consistent table you’ll find in a star schema is a date dimension table. A dimension table contains a key column (or columns) that acts as a unique identifier, and descriptive columns.

Box 3: FactEvents

Fact tables store observations or events, and can be sales orders, stock balances, exchange rates, temperatures, etc

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema

Question 26: Skipped

Personal Experience: In my exam, I faced the following question. Please be sure that you have learned what the Watermark delay means.

Your company uses Azure Stream Analytics to monitor devices.

The company plans to double the number of devices that are monitored.

You need to monitor a Stream Analytics job to ensure that there are enough processing resources to handle the additional load.

Which metric should you monitor?

  • Late Input Events
  • Input Deserialization Errors
  • Watermark delay
  • (Correct)
  • Early Input Events

Explanation

There are a number of other resource constraints that can cause the streaming pipeline to slow down. The watermark delay metric can rise due to:

  • Not enough processing resources in Stream Analytics to handle the volume of input events.
  • Not enough throughput within the input event brokers, so they are throttled.
  • Output sinks are not provisioned with enough capacity, so they are throttled. The possible solutions vary widely based on the flavor of output service being used.

Incorrect Answer:

Deserialization issues are caused when the input stream of your Stream Analytics job contains malformed messages.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-time-handling

Question 27: Skipped

You are responsible for providing access to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.

Your user account has contributor access to the storage account, and you have the application ID and access key.

You plan to use PolyBase to load data into an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to configure PolyBase to connect the data warehouse to storage account.

Which three components should you create in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate components from the list of components to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

  • 2-1-5
  • (Correct)
  • 4-5-3
  • 3-2-5
  • 1-2-4

Explanation

Step 1: an asymmetric key –

A master key should be created only once in a database. The Database Master Key is a symmetric key used to protect the private keys of certificates and asymmetric keys in the database.

Step 2: a database scoped credential

Create a Database Scoped Credential. A Database Scoped Credential is a record that contains the authentication information required to connect an external resource. The master key needs to be created first before creating the database scoped credential.

Step 3: an external data source –

Create an External Data Source. External data sources are used to establish connectivity for data loading using Polybase.

Reference:

Access external data from Azure Synapse Analytics using Polybase

Question 28: Skipped

HOTSPOT –

A company runs Microsoft Dynamics CRM with Microsoft SQL Server on-premises. SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages extract data from Dynamics

CRM APIs, and load the data into a SQL Server data warehouse.

The datacenter is running out of capacity. Because of the network configuration, you must extract on premises data to the cloud over https. You cannot open any additional ports. The solution must implement the least amount of effort.

You need to create the pipeline system.

Which component should you use? To answer, select the appropriate technology in the dialog box in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 1-4
  • 1-2
  • 2-1
  • 2-3
  • 4-1
  • (Correct)
  • 3-4

Explanation

Box 1: Source –

For Copy activity, it requires source and sink linked services to define the direction of data flow.

Copying between a cloud data source and a data source in private network: if either source or sink linked service points to a self-hosted IR, the copy activity is executed on that self-hosted Integration Runtime.

Box 2: Self-hosted integration runtime

A self-hosted integration runtime can run copy activities between a cloud data store and a data store in a private network, and it can dispatch transform activities against compute resources in an on-premises network or an Azure virtual network. The installation of a self-hosted integration runtime needs on an on-premises machine or a virtual machine (VM) inside a private network.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/create-self-hosted-integration-runtime

Question 29: Skipped

A company is designing a hybrid solution to synchronize data and on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database to Azure SQL Database.

You must perform an assessment of databases to determine whether data will move without compatibility issues. You need to perform the assessment.

Which tool should you use?

  • SQL Server Migration Assistant (SSMA)
  • Azure SQL Data Sync
  • SQL Vulnerability Assessment (VA)
  • Data Migration Assistant (DMA)
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Assessment and Planning Toolkit

Explanation

The Data Migration Assistant (DMA) helps you upgrade to a modern data platform by detecting compatibility issues that can impact database functionality in your new version of SQL Server or Azure SQL Database. DMA recommends performance and reliability improvements for your target environment and allows you to move your schema, data, and uncontained objects from your source server to your target server.

References:

DMA

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/dma/dma-overview

Azure SQL Data Sync

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/sql-data-sync-data-sql-server-sql-database

Question 30: Skipped

A company manages several on-premises Microsoft SQL Server databases.

You need to migrate the databases to Microsoft Azure by using a backup process of Microsoft SQL Server.

Which data technology should you use?

  • Azure SQL Data Warehouse
  • Azure SQL Database single database
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • Azure SQL Database Managed Instance
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Managed instance is a new deployment option of Azure SQL Database, providing near 100% compatibility with the latest SQL Server on-premises (Enterprise Edition) Database Engine, providing a native virtual network (VNet) implementation that addresses common security concerns, and a business model favorable for on-premises SQL Server customers. The managed instance deployment model allows existing SQL Server customers to lift and shift their on-premises applications to the cloud with minimal application and database changes.

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-managed-instance

Question 31: Skipped

You are creating a managed data warehouse solution on Microsoft Azure.

You must use PolyBase to retrieve data from Azure Blob storage that resides in parquet format and load the data into a large table called FactSalesOrderDetails.

You need to configure Azure SQL Data Warehouse to receive the data.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-C-E-G
  • B-A-D-E
  • G-D-A-E
  • F-E-A-C
  • (Correct)
  • D-E-A-C

Explanation

Step 1: Create a master key on the database

Create a master key on the database. This is required to encrypt the credential secret.

Step 2: Create an external data source for Azure Blob storage

Create an external data source with CREATE EXTERNAL DATA SOURCE..

Step 3: Create an external file format to map parquet files.

Create an external file format with CREATE EXTERNAL FILE FORMAT.

FORMAT TYPE: Type of format in Hadoop (DELIMITEDTEXT, RCFILE, ORC, PARQUET).

Step 4: Create the external table FactSalesOrderDetails

To query the data in your Hadoop data source, you must define an external table to use in Transact-SQL queries.

Create an external table pointing to data stored in Azure storage with CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE.

Note: PolyBase is a technology that accesses and combines both non-relational and relational data, all from within SQL Server. It allows you to run queries on external data in Hadoop or Azure blob storage.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/polybase/polybase-configure-azure-blob-storage

Question 32: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container.

Data is ingested into the container, and then transformed by a data integration application. The data is NOT modified after that. Users can read files in the container but cannot modify the files.

You need to design a data archiving solution that meets the following requirements:

– New data is accessed frequently and must be available as quickly as possible.

– Data that is older than five years is accessed infrequently but must be available within one second when requested.

– Data that is older than seven years is NOT accessed. After seven years, the data must be persisted at the lowest cost possible.

– Costs must be minimized while maintaining the required availability.

How should you manage the data?

  • 2-3
  • 3-2
  • (Correct)
  • 3-4
  • 1-2
  • 2-2
  • 1-3

Explanation

Box 1: Move to cool storage

Box 2: Move to archive storage

Archive – Optimized for storing data that is rarely accessed and stored for at least 180 days with flexible latency requirements, on the order of hours.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-blob-storage-tiers

Question 33: Skipped

You have a data model that you plan to implement in an Azure SQL data warehouse as shown in the following exhibit.

All the dimension tables will be less than 5 GB after compression, and the fact table will be approximately 6 TB.

Which type of table should you use for each table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

  • 1-2-3-4
  • 2-2-2-1
  • 1-1-1-3
  • 3-3-3-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Replicated

Replicated tables are ideal for small star-schema dimension tables, because the fact table is often distributed on a column that is not compatible with the connected dimension tables. If this case applies to your schema, consider changing small dimension tables currently implemented as round-robin to replicated.

Box 2: Replicated

Box 3: Replicated

Box 4: Hash-distributed

For Fact tables use hash-distribution with clustered columnstore index. Performance improves when two hash tables are joined on the same distribution column.

Reference:

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/updates/reduce-data-movement-and-make-your-queries-more-efficient-with-the-general-availability-of-replicated-tables/

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/replicated-tables-now-generally-available-in-azure-sql-data-warehouse/

Question 34: Skipped

You are developing a solution to visualize multiple terabytes of geospatial data.

The solution has the following requirements:

✑ Data must be encrypted.

✑ Data must be accessible by multiple resources on Microsoft Azure.

You need to provision storage for the solution.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate action from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

  • 1-3-4-2
  • 4-6-1-3
  • 5-4-2-1
  • (Correct)
  • 3-1-5-6
  • 2-5-6-1

Explanation

Create a new Azure Data Lake Storage account with Azure Data Lake managed encryption keys

For Azure services, Azure Key Vault is the recommended key storage solution and provides a common management experience across services. Keys are stored and managed in key vaults, and access to a key vault can be given to users or services. Azure Key Vault supports customer creation of keys or import of customer keys for use in customer-managed encryption key scenarios.

Note: Data Lake Storage Gen1 account Encryption Settings. There are three options:

✑ Do not enable encryption.

✑ Use keys managed by Data Lake Storage Gen1, if you want Data Lake Storage Gen1 to manage your encryption keys.

✑ Use keys from your own Key Vault. You can select an existing Azure Key Vault or create a new Key Vault. To use the keys from a Key Vault, you must assign permissions for the Data Lake Storage Gen1 account to access the Azure Key Vault.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/security/fundamentals/encryption-atrest

Question 35: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container that contains 100 TB of data.

You need to ensure that the data in the container is available for read workloads in a secondary region if an outage occurs in the primary region. The solution must minimize costs.

Which type of data redundancy should you use?

  • geo-redundant storage (GRS)
  • read-access geo-redundant storage (RA-GRS)
  • (Correct)
  • zone-redundant storage (ZRS)
  • locally-redundant storage (LRS)

Explanation

Geo-redundant storage (with GRS or GZRS) replicates your data to another physical location in the secondary region to protect against regional outages.

However, that data is available to be read only if the customer or Microsoft initiates a failover from the primary to secondary region. When you enable read access to the secondary region, your data is available to be read at all times, including in a situation where the primary region becomes unavailable.

Incorrect Answers:

A: While Geo-redundant storage (GRS) is cheaper than Read-Access Geo-Redundant Storage (RA-GRS), GRS does NOT initiate automatic failover.

C, D: Locally redundant storage (LRS) and Zone-redundant storage (ZRS) provides redundancy within a single region.

Geo-redundant storage (with GRS or GZRS) replicates your data to another physical location in the secondary region to protect against regional outages. However, that data is available to be read only if the customer or Microsoft initiates a failover from the primary to secondary region. When you enable read access to the secondary region, your data is available to be read at all times, including in a situation where the primary region becomes unavailable.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy

Question 36: Skipped

A company purchases IoT devices to monitor manufacturing machinery. The company uses an Azure IoT Hub to communicate with the IoT devices.

The company must be able to monitor the devices in real-time.

You need to design the solution.

What should you recommend?

  • Azure Stream Analytics cloud job using Azure Portal
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Data Factory instance using Azure PowerShell
  • Azure Data Factory instance using Azure Portal
  • Azure Data Factory instance using Microsoft Visual Studio

Explanation

In a real-world scenario, you could have hundreds of these sensors generating events as a stream. Ideally, a gateway device would run code to push these events to Azure Event Hubs or Azure IoT Hubs. Your Stream Analytics job would ingest these events from Event Hubs and run real-time analytics queries against the streams.

Create a Stream Analytics job:

In the Azure portal, select + Create a resource from the left navigation menu. Then, select Stream Analytics job from Analytics.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-get-started-with-azure-stream-analytics-to-process-data-from-iot-devices

Question 37: Skipped

You are the data engineer for your company. An application uses a NoSQL database to store data. The database uses the key-value and wide-column NoSQL database type.

Developers need to access data in the database using an API.

You need to determine which API to use for the database model and type.

Which two APIs should you use?

  • SQL API
  • Table API
  • (Correct)
  • MongoDB API
  • Gremlin API
  • Cassandra API
  • (Correct)

Explanation

key value –> Cassandra API

graph –> Gremlin API

document –> SQL API and MongoDB API

columnar –> Table API

Reference:

https://cloud.netapp.com/blog/azure-cvo-blg-azure-nosql-types-services-and-a-quick-tutorial#H_H1

Question 38: Skipped

You are monitoring an Azure Stream Analytics job.

The Backlogged Input Events count has been 20 for the last hour.

You need to reduce the Backlogged Input Events count.

What should you do?

  • Add an Azure Storage account to the job
  • Increase the streaming units for the job
  • (Correct)
  • Stop the job
  • Drop late arriving events from the job

Explanation

General symptoms of the job hitting system resource limits include:

– If the backlog event metric keeps increasing, it’s an indicator that the system resource is constrained (either because of output sink throttling, or high CPU).

Note: Backlogged Input Events: Number of input events that are backlogged. A non-zero value for this metric implies that your job isn’t able to keep up with the number of incoming events. If this value is slowly increasing or consistently non-zero, you should scale out your job: adjust Streaming Units.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-scale-jobs

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-monitoring

Question 39: Skipped

A company plans to use Azure SQL Database to support a mission-critical application.

The application must be highly available without performance degradation during maintenance windows. You need to implement the solution.

  • Always On availability groups
  • (Correct)
  • Virtual machine Scale Sets
  • SQL Data Sync
  • Basic service tier
  • Premium service tier
  • (Correct)
  • Zone-redundant configuration
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A: Premium/business critical service tier model that is based on a cluster of database engine processes. This architectural model relies on a fact that there is always a quorum of available database engine nodes and has minimal performance impact on your workload even during maintenance activities.

E: In the premium model, Azure SQL database integrates compute and storage on the single node. High availability in this architectural model is achieved by replication of compute (SQL Server Database Engine process) and storage (locally attached SSD) deployed in 4-node cluster, using technology similar to SQL Server Always On Availability Groups.

F: Zone redundant configuration By default, the quorum-set replicas for the local storage configurations are created in the same datacenter. With the introduction of Azure Availability Zones, you have the ability to place the different replicas in the quorum-sets to different availability zones in the same region. To eliminate a single point of failure, the control ring is also duplicated across multiple zones as three gateway rings (GW).

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-high-availability

Question 40: Skipped

You have an Azure Cosmos DB database.

You need to use Azure Stream Analytics to check for uneven distributions of queries that can affect performance.

Which two settings should you configure?

  • B-C
  • D-E
  • (Correct)
  • A-B
  • G-A
  • F-G

Explanation

PartitionKeyStatistics: Select this option to log the statistics of the partition keys. This is currently represented with the storage size (KB) of the partition keys.

PartitionKeyRUConsumption: This log reports the aggregated per-second RU/s consumption of partition keys. Currently, Azure Cosmos DB reports partition keys for SQL API accounts only and for point read/write and stored procedure operations. other APIs and operation types are not supported. For other APIs, the partition key column in the diagnostic log table will be empty. This log contains data such as subscription ID, region name, database name, collection name, partition key, operation type, and request charge.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/cosmosdb-monitor-resource-logs

Question 41: Skipped

A company plans to use Azure Storage for file storage purposes. Compliance rules require:

  • A single storage account to store all operations including reads, writes and deletes
  • Retention of an on-premises copy of historical operations

You need to configure the storage account.

Which two actions should you perform?

  • Configure the storage account to log read, write and delete operations for service-type table
  • Use the storage client to download log data from $logs/table
  • Use the AzCopy tool to download log data from $logs/blob
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the storage account to log read, write and delete operations for service type Blob
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the storage account to log read, write and delete operations for service type queue

Explanation

Storage Logging logs request data in a set of blobs in a blob container named $logs in your storage account. This container does not show up if you list all the blob containers in your account but you can see its contents if you access it directly.

To view and analyze your log data, you should download the blobs that contain the log data you are interested in to a local machine. Many storage-browsing tools enable you to download blobs from your storage account; you can also use the Azure Storage team provided command-line Azure Copy Tool (AzCopy) to download your log data.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/enabling-storage-logging-and-accessing-log-data

Question 42: Skipped

You have an Azure SQL database that contains a table named Employee. Employee contains sensitive data in a decimal (10,2) column named Salary.

You need to ensure that nonprivileged users can view the table data, but Salary must display a number from 0 to 100.

What should you configure?

  • B-C
  • (Correct)
  • A-C
  • C-A
  • A-B

Explanation

Box 1: SELECT

Users with SELECT permission on a table can view the table data. Columns that are defined as masked, will display the masked data.

Incorrect:

Grant the UNMASK permission to a user to enable them to retrieve unmasked data from the columns for which masking is defined.

The CONTROL permission on the database includes both the ALTER ANY MASK and UNMASK permission.

Box 2: Random number

Random number: Masking method, which generates a random number according to the selected boundaries and actual data types. If the designated boundaries are equal, then the masking function is a constant number.

Question 43: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics job.

You need to ensure that the job has enough streaming units provisioned.

You configure monitoring of the SU% Utilization metric.

Which two additional metrics should you monitor?

  • Backlogged Input Events
  • (Correct)
  • Watermark Delay
  • Late Input Events
  • (Correct)
  • Function Events
  • Out of order Events

Explanation

Late Input Events: events that arrived later than the configured late arrival tolerance window.

Note: While comparing utilization over a period of time, use event rate metrics. InputEvents and OutputEvents metrics show how many events were read and processed.

Backlogged Input Events: In job diagram, there is a per partition backlog event metric for each input. If the backlog event metric keeps increasing, it’s also an indicator that the system resource is constrained (either because of output sink throttling, or high CPU).

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-scale-jobs

Question 44: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse workspace named MyWorkspace that contains an Apache Spark database named mytestdb.

You run the following command in an Azure Synapse Analytics Spark pool in MyWorkspace.

  • CREATE TABLE mytestdb.myParquetTable(
  • EmployeeID int,
  • EmployeeName string,
  • EmployeeStartDate date)
  • USING Parquet

You then use Spark to insert a row into mytestdb.myParquetTable. The row contains the following data.

One minute later, you execute the following query from a serverless SQL pool in MyWorkspace.

  • SELECT EmployeeID
  • FROM mytestdb.dbo.myParquetTable
  • WHERE name = ‘Alice’;

What will be returned by the query?

  • an error
  • (Correct)
  • a null value
  • 24

Explanation

Once a database has been created by a Spark job, you can create tables in it with Spark that use Parquet as the storage format. Table names will be converted to lower case and need to be queried using the lower case name. These tables will immediately become available for querying by any of the Azure Synapse workspace Spark pools. The Spark created, managed, and external tables are also made available as external tables with the same name in the corresponding synchronized database in serverless SQL pool.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/metadata/table

Question 45: Skipped

You are a data engineer. You are designing a Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) architecture. You plan to use Microsoft Azure Data Lake as a data storage repository.

You must provision the repository with a resilient data schema. You need to ensure the resiliency of the Azure Data Lake Storage. What should you use?

  • B – B – A
  • B – A – A
  • (Correct)
  • A – A – A
  • A – A – B

Explanation

Box 1: NameNode

An HDFS cluster consists of a single NameNode, a master server that manages the file system namespace and regulates access to files by clients.

Box 2: DataNode

The DataNodes are responsible for serving read and write requests from the file system”™s clients.

Box 3: DataNode

The DataNodes perform block creation, deletion, and replication upon instruction from the NameNode.

Note: HDFS has a master/slave architecture. An HDFS cluster consists of a single NameNode, a master server that manages the file system namespace and regulates access to files by clients. In addition, there are a number of DataNodes, usually one per node in the cluster, which manage storage attached to the nodes that they run on. HDFS exposes a file system namespace and allows user data to be stored in files. Internally, a file is split into one or more blocks and these blocks are stored in a set of DataNodes. The NameNode executes file system namespace operations like opening, closing, and renaming files and directories. It also determines the mapping of blocks to DataNodes. The DataNodes are responsible for serving read and write requests from the file system’s clients. The DataNodes also perform block creation, deletion, and replication upon instruction from the NameNode.

References:

https://hadoop.apache.org/docs/r1.2.1/hdfs_design.html#NameNode+and+DataNodes

Question 46: Skipped

A company plans to use Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) to create the new data pipeline process. The process must meet the following requirements:

Ingest:

● Access multiple data sources.

● Provide the ability to orchestrate workflow.

● Provide the capability to run SQL Server Integration Services packages.

Store:

● Optimize storage for big data workloads.

● Provide encryption of data at rest.

● Operate with no size limits.

Prepare and Train:

● Provide a fully-managed and interactive workspace for exploration and visualization.

● Provide the ability to program in R, SQL, Python, Scala, and Java.

Provide seamless user authentication with Azure Active Directory.

Model & Serve:

● Implement native columnar storage.

● Support for the SQL language

● Provide support for structured streaming.

You need to build the data integration pipeline.

Which technologies should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • 2-3-1-1
  • 1-1-2-2
  • 3-1-2-3
  • 2-1-2-2
  • (Correct)
  • 1-3-2-3

Explanation

Ingest: Azure Data Factory

Azure Data Factory pipelines can execute SSIS packages.

In Azure, the following services and tools will meet the core requirements for pipeline orchestration, control flow, and data movement: Azure Data Factory, Oozie on HDInsight, and SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

Store: Data Lake Storage

Data Lake Storage Gen1 provides unlimited storage.

Note: Data at rest includes information that resides in persistent storage on physical media, in any digital format. Microsoft Azure offers a variety of data storage solutions to meet different needs, including file, disk, blob, and table storage. Microsoft also provides encryption to protect Azure SQL Database, Azure Cosmos

DB, and Azure Data Lake.

Prepare and Train: Azure Databricks

Azure Databricks provides enterprise-grade Azure security, including Azure Active Directory integration.

With Azure Databricks, you can set up your Apache Spark environment in minutes, autoscale and collaborate on shared projects in an interactive workspace.

Azure Databricks supports Python, Scala, R, Java and SQL, as well as data science frameworks and libraries including TensorFlow, PyTorch and scikit-learn.

Model and Serve: Azure Synapse Analytics

Azure Synapse Analytics/ SQL Data Warehouse stores data into relational tables with columnar storage.

Azure SQL Data Warehouse connector now offers efficient and scalable structured streaming write support for SQL Data Warehouse. Access SQL Data

Warehouse from Azure Databricks using the SQL Data Warehouse connector.

Note: As of November 2019, Azure SQL Data Warehouse is now Azure Synapse Analytics.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/architecture/data-guide/technology-choices/pipeline-orchestration-data-movement

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-databricks/what-is-azure-databricks

Question 47: Skipped

You are building an Azure Analytics query that will receive input data from Azure IoT Hub and write the results to Azure Blob storage.

You need to calculate the difference in the number of readings per sensor per hour.

How should you complete the query?

  • 2-2
  • 2-1
  • 3-3
  • 3-1
  • 1-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: LAG

The LAG analytic operator allows one to look up a previous event in an event stream, within certain constraints. It is very useful for computing the rate of growth of a variable, detecting when a variable crosses a threshold, or when a condition starts or stops being true.

Box 2: LIMIT DURATION

Example: Compute the rate of growth, per sensor:

SELECT sensorId,

growth = reading

LAG(reading) OVER (PARTITION BY sensorId LIMIT DURATION(hour, 1))

FROM input

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/lag-azure-stream-analytics

Question 48: Skipped

You have two Azure Storage accounts named Storage1 and Storage2. Each account holds one container and has the hierarchical namespace enabled. The system has files that contain data stored in the Apache Parquet format.

You need to copy folders and files from Storage1 to Storage2 by using a Data Factory copy activity. The solution must meet the following requirements:

● No transformations must be performed.

● The original folder structure must be retained.

● Minimize time required to perform the copy activity.

How should you configure the copy activity?

  • 3-3
  • 1-2
  • 2-1
  • 1-1
  • 2-3
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Parquet

For Parquet datasets, the type property of the copy activity source must be set to ParquetSource.

Box 2: PreserveHierarchy

PreserveHierarchy (default): Preserves the file hierarchy in the target folder. The relative path of the source file to the source folder is identical to the relative path of the target file to the target folder.

Incorrect Answers:

● FlattenHierarchy: All files from the source folder are in the first level of the target folder. The target files have autogenerated names.

● MergeFiles: Merges all files from the source folder to one file. If the file name is specified, the merged file name is the specified name. Otherwise, it’s an autogenerated file name.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/format-parquet

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-azure-data-lake-storage

Question 49: Skipped

You need to receive an alert when Azure Synapse Analytics consumes the maximum allotted resources.

Which resource type and signal should you use to create the alert in Azure Monitor?

  • C-C
  • (Correct)
  • A-A
  • D-B
  • B-D
  • B-C

Explanation

Resource type: SQL data warehouse
DWU limit belongs to the SQL data warehouse resource type.

Signal: DWU limit
SQL Data Warehouse capacity limits are maximum values allowed for various components of Azure SQL Data Warehouse.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-insights-alerts-portal

Question 50: Skipped

You have a data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to ensure that the data in the data warehouse is encrypted at rest.

What should you enable?

  • Secure transfer required
  • Always Encrypted for all columns
  • Advanced Data Security for this database
  • Transparent Data Encryption (TDE)
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Azure SQL Database currently supports encryption at rest for Microsoft-managed service side and client-side encryption scenarios.

– Support for server encryption is currently provided through the SQL feature called Transparent Data Encryption.

– Client-side encryption of Azure SQL Database data is supported through the Always Encrypted feature.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/security/fundamentals/encryption-atrest

Question 1: Skipped

You are responsible for providing access to an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account.

Your user account has contributor access to the storage account, and you have the application ID and access key.

You plan to use PolyBase to load data into an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to configure PolyBase to connect the data warehouse to storage account.

Which three components should you create in sequence?

  • A-C-E
  • (Correct)
  • B-C-E
  • B-A-D
  • D-A-C
  • A-E-C

Question 2: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics workspace named WS1.

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container that contains JSON-formatted files in the following format.

You need to use the serverless SQL pool in WS1 to read the files.

How should you complete the Transact-SQL statement?

  • 3-4
  • 1-3
  • 2-3
  • 4-2
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: openrowset

The easiest way to see to the content of your CSV file is to provide file URL to OPENROWSET function, specify csv FORMAT.

Example:

SELECT *

FROM OPENROWSET(

BULK ‘csv/population/population.csv’,

DATA_SOURCE = ‘SqlOnDemandDemo’,

FORMAT = ‘CSV’, PARSER_VERSION = ‘2.0’,

FIELDTERMINATOR =’,’,

ROWTERMINATOR = ‘ ‘

Box 2: openjson

You can access your JSON files from the Azure File Storage share by using the mapped drive, as shown in the following example:

SELECT book.* FROM –

OPENROWSET(BULK N’t:?ooks?ooks.json’, SINGLE_CLOB) AS json

CROSS APPLY OPENJSON(BulkColumn)

WITH( id nvarchar(100), name nvarchar(100), price float,

pages_i int, author nvarchar(100)) AS book

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/query-single-csv-file

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/json/import-json-documents-into-sql-server

Question 3: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics solution that will analyze Twitter data.

You need to count the tweets in each 10-second window. The solution must ensure that each tweet is counted only once.

Solution: You use a tumbling window, and you set the window size to 10 seconds.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals. The following diagram illustrates a stream with a series of events and how they are mapped into 10-second tumbling windows.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 4: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Databricks workspace that has a tiered structure. The workspace will contain the following three workloads:

  • A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL
  • A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Spark, Scala, and SQL
  • A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R

The enterprise architecture team at your company identifies the following standards for Databricks environments:

  • The data engineers must share a cluster.
  • The job cluster will be managed by using a request process whereby data scientists and data engineers provide packaged notebooks for deployment to the cluster.
  • All the data scientists must be assigned their own cluster that terminates automatically after 120 minutes of inactivity. Currently, there are three data scientists.

You need to create the Databrick clusters for the workloads.

Solution: You create a Standard cluster for each data scientist, a High Concurrency cluster for the data engineers, and a High Concurrency cluster for the jobs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

-Data scientist should have their own cluster and should terminate after 120 mins – STANDARD

-Cluster for Jobs should support scala – STANDARD

Note:

Standard clusters are recommended for a single user. Standard can run workloads developed in any language: Python, R, Scala, and SQL.

A high concurrency cluster is a managed cloud resource. The key benefits of high concurrency clusters are that they provide Apache Spark-native fine-grained sharing for maximum resource utilization and minimum query latencies.

References:

https://docs.azuredatabricks.net/clusters/configure.html

Question 5: Skipped

You have a table named SalesFact in an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics. SalesFact contains sales data from the past 36 months and has the following characteristics:

– Is partitioned by month

– Contains one billion rows

– Has clustered columnstore indexes

At the beginning of each month, you need to remove data from SalesFact that is older than 36 months as quickly as possible.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence in a stored procedure?

  • A-C-F
  • A-E-B
  • (Correct)
  • A-B-D
  • A-D-E

Explanation

Step 1: Create an empty table named SalesFact_work that has the same schema as SalesFact.

Step 2: Switch the partition containing the stale data from SalesFact to SalesFact_Work.

SQL Data Warehouse supports partition splitting, merging, and switching. To switch partitions between two tables, you must ensure that the partitions align on their respective boundaries and that the table definitions match.

Loading data into partitions with partition switching is a convenient way stage new data in a table that is not visible to users the switch in the new data.

Step 3: Drop the SalesFact_Work table.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-partition

Question 6: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.You can use a service-level SAS to allow access to specific resources in a storage account. You’d use this type of SAS, for example, … [?] (Select all that apply)

  • to allow the ability to create file systems.
  • to allow an app to download a file.
  • (Correct)
  • None of the listed options.
  • All the listed options.
  • to allow an app to retrieve a list of files in a file system.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview

Question 7: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has one streaming input, one query, and two outputs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes.

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

Question 8: Skipped

Your company manages on-premises Microsoft SQL Server pipelines by using a custom solution.

The data engineering team must implement a process to pull data from SQL Server and migrate it to Azure Blob storage. The process must orchestrate and manage the data lifecycle.

You need to configure Azure Data Factory to connect to the on-premises SQL Server database.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • D-A-C
  • C-A-B
  • (Correct)
  • A-B-D
  • B-A-D

Explanation

Step 1: Create a virtual private network (VPN) connection from on-premises to Microsoft Azure.

You can also use IPSec VPN or Azure ExpressRoute to further secure the communication channel between your on-premises network and Azure.

Azure Virtual Network is a logical representation of your network in the cloud. You can connect an on-premises network to your virtual network by setting up IPSec VPN (site-to-site) or ExpressRoute (private peering).

Step 2: Create an Azure Data Factory resource.

Step 3: Configure a self-hosted integration runtime.

You create a self-hosted integration runtime and associate it with an on-premises machine with the SQL Server database. The self-hosted integration runtime is the component that copies data from the SQL Server database on your machine to Azure Blob storage.

Note: A self-hosted integration runtime can run copy activities between a cloud data store and a data store in a private network, and it can dispatch transform activities against compute resources in an on-premises network or an Azure virtual network. The installation of a self-hosted integration runtime needs on an on- premises machine or a virtual machine (VM) inside a private network.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/tutorial-hybrid-copy-powershell

Question 9: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has two streaming inputs, one query, and two outputs.

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

Question 10: Skipped

You are designing a dimension table for a data warehouse. The table will track the value of the dimension attributes over time and preserve the history of the data by adding new rows as the data changes.

Which type of slowly changing dimension (SCD) should you use?

  • Type 1
  • Type 2
  • (Correct)
  • Type 3
  • Type 0

Explanation

A Type 2 SCD supports versioning of dimension members. Often the source system doesn’t store versions, so the data warehouse load process detects and manages changes in a dimension table. In this case, the dimension table must use a surrogate key to provide a unique reference to a version of the dimension member. It also includes columns that define the date range validity of the version (for example, StartDate and EndDate) and possibly a flag column (for example,

IsCurrent) to easily filter by current dimension members.

Incorrect Answers:

B: A Type 1 SCD always reflects the latest values, and when changes in source data are detected, the dimension table data is overwritten.

D: A Type 3 SCD supports storing two versions of a dimension member as separate columns. The table includes a column for the current value of a member plus either the original or previous value of the member. So Type 3 uses additional columns to track one key instance of history, rather than storing additional rows to track each change like in a Type 2 SCD.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/populate-slowly-changing-dimensions-azure-synapse-analytics-pipelines/3-choose-between-dimension-types

Question 11: Skipped

You have data stored in thousands of CSV files in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2. Each file has a header row followed by a properly formatted carriage return (/ r) and line feed (/ n).

You are implementing a pattern that batch loads the files daily into an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics by using PolyBase.

You need to skip the header row when you import the files into the data warehouse. Before building the loading pattern, you need to prepare the required database objects in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • D-B-C
  • A-D-B
  • B-D-C
  • (Correct)
  • B-A-C

Explanation

Step 1: Create an external data source that uses the abfs location

Create External Data Source to reference Azure Data Lake Store Gen 1 or 2

Step 2: Create an external file format and set the First_Row option.

Create External File Format.

Step 3: Use CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE AS SELECT (CETAS) and configure the reject options to specify reject values or percentages

To use PolyBase, you must create external tables to reference your external data.

Use reject options.

Note: REJECT options doesn’t apply at the time this CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE AS SELECT statement is run. Instead, they’re specified here so that the database can use them at a later time when it imports data from the external table. Later, when the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement selects data from the external table, the database will use the reject options to determine the number or percentage of rows that can fail to import before it stops the import.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/polybase/polybase-t-sql-objects

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-external-table-as-select-transact-sql

Question 12: Skipped

You have an Azure Storage account that contains 100 GB of files. The files contain text and numerical values. 75% of the rows contain description data that has an average length of 1.1 MB.

You plan to copy the data from the storage account to an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to prepare the files to ensure that the data copies quickly.

Solution: You convert the files to compressed delimited text files.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

All file formats have different performance characteristics. For the fastest load, use compressed delimited text files.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/guidance-for-loading-data

Question 13: Skipped

You have data stored in thousands of CSV files in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2. Each file has a header row followed by a property formatted carriage return (/r) and line feed (/n).

You are implementing a pattern that batch loads the files daily into an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics by using PolyBase. You need to skip the header row when you import the files into the data warehouse. Before building the loading pattern, you need to prepare the required database objects in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • E-D-C
  • F-E-D
  • C-B-A
  • D-C-B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Step 1: Create a database scoped credential that uses OAuth2 token and a key.

CREATE DATABASE SCOPED CREDENTIAL creates a database credential. A database credential is not mapped to a server login or database user. The credential is used by the database to access to the external location anytime the database is performing an operation that requires access. The following example creates a database scoped credential that can be used to create an external data source, which can be used by PolyBase in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Azure Data Lake Store uses an Azure Active Directory Application for Service to Service Authentication. Please create an AAD application and document your client_id, OAuth_2.0_Token_EndPoint, and Key before you try to create a database scoped credential.

— Create a db master key if one does not already exist, using your own password.

CREATE MASTER KEY ENCRYPTION BY PASSWORD=;

— Create a database scoped credential.

CREATE DATABASE SCOPED CREDENTIAL ADL_User

WITH

IDENTITY = ‘@’,

SECRET = ”

Step 2: Create an external data source that uses the Hadoop location.

Use HADOOP when the external data source is Cloudera, Hortonworks, or an Azure Storage account.

Incorrect:

abfs or abfss APIs are not supported when accessing Azure Storage Accounts.

Step 3: Create an external file format and set the First_Row option.

Creates an External File Format object defining external data stored in Hadoop, Azure Blob Storage, or Azure Data Lake Store. Creating an external file format is a prerequisite for creating an External Table.

FIRST_ROW = First_row_int

Specifies the row number that is read first in all files during a PolyBase load. This parameter can take values 1-15. If the value is set to two, the first row in every file (header row) is skipped when the data is loaded. Rows are skipped based on the existence of row terminators (/r/n, /r, /n).

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-database-scoped-credential-transact-sql

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-external-data-source-transact-sql

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-external-file-format-transact-sql

Question 14: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Databricks workspace that has a tiered structure. The workspace will contain the following three workloads:

● A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL.

● A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Scala, and SQL.

● A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R.

The enterprise architecture team at your company identifies the following standards for Databricks environments:

● The data engineers must share a cluster.

● The job cluster will be managed by using a request process whereby data scientists and data engineers provide packaged notebooks for deployment to the cluster.

● All the data scientists must be assigned their own cluster that terminates automatically after 120 minutes of inactivity. Currently, there are three data scientists.

You need to create the Databricks clusters for the workloads.

Solution: You create a Standard cluster for each data scientist, a Standard cluster for the data engineers, and a High Concurrency cluster for the jobs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL. –> high concurrency

A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Scala, and SQL. –> standard

A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R. –> standard because high concurrency does not support Scala

Reference:

https://stackoverflow.com/questions/65869399/high-concurrency-clusters-in-databricks

Question 15: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Databricks workspace that has a tiered structure. The workspace will contain the following three workloads:

  • A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL
  • A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Spark, Scala, and SQL
  • A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R

The enterprise architecture team at your company identifies the following standards for Databricks environments:

  • The data engineers must share a cluster.
  • The job cluster will be managed by using a request process whereby data scientists and data engineers provide packaged notebooks for deployment to the cluster.
  • All the data scientists must be assigned their own cluster that terminates automatically after 120 minutes of inactivity. Currently, there are three data scientists.

You need to create the Databrick clusters for the workloads.

Solution: You create a Standard cluster for each data scientist, a High Concurrency cluster for the data engineers, and a Standard cluster for the jobs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • NO
  • YES
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We would need a Standart cluster for the jobs to support Scala. High-concurrecny cluster does not support Scala.

Note: Standard clusters are recommended for a single user. Standard can run workloads developed in any language: Python, R, Scala, and SQL.

A high concurrency cluster is a managed cloud resource. The key benefits of high concurrency clusters are that they provide Apache Spark-native fine-grained sharing for maximum resource utilization and minimum query latencies.

References:

https://docs.azuredatabricks.net/clusters/configure.html

Question 16: Skipped

Scenario: You are working at OZcorp which is a supply chain which is generating increasing volumes of operational data every minute for orders, shipments and sales transactions, manufactures and retailers. It needs an operational database that can scale to handle the data volumes as well as an analytical platform to get to a level of real-time contextual intelligence to stay ahead of the curve.Review the following architecture designs.

Design A:

Design B:

Design C:

Which design would be best suited for the need?

  • None
  • Design C
  • Design B
  • Design A
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Supply chain analytics, forecasting and reporting. With supply chains generating increasing volumes of operational data every minute for orders, shipments and sales transactions, manufactures and retailers need an operational database that can scale to handle the data volumes as well as an analytical platform to get to a level of real-time contextual intelligence to stay ahead of the curve. Azure Synapse Link for Cosmos DB allows these organizations to store data from their sales systems, ingest real-time telemetry data from in vehicle systems and integrate date from their ERP systems into a common operational store in Azure Cosmos DB and then leverage the data from Synapse analytics to enable both predictive analytics scenarios such as stock out monitoring and supply chain bottleneck management (1) in addition to enabling operational reporting directly on their operation data using standard reporting tools such as Power BI (2). Retail real-time personalization. In retail, many web-based retailers will perform real-time basket analysis to make product recommendations to customers who are about to purchase products. This increased revenues for these organizations as the provided targeted suggestions at the point of sales. Predictive maintenance using anomaly detection with IOT Industrial IOT innovations have drastically reduced downtimes of machinery and increased overall efficiency across all fields of industry. One of such innovations is predictive maintenance analytics for machinery at the edge of the cloud. The following architecture leverages the cloud native HTAP capabilities of Azure Synapse Link for Azure Cosmos DB in IoT predictive maintenance: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/synapse-link-use-cases

Question 17: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account that contains a JSON file for customers. The file contains two attributes named FirstName and LastName.

You need to copy the data from the JSON file to an Azure Synapse Analytics table by using Azure Databricks. A new column must be created that concatenates the FirstName and LastName values.

You create the following components:

● A destination table in Azure Synapse

● An Azure Blob storage container

● A service principal

Which five actions should you perform in sequence next in is Databricks notebook?

  • F-A-D-B-C
  • F-H-D-B-G
  • (Correct)
  • F-A-D-B-G
  • F-G-D-B-C

Explanation

Step 1: Read the file into a data frame.

You can load the json files as a data frame in Azure Databricks.

Step 2: Perform transformations on the data frame.

Step 3:Specify a temporary folder to stage the data

Specify a temporary folder to use while moving data between Azure Databricks and Azure SQL Data Warehouse.

Step 4: Write the results to a table in SQL Data Warehouse

You upload the transformed data frame into Azure SQL Data Warehouse. You use the Azure SQL Data Warehouse connector for Azure Databricks to directly upload a dataframe as a table in a SQL data warehouse.

Step 5: Drop the data frame –

Clean up resources. You can terminate the cluster. From the Azure Databricks workspace, select Clusters on the left. For the cluster to terminate, under Actions, point to the ellipsis (…) and select the Terminate icon.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-databricks/databricks-extract-load-sql-data-warehouse

Question 18: Skipped

You have an Azure Data Lake Storage account that contains a staging zone.

You need to design a daily process to ingest incremental data from the staging zone, transform the data by executing an R script, and then insert the transformed data into a data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

Solution: You use an Azure Data Factory schedule trigger to execute a pipeline that copies the data to a staging table in the data warehouse, and then uses a stored procedure to execute the R script.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

R support within Synapse Spark is currently not available. You cannot execute the R script using a stored procedure activity.

Question 19: Skipped

You have an Azure Stream Analytics job that is a Stream Analytics project solution in Microsoft Visual Studio. The job accepts data generated by IoT devices in the JSON format.

You need to modify the job to accept data generated by the IoT devices in the Protobuf format.

Which three actions should you perform from Visual Studio on sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

  • B-C-D
  • E-D-A
  • E-C-A
  • (Correct)
  • D-B-E

Explanation

1 Add an Azure Stream Analytics Customer Deserializer Project(.net) project to the Solution

2 Add .net deseriliaizer Code to ProtoBuf to customer deserializer project

3. Change the event Serialization format to protobuf in the input.json File of the job and reference the DLL.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/custom-deserializer

Question 20: Skipped

You need to build a solution to ensure that users can query specific files in an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account from an Azure Synapse Analytics serverless SQL pool.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

  • D-A-E
  • A-C-D
  • B-A-E
  • (Correct)
  • C-A-D

Explanation

Step 1: Create an external data source

You can create external tables in Synapse SQL pools via the following steps:

1. CREATE EXTERNAL DATA SOURCE to reference an external Azure storage and specify the credential that should be used to access the storage.

2. CREATE EXTERNAL FILE FORMAT to describe format of CSV or Parquet files.

3. CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE on top of the files placed on the data source with the same file format.

Step 2: Create an external file format object

Creating an external file format is a prerequisite for creating an external table.

Step 3: Create an external table

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-tables-external-tables

Question 21: Skipped

The Stream Analytics query language is a subset of which query language?

  • CQL
  • OPath
  • Gremlin
  • QUEL
  • T-SQL
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The query language you use in Stream Analytics is based heavily on T-SQL. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/stream-analytics-query-language-reference

Question 22: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics SQL pool named Pool1 on a logical Microsoft SQL server named Server1.

You need to implement Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) on Pool1 by using a custom key named key1.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

  • D-E-B-A-C
  • E-D-A-B-C
  • A-E-B-D-C
  • C-E-B-D-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-E-A-D-C

Explanation

Step 1: Assign a managed identity to Server1

You will need an existing Managed Instance as a prerequisite.

Step 2: Create an Azure key vault and grant the managed identity permissions to the vault

Create Resource and setup Azure Key Vault.

Step 3 :Add key1 to the Azure key vault

The recommended way is to import an existing key from a .pfx file or get an existing key from the vault. Alternatively, generate a new key directly in Azure Key Vault.

Step 4: Configure key1 as the TDE protector for Server1

Provide TDE Protector key

Step 5: Enable TDE on Pool1

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/managed-instance/scripts/transparent-data-encryption-byok-powershell

Question 23: Skipped

You have an Azure SQL database named DB1 in the East US 2 region.

You need to build a secondary geo-replicated copy of DB1 in the West US region on a new server.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • E-C-B
  • (Correct)
  • D-C-B
  • A-B-C
  • C-E-B

Explanation

Step 1: From the Geo-replication settings of DB1, select West US

The following steps create a new secondary database in a geo-replication partnership.

1. In the Azure portal, browse to the database that you want to set up for geo-replication.

2. (Step 1) On the SQL database page, select geo-replication, and then select the region to create the secondary database.

3. (Step 2-3) Select or configure the server and pricing tier for the secondary database.

Step 2: Create a target server and select a pricing tier

Step 3: On the secondary server, create logins that match the SIDs on the primary server.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-active-geo-replication-portal

Question 24: Skipped

To create and manage Data Factory objects including datasets, linked services, pipelines, triggers, and integration runtimes, the user account that you use to sign into Azure must be a member of which of the role groups? (Select all that apply))

  • DNS Admin Zone role
  • Administrator role
  • (Correct)
  • Network Manager role
  • Custom role with required rights
  • (Correct)
  • Owner role
  • (Correct)
  • Contributor role
  • (Correct)

Explanation

To create Data Factory instances, the user account that you use to sign in to Azure must be a member of the contributor or owner role, or an administrator of the Azure subscription. To create and manage Data Factory objects including datasets, linked services, pipelines, triggers, and integration runtimes, the following requirements must be met:

• To create and manage child resources in the Azure portal, you must belong to the Data Factory Contributor role at the resource group level or above.

• To create and manage resources with PowerShell or the SDK, the contributor role at the resource level or above is sufficient. Data Factory Contributor role When you are added as a member of this role, you have the following permissions:

• Create, edit, and delete data factories and child resources including datasets, linked services, pipelines, triggers, and integration runtimes.

• Deploy Resource Manager templates. Resource Manager deployment is the deployment method used by Data Factory in the Azure portal. • Manage App Insights alerts for a data factory.

• At the resource group level or above, lets users deploy Resource Manager template.

• Create support tickets.

If the Data Factory Contributor role does not meet your requirement, you can create your own custom role.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles

Question 25: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Databricks workspace that has a tiered structure. The workspace will contain the following three workloads:

  • A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL
  • A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Spark, Scala, and SQL
  • A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R

The enterprise architecture team at your company identifies the following standards for Databricks environments:

  • The data engineers must share a cluster.
  • The job cluster will be managed by using a request process whereby data scientists and data engineers provide packaged notebooks for deployment to the cluster.
  • All the data scientists must be assigned their own cluster that terminates automatically after 120 minutes of inactivity. Currently, there are three data scientists.

You need to create the Databrick clusters for the workloads.

Solution: You create a High Concurrency cluster for each data scientist, a High Concurrency cluster for the data engineers, and a Standard cluster for the jobs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

No need for a High Concurrency cluster for each data scientist.

Standard clusters are recommended for a single user. Standard can run workloads developed in any language: Python, R, Scala, and SQL.

A high concurrency cluster is a managed cloud resource. The key benefits of high concurrency clusters are that they provide Apache Spark-native fine-grained sharing for maximum resource utilization and minimum query latencies.

References:

https://docs.azuredatabricks.net/clusters/configure.html

Question 26: Skipped

Identify the missing word(s) in the following sentence within the context of Microsoft Azure.From a high level, the Azure Databricks service launches and manages Apache Spark clusters within your Azure subscription. Apache Spark clusters are groups of computers that are treated as a single computer and handle the execution of commands issued from notebooks.Internally, Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) is used to … [?]

  • specify the types and sizes of the virtual machines.
  • run the Azure Databricks control-plane and data-planes via containers running on the latest generation of Azure hardware.
  • (Correct)
  • auto-scale as needed based on your usage and the setting used when configuring the cluster.
  • pulls data from a specified data source.
  • provide the fastest virtualized network infrastructure in the cloud.

Explanation

To gain a better understanding of how to develop with Azure Databricks, it is important to understand the underlying architecture. We will look at two aspects of the Databricks architecture: the Azure Databricks service and Apache Spark clusters. High-level overview From a high level, the Azure Databricks service launches and manages Apache Spark clusters within your Azure subscription. Apache Spark clusters are groups of computers that are treated as a single computer and handle the execution of commands issued from notebooks. Using a master-worker type architecture, clusters allow processing of data to be parallelized across many computers to improve scale and performance. They consist of a Spark Driver (master) and worker nodes. The driver node sends work to the worker nodes and instructs them to pull data from a specified data source. In Databricks, the notebook interface is the driver program. This driver program contains the main loop for the program and creates distributed datasets on the cluster, then applies operations (transformations & actions) to those datasets. Driver programs access Apache Spark through a SparkSession object regardless of deployment location. Microsoft Azure manages the cluster, and auto-scales it as needed based on your usage and the setting used when configuring the cluster. Auto-termination can also be enabled, which allows Azure to terminate the cluster after a specified number of minutes of inactivity. Under the covers Now let’s take a deeper look under the covers. When you create an Azure Databricks service, a “Databricks appliance” is deployed as an Azure resource in your subscription. At the time of cluster creation, you specify the types and sizes of the virtual machines (VMs) to use for both the Driver and Worker nodes, but Azure Databricks manages all other aspects of the cluster. You also have the option of using a Serverless Pool. A Serverless Pool is self-managed pool of cloud resources that is auto-configured for interactive Spark workloads. You provide the minimum and maximum number of workers and the worker type, and Azure Databricks provisions the compute and local storage based on your usage. The “Databricks appliance” is deployed into Azure as a managed resource group within your subscription. This resource group contains the Driver and Worker VMs, along with other required resources, including a virtual network, a security group, and a storage account. All metadata for your cluster, such as scheduled jobs, is stored in an Azure Database with geo-replication for fault tolerance. Internally, Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) is used to run the Azure Databricks control-plane and data-planes via containers running on the latest generation of Azure hardware (Dv3 VMs), with NvMe SSDs capable of blazing 100us latency on IO. These make Databricks I/O performance even better. In addition, accelerated networking provides the fastest virtualized network infrastructure in the cloud. Azure Databricks utilizes these features to further improve Spark performance. Once the services within this managed resource group are ready, you will be able to manage the Databricks cluster through the Azure Databricks UI and through features such as auto-scaling and auto-termination.

https://databricks.com/blog/2017/11/15/a-technical-overview-of-azure-databricks.html

Question 27: Skipped

You have an Azure data factory. You need to ensure that pipeline-run data is retained for 120 days. The solution must ensure that you can query the data by using the Kusto query language.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • D-B-E-G
  • D-A-B-F
  • D-A-E-C
  • D-B-E-F
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Step 1: Create an Azure Storage account that has a lifecycle policy

To automate common data management tasks, Microsoft created a solution based on Azure Data Factory. The service, Data Lifecycle Management, makes frequently accessed data available and archives or purges other data according to retention policies. Teams across the company use the service to reduce storage costs, improve app performance, and comply with data retention policies.

Step 2: Create a Log Analytics workspace that has Data Retention set to 120 days.

Data Factory stores pipeline-run data for only 45 days. Use Azure Monitor if you want to keep that data for a longer time. With Monitor, you can route diagnostic logs for analysis to multiple different targets, such as a Storage Account: Save your diagnostic logs to a storage account for auditing or manual inspection. You can use the diagnostic settings to specify the retention time in days.

Step 3: From Azure Portal, add a diagnostic setting.

Step 4: Send the data to a log Analytics workspace,

Event Hub: A pipeline that transfers events from services to Azure Data Explorer.

Keeping Azure Data Factory metrics and pipeline-run data.

Configure diagnostic settings and workspace.

Create or add diagnostic settings for your data factory.

1. In the portal, go to Monitor. Select Settings > Diagnostic settings.

2. Select the data factory for which you want to set a diagnostic setting.

3. If no settings exist on the selected data factory, you’re prompted to create a setting. Select Turn on diagnostics.

4. Give your setting a name, select Send to Log Analytics, and then select a workspace from Log Analytics Workspace.

5. Select Save.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/monitor-using-azure-monitor

Question 28: Skipped

You develop data engineering solutions for a company. You must migrate data from Microsoft Azure Blob storage to an Azure SQL Data Warehouse for further transformation. You need to implement the solution.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-E-F-D
  • A-E-G-D
  • (Correct)
  • A-B-G-C
  • D-B-G-C

Explanation

Step 1: Provision an Azure SQL Data Warehouse instance.

Create a data warehouse in the Azure portal.

Step 2: Connect to the Azure SQL Data warehouse by using SQL Server Management Studio

Connect to the data warehouse with SSMS (SQL Server Management Studio)

Step 3: Build external tables by using the SQL Server Management Studio

Create external tables for data in Azure blob storage.

You are ready to begin the process of loading data into your new data warehouse. You use external tables to load data from the Azure storage blob.

Step 4: Run Transact-SQL statements to load data.

You can use the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (CTAS) T-SQL statement to load the data from Azure Storage Blob into new tables in your data warehouse.

References:

https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/sql-data-warehouse/load-data-from-azure-blob-storage-using-polybase.md

Question 29: Skipped

You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool that contains a table named Table1.

You have files that are ingested and loaded into an Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 container named container1.

You plan to insert data from the files in container1 into Table1 and transform the data. Each row of data in the files will produce one row in the serving layer of

Table1.

You need to ensure that when the source data files are loaded to container1, the DateTime is stored as an additional column in Table1.

Solution: In an Azure Synapse Analytics pipeline, you use a data flow that contains a Derived Column transformation.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

Data flows are available both in Azure Data Factory and Azure Synapse Pipelines. Use the derived column transformation to generate new columns in your data flow or to modify existing fields.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/data-flow-derived-column

Question 30: Skipped

You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains a security group named Group1. You have an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool named dw1 that contains a schema named schema1.

You need to grant Group1 read-only permissions to all the tables and views in schema1. The solution must use the principle of least privilege.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-B-C
  • B-E-F
  • D-A-E
  • (Correct)
  • E-A-D
  • C-A-D

Explanation

D: Create a database user in dw1 that represents Group1 and uses FROM EXTERNAL PROVIDE clause

A: Create a database role named Role1 and grant Role1 SELECT permissions to schema1

E: Assign Rol1 to the Group1 database user

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-share/how-to-share-from-sql

Question 31: Skipped

You are designing a star schema for a dataset that contains records of online orders. Each record includes an order date, an order due date, and an order ship date.

You need to ensure that the design provides the fastest query times of the records when querying for arbitrary date ranges and aggregating by fiscal calendar attributes.

Which two actions should you perform?

  • Create a date dimension table that has an integer key in the format of YYYYMMDD.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a date dimension table that has a DateTime key.
  • Use built-in SQL functions to extract date attributes.
  • Use DateTime columns for the date fields.
  • In the fact table, use integer columns for the date fields.
  • (Correct)

Question 32: Skipped

You have an Azure Storage account that contains 100 GB of files. The files contain text and numerical values. 75% of the rows contain description data that has an average length of 1.1 MB.

You plan to copy the data from the storage account to an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics.

You need to prepare the files to ensure that the data copies quickly.

Solution: You modify the files to ensure that each row is less than 1 MB.

Does this meet the goal?

  • No
  • (Correct)
  • Yes

Explanation

Instead convert the files to compressed delimited text files.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/guidance-for-loading-data

Question 33: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has one streaming input, one reference input, one query, and two outputs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes.

We need two queries, on for in-store customers, and one for online customers.

For each query two outputs is needed.

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-define-outputs

Question 34: Skipped

A pipeline in Azure Data Factory represents a logical grouping of activities where the activities together perform a certain task.Which of the following are valid dependency conditions? (Select four)

  • Working
  • Completed
    (Correct)
  • Succeeded
    (Correct)
  • Failed
    (Correct)
  • Skipped
    (Correct)
  • Queue
  • Succeeded
  • (Correct)
  • Failed
  • (Correct)
  • Completed
  • (Correct)
  • Skipped
  • (Correct)
  • Working
  • Queue

Explanation

Azure Data Factory In order to work with data factory pipelines, it is imperative to understand what a pipeline in Azure Data Factory is. A pipeline in Azure Data Factory represents a logical grouping of activities where the activities together perform a certain task. An example of a combination of activities in one pipeline can be, ingesting and cleaning log data in combination with a mapping data flow that analyzes the log data that has been cleaned. A pipeline enables you to manage the separate individual activities as a set, which would otherwise be managed individually. It enables you to deploy and schedule the activities efficiently, through the use of a single pipeline, versus managing each activity independently. Activities in a pipeline are referred to as actions that you perform on your data. An activity can take zero or more input datasets and produce one or more output datasets. An example of an action can be the use of a copy activity, where you copy data from an Azure SQL Database to an Azure DataLake Storage Gen2.

To build on this example, you can use a data flow activity or an Azure Databricks Notebook activity for processing and transforming the data that was copied to your Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account, in order to have the data ready for business intelligence reporting solutions like in Azure Synapse Analytics. Since there are many activities that are possible in a pipeline in Azure Data Factory, we have grouped the activities in three categories:

• Data movement activities: the Copy Activity in Data Factory copies data from a source data store to a sink data store.

• Data transformation activities: Azure Data Factory supports transformation activities such as Data Flow, Azure Function, Spark, and others that can be added to pipelines either individually or chained with another activity.

• Control activities: Examples of control flow activities are ‘get metadata’, ‘For Each’, and ‘Execute Pipeline’.

Activities can depend on each other. What we mean, is that the activity dependency defines how subsequent activities depend on previous activities. The dependency itself can be based on a condition of whether to continue in the execution of previous defined activities in order to complete a task.

An activity that depends on one or more previous activities, can have different dependency conditions. The four dependency conditions are: • Succeeded • Failed • Skipped • Completed

For example, if a pipeline has an Activity A, followed by an Activity B and Activity B has as a dependency condition on Activity A ‘Succeeded’, then Activity B will only run if Activity A has the status of succeeded. If you have multiple activities in a pipeline and subsequent activities are not dependent on previous activities, the activities may run in parallel.

Azure Data Factory Activity Failures and Pipeline Outcomes

Question 35: Skipped

You plan to create an Azure Databricks workspace that has a tiered structure. The workspace will contain the following three workloads:

  • A workload for data engineers who will use Python and SQL
  • A workload for jobs that will run notebooks that use Python, Spark, Scala, and SQL
  • A workload that data scientists will use to perform ad hoc analysis in Scala and R

The enterprise architecture team at your company identifies the following standards for Databricks environments:

  • The data engineers must share a cluster.
  • The job cluster will be managed by using a request process whereby data scientists and data engineers provide packaged notebooks for deployment to the cluster.
  • All the data scientists must be assigned their own cluster that terminates automatically after 120 minutes of inactivity. Currently, there are three data scientists.

You need to create the Databrick clusters for the workloads.

Solution: You create a Standard cluster for each data scientist, a Standard cluster for the data engineers, and a High Concurrency cluster for the jobs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We need a High Concurrency cluster for the data engineers and the jobs.

Note:

Standard clusters are recommended for a single user. Standard can run workloads developed in any language: Python, R, Scala, and SQL.

A high concurrency cluster is a managed cloud resource. The key benefits of high concurrency clusters are that they provide Apache Spark-native fine-grained sharing for maximum resource utilization and minimum query latencies.

References:

https://docs.azuredatabricks.net/clusters/configure.html

Question 36: Skipped

You need to create an Azure Cosmos DB account that will use encryption keys managed by your organization.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • B-E-D-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-E-D-C
  • B-A-C-D
  • D-E-A-C
  • A-E-D-C

Explanation

Step 1: Create an Azure key vault and enable purge protection

Using customer-managed keys with Azure Cosmos DB requires you to set two properties on the Azure Key Vault instance that you plan to use to host your encryption keys: Soft Delete and Purge Protection.

Step 2: Create a new Azure Cosmos DB account, set Data Encryption to Customer-managed Key (Enter key URI), and enter the key URI

Data stored in your Azure Cosmos account is automatically and seamlessly encrypted with keys managed by Microsoft (service-managed keys). Optionally, you can choose to add a second layer of encryption with keys you manage (customer-managed keys).

Step 3: Add an Azure Key Vault access policy to grant permissions to the Azure Cosmos DB principal

Add an access policy to your Azure Key Vault instance

Step 4: Generate a new key in the Azure key vault

Generate a key in Azure Key Vault

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/how-to-setup-cmk

Question 37: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has two streaming inputs, one query, and two outputs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes.

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

Question 38: Skipped

You need to create an Azure Data Factory pipeline to process data for the following three departments at your company: Ecommerce, retail, and wholesale. The solution must ensure that data can also be processed for the entire company.

How should you complete the Data Factory data flow script?

  • C-E-D
  • B-D-F
  • (Correct)
  • B-D-A
  • A-F-E

Explanation

The conditional split transformation routes data rows to different streams based on matching conditions. The conditional split transformation is similar to a CASE decision structure in a programming language. The transformation evaluates expressions, and based on the results, directs the data row to the specified stream.

Box 1: dept==’ecommerce’, dept==’retail’, dept==’wholesale’

First we put the condition. The order must match the stream labeling we define in Box 3.

Syntax:

(incomingStream)

split(

(conditionalExpression1)

(conditionalExpression2)

disjoint: {true | false}

) ~> (splitTx)@(stream1, stream2, …, (defaultStream))

Box 2: disjoint : false

disjoint is false because the data goes to the first matching condition. All remaining rows matching the third condition go to output stream all.

Box 3: ecommerce, retail, wholesale, all

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/data-flow-conditional-split

Question 39: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics solution that will analyze Twitter data.

You need to count the tweets in each 10-second window. The solution must ensure that each tweet is counted only once.

Solution: You use a session window that uses a timeout size of 10 seconds.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Instead use a tumbling window. Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 40: Skipped

You develop a data ingestion process that will import data to an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics. The data to be ingested resides in parquet files stored in an Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account.

You need to load the data from the Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account into the Data Warehouse.

Solution:

  • 1. Use Azure Data Factory to convert the parquet files to CSV files
  • 2. Create an external data source pointing to the Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account
  • 3. Create an external file format and external table using the external data source
  • 4. Load the data using the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

It is not necessary to convert the parquet files to CSV files.

You need to create an external file format and external table using the external data source.

You load the data using the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-load-from-azure-data-lake-store

Question 41: Skipped

What sort of pipeline is required in Azure DevOps for creating artifacts used in releases?

  • A Build pipeline
  • (Correct)
  • YAML pipelines
  • An Artifact pipeline
  • Release pipeline

Explanation

The output of a Build pipeline is one or more artifacts that can be used within release pipelines for automated deployments in Azure DevOps. In Azure DevOps, before there was the multi stage yaml pipelines (now known as “Pipelines”, you usually used the Build Pipeline to build / create your software binaries (e. g. dotnet publish or ng build –prod) and stored these artifacts in the Azure DevOps drop location. Then you normally had a release Pipeline that gets triggered with these build artifacts (software binaries) and deploys them to one or many stages. The reason to separate these two pipelines (build and release) is that you want to build a specific version of your software only once and then use the same binaries in each of your target environment (e. g. dev / test / production). With the new pipeline, you usually use the first Stage to build your artifacts, and the next Stages to deploy it – similar as before but in one module. If you have previously used the build & release pipeline, you will see the old build definition inside the new Pipeline module, and the old release definition in the old release module. However, they never brought YAML to the Release Pipelines because they know that they will replace them with the multi stage pipelines anyway. Conclusion: If you use the new multi-stage “Pipeline” module, you shouldn’t use the classic Release Pipelines anymore.

https://stackoverflow.com/questions/58813608/whats-the-difference-between-a-build-pipeline-and-a-release-pipeline-in-azure-de

Question 42: Skipped

You develop data engineering solutions for a company.

A project requires analysis of real-time Twitter feeds. Posts that contain specific keywords must be stored and processed on Microsoft Azure and then displayed by using Microsoft Power BI. You need to implement the solution.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence?

  • E-A-F-G-B
  • E-B-F-C-G
  • (Correct)
  • A-B-F-G-C
  • E-B-F-G-C

Explanation

Step 1: Create an HDInisght cluster with the Spark cluster type

Step 2: Create a Jyputer Notebook

Step 3: Create a table

The Jupyter Notebook that you created in the previous step includes code to create an hvac table.

Step 4: Run a job that uses the Spark Streaming API to ingest data from Twitter

Step 5: Load the hvac table into Power BI Desktop

You use Power BI to create visualizations, reports, and dashboards from the Spark cluster data.

References:

https://acadgild.com/blog/streaming-twitter-data-using-spark

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/hdinsight/spark/apache-spark-use-with-data-lake-store

Question 43: Skipped

Scenario: You are determining the type of Azure service needed to fit the following specifications and requirements:Data classification: StructuredOperations: Read-only, complex analytical queries across multiple databasesLatency & throughput: Some latency in the results is expected based on the complex nature of the queries.Transactional support: Not required

  • Azure Blob Storage
  • Azure SQL Database
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Queue Storage
  • Azure Route Table
  • Azure Cosmos DB

Explanation

Recommended service: Azure SQL Database Business data will most likely be queried by business analysts, who are more likely to know SQL than any other query language. Azure SQL Database could be used as the solution by itself, but pairing it with Azure Analysis Services enables data analysts to create a semantic model over the data in SQL Database. The data analysts can then share it with business users, so that they only need to connect to the model from any business intelligence (BI) tool to immediately explore the data and gain insights. Why not other Azure services? Azure Synapse supports OLAP solutions and SQL queries. But your business analysts will need to perform cross-database queries, which Azure Synapse does not support. Azure Analysis Services could be used in addition to Azure SQL Database. But your business analysts are more well-versed in SQL than in working with Power BI. So they’d like a database that supports SQL queries, which Azure Analysis Services does not. In addition, the financial data you’re storing in your business data set is relational and multidimensional in nature. Azure Analysis Services supports tabular data stored on the service itself, but not multidimensional data. To analyze multidimensional data with Azure Analysis Services, you can use a direct query to the SQL Database. Azure Stream Analytics is a great way to analyze data and transform it into actionable insights, but its focus is on real-time data that is streaming in. In this scenario, the business analysts are looking at historical data only.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/sql-database-paas-overview

Question 44: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has one streaming input, one reference input, two queries, and four outputs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes.

We need two queries, on for in-store customers, and one for online customers.

For each query two outputs is needed.

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-define-outputs

Question 45: Skipped

You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Databricks environment and an Azure Storage account.

You need to implement secure communication between Databricks and the storage account.

You create an Azure key vault.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-E-C-B
  • (Correct)
  • B-A-E-C
  • A-C-E-B
  • A-E-B-C

Explanation

Step 1: Mount the storage account

Step 2: Retrieve an access key from the storage account.

Step 3: Add a secret to the key vault.

Step 4: Add a secret scope to the Databricks environment.

Managing secrets begins with creating a secret scope.

To reference secrets stored in an Azure Key Vault, you can create a secret scope backed by Azure Key Vault.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-databricks/store-secrets-azure-key-vault

Question 46: Skipped

You are developing a solution that will use Azure Stream Analytics. The solution will accept an Azure Blob storage file named Customers. The file will contain both in-store and online customer details. The online customers will provide a mailing address.

You have a file in Blob storage named LocationIncomes that contains median incomes based on location. The file rarely changes.

You need to use an address to look up a median income based on location. You must output the data to Azure SQL Database for immediate use and to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 for long-term retention.

Solution: You implement a Stream Analytics job that has one streaming input, one reference input, two queries, and four outputs.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • (Correct)
  • No

Explanation

We need one reference data input for LocationIncomes, which rarely changes.

We need two queries, on for in-store customers, and one for online customers. For each query two outputs is needed.

Note: Stream Analytics also supports input known as reference data. Reference data is either completely static or changes slowly.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-add-inputs#stream-and-reference-inputs

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-define-outputs

Question 47: Skipped

You have an Apache Spark DataFrame named temperatures. A sample of the data is shown in the following table.

You need to produce the following table by using a Spark SQL query.

How should you complete the query?

  • D-A
  • C-F
  • E-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-F
  • A-E

Explanation

Box 1: PIVOT

PIVOT rotates a table-valued expression by turning the unique values from one column in the expression into multiple columns in the output. And PIVOT runs aggregations where they’re required on any remaining column values that are wanted in the final output.

Incorrect Answers:

UNPIVOT carries out the opposite operation to PIVOT by rotating columns of a table-valued expression into column values.

Box 2: CAST

If you want to convert an integer value to a DECIMAL data type in SQL Server use the CAST() function.

Example:

SELECT –

CAST(12 AS DECIMAL(7,2) ) AS decimal_value;

Here is the result:

decimal_value

12.00

Reference:

https://learnsql.com/cookbook/how-to-convert-an-integer-to-a-decimal-in-sql-server/

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/queries/from-using-pivot-and-unpivot

Question 48: Skipped

You have the following table named Employees.

You need to calculate the employee_type value based on the hire_date value.

How should you complete the Transact-SQL statement? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

  • D-E
  • A-B
  • (Correct)
  • C-D
  • A-D

Explanation

Box 1: CASE

CASE evaluates a list of conditions and returns one of multiple possible result expressions.

CASE can be used in any statement or clause that allows a valid expression. For example, you can use CASE in statements such as SELECT, UPDATE, DELETE and SET, and in clauses such as select_list, IN, WHERE, ORDER BY, and HAVING.

Syntax: Simple CASE expression:

CASE input_expression –

WHEN when_expression THEN result_expression [ …n ]

[ ELSE else_result_expression ]

END –

Box 2: ELSE

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/language-elements/case-transact-sql

Question 49: Skipped

You develop a data ingestion process that will import data to an enterprise data warehouse in Azure Synapse Analytics. The data to be ingested resides in parquet files stored in an Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account.

You need to load the data from the Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account into the Data Warehouse.

Solution:

1. Create a remote service binding pointing to the Azure Data Lake Gen 2 storage account

2. Create an external file format and external table using the external data source

3. Load the data using the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement.

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

You need to create an external file format and external table from an external data source, instead from a remote service binding pointing.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-load-from-azure-data-lake-store

Question 50: Skipped

You are designing an Azure Stream Analytics solution that will analyze Twitter data.

You need to count the tweets in each 10-second window. The solution must ensure that each tweet is counted only once.

Solution: You use a hopping window that uses a hop size of 5 seconds and a window size 10 seconds.

Does this meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Instead use a tumbling window. Tumbling windows are a series of fixed-sized, non-overlapping and contiguous time intervals.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/stream-analytics-query/tumbling-window-azure-stream-analytics

Question 1: Skipped

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment

Transactional Data

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

You need to design a data storage structure for the product sales transactions. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements.

What should you include in the solution?

  • C-B
  • C-C
  • A-B
  • (Correct)
  • B-C
  • A-A

Explanation

Box 1: Hash

Scenario:

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

A hash distributed table can deliver the highest query performance for joins and aggregations on large tables.

Box 2: Set the distribution column to product ID.

Scenario: Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Reference:

https://rajanieshkaushikk.com/2020/09/09/how-to-choose-right-data-distribution-strategy-for-azure-synapse/

Question 2: Skipped

AdventureWorks sells bicycles and bicycle parts directly to customers and distributors. The company currently has a single office in the Netherlands, and have been selling bicycles in the United States, Germany and Spain through a chain of distributors and through online sales on its website. The fulfillment of delivery is done by local distribution centers.

The company is planning to expand by establishing new offices because the sales growth in these countries has been increasing over the last 3 years. The location are:

  • Tokyo, Japan
  • Seattle, USA
  • Chicago, USA
  • Berlin, Germany
  • Barcelona, Spain
  • Paris, France

In a highly competitive market, in which AdventureWorks has been in business for the last 15 years, it wants to become the most innovative bicycle company, providing both current and future bicycle owners with best in class technology and service that provides unique experiences.

The Research and Development department of AdventureWorks has successfully conceived the next wave of innovative products, and they are relying on Data Engineers, AI Engineers and Data Scientists to assist with both the design and implementation of the solution.

Given the increased level of sales and expansion at global scale, the existing data infrastructure won’t meet the overall business requirements or the future growth that AdventureWorks aspires to. The Chief Information and Technology Officers have expressed the desire to abandon existing on-premises systems and move to the cloud to meet the growth expected. This is supported by the CFO as there has been a request for replacement hardware as the existing infrastructure comes to its end of life. The CFO is aware that the cloud could offer alternatives that are more cost efficient.

As a Senior Data Engineer, you will assist AdventureWorks in the solution design and implementation to meet the business, functional and technical requirements that the company has set forth to be successful for growth, expansion, and innovation strategies. You will execute this in a way that minimizes operational costs and can be monitored for effectiveness.

In a discovery workshop you ascertained the following information:

AdventureWorks Website

The web developers at AdventureWorks are transferring the existing website from an on-premises instance of IIS, to an Azure Web App. They have requested that a data store is made available that will hold the images of the products that are sold on the website.

Current Sales / Ordering system

The current software on which bicycle purchases are tracked, is a web-based application which directly stores order information into an on-premises SQL Server database named AdventureWorks2012. The current application is deployed with high-availability provided by SQL Server 2012 Always-on Availability groups. Due to global expansion and data governance requirements, AdventureWorks will transition this system to better serve their customers and will be looking for global availability of its application and data sales and ordering purposes, particularly during the months of November and December when demand for bikes grow ahead of the holiday period.

Data Analysis

The business reporting is currently being provided by a single on-premises database that is configured as a data warehouse, it holds a database named AdventureWorksDW which is used to provide historical reporting and descriptive analytics. In recent times, that server has been struggling to process the reporting data in a timely manner, as a result the organization has evaluated the data warehouse capabilities of Azure Synapse Analytics and want to migrate their on-premises data to this platform. Your team should ensure that access to the data is restricted.

In addition, AdventureWorks would like to take their data analytics further and start to utilize predictive analytics capabilities. This is currently not an activity that is undertaken. The organization understands that a recommendation or a text analytics engine could be built and would like you to direct them on what would be the best technology and approach to take in implementing such a solution that is also resilient and performant.

You are also assessing the tooling that can help with the extraction, load and transforming of data into the data warehouse, and have asked a Data Engineer within your team to show a proof of concept of Azure Data Factory to explore the transformation capabilities of the product

Customer Service / Presales

Customer service and pre-sales departments are currently experiencing scale issues due to the high call volumes. The organization wants to support the customer services staff in handling the call volumes through the implementation of chat bots in which future bicycle owners can:

  • Find which bicycle is best for them:
    Through a set of questions with the chat bot, custom recommendations are given to potential bike owners, who then can take the recommendation and place an order, or can be redirect to a sales specialist to help them with their needs
  • Check status on current orders:
    Retrieve status on current orders, and estimated delivery times
  • Find bicycle parts suitable for their existing bicycle:
    • Existing bicycle owners can find recommended bicycle parts and accessories based on the serial number or model number of their bicycle
    • Existing bicycle owners, can upload a picture of their bicycle or take a picture of the serial number of their bicycle to assist with the identification of their bicycle and have recommended bicycle parts

Over the last few years the customer services departments have observed an increase in calls from fraudulent customer who are asking for support for bikes that are no longer in warranty, or bikes that have not even been purchased at AdventureWorks. The department are currently relying on the experience of customer services agents to identify this. As a result, they would like to implement a system that can help the agents track in real-time who could be making a fradulent claim.

Finally, given its global expansion, the customer service / presales chat bot needs to respond to requests for data in near real-time regardless of where the customer is located. The chatbot should also support multiple languages such as Dutch, German, French, English, Spanish, and Japanese. This work will be handled by the AI Engineers, but they have requested a platform is provided by the Data Engineer that enables them to store conversation history.

Social Media Analysis

In recent years, the marketing department at the organization have run a wide variety of twitter campaigns at various times of the year. They are keen to measure the impact of their work by tracking social media assets such as hashtags during those campaigns. They would like to have the capability of tracking any hashtag of any name.

Connected bicycle

AdventureWorks Bicycles can be equipped with an innovate built-in bicycle computer which consist of automatic locking features of the bicycle, as well as operational status. Information captured by this bicycle computer includes:

  • Bicycle model, serial number and registered owner
  • Bicycle location (latitude longitude)
  • Current status (stationary, in motion)
  • Current speed in kilometers per hours
  • Bicycle Locked / Unlocked
  • Bicycle parts and components information (on electrical bicycles)

First party and 3rd party applications can have access the information of the bicycle computer that must be secure and for the integration into mobile applications and real time display of location and bike ride sharing information.

Furthermore, daily summary data can be saved to flat files that include Bicycle model, serial number, registered owner and a summary of the total miles cycled per day and the average speed.

Bicycle Maintenance services

Existing bicycle owners can opt in to getting notifications on when their bicycle needs repair, based on:

  • Telemetry from electrical bicycle based on sensor data
  • Bicycle usage information coming from the built-in bicycle computers based on average mileage / wear and tear

This predictive maintenance scenario is a service in which bike owners can opt-in, offered as a paid service.

Finally, all services that are proposed should have a comprehensive business continuity that meets the corporate objective of minimizes restore times when recovering the data for a given service.Which data platform technology could be used to help AdventureWorks scale globally?

  • Azure Data Factory
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Data Catalog

Explanation

Azure Cosmos DB is a globally distributed, multi-model database that can offer sub second query performance. Azure Data Factory (ADF) is a cloud integration service that orchestrates that movement of data between various data stores. Azure Data Catalog is a single, central place for all of an organization’s users to contribute their knowledge and build a community and culture of data sources that are owned by an organization.

Question 3: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to set up Azure Data Factory pipelines to meet data movement requirements. Which integration runtime should you use?

  • .NET Common Language Runtime (CLR)
  • self-hosted integration runtime
  • (Correct)
  • Azure integration runtime
  • Azure-SSIS Integration Runtime

Explanation

The following table describes the capabilities and network support for each of the integration runtime types:

Scenario: The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/concepts-integration-runtime

Question 4: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need setup monitoring for tiers 6 through 8.

What should you configure?

  • an alert rule to monitor storage percentage in elastic pools that emails data engineers
  • (Correct)
  • an alert rule to monitor CPU percentage in elastic pools that emails data engineers
  • extended events for average storage percentage that emails data engineers
  • an alert rule to monitor CPU percentage in databases that emails data engineers
  • an alert rule to monitor storage percentage in databases that emails data engineers

Explanation

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Question 5: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

You need to implement event processing by using Stream Analytics to produce consistent JSON documents.

Which three actions should you perform?

  • Define an output to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2.
  • (Correct)
  • Define a reference input.
  • Define a stream input.
  • (Correct)
  • Define a transformation query.
  • (Correct)
  • Define a query that contains a JavaScript user-defined aggregates (UDA) function.
  • Define an output to Cosmos DB.

Explanation

Define a transformation query.

Define an output to Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2.

Define a stream input.

  • DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.

Question 6: Skipped

Overview

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment –

Transactional Data –

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises

Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL

Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data –

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes –

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements –

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse

Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers. Question HOTSPOT –

You need to design an analytical storage solution for the transactional data. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements.

What should you include in the solution?

  • A-A
  • A-C
  • B-A
  • (Correct)
  • C-C

Explanation

Box 1: Replicated

A replicated table does not require any data movement for joins because the entire table is already present on each Compute node. If the dimension tables are round-robin distributed, a join copies the dimension table in full to each Compute node. To move the data, the query plan contains an operation called BroadcastMoveOperation. This type of data movement operation slows query performance and is eliminated by using replicated tables.

We need the retail store addresses for queries on the sales: “Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.”

Box 2: Hash

Hash-distributed tables improve query performance on large fact tables.

Scenario:

● You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

● Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute

Question 7: Skipped

Litware, Inc. owns and operates 300 convenience stores across the US. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas.

Litware has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

Litware employs business analysts who prefer to analyze data by using Microsoft Power BI, and data scientists who prefer analyzing data in Azure Databricks notebooks.

Requirements

Business Goals

Litware wants to create a new analytics environment in Azure to meet the following requirements:

See inventory levels across the stores. Data must be updated as close to real time as possible.

Execute ad hoc analytical queries on historical data to identify whether the loyalty club discounts increase sales of the discounted products.

Every four hours, notify store employees about how many prepared food items to produce based on historical demand from the sales data.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

Minimize the number of different Azure services needed to achieve the business goals.

Use platform as a service (PaaS) offerings whenever possible and avoid having to provision virtual machines that must be managed by Litware.

Ensure that the analytical data store is accessible only to the company’s on-premises network and Azure services.

Use Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication whenever possible.

Use the principle of least privilege when designing security.

Stage Inventory data in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 before loading the data into the analytical data store. Litware wants to remove transient data from Data

Lake Storage once the data is no longer in use. Files that have a modified date that is older than 14 days must be removed.

Limit the business analysts’ access to customer contact information, such as phone numbers, because this type of data is not analytically relevant.

Ensure that you can quickly restore a copy of the analytical data store within one hour in the event of corruption or accidental deletion.

Planned Environment

Litware plans to implement the following environment:

The application development team will create an Azure event hub to receive real-time sales data, including store number, date, time, product ID, customer loyalty number, price, and discount amount, from the point of sale (POS) system and output the data to data storage in Azure.

Customer data, including name, contact information, and loyalty number, comes from Salesforce, a SaaS application, and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Product data, including product ID, name, and category, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Daily inventory data comes from a Microsoft SQL server located on a private network.

Litware currently has 5 TB of historical sales data and 100 GB of customer data. The company expects approximately 100 GB of new data per month for the next year.

Litware will build a custom application named FoodPrep to provide store employees with the calculation results of how many prepared food items to produce every four hours.

Litware does not plan to implement Azure ExpressRoute or a VPN between the on-premises network and Azure.What should you recommend using to secure sensitive customer contact information?

  • column-level security
  • (Correct)
  • Transparent Data Encryption (TDE)
  • data sensitivity labels
  • row-level security

Question 8: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

On which data store should you configure TDE to meet the technical requirements?

  • Azure SQL Database
  • Azure Cosmos DB
  • Azure Synapse Analytics
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Transparent data encryption (TDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible. The database for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Question 9: Skipped

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment

Transactional Data

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

You need to ensure that the Twitter feed data can be analyzed in the dedicated SQL pool. The solution must meet the customer sentiment analytic requirements.

Which three Transact-SQL DDL commands should you run in sequence?

  • D-E-B
  • B-D-A
  • C-B-E
  • A-B-C
  • A-B-D
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Scenario: Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds. Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Box 1: CREATE EXTERNAL DATA SOURCE

External data sources are used to connect to storage accounts.

Box 2: CREATE EXTERNAL FILE FORMAT

CREATE EXTERNAL FILE FORMAT creates an external file format object that defines external data stored in Azure Blob Storage or Azure Data Lake Storage.

Creating an external file format is a prerequisite for creating an external table.

Box 3: CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE AS SELECT

When used in conjunction with the CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement, selecting from an external table imports data into a table within the SQL pool. In addition to the COPY statement, external tables are useful for loading data.

Incorrect Answers:

CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE

The CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE command creates an external table for Synapse SQL to access data stored in Azure Blob Storage or Azure Data Lake Storage.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql/develop-tables-external-tables

Question 10: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

On which data store you configure TDE to meet the technical requirements?

  • Azure Synapse Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • Cosmos DB
  • SQL Database

Explanation

Scenario: Transparent data encryption (TDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.

The database for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Cosmos DB does not support TDE.

Question 11: Skipped

Background

Proseware, Inc, develops and manages a product named Poll Taker. The product is used for delivering public opinion polling and analysis.

Polling data comes from a variety of sources, including online surveys, house-to-house interviews, and booths at public events.

Polling data

Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

  • An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData Azure Data Lake Gen 2
  • Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Poll metadata

Each poll has associated metadata with information about the poll including the date and number of respondents. The data is stored as JSON.

Phone-based polling

Security

  • Phone-based poll data must only be uploaded by authorized users from authorized devices
  • Contractors must not have access to any polling data other than their own
  • Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Data migration and loading

  • All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory
  • All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours
  • Data migrations must be reliable and retry when needed

Performance

After six months, raw polling data should be moved to a storage account. The storage must be available in the event of a regional disaster. The solution must minimize costs.

Deployments

  • All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
  • No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

Reliability

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Monitoring

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.You need to ensure that phone-based polling data can be analyzed in the PollingData database.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • B-A-E
  • E-F-A
  • A-B-C
  • F-E-B
  • D-E-C
  • (Correct)
  • C-D-B

Explanation

All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

1) Create a deployment artifact containing an extracted azure resource Manager template
Download the Arm template basically from the portal where ADF is configured

2) Parameterize deployment by using the Azure Resource Manager template parameter file
When ARM is downloaded it has two pieces, one of them is configuration file to set connections and other variables, set the environment variables there

3) Configure Azure Devops to deploy the deployment artifact

Reference:

Question 12: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

Which masking functions should you implement for each column to meet the data masking requirements?

  • D – C
  • C – D
  • B – C
  • D – A
  • A – B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Credit Card

The Credit Card Masking method exposes the last four digits of the designated fields and adds a constant string as a prefix in the form of a credit card.

Example: XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-1234

– Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.

Box 2: Default

Default uses a zero value for numeric data types (bigint, bit, decimal, int, money, numeric, smallint, smallmoney, tinyint, float, real).

– Only show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

Scenario:

The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

– Only show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

– Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/dynamic-data-masking-overview

Question 13: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to mask tier 1 data. Which functions should you use?

  • B-C-A
  • (Correct)
  • A-D-C
  • C-D-A
  • B-B-A
  • A-B-C
  • D-D-B

Explanation

A: Default

Full masking according to the data types of the designated fields.

For string data types, use XXXX or fewer Xs if the size of the field is less than 4 characters (char, nchar, varchar, nvarchar, text, ntext).

B: email

C: Custom text

Custom String Masking method which exposes the first and last letters and adds a custom padding string in the middle. prefix,[padding],suffix

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/security/dynamic-data-masking

Question 14: Skipped

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment

Transactional Data

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

• Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

• Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

• Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

• Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

• Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

• Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

• Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

You need to design a data ingestion and storage solution for the Twitter feeds. The solution must meet the customer sentiment analytics requirements.

What should you include in the solution?

  • C-A
  • B-C
  • A-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-B
  • A-B
  • C-C

Explanation

Box 1: Configure Evegent Hubs partitions

Scenario: Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Event Hubs is designed to help with processing of large volumes of events. Event Hubs throughput is scaled by using partitions and throughput-unit allocations.

Incorrect Answers:

✑ Event Hubs Dedicated: Event Hubs clusters offer single-tenant deployments for customers with the most demanding streaming needs. This single-tenant offering has a guaranteed 99.99% SLA and is available only on our Dedicated pricing tier.

✑ Auto-Inflate: The Auto-inflate feature of Event Hubs automatically scales up by increasing the number of TUs, to meet usage needs.

Event Hubs traffic is controlled by TUs (standard tier). Auto-inflate enables you to start small with the minimum required TUs you choose. The feature then scales automatically to the maximum limit of TUs you need, depending on the increase in your traffic.

Box 2: An Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 account

Scenario: Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 implements an access control model that supports both Azure role-based access control (Azure RBAC) and POSIX-like access control lists (ACLs).

Incorrect Answers:

✑ Azure Databricks: An Azure administrator with the proper permissions can configure Azure Active Directory conditional access to control where and when users are permitted to sign in to Azure Databricks.

✑ Azure Storage supports using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authorize requests to blob data.

You can scope access to Azure blob resources at the following levels, beginning with the narrowest scope:

– An individual container. At this scope, a role assignment applies to all of the blobs in the container, as well as container properties and metadata.

– The storage account. At this scope, a role assignment applies to all containers and their blobs.

– The resource group. At this scope, a role assignment applies to all of the containers in all of the storage accounts in the resource group.

– The subscription. At this scope, a role assignment applies to all of the containers in all of the storage accounts in all of the resource groups in the subscription.

– A management group.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-hubs/event-hubs-features

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/data-lake-storage-access-control

Question 15: Skipped

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment

Transactional Data

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

You need to implement the surrogate key for the retail store table. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements.

What should you create?

  • a table that has an IDENTITY property
  • (Correct)
  • a system-versioned temporal table
  • a table that has a FOREIGN KEY constraint
  • a user-defined SEQUENCE object

Explanation

Scenario: Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

A surrogate key on a table is a column with a unique identifier for each row. The key is not generated from the table data. Data modelers like to create surrogate keys on their tables when they design data warehouse models. You can use the IDENTITY property to achieve this goal simply and effectively without affecting load performance.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-identity

Question 16: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

What should you implement to optimize SQL Database for Race Central to meet the technical requirements?

  • the sp_update_stats stored procedure
  • (Correct)
  • the dbcc checkdb command
  • Query Store
  • automatic tuning

Explanation

Scenario: The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.

sp_updatestats updates query optimization statistics on a table or indexed view. By default, the query optimizer already updates statistics as necessary to improve the query plan; in some cases you can improve query performance by using UPDATE STATISTICS or the stored procedure sp_updatestats to update statistics more frequently than the default updates.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/system-stored-procedures/sp-updatestats-transact-sql?view=sql-server-ver15

Question 17: Skipped

Litware, Inc. owns and operates 300 convenience stores across the US. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas.

Litware has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

Litware employs business analysts who prefer to analyze data by using Microsoft Power BI, and data scientists who prefer analyzing data in Azure Databricks notebooks.

Requirements

Business Goals

Litware wants to create a new analytics environment in Azure to meet the following requirements:

See inventory levels across the stores. Data must be updated as close to real time as possible.

Execute ad hoc analytical queries on historical data to identify whether the loyalty club discounts increase sales of the discounted products.

Every four hours, notify store employees about how many prepared food items to produce based on historical demand from the sales data.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

Minimize the number of different Azure services needed to achieve the business goals.

Use platform as a service (PaaS) offerings whenever possible and avoid having to provision virtual machines that must be managed by Litware.

Ensure that the analytical data store is accessible only to the company’s on-premises network and Azure services.

Use Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication whenever possible.

Use the principle of least privilege when designing security.

Stage Inventory data in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 before loading the data into the analytical data store. Litware wants to remove transient data from Data

Lake Storage once the data is no longer in use. Files that have a modified date that is older than 14 days must be removed.

Limit the business analysts’ access to customer contact information, such as phone numbers, because this type of data is not analytically relevant.

Ensure that you can quickly restore a copy of the analytical data store within one hour in the event of corruption or accidental deletion.

Planned Environment

Litware plans to implement the following environment:

The application development team will create an Azure event hub to receive real-time sales data, including store number, date, time, product ID, customer loyalty number, price, and discount amount, from the point of sale (POS) system and output the data to data storage in Azure.

Customer data, including name, contact information, and loyalty number, comes from Salesforce, a SaaS application, and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Product data, including product ID, name, and category, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Daily inventory data comes from a Microsoft SQL server located on a private network.

Litware currently has 5 TB of historical sales data and 100 GB of customer data. The company expects approximately 100 GB of new data per month for the next year.

Litware will build a custom application named FoodPrep to provide store employees with the calculation results of how many prepared food items to produce every four hours.

Litware does not plan to implement Azure ExpressRoute or a VPN between the on-premises network and Azure.What should you recommend to prevent users outside the Litware on-premises network from accessing the analytical data st

  • a server-level virtual network rule
  • a database-level virtual network rule
  • a server-level firewall IP rule
  • (Correct)
  • a database-level firewall IP rule

Explanation

The company doesn’t want any virtual network stuff and server-level is more comprehensive, thus safer than just database-level rule.

Since there is no VPN between on-premises machines and Azure SQL server, communications use a public endpoint. You can limit the public access to databases through a Server Level IP Firewall rules.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/network-access-controls-overview

Question 18: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need set up the Azure Data Factory JSON definition for Tier 10 data.

What should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

  • B-D
  • A-C
  • (Correct)
  • C-D
  • A-A
  • B-B
  • C-C

Explanation

Box 1: Connection String

To use storage account key authentication, you use the ConnectionString property, which xpecify the information needed to connect to Blobl Storage.

Mark this field as a SecureString to store it securely in Data Factory. You can also put account key in Azure Key Vault and pull the accountKey configuration out of the connection string.

Box 2: Azure Blob

Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/connector-azure-blob-storage

Question 19: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

You need to configure a disaster recovery solution for SALESDB to meet the technical requirements.

What should you configure in the backup policy?

  • a point-in-time restore
  • (Correct)
  • weekly long-term retention backups that are retained for three weeks
  • geo-replication
  • failover groups

Explanation

Scenario: SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.

The Azure SQL Database service protects all databases with an automated backup system. These backups are retained for 7 days for Basic, 35 days for Standard and 35 days for Premium. Point-in-time restore is a self-service capability, allowing customers to restore a Basic, Standard or Premium database from these backups to any point within the retention period.

References:

https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/azure-sql-database-point-in-time-restore/

Question 20: Skipped

Consider: Continuous Integration/Continuous Delivery lifecycleWhich feature commits the changes of Azure Data Factory work in a custom branch created with the main branch in a Git repository?

  • Commit
  • TCL commands
  • Pull request
  • (Correct)
  • Repo
  • DDL commands
  • DML commands

Explanation

Continuous Integration/Continuous Delivery lifecycle Below is a sample overview of the CI/CD lifecycle in an Azure data factory that’s configured with Azure Repos Git.

1. A development data factory is created and configured with Azure Repos Git. All developers should have permission to author Data Factory resources like pipelines and datasets.

2. A developer creates a feature branch to make a change. They debug their pipeline runs with their most recent changes.

3. After a developer is satisfied with their changes, they create a pull request from their feature branch to the master or collaboration branch to get their changes reviewed by peers.

4. After a pull request is approved and changes are merged in the master branch, the changes get published to the development factory.

5. When the team is ready to deploy the changes to a test or UAT (User Acceptance Testing) factory, the team goes to their Azure Pipelines release and deploys the desired version of the development factory to UAT. This deployment takes place as part of an Azure Pipelines task and uses Resource Manager template parameters to apply the appropriate configuration.

6. After the changes have been verified in the test factory, deploy to the production factory by using the next task of the pipelines release.

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/continuous-integration-deployment

Question 21: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

You are building the data store solution for Mechanical Workflow.

How should you configure Table1?

  • B-B
  • C-D
  • C-B
  • A-B
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Table Type: Hash distributed.

Hash-distributed tables improve query performance on large fact tables.

Index type: Clusted columnstore

Scenario:

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute

Question 22: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

You need to replace the SSIS process by using Data Factory.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-B-F-D
  • C-D-E-F
  • D-E-A-B
  • B-F-D-E
  • (Correct)
  • E-A-B-F
  • F-D-E-A

Explanation

Scenario: A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration

Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Step 1: Create a linked service to each database

Step 2: Create two datasets

You can create two datasets: InputDataset and OutputDataset. These datasets are of type AzureBlob. They refer to the Azure Storage linked service that you created in the previous section.

Step 3: Create a pipeline

You create and validate a pipeline with a copy activity that uses the input and output datasets.

Step 4: Add a copy activity

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/quickstart-create-data-factory-portal

Question 23: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Reporting

Security and monitoring

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to process and query ingested Tier 9 data.

Which two options should you use?

  • Azure Event Grid
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Stream Analytics
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Cache for Redis
  • Transact-SQL statements
  • Apache Kafka statements
  • Azure Notification Hub

Explanation

Event Hubs provides a Kafka endpoint that can be used by your existing Kafka based applications as an alternative to running your own Kafka cluster.

You can stream data into Kafka-enabled Event Hubs and process it with Azure Stream Analytics, in the following steps:

  • Create a Kafka enabled Event Hubs namespace.
  • Create a Kafka client that sends messages to the event hub.
  • Create a Stream Analytics job that copies data from the event hub into an Azure blob storage.

Scenario:

Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-hubs/event-hubs-kafka-stream-analytics

Question 24: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to configure data encryption for external applications.

Solution:

1. Access the Always Encrypted Wizard in SQL Server Management Studio

2. Select the column to be encrypted

3. Set the encryption type to Deterministic

4. Configure the master key to use the Azure Key Vault

5. Validate configuration results and deploy the solution

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

We use the Azure Key Vault, not the Windows Certificate Store, to store the master key.

Note: The Master Key Configuration page is where you set up your CMK (Column Master Key) and select the key store provider where the CMK will be stored.

Currently, you can store a CMK in the Windows certificate store, Azure Key Vault, or a hardware security module (HSM).

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-always-encrypted-azure-key-vault

Question 25: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

You need to build a solution to collect the telemetry data for Race Central.

What should you use?

  • B – A
  • A – A
  • E – C
  • (Correct)
  • D – B
  • C – B

Explanation

API: Table

Azure Cosmos DB provides native support for wire protocol-compatible APIs for popular databases. These include MongoDB, Apache Cassandra, Gremlin, and Azure Table storage.

Scenario: The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.

Consistency level: Strong

Use the strongest consistency Strong to minimize convergence time.

Scenario: The data must be written to the Azure datacenter closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cosmos-db/consistency-levels

Question 26: Skipped

Background

Proseware, Inc, develops and manages a product named Poll Taker. The product is used for delivering public opinion polling and analysis.

Polling data comes from a variety of sources, including online surveys, house-to-house interviews, and booths at public events.

Polling data

Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

  • An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData Azure Data Lake Gen 2
  • Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Poll metadata

Each poll has associated metadata with information about the poll including the date and number of respondents. The data is stored as JSON.

Phone-based polling

Security

  • Phone-based poll data must only be uploaded by authorized users from authorized devices
  • Contractors must not have access to any polling data other than their own
  • Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Data migration and loading

  • All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory
  • All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours
  • Data migrations must be reliable and retry when needed

Performance

After six months, raw polling data should be moved to a storage account. The storage must be available in the event of a regional disaster. The solution must minimize costs.

Deployments

  • All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
  • No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

Reliability

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Monitoring

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.You need to ensure phone-based polling data upload reliability requirements are met.

How should you configure monitoring?

  • C-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-A
  • A-A
  • A-B
  • B-B

Explanation

Box 1: FileCapacity

FileCapacity is the amount of storage used by the storage account’s File service in bytes.

Box 2: Avg

The aggregation type of the FileCapacity metric is Avg.

Scenario:

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/metrics-supported

Question 27: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

How should you monitor SALESDB to meet the technical requirements?

  • Review the auditing information of SALESDB.
  • Query the sys.resource_stats dynamic management view.
  • (Correct)
  • Query the sys.dm_os_wait_stats dynamic management view.
  • Review the Query Performance Insights for SALESDB.

Explanation

Scenario: Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB

The sys.resource_stats returns historical data for CPU, IO, DTU consumption. There’s one row every 5 minute for a database in an Azure logical SQL Server if there’s a change in the metrics.

Incorrect Answers:

Query Performance Insight helps you to quickly identify what your longest running queries are, how they change over time, and what waits are affecting them.

sys.dm_os_wait_stats: specific types of wait times during query execution can indicate bottlenecks or stall points within the query. Similarly, high wait times, or wait counts server wide can indicate bottlenecks or hot spots in interaction query interactions within the server instance. For example, lock waits indicate data contention by queries; page IO latch waits indicate slow IO response times; page latch update waits indicate incorrect file layout.

References:

https://dataplatformlabs.com/monitoring-azure-sql-database-with-sys-resource_stats/

Question 28: Skipped

Overview –

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment –

Transactional Data –

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises

Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL

Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data –

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes –

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements –

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse

Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers. Question You need to design a data retention solution for the Twitter feed data records. The solution must meet the customer sentiment analytics requirements.

Which Azure Storage functionality should you include in the solution?

  • change feed
  • time-based retention
  • lifecycle management
  • (Correct)
  • soft delete

Explanation

Scenario: Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data sets have unique lifecycles. Early in the lifecycle, people access some data often. But the need for access often drops drastically as the data ages. Some data remains idle in the cloud and is rarely accessed once stored. Some data sets expire days or months after creation, while other data sets are actively read and modified throughout their lifetimes. Azure Storage lifecycle management offers a rule-based policy that you can use to transition blob data to the appropriate access tiers or to expire data at the end of the data lifecycle.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/lifecycle-management-overview

Question 29: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

You need to implement the encryption for SALESDB. Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • A-B-C
  • B-C-D
  • C-G-E
  • (Correct)
  • D-E-F
  • E-C-B

Explanation

Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
Step 1: Implement an Azure key vault
You must create an Azure Key Vault and Key to use for TDE

Step 2: Create a key

Step 3: From the settings of the Azure SQL database
You turn transparent data encryption on and off on the database level.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/transparent-data-encryption-byok-azure-sql-configure

Question 30: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

You are monitoring the Data Factory pipeline that runs from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central.

You discover that the job takes 45 minutes to run.

What should you do to improve the performance of the job?

  • Configure the copy activities to use staged copy.
  • Increase that data integration units.
  • (Correct)
  • Configure the copy activities to perform compression.
  • Decrease parallelism for the copy activities.

Explanation

Performance tuning tips and optimization features. In some cases, when you run a copy activity in Azure Data Factory, you see a “Performance tuning tips” message on top of the copy activity monitoring, as shown in the following example. The message tells you the bottleneck that was identified for the given copy run.

It also guides you on what to change to boost copy throughput. The performance tuning tips currently provide suggestions like:

  • Use PolyBase when you copy data into Azure SQL Data Warehouse.
  • Increase Azure Cosmos DB Request Units or Azure SQL Database DTUs (Database Throughput Units) when the resource on the data store side is the bottleneck.
  • Remove the unnecessary staged copy.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/copy-activity-performance

Question 31: Skipped

Overview

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment –

Transactional Data –

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises

Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL

Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data –

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes –

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements –

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse

Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers. Question HOTSPOT –

You need to design an analytical storage solution for the transactional data. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements.

What should you include in the solution?

  • 3-1
  • 1-1
  • 3-3
  • 2-3
  • 1-3
  • 2-1
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Box 1: Replicated

A replicated table does not require any data movement for joins because the entire table is already present on each Compute node. If the dimension tables are round-robin distributed, a join copies the dimension table in full to each Compute node. To move the data, the query plan contains an operation called BroadcastMoveOperation. This type of data movement operation slows query performance and is eliminated by using replicated tables.

We need the retail store addresses for queries on the sales: “Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.”

Box 2: Hash

Hash-distributed tables improve query performance on large fact tables.

Scenario:

● You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

● Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-tables-distribute

Question 32: Skipped

Background

Proseware, Inc, develops and manages a product named Poll Taker. The product is used for delivering public opinion polling and analysis.

Polling data comes from a variety of sources, including online surveys, house-to-house interviews, and booths at public events.

Polling data

Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

  • An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData Azure Data Lake Gen 2
  • Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Poll metadata

Each poll has associated metadata with information about the poll including the date and number of respondents. The data is stored as JSON.

Phone-based polling

Security

  • Phone-based poll data must only be uploaded by authorized users from authorized devices
  • Contractors must not have access to any polling data other than their own
  • Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Data migration and loading

  • All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory
  • All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours
  • Data migrations must be reliable and retry when needed

Performance

After six months, raw polling data should be moved to a storage account. The storage must be available in the event of a regional disaster. The solution must minimize costs.

Deployments

  • All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
  • No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

Reliability

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Monitoring

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.You need to ensure polling data security requirements are met.

Which security technologies should you use?

  • C-A
  • A-B
  • C-B
  • A-A
  • (Correct)
  • B-B
  • B-A

Explanation

Box 1: Azure Active Directory user

Scenario:

Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Box 2: DataBase Scoped Credential

SQL Server uses a database scoped credential to access non-public Azure blob storage or Kerberos-secured Hadoop clusters with PolyBase.

PolyBase cannot authenticate by using Azure AD authentication.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-database-scoped-credential-transact-sql

Question 33: Skipped

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment

Transactional Data

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

You need to design the partitions for the product sales transactions. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements. What should you include in the solution?

  • B-B
  • A-A
  • (Correct)
  • A-B
  • B-C
  • C-C
  • C-D

Explanation

Box 1: Sales date

Scenario: Contoso requirements for data integration include:
– Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Box 2: An Azure Synapse Analytics Dedicated SQL pool
Scenario: Contoso requirements for data integration include:
– Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.
The size of a dedicated SQL pool (formerly SQL DW) is determined by Data Warehousing Units (DWU).
Dedicated SQL pool (formerly SQL DW) stores data in relational tables with columnar storage. This format significantly reduces the data storage costs, and improves query performance.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/synapse-analytics/sql-data-warehouse/sql-data-warehouse-overview-what-is

Question 34: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

Which windowing function should you use to perform the streaming aggregation of the sales data?

  • Tumbling
  • (Correct)
  • Hopping
  • Session
  • Sliding

Explanation

Scenario:

The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.

The key differentiators of a Tumbling window are that they repeat, do not overlap, and an event cannot belong to more than one tumbling window.

Incorrect Answers:

Like hopping windows, events can belong to more than one sliding window. D: Session windows can have gaps.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-window-functions

Question 35: Skipped

General Overview

Litware, Inc, is an international car racing and manufacturing company that has 1,000 employees. Most employees are located in Europe. The company supports racing teams that complete in a worldwide racing series.

Physical Locations

Litware has two main locations: a main office in London, England, and a manufacturing plant in Berlin, Germany. During each race weekend, 100 engineers set up a remote portable office by using a VPN to connect the datacentre in the London office. The portable office is set up and torn down in approximately 20 different countries each year.

Existing environment

Race Central

During race weekends, Litware uses a primary application named Race Central. Each car has several sensors that send real-time telemetry data to the London datacentre. The data is used for real-time tracking of the cars.

Race Central also sends batch updates to an application named Mechanical Workflow by using Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS).

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

The database structure contains both OLAP and OLTP databases.

Mechanical Workflow

Mechanical Workflow is used to track changes and improvements made to the cars during their lifetime.

Currently, Mechanical Workflow runs on SQL Server 2017 as an OLAP system.

Mechanical Workflow has a named Table1 that is 1 TB. Large aggregations are performed on a single column of Table 1.

Requirements

Planned Changes

Litware is the process of rearchitecting its data estate to be hosted in Azure. The company plans to decommission the London datacentre and move all its applications to an Azure datacentre.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

  • Data collection for Race Central must be moved to Azure Cosmos DB and Azure SQL Database. The data must be written to the Azure datacentre closest to each race and must converge in the least amount of time.
  • The query performance of Race Central must be stable, and the administrative time it takes to perform optimizations must be minimized.
  • The datacentre for Mechanical Workflow must be moved to Azure SQL data Warehouse.
  • Transparent data encryption (IDE) must be enabled on all data stores, whenever possible.
  • An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.
  • The telemetry data must migrate toward a solution that is native to Azure.
  • The telemetry data must be monitored for performance issues. You must adjust the Cosmos DB Request Units per second (RU/s) to maintain a performance SLA while minimizing the cost of the Ru/s.

Data Masking Requirements

During rare weekends, visitors will be able to enter the remote portable offices. Litware is concerned that some proprietary information might be exposed. The company identifies the following data masking requirements for the Race Central data that will be stored in SQL Database:

  • Only show the last four digits of the values in a column named SuspensionSprings.
  • Only Show a zero value for the values in a column named ShockOilWeight.

What should you include in the Data Factory pipeline for Race Central?

  • a copy activity that contains schema mappings
  • (Correct)
  • a delete activity that has logging enabled
  • a filter activity that has a condition
  • a copy activity that uses a stored procedure as a source

Explanation

Scenario:

An Azure Data Factory pipeline must be used to move data from Cosmos DB to SQL Database for Race Central. If the data load takes longer than 20 minutes, configuration changes must be made to Data Factory.

The telemetry data is sent to a MongoDB database. A custom application then moves the data to databases in SQL Server 2017. The telemetry data in MongoDB has more than 500 attributes. The application changes the attribute names when the data is moved to SQL Server 2017.

You can copy data to or from Azure Cosmos DB (SQL API) by using Azure Data Factory pipeline.

Column mapping applies when copying data from source to sink. By default, copy activity map source data to sink by column names. You can specify explicit mapping to customize the column mapping based on your need. More specifically, copy activity:

Read the data from source and determine the source schema

1. Use default column mapping to map columns by name, or apply explicit column mapping if specified.

2. Write the data to sink

3. Write the data to sink

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/copy-activity-schema-and-type-mapping

Question 36: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to configure data encryption for external applications.

Solution:

1. Access the Always Encrypted Wizard in SQL Server Management Studio

2. Select the column to be encrypted

3. Set the encryption type to Randomized

4. Configure the master key to use the Windows Certificate Store

5. Validate configuration results and deploy the solution

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • Yes
  • No
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Use the Azure Key Vault, not the Windows Certificate Store, to store the master key.

Note: The Master Key Configuration page is where you set up your CMK (Column Master Key) and select the key store provider where the CMK will be stored.
Currently, you can store a CMK in the Windows certificate store, Azure Key Vault, or a hardware security module (HSM).

References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-always-encrypted-azure-key-vault

Question 37: Skipped

Litware, Inc. owns and operates 300 convenience stores across the US. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas.

Litware has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

Litware employs business analysts who prefer to analyze data by using Microsoft Power BI, and data scientists who prefer analyzing data in Azure Databricks notebooks.

Requirements

Business Goals

Litware wants to create a new analytics environment in Azure to meet the following requirements:

See inventory levels across the stores. Data must be updated as close to real time as possible.

Execute ad hoc analytical queries on historical data to identify whether the loyalty club discounts increase sales of the discounted products.

Every four hours, notify store employees about how many prepared food items to produce based on historical demand from the sales data.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

Minimize the number of different Azure services needed to achieve the business goals.

Use platform as a service (PaaS) offerings whenever possible and avoid having to provision virtual machines that must be managed by Litware.

Ensure that the analytical data store is accessible only to the company’s on-premises network and Azure services.

Use Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication whenever possible.

Use the principle of least privilege when designing security.

Stage Inventory data in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 before loading the data into the analytical data store. Litware wants to remove transient data from Data

Lake Storage once the data is no longer in use. Files that have a modified date that is older than 14 days must be removed.

Limit the business analysts’ access to customer contact information, such as phone numbers, because this type of data is not analytically relevant.

Ensure that you can quickly restore a copy of the analytical data store within one hour in the event of corruption or accidental deletion.

Planned Environment

Litware plans to implement the following environment:

The application development team will create an Azure event hub to receive real-time sales data, including store number, date, time, product ID, customer loyalty number, price, and discount amount, from the point of sale (POS) system and output the data to data storage in Azure.

Customer data, including name, contact information, and loyalty number, comes from Salesforce, a SaaS application, and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Product data, including product ID, name, and category, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Daily inventory data comes from a Microsoft SQL server located on a private network.

Litware currently has 5 TB of historical sales data and 100 GB of customer data. The company expects approximately 100 GB of new data per month for the next year.

Litware will build a custom application named FoodPrep to provide store employees with the calculation results of how many prepared food items to produce every four hours.

Litware does not plan to implement Azure ExpressRoute or a VPN between the on-premises network and Azure.What should you do to improve high availability of the real-time data processing solution?

  • Set Data Lake Storage to use geo-redundant storage (GRS).
  • Deploy identical Azure Stream Analytics jobs to paired regions in Azure.
  • (Correct)
  • Deploy a High Concurrency Databricks cluster.
  • Deploy an Azure Stream Analytics job and use an Azure Automation runbook to check the status of the job and to start the job if it stops.

Explanation

Guarantee Stream Analytics job reliability during service updates
Part of being a fully managed service is the capability to introduce new service functionality and improvements at a rapid pace. As a result, Stream Analytics can have a service update deploy on a weekly (or more frequent) basis. No matter how much testing is done there is still a risk that an existing, running job may break due to the introduction of a bug. If you are running mission critical jobs, these risks need to be avoided. You can reduce this risk by following Azure’s paired region model.

Scenario: The application development team will create an Azure event hub to receive real-time sales data, including store number, date, time, product ID, customer loyalty number, price, and discount amount, from the point of sale (POS) system and output the data to data storage in Azure

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-job-reliability

Question 38: Skipped

Background

Proseware, Inc, develops and manages a product named Poll Taker. The product is used for delivering public opinion polling and analysis.

Polling data comes from a variety of sources, including online surveys, house-to-house interviews, and booths at public events.

Polling data

Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

  • An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData Azure Data Lake Gen 2
  • Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Poll metadata

Each poll has associated metadata with information about the poll including the date and number of respondents. The data is stored as JSON.

Phone-based polling

Security

  • Phone-based poll data must only be uploaded by authorized users from authorized devices
  • Contractors must not have access to any polling data other than their own
  • Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Data migration and loading

  • All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory
  • All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours
  • Data migrations must be reliable and retry when needed

Performance

After six months, raw polling data should be moved to a storage account. The storage must be available in the event of a regional disaster. The solution must minimize costs.

Deployments

  • All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
  • No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

Reliability

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Monitoring

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.

You need to ensure that phone-based poling data can be analyzed in the PollingData database.

How should you configure Azure Data Factory?

  • Use a tumbling schedule trigger
  • Use an event-based trigger
  • Use manual execution
  • Use a schedule trigger
  • (Correct)

Explanation

When creating a schedule trigger, you specify a schedule (start date, recurrence, end date etc.) for the trigger, and associate with a Data Factory pipeline.

Scenario:

All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory

All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-factory/how-to-create-schedule-trigger

Question 39: Skipped

Mike is the data engineer for Contoso and has a Data Warehouse created with a database named Crystal. Within the database is a table named DimSuppliers. The suppliers’ information is stored in a single text file named Suppliers.txt and is 1200MB in size. It is currently stored in a container with an Azure Blob store. Your Azure Synapse Analytics is configured as Gen 2 DW30000c. How can Mike maximize the performance of the data load?

  • Split the text file into 60 files of 20MB each.
  • (Correct)
  • Use Gen 1 DW6000.
  • Increase the Gen 2 DWU units.

Explanation

Split the text file into 60 files of 20MB each. eparating the single text file of Suppliers.txt into 60 files can take advantage of the fact that Gen 2 DW30000c uses 60 compute nodes and the parallelism of the data load can be evenly spread for quicker performance. Increasing the Gen 2 DWU units will not work as Gen 2 DW30000c is the highest limit and cannot be scaled beyond this. Gen 1 compute nodes has less power than Gen 2 compute nodes and will not improve the performance.

Question 40: Skipped

Overview –

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment –

Transactional Data –

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises

Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL

Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data –

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes –

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements –

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse

Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers. Question DRAG DROP –

You need to implement versioned changes to the integration pipelines. The solution must meet the data integration requirements.

In which order should you perform the actions?

  • D-A-E-C-B
  • B-C-A-D-E
  • A-D-E-B-C
  • E-C-B-A-D
  • (Correct)
  • C-D-A-B-E

Explanation

Scenario: Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers.

Step 1: Create a repository and a main branch

You need a Git repository in Azure Pipelines, TFS, or GitHub with your app.

Step 2: Create a feature branch

Step 3: Create a pull request

Step 4: Merge changes

Merge feature branches into the main branch using pull requests.

Step 5: Publish changes

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/devops/pipelines/repos/pipeline-options-for-git

Question 41: Skipped

Litware, Inc. owns and operates 300 convenience stores across the US. The company sells a variety of packaged foods and drinks, as well as a variety of prepared foods, such as sandwiches and pizzas.

Litware has a loyalty club whereby members can get daily discounts on specific items by providing their membership number at checkout.

Litware employs business analysts who prefer to analyze data by using Microsoft Power BI, and data scientists who prefer analyzing data in Azure Databricks notebooks.

Requirements

Business Goals

Litware wants to create a new analytics environment in Azure to meet the following requirements:

See inventory levels across the stores. Data must be updated as close to real time as possible.

Execute ad hoc analytical queries on historical data to identify whether the loyalty club discounts increase sales of the discounted products.

Every four hours, notify store employees about how many prepared food items to produce based on historical demand from the sales data.

Technical Requirements

Litware identifies the following technical requirements:

Minimize the number of different Azure services needed to achieve the business goals.

Use platform as a service (PaaS) offerings whenever possible and avoid having to provision virtual machines that must be managed by Litware.

Ensure that the analytical data store is accessible only to the company’s on-premises network and Azure services.

Use Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication whenever possible.

Use the principle of least privilege when designing security.

Stage Inventory data in Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 before loading the data into the analytical data store. Litware wants to remove transient data from Data

Lake Storage once the data is no longer in use. Files that have a modified date that is older than 14 days must be removed.

Limit the business analysts’ access to customer contact information, such as phone numbers, because this type of data is not analytically relevant.

Ensure that you can quickly restore a copy of the analytical data store within one hour in the event of corruption or accidental deletion.

Planned Environment

Litware plans to implement the following environment:

The application development team will create an Azure event hub to receive real-time sales data, including store number, date, time, product ID, customer loyalty number, price, and discount amount, from the point of sale (POS) system and output the data to data storage in Azure.

Customer data, including name, contact information, and loyalty number, comes from Salesforce, a SaaS application, and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Product data, including product ID, name, and category, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Daily inventory data comes from a Microsoft SQL server located on a private network.

Litware currently has 5 TB of historical sales data and 100 GB of customer data. The company expects approximately 100 GB of new data per month for the next year.

Litware will build a custom application named FoodPrep to provide store employees with the calculation results of how many prepared food items to produce every four hours.

Litware does not plan to implement Azure ExpressRoute or a VPN between the on-premises network and Azure.Which Azure Data Factory components should you recommend using together to import the daily inventory data from the SQL server to Azure Data Lake Storage?

  • B-C-A
  • A-A-C
  • C-B-A
  • (Correct)
  • A-C-B
  • C-C-B
  • B-B-A

Explanation

Box 1: Self-hosted integration runtime

A self-hosted IR is capable of running copy activity between a cloud data stores and a data store in private network.

Box 2: Schedule trigger

Schedule every 8 hours

Box 3: Copy activity

Scenario:

– Customer data, including name, contact information, and loyalty number, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

– Product data, including product ID, name, and category, comes from Salesforce and can be imported into Azure once every eight hours. Row modified dates are not trusted in the source table.

Question 42: Skipped

AdventureWorks sells bicycles and bicycle parts directly to customers and distributors. The company currently has a single office in the Netherlands, and have been selling bicycles in the United States, Germany and Spain through a chain of distributors and through online sales on its website. The fulfillment of delivery is done by local distribution centers.

The company is planning to expand by establishing new offices because the sales growth in these countries has been increasing over the last 3 years. The location are:

  • Tokyo, Japan
  • Seattle, USA
  • Chicago, USA
  • Berlin, Germany
  • Barcelona, Spain
  • Paris, France

In a highly competitive market, in which AdventureWorks has been in business for the last 15 years, it wants to become the most innovative bicycle company, providing both current and future bicycle owners with best in class technology and service that provides unique experiences.

The Research and Development department of AdventureWorks has successfully conceived the next wave of innovative products, and they are relying on Data Engineers, AI Engineers and Data Scientists to assist with both the design and implementation of the solution.

Given the increased level of sales and expansion at global scale, the existing data infrastructure won’t meet the overall business requirements or the future growth that AdventureWorks aspires to. The Chief Information and Technology Officers have expressed the desire to abandon existing on-premises systems and move to the cloud to meet the growth expected. This is supported by the CFO as there has been a request for replacement hardware as the existing infrastructure comes to its end of life. The CFO is aware that the cloud could offer alternatives that are more cost efficient.

As a Senior Data Engineer, you will assist AdventureWorks in the solution design and implementation to meet the business, functional and technical requirements that the company has set forth to be successful for growth, expansion, and innovation strategies. You will execute this in a way that minimizes operational costs and can be monitored for effectiveness.

In a discovery workshop you ascertained the following information:

AdventureWorks Website

The web developers at AdventureWorks are transferring the existing website from an on-premises instance of IIS, to an Azure Web App. They have requested that a data store is made available that will hold the images of the products that are sold on the website.

Current Sales / Ordering system

The current software on which bicycle purchases are tracked, is a web-based application which directly stores order information into an on-premises SQL Server database named AdventureWorks2012. The current application is deployed with high-availability provided by SQL Server 2012 Always-on Availability groups. Due to global expansion and data governance requirements, AdventureWorks will transition this system to better serve their customers and will be looking for global availability of its application and data sales and ordering purposes, particularly during the months of November and December when demand for bikes grow ahead of the holiday period.

Data Analysis

The business reporting is currently being provided by a single on-premises database that is configured as a data warehouse, it holds a database named AdventureWorksDW which is used to provide historical reporting and descriptive analytics. In recent times, that server has been struggling to process the reporting data in a timely manner, as a result the organization has evaluated the data warehouse capabilities of Azure Synapse Analytics and want to migrate their on-premises data to this platform. Your team should ensure that access to the data is restricted.

In addition, AdventureWorks would like to take their data analytics further and start to utilize predictive analytics capabilities. This is currently not an activity that is undertaken. The organization understands that a recommendation or a text analytics engine could be built and would like you to direct them on what would be the best technology and approach to take in implementing such a solution that is also resilient and performant.

You are also assessing the tooling that can help with the extraction, load and transforming of data into the data warehouse, and have asked a Data Engineer within your team to show a proof of concept of Azure Data Factory to explore the transformation capabilities of the product

Customer Service / Presales

Customer service and pre-sales departments are currently experiencing scale issues due to the high call volumes. The organization wants to support the customer services staff in handling the call volumes through the implementation of chat bots in which future bicycle owners can:

  • Find which bicycle is best for them:
    Through a set of questions with the chat bot, custom recommendations are given to potential bike owners, who then can take the recommendation and place an order, or can be redirect to a sales specialist to help them with their needs
  • Check status on current orders:
    Retrieve status on current orders, and estimated delivery times
  • Find bicycle parts suitable for their existing bicycle:
    Existing bicycle owners can find recommended bicycle parts and accessories based on the serial number or model number of their bicycle
    Existing bicycle owners, can upload a picture of their bicycle or take a picture of the serial number of their bicycle to assist with the identification of their bicycle and have recommended bicycle parts

Over the last few years the customer services departments have observed an increase in calls from fraudulent customer who are asking for support for bikes that are no longer in warranty, or bikes that have not even been purchased at AdventureWorks. The department are currently relying on the experience of customer services agents to identify this. As a result, they would like to implement a system that can help the agents track in real-time who could be making a fradulent claim.

Finally, given its global expansion, the customer service / presales chat bot needs to respond to requests for data in near real-time regardless of where the customer is located. The chatbot should also support multiple languages such as Dutch, German, French, English, Spanish, and Japanese. This work will be handled by the AI Engineers, but they have requested a platform is provided by the Data Engineer that enables them to store conversation history.

Social Media Analysis

In recent years, the marketing department at the organization have run a wide variety of twitter campaigns at various times of the year. They are keen to measure the impact of their work by tracking social media assets such as hashtags during those campaigns. They would like to have the capability of tracking any hashtag of any name.

Connected bicycle

AdventureWorks Bicycles can be equipped with an innovate built-in bicycle computer which consist of automatic locking features of the bicycle, as well as operational status. Information captured by this bicycle computer includes:

  • Bicycle model, serial number and registered owner
  • Bicycle location (latitude longitude)
  • Current status (stationary, in motion)
  • Current speed in kilometers per hours
  • Bicycle Locked / Unlocked
  • Bicycle parts and components information (on electrical bicycles)

First party and 3rd party applications can have access the information of the bicycle computer that must be secure and for the integration into mobile applications and real time display of location and bike ride sharing information.

Furthermore, daily summary data can be saved to flat files that include Bicycle model, serial number, registered owner and a summary of the total miles cycled per day and the average speed.

Bicycle Maintenance services

Existing bicycle owners can opt in to getting notifications on when their bicycle needs repair, based on:

  • Telemetry from electrical bicycle based on sensor data
  • Bicycle usage information coming from the built-in bicycle computers based on average mileage / wear and tear

This predictive maintenance scenario is a service in which bike owners can opt-in, offered as a paid service.

Finally, all services that are proposed should have a comprehensive business continuity that meets the corporate objective of minimizes restore times when recovering the data for a given service.Which requirement is likely to be the easiest to implement from a data engineering perspective?

  • Connected Bicycle
  • AdventureWorks Website
  • (Correct)
  • Social Media Analysis

Explanation

The AdventureWorks Website requirement is the need to create a data store to host images. This can be achieved using an Azure Blob store. The Connected Bicycle is a more complex requirement as it will be dealing with Streaming Data from a bicycle. The Social Media Analysis is another complex requirement as it requires the collection of streaming data of an application

Question 43: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

A company uses Azure Data Lake Gen 1 Storage to store big data related to consumer behavior.

You need to implement logging.

Solution: Configure Azure Data Lake Storage diagnostics to store logs and metrics in a storage account.

Does the solution meet the goal?

  • No
  • Yes
  • (Correct)

Explanation

From the Azure Storage account that contains log data, open the Azure Storage account blade associated with Data Lake Storage Gen1 for logging, and then click Blobs. The Blob service blade lists two containers.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-lake-store/data-lake-store-diagnostic-logs

Question 44: Skipped

Background

Proseware, Inc, develops and manages a product named Poll Taker. The product is used for delivering public opinion polling and analysis.

Polling data comes from a variety of sources, including online surveys, house-to-house interviews, and booths at public events.

Polling data

Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

  • An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData Azure Data Lake Gen 2
  • Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Poll metadata

Each poll has associated metadata with information about the poll including the date and number of respondents. The data is stored as JSON.

Phone-based polling

Security

  • Phone-based poll data must only be uploaded by authorized users from authorized devices
  • Contractors must not have access to any polling data other than their own
  • Access to polling data must set on a per-active directory user basis

Data migration and loading

  • All data migration processes must use Azure Data Factory
  • All data migrations must run automatically during non-business hours
  • Data migrations must be reliable and retry when needed

Performance

After six months, raw polling data should be moved to a storage account. The storage must be available in the event of a regional disaster. The solution must minimize costs.

Deployments

  • All deployments must be performed by using Azure DevOps. Deployments must use templates used in multiple environments
  • No credentials or secrets should be used during deployments

Reliability

All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Monitoring

All Azure services must be monitored by using Azure Monitor. On-premises SQL Server performance must be monitored.You need to provision the polling data storage account.

How should you configure the storage account?

  • A – B
  • D – B
  • B – D
  • C – A
  • E – C
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Account type: StorageV2

You must create new storage accounts as type StorageV2 (general-purpose V2) to take advantage of Data Lake Storage Gen2 features.

Scenario: Polling data is stored in one of the two locations:

– An on-premises Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database named PollingData

– Azure Data Lake Gen 2

Data in Data Lake is queried by using PolyBase

Replication type: RA-GRS

Scenario: All services and processes must be resilient to a regional Azure outage.

Geo-redundant storage (GRS) is designed to provide at least 99.99999999999999% (16 9’s) durability of objects over a given year by replicating your data to a secondary region that is hundreds of miles away from the primary region. If your storage account has GRS enabled, then your data is durable even in the case of a complete regional outage or a disaster in which the primary region isn’t recoverable.

If you opt for GRS, you have two related options to choose from:

– GRS replicates your data to another data center in a secondary region, but that data is available to be read only if Microsoft initiates a failover from the primary to secondary region.

– Read-access geo-redundant storage (RA-GRS) is based on GRS. RA-GRS replicates your data to another data center in a secondary region, and also provides you with the option to read from the secondary region. With RA-GRS, you can read from the secondary region regardless of whether Microsoft initiates a failover from the primary to secondary region.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-cyrl-ba/azure/storage/blobs/data-lake-storage-quickstart-create-account

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy-grs

Question 45: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to implement diagnostic logging for Data Warehouse monitoring.

Which log should you use?

  • ExecRequests
  • SqlRequests
  • (Correct)
  • RequestSteps
  • DmsWorkers

Explanation

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/system-dynamic-management-views/sys-dm-pdw-sql-requests-transact-sq

Question 46: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

Which counter should you monitor for real-time processing to meet the technical requirements?

  • CPU % utilization
  • Data Conversion Errors
  • SU% Utilization
  • (Correct)
  • Concurrent users

Explanation

Scenario:

– Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.

– The sales data, including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics.

Streaming Units (SUs) represents the computing resources that are allocated to execute a Stream Analytics job. The higher the number of SUs, the more CPU and memory resources are allocated for your job. This capacity lets you focus on the query logic and abstracts the need to manage the hardware to run your Stream Analytics job in a timely manner.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/stream-analytics/stream-analytics-streaming-unit-consumption

Question 47: Skipped

AdventureWorks sells bicycles and bicycle parts directly to customers and distributors. The company currently has a single office in the Netherlands, and have been selling bicycles in the United States, Germany and Spain through a chain of distributors and through online sales on its website. The fulfillment of delivery is done by local distribution centers.

The company is planning to expand by establishing new offices because the sales growth in these countries has been increasing over the last 3 years. The location are:

  • Tokyo, Japan
  • Seattle, USA
  • Chicago, USA
  • Berlin, Germany
  • Barcelona, Spain
  • Paris, France

In a highly competitive market, in which AdventureWorks has been in business for the last 15 years, it wants to become the most innovative bicycle company, providing both current and future bicycle owners with best in class technology and service that provides unique experiences.

The Research and Development department of AdventureWorks has successfully conceived the next wave of innovative products, and they are relying on Data Engineers, AI Engineers and Data Scientists to assist with both the design and implementation of the solution.

Given the increased level of sales and expansion at global scale, the existing data infrastructure won’t meet the overall business requirements or the future growth that AdventureWorks aspires to. The Chief Information and Technology Officers have expressed the desire to abandon existing on-premises systems and move to the cloud to meet the growth expected. This is supported by the CFO as there has been a request for replacement hardware as the existing infrastructure comes to its end of life. The CFO is aware that the cloud could offer alternatives that are more cost efficient.

As a Senior Data Engineer, you will assist AdventureWorks in the solution design and implementation to meet the business, functional and technical requirements that the company has set forth to be successful for growth, expansion, and innovation strategies. You will execute this in a way that minimizes operational costs and can be monitored for effectiveness.

In a discovery workshop you ascertained the following information:

AdventureWorks Website

The web developers at AdventureWorks are transferring the existing website from an on-premises instance of IIS, to an Azure Web App. They have requested that a data store is made available that will hold the images of the products that are sold on the website.

Current Sales / Ordering system

The current software on which bicycle purchases are tracked, is a web-based application which directly stores order information into an on-premises SQL Server database named AdventureWorks2012. The current application is deployed with high-availability provided by SQL Server 2012 Always-on Availability groups. Due to global expansion and data governance requirements, AdventureWorks will transition this system to better serve their customers and will be looking for global availability of its application and data sales and ordering purposes, particularly during the months of November and December when demand for bikes grow ahead of the holiday period.

Data Analysis

The business reporting is currently being provided by a single on-premises database that is configured as a data warehouse, it holds a database named AdventureWorksDW which is used to provide historical reporting and descriptive analytics. In recent times, that server has been struggling to process the reporting data in a timely manner, as a result the organization has evaluated the data warehouse capabilities of Azure Synapse Analytics and want to migrate their on-premises data to this platform. Your team should ensure that access to the data is restricted.

In addition, AdventureWorks would like to take their data analytics further and start to utilize predictive analytics capabilities. This is currently not an activity that is undertaken. The organization understands that a recommendation or a text analytics engine could be built and would like you to direct them on what would be the best technology and approach to take in implementing such a solution that is also resilient and performant.

You are also assessing the tooling that can help with the extraction, load and transforming of data into the data warehouse, and have asked a Data Engineer within your team to show a proof of concept of Azure Data Factory to explore the transformation capabilities of the product

Customer Service / Presales

Customer service and pre-sales departments are currently experiencing scale issues due to the high call volumes. The organization wants to support the customer services staff in handling the call volumes through the implementation of chat bots in which future bicycle owners can:

  • Find which bicycle is best for them:
    Through a set of questions with the chat bot, custom recommendations are given to potential bike owners, who then can take the recommendation and place an order, or can be redirect to a sales specialist to help them with their needs
  • Check status on current orders:
    Retrieve status on current orders, and estimated delivery times
  • Find bicycle parts suitable for their existing bicycle:
  • Existing bicycle owners can find recommended bicycle parts and accessories based on the serial number or model number of their bicycle
  • Existing bicycle owners, can upload a picture of their bicycle or take a picture of the serial number of their bicycle to assist with the identification of their bicycle and have recommended bicycle parts

Over the last few years the customer services departments have observed an increase in calls from fraudulent customer who are asking for support for bikes that are no longer in warranty, or bikes that have not even been purchased at AdventureWorks. The department are currently relying on the experience of customer services agents to identify this. As a result, they would like to implement a system that can help the agents track in real-time who could be making a fradulent claim.

Finally, given its global expansion, the customer service / presales chat bot needs to respond to requests for data in near real-time regardless of where the customer is located. The chatbot should also support multiple languages such as Dutch, German, French, English, Spanish, and Japanese. This work will be handled by the AI Engineers, but they have requested a platform is provided by the Data Engineer that enables them to store conversation history.

Social Media Analysis

In recent years, the marketing department at the organization have run a wide variety of twitter campaigns at various times of the year. They are keen to measure the impact of their work by tracking social media assets such as hashtags during those campaigns. They would like to have the capability of tracking any hashtag of any name.

Connected bicycle

AdventureWorks Bicycles can be equipped with an innovate built-in bicycle computer which consist of automatic locking features of the bicycle, as well as operational status. Information captured by this bicycle computer includes:

  • Bicycle model, serial number and registered owner
  • Bicycle location (latitude longitude)
  • Current status (stationary, in motion)
  • Current speed in kilometers per hours
  • Bicycle Locked / Unlocked
  • Bicycle parts and components information (on electrical bicycles)

First party and 3rd party applications can have access the information of the bicycle computer that must be secure and for the integration into mobile applications and real time display of location and bike ride sharing information.

Furthermore, daily summary data can be saved to flat files that include Bicycle model, serial number, registered owner and a summary of the total miles cycled per day and the average speed.

Bicycle Maintenance services

Existing bicycle owners can opt in to getting notifications on when their bicycle needs repair, based on:

  • Telemetry from electrical bicycle based on sensor data
  • Bicycle usage information coming from the built-in bicycle computers based on average mileage / wear and tear

This predictive maintenance scenario is a service in which bike owners can opt-in, offered as a paid service.

Finally, all services that are proposed should have a comprehensive business continuity that meets the corporate objective of minimizes restore times when recovering the data for a given service.Which data platform technology could be used to implement the predictive analytics capabilities that AdventureWorks desires?

  • Azure Storage Account
  • Azure Databricks
  • (Correct)
  • Azure Stream Analytics

Explanation

Azure Databricks is a server-less platform optimized for Microsoft Azure which provides one-click setup, streamlined workflows and an interactive workspace for Spark-based Machine learning applications.

Azure Stream Analytics will ingest streaming data from applications or IoT devices and gateways into an event hub or an Internet of Things (IoT) hub in real-time. At which point the event or IoT hub will stream the data into Stream Analytics for real-time analysis.

Azure Storage offers a massively scalable object store for data objects and file system services for the cloud. Creating a storage account as a Blob means that you cannot query the data directly.

Question 48: Skipped

Current environment

Contoso relies on an extensive partner network for marketing, sales, and distribution. Contoso uses external companies that manufacture everything from the actual pharmaceutical to the packaging.

The majority of the company’s data reside in Microsoft SQL Server database. Application databases fall into one of the following tiers:

The company has a reporting infrastructure that ingests data from local databases and partner services. Partners services consists of distributors, wholesales, and retailers across the world. The company performs daily, weekly, and monthly reporting.

Requirements

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 application must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

The solution must support migrating databases that support external and internal application to Azure SQL Database. The migrated databases will be supported by Azure Data Factory pipelines for the continued movement, migration and updating of data both in the cloud and from local core business systems and repositories.

Tier 7 and Tier 8 partner access must be restricted to the database only.

In addition to default Azure backup behavior, Tier 4 and 5 databases must be on a backup strategy that performs a transaction log backup eve hour, a differential backup of databases every day and a full back up every week.

Back up strategies must be put in place for all other standalone Azure SQL Databases using Azure SQL-provided backup storage and capabilities.

Databases

Contoso requires their data estate to be designed and implemented in the Azure Cloud. Moving to the cloud must not inhibit access to or availability of data.

Databases:

Tier 1 Database must implement data masking using the following masking logic:

Tier 2 databases must sync between branches and cloud databases and in the event of conflicts must be set up for conflicts to be won by on-premises databases.

Tier 3 and Tier 6 through Tier 8 applications must use database density on the same server and Elastic pools in a cost-effective manner.

Applications must still have access to data from both internal and external applications keeping the data encrypted and secure at rest and in transit.

A disaster recovery strategy must be implemented for Tier 3 and Tier 6 through 8 allowing for failover in the case of a server going offline.

Selected internal applications must have the data hosted in single Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.

  • Tier 1 internal applications on the premium P2 tier
  • Tier 2 internal applications on the standard S4 tier

Security

A method of managing multiple databases in the cloud at the same time is must be implemented to streamlining data management and limiting management access to only those requiring access.

Monitoring

Monitoring must be set up on every database. Contoso and partners must receive performance reports as part of contractual agreements.

Tiers 6 through 8 must have unexpected resource storage usage immediately reported to data engineers.

The Azure SQL Data Warehouse cache must be monitored when the database is being used. A dashboard monitoring key performance indicators (KPIs) indicated by traffic lights must be created and displayed based on the following metrics:

Existing Data Protection and Security compliances require that all certificates and keys are internally managed in an on-premises storage.

You identify the following reporting requirements:

  • Azure Data Warehousüe must be used to gather and query data from multiple internal and external databases
  • Azure Data Warehouse must be optimized to use data from a cache
  • Reporting data aggregated for external partners must be stored in Azure Storage and be made available during regular business hours in the connecting regions
  • Reporting strategies must be improved to real time or near real time reporting cadence to improve competitiveness and the general supply chain
  • Tier 9 reporting must be moved to Event Hubs, queried, and persisted in the same Azure region as the company’s main office
  • Tier 10 reporting data must be stored in Azure Blobs

Issues

Team members identify the following issues:

  • Both internal and external client application run complex joins, equality searches and group-by clauses. Because some systems are managed externally, the queries will not be changed or optimized by Contoso
  • External partner organization data formats, types and schemas are controlled by the partner companies
  • Internal and external database development staff resources are primarily SQL developers familiar with the Transact-SQL language.
  • Size and amount of data has led to applications and reporting solutions not performing are required speeds
  • Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access
  • The company maintains several legacy client applications. Data for these applications remains isolated form other applications. This has led to hundreds of databases being provisioned on a per application basis.

You need to set up access to Azure SQL Database for Tier 7 and Tier 8 partners.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

  • F-C-B
  • E-B-A
  • A-B-D
  • D-E-F
  • B-D-E
  • (Correct)
  • C-D-E

Explanation

Tier 7 and 8 data access is constrained to single endpoints managed by partners for access

Step 1: Set the Allow Azure Services to Access Server setting to Disabled
Set Allow access to Azure services to OFF for the most secure configuration.
By default, access through the SQL Database firewall is enabled for all Azure services, under Allow access to Azure services. Choose OFF to disable access for all Azure services.
Note: The firewall pane has an ON/OFF button that is labeled Allow access to Azure services. The ON setting allows communications from all Azure IP addresses and all Azure subnets. These Azure IPs or subnets might not be owned by you. This ON setting is probably more open than you want your SQL Database to be.
The virtual network rule feature offers much finer granular control.

Step 2: In the Azure portal, create a server firewall rule
Set up SQL Database server firewall rules
Server-level IP firewall rules apply to all databases within the same SQL Database server.
To set up a server-level firewall rule:
1. In Azure portal, select SQL databases from the left-hand menu, and select your database on the SQL databases page.
2. On the Overview page, select Set server firewall. The Firewall settings page for the database server opens.

Step 3: Connect to the database and use Transact-SQL to create a database firewall rule
Database-level firewall rules can only be configured using Transact-SQL (T-SQL) statements, and only after you’ve configured a server-level firewall rule.
To setup a database-level firewall rule:
1. Connect to the database, for example using SQL Server Management Studio.
2. In Object Explorer, right-click the database and select New Query.
3. In the query window, add this statement and modify the IP address to your public IP address:
– EXECUTE sp_set_database_firewall_rule N’Example DB Rule’,’0.0.0.4′,’0.0.0.4′;
4. On the toolbar, select Execute to create the firewall rule.

References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-security-tutorial

Question 49: Skipped

Overview

ADatum Corporation is a retailer that sells products through two sales channels: retail stores and a website.

Existing Environment

ADatum has one database server that has Microsoft SQL Server 2016 installed. The server hosts three mission-critical databases named SALESDB, DOCDB, and REPORTINGDB.

SALESDB collects data from the stored and the website.

DOCDB stored documents that connect to the sales data in SALESDB. The documents are stored in two different JSON formats based on the sales channel.

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes. A daily process creates reporting data in REPORTINGDB from the data in SALESDB. The process is implemented as a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package that runs a stored procedure from SALESDB.

Requirements

Planned Changes

ADatum plans to move the current data infrastructure to Azure. The new infrastructure has the following requirements:

  • Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.
  • Migrate DOCDB to Azure Cosmos DB.
  • The sales data including the documents in JSON format, must be gathered as it arrives and analyzed online by using Azure Stream Analytics. The analytic process will perform aggregations that must be done continuously, without gaps, and without overlapping.
  • As they arrive, all the sales documents in JSON format must be transformed into one consistent format.
  • Azure Data Factory will replace the SSIS process of copying the data from SALESDB to REPORTINGDB.

Technical Requirements

The new Azure data infrastructure must meet the following technical requirements:

  • Data in SALESDB must encrypted by using Transparent Data Encryption (TDE). The encryption must use your own key.
  • SALESDB must be restorable to any given minute within the past three weeks.
  • Real-time processing must be monitored to ensure that workloads are sized properly based on actual usage patterns.
  • Missing indexes must be created automatically for REPORTINGDB.
  • Disk IO, CPU, and memory usage must be monitored for SALESDB.

You need to ensure that the missing indexes for REPORTINGDB are added.

What should you use?

  • SQL Database Advisor
  • extended events
  • automatic tuning
  • (Correct)
  • Query Performance Insight

Explanation

Automatic tuning options include create index, which identifies indexes that may improve performance of your workload, creates indexes, and automatically verifies that performance of queries has improved.

Scenario:

REPORTINGDB stores reporting data and contains server columnstore indexes.

Migrate SALESDB and REPORTINGDB to an Azure SQL database.

References:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/sql-database/sql-database-automatic-tuning

Question 50: Skipped

Overview

Contoso, Ltd. is a clothing retailer based in Seattle. The company has 2,000 retail stores across the United States and an emerging online presence.

The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. The forest it integrated with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Contoso has an Azure subscription associated to the contoso.com Azure AD tenant.

Existing Environment –

Transactional Data –

Contoso has three years of customer, transactional, operational, sourcing, and supplier data comprised of 10 billion records stored across multiple on-premises

Microsoft SQL Server servers. The SQL Server instances contain data from various operational systems. The data is loaded into the instances by using SQL

Server Integration Services (SSIS) packages.

You estimate that combining all product sales transactions into a company-wide sales transactions dataset will result in a single table that contains 5 billion rows, with one row per transaction.

Most queries targeting the sales transactions data will be used to identify which products were sold in retail stores and which products were sold online during different time periods. Sales transaction data that is older than three years will be removed monthly.

You plan to create a retail store table that will contain the address of each retail store. The table will be approximately 2 MB. Queries for retail store sales will include the retail store addresses.

You plan to create a promotional table that will contain a promotion ID. The promotion ID will be associated to a specific product. The product will be identified by a product ID. The table will be approximately 5 GB.

Streaming Twitter Data –

The ecommerce department at Contoso develops an Azure logic app that captures trending Twitter feeds referencing the company’s products and pushes the products to Azure Event Hubs.

Planned Changes and Requirements

Planned Changes –

Contoso plans to implement the following changes:

Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Integrate on-premises data stores with Azure Synapse Analytics by using SSIS packages.

Use Azure Synapse Analytics to analyze Twitter feeds to assess customer sentiments about products.

Sales Transaction Dataset Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Customer Sentiment Analytics Requirements

Contoso identifies the following requirements for customer sentiment analytics:

Allow Contoso users to use PolyBase in an Azure Synapse Analytics dedicated SQL pool to query the content of the data records that host the Twitter feeds.

Data must be protected by using row-level security (RLS). The users must be authenticated by using their own Azure AD credentials.

Maximize the throughput of ingesting Twitter feeds from Event Hubs to Azure Storage without purchasing additional throughput or capacity units.

Store Twitter feeds in Azure Storage by using Event Hubs Capture. The feeds will be converted into Parquet files.

Ensure that the data store supports Azure AD-based access control down to the object level.

Minimize administrative effort to maintain the Twitter feed data records.

Purge Twitter feed data records that are older than two years.

Data Integration Requirements –

Contoso identifies the following requirements for data integration:

Use an Azure service that leverages the existing SSIS packages to ingest on-premises data into datasets stored in a dedicated SQL pool of Azure Synapse

Analytics and transform the data.

Identify a process to ensure that changes to the ingestion and transformation activities can be version-controlled and developed independently by multiple data engineers. Question HOTSPOT –

You need to implement an Azure Synapse Analytics database object for storing the sales transactions data. The solution must meet the sales transaction dataset requirements.

What should you do?

  • A-C
  • D-B
  • B-D
  • (Correct)
  • C-A

Explanation

Box 1: Create table

Scenario: Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics

Box 2: AS RANGE RIGHT FOR VALUES

Scenario: Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

RANGE RIGHT: Specifies the boundary value belongs to the partition on the right (higher values).

FOR VALUES ( boundary_value [,…n] ): Specifies the boundary values for the partition.

Scenario: Load the sales transaction dataset to Azure Synapse Analytics.

Contoso identifies the following requirements for the sales transaction dataset:

● Partition data that contains sales transaction records. Partitions must be designed to provide efficient loads by month. Boundary values must belong to the partition on the right.

● Ensure that queries joining and filtering sales transaction records based on product ID complete as quickly as possible.

● Implement a surrogate key to account for changes to the retail store addresses.

● Ensure that data storage costs and performance are predictable.

● Minimize how long it takes to remove old records.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/statements/create-table-azure-sql-data-warehouse

Categories
Uncategorized

UD 23 Tableau Data Analyst

Question 1: Skipped

What does this data story type shape mean in Tableau?

  • Describes how something your audience cares about relates to the bigger picture.
  • (Correct)
  • Shows how two or more subjects differ.
  • Sets context so that your audience better understands what’s going on in a particular category.
  • Uses a chronology to illustrate a trend.
  • Highlights important shifts when one category overtakes another.
  • Shows how two or more subjects differ.

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/story_best_practices.htm

Question 2: Skipped

Which of the following statements about aliases in Tableau is true?

  • Changing the alias of a field will change the underlying data source
  • Aliases can only be applied to discrete dimensions, not continuous dimensions
  • (Correct)
  • Aliases can be created for a discrete measure
  • Aliases can be created for the dates

Explanation

Aliases can be created for the members of discrete dimensions only. They cannot be created for continuous dimensions, dates, or measures.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/datafields_fieldproperties_aliases_ex1editing.htm

Question 3: Skipped

Which statement will replace missing values with 0’s in the table below?

  • ISNULL([Sales])
  • IFNULL(LOOKUP(SUM([Sales]),0),0)
  • (Correct)
  • IFNULL([Sales],0)
  • ZN(LOOKUP(SUM([Sales]),0),0)
  • Edit Aliases and replace null with 0

Explanation

Link – https://kb.tableau.com/articles/howto/populate-empty-cells-in-a-text-table-with-zeroes-or-existing-data

Question 4: Skipped

How to create a Quick LOD expression?

  • Control-click (or Command-click on a Mac) the measure you want to aggregate and drag it to the dimension you want to aggregate on.
  • (Correct)
  • Right-click on the selected measure and select Create > LOD Calculation.
  • Click on the selected measure, go to the Analysis menu, and select Quick LOD
  • Click the drop-down icon on the data pane and select Create Calculated Field

Explanation

Check this link and find the “Use a Quick LOD expression” subtitle.

https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/calculations_calculatedfields_lod.htm

Question 5: Skipped

Choose the correct steps to create this scatter plot

  • Drag the Profit measure to Rows.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the Category dimension to Color on the Marks card.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the Sales measure to Rows.
  • Drag the Category dimension to Size on the Marks card.
  • Drag the Sales measure to Columns.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag the Order ID dimension to Details on the Marks card.
  • (Correct)
  • Change Mark type to Density

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/buildexamples_scatter.htm

Question 6: Skipped

What needs to create a pie chart?

  • At least 1 dimension
  • (Correct)
  • At least 1 measure
  • 1 or 2 measures
  • (Correct)
  • 1 or 2 dimensions

Explanation

Question 7: Skipped

You are given a task to replace the data source. Choose the correct steps in order:

  1. Go to the sheet tab and select Data > Replace Data Source.
  2. Open a new sheet where you want to replace the data source
  3. On the Data Source page, drag a table to the canvas to set up the data source (if this isn’t automatically done for you).
  4. Open a workbook that connects to the original data source.
  5. In the Replace Data Source dialog box, select the Current data source and the Replacement data source.
  6. When finished, click OK.
  7. Select Data > New Data Source and then connect to the new data source.
  • 4-7-3-1-5-6
  • (Correct)
  • 2-7-3-1-5-6
  • 4-7-2-3-5-1-6
  • 2-7-4-3-1-5-6
  • 7-4-3-1-5-6

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/connect_basic_replace.htm

Question 8: Skipped

You are given two data sets. The result should be to show all customers and their corresponding sales records using a custom SQL query:

Sales: Customers:

  • SELECT * FROM Sales
  • LEFT JOIN Customers
  • ON Sales.ID=Customers.ID
  • GROUP BY Name;
  • SELECT * FROM Customers
  • LEFT JOIN Sales
  • ON Customers.ID=Sales.ID
  • GROUP BY Name;
  • (Correct)
  • SELECT * FROM Customers
  • LEFT JOIN Sales
  • ON Customers.ID=Sales.ID AND Customers.Name = Sales.Value
  • GROUP BY Name;
  • SELECT * FROM Customers
  • LEFT JOIN Sales
  • ON Customers.ID=Sales.ID
  • WHERE Name = ‘Phillina Ober’;

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/customsql.htm

Question 9: Skipped

Which of the following is valid about Published Data Source when you sign in Tableau Server Site?

  • You can see all data on Tableau Server which you have access
  • You can see all data on Tableau Server Site which you have access
  • (Correct)
  • You can see all data on Tableau Server
  • You can see all data on Tableau Server Site

Explanation

All server content is published, accessed, and managed on a per-site basis. Each site has its own URL and its own set of users (although each server user can be added to multiple sites). Each site’s content (projects, workbooks, and data sources) is completely segregated from content on other sites.

So when you sign in to Tableau Server Site, the data sources you can see depend on your permissions and the content that has been published to the server site.

If you have been granted permission to view and interact with published data sources on the specific site, you will be able to see only them. However, if you do not have the necessary permissions, you may not be able to see all of the data sources that have been published.

Question 10: Skipped

You need to open *twb file on your Tableau desktop. Choose the appropriate section to open it.

  • Tableau Server
  • Microsoft Excel
  • Text File
  • More… (To a File)
  • (Correct)
  • JSON File
  • PDF File
  • Spatial File
  • Statistical File
  • More… (To a Server)

Explanation

Since *twb is a file, you need to look for the answer in the “To a File” section. There is “twb file” type listed so you need to choose the “more…” option to open it.

Question 11: Skipped

You are given a task to combine these two data sources but keep duplicate records. Choose the appropriate custom SQL statement.

Data1: Data2:

  • JOIN
  • UNION
  • LEFT JOIN
  • RIGHT JOIN
  • UNION ALL
  • (Correct)

Explanation

UNION ALL combines the data by performing a union and includes any duplicate records. In this example, records in the Data1 table are unioned with the records in the Data2 table, any duplicate records are included, and all fields are included.

  • SELECT * FROM [Data1]
  • UNION ALL SELECT * FROM [Data2]

The result is:

Question 12: Skipped

Select all true statements about ad-hoc calculations.

  • Ad-hoc calculations are not available when you create groups, sets, hierarchies, or parameters.
  • (Correct)
  • Ad-hoc calculations are valid for creating trend lines, forecasts, reference lines, bands, and distributions.
  • (Correct)
  • Only one ad-hoc calculation can be open at a time.
  • (Correct)
  • Ad-hoc calculations are supported on the Rows, Columns, Marks, and Pages shelves.
  • All of the above

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/calculations_calculatedfields_adhoc.htm

Question 13: Skipped

What best describes how this FIXED expression works in a view?

{FIXED : SUM([Sales])}

  • Calculates the sum of sales of each Category and Year.
  • Calculates the sum of sales for each Category and Year.
  • Calculates the total sum of sales
  • (Correct)
  • Calculates the sum of sales of the Category in each Year.

Explanation

{FIXED : SUM([Sales])} – This calculation gives total sales since no dimension is specified.

Question 14: Skipped

Choose the way how to get this “Draft” sign in a dashboard.

  • Image Objects
  • (Correct)
  • Navigation Objects
  • Web Page Objects
  • Blank Objects

Explanation

You can import an image object which contains any sign into the dashboard.

Link – https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/image-object-on-dashboard-in-tableau/

Question 15: Skipped

Which filter do you use to get sub-categories with sales over 100K?

  • Top filter
  • General Filter
  • Condition filter
  • (Correct)
  • Wildcard filter

Explanation

To get sub-categories with sales over 100K, you need to specify the condition:

Link – https://www.thedataschool.co.uk/luke-donovan/conditional-filtering-simple-yet-effective

Question 16: Skipped

How to get sales data by category only for 2020?

  • FIRST()=1
  • FIRST()=2
  • FIRST()=-1
  • (Correct)
  • FIRST=1
  • FIRST=2
  • FIRST(-1)
  • FIRST(1)

Explanation

Link – https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AiDxQpzlTw&ab_channel=TheInformationLab

Question 17: Skipped

You have a Profit.tsv file. Which section do you choose to open it in Tableau Prep Builder?

  • Microsoft Excel
  • PDF file
  • Tableau extract
  • Tableau Server
  • Text file
  • (Correct)
  • Spatial file
  • Statistical file

Explanation

TSV stands for “Tab Separated Values,” and one of the text files (*.txt, *.csv, *.tab, *.tsv).

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/examples_text.htm

Question 18: Skipped

Choose the correct answer:

RANK(_______)

  • SUM([Sales])
  • (Correct)
  • [Sales]
  • SUM(Sales)
  • Sales

Explanation

All fields must be aggregate or constant when using table calculation functions.

Link – https://datacrunchcorp.com/tableau-rank/

Question 19: Skipped

Which of the following export options are available from the Tableau worksheet?

  • .pptx
  • .png
  • (Correct)
  • .html
  • .csv
  • (Correct)
  • .xlxs
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/reader/desktop/en-us/reader_export.htm#:~:text=Select%20Worksheet%20%3E%20Export%20%3E%20Image.,name%20into%20the%20text%20box.

Question 20: Skipped

There are two dashboards in the workbook. Which object is used to move to the next dashboard

  • Web Page
  • Blank
  • Navigation
  • (Correct)
  • Link
  • Go to sheet
  • Go to URL

Explanation

Navigation objects let your audience navigate from one dashboard to another, or to other sheets or stories. You can display text or an image to indicate the button’s destination to your users, specify custom border and background colors, and provide informational tooltips.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/dashboards_create.htm

Question 21: Skipped

Which month shows a higher percent increase?

  • March
  • May
  • December
  • September
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The graph shows the percent difference in Sales so labels show how much increase each month gets. Sales increased to the highest in September.

Question 22: Skipped

You used Data Interpreter and based on the result how many rows will be shown in Tableau as values?

  • 13
  • (Correct)
  • 15
  • 14
  • 17
  • 16
  • 18

Explanation

There are 13 rows that will be shown in Tableau. Headers are not counted as rows.

Question 23: Skipped

Which type of join should be used when you want to keep all the records from both tables, but only match those that have matching values in both tables?

  • Inner Join
  • Left Join
  • Right Join
  • Full Outer Join
  • (Correct)

Explanation

A full outer join returns all records from both tables, and if there are no matching records in the joined tables, the fields for that table will contain null values. Therefore, this is the type of join that should be used when you want to keep all records from both tables, but only match those that have matching values in both tables.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/joining_tables.htm#:~:text=In%20general%2C%20there%20are%20four,%2C%20right%2C%20and%20full%20outer.

Question 24: Skipped

You have a data set that contains the Date, Sales, Profit, and Quantity fields. To create the view in the picture, choose the correct steps.

  • Drag Date to the Columns, Measure Values to the Rows, and Measure Names to the Colors.
  • (Correct)
  • Drag Date to the Columns, Sales, Profit, and Quantity to the Rows, set Quantity to Dual Axis, drag Measure Names to the Rows
  • Drag Date to the Columns, Sales and Profit to the Rows, set Profit to Dual Axis, drag Quantity next to Dual Axes, Measure Names to the Rows
  • Drag Date to the Rows, Measure Values to the Columns, and Measure Names to the Colors.

Explanation

To create a blended (combined) chart, drag Date to the Columns, Measure Values to the Rows, and Measure Names to the Colors:

Question 25: Skipped

Which of the following gives the moving average of Profit for 5 days?

  • WINDOW_AVG(SUM([Profit]), -4, 0)
  • (Correct)
  • MOVING_AVG(SUM([Profit]), -4, 0)
  • WINDOW_AVG(SUM([Profit]), -5, 0)
  • MOVING_AVG(SUM([Profit]), -5, 0)

Explanation

WINDOW_AVG(SUM([Profit]), -4, 0)

The window function informs Tableau that it should be using all that is within the view and that this should be averaged. The Sum of profit is defined as the target variable and -4,0 tells Tableau to compute the previous 4 values and 0 of the following values. It should be noted here that the 5-day moving average also includes the value ITSELF so it should be set to 1 less than you are looking for, this is commonly overlooked so always be careful.

https://www.thedataschool.co.uk/samuel-shurmer/table-calculations-moving-averages

Question 26: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 1:

Go to the “Quantity” dashboard. Enable users to download the dashboard as an image when they click the button.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

To do that, drag the “Download” object under Objects to the dashboard:

Double-click that button to edit and choose “Image” as an export option:

Click OK and the download button is ready.

Question 27: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 2:

Go to the “Lowest” sheet, use superstore data and create a choropleth map for the US States and show a label only for the state with the lowest sales.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

First, under the superstore data set, double-click the State/Province field:

It brings Longitude and Latitude fields into view. To create a choropleth map, change the view to Map in Marks Card:

Now the view will change into the filled map:

As it is required to show only US States, we need to filter out Canada:

The requirement says to show a label only for the state with the lowest sales, first, we need to drag the sales field into the color shelf:

To show a label only for the state with the lowest sales, check “Show mark labels” under Label, Select “Min/Max under Marks to Label and uncheck the “Label maximum value” under Options.

The result is North Dakota with a minimum Sales of 920.

Question 28: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 3:

Go to the “Sales by Customers” sheet. Show the grand totals to the top and aggregate them by average

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

Go to the “Analysis” menu –> “Totals” –> “Show Column Grand Totals”:

It shows the Grand totals at the bottom. To move it to the top, go to the “Analysis” menu –> “Totals” –> “Column Totals to Top”:

This is the result:

Question 29: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 4:

Go to the “Quantity” dashboard. Put pie chart labels inside the pie chart.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

You can move the labels manually – click that label to select, hold that label and drag it inside the pie chart:

Question 30: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 5:

Go to the “Movies” dashboard. When you select countries on the map, both Movie Type and Release Year sheets will be filtered. The task is to set the filter so that it will affect only the Release Year sheet when you select countries.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

The map in the dashboard is filtering both the “Movie Type” and “Release Year” sheets. To make it affect only to “Release Year” sheet, we need to remove filter actions from the “Movie Type” sheet. The simplest way of doing this is to select the “Movie Type” sheet, click the drop-down button and choose “Ignore Actions”:

Question 31: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 6:

After you bring the “Host Name” sheet into the dashboard, you added a color legend and neighborhood filter to the sheet. But they are not seen in the dashboard. Go to the Airbnb dashboard and bring the Color Legend and Neighborhood Filter into the dashboard.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

To bring a color legend into the dashboard, select the sheet in the dashboard, go to the “Analysis” menu –> Legend –> Choose the appropriate legend for that sheet.

To bring a neighborhood filter into the dashboard, select the sheet in the dashboard, go to the “Analysis” menu –> Filter –> Choose the appropriate filter for that sheet:

The result is:

Question 32: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 7:

Go to the “States” dashboard. Put the “Customer Sales” sheet in the show/hide button on the right of the map.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

Drag the “Customer Sales” sheet on the right side of the map in the dashboard. Click the drop-down icon and choose “Add show/hide button”:

Place the button anywhere you want. If you want to edit it, just double-click that button:

Question 33: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 8:

Go to the “Top 5” sheet. Show only the Top 5 host names with the highest number of reviews for each neighborhood.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

First, apply a nested sort to “Host Name” by the number of reviews in descending order:

Then create a calculated field:

Rank:

RANK(SUM([Number Of Reviews]))

It gives a ranking to each row. If you want to test it, bring the Rank calculation into view:

Here it gives a rank to each row along the whole table. We need to change the direction so that it should give a rank within each neighborhood – i.e. it should start from 1 for each neighborhood. To do that, right-click Rank field, select “Compute using” and select “Pane down”:

To keep the top 5 for each neighborhood, select the Rank field with CTRL (CTRL + Rank for Windows, Command + Rank for Mac), drag it to the filter shelf, and input 5 as a maximum value:

It filters the top 5 Host Names with the Number of Reviews for each Neighborhood.

Question 34: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 9:

Create a new sheet and use the superstore dataset. Find the total day difference between each customer’s first and recent dates.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

Drag Customer Name to rows, drag Order Date to the rows by holding a right-click and choose Order Date (Discrete):

Then create a calculated field for the first order date for each customer:

First Order Date:

{ FIXED [Customer Name] : MIN([Order Date]) }

Recent Order Date:

{ FIXED [Customer Name] : MAX([Order Date]) }

and drag them into the rows shelf:

Then create a calculated field to calculate the day difference between the first and recent order dates:

Day Difference:

DATEDIFF(‘day’, [First Order Date], [Recent Order Date])

Drag that into the text shelf:

That’s it

Question 35: Skipped

(To solve lab questions, download and open the “Lab Questions” workbook.)

Lab Question 10:

Go “States” dashboard. Add the “Sales by Cities” sheet into the tooltip to show only cities in each state in descending order. Set the width of the chart in the tooltip to 500.

(If you can solve lab questions correctly, please select TRUE else FALSE)

  • TRUE
  • (Correct)
  • FALSE

Explanation

To add a viz into the tooltip, first, click the “Go to sheet” icon of the “States Map” sheet:

Then open the tooltip editor and insert the “Sales by Cities” sheet:

Insert 500 for maxwidth to set the width of the chart in the tooltip:

Lastly, go to the “Sales by Cities” sheet and sort the view in descending order:

That’s all

Question 36: Skipped

Choose valid syntaxes for a Level of Detail (LOD) expression in Tableau.

  • {SUM([Sales])}
  • (Correct)
  • {INCLUDE [Category] : AVG([Profit])}
  • (Correct)
  • {EXCLUDE [Date] : MAX([Revenue])}
  • (Correct)
  • {AGG([Sales]) : MIN([Profit])}
  • {FIXED : SUM([Sales])}
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/calculations_calculatedfields_lod.htm

Question 37: Skipped

Which of the following calculations gives that result?

  • CONCATENATE([First Name], [Last Name])
  • [First Name] + [Last Name]
  • CONCATENATE([First Name], [Last Name], ” “)
  • [First Name] + ‘ ‘ + [Last Name]
  • (Correct)
  • REPLACE([First Name], [Last Name])

Explanation

Use the plus sign (+) operator to combine two string fields:

  1. Go to Analysis > Create Calculated Field.
  2. Name the calculated field and enter the following formula:
    • [String1] + [String2]
  3. Click OK.

Link – https://kb.tableau.com/articles/howto/combining-two-string-fields

Question 38: Skipped

Which of the following returns part of a given date as an integer?

  • DATEPART()
  • (Correct)
  • DATENAME()
  • DATETRUNC()
  • MAKEDATE()

Explanation

DATEPART

Returns the name of the specified date part as an integer.

Syntax DATEPART(date_part, date, [start_of_week])

Definition: Returns date_part of date as an integer.

Example:

  • DATEPART(‘year’, #1986-03-25#) = 1986
  • DATEPART(‘month’, #1986-03-25#) = 3

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/functions_functions_date.htm

Question 39: Skipped

You have a dataset with a “Date” field that contains dates in the format “MM/DD/YYYY”. You want to create a view that shows the sum of sales by quarter. Which Tableau function would you use to accomplish this?

  • DATEADD
  • DATEDIFF
  • DATEPART
  • DATETRUNC
  • (Correct)

Explanation

To aggregate data by quarter, you would use the DATETRUNC function in Tableau. This function allows you to truncate a date to a specified level of precision, such as year, quarter, month, week, or day. To aggregate the sum of sales by quarter, you would use the following formula:

DATETRUNC(‘quarter’, [Date])

This formula will return the date truncated to the quarter level of precision. You can then use this field in the view to aggregate the sum of sales by quarter.

Option A (DATEADD) and Option B (DATEDIFF) are not applicable to this scenario, as they are used to add or subtract a specified interval from a date or to calculate the difference between two dates. Option C (DATEPART) can be used to extract a specific date part, such as month or year, from a date, but it cannot be used to aggregate data by quarter.

Question 40: Skipped

Choose the correct output file type in Tableau Prep.

  • Tableau Data extract
  • (Correct)
  • Microsoft Excel
  • (Correct)
  • Comma Separated Values
  • (Correct)
  • Power Point
  • Microsoft Word

Explanation

Tableau Prep allows you to export your prepared data to various output options, including .hyper, .xlsx, .csv file types.

Question 41: Skipped

What does that icon mean?

  • The workbook is directly connected to a relational data source or file.
  • The workbook is connected to a cube (multidimensional) data source. In Tableau, cube data sources are supported only in Windows.
  • The workbook is connected to an extract that still references the underlying data.
  • The workbook is connected to an Excel table, sub-table, or named range.
  • The workbook is connected to a data source that has been published to Tableau Server.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Data sources published to Tableau Server or Tableau Cloud are shown in the Data pane with a Tableau icon.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/tips_visualcues.htm

Question 42: Skipped

In Tableau Server, what is the minimum frequency at which you can schedule a data extract refresh?

  • Every 15 minutes
  • Every 30 minutes
  • Every hour
  • (Correct)
  • Every day
  • Every 2 hours

Explanation

In Tableau Server, the minimum frequency for scheduling a data extract refresh is every hour.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/schedule_add.htm

Question 43: Skipped

What is the most appropriate grouping method for this case in Tableau Prep?

  • Automatic
  • Pronunciation
  • Spelling
  • (Correct)
  • Common characteristics
  • Manual Selection

Explanation

Spelling

Use Spelling when the spelling of similar values differs due to added or missing letters.

The algorithm computes an edit distance between two text values and then groups them together when the edit distance is less than a default threshold value.

The edit distance is the number of edit operations (insertion, deletion, or substitution) required to transform one value into the other. For example, the values “Portland” and “Portand” have an edit distance of 1, since you can perform one edit to delete the “l” in “Portland” to get “Portand.”

The Spelling algorithm matches invalid values to the closest valid values that differ by adding, removing, or substituting characters.

Question 44: Skipped

Choose the valid worksheet action(s) in Tableau.

  • Filter
  • (Correct)
  • Highlight
  • (Correct)
  • Go to Dashboard
  • Change Group Values
  • Go to URL
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/actions.htm

Question 45: Skipped

If Tableau Prep Builder samples the data in the input step, which of the following occurs?

  • The entire data set is used in the flow and to create the output.
  • The sampled data is used in the flow and to create the output.
  • The entire data set is used in the flow, but the sampled data is used to create the output.
  • The sampled data is used in the flow, but the entire data set is used to create the output.
  • (Correct)

Explanation

The sampled data is used in the flow, but the entire data set is used to create the output.

Link – https://www.tableau.com/blog/understanding-and-adjusting-data-sampling-tableau-prep-90219

Question 46: Skipped

You are given a data set which contains twitter handle of users. You need to get their first name only but first letter should be the Capital letter. Choose the correct functions.

Data set: Expected Result:

_____(_____(_____([Twitter], 2), ‘_’, 1))

  • PROPER, SPLIT, MID
  • (Correct)
  • SPLIT, UPPER, MID
  • UPPER, SPLIT, MID
  • MID, SPLIT, LOOKUP
  • CONTAINS, UPPER, SPLIT
  • FIND, UPPER, SPLIT

Explanation

PROPER(SPLIT(MID([Twitter], 2), ‘_’, 1))

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/functions_functions_string.htm

Question 47: Skipped

According to Tableau’s Order of Operations, which of the following operations is performed first, and which one is the last?

  • Context Filters
  • Table Calc Filters
  • (Correct)
  • Extract Filters
  • (Correct)
  • Measure Filters
  • Dimension Filters
  • Data Source Filters
  • Condition Filters

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/order_of_operations.htm

Question 48: Skipped

Which of the following fields would be appropriate to get the color palette on the map?

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

  • 2
  • 5
  • 1
  • 4
  • (Correct)
  • 3
  • 6
  • (Correct)

Explanation

Discrete fields give Categorical Palettes. Continuous fields give Quantitative Palettes

Link: https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/viewparts_marks_markproperties_color.htm

Question 49: Skipped

This is the Sales by Cities sorted in Descending order. You are given a task to take the TOP 10 cities by Sales for the last month in the data set. When the records come in for the upcoming months, the TOP 10 cities should be updated accordingly. Choose the correct answer(s)

  • Select TOP 10 cities in the view, right-click and choose Group
  • Select TOP 10 cities in the view, right-click and choose Create Set
  • Right-click City field in the Data pane, create a set with TOP 10 option by Sales field
  • (Correct)
  • Right-click City field in the Data pane, create a set with Condition option by setting Sales field greater than 43K.
  • Right-click City field in the Data pane, create a group by choosing first 10 city names in the list

Explanation

There are two types of sets: dynamic sets and fixed sets. The members of a dynamic set change when the underlying data changes. Dynamic sets can only be based on a single dimension.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/sortgroup_sets_create.htm

Question 50: Skipped

Which of the following gives MEDIAN([Sales])?

  • PERCENTILE([Sales],.5)
  • (Correct)
  • WINDOW_MIN([Sales],.5)
  • RANK_PERCENTILE([Sales],.5)
  • WINDOW_MEDIAN([Sales],.5)
  • WINDOW_PERCENTILE([Sales],.5)

Explanation

Question 51: Skipped

Choose the correct calculation(s)

  • SUM(Price)*[Quantity]
  • SUM(Price*Quantity)
  • (Correct)
  • SUM(Price)*SUM(Quantity)
  • (Correct)
  • [Price]*SUM(Quantity)
  • SUM(Price)*10
  • (Correct)

Explanation

  • For any aggregate calculation, you cannot combine an aggregated value and a disaggregated value. For example, SUM(Price)*[Items] is not a valid expression because SUM(Price) is aggregated and Items is not. However, SUM(Price*Items) and SUM(Price)*SUM(Items) are both valid.
  • Constant terms in an expression act as aggregated or disaggregated values as appropriate. For example: SUM(Price*7) and SUM(Price)*7 are both valid expressions.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/calculations_calculatedfields_aggregate_create.htm

Question 52: Skipped

What is the shaded region in the picture?

  • Forecast Indicator
  • Prediction Interval
  • (Correct)
  • Seasonal Pattern
  • Forecast Length

Explanation

The shaded area in the image above shows the 95% prediction interval for the forecast. That is, the model has determined that there is a 95% likelihood that the value of sales will be within the shaded area for the forecast period.

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/forecast_create.htm

Question 53: Skipped

How do you get that result?

  • CEILING([Sales])
  • (Correct)
  • FLOOR([Sales])
  • ROUND([Sales],1)
  • BUFFER([Sales])

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/functions_functions_number.htm

Question 54: Skipped

What can you publish into Tableau Server?

  • Workbooks
  • (Correct)
  • Views
  • Data Sources
  • (Correct)
  • Worksheets
  • Stories

Explanation

Link – https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/publish_overview.htm

Question 55: Skipped

You want to create a table showing the number of orders by category. What steps should be taken?

  • Create a function using COUNTD([Order ID]), drag the function to the row shelf then Category to the column shelf.
  • Create a function using COUNT([Order ID]), drag the function to the column shelf then Category to the row shelf.
  • Create a function using COUNT([Order ID]), drag the function to the text shelf then Category to the row shelf.
  • (Correct)
  • Create a function using UNIQUE ([Order ID]), drag the function to the row shelf then Category to the column shelf.

Explanation

To create a table, measure values should be displayed in the Text field:

So the correct answer is:

Create a function using COUNT([Order ID]), drag the function to the text shelf then Category to the row shelf.